THE

PROCEEDINGS

LINNEAN SOCIETY

NEW SOUTH WALES.

FOR TflE YEAR

1Q0 2.

Vol. XXVII.

VriXH THIRTY-XKCREE I>LA.XES.

PRIISTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
1902-03.

^^7pi-

SYDNEY :
F. CUNNINGHAME AND CO., PIl^NT
PITT STREET.

LI^T OF CONTRIBUTORS AND TITLES OF PAPERS.

.r

' Andrews, E. C, B.A. — page

Preliminary Note on the Geology of the Queensland
Coast, ^YJ^l References to the Geography of the
Queensland and New South Wales Plateau.
(Wit^nine Text-figures) M^o

Baker, R. T., F.L.S., Curator and Economic Botanist,
Technological Museum, Sydney —

On Eucalyptus melanopJdoia, F.v.M' and its cognate

Sp^es. ;(Plate xi.) .. 225

On a new Species of Ardisia from New South Wales.

(Plate xvi.) 380

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Flora of Aus-
tralia. Part iv. (Plates xxii.-xxiii.) ... ... 536

On a new Species of Symjdocos from New South

Wales. (Plate xxviii.) 594

Betche, E., and J. H. Maipei^j-F.L.S. —

Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 8. ... 55

Broom, R., M.D., B.Sc, C.M.Z.S., Corresponding Member —
On the Mammalian and Reptilian Vomerine Bones.

(Plates xxiv.-xxvi.) ... ... ... ... 545

Cambagk, R. H., L.S. —

Notes on the Botany of the Interior of New South

Wales. Part vi. From Marsden to Narrandera.

(Plates viii.-x.) 186

Notes on the Botany of the Interior of New South

Wales. Part vii. From Forbes to Bathurst.

(Plate xxvii.) 561

Cheel, E. —

Notes on Juticus holoscJuenus, R.Br., and J. 2)^ismato-
carpus, R.Br.; and certain other New South
Wales Plants 210

IV. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS AND TITLES OF PAPERS.

Fitzgerald, VV. V., F.S.Sc, Lend., F.R.H.S., Eng.— page

Notes on some hitherto unrecorded Species of Plants
indigenous in the State of Western Australia.
{Communicated hy J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., tf&c.) ... 241

Forsyth, W. —

Some Records of New South Wales Mosses. [Title

only.] .369

Froggatt, Walter W., F.L.S. —

Notes on Australian Neuroptera and their Life-
Histories ... ... ... ... ... ... 358

Hall, T. S., M.A.—

On the Occurrence of Monograptus in New South

Wales. (Communicated hy John Mitchell) ... 654

Haswell, W. a., M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S., Challis Professor of

Biology, University of Sydney —
On a Gyrocotyle from Chimoira Ogilhyi, and on Gyro-

cotyle in general. (Plate vii.) ... ... ... 48

On two remarkable Sporocysts occurring in Jlytilus

latus on the Coast of New Zealand. (Plates

xix.-xx.) ... ... ... ... ... ... 497

Hedley, Charles, F.L.S. —

Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part vi. (Plates

i.-iii.) 7

Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part vii. (Plates

xxix., xxxi., xxxii., xxxiii.) ... ... ... 596

Johnston, S. J., B.A., B.Sc, Economic Zoologist, Techno-
logical Museum, Sydney —
Contributions to a Knowledge of Australian Entozoa.
No. ii. On a New Species of Distomum from the
Sawfish Shark, Pristiophorus cirratus, Lath.
(Plate xiii.) 326

list of contributors and titles of papers. v.

Kesteven, H. Leighton— page

A Note on two Species of Astralium from Port Jackson 2
Notes on Prosobranchiata. No, i. Lotorium. (Plate

xvii.) 443

Notes on Prosobranchiata. No. ii. Littorinacea. (Plate

XXX.) 620

Lea, Arthur M., F.E.S.—

Revision of the Australian Curculionidce belonging to

the Subfamily Cryptorhynchides. Part v. ... 408

Lucas, Thomas P., L.R.C.P., Ed., L.S.A., LoncL, M.R.C.S.,
Eng.—
New Species of Queensland Lepidoptera ... ... 246

JMcAlpink, D., Corresponding Member —

Australian Fungi, New or Unrecorded. Decades i.-ii. 373

MacPherson, John, M.A., B.Sc, M.B., Ch.M.—

Ngarrabul and other Aboriginal Tribes. Part i.

Medical and Surgical Practice ... ... ... 637

Maiden, J. H., F.L.S.—

4. — On Eucalyptus Bauer I ana, ^ch.?i,\xQV ... ... 214

5. — On Eucalyptus calycogono, Turcz — ... ... 220

On a new Cryptocarya from Lord Howe Island,
together with Notes on other Plants from that

Island. (Plate XV.) 347

6. — On Eucalyptus bicolor, A. Cunn. ... ... ... 516

7.— On Eucalyptus polyantheitios, ^chuuev. (Plate xxi.) 527

Maiden, J. IL, F.L.S., and E. Betche —

Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 8 ... 55

Rainbow, W. J., F.L.S., Entomologist to the Australian
Museum —
Descriptions of some new Ara^ieidce of New South

Wales. No. X. (Plate xviii.) 484

8loane, Thomas G. —

A Revision of the Genus Xotonomus (Family Carabidce;

Subfamily Feronini) ... ... ... ... 252

VI. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS AND TITLES OF PAPERS.

PAGE

Smith, R. Greig, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society —

The Gummosis of the Sugar-Caiie {Bad. rascularicm,

Cobb). (Plates iv.-v.) 31

Further Remarks upon the Mechanism of Agglutina-
tion ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 66

An Ascobacterium from the Sugar-Cane, with Notes
upon the Nature of the Slime [Bacterium sacckari,
n. sp.) (Plate vi.) 137

A Gum (Levan) Bacterium from a Saccharine Exudate
of Eucalyptus K^tuartiana (^Bacterium eucalypti^
n. sp.) (Plate xii.) 230

The Ulcer Disease (Black Ophthalmia?) of Rainbow

Trout {Micrococcus pyogenes) ... ... ... 3-52

The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin Group 383

Turner, A. Jefferis, M.D., F.E.S.—

New Genera and Species of Lepidoptera belonging to

the Family Noctuidce ... ... ... ... 7

Waterhouse, G. a., B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S.—

Notes on Australian Rhoyalocera. Lyccenidce. Part i.

(Plate xiv.) 331

Notes on Australian Bhopalocera. Lyccenidce. Fart ii. 648

Watts, Rev. W. Walter —

Notes on some New South Wales Hepatics .. ... 493

Watts, Rev. W. Walter, and Thomas Whitelegge,
F.R.M.S.—

Whitelegge, Thomas, F.R.M.S., and Rev. W. Walter
Watts —
Census Muscorum Australiensium. A classified Cata-
logue of the Frondose Mosses of Australia and
Tasmania, collated from available Publications
and Herbaria Records. Part i. (Issued separately
as a Supplement to Part 3 of the Proceedings) ... 369

CONTENTS OF PROCEEDINGS, 1902.

PART I. (No. 105).

(Issued August 22nd, 1902.)

PAGE
A Note on two Species of Astralinni from Port Jackson. By H.

Leighton Kesteven ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part vi. By C. Hedley, F.L.S.

(Plates i.-iii.) 7

The Gummosis of the Sugar-Cane {Bact. vascularum, Cobb). By R.

Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society.

(Plates iv.-v.) 31

On a Gyrocotyle from Chinuera Ogilbyi, and on Gyrocotyle in general.

By W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S., Challis Professor of

Biology, University of Sydney. (Plate vii.) .. ... ... 48

Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No, 8. By J. H. Maiden

and E. Betche ... 55

Further Remarks upon the Mechanism of Agglutination. By R.

Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society ... 66
Note accompanying an exhibit of Persoonia angulata, R.Br., Uncinia

tenella, R.Br., and Carex gracilis, R.Br. By A. A. Hamilton ... 73
Note in Rectification of the Synonymy of Eopsaltria georgiana, Quoy &

Gaim., and E. gularis, Quoy & Gaim. By A. J. North, C.M.Z.S. 74
New Genera and Species of Lepidoptera belonging to the Family

Noctuidce. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S 77

An Ascobacterium from the Sugar-Cane, with Notes upon the Nature

of the Slime {Bacterium sacchari, n.sp.) By R. Greig Smith,

M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. (Plate vi.) ... 137

Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... 30,76

Notes and Exhibits ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ...30,73

PART II. (No. 106).

(Issued October 17th, 1902.)

PAGE

Preliminary Note on the Geology of the Queensland Coast, with
References to the Geography of the Queensland and N. S. Wales
Plateau. By E. C. Andrews, B. A. (With nine Text-figures) ... 146

Notes on the Botany of the Interior of New South Wales. Part vi.

•From Marsden to Narrandera. By R. H. Cambage. (Plates viii.-x. ) 186

Vlll. CONTENTS.

PART II. (continued.)

PAGE

Note on some Northern and North- Western Australian Grass Finches.

By A. J. North, CM. Z.S 207

Notes on Jiuicus holoscJuenus, B.Bv., ?ind J. imsmatocarpus, R.Br.;

and on certain other New South Wales Plants. By Edwin Cheel 210

4. — On Eucalyiytus Baueriana, ^cho^nev. By J. H. Maiden 214

5.— On Eucalyptus calycogona, Tnvcz. By J. H. Maiden 220

On Eucalyptus melanophloia, F.v.M., and its cognate Species. By
R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator and Economic Botanist, Technolo-
gical Museum, Sydney. (Plate xi.) 225

A Gum (Levan) Bacterium from a Saccharine Exudate of Eucalyptus
Stuartiana {Bacterium eucalypti, n.sp.). By R. Greig Smith,
M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. (Plate xii.) ... 230

Notes on some hitherto unrecorded Species of Plants indigenous in
the State of Western Australia. By W. Y. Fitzgerald, F.S.Sc,
Lond., F.R.H.S., Eng. {Communicated by J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.) 241

New Species of Queensland Lepidoptera. By Thomas P. Lucas,

L.R.C.P.,Ed., L.S.A.,Lond., M.R.C.S.,Eng 246

A Revision of the Genus Nutonomu'i (Family Carahidce; Subfamily

Feronini). By Thomas G. Sloane 252

Elections and Announcements ... 209, 240

Notes and Exhibits 205,237

page

PART III. (No. 107).

(Issued December loth, 1902.)

Contributions to a Knowledge of Australian Entozoa. No. ii. On a
new Species of Distomum from the Sawfish Shark, Pristiojyhorus
cirratns, Lath. By S. J. Johnston, B.A., B.Sc, Economic
Zoologist, Technological Museum, Sydney, (Plate xiii. ) ... 326

Notes on Australian Bhopalocera, Lycccnidce. Part i. By G. A.

Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S. (Plate xiv.) 331

On a new Cryptocarya from Lord Howe Island, together with Notes

on other Plants from that Island. By J. H. Maiden. (Plate xv.) 347

The Ulcer Disease (Black Ophthalmia?) of Rainbow Trout f^J/«'cro-
coccus pyogenes). By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteri-
ologist to the Society 352

CONTENTS. IX.

PART III. (continued).

PAGE

Notes on Australian Neuroptera and their Life-Histories. By Walter

W. Froggatt, F.L.S 358

Some Records of New South Wales Mosses. By W. Forsyth.

[Title only] 3G9

Census Muscorum Australiensium. A classified Catalogue of the Fron-
dose Mosses of Australia and Tasmania, collated from available
Publications and Herbaria Records, by the Rev. W. Walter
Watts and Thomas Whitelegge, F.R.M.S. Part i. [Issued
separately as a Supplement to this Part of the Proceedings] ... 369

Australian Fungi, New or Unrecorded. Decades i.-ii. By D.

Mc Alpine, Corresponding Member 373

On a new Species of Ardisia from New South Wales. By R. T.
Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plate
xvi.) 380

The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin Group. By R.

Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society ... 383

Revision of the Australian Curcnlionidce belonging to the Subfamily

Cnjptorhynchides. Part v. By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S. ... 408

Notes on Prosohranchiata. No. i. Lotorium. By H. Leighton

Kesteven. (Plate xvii.) ... 443

Descriptions of some new Araneidcr. of New South Wales. No. x.
By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., Entomologist to the Australian
Museum. (Plate xviii.) ... ... ... ... ... ... 484

Elections and Announcements ... .. ... ... ... 346, 372

Notes and Exhibits 343,370

PART IV. (No. 108).

(Umed April 9th lOOJ.)

PAGE

Notes on some New South Wales Hepatics. By Rev. W. Walter

Watts 493

On two remarkable Sporocysts occurring in Mytilus latrn^, on the Coast
of New Zealand. By Professor W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc,
F.R.S. (Plates xix. -XX.) 497

6. — On Eucahj2}tus hicolor, A. Cnnn. By J. H. Maiden 516

". — On Eucalyptus jiolyantheiiwfi, Sch^ner. By J. H. Maiden. (Plate

xxi.) 527

X. CONTENTS.

PART IV. (continued).

PAGE

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Flora of Australia. Part iv. By
R. T. Baker, F. L.S., Curator and Economic Botanist, Technolo-
gical Museum, Sydney. (Plates xxii.-xxiii.) 536

On the Mammalian and Reptilian Vomerine Bones. By R. Broom,
M.D., B.Sc, C.M.Z.S., Corresponding Member. (Plates xxiv.-
xxvi.) 545

Notes on the Botany of the Interior of New South Wales. Part vii. —

From Forbes to Bathurst. By R. H. Cambage, (Plate xxvii. ) ... 561

On a New Species of SymiJlocos from New South Wales. By R. T.
Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plate
xxviii.) 594

Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part vii. By C. Hebley, F.L.S.

(Plates xxix., xxxi., xxxii., xxxiii.) 596

Notes on Prosohranclnata. No. ii. TAttorinacca. By H. Leighton

Kesteven. (Plate xxx.) ... ... ... ... ... ... 620

Ngarrabul and other Aboriginal Tribes, Part i. Medical and Surgical

Practice. By John MacPherson, M.A , B.Sc, M.B., Ch.M. ... 6.37

Notes on Australian Hlwpalocera. LyccrnidcP Part ii. By G. A.

Waterhoure, B.Sc, B.E 648

On the Occurrence of Monoriraptua in New South Wales. By T. S.

Hall, M.A. (Cominunicatcdhy John Mitchell) ... ... ... 654

Notes and Exhibits 495,592,656

Elections and Announcements 593

Donations and Exchanges ... ... ... ... .. ... ... 658

Title-page i.

List of Contributors and Titles of Papers iii.

Contents vii

List of Plates xi..

Corrigenda ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... xii.

List of New Generic Terms proposed in the Volume ... ... ... xii.

Index

LIST OF PLATES.

PROCEEDINGS, 1902.

Plates I. -III. — Australian Mollusca.

Plates IV. -V. — Bacterium vai^cnlarnm, Cobb.

Plate VI. — Bacterium saccliari, n.sp.

Plate VII. — Gyrocotyle.

Plate VIII. — Camarina Camhagei, Baker (Belah), Gilganclra, N.S.W.

Plate IX. - Geijera parvlflora , Lincll., (Wilga), Gilganclra, N.8.W.

Plate X. — Fig. 1. EticaUjptus WoolUiana, Baker.

Fig. 2. Eucalyptus cornea, Deane & Maiden.
Plate XI. — Eucalyptus melanopliloia, F.v.M.
Plate XII, — Bacterium eucahjpti, n.sp.
Plate XIII. — Bistomum pristiophori, n.sp.
Plate XIV. — Oyyris.

Plate XV. — Eheocarpus sp., from Lord Howe Island.
Plate XVI. — Ardisia racemosa, R. T. Baker.
Plate XVII. — Lotorium.
Finite XYiii. — Storena albo7naculata, n.sp.; Araneus liheralis, n.sp.; Stepha-

nopsis ohtusifrons, n.sp.; Cehcnia distincta, Cambr.
Plates xix-xx. — Sporocysts from Mytilns latus.

Plate XXI. — Eucalyptus poly anthemos, Schauer (drawn from the type).
Plates xxii. -XXIII. — Fructification of Polyporus mylitt(c, Cke. A: Mass.
Plate XXIV. — Mammalian and Keptilian Vomerine Bones {Lacerta,Heterouota,

Tricliosurus, Miniopterus).
Plate XXV. {Amhlystom.a, Ichthyophis, Flesiosaurus, Sphenodon,

Tropidonotus, Zootoca).
Plate XXVI. {Gomphoynathus, Ptychognathus, Testudo, Ornitho-

rhynclius).
Plate XXVII. — Map of New South Wales showing Botanist's route.
Plate XXVIII. — Symplocos Bauerleni, n.sp.
Plate XXIX. — Australian Mollusca.
Plate XXX. — Anatomy of Pdsella.
Plates XXXI. -XXXIII. — Australian Mollusca.

CORRIGENDA.

Page 58, line 9 — for E. puhescem read D. imhe>icens.

Page 58, line 18 — for Piiltenwa read Piiltenece.

Page 251, line 11 — for Ceratofornia read Ceratoferonia.

Page 287, line 23 — for N. marginata read A\ marginatm.

Page 444, line 25 — for L. pileare read L. inleari>i.

Page 464, in the Explanation of the Text-fig. 2 — for J.. (Septa) nodiferum

read L. nodiferum.
Page 466, last line — for Vide also P. [^ L.]fratercnliim read T^u/<'also p.480,

L. fraierculum.
Page 479, in the Explanation of Text-fig. 3 — for Tritonium f^ijeciosum read

Troplion speciosiim.

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS

Proposed ix this Volume (1902).

P.\GE

PAGE

J^thalina (Lepidopt.) ...

.. 107

Hyperioiioma (Coleopt.)

. 434

Alapadna (Lepidopt. ) ...

.. 106

Icasmn (Lepidopt.)

90

Axioctetn (Lepidopt.) ...

.. 105

LopJioto)iui (Lepidopt.)...

. 128

Axiorata (Lepidopt.) ...

.. 120

Ochthophora (Lepidopt.)

89

Bothynacrum (Coleopt. )

.. 437

PaurophyUa (Lepidopt.)

. 124

liryouiiiiui (Lepidopt.) ...

.. 134

Proscranu (Lepidopt.).

. 104

l)nop]ieropi>i (Lepidopt. )

.. 103

Scleropoides ( Coleopt. ) . . .

. 435

Eccleta (Lepidopt.)

86

Symmolpis (Lepidopt. ) . . .

. 127

Ecpatia (Lepidopt.)

.. 8.-J

SyiitJieta (Lepidopt.)

84

Kpitripta (Lepidopt.) ...

123

TJieiima (Lepidopt.) ...

. 250

KstJdodora (Lepidopt. ) . . .

.. 130

Thelxinoa (Lepidopt.)

. 131

E}idaimonif;)na ^Lepidopt. )

.. 247

Zophochroa (Lepidopt.)

. 118

Hinterois (Lepidopt.) ...

.. 121

OF THE

LINNEAN SOofETY

OF

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 26th, 1902.

SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING.

The requisition upon which the Meeting was convened, signed
by sixteen members, was read by the Secretary.

It was moved by Mr. H. G. Smith, and seconded by Mr. R.
Etheridge, Junr., — That Rule xii. be amended by the insertion
between the word "President" and the words "four Vice-
Presidents," of the following Clause— "who shall hold office 'for
not more than one year continuously, but shall be eligible for
re-election after the lapse of one j^ear."

After some discussion, the motion, on being put to the Meeting,
was lost.

MONTHLY MEETING.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., etc., President, in the Chair.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (27th November, 1901), amounting to 72 Vols.,
185 Parts or Nos., 20 Bulletins, 14 Scientific Reports, 10 Annual
(Administrative) Reports, 20 Pamphlets, 1 Map, and 6 Miscellanea,
received from 115 Societies, etc., and 5 individuals, were laid upon
the table. "^

* The complete list for the year will be given in the concluding Part of
this Volume. — [Ed.].

A NOTE ON TWO SPECIES OF ASTRALIUM FROM
PORT JACKSON.

By H. Leighton Kesteven.

Under the name of Astralium tentoriforme^ Jonas, two species
of that genus have, in Sydney, been united, 'i hese two present
the anomaly of two species, undeniably distinct, so like one
another that in some instances only the operculum will show to
which species a specimen belongs. In the neanic stage, however,
the two species are easily separable.

ASTRALIU3I (Uvaxilla) fimbriatum, Lamarck.

IVochus fiiiibriatus, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. ed. i., \\\., p. 12,
1822 : Delessert, Recueil, etc., pi. 34, figs. 6a and 6, 1841;
Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astr. iii., p. 229, pi 61, fig. 8, oper-
culum tigs. 11, 12, 1835 ; Chenu, Man. Conch, i., fig. 2573 ;
Philippi, Conch. Ca)), ii., p. 121, pi. 20, fig. 7, 1846.

Carinidea Jimbriata, Swainson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Van Diemen's
Land, 1854, Vol. iii., p. 39, pi. vi., figs. 3, 4.

Calcar fimbriafAiiiiy Kiener & Fischer, Coq. Viv. Turbinacees, iii.,
p. 38, pi. 32, fig. 2, 1880.

Astralium fimbriatum, Tryon, Man. Conch, x., p. 239, pi. 54, figs.
47, 48, 49; operculum, pi. 60, f. 46, 1888.

Ti'ochus squamifh-us, Koch in Philippi, Abild. i., pi. 4, tig. 9,
p. 138, 1844.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN.

Reeve's figure of the species*^' is of his A. pileolum.

£^iA

A. Jimhriatum.
Fig. 1. — Neanic stage and opercukim thereof, and adult opercukim.

Tiyon regards A. squamiferum as a variety of A. Jimhriatum,
whilst Fischer {loc. cit.) and Tate and Mayf consider the name
an absolute synonym, a decision which is doubtless correct.

Other varieties, according to Tryon, are A. pileolum, Reeve
(1842), and A. cucullatum, Kiener | The former is decidedly a
distinct species: the latter will most likely be found to be distinct
also, unless perhaps it is a variety of A . teutoriforme.

This species is not so common in Port Jackson as the succeeding.

AsTRALiUM (Uvanilla) tentoriforme, Jonas.

Trochus tentoriforinis, Jonas, Zeitsch. f. Malak., 1845, p. Q%;

Philippi, Conch. Cab. ii,, p. 116, pi. 20, fig. 1, 1846; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. xiii. pi. viii., fig. 43, 1861.
Trochus urvillei, Philippi, Conch. Cab. ii. p. 215, pi. 32, fig. 4,

lfe46; Reeve, Conch. Icon, xiii., pi. ix., fig. 46, 1861.

Trochus georgianu><, Quoy, ^IH., fide Kiener, »Sp. Genr. Trochus,
pi. 31, fig. 2, 1880.

Calcar tentoriforme, Kiener k Fischer, Coq. Viv. Turbinacees iii.,
p. 41, pi. 79, fig. 2, 1880.

* Conch. Icon. xiii. pi. ix. fig. 49.

t Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxvi. (2), 1901, p. 400.

.tCoq. Viv. Turbinacees, iii. p. 40, pi. 32, fig. 3. 1880.

TWO SPECIES OF ASTRALIUM FROM PORT JACKSON,

Astralium tentoriforme,Tvyoi\,^l?ii\. Conch, x., p. 240, pi. 53, figs.

41,42, 1888.
Trochus ^fimhriaW.s, Quoy k Gaimard, oj). cit., pi. 61, fig. 9, 1835.

A, tentorifornie.
Fig. 2. — Neanic stage.

Quoy lV: Gaimard {Joe. cit.) speak of a variety "plus epaisse et
plus pyramidale " which w^as evidently the original of their fig. 9.
Philippi quotes this figure as being of his T. urvillei. Fischer
regards Philippics sjDecies as the young of a variety /3, 7\ georgianus,
being presumably the adult; the figure of this is the best represen-
tation of A. tentoriforme as it is known in Port Jackson. The
species is ^ery common in all the fresher reaches of Sydney
Harbour and the coasts of New South Wales.

In literature these two species are more distinct than in life.
Both species are very variable. Specimens of A. tentoriforme
occur nearly as flat as A. Jimhr latum, var. squamiferum, and
almost as fimbriated as var. cucidlatiim (see Tryon's figs. 52, 50)
whilst pyramidal unornamented specimens of A. Jimhriatum. Si,ve
not uncommon. M}'- figures show the differences between these
species in their neanic stage. The best characters for identifica-
tion of the adult shells are offered b}^ the base, and may be
tabulated as follows : —
A. fimhriatum.

(1) Base convex.

(2) Columella ending in a

small tooth

(3) Lower lip joining the

upper lip at the extreme
edge.

A. tentoriforme

(1) Base concave.

(2) Columella ending in a pro-

minent tooth.

(3) Lower lip .set inside the

upper lip

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN.

5

As a rule A. Jimhriahim is flatter than A. tentoriforme.
Although the above characters are the most constant, none of
them can be implicitly relied on. I have seen A. fi^nhriatum with
a concave base and A. tentoriforme without any sign of a tooth.
There is, however, one recognition mark to which one may pin
one's faith — the operculum ; this will be always found reliable.
The differences are shown by my figures.

?(^&^-

O

A. fimhriatnm A. tentoriforme.

Fig. 3.— Adult operculum. Fig. 4. — Adult operculum.

The radulse are almost exactly alike; if there is any difference it
is that the marginals of A. fimhriatum are larger than those of
A. tentoriforme.

It is more than probable that both
species occur in South Australia and
Tasmania, though only A. fimhriatum
has been recorded from there. 2\
georgianus was obtained at King
George's Sound, S.W. Australia.

These two species would seem to
present an exception to the rule that
distinctive characters are inherited
earlier in successive generations, for
by that theory A. fimhriatum, should be

descended from discoidal ancestors, whilst y1. tentoriforme should
come from trochiform ancestors, and such a divergence of
ancestry would be manifested in anatomical characters.

A. tentoriforme.
Fig. 5. — Dentition.

Postscript. — Two outline drawings of the apices of Columhella
seraiconvexa, Lamarck, and C. australis, Gaskoin (figs. 6-7), shown

b TWO SPECIES OF ASTRALIUM FKOM PORT JACKSON.

me by Mr. C. Hedley, illustrate the fact that they present aDother
exami)le of, if I may be allowed the term, con\ergence of

Fig. 0. — C. andralis. Fig. l—C. semiconvexa.

development. Like the two species discussed above, they are,
w^hen adult, so alike that, devoid of their epidermis, they are
practically inseparable, whilst their apices are quite different.
They are, however, easier to identify than the two species of
Astralium, C. australis, having a sutural frill of epidermis, which
is absent in C. semiconvexa.

To Miss M. Lodder I am indebted for the opportunity to
study the growth of Astralium anreum, Jonas.^ In the neanic
stages it is very similar to A. fimhriatnm, Lamarck [April 30th y
1902),

Philippi's Abbild., 1844, Vol. ii., p. 14, t. 6, fig. 2.

STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA.

Part VI.

By C. Hedley, F.L.S.

(Plates i.-iii.)
(Co)iiinued from Vol. xxvi., p. 708.)

BORNIA FILOSA, 11. sp.

(Plate ii., figs. 15-17.)

Shell small, thin, compressed, subtrigonal, nearly as high as
long, inequilateral. White. Sculpture : numerous close fine
radiating hair lines, which in the young shell are disposed in
several divaricating bundles; on the older shell they radiate more
regularly, and are cut into beads by concentric grooves. Anteri-
orly and posteriorly the radii diverge abruptly from the sculpture
of the median area. Length 6, height 5 mm.

Hah. — Port Jackson; one valve adhering to an annelid tube,
taken by myself in Middle Harbour.

Type to be presented to the Australian Museum.

ROCHEFORTIA DONACIFOKMIS, Angas.

Mysella donaciformis, Angas, P.Z.S. 1878, p. 863, pi. liv., f. 13.

(Plate i., figs. 10-U.)

Angas described and figured this species from South Australia,
but his illustration has been condemned by Dall and others as
unsatisfactory. A series of drawings is therefore now given of
a shell I o-athered at Middle Harbour, in length 6 mm., and in

» STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

height 5 mm. The species has ah-eady been recorded from this
coast by Henn.* The generic title used is adopted from Ball's
investigations.!

CONGERIA LUNATA, n.Sp.

(Plate i., figs. 1-4.)

Valves narrow, crescentic, subspiral, thin. Posterior side
rounded, divided by an acute keel from the anterior which is
concave, and infolded to one-third of the length of the shell, with
a slight median byssal gape. Colour white, rayed with purple,
under a thin gloss}' brown epidermis. Sculpture : close fine
waved growth-lines. Interior slightly nacreous. Septum reduced
to a narrow groove, ending above in a small pit. Anterior
cardinal margin with two or three oblique folds. Ligament
internal, running within the dorsal margin and curving up in a
groove under the umbo. Umbo acute, twisted, showing the
prodissoconch on the summit. Height 25, length IG, breadth of
conjoined valves 13 mm.

Hah. — Keppel Bay, Queensland; one specimen collected by Mr.
G. L. Pilcher in 1887.

Type to be presented to the Australian Museum.

This species adds a genus to the Australian fauna.

Mactra parkesiana, nsp.

(Plate i., figs. 5-9.)

Valves nearly equilateral, not much longer than high, rather
compressed, thin, rounded anteriorl}^ and ventrally, slightly pro-
duced and angled postei'iorly. Colour white; surface smooth and
glossy, under the lens appear delicate growth stride, faint radial
scratches and anteriorly oblique vermiculate wrinkles. Two sharp
narrow ridges border the posterior dorsal slope. Anterior dorsal
area sunken, but not sharply defined. The anterior lateral region
of the hinge of the right valve presents two pockets, one abo\e

* Henn,P.L.S.N.S.W. (2), ix. . p. ISO.
t Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst., iii., pt.v., 1900, p. 1157.

HV C. HEDLEY. 9

the other, from the lower and larger of which there protrudes a
slender tongue attached dorsally, but free ventrally. In the
corresponding position of the left valve are two pockets divided
by a septum which is continued into the anterior arm of the
cardinal. Length 20, height 16, breadth of conjoined valves
9 mm.

Hab. — Port Jackson: one specimen, containing the animal, was
found on Balmoral Beach by Miss L. Parkes, a daughter of the
veteran Australian statesman, in whose honour it is named.

Type. — Miss Parkes has generousl}'- presented her specimen
to the Australian Museum.

This species belongs to the Section Jlaclririida; the absence of
plicate sculpture distinguishes it from other members of the
group.

Retusa nitida, a. Adams.

(Plate ii., fig. 27.)

Bulla nitida, Ad., Thes. Conch, ii., 1850, p. 589, pi. 125, f. 127.

Numerous specimens of a shell taken by Mr. J. Brazier in
Torres Straits appear to be this species. It is an addition to the
Australian fauna; indeed, except for a record from the Persian
Gulf,"^ it seems only known from the original locality, Borneo.
As the original account is rather unsatisfactory, I add a figure
and description of a Torres Straits example.

Shell small, ovate, rather thin, narrowly umbilicate above,
subperforate below. Colour white. Sculpture: faint longitudinal
oblique growth-lines are crossed for the anterior and posterior
quarters by half a dozen lightly incised grooves; the vertex also
radiately traversed by a few delicate raised threads, leaving the
median half of the shell bare of ornament. Aperture amjDle
below, constricted at the waist, narrow above and rising in an
arch above the vertex. Columella broad and twisted. Height
3*5, breadth 2-7 mm.

* Melvill & Standen, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, p. 454.

10 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

Pyrgulina perspectiva, n.sp.
(Plate iii., fig. 33.)

Shell small, solid, conical. Colour white. Whorls five, besides
a prostrate heterostrophe apex of three turns, flattened, separated
by a deeply channelled suture. Sculpture : the last whorl has
above a series of about twenty straight oblique bars, about their
own breadth apart, confluent at their lower margin but not on
the ujjper one, both margins sinuated by the projecting ends of
the bars. Below these bars is a deep groove succeeded by a
narrow peripheral rib. On the base are a few fine spiral threads
intersected b}^ growth-lines. The hollows between the bars are
crossed Ijy fine spiral threads. The series of oblique bars ascend
the spire ; the bars do not correspond across the suture.
Periphery of the two topmost whorls slightW constricted. Base
somewhat hollowed. Aperture broken in the specimen studied,
but a prominent tooth on the columella remains. Height 2 •2,
breadth 1-08 mm.

Hah. — With P. senex: one specimen.

Type to be presented to the Australian Museum.

From those that most resemble it, this species may be dis-
tinguished by the smaller size and striated interstices.

Pykgulina senex, n.sp.

(Plate iii., fig. 31.)

Shell small, solid, subcylindrical. Colour white. Whorls three
and a half, besides an elevated, median, heterostrophe apex of
two turns, shouldered abruptly and separated by a deeply
channelled suture. Sculpture : the last whorl has above two
spiral keels joined at intervals by about 14 short perpendicular
bars, beaded at. the points of intersection and enclosing square
meshes. Anterior to these are six widely spaced spiral keels,
gradually diminishing and approximating as they recede. One
plain and the two ornate keels ascend the spire Delicate
oblique growth-lines occur in the hollows of the prominent

BY C. HEDLEY. 11

sculpture. Aperture ovate, with a parietal callus and a small
deeply seated plication, throat grooved. Height 1-57, breadth
0-8 mm.

llah. — Ten miles south of Cape Sidmouth, N. Queensland, in
13 fathoms; two specimens (J. Brazier).

T3^pe to be presented to the Australian Museum.

A fancied resemblance to the bald head and hunched shoulders
of an old man suggested a name for this shell.

Pyrgulina zea, n.sp.
(Plate iii., fig. 34.)

8hell small, solid, conical, imperforate. Colour white. Whorls
four, besides a sunken heterostrophe apex, separated by deeply
channelled sutures. Sculpture : the body whorl has above three
rows of beads, confluent perpendicularly, about 18 to a row, set
about their breadth apart; anterior to these is a deep groove and
a peripheral keel, on the base are two smaller keels. The triple
row of beads, but not the peripheral keel, ascend the spire. On
each whorl the perpendicular bead rows are set at a slightly
different angle to the axis of the shell. Aperture slightly oblique,,
faintly grooved within, no parietal callus, plication single, small
and deeply seated Height 1-8, breadth 0*88 mm.

Hah. — Ten miles south of Cape Sidmouth, N. Queensland, in
13 fathoms; one specimen (J. Brazier).

Type to be presented to the Australian Museum.

Pyrgulina umeralis, n.sp.
(Pkteiii., fig. 32.)

Shell small, very solid, imperforate, elongate-ovate. Whorls
three and one-half, besides the elevated lateral heterostrophe apex,
separated by a deeply channelled suture. Colour white. Sculp-
ture : the body whorl has al)Ove a double row of beads, each bead
confluent from above to below, about sixteen beads to a row, set
less than their breadth apart These are followed anteriorly by
a deep groove and a stout peripiieral keel. Thence to the anterior

12 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

•extremity are four or five grooves and keels diminishing succes-
sively. On the spire the double row of l^eads and peripheral keel
alone appear. Aperture slightly oblique, ovate, with a heavy
callus and single stout deep-seated tooth on the parietal wall; the
throat traversed by six ridges. Height 1-72, breadth 088 mm.

//«6. —Princess Charlotte Bay, N. Queensland, 13 fathoms,
sandy mud bottom; three specimens (J. Brazier).

Type to be presented to the Australian Museum.

Crosse A biconica, n.sp.
(Plate ii., fig. 24.)

Shell minute but solid, biconical, base greatly produced, peri-
phery keeled. Colour white. Whorls four, somewhat turreted.
Sculpture : first and second whorls smooth, third comparatively
coarsely cancellated, fourth with dense fine spiral cords crossed
b}^ fainter growth-lines which tend to bead the interstices. Base
two-thirds of the total height. Umbilicus wide and deep, bordered
by a conspicuous ridge, and having an elevated funicle winding
within. Aperture oblique, rhomboidal, channelled by the um-
bilical ridge, and with a gutter at the termination of the funicle.
A heavy outstanding varix occurs a short distance behind the
aperture. Height 1-7, major diam. 16, minor diam. 1 mm.

Hah. — Torres Straits, between Cape York and New Guinea;
one specimen, in company with Crossea striata, Watson, dredged
by Mr. J. Brazier in 8 fathoms, on a sandy mud bottom.

Type to be presented to the Australian Museum.

The small size, produced base, and wide umbilicus are characters
which distinguish this from other Australian members of the
genus. Renewed study strengthens the conviction, which I have
already expressed, that Crossea is unhappily associated with Scala,
a,nd that it would be more appropriately ranked with Trichotropis
or Fossarus.

Having examined the type of Crossea mimUa, Petterd, I am
unable to agree either with its author that it is a Crossea, or

BY C. IIEDLEY. 13^

with Tate and May^ that it is a Fossarus. It seems to me a
larval shell of the Siimsigera form.

Crossea gatliffi, n.sp.
(Plate ii., fig. 25.)

Shell small, thin, globose-conical, spire elevated, gradate, basal
funicle slightly developed. Colour white C? bleached). Whorls
four. Sculpture : last whorl with fine, close spiral threads of
which every fourth is larger; at irregular intervals incipient
varices traverse the whorl; on the penultimate whorl the spiral
sculpture is more coarse and distant. Umbilicus narrow, bordered
by a slight rib, which continuing to the anterior extremity is
there notched by the pseudocanal. Aperture oval, outer lip thin
and everted. Height 1-16, major diam. 1-1, minor diam. 094 mm.

Hah. — With C. blconica: one specimen.

Type.— To be presented to the Australian Museum.

This species is named in honour of m}^ friend Mr. J. H. Gatliff,
of Melbourne. The thin shell, lack of longitudinal sculpture,
tabulated whorls, and feeble basal funicule distinguish it. C.
striata^ perhaps its nearest all}-, is much larger, with conspicuous
reticulate sculpture and a double umbilical rib.

Teinostoma involuta, n.sp.

(Plate iii., fig. 35.)

Shell small, solid, globose, spire slightly exserted, umbilicus
broad and deep. Whorls 3^, divided by a deeply channelled
suture, rapidly increasing, last whorl broadening and descending
at the aperture. Sculpture : first whorl smooth, the rest carrying
a row of tubercles along the crown and basal edge, on the last
whorl about twenty above and fifteen below. The intervening-
space is obliquely traversed by fine, close irregularly waved riblets,
narrower than their smooth interstices; these may fork or end
abruptly, but at either end of their course usually unite in bundles
of twos or threes to form the upper or lower tubercle. Their

" Tate & May, these Proceedings, 1901, p. 458.

<^^'^A(

14 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN 3I0LLUSCA,

<ippearance is suggestive of a continuous rib split into riblets for
most of its length but holding together at top and bottom.
Aperture very oblique, narrowly ovate, pointed above; peristome
double and massive, intruding a broad free lobe into the umbilicus,
and clinging to the umbilical edge with a lesser lobe. Umbilicus
broad, perspective smooth and excavated within the string of
beads which bounds it. Height 1'3, major diam. 1-34, minor
diam. 1*2 mm.

Hah. — Off Darnley Island, Torres Straits, in 10-30 fathoms;
one specimen (J. Brazier).

Type. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

This species resembles certain forms of Liutia such as L. devexa^
Hedley, from the same region. The assignment of it to Teino-
stoma is governed by the umbilical tongue, a rather artificial
character. As I have previously indicated, outlying forms of
Liotia so approach some species of Teinostoynri that it is difficult
to allot to each its species.

Liotia corona, n.sp.

(Plate ii., figs. 21-23.)

Shell minute, discoid, not nacreous; spire sunken, umbilicus
wide and shallow. Whorls three, last half-whorl scarcely in con-
tact with the others, suddenly and deeply deflected. Colour
white C? bleached). Sculpture: last whorl ringed by 16 thick,
projecting, distant ribs which fade above and below at the sutures,
these ribs continuing on the suture for about half a whorl.
Interstices of the ribs faintly spirally scratched. Aperture very
oblique, circular, fortified by a varix. Height 028, major diam-
0 82, minor diam. 0*66 mm.

Hah. — With Crossea hiconica; four specimens.

Type. --To be presented to the Australian Museum.

Liotia incidata, n.sp.

(Plate ii., figs. 18-20.)

Shell depressedly globose, rather solid, perforate, flattened on
the base. Whorls three, margined at the suture, last slightly

BY C. HEDLEY. 15

gibbous and descending, constricted behind the aperture.
Sculpture : above finely spirally grooved, hollowed at the peri-
phery between two keels, on the base with radial riblets latticed
by spiral threads. Aperture subquadrate, very oblique, peristome
everted, slightly thickened. Height 0 7, major diam. 1-14, minor
diam. 0-96 mm.

Hab. — Betw^een Cape York and New Guinea, in 8 fathoms,
sandy mud bottom; one specimen (J. Brazier).

Type. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

Mecoliotia spinosa, n.sp.

(Plate ii., fig. 26.)

Shell minute, solid, broader than high, spire elevated, base
flattened. Colour white (? bleached). Whorls four and one-half
in the decollate example studied. Sculpture : a strong projecting
spiral keel runs down the last three whorls, beneath which on
the body whorl is a deep narrow groove and sharp cord, succeeded
by a smaller groove and cord. Radiating ribs, of which the last
whorl has fourteen, commence at the suture, develop sharp points
on the spiral keel, partition the peripheral groove into a series of
deep narrow pits, bead the peripheral rib and disajDpear. A
minor sculpture of faint spiral threads is visible above and
beneath the periphery. Umbilicus w^de but rapidly narrowing
above. Aperture very oblique, circular, double, with a broadly
expanded varix. Height 0 84, major diam. 1, minor diam.
0-82 mm.

Hah. — Off PijDon Islands, N. Queensland ; 9 fathoms, mud
bottom; one specimen (J. Brazier).

Type. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

This species is smaller, with a wider umbilicus and more prickl}^
sculpture, than M. haUigani.'^'

* Hedley, Atoll of Funafuti, 1S90, p. 555.

16 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN iMOLLUSCA,

Aplustrum brazieri, Angas.

Dlaphana brazieri, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, pp. 175, 189,
pl.xxvi., f. 20.

(Plate iii., fig. .36.)

A specimen specifically identified by Mr. Brazier is here figured.
It is 4 mm. in length and was obtained in sand}'- mud off Watson's
Bay in 10 fathoms— a few hundred yards from where the same
collector found the type. If Mr. Brazier's determination is
correct, which T have no reason to doubt, then Ano^as' fio^ure is
extremely bad. Moreover, I conclude that the species is wrongly
placed in Diaphana, and should be transferred to Aplustrum.
Pilsbry, who remarked how ill the species agreed with Diaphana,
created a section Austro-Jiiaphaiia for its reception,* which might
rank as a subgenus of Aplustrum. A large example of this species,
which I have examined reached a length of 5 mm.

Claxculus denticulatus, Gray.

Gra}' in King's Survey of the Intertropical and Western Coasts.
of Australia, ii., 1827, Appendix, p. 479.

By modern wi-iters this has been treated as a lost species
Specimens were taken at Geraldton, W.A., by Mr. A. U. Henix
which I recognised as the shell described by Menkef as Monodonta
lupina, and afterwards illustrated by Philippi.| Menke, who.
doubtless had good grounds for the belief, ultimately considered^
that his species was identical with Gray's Monodonta denticulata.
This withdrawal of his species escaped the notice of Prof. Tate||
in his revision of Menke's shells. Trochus atropurpureus, Gould,
and T. samoensis, Hombron k Jacquinot, appear to be synonyms,
of Gray's species.

* Pilsbry, Man. Conch, xv., 1893, p. 287.

t Menke, Moll. X. Holl. Spec. 1848, p. 15.

:;: Philippi, Conch. Cab. Bd. ii., Abth. 3, 1846, p. 237, pi. 30, f. 3,

§ Menke, Zeit. fiir Malak. 1844, p. 58.

II Tate, P.L.S.X.S.W., vi., 1881, p. 393.

BY C. HEDLEY. 17

Clathurella denseplicata, Dunker.

Pleurotoma {Drillia) denseplicata^ Dunker, Mai. Bliitt. xviii.,
1871, p. 159: WeinkaiifF, Conch. Cab. Bd. iv., Abth. 3, 1887,
p. 107, pi. 23, ff. 7, 9.

This species, collected in Bass Straits by a correspondent of
the Godeffroy Museum, and of which the type is probably in the
Hamburg Museum, has apparently been overlooked by Australian
conchologists. From the figure and description I judge this
species to be identical with Clathurella philomence^ Ten. Woods,
over which it has priority.

CocHLODESMA ANGASi, Crosse ct Fisclier.

On a beach near the house of my friend, Mr. W. L. Mav, I
saw for the first time a living animal of this species. The
siphons are not protected by a sheath like those of Anatina, and
can be wholly retracted within the valves. These characters
accord better with Cochlodesma than with Anatina, to which
Angas (P.Z.S., 1865, p. 644) erroneously transferred it.

Arc A. ZEBRA, Swainson.
Swainson, Zool. Illustrat 2nd Ser. iii., 1833, pi. 118.

An example of this shell from Sydney Harbour has l)een
handed to me by the Hon. J. Norton, M.L.C. This species has
not to my knowledge been recorded from the coast of New South
Wales. Dr. Norton's discovery was confirmed by Mr. H. L.
Kesteven, who again collected it at the Inner South Head.

Philobrya crexatulifera, Tate.

Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. xv., 1892, p. 131, pi. i., if. 11, Ua.

This species has not been seen so far north as this State. I
can now announce that I found it in a cleft of the cliffs a mile
south of the South Head Lighthouse, where I took Zidora lodder(H,
Tate ife May, Sirius badius, T. Woods, Ccecum aniputatum, Hedley,
and other rarities. During her recent visit to Sydney Miss
Lodder also collected P. crenatulifera at Long Bay.

IS

STUDIES ON AUSTKALIAX MOLLUSCA,

EuLiMELLA PULCHRA, Braziei'.

Exdimella imlchra, Brazier, P.L.S.N.8.W. (2), ix., 1894, p. 170,
pi. xiv., f. 6.

Eulimella tricincta, Tate, Trans. Roy. 8oc. S.A., xxii., 1898^
p. 83, pi. iv., f. 4.

Although I prepared both of the illustrations mentioned I did
not recognise that they ajDplied to one species. Brazier's example
was young. On re-examination of authentic material I can affirm
their identity.

CyclostrExMA porckllana, Tate k Ma3^

Tate cfe May, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. xxiv., 1900, p. 102.

Specimens of this were collected in Sj^dney Harbour b}^ Mr.
H. L. Kesteven, whose determination of them was confirmed by
Mr. W. L. May.

Marginella subbulbosa, Tate.

Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., i., 1878, p. 86.

This species is a new record
for ]S^ew South Wales. Mr.
H. L. Kesteven, who drew my
attention to it, has kindly
prepared sketches for the
accompan3'ing figures of it
and M. stranger. Tate and
May latel}' united these, but
the outline sketches here
M. suhhitlhosd. |, resented will demonstrate the difi'erence and
validity of each.

Trophon goldsteini, Ten. Woods.

Ten. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1875, p. 136.

Mr. R. L. Cherry, in finding this shell on the beach at Catherine
Hill Bay, has added another species to the fauna of New South
Wales. "

21. stranqci.

BY C. HEDLEY.

19

Marginella mayii, Tate.
Tate, Trans. Roy. 8oc. S.A. xxiv., 1900, p. 93.
Mr. Brazier has shown me a shell of which he took a sinole

o

specimen in 8 fathoms off the Inner North Head, Sydney Harbour.
By comparison with an authentic specimen received from Mr.
W. L. Ma}'' I have identified this as a dwarf form of M. mayii.

Vermetus caperatus, Tate & May.

Thylacodes caperatus, Tate cfe May, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. xxiv.,
1900, p. 94.

During a recent excursion of the Field Naturalists' Club to
Balmoral this species was found by myself and others for the first
time in Australia in
plenty under stones at
half tide level.

The authors of this
species state that the
animal is unknown.
Mr. H. L Kesteven has
Operculum and radula. j^-^^j^^ prepared for me

the drawings for the accompanying illustrations
of the operculum, radula and the jaw as a whole and in detail.
The presence of an operculum necessitates the removal of the
species from Thylacodes.

Bifidaria macleayi, Brazier.

Fnpa {Vertigo) tnicleayi^ Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. i. ,
1876, p. 110.

(Plate iii., fig. 39.)

M}' drawing of this hitherto unfigured species is taken from an
authentic specimen in the Macleay Museum, 2-5 mm. in length.
It is labelled Barnard Islands, No. iii., a locality not named in
the original description. The genus Bifidaria was described by
Sterki.*

Jaw.

* Sterki, The Nautilus, vi., p. 99, Jan. 1893.

20 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

PupiNA CROSS EI, Brazier.

Pupina crossei, Brazier, Proc. Linn. See. N.S.W. i., 1876, p. 110.

(Plate iii., fig. 38.)

One of the type shells in the Macleay Museum is here
illustrated. It is from Palm Island (I understand the most
northern of that archipelago was the only one visited by the
Chevert Expedition), and is 7 mm. in length.

Pupina nitida, Brazier.

Fiipiaa nitida^ Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. i., 1876, p. 136.

(Plate iii., fig. 37.)

One of the original lot from Barrow Island is here figured. It
is 9 mm. in length. \

Sitala reedei, Brazier.

Helix {Conidus) reedei, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. i.,
1876, p. 101. Helix (Conulas) inaino, Brazier, loc. cit. Comdiis
mairio, Hedley, op. cit. (2), vi., p. 75, pi. ix., f. 6. Sitala maino,
Hedley, op. cit., ix., p. 384.

(Plate iii., fig. 45.)

A specimen from Darnley Island (height 2*5, major diam. 3*4,
minor diam. 3 mm.) is here figured. I cannot distinguish this
from the New Guinea S. maino, which I therefore suppress as a
synonym. Because it is not of Latin form, the name maino is
not as acceptable as reedei.

Sitala nepeanensis, Brazier.

Helix (Conidus) nepeanensis, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
i., 1876, p. 102.

(Plate iii., figs. 40-42.)

One of the type lot from Nepean Island is here figured. The
dimensions of it are : height 2*6, major diam. 3*64, minor diam.
3-48.

BY C. HEDLEY. 21

SiTALA DARNLEYENSis, Brazier.

Helix (Oomdufi) darnleyensis, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.kS. W.
i., 1876, p. 102.

(Plate iii., fig. 43.)

One of the types from Darnley Island is here drawn. Its
dimensions are : height 5, major diam. 5-3, minor diam. 5 mm.

SiTALA BARNARDENSIS, Brrtzier.

Hi'lix {Conulus) barnardensis, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
i., 1876, p. 102.

(Plate iii., fig. 4-4.)

The single specimen taken by the Chevert Expedition at
Barnard Island, No. iii., is here depicted. Its measurements are:
height 1*9, major diam. 2-35, minor diam. 2*1 mm.

Helix porti, Brazier.
Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. KS.W. i., 1876, p. 104.

The single specimen from Albany Island is rather broken. It
seems to me to be a Piipiso^na, but not P. circumlit2i7n, Hedley.

Flammulina (?) GRENViLLEi, Brazicr.

Helix (Conulus) greiivillei, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. i.,
1876, p. 104.

(Plate iii., fig. 46.)

The single representative of this species from the Home Islands
is still preserved in the Macleay Museum. Its size is : height
1-18, major diam. 1*46, minor diam. 13 mm. Brazier was in
error in describing it as imperforate, for I find a minute narrow
perforation. The type is so wrapped in matted fungoid threads
as to obscure details. Hence I have been unable to satisfactorily
make out the lines of bristles described, and my drawing conveys
only the general shape. The systematic position of the species
is quite uncertain.

22 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

With this species I have completed the work of figuring the
unfigured shells of the Chevert Expedition. Rhytida jamesi,
Brazier (P.L.S.N.S.W. i., 1876, p. 99) is now regarded by its
author as s3^nonymous with B. franklandiensis, Forbes. This
decision, in which I concur, makes a figure of it needless.

The Genus Ctiloceras.

(Plate ii., figs. 28, 29, 30.)

The name Ctiloceras was proposed by Watson* for a remark-
able shell taken in Torres Straits. Whether the shell is adult,
and to what group it belongs, are unknown. Watson suggested
that it was related to Ccecnm, and yet included it among Vermetus.

A larger series than Watson studied has come into my hands,
and it aj)pears that several species of Ctiloceras occur. Although
I regard Ctiloceras as an immature state comparable to Simisigera,
possibly the young of species already named, yet it seems con-
venient to appl}^ provisional names to the different forms.

For comparison a mutilated example of C. cyclicitm, Watson, is
shown at fig. 28. It is 1*6 mm. in major diameter, and was
found by Mr. J. Brazier in Torres Straits at the depth of 8
fathoms.

Taken by the same collector in the same localit}^ is a shell
shown at fig. 30 which measures 1-54 mm. in major diameter.
It is at once separable by its clathrate sculpture. I propose to
call it Ctiloceras dathratum.

Another and more advanced form, shown at fig. 29, I name
Ctiloceras striatum. In this the nucleus is more prostrate than in"
the others, the first spiral whorl is more tightly coiled, leaving a
smaller orifice; the radiating sculpture is weak and distant; close
fine spiral grooves ornament the shell. In the example drawn
there are one and one half spiral whorls. The aperture is rather
Ijroadly reflected. There is no evidence to show whether this
feature indicates maturit}^ or the approach of a third stage in

* Watson, Reports Chall. Exped. xv., p. 465, pi. xxi. f. I.

BY C. HEDLEY. 23

growth. It is 1-36 mm. in major diameter, and was taken })y
Mr. Brazier in 20 fathoms off Cape Grenville, Queensland.

On the genus Lippistes.

In examining the type shells of the Chevert Expedition* I had
occasion to re^'ise several species referred to Trichoti-opis, and
concluded that the genus SejjarcUista included four Australian
species, viz. : — S. sejyaratista, Dillwyn, S. gracile7ita, Brazier, .S'.
torcidaris, T. Woods, and S. gahrieli, Pritchard &l Gatliff.

A casual and inaccurate allusion to Lippistes by Melvill and
Standenf induced me to write to Mr. B. B. Woodv/ard for
information on Lipinstes and its relation to Sepai-atista. Mr.
Woodward in turn consulted Mr. E. A. Smith, and to these
gentlemen I am deeply indebted both for the following informa-
tion and for permission to publish it. Mr. Woodward writes : —

^'■Lippistes is a good genus; its type is the Aryonauta cornu,
Gmel., figured by Montfort,| and subsequently and better by
von Fichtel (Test. Micr., pi. i.). There are good specimens in
the British Museum collection, and it is very clear.

" As ^''ou say there are two Turbo helicoides, Gmel. ; and
Dillwyn selected the first and re-established Chemnitz's name for
it of Tui'ho separatista; but Chemnitz, not being at that time
binomial, the species must be attributed to Dillwyn.

"Gray, in 1847 (P.Z.S., p. 136), apparently ignorant of
Dillwyn's work, raised this species to generic rank as Separatista,
and, while quoting the reference to Chemnitz correctly, misquoted
Gmelin, and gave as type, ' Ttirho helicina, Gmelin,' meaning of
course ^ helicoides.^

'• Then Adams (P.Z.S., 1850, p. 45), seemingly knowing nothing
of Dillwyn's doings, and possibly recognising the double helicoides,
rechristened the beast ^Separatista chemnitzii,^ and made some
observations on Lippistes and cornu which are absolutely wide
of the mark.

"' Hedley, Records Aust. Museum, iv., 1901, p. 126.

t Melvill & Standen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, p. 361.

X Montfort, Conch. Syst. ii,, 1810, pi. xxxiv., p. 217.

24 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

" Gray's surmise that Lijypistts might be a S3^nonym for his
Separatiata proves correct, and the former name having priority
stands, hence : —

''LippiSTES, Montfort, 1810 [^ Separatista, Gra}', 1847].

"1. L. cornu (GmeL). Type [^Separatista Grayii, Ad., loc. cit.']

(5 carinse).
•* 2. L. seimratista (Dillwyn). Type of Separatista (3 carin^e)
\^ = Turho helicoides, Gmel., p. 3598.
= Turbo separatista, Dillwyn.
— Separatista chemnitzii, Ad.]
" There are, I fancy, more species, but these are for the moment
immaterial."

In view of this information so kindly communicated by Mr.
AVoodward, it will be necessary to transfer the four Australian
species — S. separatista, S. gracileiita, S. torcu^aris, and >S'. gahrieli
— from Separatista to Lippistes. I have noted some remarks b}^
Dall on Lippistes (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xviii., 1889, p. 386-7)
and Separatista (Bush, Trans. Connect. Acad, x., 1897, p. 105).

On Perry's Australian Shells.
Perry's work is of particular importance to Australian natu-
ralists, because he had access to earty collections of Australian
shells, especially to that of Lieut. -Col. Wm. Paterson, who filled
the post of Lieut.-Governor of New South Wales in 1800-1802,
and corresponded* with Sir Joseph Banks.

* Colonel Paterson deserves to be remembered as one of the earliest
Australian conchologists. He arrived in Sydney in 1790 as a captain in the
New South Wales Corps, with a high reputation as a traveller and naturalist,
having already published a work — * ' A Narrative of Four Journeys into the
Country of the Hottentots and Caffraria in the years 1777-8-9," dedicated to
Sir Joseph Banks. He had ample opportunities during two decades for
collecting in Australasia. Besides various journeys in New South Wales, he
commanded the settlement at Norfolk Island and founded that at Port
Dalrymple in Tasmania. An affluent of the Hunter Eiver is named in his
honour, and Robert Brown dedicated the genus Patersonia to him. He
appears to have corresponded with Lamarck, for two Australian shells are
acknowledged — Corbnla tailensis, from a M. Patersoon ; and Buccinum
hrasilkumm, from Madame Paterson.

BY C. HEDLEY. 25

^The full title of his book is : — " Conchology | or the | Natural
History of Shells : | containing | a new arrangement of the genera
and species, | illustrated by | coloured engravings | executed
from the natural specimens, | and | including the latest dis-
coveries I by I George Perry." London, 1811.

The work is post-Linnean, the species are named binomially,
and are systematically'' figured and described. In short, the
nomenclature fulfils the requirements of modern zoological legis-
lation, and must take precedence of younger names. The illus-
trations vary in merit; some are excellent, others are wretched;
but most, if not all, are recognisable.

Gray wrote in 1829 : — " I have ventured to refer to this work,
as T consider that it is just that every author should be quoted;
and this author has anticipated Lamarck, Swainson and Sowerby
in several species."*

Gray put his principles into practice by withdrawing his
Cypraea jyrinceps in favour of Perry's prior Gypraea valentia.

Deshayes did not meet with Perry's book until he had partly
completed his second edition of Lamarck's Animaux sans Verte-
bres. But through the latter part of that work he regularly
quoted Perry, and withdrew his species Fusus laticostatus in
favour of Perry's earlier name of F. variegatns.

Sowerby and Reeve were not disposed to acknowledge any
work which upset their species. They ungenerously denied
Perry's right to be cited, and assailed his nomenclature with
hatred and abuse. f So powerful and evil was their influence that
Perry's 'Conchology' has been practically suppressed by London
writers. Even the brothers Adams, who offended against modern
usage by adopting names from polynomial and pre-Linnean
writers, yet refused to admit Perry's names.

* Gray, Zool. Journal, iv., p. 68.
t Sowerby, Zool. Journal, iv., p. 217: Reeve, Conch. Icon, iii., Cyprsea^
Sp. 17, note; iv., Fusus, Sp. 33, note; and vii., Ranella, Sp. 47, note.

2Q STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

The restoration of certain of Perry's names is required by the
rules of zoological nomenclature. After a careful examination of
Perry's 'Conchology,' and guided by the references of Deshaj'es and
others, I have compiled the following list of those Australian
shells which apparently were first described by Perry : —

Monoplex cornutiis, Perry (pi. iii., f. 1), takes priority over
Triton exai'atus, Reeve, 1844.

Monoplex formosus, Perry (pi. iii., f. 5), is recognised by
Deshayes (An. s. Vert, ix., p. 635) as a synonym of Triton
clavator, Lamarck, 1822 { = Mitrex clavator, Dillwjm, 1817).
Triton sinensis, Reeve, seems to me to be identical,

Biplex aust7'alasia, Perry (pi. iv., ff. 2, 4), is identified by
Deshayes (An. s. Vert, ix., p. 542) as Ranelia leucostonia,
Lamarck, 1822.

Biiplex perca^ Perry (pi. iv., f. 5) is given precedence by
Deshaj-es (An. s. Vert, ix., p. 556) over Ranelia jndchra, 8owerby,
1844.

Biplex rubicola, Perr}'- (pi. v., f. 5), is identified by Morch (Cat.
Yoldi Coll., 1852, p. 106) as Ranelia granifera, Lamarck, 1822.

Triplex frondosa, Perr}" (pi. vi., f. 1), is quoted by Brazier (Cat.
Murex, p. 60) as equivalent to Murex australis, Quoy tt Gaimard,
1832, and to M. pahniferus, Sowerby, 1840. He overlooked the
fact that Murex australis was preoccupied by Gmelin, 1790.
Triplex denudata, Perry (pi. vii., f. 2), seems to me to be tlie
same species. I recommend the use of Murex denudata, Perry.

Triplex flavicunda, Perry (pi. vi., f. 2), and T. I'ubicunda,
Perry (pi. vi., f. 2), are marked by Deshayes (An. s. Vert, ix.,
p. 574) as synonyms of Mnrex adnstus, Lamarck, 1822. Over
all these names Purpura scahra, Martyn (Univ. Conch. 1789,
pi. 113), has precedence.

Sei^ta parkinsonia, Perry (pi. xiv., f. 1), is obviously identical
with Triton fusiforme, Kiener, 1842.

Septa rubicunda, Perry (pi. xiv., f. 4), is Triton riodijerum,
Lamarck, 1822. Plates i.-ii. of Hunter's 'Historical Journal'

BY C. HEDLEY. 27

(1793) represent this species, but have never Ijefore been quoted
or identified.

Voluta paUersonia, Perry (pi. xvii., f. 1), an extra-limital
species, is introduced to note that Deshayes apparently erred in
considering (An. s. Vert, ix., p. 402) this to be Cancellaria
reticulata, Linn. Brazier has stated (P.L.S.N.S.W. [2], ii., p. 996),
as I believe correctly, that this illustration represents F. nucleus,
Lamarck. As, however, Lamarck's preliminary description of
that species bears the same date (1811) as Perry's, there is no
need to disturb the accepted nomenclature.

Cyprcea valentla, Perry (pi. xxiii., f. 2), is recognised by Gray
(Zool. Journ. iv., p. 68) as Cyprcea jyrinceps, Gray, 1824. This
species has occurred at Warrior Reef, Torres Straits.

Bulimus carlnatus, Perry (pi. xxx., f. 1), has been recognised
by Pilsbry (Nautilus, xv., p. 8) as Cantharidus peronii, Philippi,
1846. Jay (Cat. Shells, 4th ed., 1852, p. 192) has wrongly
identified this as Bulimus zebra, Miiller.

Bulimus eximius, Perry (pi. xxx., f. 2), has been recognised by
Pilsbry (Nautilus, xv., p. 8) as Cantharidus badius, Wood, 1856.

Cassidea labiata, Peny (pi. xxxiv., f. 1), takes priority over
Cassis achatina, Lamarck, 1822.

Mitra abbatis, Perry (pi. xxxix., ff. 2-3), was described by
Lamarck in the same year as M. pontificalis. The latter need
not be disturbed.

Bulla ferruginosa, Perry (pi. xl., f. 2), is identified by Pilsbry
(Man. Conch, xv., p. 389) as equivalent to Hydatina albocincta,
Hoeven (1839), but he adds that its use is barred by the prior
Bulla ferruffinea, Gmelin (1790).

A7'anea triremis, Perry (pi. xlv., f. 3), is recognised by Deshayes
(An. s. Vert, ix., p. 566) as Murex tenuispina, Lamarck, 1822.

Pyrida undidatus, Perry (pi. liv,, f. 1), is Fusus pyridatus,
Reeve, 1847.

Pyrida australasia, Perry (pi. liv., f. 4), is identified by
Deshayes (An. s. Vert, ix., p. 434) as Fasciolar'ia Jilamentosa,

28 STUDIES OX AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

Lamarck, 1822. But it seems to me to be a variety of Fasciolaria
fusiformis, Valenciennes (1840), whose name it should replace.

Pleurotoma acuta, Perry (pi. li\'., f. 5), is quoted by Deshayes
(An. s. Vert, ix., p. 352) as equivalent to Pleurotoma tigrina,
Lamarck (1822).

Tellina aurea, Perry (pi Iv , f. 2) is evidently T. vulsella,
Chemnitz, = T. rostrata of other authors than Linne, not T.
{Phylloda) aurea, Schumacher (1817). Since by Hanley's showing
(Ips. Linn. Conch., p. 38) the Linnean name has been generally
misapplied, and that of Chemnitz was not binomial. Perry's name
should be utilised. I collected this species at Dunk Island,
Queensland, last year.

Venues disjecta, Perry (pi. Ivii., f. 3), is beyond doubt identical
with Venus lamellata, Lamarck (1818). This name of Lamarck's
was preoccupied by Linne (1767). The species should be quoted
as Chione disjecta, Perry.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate i.

Figs. 1-4. — Hinge and various aspects of Congeria lunata, Hedley.

Figs. 5-9— Hinge and various aspects of 3Iacti'a parkesiana, Hedley.

Figs. 10-14. — Hinge and various aspects of Rocliefortia donaciformis , Angas.

Plate ii.

Figs. 15-17. — Hinge and different aspects of Bornia filo^a, Hedley.

Figs. 18-20. — Various aspects of Liotia incidata, Hedley.

Figs. 21-23. — Various aspects of Liotia corona, Hedley.

Fig. 24. — CroHSea hiconica, Hedley.

Fig. 25.~Cros$ea gatliffi, Hedley.

Fig. 26. — Mecoliotia spino>^a, Hedley.

Fig. 27. — Retusa nitida, A. Adams.

Fig. 28. — Ctiloceras cycliciuii, Watson.

Fig. 29.— C. striatum, Hedley.

Fig. 30 — C. clathratnm, Hedley.

BY C. HEDLEY. 29

Plate iii.
Fig. 31. — Pynjidma senex, Hedley.
Fig. .3*2. — PiirguUna umeralis, Hedley.
Fig. 33. — Pyrpulina persjjectiva, Hedley.
Fig. 34. — PyrguUna zea, Hedley.
Fig. 35. — Teinostoma involuta. Hedley.
Fig. 36. — Aplustmm brazier i, Angas.
Fig. 37. — Piqnna nitida, Brazier.
Fig. 38. — Pupina crossei. Brazier.
Fig. 39. — Bijidaria macleayi, Brazier,

Figs. 40-42. — Various aspects of Sitala nepeanensi><, Brazier.
Fig. 43. — Sitala darnleyensis, Brazier.
Fig. 44. — Sitala harnarde)ui><f Brazier.
Fig. 45. — Sitala reedei, Brazier.
Fig. 46. — Flammulina (?) grenvillei, Brazier.

30

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. C. T. Musson sent for exhibition a remarkable series of
specimens of garden plants exhibiting floral or vegetati\'e pro-
lification, from the Hawkesburj^ Agricultural College garden or
grounds at Richmond. As far as the records go the present
season is the driest known; and the apparently correlated tendency
on the part of so many species to develop monstrous groAvths
exceeds all previous experiences. Thirty-one species were rei^re-
sented in the collection exhibited, comprising Lima Bean, Lucerne,^
Eschscholtzia, Amarantus (two species), Solanum (two species),
Foxglove, Pentstemon, Rose, Quince, Dianthus, Phlox, Antirrhi-
num, Salpiglossis, Petunia, Geranium, Mignonette, Polygonum,
Squash, Leptosyne, Aster, Cosmos, Hypochoeris, Coreopsis, Gaillar-
dia, Zinnia, Marigold, Centaurea, Erigeron, and Scabious. Simi
lar examples of Zinnia and Delphinium were also furnished by
Mr. Henry Deane from his garden at Hunter's Hill; and of
Campanula and Hypochoeris by Mr. H.Selkirk f rom Marrickville

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30th, 1902.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on AVednesday
evening, April 30th, 1902.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., etc.. President, in the Chair.

Messrs. W. L. May, Sandford, Tasm.; W. F. Petterd, Laun-
cestoni and A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S., Brisbane, Q.,
were elected Ordinary Members of the Society.

ThePresident announced that under the provisions of Rule xxv.,
the Council had elected Professor David, B.A., F.R.S , F.G.S.,
Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., Arc, Dr. T. Storie Dixson, and the
Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., to ])e Vice-Presidents; and
Mr. J. R. Garland, M.A., (56 EHzabeth Street), to be Hon.
Treasurer, for the current year.

The Donations and Exchanges for the month, amounting to 18
Vols., 35 Parts or Nos., 1 Bulletin, 3 Annual Reports (Admini-
strative), 7 Pamphlets, and 5 Miscellanea, received from 41
Societies, etc., and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

31

THE GUMMOSIS OF THE SUGAR-CANE.

{Bad. vascularum^ Cobb).

By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the

SociETy.

(Plates iv.-v.)

Gummosis is a disease pretty widely distributed among plants,,
and is recognised by an unhealthy appearance of the plant as a
whole, by the leaves dying or rotting, and especially by the
presence of a yellowish gummy matter in the vessels. On cutting-^
across the vessels of a badly diseased plant, such as the sugar-
cane, small yellow viscid drops of gum quickly gather on the cut
ends of the vascular bundles. In slightly diseased plants the
microscope may be necessary to demonstrate the gum plugging-^
the vessels. The disease has been specially noted in the sugar-
cane, the sugar-beet and the vine chiefly on account of the
economic importance of these plants, but it is not unknown
among other members of the vegetable kingdom, as for example
the fig, olive, mulberry, potato, carrot, and tomato.

The c-'ummosis of the vine has been ascribed to the activity of
a bacterium by Prillieux et Delacroix,"^ but Mangin,t and also
Ratha}',! consider that the formation of gum in the vessels by
bacteria is very problematical. Indeed, Mangin goes further and
says that the bacteria live upon the gum.

* Prillieux et Delacroix, Cent. f. Bakt., 2 Abt., i., 300, Eef.

tMangin, op. rit. and also ibid. 11., 621, Ref.

JRathay, ibid, ii., 620, Ref.

32 THE GUMMOSIS OF THE SUGAR-CANE,

The gummosis of the sugar-beet has been investigated by many.
Among others, Arthur and Golden separated a bacterium which,
when inoculated into sound beets, produced the disease in some
cases. Busse"^ also investigated the disease, and concluded from
his own experiments and from those of others that there is a group
of bacteria which cause the gummosis of the beet. He experi-
mented upon sound beets with pure cultures, and found that after
a period of growth the infected roots had developed a greater or
less gummosis. The bacteria that are claimed as being the
exciting cause of gummosis of the beet are all capsulated, non-
sporulating organisms, and it would appear that the gum is the
capsular envelope.

The Gummosis of the Cane.

The bacteriology of the gumming of the sugar-cane has been
investigated by Cobb,t who invariably found microbes in the gum
of diseased stalks. He inoculated the gum into tubes of agar and
gelatine and obtained bacterial growths. The cultural characters
of the organism are described as follows: — "Cultures on agar-
agar gave at first roundish colonies on the surface having to the
unaided eye no structure, either radiated or concentric. In the
course of a few weeks the yellowish white and somewhat opal-
escent growth had extended several inches along the edge of the
tube on the surface of the agar-agar and between the tube and
the agar-agar without causing any liquefaction. On gelatine the
growth was much slower, and remained circular and almost im-
perceptibly concentric. Its colour, itc, were as on agar-agar."
The italics are in the original.

It is unfortunate that the only information regarding the
growth characters which enables the organism to be identified is
so limited. The description would apply to at least eleven

described non-liquefying species of bacteria. The characters,

f

*Busse, Cent. f. Bakt., 2 Abt., ill., 680, Kef.
t Cobb, Agric. Gazette of N.S. Wales, 1893.

BV 11. GREIG SMITH. 33

however, enabled Cobb to recognise it as a new species, to w^iicli
he gave the name Bac. vascularum.

In an investigation into the pathogenicity of the organism
Cobb"^ inoculated five apparently healthy canes with the gum
and retained one as a control. Unfortunately the control cane
was lost, and of the others four were gummed and one died. In
the four stalks that were gummed, the gummosis was most marked
in the neighbourhood of the point of inoculation. But as all the
canes in the stools developed gummosis there is the probability
that the inoculated canes would also have become affected inde-
pendently of the inoculation. The fact that gummosis was most
marked in the neighbourhood of the site of inoculation indicates
that the gum probably set up gummosis; but like the majorit}^ of
plant infection experiments the result of Cobb's experiment is not
decisive. Even if the experiment had been most satisfactory it
would onl}^ have shown that cane-gum could produce gummosis,
and thus the pathogenicit}^ of the bacterium itself would remain
doubtful. In all infection experiments the recognised and legiti-
mate method is to purify the bacterium by growth in plates of
artificial media, and after it has been proved that the bacteria
are undoubtedly pure by their constant appearances of growth,
etc., upon one medium, to employ the pure culture for purposes
of inoculation.

The Method of Research.

The cause of the gummosis of the cane, therefore, appeared to
be sufficiently undecided to warrant a thorough investigation,
and I decided to attack the problem from the side of the gum
rather than the plant— a method that has not been previously
tried, and one which promised to give more conclusive results
than could be hoped for with infection experiments. If a gum
could be produced in the laboratory from a bacterium isolated
from the cane, and if it were identical with the gum obtained
from diseased canes, then the bacterial origin of the gum and the

Cobb, Agric. Gazette of N,S. Wales, 189i.

34 THE GUMMOSIS OF THE SUGAR-CAN K,

identity of the organism would be placed beyond all doubt. The
question, then, as to the gum being a pathogenic secretion of the
plant itself would be answered conclusively in the negative.

The Isolation of the Organism.

To facilitate the investigation the Colonial Sugar Refining Co.
offered me a portion of their small supply of cane-gum which had
been collected some years ago. Furthermore, one of their officers,
Mr. Morison, inoculated tubes of media in the cane fields with
gum exuded from diseased canes. As, however, I received several
specimens of gummed cane, the tube cultures w^hich did not con-
tain the desired organism need not be further noticed. The
specimens of diseased cane were the variety known as Rappoe,
and, on being cut across, small yellow viscid drops exuded from
the ends of the cut vessels. By using a lens of low power ( x 10)
minute portions from the centre of exuded drops of gum wei-e
abstracted and inoculated into various media, which were placed
under different conditions of culture. It need scarcely be said
that the cane was cut and the infections made with the usual
precautions as regards sterilising the outer surface of the cane,
knives, etc.

Under anaerobic conditions there was no growth either in tluid
or on solid media. On slices of cane and in acid fluids such as
wort and cane-juice no bacteria developed. In other neutral
fluids the bacteria grew scantily. On agar and gelatine in the
presence of cane or fruit sugar bacteria grew slowly at tempera-
tures of 30° C. and under; at 37° and over no growth coidd be
obtained under any condition whatsoe^'er. What appeared to
be the most suitable medium for the grow^th of the gum bacteria
was neutral cane-juice gelatine. The next best media were
ordinary glucose gelatine and slices of potato. From the growth
on cane gelatine a bacterium was separated in the pure state by
repeated cultivation upon plates of cane gelatine, and its cultural
characters were studied upon other media. The appearances of
the cultures are given at the end of this paper, and they will
serve to identify the organism.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 35

Compared with other bacteria the organism is of slow growth.
On suitable solid media it forms raised yellowish patches, which
have the appearance and consistency of softened yellow bees'-wax,
and when treated with water the culture slowly mixes, forming
what appears to be a partial suspension and partial solution.
In stroke culture on cane-gelatine the growth collects in places
along the stroke, and forms characteristic hanging drops (" tear-
drops "). The gelatine is very slowly liquefied, the liquefaction
being best seen by the disappearance of the gelatine under the
slime, which gradually collects as the culture grows, and gravitates
to the bottom of the sloping gelatine.

The Bacterial Gu3i or Slime.
When a pure culture of the bacterium is smeared over the
surface of neutral cane-gelatine or agar in a suitable vessel, and
incubated, a luxuriant growth is obtained after the lapse of about
a week. The culture is precisely similar in appearance and con-
sistency to cane-gum. Both have the same soft, buttery appear-
ance and gummy consistency, and both slowly mix with water to
form a pale yellow opalescent solution. The opalescence is due
to the suspended bacteria, from which it is rather difficult to
separate without at the same time removing the gum. The
separation cannot be effected by filtering through paper, and the
usual coagulating agents coagulate both gum and bacteria.
Aluminium hydrate, for example, forms an insoluble compound
with the gum. An attempt was made to clarify the suspension
by heating it up to three atmospheres in the autoclave, a pro-
ceeding which was successful with another gum-forming bacterium,
but the suspension was unaltered. Eventually the bacteria were
separated by filtration through porous porcelain. A clear solu-
tion of the gum was thus obtained, but at the same time it was
noted that a considerable amount of the gum remained on the
porcelain, adhering to the bacteria, even after the suspension had
been boiled for some time to diff'use the gum. The filtered and
clear solution was tested simultaneously with an opalescent
suspension, and it was found that the two behaved similarly on
the addition of the various reagents, from which we must con-

36

THE GUMMOSIS OF THE SUGAR-CANE,

elude that in the suspension the bacteria are inert, and for
purposes of identification of the gum it is unnecessary to
separate them.

In testing the bacterial slime and the cane-gum a number of
reagents suggested themselves, and the results of the numerous
tests which identify the two are shown in the following table.
In considering the tests it must be borne in mind that the cane-
gum at my disposal was very limited, and the solutions con-
sequently were weak, which accounts for the absence of perceptible
precipitates on the addition of dilute acetic acid and a mixture
of acetic and tannic acids.

The Chemical Reactioxs of the Gum fkom Caxe and of the Bacterial
Slime formed in Laboratory Cultures.

Cane-Gum.

Bacterial Slime.

Lead acetate
Basic lead acetate
Ammoniacal lead acetate
Barium hydrate
Calcium hydrate
Copper sulphate
Ferric chloride ...
Hydrochloric acid
Alcohol ..

Aluminium hydrate
Dilute acetic acid
Glacial ,, ,,
Acid mercuric nitrate

Precipitate.

Opalescence.

Precipitate.

Opalescence.

Slimy voluminous ■ Slimy voluminous
ppt. in presence of ppt. in presence of

Xanthoproteic reaction
Sulphuric and phosphotungstic

acids
Acetic and tannic acids
Acetic acid and potas. ferro-

cyanide
Hydrochloric acid and potas.

mercuric iodide
Sodium hydrate and copper

sulphate

salts.
.1 Coagulation.
.j No precipitate.
.! Precipitate.
.1 Ppt. soluble in ex-

j cess ; no colour re-

I action.
. Colour reaction.

Precipitate.
Opalescence.

Opalescence.

Ppt. on standing.

salts.
Coagulation.
Opalescence.
Precipitate.
Ppt. soluble in excess;

no colour reaction.

Colour reaction.

Precipitate.
Opalescence and pre-
cipitate.
Opalescence.

Precipitate.

No biuret reaction »
but ppt.

No biuret reaction
but ppt.

No reactions were obtained with KI.^, AgNO.j, KOH. BaCl.^. NaOH, cone
HCl, picric acid, Adamkiewicz reagent.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 37

The precipitate obtained on the addition of alcohol to a
suspension of the gum or slime in water is exceedingly
voluminous ; a precipitate which occupies a volume of about 50
CO. becomes, after squeezing out the dilute alcohol in a calico
strainer, a small pellet measuring about a quarter of a c.c. On
precipitating the aqueous suspension three or four times with
alcohol an opalescent alcoholic solution is obtained, from which
the gum can be precipitated by small quantities of neutral salts,
such as sodium chloride. This fact, together with the reactions
obtained with some of the albuminoid reagents, suggested the
similarity of the gum to the mucins. That the zooglcea slime of
, bacteria consists of mucin, or a substance nearly allied to it, has
already been suggested, but there are many points of difference
between the bacterial slime and the mucins. The crude gum
obtained by precipitating the cultures with alcohol contains 6'1%
of ash and 3*08% nitrogen in the ash-free, dry substance. Repeated
precipitation with alcohol, and also filtration of the gum from the
accompanying bacteria, would undoubtedly lower this percentage.
It is, therefore, apparent that the nitrogen content alone is
sufficient to distinguish the slime from mucin or the allied
mucinoids.

The identity of the bacterial slime with cane-gum proves con-
clusively that the isolated bacterium is the direct cause of the
gummosis of the plant, and also that the gum is no secretion of the
plant upon which the bacteria live saprophytically. Since this
applies to the gummosis of the sugar-cane, it probably also applies
to the gummosis of the vine and other plants, in which case
Mangin and Rathaj'- are wrong in considering that the action of the
bacteria in causing gummosis of the vine is very problematical.
Cane-gum is nitrogenous, and when a clear filtered solution is
exposed to the air it speedily produces a luxuriant growth of
foreign organisms. These undoubtedly feed upon the gum, and
it is possible that this observation gave rise to the idea that the
bacteria in the vessels of the plant live upon the gum.

38

THE GUMMOSIS OF THE SUGAR-CANE,

The Conditions of Gum-Formation.

Having proved the relationship of the gum to the bacterium,
there remained the determination of the conditions under which
the gum is formed. The slime had been first obtained in
quantity by growing the bacteria upon cane-juice agar, i.e., a
solution of 4% of agar added to an equal volume of neutralised
cane-juice; and although the growth was very good, yet there
appeared to be room for improvement. The best medium is
undoubtedly very faintly acid cane-juice gelatine, but, unfor-
tunately, this cannot be employed when the slime is wanted for
chemical investigation, because the medium is slowh^ liquefied.
The first experiment was made upon cane-juice agar, and had for
its object the question of the improvement of the agar by peptone
and, incidentally, the eflfect of a temperature of 30° as against
22° C. Previous tests had shown that no growth occurred at
37°. In this and the following experiments the numbers
indicate the order of merit of the cultures at the time of observa-
tion ; 1 being the most luxuriant growth, 2 the next best, and
so on.
The Effect of 1% Peptone on Cane-agak Cultures at 22"^ and 30° C.

2 days.

4 days.

1% peptone at 22°

30°

No „ 22°

30°

2
1
3
3

2
1
3
4

This experiment showed that more slime was formed when the
cane-agar contained 1% of peptone, and when the culture was
incubated at 30°. There, however, is the doubt that 1% peptone
is too much, and to test this point various quantities of a 10%
peptone solution were added to 10 c.c. portions of a faintl}^ acid
medium containing glucose 10%, sodium phosphate 0-2%,
potassium chloride 0-5%, agar 2%, and the bacteria were inocu-
lated upon the sloped surface of the portions. Cane-agar was not
used on account of the unknown nature of the constituents.

BY R. GREIG SMITH.

39

The Influence of Peptone.

Temperature = 30° C

2 days.

4 days.

6 days.

8 days.

No peptone

0-1 c.c. 10% solution = 0'1% ..
0-2 „ „ „ 0-2% ...
O-o „ ,, „ 0-47% ..
0-7 ,, „ ,, 0-65% ...
1-0 ,, ,, ,, 0-91% ...
2-0 ., ,, ,, 1-66% ...

5
4
4
. 2
2
3
1

3
2
2

I
I
1
1

2

6
1

1
1
1
2
3

It appears from these results that about 0-5% of peptone in the
medium is a good quantity to employ. With a greater percen-
tage the growth starts sooner, but as time goes on it becomes
slower, and is ultimately surpassed by the lower percentages.

The reaction of the medium best suited to the bacterium was
also investigated, and for this purpose various quantities of 10%
tartaric acid and 10% sodium carbonate solutions were added to
10 c.c. portions of neutral medium, containing saccharose 5%,
peptone 0-5%, potassium phosphate 0-5%, agar 2%.

The Reaction of the

Medium.

Temperature = 30° C.

2 days.

4 days.

6 days.

8 days.

10 days.

Tartaric acid 0-01% ..

1

1

1

1

1

„ 0-02% ...

2

2

2

2

1

,, 0-03% ...

—

3

3

3

2

„ 0-05% ...

—

—

—

—

—

,, 008% ..

—

—

—

—

—

Sodium carbonate 0-01%

—

4

6

7

8

0-02%

—

5

1

8

—

„ 0-03%

—

—

—

0-05%

—

—

—

—

0-08%

—

—

—

—

—

Neutral control tube . .

—

4

5

6

5

,.

—

4

5

6

5

The effect of slight differences of acid or of alkali in the culture
media is very pronounced. In an absolutely neutral medium the
bacteria grow very slowly, while, when the reaction is faintly
acid, the growth is quick aijd luxurious. Alkalies prohibit the

40

THE GUMMOSIS OF THE SUGAR-CANE,

multiplication of the microbe. With 0-02% the stroke was
slow to show itself, was alwaj's very scanty, and finally, after
ten days' incubation, it dried up.

The Location of the Bacteria.

Cane-juice has an acidity equal to an amount of tartaric acid
varying from 0*2 to 0-3%, and as the juice is derived from the
tissue we can understand why the bacteria avoid these strongly
acid tissues and inhabit the slightly acid or neutral fluids of the
vascular system.

In view of the fact that in many bacterial diseases of plants,
the microbes are found only in the vessels, and that the bacteria
are very sensitive to the reaction of the contents of the vessels,
it would appear that the immunity of plants disease-proof to
bacterial infection may depend upon a relativel}'^ greater acidity
or alkalinity of the vascular contents as compared with susceptible
varieties.

A peptonised medium similar to that used in testing the
influence of peptone was employed in a small test to corroborate
the general conclusion that had been drawm during the work upon
the bacterium with regard to the temperature, and from the
growths upon the agar it was manifest that a temperature of
30° C. was best suited to the organism.

The Optimum Temperature,

2 days .

4 days.

6 days.

22°

2

2

o

25^

3

2

2

30°

1

1

1

That the bacterium grows rapidly at 30° C. (86° F.) and not
at all at 37°, serves to explain in part at least why the disease
occurs more frequently in cold, wet seasons. Such seasons check
the growth of the plant, the \ itality is lowered, and at the same
time the bacteria, being under favourable conditions of tempera-

liY R. GREIG SMITH.

41

ture, grow rapidly, and clog the vessels, on account of which tlie
plant is unable to obtain its food supplies, and soon succumbs.

One point to be decided was the influence of salts upon the
growth of the bacterium, and to test this matter a faintly acid
medium containing peptone 0-5%, dextrose 10%, agar 2%, was
prepared, and about one-quarter of a gramme of salt was added to
each 10 c.c.

The Influence of Salts.

2 days.

4 days.

6 days.

8 days.

Potassium nitrate

3

1

2

2

,, monohydrogen phosphate
, , dihydrogen phosphate

, , sulphate . .

, , chloride

2

5
2
3

1

1

2
2

1

2
2

,, citrate

1

2

2

,, sodium tartrate

4

4

3

Sodium chloride

5

6

6

Ammonium chloride

3

2

2

Calcium chloride

2

2

3

Magnesium sulphate ..

Check (no salts)

3
2

2

4

2
3

This experiment shows that(l) the bacterium has a preference
for phosphate and is indifferent to the other acid radicles ; (2)
the acid potassium phosphate, on account of its acidity, checked
the growth; (3) potassium may be replaced by calcium, magnesium
or ammonium ; (4) sodium is a distinct poison.

The Poisonous Action of Common 8alt.

After noting the poisonous action of sodium salts, the idea
naturally suggests itself that common salt might be advantageous
in checking the gummosis of the cane. Common salt, however,
is a poison for most of the higher plants, and might injure the
sugar-cane if used in doses sufficiently great to inhibit the
growth of the bacterium. On enquiry, I find that healthy crops
of cane are grown in Fiji upon soil containing anything under
1% of common salt, although when this amount is exceeded t h

42 THE GUMMOSIS OF THE SUGAR-CANE,

crops are not so healthy. This would lead one to expect favour-
able results with salt when applied to fields containing canes
liable to the disease.

I have enquired if canes grown on the coast, and within reach
of the salt spray become diseased to the same extent as plants
oi'own inland, and have been informed by Mr. T. U. Walton,
B.8c., of the Colonial Sugar Ptefining Co., who made the necessary
enquiries, that the majority of the managers of the diiferent mills
consider that canes grown upon soils which are known to be
pretty w-ell impregnated with salt through being subject to the
influence of tidal waters, are not less liable to be affected with
gummosis than crops upon other soils. The opinion is that they
are more prone to develop the disease, but with regard to this it
must be borne in mind that such soils are generally badly drained,
and it is to the defective drainage that the prevalence of the
disease is ascribed. Cases can be quoted in which gummosis has
been remedied by the improvement of the land by draining and
the planting of new seed cane.

In direct contradiction to the other (jflicers, one of the managers
thinks that it may be safely said that on lands adjacent to the
sea beach, where the soil is contaminated with salt, gummosis has
not been nearly so bad as in districts distant from the sea. He
instanced the case of a man, whose farm was on one of the
islands in the Lakes, Clarence River, being able to grow a com-
paratively sound crop of Mauritius Ribbon long after this variet)^
of cane had been abandoned by ever3^one else on account of its
tendency to develop gummosis. A large portion of his farm was
submerged by King tides.

The Colonial Sugar Refining Co. in the following season intend
to test the action of common salt upon perfectly drained soils.

The presence of salt in the cane is preferable to gum, inasmuch
as the former collects in the molasses and does not otherwise
make its presence evident, wdiile the gum, besides diminishing the
crop, interferes w^ith the crystallisation of sugar.

Although one might by experiment find a substance that
would inhibit the disease, the best practice is, undoubtedly, to

BY R. GREIG SMITH.

43

grow disease-resisting varieties, as has been previously recom-
mended, not only for gummosis, but for other diseases. In this
relation it may be mentioned that there are one or two well
known varieties which have never been known to develop gum-
mosis. The best known of these sound varieties is Tanna, a stout
heavy cane, hard in the rind and containing a high percentage of
fibre. The sugar content is, however, not so high as it is in some
of the varieties which are liable to gummosis. Fields which have
yielded badly diseased crops, have, when planted with Tanna,
produced perfectly sound canes.

In order to form a gum as it undoubtedly does, the bacterium
probably requires a carbohydrate, and although saccharose has
been employed and found exceedingly useful, yet it does not follow
that it is necessary, or that saccharose is the best carbohydrate.
Other sugars might give a better yield of gum. To test this
question, about half a gramme of various substances was added to
10 c.c. portions of a faintly acid medium containing peptone
0-5%, sodium phosphate 0*2%, potassium chloride 0*5%, agar 2%,
and after sterilisation of the tubes, the sloped surfaces were
inoculated and then incubated.

The Influence

OF Carbohydrates

ETC.

Temperature = 30°

2 days.

4 days.

6 days.

Glycerine

Starch

Dextrin

Dextrose

\

2

3

Levulose

I

1

Saccharose

1

1

1

Maltose

Lactose

Blank test

~

—

—

This experiment showed that either dextrose, levulose, or
saccharose are absolutely necessary for the free growth of the
organism and the production of gum. The bacteria did not
grow in the presence of the other sugars and carbonaceous

44 THE OUMMOSIS OF THE SUGAR-CANE,

matters, from which we infer that these cannot be utilised. Of
the three sugars, levulose and saccharose are more easily assimi-
lated than dextrose.

The organism does not secrete invertase. This was shown by
the practical absence of invert sugar in the agar cultures. In
testing inversion fluid cultures are preferable, but as this bacteria
does not grow to anj^ extent in saccharose fluid media, an agar
culture had to be taken. The agar was melted and dissolved in
water, after which the solution was treated with basic lead
acetate, etc., as is customary in sugar determinations. Of the
saccharose in the tube originall}', onlj'' 3% had been inverted to
fruit sugar, a quantity which might easily have been produced
through the hydrolytic action of the small quantity of acid in the
medium.

The Most suitable Medium.

From these experiments we conclude that an excellent medium
for the growth of the bacterium and the production of gum would
have the following composition,: —

Peptone ... ... ... ... 0-5

Saccharose or levulose ... ... 5 0

Potassium phosphate ... ... 0*5

Agar 2-0

Tap water 100

Acidity of 10 c.c. =0*14 c.c. tenth-normal acid.
On this saccharose medium the bacteria grew most luxuriantly
.at the optimum temperature (30°), and since the organisms
grow so well, we cannot doubt that similar conditions as regards
nutrition, acidity, and temperature favour the development in
diseased canes.

Bacterium vascularum, Cobb.

Shape, d:c. — The organism appears as an actively motile, sh(jrt
rod, and when stained and imbedded in balsam has an average
measurement of 0*4 : 1 fx. Carbol violet followed by dilute
-iilcohol produces the best films ; fuchsin stains the gum, which

BY K. GREIG SMITH. 45

usually adheres more or less to the cells ; the blues stain but
feebly. B}^ using the night-blue method with the scanty
growth obtained on ordinary agar the flagella can be easily
stained. They are single and terminal. The bacteria are not
coloured by the Gram method of staining. Spores were not
obtained and are probably never formed.

Relations to oxygen and teinperature. — It is a strong aerobe^
and grows best at 30° ; at 37° there is no growth.

Ordinary glucose-gelatine plate, — The colonies develop slowly.
Tn 7 days at 22" they are 1 mm. in diameter, and appear as
small, raised, viscid drops. When magnified 60-fold they appear
round and uniformly granular, like a thin yeast colony ; the deep
colonies are like those upon the surface. Tn 20 days the colonies
reach a diameter of 4-8 mm,, and look like drops of yellow bees'-
wax. The medium shows no sign of liquefaction, but when the
colony is scraped or washed off a pit is revealed.

Ordinary gelatine plate. — The colonies grow as in the presence
of glucose, but much more slowly.

Ordinary gelatine stroke. — The growth is scanty, narrow, flat,
and ivory-white in colour. It slowlj^ gravitates to form a
yellowish- white mass. The medium under the stroke is depressed.

Neutral cane-gelatine stroke. — There is formed a characteristic
convex, deep yellow stroke, with waxy drops at intervals, and at
the base. The gelatine in contact with the culture is slightly
liquefied in three weeks. The colour, bloom, and general appear-
ance is that of yellow wax, or of a mixture of yellow vaseline and
paraffin. The " tear-drop " appearance of the stroke is character-
istic.

Neatral cane-gelatine stab. — The growth forms in the upper
portion of the stab only in a filiform manner, and forms a hemi-
spherical, deep yellow nail-head. No gas bubbles are produced.

Ordinary glucose-gelatine stab. — As cane-gelatine, but neither
so luxuriant nor so deeply coloured. ISTo gas formation was
observed.

Ordinary gelatine stab. — Filiform growth in upper portion of
stab, with small, raised, white, glistening nail-head.

c
/-

fc

46 THE GUMMOSIS OF THE SUGAR-CANE.

Ordinary luitrletit-agar stroke. — A slow-growing thin, yellowish
white glistening stroke.

Glycerine niitrient-agar stroke. — A thin, broad, translucent
white, moist, glistening growth, with turbid condensed water.
The colour deepens to a primose-yellow.

Saccharose {lOy^Yj'yeptone {0'iy^)-agar. — A thin white fluid
growth, which gravitates into the condensed water, in which
there is a yelloAv sediment.

Potato. — A primrose-yellow, moist, glistening growth, some-
times raised and restricted, at other times flat, watery, and
spreading over the surface. Compared with agar or gelatine,
the growth is rapid.

Carrot. — A raised, slimy, yellow growth, at tirst restricted, but
eventually covers the surface and gravitates.

Turnip. — As on carrot.

Sugar-cane. — No visible growth.

Nutrient houillon. — Slights turbid fluid, with faint indol re-
action.

Nitrate bouillon. — There is no reduction of the nitrate.

Siveet ivort. — No growth.

Cane-juice. — No growth.

Milk. — Unaltered ; neutral reaction.

The Affinities of the Bacterium.

Since the organism does not form colonies on gelatine which
throw out processes from the margin, it is not jBact. gummis to
which Comes ascribes the gummosis of the vine. Bad. ajni, said
to produce a disease in celery, is larger, and grows more slowly
upon potato, but otherwise there are points of similarity in the
appearance of the colonies on gelatine, which, however, are
white as against the j'ellowish colour of Bact. vasculanim.
Basse's bacteria produce gas in glucose media, and otherwise
differ. Bact. tracheiphilus, a bacterium which causes the wilting
of some of the C^icurbitacece by plugging the vessels, differs in
colour (white), and by forming very ropy cultures in fluid media,
especially when old. Arthur and Golden have described Bact.

1?Y R. GHEIG SMITH. 47

betif, wJiicli possibly causes gummosis of the sugar beet, with so
little detail, that it cannot be compared. The same remark
applies to Bad. mori, said by Boyer and Lambert to produce a
disease (gummosis ?) of the mulberry. Of the other bacteria not
associated with diseases of plants, there appear to be none
described which have the general characters of this bacterium, and
although Cobb's description is meagre, there is no doubt that he
intended the name of Bac. vascularutyi for this organism, which
he found constantly associated with the gum of affected plants.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

Plate iv.

Fig. 1. Margin of an impression taken from the gum exuded from the cut
vascular bundle, stained with fuchsin, and partly decolorised with alcohol
(X 1000).

Fig. 2. Film from growth on cane-gelatine, stained with violet ( x 1000).

Fig. 3. Film of growth on nutrient agar, stained by the night- blue method
for fiagella ( x 1000).

Fig. 4. Colony on glucose-gelatine ( x 80).

Fig. 5. Characteristic " tear-drop " growth on cane gelatine ( x J).

Plate V.

Fig. 1. Section of sugar-cane affected with gummosis, showing bacteria in
large vessel, stained with dilute carbol-fuchsin ( x 500).

Fig. 2. Another section showing bacteria at the margin of the contracted
slime in large vessel ( x 750).

48

ON A GYROCOTYLE FROM GHIMJ^RA OGILBYI,
AND ON GYROCOTYLE IN GENERAL,

By W, a. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.8., Challis Pkofessok
OF Biology, University of Sydney.

(Plate vii.)

The Monozoic Cestodes of the genus Gyrocotyle ( Ampliiptyches)
are, in the adult condition, parasites exclusively of fishes of the
order Holocephali, and have been found not only in the northern
Cki?ncera monstrosa, but in the southern Callorhynchus antarcticus
and C. argenteus. It is, therefore, not a matter for surprise that
the new species of the former genus trawled by the " Thetis " in
1898, and described b}' Mr. E. R. Waite under the name of C.
Oyilbyi,* proves to be the host of a member of this group. A
few months ago Mr. Waite sent me two specimens in alcohol of
a species of Gyrocotyle, taken from a specimen of C/mnchra
Ogilhyi, recenth^ received by the Australian Museum from Manlv.

In comparing these specimens with the published accounts of
G. 2triia and G. rugosa, and with a preserved specimen and
sections of the latter, a difficulty occurs which has to be dealt
with at the outset. Contrary opinions are held b}^ difterent
observers as to the orientation of the animal. By Wagener (8),
followed by Diesing, Olsson, Monticelli (5, 6), Braun (2, 3), and
others, the end Ijearing the peculiar plicated sti-ucture termed the
funnel is looked upon as posterior. By Baldwin Spencer (7), and
l)y Lijnnberg (4), on the other hand, the funnel end is regarded as

* E. 11. Waite, "Scientitic Results of the Trawling Expedition of
H.M.C.S. ' Thetis."* Australian Museum, Memoir iv., 1899.

BY W. A. HASWELL. 49

anterior. It will be iiecessar}-, therefore, to decide which of
these opposed views is to be adhered to in making this comparison.

Spencer's contribution to the subject was published at least a
3^ear before Lonnberg's; but the latter reached his conclusion
independently, and adduces several reasons of some weight in
support of his position. He alleges, in the first jDlace, that the
animal creeps in the direction of the end which bears the funnel.
On this point I am unable to make any statement, as I have not
had an opportunity of observing living specimens. But, in the
absence of other evidence, it is worthy of note that Wagener
states "Die Schwanzkrause bleibt meist ruhig wahrend der Kopf-
theil des Thieres sich langsam bewegt."

The direction of the spinules on the surface Lunnberg regards
as affording further evidence in favour of his view. If the end
with the funnel is posterior, then these spinules lie with their
points directed forwards. Further support Lonnberg conceives
to be derivable from the structure of the nervous system, nerve-
cells being more numerous in the commissure at the end which
he looks upon as anterior. Monticelli (5), however, states that the
contrar}^ is the case.

But a comparison of the reproductive apparatus of Gyrocotyle
with that of allied forms appears to me to place it beyond a doubt
that the sucker end is that which corresponds to the end usually
regarded as anterior. If we take the contrary view it is
impossible to trace any correspondence in the arrangement of the
parts : whereas a general unity of plan at once becomes apparent
on the position becoming reversed. When we bear in mind that,
though Gyrocotoyle is unsegmented, it possesses a number of
highly specialised Cestode features in its adult structure, and is
characterised, moreover, by the occurrence in its life-history of
the peculiar and characteristically Cestode hexacanth larva, the
necessity for tracing such a correspondence becomes manifest.
The end which bears the sucker is seen, as a result of such a

* Whether or not this cori-esponcis to the anterior end in other classes of
Flat-worms is a question outside the limited scope of the present paper.
4

50 ON A GYROCOTYLE FROM C HIM. ERA,

comparison, to correspond to the scolex end* in the segmented
Cestodes, and to that at which the mobile organ is situated in
Caryophyllaeus. •''

Lonnberg has shown that G. urna is subject to verj' remark-
able variations in form. In its normal condition it has the lateral
borders and the characteristic posterior funnel-like organ thrown
into a number of complicated plaits. But in some examples the
plaits of the lateral borders, or of the funnel, or of both, may be
entirely absent; and in some the funnel becomes replaced b}^ a long
cylindrical tube. This modification of the funnel has not been
observed in G. rugosa ; but living specimens of that form have
not been studied : the degree of folding of the lateral l)orders
has been observed to be subject to variation

In view of these variations it becomes difficult to fix upon any
definite and constant differences between the form from Chimccra
monstrosa and that from CaUorhynchus antarcticus. Braun
suggests that the position of the reproductive apertures may
afford a means of distinguishing between them.

Spencer's account of these apertures in G. rugosa is somewhat
confusing owing to certain inconsistencies in the text, and has to
be interpreted with the aid of the figures. He describes the
presence on the "left" side ventrally of a well-marked somewhat
conical and muscular papilla. The male aperture is " on the
ventral side just at the base of the papilla, towards the middle
line." This statement is not borne out by an examination of the
only specimen of G. rugosa at my command at present, in which
the aperture is situated at the extremity of the papilla, and is
not consistent with Spencer's own figures, one of which (Plate ii.,
fig. 1) represents th". opening in question as situated on the mar-
gin or approximately so, and another (fig. 4) shows it on the

* That the rejection of Hinnberg's and Spencer's views on the orientation
of Gyrocotyle appears also to lead, as Benham (1) points out, to a reversal of
the usual view with regard to the position of the sucker in AmphUina need
only be mentioned here.

BY W. A. HAS WELL. 51

ventral surface some little distance from the margin, but mani-
festly on the summit of the papilla.

If we accept Lonnberg's account of the position of these
apertures in G. urna, there would appear to be a sufficiently
strongly-marked difterence in this respect between that species
and G. ruyosa. In the former the male aperture is ventral,
situated towards the middle line, and the vaginal aperture is
always in front of it on the dorsal surface. In the latter the
male aperture is ventral, but marginal or sub-marginal; and the
female dorsal, somewhat to the right of the middle, and a little
behind the male. A further external difference between the two
forms concerns the cirrus.

In the specimen of G. ruyosa in my possession (figs. 3, 4 and 5)
this is a prominent process, conical in shape, its base situated on
the ventral side between the middle line and the right margin of
the body. It is strongly curved round towards the dorsal side,
lying in a deep notch in the right border, its apex actually
projecting on the dorsal side of the body. From the appearance
presented it is obvious that the specimen has been killed with the
parts approximately in the position for self-impregnation, the
apex of the penis being approximated towards the vaginal
aperture on the dorsal side. There is no evidence of the
occurrence of any such arrangement in G. urna. On the contrary,
L'Jnnberg states very positively "Da die beiden Genitaloffnungen
auf verschiedenen Korperfliichen liegen ist natiirlich Selbstbe-
frachtung ganz unmoglich bei diesen Cestoden, und auch
Wechselkreuzung sehr schwierig " (4, p. 40).

The parasite of Chimcera Ogilhyi (fig. 1) is more nearly allied
to G. urna than to G. rugosa. How far the slight differences
between it and the northern species are of a constant character
can only be determined by comparison of large series ; in t)ie
meantime I refer to it as G. nigrosetosa.

The two specimens, which are both large (about 70 mm. in
length), resemble one another in most respects. The}^ both have
richly plaited borders and a "funnel" with greatly folded walls.
The anterior sucker resembles that of G. urna.

52 ON A GYROCOTYLE FEOM CHIM.flRA,

The spinules (fig. 6) are dark brown or black. Each is a stout
cylindrical rod swollen towards the middle, and with the proximal
extremity slightly constricted off as a. rounded knob. They con-
form in shape exactl}'- to the description of those of G. iirna given
b}' Lonnberg. If we are to judge from Spencer's figure the
spinules of G. rugosa are of simpler shape. They are mainly
confined to the dorsal surface, but at the anterior end at the sides
of the sucker and on the stalk of the funnel a number extend on
to the ventral surface. Over the rest of the ventral surface are
scattered a very few ; these are all much smaller than those on
the dorsal surface. There are very few on the lateral plaits, and
none on tho funnel. As in G. urna and G. rugosa, they all lie
with their apices directed forwards or forwards and outwards.
The longest are 0*3 mm. in length.

On the right border, not far from the anterior extremity (fig. 2),
in both specimens, is a well-marked notch. On the dorsal aspect,
close to this is the conspicuous aperture of the vagina (9). The
male aperture is on the ventral surface, a little to the right of the
middle line, and slightl}" behind the vaginal opening. There is
no cirrus distinguishable in either specimen. The ejaculatory
duct has a chitinous internal lining beset with fine denticles or
spinules as in most Cestodes. These appear to be absent in G.
rugosa, but are present in G. arna.*

The specimens were not in good condition for minute investi-
gation, and I have not attempted more than a general examina-
tion of the structure of the remainder of the reproductive
apparatus. So far as my results go the}" correspond with what
has been described by Lonnberg and by Spencer. As Lonnberg
has stated, the continuation backwards of the vagina to the
receptaculum seminis is a very fine tube which runs on the ventral
side of the uterus, and not on the dorsal as represented by Spencer
in his coloured diagram. The main vitelline ducts also, which are
represented in the same figure on the dorsal side of the ovary,
are in reality ventral in position.

* Obviously what Lonnberg (4, p. 38) refers to as cilia are of this nature.

BY W. A. IIASWELL. 53

The eggs (fig. 7) are elliptical, about 0-08 mm. in long diameter.
They are thus larger than those of most segmented Cestodes, l3ut
considerably smaller than those of G. ruyosa, which measure
0*1 mm., and are the largest Cestode eggs the dimensions of which
have been recorded. In G. nigrosetosa a circular area of the shell
at one pole is much thinner than the rest, and is probably
differentiated as an operculum. At the opposite pole there is
occasionally, though by no means frequently, a filament, usually
very short. Coalescence of two eggs by fusion between their
shells is by no means rare. No hooked embryos are present in
either of the specimens.

In my specimen of G. rugosa the eggs differ from those of G.
nigrosetosa not only in size, but in the appearance of the shell,
which does not appear to be provided with an operculum.
Hexacanth embryos are abundant, and are remarkable for their
large size and the comparatively colossal dimensions of their
hooks. These are disposed in pairs like those of hexacanth
embryos in general. In G. uima Lonnberg failed to find any
hooks, and this circumstance, when we take into account the fact
that the observer in question had abundance of material at his
disposal, would seem to jDoint to an important difference between
the two species with regard to the structure of the embryo.

LITEEATUEE.

1. — Benham, W. B. — " A Treatise on Zoology," edited by E. Ray Lankester.

Part iv. " The Platyhelmia, Mesozoa and Nemertini " (1901).
2. — Braun, M. — " Gyrocotyle, Amphiptyches u. Verwandte." Central-

blatt f. Bakteriologie u. Parasitenkunde. vi. Bd. (1889).
3. "Vermes" of Bronn's " Klassen u. Ordnungen des

Thierreiehs."
4. — LoENXBEKG, EixAR — " Anatomlsche Studien liber Skandinavische Ces-

toden." Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar,

Bd. 24.
5. — MoNTicELLi, F. 8.— "Sul sistema nervosa dell' Amphiptyches urna."

Zool. Anz., 1889.
6, " Appunti sui Cestodaria." Atti della E. Accad. dell Scienze

lis. e nat. di Napoli, 1892.

54 ON A GRYOCOTYLE FEOM CHIM^ERA.

7. — Spencer, W. BALD^YIX— " The Anatomy of Amphiptyches urna."

Trans. E.S. Vict., 1889.
8. — Wagener, E, G. — -" Ueber einen neuen in der Chimcera monstrosa

gefundenen Eingeweidewurm Amphiptyches urna, Grube und

Wagener." Miiller's Archiv f. Anat. Physiol. Jahrg. 1852.
9.— Will, H. — "Anatomie von Caryophyllseus mutabilis Rud." Zeitschr.

wiss. Zool., Ivi. Bd. (1893).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. — GyrocotyU nigrosetosa, natural size.

Fig. 2. — Gyrocotyle nigrosetosa, anterior end, ventral aspect, magnified;
te., lobes of testis; -s., sucker; «.., uterus; vit., lobes of vitelline glands; J,
opening of ejaculatory duct; $ , opening of vagina.

Fig. 3. — Gyrocotyle rugosa, dorsal surface of the anterior region (extremity
with sucker cut off); c, cirrus; va., opening of vagina.

jpig. 4, — The same specimen, ventral surface.

Fig. 5. — Outline of a transverse section through the specimen of Gyrocotyle
rugosa represented in figs. 3 and 4, in the region of the cirrus; v. , ventral
surface; d., dorsal surface; e.d., ejaculatory duct in terminal part of cirrus;
c, cirrus.

Fig, 6, — Spinules of Gyrocotyle nigrosetosa.

Fig. 7. — Egg of Gyrocotyle nigrosetosa.

50

N0TE8 FROM THE BOTAN^IC GARDENS, SYDNEY.

No. 8.
By J. H. Maidex and E. Betche.
STERCULIACE^.
KekaudrExVIa Hillii, F.v.M. {Seringea Hillii, F.v.M,, m Census.)

Jennings (J. L. Boorman; October, 1901). A new locality for
a rare plant. According to the collector it is a shrub about 6 to
8 feet high, with large blue flowers (not purplish as described in
Moore and Betche's 'Handbook of the Flora of New South Wales,'
from old specimens), growing on dry ridges amongst boulders,
about half a mile from the Queensland border.

The gQiiu^ Kei-audrenia \^ confined to Australia with the excep-
tion of a single species which occurs in Madagascar. This
Madagascar plant is, according to Mueller's 'Census,' identical
with K. Hillii. It seems extraordinary that a rather local
Australian plant should recur alone in Madagascar, but we have
no means of verifying Mueller's statement. We observe (Proc.
Linn. Soc. xx., 104) that Madagascar also possesses one species
of RuUngia (also a Sterculiaceous genus), all the other Rulingias
being natives of Australia.

RUTACE.a:.

AsTEROLASiA CORREIFOLIA, Benth., var. MOLLIS (Syn. A. 7noUis,

Benth.)

Warrumbungle Ranges (W. Forsyth; October, 1899 and 1901).

The specimens collected by Mr. Forsyth in the Warrumbungle
Ranges diifer from Bentham's description of A. mollis, made from
specimens collected by Eraser more than half a century previously
in the same locality (called Arbuthnot Range at that time), in the
lobed ovarium and in the long pedicels. The discrepancy in the

56 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. VIII.,

length of pedicels is easily explained b}^ the fact that Bentham
had seen no fruits, and the pedicels in this species are very
variable in length, and lengthen out with the maturing fruit. In
some of last year's fruiting-specimens from the Warrumbungle
Ranges, the pedicels are nearly 1 inch long, while some specimens,
collected two j^ears previously in the same locality, have the
young flowers on pedicels often under J of an inch long. The
discrepancy in the shape of the ovarium (Bentham describes
it as "rounded at the top") cannot be explained by simple
variation, and it is difficult to believe that a trained observer like
Bentham should have made such a mistake. Perhaps Bentham
had such young flowers under observation that the lobes were
scarcely formed. The ripe carpels of Mr. Forsyth's specimens
are beaked like those of A. correifolia, which proves that the
young carpels in the ovarium are also lobed.

Unfortunately the type specimens are not in Australia, so that
we can only surmise that Fraser's and Forsyth's specimens are
identical, Avithout being absolutely certain.

Mueller unites A. coi'i'ei folia, Benth., and A. MueUeri, Benth.,
under the name of Eriostemon correifolius. We propose now to
go a step further and include A. mollis in the variations of A.
correifolia. Bentham separates A. mollis from A. correifolia and
Muelleri on account of the lobed stigma and the rounded ovarium;
but we find both very unreliable characters in this section of the
genus. In A. mollis the stigma is distinctly lobed, while scarcely
lobed in A. correifolia; Ijut in A. Muelleri the stigma seems so
variable that we can onl}' describe it as " more or less distinctly,
lobed or almost entire." The true A. correifolia is so variable in
shape and size of leaves, indumentum, and length of pedicels that
both A. Muelleri and A. mollis cannot be maintained as separate
species if the character of stigma and ovarium are proved to be
variable.

The chief characteristics of the three forms of A. correifolia
are : —

Normal Form. — Leaves glabrous above. Floivers white.
Stigma entire, or nearly so.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 57

Var. MuELLERi. — Leaves tomeiitose on both sides. Floivers
yellow. Stigma more or less lobed, or nearly entire.

Var. MOLLIS. — Leaves tomentose on both sides. FloicerswhitG.
Stigma distinctly lobed.

Phebalium Ralstoni, Benth.

Warrumbungle Ranges (W. Forsyth; October, 1901).

Previously recorded only from the Southern Dividing Range.
The Warrumbungle Ranges specimens are unfortunately only in
fruit, but they resemble so closely Dr. Leichhardt's type-specimens
from Castle Rock Mountain (a locality whose situation we do not
know) that we do not hesitate to refer them to this species. The}'-
differ from Bentham's description in the 'Flora Australiensis ' in
the prominent beak of the ripe carpels and in the stellate
tomentum on the young branches, which occurs sparingly also on
the underside or the young lea\'e8.

RHAMNACE^.

Stenanthemum Scortechinii, F.v.M. {Crifptandra Scortechinii,
F.V.M., in Census.)

Jennings (J. L. Boorman ; October, 1901V A new locality
for a rare plant. This shrub grovv^s 5 to 6 feet high in rich
alluvial soil on the side of a creek. The Jennings specimens
are entirely identical with Mueller's type-specimens from the
Severn River. Other Xew South Wales localities, representing
a rather narrow-leaved form, are : — Head of Maeleay River, open
sandy ground (Carron; between 1860 and 1870); Braidwood(W.
Bauerlen; 1888); Bermagui (W. Bauerlen, 1889); Apsley Falls,
Walcha district (E. Betche; December, 1898).

SAPINDACE^.
D0D0NJ5A peduncularis, Lindl., var. hirsuta, var.nov.

Jennings (J. L. Boorman; October, 1901). A very handsome
bushy shrub attaining about 2 feet in height, with short broad
cuneate, rather crowded leaves, deeply 3-toothed at the truncate
end; growing in rich alluvial soil on the banks of a creek. It

58 NOTES FROM THE 130TAXIC GARDENS, NO. VIII.,

differs from the type chiefly in the absence of all viscidity; and
in the short spreading hairs, which densely cover the whole plant,
except the old branches. The capsules attain fully J of an inch
in breadth. Male flowers not seen. Though Bentham describes
the species as glabrous, we find the tendenc}'- to hairiness in
several specimens, amongst others in Mitchell's specimens collected
at Mt. Pluto near the Warrego River, and described by Lindle}'
in "Mitchell's 'Tropical Australia,' p. 342, as E. j)uhescenii. Ben-
tham's remark in the 'Flora A^ustraliensis' in regard to D.piihescens,
" the supposed pubescence is apparently a mistake," shows that he
cannot have seen the type specimens, for Major Mitchell's speci-
mens are distinctly hairy, though viscid, sparse-leaved, and %vith
all the characteristics of a plant grown in dry country, very
different in appearance from the luxuriant hirsute form found by
Mr. Boorman at Jennings.

LEGUMINOS^.

OXYLOBIUM PULTEN^A, DC.

Hastings River (W. Best, communicated by W. Forsyth ;
August, 1901). Most northern locality recorded.

PULTEN.EA PLUMOSA, Sieb.

Bombala (J. H. Maiden; November, 1901).

A rather rare PultencEa, confined to New South Wales.
Bentham gives its habitat as "Port Jackson to the Blue Mountains "
Since then man}^ additional localities have been discovered within
the borders of New South Wales. The most northern locality .
known to us is Apsley Falls, in the Walcha district, and its
southern limit has now been extended to Bombala.

PSORALEA ERIANTIIA, Benth.

Paldrumatta Bore, on sandy ridges (P. Corbett; October, 1901).

A rare plant in New South Wales, though with extensive range
in Central Australia. A sparingly branched erect shrub about
3 to 4 feet high, densely covered with a soft tomentum of white
hairs, especially long on the calyces. The flowers are white, with

BY .T. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 59^

a dark almost black keel, the standard and wings often (not
always) striped with blue. The Paldrumatta Bore specimens are
much more hairy than Mitchell's prostrate type-specimens from
the Balonne River, Queensland.

Acacia rhigiophylla. F.v.M.

AVest Wyalong (R. H. Cambage; September, 1900).

New for New South Wales. Previously only recorded from the
desert on the Lower Murray River towards Mt. Barker Range
in South Australia.

Acacia harpophylla, F.v.M,

Marsden (R. H. Cambage; September, 1900).

The trees attain a height of 20 to 30 feet, according to Mr.
Cambage, and cover about 5 acres, 3| miles west of Marsden.
The most southern locality hitherto recorded is Coolabah.

HALORAGEa:.
Myriophyllum pedunculatum, Hook. f.

Mt. Wilson (Jesse Gregson ; December, 1901, in flower;
February, 1902, in fruit).

A southern species, recorded in these Proceedings in April,
1899, as "new for New South AVales " from Mt. Kosicusko, but
never found, or at all events recorded, north of this station. The
floating specimens from Mt. Wilson have long and slender stems
with leaves above 1 inch long; specimens growing in mud are
shorter, and resemble much more the Tasmanian specimen figured
by J. D. Hooker in his 'Flora of Tasmania' (Vol. i. t. 23 b.). The
male flowers are very shortly pedunculate or sessile; the carpels
are only sparingly tuberculate.

MYRTACEiE.

Baeckea diffusa, Sieb.

Port Macquarie (G. R. Brown ; February, 1897); Hastings
River (W. Best, communicated b}^ W. Forsyth; August, 1901).
Most northern locality recorded.

60 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. YIIL,

UMBELLIFER^.
ACTINOTLS FORSYTHII, Sp.llOV.

Blacklieath, Blue Mountains (W. Forsytli; February, 1902).

An ascending much-branched annual or biennial attaining
about 1 foot in height, with somewhat striate, terete, rather wir}^
stems, sparingly covered with appressed hairs. Leaves ^ to 1
inch long, glabrous on both sides or nearly so, generally twice
ternately divided, the segments often again lobed or toothed, the
ultimate lobes tending to linear-lanceolate, acute, with recurved
or thickened margins, the radical ones and lower stem-leaves on
petioles often above 1 inch long, the upper ones gradually more
sessile and less divided. Umbels on long slender peduncles.
Involucre radiating to I inch in diameter in the largest umbels
seen; the bracts lanceolate, acute, about 12 in number, densely
hairy inside with long white silky hairs, nearly glabrous outside,
often brownish and conspicuously 1- or 3-veined. Flowers
numerous, on slender glabrous pedicels, a few of the outer ones
often male, without any ovarium; rarely the males are in several
rows at the circumference. Calyx limb truncate or sinuate-lobed,
glabrous. Petals small, spathulate, on slender claws. Stamens
on slender filaments with violet anthers. Fruit densel}^ ciliate
on the edges with long white hairs, the flat sides glabrous and
dark brown when ripe, with a prominent rib along the centre.

In affinities it is more closely allied to the beautiful West
Australian A. leucocephalus than to an}^ of the East Australian
species of Actinotus, though its general ajDpearance is more like a
large flowered form of our modest A. minor. It is the only East
Australian Actinotus with petals, and has also a truncate calyx
in common with A. leucocephalus, but differs from this species
chiefly in the fruit, apart from the more striking but less essential
difference of size, length of involucral bracts, and indumentum.
Like A. Gihhonsii it has a peculiar fruit with densely ciliate edges
and glabrous carinate sides, but nothing else in common with this
species.

BY J. H. MAIDEX AXD E. BETCHE. 61

COMPOSITE.

Olearia lepidophylla, Benth.

Emmaville (J. L. Boorman; October, 1901).

The most northern locality recorded. A common plant in the
southern colonies and southern districts of New South \yales;
the present note brings its range up to the Queensland border.

Olearia adenophora, F.v.M.

At the Gap, near Cobborah (W. Forsyth; October, 1901).
The most northern locality for a plant rare in New South
Wales, though more common in Victoria.

Cassinia leptocephala, F.v.M.

AVarrumbungie Ranges (W. Forsyth; October, 1901).

The locality "Port Jackson" given in Bentham's 'Flora Aus-
traliensis ' seems to be a mistake. Mueller gives the very vague
locality "Nova Austro-Cambria " in his original description
(Fragm. iii , 138), though he gives "Port Jackson" on his
herbarium label. This herbarium label probably misled Bentham,
and the mistake was copied by Dr. Woolls in his ' Plants of the
NeighlDOurhood of Sydney,' and in Moore and Betche's 'Handbook
of the Flora of New South Wales.' We have never heard of this
species having been collected in the Port Jackson district, and as
this district is naturally the best explored one in the State, it is
scarcely probable that such a prominent plant should have escaped
notice; besides the whole appearance of the plant is that of an
inhabitant of dry mountain ranges.

Other authenticated localities of the species in the Herbarium
are : — Moonan Brook, Upper Hunter; and Upper Hastings River
(ascent to tableland; J. H. Maiden).

EPACRIDEiE.

Leucopogon exolasius, F.v.M.

Woronora River (E. Cheel; October, 1901).
The only locality recorded is " near Camden," where it was
collected by Dr. Leichhardt in 1843. It is perhaps too closely

•62 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. VIII. ,

ullied to L. setf'ger, R.Br., to be separated from it as a species,
but we would like to further study the variations of that species
before proposing a change.

MoNOTOCA LEDiFOLiA, A. Cunn.

Woronora River (E. Betche ; Januar\^, 1894: E. Oheel ;
October, 1901).

Previously only recorded from the Blue Mountains, but
apparently not uncommon at the head waters of the coastal rivers
in the Port Jackson sandstone district.

SOLANE.S:.
Anthocbrcis scabrella, Benth.

Wallangarra (J. L. Boorman; October, 1901),

A rare plant, previously onh^ recorded from a single locality,
viz., "Nepean River in the Blue Mountains," In the Wallangarra
localit}^ it is a much spreading and intricately branched shrub not
a,bove 2 feet high, growing on sparsely timbered dry rocky hill
sides. The peduncles are shorter than in the type and often
apparently axillary, though in reality terminal on very short
branchlets in the axils of the leaves. In the Nepean River
locality (J. H. ]\[aiden has collected it at Erskine Creek, Nepean
River, 10 miles from Penrith) the shrub is about 3 to 4 feet high,
with considerably longer filiform peduncles.

VERBENACEJE.
Gmelina Leichhardtji, F.v. M.

Botanic Gardens, Sydney (cultivated, April, 1902).

This is the first time that we have noticed ripe fruits on the
tree in the Gardens; and as the fruits are not described in the
^ Flora Australiensis' we give a short description of them: — Fruits
of a dull mauve, almost blue colour, somewhat depressed-globular,
nearly 1 inch in diameter; always provided with the persistent
flattened out and enlarged calyx.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 63

LAURINEJE.

LiTSBA RETICULATA, Beufcli. [Tefyrantheva reticulata^ Meissn.).

Wyong (J. L. Boorman; February, 1900).

Recorded in the 'Flora Australiensis' only from Queensland.

It has been long known to be not uncommon in the northern
brush-forests of New South Wales (see a note by one of us in
Agric. Gazette of N.S. Wales, Vol. v. [1894], p. 826), and now
its range has been traced as far south as Wyong.

PR0TEACE5:.
Banksia ericifolia, Linn. f.

Byron Bay (A. H. Hammond; April, 1902).

Most northern locality recorded for New South Wales, the
Hastings River being hitherto the most northerly record for this
State. It is, however, admitted by F. M. Bailey in his 'Queensland
Flora,' with the note : " Recorded for Queensland by F.v.M.
without locality."

THYMELE^.

PixMELEA LiGUSTRiNA, Labill, var. GLABRA, vai'.nov.

Kiandra District (fruiting specimens ; E. Betche, February,
1897), Kiandra District (flowering specimens ; W. Forsyth,
December, 1901).

A small bushy shrub about 18 inches high, with crowded erect
oblong leaves from 5 to 8 lines long. Flower-heads nodding,
with 6 to 8 large involucral bracts glabrous inside, and of a
purplish cast when in fruit. Receptacle glabrous. Persistent
base of the calyx glabrous from the first, on short glabrous stalks;
calyx-tube glabrous, the lobes generally sparingly hairy.

Bentham's type-specimens of var. macrosteyiay collected by
Waterhouse in sandy scrub in Kangaroo Island, differ from the
Kiandra specimens only in the hairy receptacle, and possibly in
the size of the shrub,, which is not stated by Waterhouse.
Perhaps our new variety should be a distinct species, but we are
not sure whether the absence of hairs on the involucral bracts

64 NOTES FROM THE BOTAXIC GARDENS, NO. VIII.,

and receptacle is constant. The alpine forms of var. hypei-icina
have frequently coloured bracts and a tendency to nodding flower,
heads, and approach the new Kiandra form closely in habit.

URTICACEiE.
Ficus Hbnneana, Miq.

National Park, Port Hacking (M. Bell: February, 1900: J. L..
Boorman; January, 1902).

New for New South Wales. It seems very strange that a
Ficus described from specimens collected on the barren Booby
Island in Torres Strait (about 10° S. lat.j, and not recorded
further south than Rockingham Bay, Queensland, should recur
again in Port Hacking, near Sydney; but we have no doubt about
the correctness of the identification. The Port Hacking speci-
mens differ from the small specimen of Henne's type from Booby
Island only in the somewhat smaller size of the leaves.

According to notes by Messrs. Bell and Boorman, the largest
of the few trees, growing near " Wentworth's Hut " in the
National Park, attains a trunk diameter of about 5 feet, with
gnarled spreading branches, and is probably considerably over
100 years old. The leaves are deciduous, but the trees remain
bare only a few weeks in the year before the appearance of the
new leaves. The ripe receptacles are reddish, spotted with white..
Amongst the New South Wales species of Ficus, it is most nearly
allied to F. Cnnnhighamii, Miq., with which it has also the
deciduous leaves in common, but from which it is easil}^ dis-
tinguished by the larger and pedunculate receptacles, and by the

shape of the leaves.

CYPERACEiE.

CvPERUS LAEViGATUS, Linn.

Manning River (E. Cheel: December, 1899).

New for New South AVales. An almost cosmopolitan species
found chiefly in maritime districts, and recorded in Mueller's
'Second Census' only from West Australia, although we have-
South Australian specimens from Port Lincoln and Mt. Lynd-
liurst.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 65

The Manning River specimens belong to the form with very
few (1 to 3) pale coloured spikelets, and closely resemble some
European specimens; they are less rigid than all West Australian
specimens we have seen, with nuts sometimes nearly as long as
the glumes.

XJncinia tenella, R.Br.

Katoomba, Blue Mountains (A. A. Hamilton; December, 1901);
Mt. Wilson (Jesse Gregson; April, 1902).

The Australian species of Uncinia are all southern plants,
abounding in the alpine districts of Victoria and Tasmania.

Mt. Wilson is the most northern localit}^ recorded for the
genus in Australia, with the exception of Uncinia dehilior, F.v.M.,
from summit of Mt. Gower, Lord Howe Island.

Xote. — It is to be understood that the localities given in this
series of papers are in New South Wales, unless otherwise stated.

66

FURTHER REMARKS UPON THE MECHANISM OF
AGGLUTINATION.

By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the

Society.

Two years ago, at the April meeting of this Society, I read a
paper* upon the mechanism of agglutination, in which I reviewed
the theories regarding the phenomenon which had been published
up to that time. I also gave, as the result of my work and
experience, the hypothesis that the agglutination of bacteria is
due to the formation of a chemical precipitate upon the bacteria
through the interaction of the agglutinating substance of the
active serum with the agglutinable substance secreted by the
bacteria. The chemical precipitate upon the bacteria is flocculated
by the salts of the serum or of the bouillon, and the bacteria are
carried with the precipitate mechanically. My hypothesis differed
from that of Nicolle and of Paltauf by taking into account the
function of the salts and the mechanical part played by the
organisms.

Since the publication of my paper two authors have published
papers detailing experiments which show the function of salts in
promoting agglutination, but they miss the point that it is the
precijntate on the bacteria that is agglutinated, clumped, or
flocculated by the salts.

I was the first to emphasise the necessary role of the salts in
explaining the mechanism of the process; and although Bordet

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxv., 75. Referat in Cent. f. Bakt. 1 Abt. xxx..
209.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 67

had published an experiment showing how common salt was
necessary in causing an agglutination, he failed to accentuate the
part played by salts. Although most writers upon the subject
agree in considering agglutination as a chemical phenomenon,
they do not understand, or at least fail to indicate, the steps in
the process. Were it otherwise, the recently published papers
upon the role of salts in agglutination would probably not have
been written.

The first of these papers is by Joos,'^' who, after enumerating
his experiments, concluded that —

1. No agglutination takes place when the agglutinating sub-

stance acts upon the agglutinable substance in the absence
of common salt.

2. Agglutination always occurs when the three substances are

together, viz., the agglutinating substance, the agglutin-
able substance and salt.

3. In the absence of salt the agglutinating substance is quickly

combined with the agglutinable substance of the bacteria.
This combination alters their vitality in no way.

4. There is a close relation between the relative amounts of

substances which together bring about the phenomenon of
agglutination and of the obtained quantity of agglutinated
substance.

5. Salt plays an active role in the phenomenon.

6. Salt enters into the combination of the agglutinating- and

agglutinable substance.

7. Agglutination can occur in a salt-free medium if the bacteria

contain salt.

8. The "physical theory" of Bordet is untenable.

These conclusions of Joos simply bear out the contention that
agglutination depends upon the flocculating action of a particular
salt, viz., common salt, for the reason that this was the only salt
with which he experimented.

" Joos, Zeit. f. Hygiene, xxxvi., 422.

68 MECHANISM OF AGGLUTINATIOX,

A year afterwards Friedberger"^ published a paper in which he
showed that other salts were as useful as common salt in causing
agglutination. He concluded that : —

1. Agglutination does not occur in the complete absence of

crystalline substances.

2. Of these substances the inorganic salts are the most active

and they differ among themselves in their activity.

3. The rapidity of the onset of the agglutination of dialysed

cultures depends upon the salt content of the bacterial
suspension.

4. The rapidity of the onset of the agglutination of a bacterial

emulsion depends upon its salt content.

5. The action of salts in agglutination is not chemical.

Thus the function of salts in general in causing agglutination
is emphasised. Exception must, however, be taken to the 5th
item, which is rather startling. Friedberger does not attempt to
explain the mechanism of the process, and that he cannot under-
stand the part played by the salts is made evident by his sweeping
assertion. By chemical, he means that the salts do not chemically
combine with the albumen of the cell, an idea which has never
been advanced with an}^ positiveness. Bordet, perhaps by con-
sidering that Kraus' precipitate did not play a part in agglutina-
tion, suggested the idea of an enzyme altering an albuminoid
constituent of the microbic cell; but beyond this inference there
is nothing to justify the assumption that coagulation of the cell
albuminoids may occur. That the bacteria simply become immo-
bilised is well known. Were a portion of their albuminoid matter
coagulated, probably something more than immobilisation would
ensue. Joos confirmed the fact that agglutination does not alter
the vitality of the bacteria.

In a later paper Joos,t after pointing out that Fried berger's
researches strengthened his own former conclusions, finally pro-

* Friedberger, Cent. f. Bakt. xxx., 330.
t Joos, Cent. f. Bakt. 1 Abt. xxx., 853.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 69

pounded the following as an explanation of the mechanism : —

The phenomenon of agglutination is made up of two quite

distinct phases. In the first the specific substances combine

with the salts. The second is that in which the microbes

modified by this combination unite into floccules.

The first phase depends upon a chemical combination
analogous to the formation of double salts, or of certain
additive compounds. It does not depend upon a molecular
attraction [Juxtapposition] as in dyeing or porosity pheno-
mena.

The second phase is entirely similar to a chemical precipi-
tate, and does not depend exclusively upon a disturbance
of the molecular equilibrium of the mixture, which is
produced by the solution of the salt.
These statements are vague, and we do not gather from them
whether the individual specific substances (agglutinating and
agglutinable) unite with the salts and then combine, or combine
and then unite — an important point. Nor do we see how the
microbes are modified by this combination of salt and specific
substance. Nor is the relation between the microbes and the
combined specific substance defined. Although this is an attempt
to explain the mechanism by bringing the phenomenon into line
with the formation of chemical precipitates, the mechanism itself
is still unexplained. That the phenomenon is different from that
which occurs in staining fibres, etc., may be open to doubt, for
Knecht (Ber. 1902, 35, 1022) has shown that dyeing depends
upon the formation of lakes between the colour and certain con-
stituents of wool and silk.

On the whole there is a tendency in these papers to consider
the phenomenon in a manner that is too narrow and too indefinite
to be scientific. That agglutination is similar to coagulation and
precipitation appears to be admitted by most writers, e.g., Bordet,
Duclaux, Nicolle, Paltauf, Kohler and Joos; but the mechanism
of coagulation does not appear to be understood, or Joos would
probably not have emphasised the role of common salt in agglu-
tination, and Bordet would have mentioned the function of calcium

/U MECHANISM OF AGGLUTINATION,

salts in the coagulation of casein, to which he likened agglutina-
tion.

I have already^ explained the mechanism of flocculation, coagu-
lation or precipitation by the hydrate theory of solution, and
although I understand that it has also been explained by the
ionisation theor}', yet I was, and still am, not satisfied with the
latter theorj^ as being a good one for the purpose.

The mechanism of agglutination is explained in the following-
manner by the hydrate theory of solution. The unknown agglu-
tinating substance of the serum and the obscure agglutinable
product of microbic metabolism are each dissolved in their
respective fluids b}'' reason of the " residual affinities " which they
possess for loose water molecules, (In explanation of these terms
it may be said that residual affinit}^ is a chemical affinity of a
weak kind, and that a water solution consists of molecular
aggregates and loose water molecules.) Each molecule of the
active substances is the centre of a system, and is surrounded b}^ a
zone of water molecules. The solutions are in equilibrium until
they are mixed, when the active substances combine, the result
of chemical affinity. Whether or not a decomposition also takes
place we are unable to say, and at present this question may be
ignored. The combined or double molecule now beomes the centre
of a new water system, but its residual affinity for the loose water
molecules is weaker than the residual affinity of the saline matter
in the fluid. The origin of the saline matter is immaterial. The
salts attract the water molecules, and withdraw them from the
influence of the double molecule. The residual affinities of the
double molecules are thus free, and a kind of molecular tension
is produced. The double molecules are then attracted to one
another and become molecular aggregates, which gradually increase
in complexity, while the equilibriums between aggregate and solu-
tion are constantly altering. Eventuall}'' the aggregates grow so
massive that they become visible as a precipitate. This is Kraus'
precipitate. When substances separate out from solution they

* Jour. Soc. Chem. Ind. xvii., 117.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 71

tend to form upon small solid particles just as rain-drops gather
around dust particles, crystals form around string, and even
precipitates adhere to glass. Thus Kraus' precipitate forms upon
the flagella and upon the bacterial cell. It forms upon the
bacteria the more readily since the capsule is saturated with the
agglutinable substance which slowly oozes through the membrane.
But the building up of the molecular aggregates still proceeds,
and the precipitated films surrounding the bacteria are attracted
to one another, so that small clumps are formed and agglutination
is made manifest, because we can see the comparatively large
bacteria. The thin precipitated films elude our observation.

Although the residual affinity alone has been used to explain
the phenomenon, yet the base of the flocculating salt over and
above its attraction for the loose water molecules plays a part in
combining with the molecular aggregates. The base partly
attracts the Avater molecules, and partly replaces them. Even
some of the acid radicles may in some instances be carried down
(attracted) with the precipitate as in the coagulation of slimes
and mucin bodies by salts in alcoholic solution.

Agglutination is a chemical phenomenon, and the natural laws
which govern it are those which obtain in the precipitation of
chemical compounds, the coagulation of precipitates, the floccula-
tion of clay particles, and even the solution and diffusion of
substances in water. The bodies of the bacteria have tended to
obscure the mechanism of the process, a thing which should not
have been done in view of what Nicolle did when he agglutinated
particles of talc suspended in filtered typhoid cultures.

A paper has recently been written by Harrison"^ upon the
agglutinating substance of typhoid bacteria. He took typhoid
bacteria which agglutinated readily with active sera, and treated
them with with pyocyanase, an enzyme which has the jDower of
dissolving the outer membranes of bacteria. After washing the
membraneless bacteria with water, he found that they were
not now capable of being agglutinated From this he concluded

* Harrison, Cent. f. Bakt. 1 Abt. xxx., 115.

72 MECHANISM OF AGGLUTINATION.

that the agglutinable substance existed " entirely in the outer
layers of the bacilli."

Jochmann,'^' in abstracting a paper by Kohler, remarked that
Harrison had in a very clear manner proved Nicolle's assumption
that the agglutinable substance is found in the outer membranes
of the bacteria. With this I do not agree. The function of a
cell membrane is to retain the cell contents, and the membrane of
the typhoid bacterium retains the agglutinable substance to a
considerable extent. That it slowly diffuses through is admitted
from the scanty formation of Kraus' precipitate in younger
cultures, and the more copious precipitation in older cultures.
But if we remove the capsule or membrane there is no restraint
put upon the diffusion of the agglutinable substance from within
the cell. Harrison's experiments simply show that by removing
the membrane or capsule one of the slowly diffusible constituents
of the cell can be quickly removed, a circumstance which no one
would have doubted. They do not prove that the agglutinable
substance is in the surface layers of the cell. One might remove
the covering from a bee-hive, and with the same amount of reason
say that the bees which swarm out were in the covering, or when
an egg is broken that all the fluid contents were originally in the
substance of the shell. No ! The agglutinable substance saturates
the bacterium as a whole ; there is no evidence to show that it is
otherwise.

Jochmann, Cent. f. Bakt. 1 Abt. xxx. 585.

73

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited specimens of some interesting-
plants as follows : —

Persoonia angulata, R.Br. — Lawson (A. A. Hamilton; Novem-
ber, 1901). Flowers erect, solitary in the axils of the leaves, one
of the floral leaves reduced to a bract supporting each flower;
corolla slightly pubescent, tipped with conspicuous points; pedicels
and bracts pubescent; ovulary glabrous; branches angular (a
character not common in the genus). Described from specimens
collected by A. Cunningham on the Blue Mountains, without
flowers or fruits, Bentham says of these specimens (B.FL, v.,
4:02) : — " Evidently distinct from all other species and most pro-
bably a Persoonia, but it must remain doubtful until flowering
specimens have been examined." It is interesting to note that
Bentham placed this species (provisionally) in the section Amhly-
ayithera, for an examination of the flowers shows this to be its
correct position. Specimens were submitted to Mr. Maiden, who
has confirmed the identification of the species. Mr. Maiden had
collected flowering specimens of this plant at Woodford.

Uncinia tenella, R.Br. — Katoomba (A. A. Hamilton; Decem-
ber, 1901). Recorded in the ' Flora Australiensis' from Victoria
and Tasmania; and in the 'Handbook of the Flora of N.S.W.'
from the southern parts of the colony in forests. Mr. Maiden
had also kindly confirmed the determination of this species.

Carex gracilis, R.Br. — South Clifton (A. A. Hamilton; January,
1902). Recorded in both the 'Flora Australiensis ' and the
' Handbook of the Flora of N.S W.,' from the Grose River north
to Queensland. The identification of this species had been con-
firmed by Mr. Maiden.

74 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Whitelegge exhibited specimens of U^ispongia Illatvarrce,
Whitelegge, which he had recently obtained alive under rock
ledges on the coast. These examples are much finer in texture
and more compact than the type; and are considered to be at
least equal in value to any toilet sponge imported.

Professor Haswell showed a mounted specimen of Gyrocotyle
nigrosetosa, sp.n., in illustration of his paper.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited a beautiful collection of Coleoptera,
comprising about 400 species, brought together by him during a
few days' visit to Southern Queensland and the Northern Rivers
of New South Wales, in October last.

Mr. R. Greig Smith exhibited a series of cultures, various
chemical products, and sections under the microscope, illustrating
the life-history and characteristics of Bacterium vascular um,
Cobb.

Dr. MacPherson exhibited an aboriginal stone chisel weighing
40oz., turned up by the plough at Beaufort, near Glen Innes;
such implements were used by the Ngarrabul tribe in shaping
the handles of shields which were made from the wood of the
Black Kurrajong (Sterculia diver si folia). Also an example of a
stone axe for use without a handle, obtained 30 years ago from
the Yukumbul tribe at Bukulla in the Inverell District.

Dr. Norton exhibited an extraordinary instance of prolification
of the inflorescence in a cultivated specimen of Nicotiana sp.

Mr. North reported that he had received for examination
two birds shot by Mr. Tom Carter on the 23rd February, 1902,
in a dense patch of mangroves at Point Cloates, N.W. Australia.
One is an adult specimen of Eopsaltria pulverulenta, Bonap.,
( = Eopsaltria leucura, Gould), and the other the skin of a young
bird referable to Eo2Jsaltriagularis,QuoyetGa,imard(= Eopsaltria
griseogularis, Gould). The latter specimen is unfortunately much
mutilated, the tip of the upper mandible, most of the quills,
upper tail-coverts, and all but two tail-feathers being blown away,

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 75

owing to Mr. Carter's inability to get far enough away from the
bird without losing sight of it. Mr. George Masters also found
this species inhabiting the mangroves at Port Lincoln, S.A.,
during the latter part of 1 865. Count Salvadori places Eo])saliHa
'pulverulent a in the genus Foncilodryas ; if rightly so, then E.
georgiana must also be included in it. The type of Eopsaltria
gularis was figured and described by MM. Quoy &Gaimardfrom
a specimen collected at King George's Sound, W.A., during the
voyage of the " Astrolabe." Subsequently Gould described and
figured the same species under the name of E. griseogularis, from
a specimen obtained at Swan River. In his Handbook,* Gould
erroneously placed Muscicapa georgiana, Quoy & Gaimard,
as a synonym of his Eopsaltria griseogularis, and also erred in
placing Muscicapa gularis, Quoy & Gaimard, as a synomym of
Eopsaltria leitcog aster, Gould. Dr. Gadowf has similarly con-
fused the synonymy of the two species, and he erroneously
describes Eopsaltria gularis under the name of Eopsaltria
georgiana, and the latter species under the name of the former.
The correct synonymy of these two sj^ecies as regards the works
referred to is as follows : —

Eopsaltria geokgiana

White-bellied Robin.

Gole-mouche georgien, Quoy et Gaim., Voy. de I'Astrol., Atlas^
pi. 3, fig. 4.

Muscicapa georgiana, Quoy et Gaim., Voy. de I'Astrol., Zool. i.
p. 175(1830).

Eopsaltria leucogaster, Gould, P.Z.S. 1846, p. 19; Birds Austr.
fol. iii. pi. 13 (1848); Handbk. Birds Austr. i. p. 296 (1865).

Eopsaltria gularis (nee Quoy et Gaim.), Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit.
Mus. viii. p.l81(1883).

* Handbook of the Birds of Australia, i. p. 294(1865).
t Catalogue of Birds in the Brit. Museum, viii. p. 178(1883).

76 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

EOPSALTRIA GULARIS.

Grey-breasted Robin.

Gohe-mouche a gorge hlanclie, Quoy et Gaim., Yoy. de I'Astrol.

Atlas, pi. 4, fig. 1.
Muscicapa gidaris, Quoy et Gaim., Voy. de I'Astrol., Zool. i.

p. 176 (1830).
Eo27saltria griseogularis, Gould, P.Z.S. 1837, p. 144; Birds Aiistr.

fol. iii. pi. 12 (1848); Handbk. Birds Austr. i. p. 294 (1865).
Eopsaltria georgiana (nee Quoy et Gaim.), Gadow, Oat. Birds

Brit. Mus. viii. p.l78(1883).

WEDNESDAY, MAY 28th, 1902.

The Ordinary Monthly IMeeting of the Society was held in the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening. May 28th, 1902.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c., President, in the Chair.

Mr. William P. F. Dorph, M.R.A.S., A.J.S. Bank, Inverell,
N.S.W., was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.

The President referred to the death of Mr. J. B. Garland, a
Member and the only son of the Society's esteemed Honorary
Treasurer, on 23rd inst. It was resolved that an expression of
the Society's sympathy should be conveyed to Mr. James R.
Garland and family.

The Donations and Exchanges for the month, amounting to 9
Vols., 61 Parts or Nos., 5 Bulletins, 1 Annual Report (Admini-
strative), 2 Pamphlets, and 2 Miscellanea, received from 48
Societies, cfec, and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

77

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA
BELONGING TO THE FAMILY NOCTUIDuE.

By a. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S.

The Noctnidcti of Australia have been brought, by the labours of
a series of entomologists, into such a state of confusion that it has
been impossible for any local worker unable to examine the t3^pes to
identify any of the more obscure species with any degree of confi-
dence. To attempt to describe new species under these conditions
would have been only to add to the existing confusion. The only
remedy for this state of affairs is the revision by an observer
working with real scientific method of the whole group, including
a critical examination of the types, more especially of those in
the collection of the British Museum. This much-needed work
is at present being carried out by Sir George Hampson greatly
to the benefit of workers at this group of insects in all parts of
the world. To him I am particularly indebted for his generous
assistance in examining and classifying the whole of my Austra-
lian collection within the limits of this family. Upon this
foundation I have been able to write the present paper. The
sub-families and generic identifications are those made by him,
with a few exceptions, some of which are indicated in the text.

Altogether some ninety new species are here described.

I am particularly indebted to Mr. F. P. Dodd for many new
species from Northern Queensland, and for a still larger number
not yet recorded as Australian; to Mr. P. Illidge for a few species
from Southern Queensland otherwise unknown to me; and to Mr.
G. Lyell for all that I know of the Victorian species.

J have been at some pains to identify the species described in
various papers by Dr. T. P. Lucas. Many I have so far failed alto-

78

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

gether to identify, some no doubt because the species are unknown
to me, but others probably because they can only be identified by an
examination of the types. The following list of the species that
I have succeeded in identifying may prove of use to others. The
second column contains the genera and species to which they are
referred by Sir G. Hampson.

Leucania fumata

Ophiodes parcimacida.

(misprinted parcemacula)
Fodina gloriosa

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1889.

Canthylidia moribunda. Gn.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1891.

Ophiusa pa7'Gimactda, Luc.

F. stola, Gn

Leucania laheculis
L. linearis
Agrotis enunciatus
Hypogramma distincta
Thalpochares dioidens
Zethes conscripta
Z. chordoplioides
Thermesia tenehrica
Herminia delicata

.R.S.Q. 1891.

L. abdominalis, Wlk.
L. venalba, Moore
Spodoptera utnbraticula, Wlk.
Gadirtha pidchra^ Butl.
Eublemma vagusana, F.v.R.
Sarcopteron conscriptta, Luc.
Episparis chordophoides, Luc.
Opliyx ochroptera, Gn.
Nodaria anuatalrs, Wlk.

P.L.S.N

Gharicha sanguinaia
Luperina ditata
Prionop/hora. torquesaria
Holocryptis phasianura
Grammodes excellens
Grammodes pidcherrbna

Grammodes divaricata

G. pallens

Herminia semicircular is

,S.W. 1892.

Criofrontia sanguinata, Luc.
Acronycta ditata^ Luc.
Prionophora torquesaria, Luc.
Holocryptis phasianura, Luc.
Gram>modes excellens, Luc.
G. pulcherrima, Luc.

(G. minor, Swin., is a synonym)
Ophiusa constricta, Butl.
0. gravaia, Gn.
Adrapsa sem>icircularis, Luc.

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER.

79

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1893

Pantydia cajnstrata
Homodes violacea
Westermannia ocellata
Jlelipotis collustrans
Sympis parkeri

Pantydia cajnstrata, Luc.
Micraeschits ohlatarhis^ Wlk.
Westermannia conchidia, Butl.
Ercheia cyllaria^ Cram.
Sympis parkeri, Luc.

P.R.S.Q. 1894.

Thalpochares pectorora

Madojje curvata

Madope leucocrossa

Leucania sejoulchralis
Bryophila exquisita

Imleanga Jluviatilis

Euhlemma semirufa, Hmps.

(As I have not seen the refer-
ence, this name may be a synonym)
Euhlemma curvata, Luc.

P.R.S.Q. 1899.

Corgatha Jiguralis, Wlk.

P.R.S.Q. 1900.

L. irregularis, Wlk.
Blenina lichenopa, Meyr.
(A variable species)

P.R.S.Q. 1901.

Mecodina Jluviatilis, Luc.

N0CTUID5:.

Agrotinae.

Cantiiylidia tenuistria, n.sp.

(J 9- 32-33 mm. Head and thorax pinkish-grey. Antenna?
ochreous-whitish. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs pinkish;
posterior tarsi ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular;
costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hind margin slightly oblique,
slightly rounded ; pinkish-grey, towards termen ochreous-tinged ;
costal edge whitish; a narrow whitish streak from before middle of
disc to middle of termen; four similar but shorter streaks between
and parallel to veins, two above and two below the preceding:
cilia pinkish-grey. Hindwings with termen gently rounded ;

80 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

whitish ; towards termen more or less suffused with fuscous ;
sometimes with a few pinkish scales along veins; cilia whitish.
Brisbane, Q.; four specimens, in January.

Agrotis hypochalchis, n.sp.

(J. 34 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish-grey.
Antennae fuscous ; towards base brownish-grey. Legs grey ;
femora and coxae densely hair}^ Forewings elongate-triangular;
costa almost straight, apex rounded, termen rounded, scarcely
oblique; brownish-grey; traces of blackish dotted lines near base,
and transversel}-^ across disc at ^; a minute black dot in disc
beneath costa at 4; reniform conspicuous, dark reddish-brown,
posteriorly narrowly edged with whitish; two parallel fine dotted
lines from costa at | to inner margin at f , outwardly curved in
disc; a sinuate subterminal dark shade; a fine interrupted blackish
line on termen: cilia fuscous. Hind wings with termen slightly
sinuate; dark grey; cilia grey, with a darker basal line. Under-
surface of both wings greenish-ochreous over anterior §, thence
fuscous.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen, in October: 83'dney, N.S.W.; one
specimen (Coll. Lyell).

The colouring of undersurface is peculiar and characteristic.
It is closely allied to Agrotis subnigra, Wlk.

Mamestrinse.

Leucania polysticha, n.sp.

^. 40 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-whitish irrorated with
fuscous. Antennae ochreous-whitish. Thorax pale brownish-
ochreous mixed with fuscous; a few conspicuous black-tipped
scales near inner border of tegulae. Abdomen grey. Legs
ochreous-whitish irrorated with blackish. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa straight except near apex, apex round-pointed,
hind margin rounded, moderately oblique; brown-whitish with
whitish streaks on veins and numerous fuscous streaks between
veins; a stronger fuscous streak from base to bej'^ond cell, inter-

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 81

sected by median vein; a blackish dot close beneath centre of
this streak; a row of minute blackish dots from costa at |, first
outwardly and then strongly inwardly curved to inner margin at
f ; a second similar line from costa at f, connected with preceding
by some dots on costa, similarl}'- but more gently curved to inner
margin at |; a row of fuscous dots on termen, being the termina-
tions of the intervenal streaks : cilia fuscous, opposite veins
narrowly interrupted with whitish. Hindwings with termen
rounded, indented beneath apex; white; a very slight fuscous
suffusion, and a series of blackish dots on apical half of termen;
cilia white.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen, in February; a second specimen
(S) in Coll. Illidge.

Leucania melanopasta, n.sp.

(J. 30 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, irrorated with fus-
cous. AntenncB ochreous-whitish. Thorax w^hitish, sparsely
irrorated with black. Abdomen whitish. Legs whitish, sparsely
irrorated with dark fuscous; external spurs dark fuscous. Fore-
wings elongate, costa straight except near apex, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin rounded, moderately oblique : ochreous-
whitish, mixed with whitish-grey and sparsely irrorated with
black, the black scales being most numerous near base; a whitish-
grey longitudinal streak from base to termen; a faintly marked
series of grey dots forming a line from costa at 4, first outwardly
and then inwardly curved to inner margin about |; a series of
terminal dots tending to be prolonged into disc as stout streaks
between veins : cilia whitish, mixed with fuscous. Hindwings
with termen rounded, indented beneath apex; whitish; a very
faint fuscous suffusion and a series of dark fuscous dots alone
termen; cilia w^iitish.

Brisbane, Q. ; one specimen, in April.

Caradrininae.
EuPLEXiA callisina, n.sp.
9. 18 mm. Head dark fuscous, mixed wdth pale ochreous and
whitish. Palpi dark fuscous with a few ochreous-whitish scales;

£

82 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

apex of second and third joints and anterior border of second joint
whitish-ochreous. Antennae wbitish-ochreous, obscurely annu-
lated with pale fuscous; beneath ochreous-fuscous. Thorax dark
fuscous, mixed with ochreous-brown and whitish. Abdomen
dark grey; crests as thorax. Legs dark fuscous, irrorated and
annulated with whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate-triangular;
costa gently rounded, apex round-pointed, termen rounded, crenu-
late, slightly oblique; dark fuscous, mixed with ochreous-brown
and whitish, the centre of disc being darker; veins incompletely
outlined in white and ochreous; orbicular represented by an oval
ring of mixed white and ochreous scales; reniform similar but
larger and biconcave ; basal irroration tending to form several
darker and lighter transverse lines; a dark fuscous transverse
median shade; two closely approximated pale lines from costa at
J, first outwardly, then inM^ardly curved to inner margin at J; a
fine ochreous subterminal line preceded by a series of wedge-
shaped black spots; beyond this is a terminal band of whitish
irroration; an interrupted black hindmarginal line : cilia ochreous
at base, then a fine black line, then fuscous mixed with ochreous-
whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded, wavy; dark grey,
inclining to fuscous; cilia whitish-ochreous with a dark fuscous
line at J, on inner margin grey.

Gisborne, Vic; one specimen, in January, taken by Mr. G.
Lyell.

A very fine and distinct species.

EUPLEXIA LEUCOSTIGMA, n.Sp.

^. 34 mm. Head, palpi and thorax fuscous, mixed with pale
brown and whitish. Antennae fuscous, in male simple, with very
short ciliations (i). Abdomen fuscous, mixed with whitish ;
crests dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous mixed with whitish ;
posterior pair mostly whitish; anterior tarsi dark fuscous annu-
lated with whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, termen rounded, wavy oblique; grey
mixed with brownish and whitish; a broad oblique dark grey
median shade, not reaching inner margin, and containing a fine

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 83

oval black ring, which represents the orbicular; reniform ante-
riorly brownish, posteriorly white, incompletely outlined with
black, and connected with costa by a white spot; claviform repre-
sented by a short thick black streak; a fine dentate black line
near base; a second outwardly curved dentate line before orbicu-
lar; a fine dentate line from costa at |, first outwardly then
inwardly curved to inner margin at |; a fine black terminal line:
cilia fuscous mixed with whitish. Hindmargin with termen
rounded, wav3^;dark fuscous; toward base whitish; with a fuscous
crescentic mark at end of cell, and a dark curved median line;
cilia fuscous mixed with whitish.

Gisborne, Vic; one specimen, in January, taken by Mr. G.
Lyell.

EUPLEXIA POLYCMETA, n.Sp.

(J. 36 mm. Head and palpi grey, irrorated with black.
Antennae dark fuscous; in male shortly pectinate (1), near apex
serrate. Thorax dark fuscous, with a strong bifid posterior crest.
Abdomen grey ; crests dark fuscous. Legs whitish, pinkish-
tinged, irrorated with dark fuscous. Forewings rather broadly
triangular, costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen
crenate, well rounded, slightly oblique; grey, with whitish and
brownish irrorations and black lines; two black lines' from costa
near base to median vein; two linos from costa at J to inner
margin at J; disc internal to this densely irrorated with whitish;
orbicular and reniform whitish-grey, slenderl}'' outlined with*
black, and containing each a darker grey circle; a dentate line,
very fine except on costa, from costa at J to middle of inner
margin, passing between orbicular and reniform; two parallel
dentate lines describing a sigmoid curve from costa at § to inner
margin at f ; this is followed near inner margin by a crescentic
blackish shade, and above this by a narrow whitish irro ration;
inner marginal portion of mid-disc and a broad submarginal band
suffused with brownish; a series of black intervenal black streaks
cross this band to termen; a whitish irroration at tornus; a fine
black terminal line : cilia fuscous, irrorated with whitish. Hind-

84 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

wings with termen crenate, rounded; dark fuscous; cilia whitish,
with a fuscous median Hne. Hind wings beneath whitish, with a
dark fuscous discal dot and a very broad dark fuscous terminal
band.

Lawson, Blue Mts., N.S.W; one specimen,

Elusa oenolopha, n.sp.

(^9. 26-29 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax reddish-brown tinged
with purple. Antennae ochreous-fuscous, in male unipectinate,
toward apex simple; pectinations long (6) on outer side of antennal
stalk. Abdomen ochreous-brown; crests purplish; tuft in male
pale ochreous. Legs brownish-ochreous, tibise purplish-tinged;
posterior tibise in male with a large dense tuft of long purjDle
hairs on dorsal surface. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly rounded?
oblique; reddish-brown with some faintl}- marked fuscous lines;
orbicular obsolete or represented by a minute whitish dot; reni_
form grey, narrowly edged with whitish, constricted above middle,
or divided into two unequal segments; a faint dentate line from
costa at ^ to inner margin at J; traces of a median and two posterior
lines: cilia reddish-brown. Hind wings with termen rounded:
grey: cilia whitish, purplish-tinged.

Brisbane, Q.; two specimens.

S Y N T H E T A, n.g.

• Face flat. Palpi moderate, ascending, not nearly reaching
vertex; second joint loosely scaled; terminal joint short, smooth-
scaled, porrect. Tongue well developed. Antennae of male
shortly laminate, apex simple, ciliated. Thorax with a small
posterior crest. Abdomen with small dorsal crests. Posterior
tibife with two pairs of spurs. Hindwings with vein 8 abruptly
diverging from cell at base.

Beside the type, described below, I refer Mnmestra nigerrima,
Gn., to this genus.

From Magttsa, Wlk., to which it is closely allied, and also from
the genus described below, it may be distinguished by the palpi

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 85

not reaching vertex. All three genera differ in the structure of
vein 8 of hind wings from Frodenia, Gn., and Spodoptera, Gn., in
which vein 8 diverges very gradually from cell.

Synth ETA xylitis, n.sp.

(J. 34 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-whitish; face with an
indistinct blackish transverse line; palpi with a few blackish
scales. Antennse grey. Thorax whitish mixed with brownish
and dark fuscous; collar ochreous-whitish with a fine transverse
dark fuscous line. Abdomen grey; crests formed by loose whitish-
grey hairs; an ochreous-brown spot on dorsum of terminal segment;
tuft whitish-ochreous, towards apex pinkish-tinged. Legs whitish
mixed with pinkish and dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa slightly rounded, apex rounded, termen rounded,
slightly oblique; pale brownish mixed with whitish, markings
dark fuscous; a short oblique line from costa near base to fold;
followed by a number of short costal transverse strigulee; orbicular
represented by a pale circular area preceded and followed by a
dark fuscous spot; reniform faintl}^ outlined, its lower end white;
immediately succeeding reniform is a fine incomplete wavy trans-
verse line; traces of a subterminal line; a well marked interrupted
terminal line : cilia pale brown-whitish, with a fine interrupted
dark fuscous median line. Hindwings with termen rounded,
slightly wavy; dark fuscous, towards base paler; cilia whitish, at
apex fuscous.

Townsville, Q.; in March; one specimen received from Mr. F.
P. Dodd.

E c P A T I A, n.g.

Face flat. Palpi ascending, reaching vertex ; second joint
loosely scaled; terminal joint stout, ascending. Thorax with a
strong posterior crest. Abdomen crested, crests strongly developed
on 4th and 5th segments. Forewings broadly triangular. Hind-
wings with vein 8 abruptly diverging from cell at base.

Allied to Magusa, Wlk., from which it differs in the broadly
triangular forewings, crested thorax, and more strongly crested
abdomen. Type Catephia didcistriga, Wlk. The resemblance of

86 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

this species to Catephia is merely superficial, the structure of vein
5 of hind wings being altogether different.

Caradrina chromoneura, n.sp.

(^. 29 mm. Head dark fuscous mixed with whitish. Pa.lpi
white with a few dark fuscous scales; basal J of second joint dark
fuscous. Antennae fuscous; in male simple. Thorax dark fuscous
mixed with whitish and ochreous, the ochreous scales being
especially developed on collar. Abdomen ochreous-f uscous. Legs
dark fuscous, annulated with whitish. Forewings narrowly elon-
gate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen
bowed between veins 3 and 4, oblique; white, irrorated sparsely
with dark fuscous, more densely in centre of disc; orbicular and
claviform obsolete; reniform obscurely indicated by an oblique
whitish loop from costa; an incomplete black line near base; a
finely dentate black line from costa at \ obliquely to inner margin
at f ; a third black dentate line from costa at f curved first out-
wardly then inwardly to inner margin at j ; base, an incomplete
transverse line before \^ and most of veins outlined with ochreous;
a blackish suffusion anterior and posterior to reniform; a series
of wedge-shaped blackish terminal dots : cilia dark fuscous barred
with white. Hindwings with termen slightly sinuate; dark grey,
towards base paler; cilia dark grey barred with white, on inner
margin whitish.

Ulverstone, Tas.; one specimen (Coll. Lyell).

E c c L E T A, n.g.

Head loosely scaled. Face not projecting. Eyes smooth.
Tongue well developed. Palpi rather large, upwardly curved,
reaching base of antennae, second joint loosely scaled towards
apex, terminal joint well developed, with appressed scales.
Antennae in male with long pectinations (10), shorter towards
apex, apical jy simple. Thorax with a slight posterior crest.
Abdomen smooth. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs.
Forewings with vein 2 from middle of cell, 3 from angle, 6
separate, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connected by a bar with 7, 8, 9.
Hindwings normal.

BY A. .TEFFERIS TURNER. 87

ECCLETA XUTHOPHANES, 11. Sp.

(J9. 28-30 mm. Head, palpi, antennjie, and thorax dark fuscous.
Abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous, mixed with ochreous-whitish.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin rounded, slightly oblique ; dark fuscous,
with a few scattered paler scales; orbicular represented by a
whitish dot; reniform by a minute whitish crescentic mark; traces
of a transverse blackish line at J, and of an outwardly curved line
from costa at J to inner margin at f ; a whitish subterminal line:
cilia dark fuscous. Hind wings with termen rounded, slightly
sinuate beneath apex; coppery-red; a terminal band and cilia
fuscous; inner marginal cilia whitish-ochreous.

Towns ville and Stradbroke Island, Q.; three specimens.

EuteliansB.

Ingura cyanodes, n.sp.

(J9. 28-32 mm. Head, palpi, and antennae grey, purplish-
tinged. Thorax bluish or purplish-grey; anterior edge of collar
ochreons-brown; a transverse dark fuscous line immediately behind
collar. Abdomen grey, ochreous-tinged; second, third, and fourth
segments edged posteriorly with black; beneath whitish, mixed
with pale ochreous-brown; with a lateral row of black dots, nnd
three median dark fuscous lines. Legs dark fuscous; posterior
pair white, irrorated with dark fuscous. Forewings narrow-
elongate, in female rather broader, costa slightly sigmoid, apex
round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; whitish-grey, somewhat
bluish-tinged; towards costa grey; an outwardly curved oblique
black line from inner margin at ^, preceded b}' a small white
suffusion, and succeeded by an ochreous-fuscous suffusion ; a
second outwardly curved fine black line from middle of inner
margin very obliquely outwards to near termen, where it curves
abruptly upwards and backwards towards costa at |; a minute
black dot before middle of disc; succeeded by two fine grey lines
from inner margin to centre of disc, parallel to second black line;

88 NEW GKNKRA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

second black line is preceded in its lower half by a white line,
absent in female; and succeeded towards tornus by some ochreous
and purplish suffusions; a very fine crenate black line from angle
of second line toward tornus; a dark fuscous subterminal line,
and a fine dark fuscous line on termen : cilia grey, basal half
mixed with whitish, bluish-tinged scales. Hind wings with
termen rounded, slightly waved; fuscous; towards base whitish;
veins darker fuscous; an elongate white mark at tornus; blackish
subterminal and terminal lines ; cilia grey, bases whitish, at
tornus wholly whitish.

Townsville, Q. ; in December and February; two specimens
from Mr. F. P. Dodd, who informs me that they were bred from
larvae feedino: on Malaisia tortuosa.

'&

EUTELIA OXYLOPHA, H.sp.

^^. 29 mm. Head, palpi, antennae and thorax brownish-grey;
thorax with a sharp median crest throughout. Abdomen brownish-
grey, with two or three median dark fuscous dots posteriorly.
Legs dark grey, with obscure whitish annulations. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen
sharpl}^ angled on vein 3, oblique ; brownish-groy ; a minute
blackish dot beneath costa at 4; followed by four faintly indicated,
waved, transverse, darker lines; three minute whitish dots on
apical part of costa; a row of dark fuscous terminal dots : cilia
fuscous. Hindwings with termen gently rounded, crcnulate ;
fuscous; towards base pale; three dark fuscous dots on inner
margin above tornus ; a narrow fuscous terminal line ; cilia
fuscous.

Has a general resemblance to Eutelia dilatrix, Gn., but may be
readily distinguished by the ridge-like crest of thorax, which
extends right to anterior edge; and also by the absence of the
ante-apical costal triangle on the forewings of the latter species,
which has a posterior thoracic crest only.

Brisbane, Q.; two specimens taken by Mr. 11. Illidge.

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNKR. 89

Sarrothripinae.
Blesina metachrysa, n.sp.

(J. 40 mm. Head and palpi white, irrorated with dark fuscous.
Antennae dark fuscous, with a few whitish scales; in male slightly-
serrate, shortly ciliated (J). Thorax fuscous, irrorated with
whitish and ochreous-brown scales; central area paler. Abdomen
deep ochreous-yellow ; terminal segment fuscous; tuft whitish-
grey; dorsal crests whitish, irrorated with ochreous-brown and
whitish. Legs white, irrorated with fuscous. Forewings oblong,
costa arched at base, then straight, apex rectangular, termen
slightly rounded, hardly oblique; dark grey, with whitish and
ochreous-brown irroration, and black lines ; a small tuft of
ochreous-yellow hairs on base of inner margin ; an inwardly
oblique, acutely dentate line from costa at 1; a broad, nearly
straight streak, interrupted in disc from costa at ^ to tornus;
this gives off in disc a fine irregularly dentate line to inner
margin beyond middle; a fine irregularly dentate line from mid-
costa, curved first outwardly then inwardly to inner margin at f ;
a finely dentate subterminal line, interrupted by the oblique
streak; terminal part of disc densely irrorated with whitish; a
fine fuscous crenulate terminal line : cilia white, mixed with dark
fuscous towards base, and with a dark fuscous median line.
Hindwings with termen rounded, crenulate; deep ochreous-yellow;
a broad dark fuscous terminal band, narrowing to a point at
tornus; cilia white opposite veins 2 to 4, above this dark fuscous,
beneath deep ochreous-yellow.

Townsville, Q.; in February; two specimens received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.

OCHTHOPHORA, n.g.

Face flat, with a fringe of projecting scales on forehead. Palpi
rather large, ascending; terminal joint nearly as long as second,
stout, obtuse. Antennae in male serrate. Tongue rudimentary.
Thorax with a large undivided posterior crest. Abdomen smooth.
Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with vein 2
from f ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connected by a bar with 8, 9 beyond

90 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

7. Hindwings with 4 and 5 short-stalked, 8 connected with cell
before middle.

Sir George Hampson referred the type species to Gadirtha^
Wlk., but the dense posterior thoracic crest seems a sufficient
distinction.

OCHTHOPHORA SERICINA, n.sp.

^. 40 mm. Head grey; lower I of face whitish. Palpi whitish;
posterior surface grey. Antennae grey. Thorax gre}-, mixed
with brownish; a fine transverse black line near base of crest.
Abdomen grey. Legs grey; posterior pair whitish. Forewings
oblong, costa strongly arched at base, thence straight to near
apex, apex rounded, termen slightly rounded, hardly oblique;
glossy grey; many wavy whitish-grey lines from costa becoming
lost in disc; three dark fuscous dots in a triangle close to base; a
small dark fuscous irroration at base of inner margin; a fine
strongly waved black line from costa at \ to inner margin at |^;
orbicular dark grey, slenderly outlined with whitish; reniform
small, dark grey; a fine acutely dentate black line from mid-costa,
obliquely outwards, describing a complete loop in disc, then
returning to form a second loop, which encloses reniform, and
ending in inner margin at j; a wavy whitish-grey sabterminal
line; a row of faintly darker terminal dots: cilia grey. Hind-
wings with termen rounded, indented on vein 5; white; a fuscous
terminal band from apex, narrowing and not quite reaching tornus
cilia grey, towards tornus white.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen in December.

I c A s M A, n.g.

Face flat, forehead with a projecting ridge of scales. Palpi;
long, rough-haired ; second joint somewhat ascending ; terminal
joint porrect or slightly descending, longer than second, obtuse.
Tongue present. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen
with a smooth patch of scales on first segment, representing a
dorsal crest. Posterior tibite with two pairs of spurs. Forewings
with veins 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10 connected b}^ a bar with 8, 9 beyond

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 91

7. Hindwings with vein 5 absent, 8 connected with cell before
middle.

The peculiar palpi distinguish this from Hypothripa, Hmps.
They appear to resemble those of Arachnognatha^ Hmps., which,
however, has the thorax smooth, and vein 5 of hindwings present.

ICASMA MINUTUM, n.sp.

^. 14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax grey, mixed with whitish^
lower half of face white. Antennae dark grey. Abdomen grey;
first segment with a small patch of dark fuscous and whitish
scales. Legs whitish-grey. Forewings oblong, posteriorly dilated,
costa strongly arched at base, thence straight to near apex, apex
rounded, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique; grey, mixed
with whitish, lines dark fuscous; two short lines from costa near
base; a suffused line from costa at 4 to inner margin at \\ two.
parallel closely approximated lines from costa at 4 to before
middle of inner margin; beyond this is an obscure whitish spot
representing the reniform; a fine wavy line from costa at f, first
outwardly, then inwardl}' curved to inner margin at |; a fine
dentate subterminal line, followed by a fine whitish line: cilia
grey. Hindwings with termen wavy, indented between veins 4
and 6; grey; cilia grey.

A very small and inconspicuous species. The type is not in
the best condition, but the generic characters should be suflicient
for identification.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen, in July.

Plotheia rhythmopis, n.sp.

2. 26mm. Head grey. Palpi grey; beneath whitish; terminal
joint dark fuscous at base on upper surface. Antennae ochreous-
f uscous. Abdomen grey. Legs grey ; posterior pair whitish.
Forewings oval, posteriorly strongh'- dilated, costa moderately
arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; grey; a
wavy blackish line from costa at ^ to inner margin at 1; a second
similar line from costa at f , obtusely angulated in disc, to inner
margin at 4; the disc between these lines is largely suff'used with

92 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

brownish-fuscous, containing two suffused dark fuscous spots
representing orbicular and reniform, and a dark fuscous line from
middle of costavery obliquely outwards to near second black line,
and continued parallel and close to this line to inner margin; two
faint lines of brownish suffusion from tornus, and from termen
above tornus; a series of dark fuscous terminal dots: cilia grey.
Hindwings with termen rounded; gre}^- whitish; on termen grey;
cilia whitish -grey.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen.

Sarrothripa symmicta, n.sp.

(J. 23 mm, Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax grey, slightly
ochreous-tinged. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; anterior pair
mixed with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-oblong, somewhat
dilated posteriorly, costa strongly arched at base, thence slightly
concave to near apex, apex rounded, termen rounded, slightly
oblique; grey, slightly ochreous-tinged, markings dark fuscous; a
short transverse streak from base of costa; two or three lines from
basal part of costa, lost in disc; a suffused spot on fold; a fine line
from mid-costa angulated first outwards then inwards near costa,
thence outwardly curved, bent obliquely outwards near inner
margin to margin of |; on this rests a wedge-shaped spot in mid
disc; two fine closely approximated parallel lines from costa at i
first inwardly then outwardly curved to before tornus; a sub-
terminal series of dots best marked towards tornus; some minute
terminal dots: cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded,
indented beneath apex; grey; cilia grey- whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen.

Superficially rather like S. tnetaspilella, Wlk., but may be
readily distinguished by the double posterior line.

Dendrothripa clopaea, n.sp.

9. 24 mm. Head grey, mixed with whitish. Palpi white,
mixed with fuscous and black. Antennae grey. Tliorax grey,
mixed with whitish and black. Abdomen ochreous-grey, with a

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 93

small basal crest of grey mixed with whitish. Legs whitish,
anterior pair dark fuscous anteriorl}^; middle pair with a few
dark fuscous scales Forewings elongate-oblong, posteriorly
dilated, costa strongly "arched at base, thence slightly, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin slightly rounded, slightly oblique; grey mixed
with fuscous and whitish, lines black; an outwardly curved line
from costa near base not quite reaching inner margin; a second
line from costa at J, obscurely angulated near costa, thence
straight or slightly sigmoid to middle of inner margin; a third
line from middle of costa very obliquely outwards forming a strong
obtuse projection in disc, and ending in inner margin at |; reni-
form obscurely indicated by a small ochreous-brown suffusion
between second and third lines; a row of black terminal dots:
cilia grey, mixed with dark fuscous and whitish. Hindwings
with termen rounded, slightly sigmoid beneath apex; gre}^; cilia
grey, apices whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen, in November.

Dendrothripa baeota, n.sp.

(J. 12-13 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax grey. Abdo-
men ochreous-grey; with a small grey basal crest. Legs grey;
posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightty rounded,
slightly oblique; whitish-grey; a broad fuscous suffusion on base
of costa, and another at -I; a fine fuscous line from costa before
middle, and another beyond middle, first obscurely continued to
middle of inner margin, second outwardly curved, twice obtusely
dentate in disc, to inner margin at f ; second line immediately
preceded by a minute black discal dot; a third suffusion on costa
at |; a faintly marked fuscous subterminal line; a series of black
terminal dots : cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings with termen
rounded, slightly sinuate beneath apex; whitish, veins and termen
grey; cilia whitish.

Townsville, Q.; in January; two specimens received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.

94 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

AcontiansB.
Maurilia iocephala, n.sp.

9. 25 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale ochreous-brown with
purple reflections. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen whitish-grey.
Legs purplish-grey mixed with white; posterior pair mostly white.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa strongly arched, apex rect-
angular, termen straight, not oblique ; pale ochreous-brown,
towards termen whitish-grey, irrorated with purple-grey scales;
lines purple-grey; first from costa at ^ to middle of inner margin;
second from costa at f, wavy, to inner margin at J; preceded by
an obscure discal dot; a subterminal and a terminal sei'ies of dark
fuscous dots: cilia purple-grey, apices pale pink. Hindwings
with termen rounded, slightly sigmoid beneath apex; whitish, a
narrow terminal fuscous suffusion; cilia whitish.

Townsville, Q.; in March; one specimen received from Mi-. F.
P. Dodd.

ACONTIA ExMBOLOSCIA, n.Sp.

5. 35 mm. Head white, posteriorly yellowish; face and palpi
reddish. Antennae grey, towards base whitish. Thorax yellow,
with a reddish-brown central streak. Abdomen orange-ochreous.
Legs reddish-brown ; anterior femora whitish ; posterior pair
whitish, tinged with reddish. Forewings elongate-triangular,
apex rounded, termen straight, rounded near tornus, not oblique;
yellow; a wedge-shaped fuscous suffusion having its apex at base
of wing, its base extending whole length of termen, obscuring the
lines, which nevertheless can mostly be traced through it: lines
and dorsal margin reddish-brown; a line from costa at -^ outwardly
oblique, forming an acute angle in disc^ thence inwardly oblique
to fold; a median discal dot just above suffusion; a line from costa
at f obliquely outwards, forming an acute angle near to termen,
thence inwardly oblique to mid-clorsum, interrupted before dorsum;
a line from costa near apex to angle of posterior line; a short line
from dorsum at i obliquely outwards to suffusion : cilia fuscous.
Hindwings with termen rounded; orange-ochreous; cilia grey, on
inner margin orange-ochreous.

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 95

Towiisville, Q.; in February; two specimens received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd, and I have seen others.
Allied to A. transversa, Gn.

Homopterinae.

Ophiusa trophidota, n.sp.

(J9. 63-65 mm. Head and palpi brown. Antennae whitish.
Thorax brown, a fine whitish transverse line before apex, similar
lines across patagia. Abdomen grey. Legs grey. Forewings
triangular, costa moderately arched, more strongly before apex,
apex acute, terraen sinuate beneath apex, bowed on vein 4,
oblique; brown; a straight ochreous-whitish line from costa near
base to median vein; a straight, slightly waved, deep brown line,
margined with ochreous-whitish from costa at J to dorsum at f ;
a deep brown median fascia bounded anteriorly by a line, from 4
costa to f dorsum, posteriorly by an ochreous-whitish line from
costa at f, angled in disc, thence slightly inwardly curved to
dorsum at J; three whitish dots on costa beyond this; a small
dark fuscous subapical dot ; a terminal series of minute dark
fuscous dots between veins: cilia brownish, with a pale basal line.
Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous; a whitish line from
inner margin near tornus obliquely towards mid-costa, lost in
disc; a similar line from tornus to opposite mid-termen; a narrow
whitish suffusion on termen, with a row of minute dark fuscous
•dots between veins; cilia grey, with a whitish basal line.

Brisbane, Q.; three specimens.

Noctuinae.
Crioa nycterina, n.sp.

^. 38 mm. Face and palpi dark fuscous, mixed with ochreous-
whitish; lower edge of frontal projection and a line behind eyes
pinkish. Antenna? pale ochreous-fuscous, partly annulated with
blackish. Thorax dark fuscous, with a moderate central crest.
Abdomen grey, mixed with ochreous-whitish; a dark fuscous spot
on dorsum at base. Legs dark fuscous, irrorated and annulated
with whitish. Forewings elongate triangular, costa very slightly

96 NEW GKNERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

arched, apex rather acute, hindmargin slightl}^ rounded, wavy,
very oblique; dark fuscous, suffused with brown, with a few
scattered whitish scales, markings black; an acutely angulated
line from costa near base as far as fold: a similar line traceable
with diificulty from costa at ^ to inner margin at -|; an oblique
blackish line in disc followed by a whitish line representing
reniform; a line from middle of costa very obliquely outwards,
then bent parallel to termen, and again bent backwards beneath
reniform, and thence acutely dentate to inner margin at §; three
or four white dots on apical fourth of costa; a blackish subterminal
shade posteriorly dentate; a fine terminal line interrupted by
whitish dots, which are connected by fine blackish lines with sub-
terminal shade: cilia dark fuscous, apices dotted with whitish.
Hindwings with termen rounded, w^avy ; fuscous ; basal half
ochreous-whitish ; cilia whitish, barred with fuscous. Under
surface of fore- and hindwings with crescentic fuscous discal spots
and fuscous terminal bands.

Brisbane, Q. ; one specimen.

Closely allied to Crioa acronyctina, Butl., but fore wings much
darker, abdominal crest less developed, and hindwings sharply
divided between ochreous-whitish and fuscous.

Crioa leptochroma, n.sp.

(J9. 30 mm. Head whitish, mixed with pale greenish-fuscous;
face whitish. Palpi whitish, mixed with a few dark fuscous
scales; external surface of second joint dark fuscous at base.
Antennae grey; towards base whitish, with a few dark fuscous
transverse bars. Thorax with a strong erect crest extending
from middle to posterior edge: whitish, mixed with brownish;
posterior aspect of crest irrorated with dark fuscous. Abdomen
whitish-ochreous, mixed with grey. Legs dark fuscous, mixed
with whitish; tarsi annulated with whitish; posterior pair mostly
whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin rounded, obliciue; white, suffused
with fuscous and greenish; a fine irregularly dentate line from

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 97

costa at J to inner margin at |; reniform represented by a fine
dark fuscous circular I'ing, enclosing a small pale fuscous spot;
second line from costa at | obliquely outwards, wavy, curved in disc,
and ending in inner margin at §; this is succeeded by a greenish
line, a fuscous shade, and a greenish subterminal shade; these are
interrupted by whitish veins dotted with dark fuscous : cilia
whitish-grey, bases grey, interrupted with whitish opposite veins.
Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly wavy; pale j^ellowish;
a broad fuscous terminal band narrowing to tornus; above tornus
is an elongate white spot, interrupted by a few dark fuscous scales;
cilia ochreous- whitish, with a fine median grey line; at tornus
dark fuscous.

Gympie, Q.; in January; two specimens received from Mr. R.
Illidge.

CORULA OCTOGESIMA, n.sp.

(J. 29 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-grey, irrorated
Avith darker grey; second joint of palpi with appressed scales.
Antennae ochreous-fuscous, towards base whitish-grey; in male
with fine bristles (1) and short ciliations (|) near base, thence
broadly laminate. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish,
irrorated with grey. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated,
costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen sinuate, scarcely
oblique; gre}'', mixed with whitish, especially towards base and
termen, with a few scattered ochreous-brown scales, markings
dark fuscous; a suffused spot near base of costa representing basal
line; a transverse line from costa at ^ to dorsum at |, rather
broadly suffused near costa ; two adjacent fine circular rings
arranged transversely before middle of disc, and a third reniform
ring beyond centre; each ring contains a dark fuscous centre, and
the whole form the figure 80; a fine line from costa at |, at first
outwards, then parallel to termen and waved to dorsum at |; an
interrupted, thick, wavy line at f; a fine subterminal line : cilia
whitish. Hindwings with termen sinuate ; whitish ; faintly
suft'used with grey towards termen; cilia whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen.

98 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

CoRULA DISPILA, 11. Sp.

(J. 27 mm. Head whitish-grey. Palpi whitish, external sur-
face irrorated with dark fuscous; second joint with long spreading
scales at apex. Antennse grey; in malew4th a pair of bristles on
each joint ("i) and evenly ciliated (1), towards apex simple.
Thorax grey, mixed with whitish and dark fuscous. Abdomen
grey. Legs grey; posterior pair white: anterior tarsi dark fuscous,
aniiulated with white. Forewings elongate-oblong, costa strongly
arched near base, thence nearl}^ straight, apex rectangular, termen
slightly rounded, hardly oblique; pale grey, mixed with white,
markings dark fuscous; a fine angulated basal line from costa to
dorsum; a line from costa at J to dorsum at J; a squarish ring
enclosing a whitish area represents the orbicular, a similar more
elongate dark-centred ring the reniform; a line from costa beyond
middle, bent outwards at a right angle beneath costa, and twice
again in disc, so as to partly enclose reniform, thence to dorsum
at J; an interrupted acutely dentate transverse line at f, ending
in a dark fuscous suffusion at tornus; a black interrupted sub-
terminal line, and a fine black terminal line: cilia whitish.
Hind wings with termen nearl}^ straight to vein 2, thence curved,
slightly wavy; grey, towards base paler; cilia whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; in November; one specimen.

COKULA METABLETA, n.sp.

(^9- 24-28 mm. Head grey, sometimes brownish. Palpi grey.
Antennae grey; in male shortly laminate, moderately ciliated (1),
with longer bristles (3). Thorax grey, mixed with fuscous.
Abdomen grey; rarely pinkish-tinged. Legs grey, irrorated, and
tarsi annulated, with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa moderately and evenl}^ arched, apex round-pointed, termen
rounded, slightly obli(j[ue; gre}', mixed with whitish-grey; lines
dark fuscous, varying in intensity in different specimens : an
outwardly curved line near base, usually distinct only near costa;
an outwardly curved line from I costa to J dorsum, sometimes
nearly obsolete, sometimes thickened and conspicuous; orbicular

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 99

and reniform spots whitish-grey, with fuscous margins and centres,
sometimes very distinct, sometimes partly obsolete; a posterior
outwardly curved line, with two slightly developed obtuse denta-
tions from § costa to | dorsum; followed by a fuscous shade
mixed with brownish, sometimes obsolete; an interrupted blackish
subterminal line: cilia grey. Hindwings with termen sigmoid;
grey, rarely brown-pinkish; with a broad fuscous terminal band-
cilia whitish-grey, rarely pinkish-tinged.

Brisbane, Q.; four specimens taken by Mr. R. lUidge.

A Variable species. It may be distinguished from Corula
dispila, which it closely resembles, by the proportionately longer
forewings, with costa not incurved towards base, and with
differently shaped posterior line, the more sigmoid termen of
hindwings, and the laminate antennae of the male.

Corula mesospila, n.sp.

(J9. 21-24 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish, with a very
few scattered dark fuscous scales; second joint of palpi with
appressed scales. Antennae fuscous; in male with long bristles
(3), absent towards apex, and even ciliations (1). Abdomen
whitish-grey, or ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish, irrorated with
dark fuscous; posterior pair whitish; anterior tibiae annulated
with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently
arched, apex rather acute, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique;
whitish, mixed with pale ochreous-brown, with a few scattered
black scales, markings black; a very short streak from base; a
line from costa near base reaching as far as fold; a line from costa
atito dorsum at ^; orbicular and reniform spots faintly outlined,
the latter sometimes dark-centred; a posterior line from costa
beyond middle obliquely outwards, then sharply bent round so as
to form an obtuse projection, below which it is slightly inwardly
curved to dorsum at |; a whitish line incompletely margined with
blackish dots at |^; an interrupted subterminal, and a fine terminal
line: cilia whitish, bases mixed with grey. Hindwings with
termen nearly straight to vein 2, there strongly curved; grey;
cilia whitish.

100 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

Brisbane, Q.; in September; three specimens.

Allied to the preceding, from which it may be distinguished
by the different shape, brownish irroration, and differently formed
lines of fore wings.

CORULA STENOPHYLLA, n.Sp.

X. 22 mm. Head and palpi grey; second joint of palpi with
appressed scales. Antennae grey; male with long bristles (3),
absent towards apex, and even ciliations (1). Thorax grey, mixed
with whitish-grey; some dark fuscous scales at base of posterior
crest. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs gre}', mixed with
whitish ; posterior pair whitish. Forewings narrow-elongate,
costa very slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
rounded, moderately oblique; grey, mixed with whitish, with a
small amount of pale brownish suffusion in disc, lines dark fuscous;
a faint line from costa near base barely reaching fold; a better
marked line from costa at ^ to fold; a slightl}^ wavy line from
costa at J to dorsum at J, preceded by a whitish line; a line from
costa at |, slightly wavy, curved slightly outwards in disc, then
straight to dorsum at |, followed by a whitish line; an irregular
anteriorly dentate blackish line at i, followed by a whitish line;
orbicular and reniform obsolete; three fuscous dots on apical
third of costa; a blackish subterminal and a fine terminal line:
cilia whitish grey. Hind wings with termen sigmoid; ochreous-
whitish; a terminal grey band not reaching tornus; cilia whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; in December; one specimen.

CORULA EREMNA, U.sp.

(J. 23 mm. Head and palpi dark grey, irrorated with dark
fuscous; second joint of palpi much dilated with loose spreading
scales towards apex. Antennae fuscous; in male with long bristles
(3), absent towards apex, and even ciliations (^). Thorax dark
grey, irrorated with dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs grey,
annulated with dark fuscous; posterior pair whitish, with a few
irrey scales. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched,
apex round-pointed, termen rounded, moderatel}' oblique; grey,

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNEK. 101

irrorated with dark fuscous, witli a few whitish scales, markings
dark fuscous or black; a dot on base of dorsum; an inwardly
curved line from costa near base to fold; a straight line from costa
at J to dorsum at J; orbicular and reniform spots faintly outlined;
a line from costa beyond middle very obliquely outwards, bent
twice at right angles in disc to form a projection enclosing
reniform, thence inwardly curved to dorsum at |; an oblique line
from near apex, much angulated in disc, to tornus; an interrupted
subterminal, and a fine terminal line : cilia grey, apices whitish-
grey, Hindwings with termen slightly wavy, straight to vein 3;
gre}'', towards base whitish; cilia whitish.
Killarney, Q.; in October; one specimen.

CORULA ABEB^A, n.sp.

^9. 30-34 mm. Head whitish, irrorated with pale brownish-
ochreous. Palpi whitish, irrorated with pale brownish-ochreous
and dark fuscous; terminal joint mostly dark fuscous; second joint
with appressed scales. Antennae whitish-grey; in female whitish-
ochreous; in male with long bristles (4), absent towards apex, and
even ciliations (IJ)- Thorax whitish, irrorated with pale
brownish-ochreous, a few dark fuscous scales posteriorly. Abdo-
men whitish, suffused with pale brownish-ochreous, somewhat
pinkish-tinged. Legs whitish, mixed with pale brownish-ochreous
and dark fuscous. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa very
slightly arched, apex rectangular, termen slightly sigmoid, scarcely
oblique; white, irrorated with whitish-grey and pale brownish-
ochreous, markings dark fuscous; a minute dot at base of dorsum;
an acutely outwardly angled line from costa near base to fold; an
oblique wavy line from costa at ^ to dorsum at J; spots obsolete,
orbicular represented by a small tuft of scales; an outwardly
oblique line from mid-costa, lost in disc; a wavy line from costa
at I forming a moderate double projection in disc, then inwardly
curved to dorsum at f ; a series of elongated submarginal black
dots ending in a spot above tornus; a greyish subterminal line; a
row of black dots on termen: cilia white, with a few grey scales.
Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly sigmoid beneath apex;

&

102 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

grey, towards base ochreous-whitish; cilia whitish-grey, on dorsum
whitish ochreous.

Brisbane, Q. ; two specimens, and I huve since seen others
which show considerable variation.

ACANTHOLIPES TOXICA, n.sp.

$. 20 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax reddish-brown. Antennae
pale brownish, obscurely annulated with dark fuscous. Abdomen
rey ; towards base mixed with brown. Legs whitish-brown,
irrorated with dark fuscous; posterior pair whitish, with dark
fuscous spurs; anterior tarsi dark fuscous, annulated with whitish.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa scarcely arched, apex acute,
termen concave beneath apex, strongly outwardly bowed between
\'eins 3 and 4; reddish-brown, with a few fuscous scales; several
dark fuscous and whitish dots on costal edge; a minute white dot
margined with dark fuscous in disc before middle; reniform white:
cilia reddish-brown, apices whitish. Hindwings with termen
rounded; dark gre}^; cilia pale reddish-brown, apices whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen.

Dahlia capnobela, n.sp.

9. 27-29 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-brown.
Face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennas whitish-ochreous, obscurely
annulated with fuscous. Legs dark fuscous; posterior pair whitish-
ochreous, mixed with fuscous. Forewings rather broadly triangular,
costa slightly arched at base, thence straight, apex rounded, termen
rounded, slightly oblique; ochreous-brown; a fine angulated dark
fuscous line from costa at i to dorsum at ^, with an obtuse outward
projection belowmiddle, a dark-fuscous discal dot, sometimes white-
centred just over projection; a white dot with fine dark-fuscous
edge near centre of disc; a fine acutel}^ dentate dark-fuscous line
from costa at | to dorsum at |; an angulated fuscous shade
followed by a pale line at 4; a series of blackish terminal dots:
cilia ochreous-brown. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour
and markings as forewings, but basal line wanting, onl}" one
discal dot, and that not white-centred.

Brisbane, Q.; two specimens.

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 103

Hyperlopha aridela, n.sp.

$. 52 mm. Head ochreous-grey, with a fine anteriorly- angled
white line between antenna?. Palpi pale grey, with a few
scattered black scales. Antennae white, towards apex grey.
Thorax pale grey, anteriorly ochreous-tinged, sparsely irrorated
with black scales. Abdomen whitish-grey, along centre ochreous-
tinged, with sparsely scattered black scales. Legs pale grey, with
sparsely scattered black scales. Forewings triangular, costa rather
strongly arched, apex rectangular, termen angled on vein 3, above
angle straight, beneath wavy and very oblique to tornus; pale
grey, somewhat purplish-tinged, with sparsely scattered black
scales; lines faint, ochreous-grey; first from i costa to J dorsum;
second from I costa to 1 dorsum; third from J costa obliquely
outwards, angled beneath costa, thence wavy to dorsum at |; a
subterminal shade, containing towards dorsum three snow-w^hite
spots arranged in line, margined with dark brown, and jDOsteriorly
with an outer margin of whitish-ochreous, followed by a small
dark fuscous suffusion: cilia pale grey, beneath angle fuscous-
brown. Hind wings with termen rounded; dark fuscous, basal
half pale ochreous; an elongate-oval dull white blotch from tornus
to opposite mid-termen; cilia white.

Brisbane, Q.; in December; two specimens.

Dnopheropis, n.g.

Face with small projecting cone of hairs. Palpi moderate,
obliquely ascending, scarcely reaching vertex ; second joint
thickened with loosely appressed hairs above and beneath ;
terminal joint short, stout, obtuse, partly concealed. Tongue
present. Antennae of male with a double row of pectinations
extending to apex. Thorax with a vertical anterior crest.
Abdomen with two tufts of hairs on dorsum of first segment, and
a small crest of loose hairs on second segment. Legs normal.
Forewings with vein 2 from §, 3 from near angle, 6 from upper
angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connected by a bar with 7, 8, 9 to form
areole, 7 arising from 8, 9 well beyond areole. Hindwings with

104 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

3, -4 approximated at base, 5 bent towards 4 at base, 6, 7 connate,

8 anastomosing with cell near base.

Sir G. Hampson was unable to refer the type to any descriljed

genus.

Dnopheropis scoTiEA, n.sp.

(J. 23 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous. Antenna"
grey; in male with long pectinations (8-9). Thorax dark fuscous,
collar paler. Abdomen* whitish-gre3^ Legs dark grey. Fore-
wings elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex rectan-
gular, termen straight, rounded beneath, scarcely oblique: dark
fuscous, markings black; a fair-sized dot in disc at |, and another
in middle, the latter containing some whitish-ochreous scales; a
row of .subterminal dots, forming an outwardly curved line,
obsolete towards margins : cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings broad,
termen rounded, slightly indented beneath apex; whitish; cilia
whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen taken by Mr. R. Illidge.

Proscrana, n.g.

Face flat. Palpi stout, moderately long, porrected ; second
joint loose-haired; terminal joint short, stout, obtuse. Antennte
bipectinated in both sexes nearly to apex; each pectination ending
in or bearing a long bristle. Tongue well developed. Thorax
and abdomen not crested. Fore wings with vein 2 from | or |,
3 from angle, 6 from upper angle of cell, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 con-
nected by a Ijar with 8, 9 opposite origin of 7. Hindwings
normal.

Proscrana tephropis, n.sp.

-J^. 25-32 mm. Head and palpi whitish, mixed with grey.
Antennae white, with a few dark fuscous scales; pectinations dark
fuscous; in male 8, in female 4. Thorax whitish, mixed with
grey anteriorly. Abdomen whitish. Legs whitish-grey, irrorated
with grey; anterior femora and tibiae clothed with long hair in
both sexes. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa arched at base,
thence straight to near apex where it is abruptly arched, apex

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 105

pointed, termen aiigulated on ^ ein 4, slightly concave above angle
and slightly sinuate beneath; whitish-grey; a whitish streak along
costa, narrowing to a point at f , irrorated with a few dark fuscous
scales; in female a faint posterior line from a dark fuscous dot on
costa at |- to dorsum at J, obsolete in male: cilia whitish, slightly
pinkish-tinged, barred with dark fuscous, bases dark fuscous.
Hind wings with termen rounded, whitish-grey; cilia whitish.

Townsville, Q.; in January; four bred specimens received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd, who informs me that the larvae feed on the young-
foliage of IScyphiphora hydrojyhylacea.

Proscrana poliophylla, n.sp.

9. 36 mm. Head and palpi whitish-grey, irrorated with grey.
Antennae whitish-gre}'; pectinations in female 1^; a long bristle
arises from about the middle of the posterior aspect of each pectina-
tion. Thorax and abdomen whitish-grey. Legs whitish-grey.
Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched, apex acute, termen
angulated on vein 4, above angulation concave, beneath straight;
whitish-grey ; a posterior grey line from costa at | becoming
obsolete in disc: cilia whitish-grey, mixed with fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen bowed on vein 4; whitish-grey; cilia whitish,
with several dark fuscous interruptions.

Warwick, Q. ; in October, one specimen. When taken it
carried the wings erect, and had a very Geometrid appearance.

Very similar to the preceding, but shape of forewings is
diiferent, posterior line is nearer base, and antennie and forelegs
also differ.

A X I 0 c T E T A, n.g.

Face with rounded projection. Palpi long (4-5); second joint
obliquely ascending, reaching level of vertex, clothed beneath
with long scales ; terminal joint well developed, down-curved,
obtuse. Tongue well developed. Thorax and abdomen without
crests. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with
termen excavated beneath apex and acutely angled on vein 4;
vein 2 from |, 3 from before angle, 6 from below upper angle of
cell, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 anastomosing with 8, 9 from just beyond

106 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

7 to near bifurcation. Hindwings with vein 5 well developed,
ai^proximated to 4 at base.

AXIOCTETA OENOPLEX, n.sp.

9. 28 mm. Head purplish-gre3^ Palpi purplish-grey, with a
few dark fuscous scales. Antennae grey. Thorax reddish-brown,
anteriorly purplish-grey. Abdomen vinous-purple, beneath
ochreous-whitish. Legs purple-grey, irrorated with dark fuscous;
posterior pair ochreous-whitish above. Forewings triangular,
costa slightly arched, apex acute, falcate, termen excavated beneath
apex, acutely angled on vein 4; reddish-brown, towards termen
suffused with ochreous-grey; a pair of faint fuscous dots arranged
transversely before middle of disc; a subterminal row of similnr
dots: cilia purple-fuscous, apices white. Hindwings with termen
rounded; vinous-purple, towards base and costa ochreous-whitish;
a subterminal row of fuscous dots; cilia purple-whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; in April, one specimen.

A L A P A D N A, n.g.

Face with projecting scales. Palpi long (4-5), porrect; second
joint very long, expanded above by long rough scales; terminal joint
slender, short, obtuse. Tongue present. Antennae in male
ciliated. Thorax smooth. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest.
Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with vein 2
from |, 3 from before angle, 6 from well before upper angle of
cell, 7 from upper angle, 8, 9 stalked, 10 absent. Hindwings
with 3 and 4 long-stalked, 5 well developed, approximated to 3,
4 at base.

Alapadna pauropis, n.sp.

(J9- 15-17 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-grey, with a few
fuscous scales. Antennae whitish-ochreous. Thorax ochreous-
brownish, with a dark fuscous posterior spot. Abdomen whitish-
ochreous; crest dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, mixed with
ochreous-whitish; posterior pair mostly ochreous-whitish. Fore-
wings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-
pointed, termen rounded, oblique ; ochreous-brown, markings

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNEK. 107

darker brown, somewhcat variable; a basal Kiie from i costa to \
dorsum; a suffused median line, sometimes expanded into a broad
fascia, immediately followed by a more or less "crescentic dark-
edged white discal dot; a suffused angulated subterminal line,
sometimes preceded by one or two finer lines; a row of small dark
fuscous terminal dots : cilia ochreous-brown, irrorated with dark
brown. Hind wings with termen rounded; whitish or grey; a
crescentic mark followed by a curved median line grey ; an
interrupted grey terminal line; cilia ochreous-whitisli or grey.
Brisbane, Q.; from September to December, not uncommon.

PrONOPIIORA TRITOSTICHA, n.Sp.

(J. 22 mm. Head pale brownish-ochreous, sides white. Palpi
pale brownish-ochreous; apex of second joint and terminal joint
white. Antennse whitish; in male bipectinate (2|), towards apex
simple, with a long bristle arising from stalk behind each pecti-
nation. Thorax whitish ; collar and bases of patagia pale
brownish-ochreous. Abdomen whitish. Legs whitish; anterior
pair grey on inner and lower surfaces. Fore wings narrow elon-
gate ; costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded; pale brownish-ochreous, with three shining snow-white
longitudinal streaks; first from base to apex, narrowly margined
with black beneath, near termen the marginal line separates from
streak; second from disc at ^, anteriorly acute, to termen at J;
third from base along fold not quite reaching tornus; a row of
black dots close to termen: cilia ochreous- whitish. Hindwing
with termen sinuate ; white, with a scanty grey suffusion ; a
narrow grey terminal line; cilia white.

Townsville and Bundaberg, Q.; two specimens.

^ T H A L I N A, n.g.

Face with projecting scales. Palpi long (3-4); second joint
with spreading loose scales above and below, obliquely upturned;
terminal joint well developed, stout, obtuse, porrect. Tongue
present. Thorax smooth. Abdomen with a basal crest. Posterior
tibite w^ith two pairs of spurs. Fore wings with vein 2 from |, 3

108 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

from f, 4 from angle, 6 from below upper angle of cell, 7 short-
stalked with 8, 9, 10 connected by a bar with 8, 9 opposite 7.
Hindwings with 5 well developed, very closely approximated to 4
at base, 8 anastomosing with cell near base only.

-^THALINA ASAPHES, n.sp.

2' 19mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous. Antennae fuscous,
with obscure blackish annulations. Abdomen fuscous ; basal
crest dark fuscous. Legs fuscous; posterior pair and middle tarsi
whitish ; anterior tarsi anniilated with whitish. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded,
termen slightly rounded, scarcely oblique ; fuscous strigulated
witii darker fuscous; costal edge paler; a suffused discal dot
beneath ^ of costa; an incomplete line of white dots from disc
beneath costa at 4, angulated outwards, then incurved to dorsum
at §; near dorsum at ^ and before dorsal part of this line are
some red scales; an interrupted dark fuscous terminal line, near
which are some red scales: cilia fuscous, with a row of basal
whitish dots. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey;
bases whitish.

Card well, Q.; in August, one specimen.

Eakias ochrophylla, n.sp.

(J9. 18-21 mm. Head and palpi whitish, faintly yellowish-
tinged. Antennae whitish, towards apex grey. Thorax pale
yellow. Abdomen whitish. Legs whitish. Forewings elongate,
costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen scarcely
rounded, oblique; pale yellow, greenish-tinged, sometimes partly
suffused with pale grey between veins; sometimes two ol^lique
lines of deeper colour in terminal part of disc: cilia pale yellow.
Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish; cilia whitish.

Birchip, Vic; in November; two specimens, in Coll. Lyell.

Erastrianse.

COSMOPHILA PSAMATHODES, U.sp.

(J. 38 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brownish-ochreous.
Palpi pale brownish-ochreous, irrorated with reddish-brown.

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 109

Antennse ochreous-fuscous, towards base paler; in male minutely
ciliated (J) with longer bristles (f). Legs whitish-ochreous,
irrorated with reddish-brown. Fore wings elongate-triangular,
costa nearly straight, apex acute, termen wav}'-, acutely angled on
vein 4, excavated above and below angle, oblique: pale brownish-
ochreous; a darker line from costa at ^ to dorsum at I; immedi-
ately followed beneath costa by a minute white discal dot; a
similar line, better marked, from costa at |, angulated outwards
close to costa, and continued as an inwardly oblique incurved line
to dorsum at|^; a minute blackish discal dot beneath costa before
second line; a faint subterminal shade: cilia ochreous-brown,
apices whitish, interrupted by fuscous. Hindwings with termen
wav}^, rounded ; ochreous, suffused with reddish-brown ; cilia
whitish-ochreous, obscurel}' barred with reddish-brown.
Stradbroke Island, Q.; one specimen.

Erastria bryistis, n.sp.

(J. 30 mm. Head pale green, posterior margin, face, and palpi
brown. Antennae grey, towards base paler; in male minutely
ciliated (J). Thorax with a rounded posterior crest ; brown,
mixed with pale green. Abdomen with fourth and fifth segments
slightly crested; ochreous-whitish, irrorated with dark fuscous.
Legs ochreous-whitish irrorated, and tarsi annulated with dark
fuscous. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched,
apex rounded, termen rounded, slightly oblique ; pale green,
central part of disc except near base brown; lines dark fuscous;
incomplete fine angulated basal and subbasal lines ; a fine
angulated outwardly-curved line from costa at J to dorsum at J;
this is followed by a broad fuscous sufFusioti from costa before
middle obliquely to tornus; a finely dentate posterior line obsolete
towards costa; a broad dark fuscous longitudinal streak aboAe
dorsum interrupted at transverse lines: a fine interrupted terminal
line; orbicular and reniform distinctly outlined: cilia greenish-
white, barred with brown. Hindwings with termen wavy,
rounded; fuscous, towards base paler; a darker discal dot, and

110 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

posterior line immediately followed by a whitish line; an inter-
rupted white line close to termen; cilia fuscous, apices whitish.
Brisbane, Q.; one specimen received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Erastroides lichnomima, n.sp.

(J. 26 mm. Head and thorax white, mixed with dark fuscous
and green ; thorax with a small posterior crest. Palpi dark
fuscous, terminal joint and apex of second joint white. Antennse
whitish-ochreous, with a fe\v^ dark fuscous scales; in male simple.
Abdomen dark fuscous, sides and apex whitish-brown [crests
probably denuded]. Legs dark fuscous, irrorated and annulated
with white. Forewings narrow elongate-triangular, costa nearly
straight, apex round -pointed, termen rounded, oblique; whitish,
irrorated with greenish and dark fuscous, lines dark fuscous; a
line from costa near base to fold; a dentate line from costa at j
to dorsum at 4 ; a whitish mark from mid-costa, enclosing some
dark fuscous scales, and edged in disc with dark fuscous to
represent reniform; a longitudinal streak in terminal half of disc
interrupted by reniform; a dentate line from costa at | to dorsum
at |- slightly outwardly curved ; a whitish subterminal line
followed by some dark streaks between veins; veins in terminal
area outlined in greenish : cilia dark fuscous, mixed with white.
Hind wings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey, with a few
whitish scales.

Brisbane, Q.; in March, one specimen.

HOMODES ERIZESTA, n.Sp.

^. 22-23 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen reddish-
brown, tinged with purple; thorax smooth; abdomen crested on
3rd and 4th segments, crests dark purple-fuscous, with metallic
lustre. AntennLie ochreous-brown; in male slightly serrate, e\ enly
ciliated (1). Legs reddish-brown; posterior pair whitish-ochreous.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, strongly
curved near apex, apex rounded, termen rounded, oblique ;
reddish-brown, tinged with purple, alternating in fine regular
strige with whitish; a line from costa at J to dorsum at J, a second

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. HI

from costa at | to dorsum at f, and a third, better marked, from
costa at i outwardly curved to dorsum at 4, slightly darker in
shade and interspersed with shining metallic scales; a roundish
ochreous suJBfusion in costal part of disc before posterior line, and
a broad ochreous suffused line from beneath costa at ^ to tornus;
a subterminal row of purplish dots containing metallic scales; an
ochreous suffusion along termen ; two fine parallel interrupted
black terminal lines : cilia reddish-purple. Hindwings with
termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings; inner marginal
cilia whitish-ochreous.

Townsville and Geraldton, Q.; from November to January:
several specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

HyELA ARC40TYPA, n.sp.

(J9. 25-26 mm. Head and thorax grey, irrorated with white.
Palpi fuscous, with a few whitish scales. Antennae whitish-
ochreous ; in male serrate, ciliated (1). Abdomen whitish,
irrorated with whitish-grey. Legs grey, irrorated with whitish.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed,
termen bowed, oblique; grey, mixed with, whitish and dark fuscous,
markings clear white; a short suffused line from base; an oblique
line from beneath i of costa to f of dorsum; an oblique oblong
spot, edged with dark fuscous, representing orbicular; an hour-
glass-shaped spot with grey centre and dark fuscous margins
representing reniform, sometimes a longitudinal streak from its
lower extremity is produced towards base, beneath and touching-
orbicular; a sigmoid subterminal line from costa at f to dorsum
at §, followed by a short inwardly oblique streak from costa; two
subterminal fuscous suffusions, one above and one beneath centre
of disc, follow this line; a dark fuscous terminal line immediately
preceded by a whitish line: cilia grey, ajDices white. Hindwings
with termen rounded, wavy beneath apex; grey; cilia whitish,
with a grey basal line.

Brisbane and Warwick, Q.; two specimens, that from the latter
locality in October.

112 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

Hyela thapsina, n.sp.

(J. 18-20 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-yellow. Antennae
grey; in male simple. Thorax with a small rounded posterior
crest ; brownish-fuscous ; collar and patagia ochreous-yellow.
Abdomen grey; tuft brownish-ochreous. Legs ochreous; anterior
tibiae and tarsi, and middle tarsi fuscous, annulated narrowly
with whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated,
costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen slightly rounded,
slightly oblique ; ochreous-yellow ; a broad brownish-fuscous
terminal fascia, anterior edge wavy from |- costa to | dorsum :
cilia brownish-fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly
indented beneath apex; dark grey, near base pale ochreous; cilia
pale ochreous, with a grey basal line.

Townsville, Q.; in February and March; two specimens received
from INIr. F. P. Dodd.

Though Sir George Hampson considers this a new species, I am
inclined to consider it a variety of Tarache detrita, ButL

Raparna cyclostigma, n.sp.

(J9. 22-21 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax gre}'. AntennjB
dark fuscous; in male minutely ciliated (\). Abdomen gre}',
with some fuscous scales. Legs fuscous, irrorated, and tarsi
annulated with whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, apex
tolerably pointed, termen rounded, oblique; grey; black dots on
costa near base and at |, sometimes obsolete; a fine wavy grey
line from second dot to dorsum at ^; orbicular and reniform finely
outlined; a fine whitish line from costa at |, at first obliquely
outwards, forming a rounded projection in disc, thence inwardly
oblique to dorsum at ^; on the anterior margin of this line are a
variably developed series of black spots, sometimes obsolete ;
veins towards termen more or less distinctly outlined with ochreous-
whitish ; a dentate grey subterminal shade ; a row of black
terminal dots : cilia grey. Hindwings with termen scarcely
rounded; grey; a short dark fuscous line from i of inner margin;
and a second fainter line from tornus; a series of terminal black
dots; cilia grey.

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 113

Townsville and Brisbane, Q. ; from December to April; five
specimens.

Allied to Raparna nebulosa, Moore, from which it may be
distinguished by the rounded projection of posterior line. It is
a highly variable species, no two of my specimens being alike. Two
deserve mention — («) with an elongate black fascia preceding-
posterior line and obliterating reniform; (6) without black spots,
but with posterior | of forewings suffused with fuscous.

CORGATHA DICHIOXISTIS, n.Sp.

$. 14-18 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish-grey.
Palpi brownish-grey, irrorated with dark fuscous. Antennae
whitish-ochreous, towards base sometimes annulated with dark
fuscous; in male simple, ciliated (2). Legs whitish-ochreous;
anterior tibi?e grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight,
slightly arched near apex, apex pointed, termen angled on vein
3, slightly concave above and below angle; ochreous-grey, irrorated
with metallic scales; an oval white spot on costa at \, and a
rounded white spot before |-; a transversely elongate small discal
spot beneath costa before middle, dark fuscous; a faint wavj' line
from costa at | to dorsum at |; some small black terminal dots:
cilia dull purplish, apices whitish. Hindwings with termen
rounded; colour, posterior line, terminal dots, and cilia as fore-
wings.

Townsville and Brisbane, Q.; in May and March; two specimens.

CORGATHA DIPYRA, n.sp.

(J9 20 mm. Head ochreous-grey; face and palpi dull reddish.
Antenna; grey, near base reddish; in male simple, ciliated (1).
Thoi-ax ochreous-gre}', with metallic reflections. Abdomen brown,
mixed with dark fuscous. Legs pale ochreous ; anterior arid
middle femora and tibise fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa straight, apex acute, termen angulated on vein 3, slightly
concave above and below angle; reddish-purplish-grey; an inter-
rupted dark fuscous suffusion along costa, the scales having a
bluish-metallic lustre; a few similar metallic scales scattered in

114 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

disc; a fuscous discal spot beneath mid-costa ; a slender dentate
fuscous posterior line from costa at 4 to dorsum at §; termen with
a narrow dark fuscous suffusion except at angles: cilia reddish-
purple, with a white median line and rosy apices; these are
interrupted by dark fuscous at angles. Hindwings with termen
slightly rounded; colour and markings as forevvings, but posterior
line better marked and double, and a fine subterminal line.

Brisbane, Q.; in October and November; two specimens.

This species and the preceding are allied to Corgatha drosera^
Meyr.

Metachrostis epichroma, n.sp.

(J. 21 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark gvQy. Antenna?
fuscous; in male simple, minutel}- ciliated {\). Abdomen pale
ochreous, irrorated with grey. Legs grey, irrorated with whitish;
posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa very slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
rounded, oblique; grey, mixed towards base with whitish, towards
termen with pale brownish, markings dark fuscous; two fine wavy
parallel lines from costa at J to dorsum at \; a broad median
fascia, narrower towards costa, preceded by a minute discal dot,
its anterior edge straight, posterior edge angled in disc, towards
costa suffused; two fine parallel lines from costa at | obliquely
outwards, forming a rounded projection in disc, thence to dorsum
at f , preceded by a double discal dot; a fine crenate subterminal
line; a fine terminal line: cilia grey, with a few whitish scales.
Hindwings with termen slightly sinuate; deep yellow, with a
l)road dark fuscous terminal band; cilia fuscous.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen.

The forewings are very similarly marked to those of Metachrostis
punctigera, Wlk.

Metachrostis camptozona, n.sp.

^. 23 mm. Head brownish-gre}'. Palpi brownish-grey, irro-
rated with dark fuscous. Antennje dark fuscous, basal joint
whitish, purple-tinged. Thorax brownish-grey, apices of patagia
fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, mixed with whitish. Legs dark

BY A. JfiFFERlS TURNER. 115

fuscous, annulated with whitish ; posterior pair, except tarsi,
whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight,
termen rounded, oblique; brownish-grey, slightly purplish-tinged,
markings fuscous; a spot on costa near base, and another beneath
it on fold; a fine dentate line from \ costa to ^ dorsum, near
dorsum preceded by a similar parallel line; a broad median fascia
from costa before middle obliquely outwards, abruptly bent in
disc, and continued as three wavy parallel lines to dorsum beyond
middle; a dot on costa beyond middle, with another beneath it in
disc; a straight ochreous-brown shade preceded by a darker line
from costa at 4 to before tornus; a terminal deep brown shade,
and some dark fuscous terminal dots : cilia fuscous, mixed with
brownish-grey and whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded,
veins 3 and 4 connate; dark grey; cilia dark grey, barred with
whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen taken by Mr. R. lUidge.

]MlCRAESCHUS DIACAUSTUS, n.sp.

(J. 16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous-brown. Antenna3
fuscous; in male simple, minutely ciliated (J). Abdomen pale
reddish-brown. Legs brownish-fuscous, mixed with whitish, tarsi
dark fuscous, annulated with whitish. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen
moderately angled on vein 4, above angle concave, beneath
straight, pale reddish-brown; a paler spot on costa at J, from
which proceeds a fine dark dentate line to dorsum at J; a white
dark-edged dot in middle of disc; a second costal pale spot at |,
from which a dark line proceeds obliquely outwards, forming a
marked projection in disc, and continued as a dentate line to
dorsum at f ; a dark terminal line : cilia whitish-ochreous, inter-
rupted by fuscous-brown. Hindwings with termen rounded ;
ochreous-whitish, suffused with reddish-brown ; cilia whitish-
ochreous. On underside hindwings and margins of forewings are
suffused with dark fuscous.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen.

The type is not in the best condition.

116 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,
E U B L E M M A, Hb.

Veins 3 and 4 of the hind wing are frequently stalked in this
genus. There is also considerable variation in the scaling of the
palpi, and length of the terminal joint; but these differences do
not appear to call for generic subdivision.

EUBLEMMA GLAUCOCHKOA, n.sp.

(J, 19 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen whitish-gre}-.
Palpi rough-scaled, terminal joint short, reaching vertex.
Antennae gre}' : in male simple, ciliated (1). Legs whitish;
anterior and middle pairs irrorated with grey. Forewings elon-
gate-triangular, costa straight, apex rounded, termen rounded,
oblique: with a tuft of long scales on dorsal margin before middle;
pale grey, greenish-tinged, towards costa and termen sparsely
irrorated with dark fuscous; lines whitish; first from costa at ^
to dorsum at i, slightly outwardly curved: second from mid-costa
to mid dorsum with an obtuse median outward projection; third
from costa at f to dorsum at f with a prominent acute median
projection: cilia whitish, Hindwings with termen rounded;
veins 3 and 4 stalked; grey, towards base whitish; cilia whitish.

Townsville, Q.; in August; one specimen received from Mr. F.
P. Dodd.

EUBLEMMA SPHRAGIDOTA, n.Sp.

(J. 14 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish. Palpi
purplish-grey, terminal joint whitish; second joint with short
appressed scales, terminal joint short, obtuse, Imrely reaching
vertex. Antennae whitish; in male simple, ciliated (1). Legs
purplish-grey, irrorated, and tarsi annulated with white; posterior
pair white. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight,
apex round-pointed, termen rounded, oblique; \vhitish-grey; a
broad transverse reddish-brown fascia before middle, its anterior
edge narrowh' dark fuscous, wavy, its posterior edge angled out-
wardl}-; just at angle is a large oblong dark fuscous discal spot;
a fine wavy grey posterior line from costa at § to dorsum at f ,
near costa reddish-brown; a small reddish-brown mark inclosino-

BY A. JEPFERIS TURNER. 117

a whitish clot on costa before apex; a faint grey subterminal
shade: cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings with termen slightly
rounded; veins 3 and 4 stalked; whitish-grey, with traces of two
lines of deeper grey beyond middle; cilia whitish-grej'-.

Townsville, Q.; in October; one specimen received from Mr. F.
P. Dodd.

EUBLEMMA EURYNIPHA, n.sp.

(J. 18 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi fuscous; short,
porrect (?), second joint roughly scaled, terminal joint short,
obtuse. [Antennae broken.] Thorax fuscous. Abdomen whitish-
ochreous. Legs fuscous, annulated with whitish; posterior pair,
except tarsi, whitish-ochreous. Forewings narrow elongate-
triangular, costa straight, except close to base and apex, apex
tolerably pointed, termen straight, oblique; snow-white; costal
edge narrowly dark fuscous; a dark fuscous basal fascia limited
by a line from J costa to J dorsum; a dark fuscous subterminal
fascia, anterior edge wavy from 4 costa to 4 dorsum, posterior
edge touching termen only at tornus; termen white, with a series
of dark fuscous dots: cilia fuscous, mixed with whitish. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; veins 3 and 4 separate; whitish-
ochreous, with a broad grey terminal suffusion; cilia whitish-
ochreous.

The apparently porrect palpi may be accidental, as the head
of the type has been injured.

Birchip, Vic; in January, one specimen in Coll. Lyell.

EUBLEMMA RUFIPUNCTA, n.Sp.

(J. 10-14 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen grey. Palpi
with second joint rough-scaled, terminal joint minute, not reach-
ing vertex. Antennae ochreous-grey; in male simple, ciliated (2).
Legs grey ; posterior pair whitish-grey. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen
obliquely rounded; grey, sometimes purplish-tinged; with straight,
oblique darker lines, first from costa at J to dorsum at J, second
from mid-costa to dorsum at |, third from costa near apex to
tornus; the second line is interrupted at J from costa by a reddish

118 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

dot ; a fine terminal line : cilia purplish-grey, irrorated with
whitish. Hind wings with termen slightly rounded; veins 3 and
4 stalked; grey, a darker transverse line at J; a pale siibterminal
line from inner margin not reaching costa; cilia grey.

Townsville, Q.; in July and September; two specimens received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

EUBLEMMA LOZOSTROPHA, n.sp.

9. 12-13 mm. Head and palpi whitish-ochreous, vertex some-
times white; palpi short, not reaching vertex, second joint loosely
scaled. Antennae grey, towards base whitish-ochreous. Thorax
and abdomen ochreous-brown. Legs whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings elongate-triangular, costa nearl}^ straight ; apex round-
pointed, termen slightly rounded, oblique; reddish-brown; a
narrow inwardly oblique white fascia from mid-costa to dorsum
at f, followed by a broader grey suffusion: cilia white, mixed
with fuscous-brown. Hindwings with termen rounded; veins 3
and 4 stalked; grey; cilia grey.

Townsville, Q.; in May, July, and August; three specimens
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Z 0 p H 0 c H R o A, n.g.

Face rounded, with appressed scales. Palpi moderate, porrect;
second joint thickened with appressed scales; terminal joint short,
obtuse. Antennae in male with long double pectinations, apical
fifth simple. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a small basal
crest. Legs normal. Forewings with vein 2 from §, 3 from well
before angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, no areole. Hindwings with 5 some-
what approximated to 4 at base, S anastomosing with cell near
base.

Allied to Eublemma, Hb. Differing in the abdominal crest,
and pectinated antenna? of male.

ZOPHOCHROA LEUCOCHORPA, n.Sp.

^. 19-20 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi black. Antenme grey
in male with long pectinations (5). Abdomen dark grey, basal

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 119

crest black. Legs dark fuscous. Fore wings elongate-triangular,
costa straight, apex rounded, termen rounded, slightly oblique;
black; a white dot on fold above | dorsum; a finely waved con-
spicuous white line from costa beyond middle to dorsum at |;
three minute white dots on apical ^ of costa: cilia black. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey.

Townsville, Q ; in March, two specimens received from Mr. F.
P. Dodd.

ZOPHOCHROA AXTIIRACITIS, n.sp.

^. 15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax black. Antennae grey,
towards base blackish; pectinations in male moderate (2). Abdo-
men grey, basal crest black. Legs dark fuscous; posterior pair
grey, Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex
rounded, termen rounded, oblique; blackish-fuscous; an ochreous-
whitish spot with some black scales on fold at 4, representing a
basal line ; a transversely elongate black discal dot tending to
become double ; a fine dentate blackish line followed by an
ochreous-whitish line, obsolete near costa, from mid-costa obliquel}'
outwards, bent abruptly near costa, thence transverse, bent
inwards below mid-disc, and again to dorsum atf ; an interrupted
black terminal line: cilia blackish-fuscous. Hindwings with
termen rounded; dark grey; cilia dark grey.

Townsville, Q.; in March; one specimen received from Mr. F.
P. Dodd.

ZoPHOCHROA MELANICA, n.sp.

(J. 15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax black. Antennae grey.
Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous. Forewings triangu-
lar, costa straight, except close to base and aj)ex, apex round-
pointed, termen scarcely rounded, oblique; black; an ochreous-
whitish spot in disc at |^, second on dorsum at ^, and a third
above second: cilia black. Hindwings with termen rounded;
fuscous-grey; cilia fuscous-grey.

Townsville, Q.; in January; one specimen received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.

The terminal joints of palpi are less developed in this than in
the other two species of the genus.

120 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

Zagira polycesta, n.-sp.

(J. 26 mm. Head purple-reddish, mixed with whitish, face
whitish. Palpi ochreous- whitish, base of second joint externally
reddish; second joint rather loosely scaled towards apex, terminal
joint short, obtuse. Antennae ochreous-whitish ; in male with
short ciliations (h) and longer bristles (IJ). Thorax purple-grey,
anterior third whitish. Abdomen purple-grey, mixed with
whitish. Legs whitish ; anterior pair fuscous. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex acute, termen crenate,
rounded, oblique ; purple-grey, suffused with pale brownish-
ochreous; a broad whitish streak along costa nearly to apex; two
or three fuscous dots on costal edge in terminal part of streak;
lines slender, white, not crossing streak; first transverse, slightly
angled at i, followed by a white, dark-edged discal dot nearer
costa than dorsum; a small fuscous suffusion above centre of disc;
second line dentate from beneath costa at #, first outwardl}' then
inwardly curved to dorsum at |; beyond it is a whitish blotch
before tornus; a similar subterminal line parallel to termen; a
series of dark fuscous terminal dots: cilia whitish, mixed with
purple-grey. Hindwings with termen crenate, rounded; colour
and markings as forewings, but basal line and dot absent.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen taken by Mr. R. Illidge.

A X I 0 R a T a, n.g.

Face flat. Palpi recurved, ascending, not reaching or exceeding
vertex. Tongue well developed. AntenniB in male minutely
ciliated. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Forewings with
2 from |, 3 from angle, G from well below upper angle of cell,
7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, no areole. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4
stalked, o from middle of discocellulars, 6 and 7 stalked.

Besides the tj^pe described below this genus contains Acontht
tripartita, Butl., which is closely allied though with larger palpi.

Sir George Hampson referred these species to Hyela, Steph.,
but I do not think this can be maintained.

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 121

AXIORATA LEUCOZONA, 11. Sp.

f^^. 15-17 mm. Head brovvnish-ochreous, mixed with whitish.
Palpi brownish-ochreous; external surface of second joint fuscous.
Thorax dark fuscous; a posterior spot and apices of patagia'white.
Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior and
middle pairs mixed with fuscous. Fore wings elongate, posteriorly
dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen scarcely
rounded, slightly oblique; white, faintly ochreous-tinged, markings
dark fuscous; a triangular spot at base of costa; a broad central
transverse fascia, anterior edge nearly straight or slightly concave,
posterior edge straight, wavy; a broad terminal fascia, broadest
in middle of disc, where it forms an angular projection: cilia
dark fuscous. Hindwings with termen gently rounded, slightly
indented beneath apex; grey; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a grey
median line.

Townsville, Rockhampton, and Brisbane, Q.; from Januarj'' to
March; several specimens.

H I M E R 0 1 s, n.g.

Face flat. Palpi moderate, recurved, not reaching vertex, with
appressed scales ; terminal joint well developed, stout, obtuse.
Antenna? in male simple, minutely ciliated (j). Thorax and
abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs.
Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, no areole. Hindwings with
3, 4 connate, 5 from middle of discocellulars not curved towards
4 at base, 6, 7 connate, 8 connected with cell near base.

In structure this approaches Pachylepis, Feld., as described in
Hamson's ' Moths of India,' to which the type does not appear
related. Probably the structure of vein 5 of hindwing will prove
a sufficient distinction.

HlMEROIS THIOCHROA, n.sp.

,^. 14 mm. Head and thorax pale yellow. Palpi pale ochreous,
second joint dark fuscous on external surface, terminal joint with
a few dark fuscous scales on external surface. Antennae fuscous.
Abdomen grey, dorsum near base yellowish. Legs fuscous ;

•122 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

posterior pair, except tarsi, oclireous-whitish. Eorewings narrow
elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex round -pointed,
termen scarcely rounded, oblique; pale yellow; costal edge at
base blackish; a black dot in centre of disc; an interrupted black
terminal line : cilia dark fuscous, at apex and tornus yellowish.
Hind wings with termen rounded; grey, towards base paler; cilia
grey.

Townsville, Q.; in February; one specimen received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.

Anachrostis aphanta, n.sp.

^Q. 13-14 mm. Head, antennae, thorax, and abdomen brown-
whitish. Palpi brown-whitish, irrorated with fuscous; second
joint exceeding vertex, with long spreading hairs towards apex.
Legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slight^ rounded,
oblique; brown-whitish, with fuscous markings; a line from costa
at J angulated beneath costa obliquely inwards to dorsum at -J; a
large dot in mid-disc; a posterior line from costa at f, crenulate,
bent inwards in disc and continued to dorsum at |; a suffused
subterminal line; a row of terminal dots: cilia brown-whitish,
irrorated wdth fuscous. Hind wings with termen rounded; grey-
whitish; in male whitish-ochreous towards inner margin; cih'a
whitish, in male whitish-ochreous on inner margin.

Brisbane, Q.: two specimens.

Hypeninae.
Panilla cautophanes, n.sp.

9. 20 mm. Head brown. Palpi brown- whitish, base of second
joint dark fuscous ; second joint long, considerably exceeding-
vertex, with long appressed hairs, looser towards apex, terminal
joint well developed. Antennae fuscous. Thorax brown, mixed
with fuscous. Abdomen brown, mixed with fuscous and whitish,
Legs dark fuscous, annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed,
termen rounded, oblique, crenate; brown; a broad dark fuscous

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 123^^

basal fascia; two deeper brown outwardly ciun ed wav}' parallel
lines from costa before middle to mid-dorsum, enclosing a fuscous
dot near costa; a fine brown dentate line from costa at J obliqueh^
outwards forming a prominent acute projection in disc, thence
obliquely inwards to dorsum at |; a large triangular dark fuscous
blotch on costa from |^ to apex; a paler fuscous suffusion on mid-
termen; a finely dentate pale subterminal line crossing costal
blotch, less distinct in disc; a fuscous terminal line: cilia pale
brown, bases barred with fuscous. Hind wings with termen
rounded, crenate; colour and markings as forewings, but without
basal, costal, and terminal fuscous blotches; a fuscous spot above
tornus from which a dark subterminal line runs to costa; a large
crest of scales at end of cell.
Brisbane, Q.; one specimen.

E P I T R I PT A, n.g.

Face flat. Palpi long, obliquely ascending; second joint twice
breadth of eye, smooth-scaled; terminal joint more than one-half
second, slender, smooth, acute. Thorax and abdomen not crested.
Forewings with 7 from cell, 8, 9, 10 stalked, no areole. Hind-
wings with vein 3, 4 connate, 5 from near 4.-

Allied to Falcimala, Hmps., but veins 3 and 4 of hind wings
are not stalked, and 5 is approximated to them at base, and there-
is no abdominal crest. In neuration it agrees with Alelimma,
Hmps., but lacks the peculiar palpi.

Epitripta acosmopis, n.sp.

9. 23 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen gre\^ Palpi fuscous..
Antennae grey. Legs pale grey ; posterior pair, except tarsi,
whitish. Forewings narrow elongate-triangular, costa gentl}^
arched, apex rectangular, termen rounded, slightly oblique; grey,
markings dark fuscous; a line from costa near base to fold, pro-
duced to base along fold; an irregularl}' dentate line from i costa
to ^ dorsum; a fuscous median shade l^roadly interrupted in disc,
followed by a whitish discal dot; a posterior line from ;| costa
obliquely outwards, very line in disc, forming a rounded projec-

124 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

tion, very distinct near dorsum, ending at f ; a triangular l^lotcli
on costa before apex, succeeded by a whitish subterminal line; an
interrupted fuscous terminal line: cilia whitish, with a broad
fuscous median line. Hindwings with termen rounded, wavy;
pale grey; a darker terminal line; cilia pale grey.

P A D R O P H Y L L A, n.g.

Face flat. Palpi long, ascending, with closely appressed scales;
second joint reaching or exceeding vertex; terminal joint nearly
as long as second, stout, acute. Tongue present. Thorax and
abdomen without crests. Forewings with vein 7 from cell, 8, 9
stalked, 10 absent. Hindwings with veins 3, 4 stalked, 5 from
rather below centre of discocellulars, 6, 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing
with cell to middle. This genus probably corresponds to Section
ii., Division A, of the genus Catada, Wlk., in Hampson's 'Moths
of India,' and if so includes Catada prominent, Hmps.

Paurophylla aleuropasta, n.sp.

9. 14 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antenna? dark fuscous.
Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs fuscous-grey. Forewings narrow
elongate, posteriori}^ dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded,
termen rounded, scarcely oblique ; dark fuscous, sparsely and
irregularly irrorated with wdiite; a transversel}'^ elongate white
mark in disc beyond middle: cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings
with termen rounded; whitish-grey; cilia whitish-gre}^

Brisbane, Q.; in March, one specimen.

Nodaria ctenucha, n.sp.

(J. 19 mm. Head and thorax pale grey; forehead with a tuft
of hairs directed forwards. Palpi grey; very long; loosely scaled,
second joint four times breadth of eye, upper edge with a ridge
of loose hairs, terminal joint well developed, acute. Antennae
grey; in male with long fine pectinations (8), apical fifth simple.
Abdomen grey, apices of segments whitish. Legs grey. Fore-
wings elongate-triangular, apex round-pointed, termen rounded,
oblique; whitish-grey, irrorated with fuscous: a fuscous line from

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 125

^ costa to ^ dorsum, outwardly curved, a blackish discal dot
beneath mid-costa, transversely elongate and constricted in centre;
a wavy fuscous line from costa at 4 obliquely outwards, sharply
bent in disc, and thence inwardly oblique to dorsum at |; a
whitish oblique line preceded by a dark shade from apex to before
tornus: cilia whitish-grey, with two fine grey lines. Hindwings^
with termen rounded; whitish-grey; a fuscous dot or short line in
disc opposite i inner margin; a short white line preceded by a
darker shade from tornus, lost in disc; cilia as forewings.

Differs markedly from other members of the genus in the
structure of the male antennae.

Kuranda, Q.; in October, one specimen.

NODARIA ACKOSEMA, n.sp.

J$. 21-25 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey; fore-
head with a tuft of hairs directed forwards. Palj^i very long,
loosely scaled; second joint five times breadth of eye, with a ridge
of loose hairs on discal | of upper edge; terminal joint well
developed ; grey. Antennae grey ; in male slightly laminate,
evenly ciliated (1), with longer bristles (3). Legs ochreous-
whitish, irrorated with grey. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa straight to near apex, apex acute, termen slightly rounded,,
oblique; grey; traces of an anterior line; a faintly indicated discal
dot; a faint posterior line from costa at | obliquely outwards^
forming a rounded projection in disc, and ending in dorsum at |;
a dark fuscous spot at apex, preceded by a very short oblique
whitish mark, and that again by a fuscous dot on costa; a fine
dark fuscous terminal line: cilia grey, with a whitish basal line.
Hind wings with termen rounded; grey; a faintly darker line from
inner margin at |, and a faint pale line from tornus, both lost in
disc; terminal line and cilia as forewings.

Kuranda and Geraldton, Q. ; in October and November, three
specimens.

SiMPLICIA PHRICOZOXA, n.Sp.

(J 9. 34 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dark brown.
Palpi in male with terminal joint enlarged and thickened, extend-

126 NEW CEN'KRA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTKRA,

ing backwards to edge of collar, and bearing an expansive tuft of
hairs internall}''. Antennae of male with rather long even cilia-
tions (2), and longer bristles (4). Abdomen brownish. Legs
brownish, mixed with dark fnscous. Forewings triangular, costa
slightly arched, apex rounded, termen' rounded, slightly oblique;
brow^n, with dark fuscous lines; a line near base not reaching
dorsum; a dot on costa at J;; a thick wavy line from costa at ^ to
dorsum at 4; a tine acutely dentate line from costa before ^ to
mid-dorsum, edged posteriorly with brown-whitish; an irregularly
dentate submarginal line, thickened towards costa and dorsum,
edged posteriorly with brown-whitish; some dark fuscous scales
on termen: cilia brown-whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded ;
brownish-fuscous, suffused more or less with w^hitish ; cilia
w^hitish.

Brisbane, Q. ; one specimen taken by Mr. R. Illidge ; there is
a second in the Museum of the Agricultural Department.

TiPASA MACROBELA, n.sp.

9. 18 mm. Head, thorax, antenna?, and abdomen ochreous-
whitish. Palpi ochreous- whitish,, sparsely irrorated with fuscous;
porrect, nearly as long as aV)domen, second joint excessively long,
twelve times breadth of eye, rough-haired above and beneath,
terminal joint slender, acute. Thorax and abdomen without
■crests. Legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa moderately arched, apex acute, termen rounded, oblique;
ochreous-whitish, sparsely irrorated with fuscous; a whitish spot
containing two fuscous dots arranged transversely in mid-disc; a
short oblique fuscous streak at apex giving origin to a line of
fuscous dots to dorsum at t; an interrupted fuscous terminal line:
cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings rather broad, termen sinuate;
whitish: cilia whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen.

1 have also received from Mr. R. Illidge what is doul)tless the
male of this species. The antennae have very long, fine, slender
l)ipectinations. The forewings differ from the female type in

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 127

having a circular dark fuscous spot beyond middle, and the other
dark markings rather better developed.

Prolophota camptoloma, n.sp.

9. 20 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and abdomen ochreous
whitish, sparsely irrorated with fuscous. Palpi porrect, long;
second joint five times breadth of eye, rough ty haired above and
beneath ; terminal joint slender, acute. Antennie ochreous-
whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish, sparsely irrorated with fuscous.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearl}^ straight, but strongh^
bent before apex, apex acute, termen oblique, sigmoid, being
slightly concave beneath apex, and strongly bowed on vein 4;
ochreous-whitish, irrorated with fuscous; a brownish dot on costa
at :j, a fuscous dot at middle, and two or three minute fuscous
dots before apex; a brownish discal dot at ^, and a dark fuscous
dot above middle; a brownish line, first sigmoid, then wav}^ from
dorsum at J, obliquely outwards, ending beneath costa at -i: an
obscure dentate fuscous subterminal line; a row of dark fuscous
terminal dots: cilia ochreous-whitish, mixed with fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen wavy, slightly sigmoid ; svhitish, towards
tsrmen whitish-grey; a waved fuscous line from inner margin at
1^, not reaching costa; cilia whitish.

Brisbane, Q ; in August, one specimen.

S Y M M 0 L P I S, n.g

Forehead with a tuft of scales directed forwards. Palpi long,
second joint three times breadth of eye, terminal joint about half
second, acute; both second and terminal joints clothed with long
rough hairs above and beneath. Tongue present. Thorax and
abdomen not crested. Legs normal. Forewings with inner
margin strongly arched; vein 3 from before angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked,
10 connected by a bar with 8, 9 just behind 7. Hindwings with
3 from well before angle, well separated from 4, 5 approximated
to 4 at ba?e, but separate, 6 and 7 connate, 8 anastomosing with
cell to ^.

128 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

In neuration the type nearly approaches Orthozona, Hmps. (to
which Sir George Hampson referred it), but in the hairy third
joint of palpi and strongly arched dorsum of forewins: it resembles
Corcohaea, Moore.

Symmolpis hyporrhoda, n.sp.

^. 28 mm. Head and thorax pinkish-grey. Palpi pinkish-
grey, with a few dark fuscous scales. Antennae ochreous-whitish.
Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and
middle pairs tinged with pink. Forewings elongate-oval, costa
strongly arched, apex acute, termen rounded, strongly oblique,
dorsum strongly arched at base, pinkish-grey; a suffused dark
fuscous median streak from base to 4: cilia pinkish-grey. Hind-
wings with termen rounded ; ochreous-whitish, irrorated w4th
pinkish scales; cilia whitish. Underside of fore wing dull pink;
of hindwing as upper surface.

Stradbroke Island, Q.; in October, one specimen.

Marapana nycteropis, n.sp.

9. 28 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-grey. Palpi fuscous-
gre}^ apex of terminal joint ochreous-whitish ; long, porrect,
second joint three times breadth of eye, clothed with loose hairs
above, terminal joint J second, stout, tolerably pointed. Antennae
fuscous. Abdomen dark grey. Legs dark fuscous; tarsi annu-
lated with white. Forewings elonojate-triangular, costa modera-
tely arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; dark fuscous,
glossy in oblique light; a whitish dot beneath J costa, and an
outwardly curved dark median shade are just perceptible: cilia
dark fuscous. Hind wings with termen angled on vein 4, thence
straight to tornus; colour as forewings; traces of a fine dark
median line; cilia as forewings.

Brisbane, Q.; in January, one specimen.

L o p H o T o M A, n.g.

Face with projecting cone of scales. Palpi moderate, ascending,
but slightly exceeding vertex; second joint with appressed scales:

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 129

terminal joint moderate, stout, tolerably pointed. Tongue well
developed. Antennae in male simple or laminate, ciliated, with
a pair of bristles on each joint. Thorax with a prominent
anterior and a prominent posterior crest. Abdomen not crested.
Legs normal. Forewings with vein 2 from -|, 3 from near angle,
6 from well below upper angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connected by
a bar with 8, 9 opposite 7. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 5
approximated to 4 at base, 6 and 7 connate, 8 anastomosing with
cell to 1-.

Distinguished by the doubly crested thorax.

LOPHOTOMA DIAGRAPHA, n.sp.

Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi ochreous-whitish, mixed with
fuscous. Antennye fuscous ; in male shortly laminate, except
near apex, shortly ciliated (1) with longer bristles (2). Abdomen
whitish-grey. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair fuscous.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa rather strongly arched, apex
pointed, termen bowed on vein 3, oblique ; fuscous, markings
whitish; a broad streak from base along fold, becoming lost in
disc; several streaks along veins from end of cell; a narrow
oblique blackish discal dot beneath mid-costa; three whitish dots
on terminal third of costa; a well marked oblique line from costa
just before apex nearly to dorsum at |; an inwardly oblique
whitish apical shade; a row of dark fuscous dots succeeded by a
whitish line immediately before termen; terminal edge fuscous :
cilia fuscous, with a whitish basal line. Hindwings with termen
rounded; whitish, suffused with fuscous: a fine fuscous terminal
line preceded by an indistinct subterminal line; cilia whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; in May, one specimen.

LOPHOTOMA METABULA, n.sp.

(^2- 2S-37 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, antennae, and abdomen
ochreous-grey. Antennae in male ciliated (1) with longer bristles
(2). Legs ochreous-grey; anterior pair mixed with dark fuscous.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex pointed,
termen nearly straight, slightly oblique ; ochreous-grey ; with
9

130 NKW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

fuscous or brownish lines, often almost obsolete; a transverse
twice-dentate line from | costa to J dorsum; two discal dots, one
in mid-disc, the other between this and costa; these are sometimes
combined in one large dot; an oblique line from costa before apex
to mid-dorsum, sometimes followed by an interrupted parallel
line; a series of dark fuscous terminal dots: cilia ochreous- or
brownish-grey. Hind wings with termen rounded ; grey or
ochreous-grey, towards base paler: cilia ochreous-whitish.

Kuranda (in October), Gympie, and Brisbane, Q.; four speci-
mens.

Very variable in intensity of markings.

ESTHLODORA, n.g.

Face flat, forehead with loose projecting scales. Palpi long,
obliquely ascending; second joint exceeding apex, with appressed
scales, except on posterior edge which is clothed with long hairs;
terminal joint half second, stout, clothed with appressed scales,
except apex, which is naked and tolerably pointed. Antennae in
male shortly ciliated (J). Thorax and abdomen not crested.
Leo"s normal. Forewings with vein 2 from y, 3 from well before
angle widely separate from 3, 3 from angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10
connected by a bar with 8, 9 just beyond 7 to form an areole.
Hindwings deeply excavated at tornus; with 3, 4 connate. 5 from
rather below middle of cell, 6, 7 connate, 8 anastomosing with
cell near base.

ESTHLODORA VERSICOLOR, n.Sp.

(J^. 17-18 mm. Head, thorax, and antennas whitish-grey.
Palpi ochreous-grey. Abdomen ochreous-grey, towards base
whitish-grey. Leg^ purple-grey ; anterior pair irrorated with
dark fuscous; tarsi dark fuscous, annulated with white. Fore-
wings elongate-triangular, costa slightly concave, apex round -
pointed, termen sinuate, oblique ; ochreous-grey, basal third
whitish-grey; black dots on costa near base and at 1; from second
dot a faint ontwardly curved line proceeds to near base of dorsum,
a fine line separating ground-colours from costa at |, outwardly

BY A. JEFFRRIS TURNKR. 131

oblique, angled near costa and continued to dorsum at 4; two
minute black dots placed transversely just beyond angle of this
line; a tine angulated fuscous line followed by a whitish line from
§ costa to f dorsum; a similar sul)terminal line preceded by a
whitish line; an interrupted fuscous terminal line : cilia ochreous-
grey. Hindwings with termen rounded, deeply excavated at
tornus; colour as fore wings, but whitish-gre}'- towards costa;
markings as forewings, but median line not angulated, discal dot
single, posterior lines partly obsolete; cilia as forewings, but on
excavation purple-red. with apices whifcish-ochreous. at each angle
of excavation apices dark fuscous.

Var. A. Forewings with posterior area pinkish-ochreous, median
line broadl}^ dark fuscous, discal dots conspicuous, posterior lines
obsolete. Hindwings pinkish-ochreous, towards base on costa
whitish, a dark fuscous suffusion near tornus.

Brisbane, Q. ; in February ; three specimens, a pair of the
normal form and one female of the variety.

Probably this species will have many colour-varieties.

T H E L X I N 0 A, n.g.

Face Hat. Palpi moderate, recurved, not reaching vertex;
second joint rather loosely scaled ; terminal joint truncate.
Tongue present. Antennae in male slightly serrate towards apex.
Thorax and abdomen not crested. Legs normal. Forewings with
vein 2 from |, 3, 4 stalked from angle, 7, 8, 10, 11 stalked, 9
absent. Hindwings with 3, 1 stalked, 5 from near middle of cell,
6, 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell near base.

Allied to Arcteopteron, Hmps., which, however, has all veins
present in forewing, and vein 7 arising from cell. Type T.
ejnphracta.

Besides the three species described below there is a fourth,
which Sir G. Hampson has identified as canescens, Wlk. ( ^Jlavil-
lalis, Wlk.).

132 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

1. Fore and hindwitigs white 2.

Fore and hindwings grey 3.

2. Abdomen with a reddish-brown band; face white calliscia

Abdomen without a reddish-brown band; face fuscous epiphracta

3. Forewings with ochreous markings on costa. hindwings

moderately broad lyleurotypa

Forewings without ochreous markings on costa, hindwings

narrow canescem

THELXINOA EPIPHRACTA, 11. sp.

(J. 11-1 J: mm. Head and thorax white; face fuscous. Palpi
dark fuscous; internal surface of second joint whitish. Antennae
whitish-grey, towards base white. Abdomen whitish, towards
apex irrorated with dark fuscous; a pale ochreous spot on each
side of first segment. Legs whitish; anterior pair dark fuscous
on dorsal sui-face. Forewings narrow elongate-triangular, costa
gently arched, apex rounded, termen ronnded, oblique; white,
markings dark fuscous and ochreous-fuscons; a dot on costa near
base and another at i, from which ochreous-fuscous lines proceed
to dorsum near base and at 4; a dot on costa before middle
separated b}^ an ochreous spot from a large dark fuscous spot in
disc, containing an incomplete whitish circle: a slightly waved
interrupted line from 'i costa forming an oblong projection in
disc, and bent inwards to dorsum at |; between bend and tornus
is a fuscous suffusion; a faintly marked acutely dentate line from
costa at 4 to tornus; a subapical fuscous suffusion; a broad dark
fuscous terminal line interrupted by ochreous on veins: cilia
whitish, mixed with fuscous. Hindwings with termen slightly
rounded; white: a few fuscous scales near base; a conspicuous
dark fuscous dot in disc at 4; connected by a suffused line with
inner margin; wav}^ fuscous posterior and subterminal lines;
subapical blotch, terminal line, and cilia as forewings.

Brisbane, Q.; four specimens.

The species of this and the following genus have the habit of
resting with the wings widely outspread on tree-trunks and fences,
resembling small species of Geometridje.

BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 133

Thelxinoa calliscia, n.sp.

(J. 1 1 mm. Head, thorax, and antennae white. Palpi white,
base of second joint dark fuscous. Abdomen white, irrorated
with dark fuscous; basal joint white; second joint reddish-brown;
third joint whitish, mixed with reddish-brown ; tuft whitish.
Legs whitish; dorsal surface of anterior pair dark fuscous. Fore-
wings narrow elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed; termen rounded, very oblique; white, markings
pale fuscous, mixed with darker fuscous; a dot on costa at i, from
which a pale waved line proceeds to dorsum at -J; a black dot on
costa at ^ also giving rise to a pale waved transverse line; a line
closely approximated to this posteriorly, tirst bent outwards to
form an obtuse projection in disc, then inwards to dorsum at ^;
a pale suffused line from costa at f to near tornus; a fuscous
suffusion at tornus, and another above mid-termen ; a row of
fuscous dots on termen: cilia grey, at apex white. Hindwings
with termen nearly straight; white ; a suffused basal fuscous
fascia; a similar fascia before middle, succeeded by a narrow
waved black line; a subterminal fuscous sufi'usion; cilia whitish-
grey.

Brisbane, Q.; one specimen received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Thelxinoa pleurotypa, n.sp.

9. 10-11 mm. Head white; face dark grey. Palpi dark
fuscous, internal surface whitish-grey. Antennae whitish-grey,
towards base white. Abdomen whitish-grey, towards apex dark
grey. Legs whitish, mixed with fuscous. Forewings narrow
elongate-oval, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen
rounded, oblique; whitish-grey; costal edge ochreous in basal
half; a dark fuscous dot on costa near base, and another at J;
from the latter a faint ochreous line proceeds to dorsum at ^; a
short dark fuscous streak on costa before middle, bordered beneath
with ochreous; beneath this is a dark fuscous discal dot; a fine
grey median transverse line, sometimes obsolete ; a grey sub-
terminal suffusion; a series of dark fuscous terminal dots: cilia

134 NEW GENE K A AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA,

grey, with a few dark fuscous scales. Hind wings with termen
sHghtly sigmoid; whitish-grey; an obHque grey line from beyond
middle of inner margin towards costa at J; terminal dots and
cilia as forewings.

Cairns and Townsville, Q.; in June and February, two speci-
mens.

B R Y o M I 3M A, n.g.

Face flat. Palpi moderate, recurved, rather short, not reaching
vertex; second joint rather loosely scaled; terminal joint short,
truncate. Tongue present. Antenna? in male simple, minutely
ciliated (i). Thorax and abdomen not crested. Legs normal.
Forewings with vein 2 from 4, 3 from near angle separate from 4,
7, 8, 10 stalked, 9 absent, 11 from cell. Hindw^ngs with 3, 4
connate, 5 from below middle of cell, 6, 7 connate, 8 anastomo&ing
with cell near base.

Certainly allied to the preceding, though the neuration is
different.

Bryomima el.eodes, n.sp.

^. 12-13 mm. Head and thorax whitish, irrorated with
greenish. Palpi and antennse fuscous. Abdomen dark grey ;
first two segments whitish, irrorated with greenish; third segment
reddish-ochreous. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous. Fore-
wings narrow elongate- triangular, costa scarcel}" arched, apex
rounded, termen scarcely rounded, oblique; whitish, mixed with
ofreenish, with a few scattered black scales ; five or six short
blackish linear marks on costal edge, bounded beneath b}^ ochreous;
two inwardly oblique greenish lines near base; a squarish suffused
black discal spot, from which two greenish lines, irrorated with
black, proceed to dorsum; three suffused and blotched posterior
greenish lines: cilia grey. Hindwings with termen slightly
rounded, colour and markings as forewings, but without discal
spot.

Brisbane, Q.; four specimens receixed from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Best distinguished from the following by the absence of black
lines across hindwings. It is also of larger size, and the reddish-

BY A. JEFFEUIS TURNKR. 135

ochreoiis band on abdomen appears constant, as also do the
ochreous markings near costa of forewings. Both are absent in
a series of B. ochrochlora.

BUYOMIMA OCHROCHLORA, n.sp.

(J9. 10-11 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish, more or
less mixed with greenish. Palpi blackish-fuscous, apices ochreous-
whitish. Antenucie grey, bases whitish. Legs whitish ; dorsal
surface of anterior and middle pairs dark fuscous. Forewings
narrow elongate-triangular, costa straight, except towards apex,
apex rounded, termen slightly rounded, oblique; whitish, more or
less mixed with greenish, lines black; a short dentate line from
costa at J to dorsum near base, often obsolete towards dorsum, a
suffused blackish discal spot; a line from mid-costa very obliquely
outwards, bent at right angles beneath costa so as to form a long-
oblong projection with rounded angles, and then continued to mid-
dorsum; a strongly angled whitish subterminal line, often obsolete:
cilia grey, mixed with whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded;
colour as forewings; two parallel approximated transverse black
lines before middle, slightl}'- angled in disc; cilia as forewings.

Var. A. With a broad dark fuscous fascia before middle of
forewings, including first line and discal spot.

Brisbane, Q.; from December to February; ten specimens.

Hyblaeinse.

HYBLiEA IBIDIAS, n.Sp.

(J. 34 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-brown. Palpi purple-
fuscous, basal half of lower surface whitish. AntenntB ochreous-
brown. Abdomen dull ochreous, beneath reddish. Legs pale
red ; anterior coxye and femora whitish, with ochreous hairs ;
tarsi dark fuscous, irrorated with whitish. Forewinsfs elonaate-
triangular, costa slighly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen
angled on vein 3, above angle straight, beneath slightly excavated
to tornus, dorsum strongly curved near base; ochreous-brown, in
some lights purplish-tinged; a few black scales on veins near apex:
cilia brownish-ochreous. Hindwings with termen rounded; bright

136 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA.

crimson; termen near apex ochreous-tinged; a few fuscous scales
at end of cell; three or four subterminal fuscous dots opposite
mid-termen; cilia brownish-ochreous, a fuscous dot at apex, at
tornus crimson, on inner margin whitish.

Brisbane, Q.; in March; one specimen at light (Central Rail-
way Station).

The bright crimson hindwings make this an exceptionally
distinct and brilliant species.

HyBL^A SYN.EMA, n.Sp.

Differs from Hyhlcea puera, Cram., as follows : — Size smaller,
26-30 mm. (as against 33-40 mm. in ^:>we?Yt). Antennae of male
slightly thickened, and with slightly projecting scales on upper
surface (in puern they are quite smooth). Forewings narrowei-;
markings brighter and clearer; usually with a conspicuous black
discal dot ; an outwardly curved oblique whitish fascia from
dorsum at ^, narrowing to a point at mid-disc; the oblique sub-
apical line preceded by a whitish suffusion. Hindwings with
spots yellowish, not or only slightly tinged with red.

I owe the discrimination of this species to Mr. F. P. Dodd,
who has bred both it and puera from the larvae. H. synoima is
extremely constant in the markings of the forewings; in puera
these vary much, but never have the whitish markings so well
developed. On comparing a long series of both species their
distinctness is evident, and if any doubt remained the structural
difference in the male antennae (though slight) w^ould be sufficient
to remove it. H. puera very frequently goes greasy; synoima does
not

Townsville, Q. ; in January and February; a series received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

The larvae of syncenia were found on Tecoma australis, and
were, I am informed, much darker on the dorsal surface than
those of puera which were found on Vitex trifolia.

137

AN ASCOBACTERIUM FROM THE SUGAR-CANE,

WITH NOTES UPON THE NATURE

OF THE SLIME

(Bacterium sacchari, n.sp.)

By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the

Society.

(Plate vi.)

During an investigation into the gummosis of the sugar-cane
an organism was met with great frequency ; in fact, so often was
it found that I cannot but regard it as a normal inhabitant of
the cane. In nine cases out of ten it was found in tubes of media
inoculated in the fields from the gum of diseased plants, and also
from the juice of healthy stalks. It was also separated in the
laboratory from the tissue of gummed Rappoe, and of healthy
Malabar and Tanna canes. The organism was peculiar, inasmuch
as under certain conditions it formed asci, which are well defined
masses of capsulated bacteria. The conditions under which these
were produced included growth upon a solid medium and the
presence of a sugar.

The asci were occasionally formed in fluid media, but only when
the layer of fluid was shallow, and the bacteria grew as a ring-
around the junction of the surface with the glass. The solid
medium which was most suited to the growth of the bacterium,
and for the formation of asci was cane gelatine, which is prepared
by dissolving 10 per cent, of gelatine in cane juice, or in strong-
diffusion liquor, and neutralising the medium to phenolphthalein
with dilute potassium hydrate.

138 AN ASCOBACTERIUM FROM THE SUGAR-CANE,

The bacterium was grown in the presence of various sugars,
and it was found that either dextrose, levulose maltose, or saccha-
rose would serve equally well as a source from which the asci
could be formed. Starch and lactose were useless for this purpose.
In the presence of a suitable sugar, salts such as calcium chloride,
magnesium sulphate, did not show any advantage over potassium
phosphate in accelerating the growth in gelatine media.

There are many races of the bacterium, and these may be
classified into two groups. The bacteria of one of the groups
form a pale yellow growth on gelatine and agar media; they
liquefy gelatine slowly, and produce many asci. The organisms
of the other group are deep yellow on agar and gelatine; they
liquefy gelatine quickl}^, and produce few asci. The gummy
substance of the asci from both groups is identical. On continued
cultivation in the laborator}^, the ^''ellow rapidly liquefying races
become paler yellow or cream-coloured, and, losing the greater
part of their liquefying power, they become identical with the first
or normal type whose specific characters are given at the end of
this paper.

When the growth was scraped from the surface of saccharose-
agar and heated with water, a slimy emulsion, like unbeaten
white of egg, was obtained; and as I was at that time searching
for the gummosis bacterium, this organism seemed to be very
promising. But as the slime had to be tested chemically, and its
relation to the gum of the sugar-cane investigated, a considerable
quantity of the culture with the accompanying asci was necessary.
To obtain a sufficiency of material the bacteria were sown upon
the surface of a neutral medium contained in large covered
vessels. The medium contained peptone 10, saccharose 100,
sodium phosphate 2, potassium chloride 5, agar 20, and tap-water
1,000 grms. In about a week at 30° the growth seemed to have
reached a maximum, and after soaking in water for about a
quarter of an hour the culture, which had become considerably
swollen, was easily separated from the agar.

The swollen emulsion was of a deep yellow colour, and had the
consistency of unbeaten white of egg. Numerous attempts were

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 139

made to break up the asci and obtain a solution of the slimj'^
material. The most successful method was found to consist in
heating the emulsion in the autoclave up to three atmospheres
pressure. With this treatment the emulsion separated into a
viscous solution and a yellow sediment. The slightly opalescent
viscous solution was clarified by using small quantities of alu-
minium hydrate, care being taken to avoid an excess of the
hydrate, which coagulated the gummy material of the solution.

The clear solution was viscous, but readily passed through filter
paper. On the addition of alcohol a voluminous white curd}^
precipitate was thrown down This readily swelled up in water
to form a clear gelatinous unfilterable emulsion. On standing for
some weeks the sterilised and clear emulsion became slighth^
turbid, a light flocculent portion separating out, leaving a filterable
solution. From this behaviour it would appear that treatment
with alcohol alters the outside surface of the lloccules to an
insoluble modification, so that on subsequent treatment with
water each particle of dissolved slime is enclosed in a thin mem-
brane. The addition of alcohol to the gelatinous solution again
gave a curdy precipitate, but on repeating the precipitation
several times a stage was reached when the addition of alcohol
produced no precipitate, and formed an opalescent solution.
However, on adding traces of salts — such as common salt — the
curdy precipitate was again formed. The aqueous solution was
tested with a number of reagents, and the reactions obtained are
as follows : —

EkACTIONS of the mucilaginous slime of the ASCI.

Lead acetate... ... ... ... opalescence; opaque solution on heating

Basic lead acetate ... .. ... precipitate

Ammoniacal lead acetate ... ... precipitate

Barium hydrate ... .. . . no precipitate

Calcium hydrate ... ... ... precipitate

Copper sulphate no precipitate

Ferric chloride ... ... ... no ppt. followed by ammonia gave no

ppt. of Fe (OH).

Hydrochloric acid, dil opalescence

Alcohol ... ... ... ... curdy precipitate in presence of salts

l-tO AN ASCOBACTERIUM FROM THE SUGAK-CANE,

Aluminium hydrate . coagulation

Acetic acid, dil. ... ... ... no precipitate

,, ,, glacial... ... ... precipitate

Acid mercuric nitrate ... ... ppt. soluble in excess; ppt, reddens on

heating
Xanthoproteic reaction ... ... positive

Sulphuric & phosphotungstic acids precipitate
Acetic and tannic acids .. ... opalescence

Acetic acid and pot. ferrocyanide... strong opalescence
Hydrochloric acid and pot. mercuric

iodide opalescence

Sodium hydrate & copper sulphate purplish colour with slight precipitate
Strong mineral acids ... .. reddish-brown colour on heating

No reaction with KI3, AgNOs, KOH, NaOH, BaCl*. picric acid.

These reactions indicate that the gummy matter which forms
the substance of the asci has relations with the carbohydrates as
well as the proteids, and at first sight might be taken as being a
mucin body. The slimy capsule of some bacteria has been said
to consist of a substance *' related to mucin, or probably identical
therewith."*

Lepierref claims to have obtained a true mucin from cultures
of a fluorescent bacterium. Charrin and Desgrez; obtained a
mucinous body from bouillon cultures of Bact. pyocyaneum. This
body swelled up with water, and was filterable. It was precipi-
tated by alcohol, acetic acid, the mineral acids, common salt and
magnesium sulphate. The acetic acid precipitate was insoluble
in excess, but was dissolved by dilute alkalies. According to the
authors, these properties showed it to be a compound mucinoid,
but as it contained phosphoric acid it was probably accompanied
by a nucleoproteid. A nitrogen determination was apparently
not made.

Although the gummy substance of the asci forms a viscous
solution, and behaves like mucin in some of its reactions, still
<lifferences can be found. The mucins are soluble in lime and

* Lafar. Technical Mycology, 189S, 40.

t Lepierre, Comptes Kendus, 1898 (126), 761.

+ Charrin and Desgrez, ibid, 596.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 141

baryta waters; this is insoluble in lime water. The colour re-
actions of the albumens, which are generally decided in the case
of the included mucins, are not so with this substance. Finally,
the nitrogen percentage shows that it is neither a mucin nor an
allied substance.

In the estimation of the nitrogen the clear aqueous solution
was precipitated with alcohol and redissolved in water several
times until an opalescent alcoholic solution was obtained. This
was divided into two parts, one of which was precipitated with
common salt, the other with barium chloride. The precipitates
were then washed with alcohol and dried until they ceased to
lose weight. Portions were taken for the ash determination and
for the nitrogen, which was estimated by the Kjeldahl process,,
due allowance being made for the nitrogen in the sulphuric acid,,
etc., by check tests with pure saccharose.

Portion precipitated by common salt : —

0-1542 grm. gave 0-0128 grm. ash = 8-30%.

The ash consisted of carbonate, phosphate, sulphate,

and chloride of soda.
0-2164 grm. required 0-5 c.c. ^/o acid to neutralise the

ammonia .-1-76% nitrogen in the ash-free substance.
Portion precipitated b}' barium chloride : —

0-1054 grm. gave 0*0184 grm. ash= 17*47%.

The ash consisted of carbonate, phosphate, sulphate,

and chloride of barium.
0-1820 grm. required 0-25 c.c. ^/.^ acid to neutralise the

ammonia = 1"16% nitrogen in ash-free substance.

The amount of dry gum in the cultures is very small — a ver}^
viscous solution contains very little solid gum, and on this account
only a small quantity was available for the determination. But
although these results differ from one another, still they are
sufficient to show that the nitrogen in the dry and ash-free slime
is less than 2%. This indicates that it is far removed from mucin,
which contains about 12%, from pseudomucin with about 10%,
and from colloid with about 7%. The presence of phosphoric acid

142 AN ASCOBACTERIUM FROM THE SUGAR-CANE,

in the ash has no signiticance because the culture media contained
0*2% of sodium phosphate. On the whole the albuminoid re-
actions are rather undecided; the two which were undoubtedly
obtained were the xanthoproteic and the phosphotungstic; but
these tests alone do not give an}^ definite information regarding
the nature of the slime.

If the slime were originally pectose, the method of separating
it from bacteria by heating under pressure would have converted
it to pectin, which gives a precipitate on the addition of barium
hydrate; and as the purified slime does not precipitate with
barium hydrate, it is evident that it cannot be pectose. Nor
can it be any of the pectin bodies. That the slime contains
a pentosan is shown by the production of furfural on dis-
tillation with hydrochloric acid, sp.g. 1*16, and also on careful
heating with strong sulphuric acid. On hydrolysis, with
dilute sulphuric acid at three atmospheres pressure, a reducing
substance is formed. This, upon prolonged heating on the water
bath with phenylh3^drazine, gives an osazone consisting of balls of
short needle-shaped crystals, which, when recrystallised, have a
melting point of 153° C. The product of acid hydrolysis is pro-
bably a pentose, and appears to be similar to that obtained b}^
Bendix* on hydrolysing tubercle and other bacteria. The pentose
from tubercle bacteria reduced Fehling's solution, and formed an
osazone which melted at 153°- 155°.

The formation of a pentose shows that the bacterial slime is
related to the vegetable gums.

Bacterium sacchari, n.sp.

Shape, etc.—Ps. short rod, co^i-like, with rounded ends measures
0*6:l-2/M, and occurs singly in pairs and threads. On solid media
•containing sugar, and sometimes on the surface of fiuid sugary
media, it forms asci. The rods are motile, and the flagella when
stained by the night-blue method were seen to vary from one
(terminal) to nine (peritricial). With the blues the cells stain

* Bendix, Jour. Chem. Soc. 1901, Abs. ii. 'J06.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 143

feebly; fuchsin, and especially violet, stain well. Staining l)y
Gram's method is negative. No spores are formed.

Kelation to oxygen, etc. — The bacterium does not grow anaero-
bically, and the optimum temperature is 28° C.

;^% glucose-gelatine ■plate.- — The colonies are white glistening,
slightly raised and irregular. When magnified they are seen to
have a dark clouded, convoluted or areolate centre, and a finely
granular margin, w^ith a crenate structure near the smooth edge.

Nutrient gelatine plate. — Whitish or cream-coloured, round,
raised, glistening colonies. When magnified the surface colonies
are finely granular, the subsurface colonies are coarsely granular,
and the deep colonies are rounded and opaque.

Nutrient agar plate. — The colonies vary in colour from dirty
white to buff-white; they are rounded, flat and glistening; the
centre becomes depressed. When magnified the rounded colonies
are fineh'' granular, with large granules distributed chiefly
round tlie centre. The older surface colonies are coarsely granular,
with a puckered or wrinkled centre. In crowded plates the small,
round, coarsely granular colonies maytiave a marginal ring (halo).
The deep colonies are rounded or lenticular with large coarse
granules.

Nutrient agar stroke. — The growth is cream-coloured at 37°,
yellowish-white at 22°, slightly raised, glistening, and has a
lobular margin. The condensed water carries a slight film.

Neutral cane-agar stroke. — A luxuriant, almost transparent,
yellowish-white, raised, spreading growth is formed. It has a
gelatinous consistency, and the condensed water is slightly viscous.

Neutral cane-gelatine stroke. — An ivory-white or yellowish-white
glistening, irregularly raised growth, with an irrregular serrated
margin, and gummy or gelatinous consistency is produced. The
culture slowly gravitates, and forms a thick gummy mass at the
base of the slope. Sometimes there is no apparent liquefaction
of the medium until the gravitated gummy mass is removed and
a pit revealed ; at other times the site of the stroke l^ecomes
furrowed by a partial liquefaction of the medium.

144 AN ASCOBACTERIUM FROM THE SUGAH-CANE,

Nculral cane-gelatine stab. — The needle track shows a filiform
i^rowth, with a hemispherical yellowish nail-head. Neither in
this nor in a glucose-gelatine shake were gas bubbles produced.

Nutrient gelatine stab. — The growth is filiform, with a thin,
flat, white, glistening and spreading nail-head. The nail-head is
depressed, but there is no sign of liquefaction within a week with
the normal races. After the seventh day the gelatine beneath
the nail head either appears consumed or shows a slight crateri-
form liquefaction.

Potato. — The growth is thin, dry, deep yellow, flat and glisten-
ing.

Carrot and turnip. — A slimy, translucent, whitish growth
rapidly spreads over the surface.

Sugar-cane. —A yellow, glistening, gummy growth spreads over
the surface, and growing down the vessels exudes at the lower
ends as raised globules similar in appearance to the exuded gum
of gummy cane.

Siveet ivort. — The growth is luxuriant.

Bouillon. — The medium becomes turbid, and forms a film and
sediment. A faint indol reaction is sometimes obtained.

Nitrate bouillon. —Nitrate is reduced to nitrite.

Milk. — The medium is coagulated about the tenth da}' at
28^ C, and the reaction is faintly acid.

The ascobacteria which have been described are few in number.
Bact. luteum (List.), Adametz,* is non-motile, and produces asci
in the absence of sugar. The colour of the gelatine cultures is
decidedly yellow, and it does not appear to liquefy gelatine.
Bac citreus, Xlnna,"^ gro\\'s ver}^ slowl}'- in gelatine, and produces
asci in sugar-free media. Ascobacillus aqitatilis, Moreno,! is
stained b}- Gram's method, and grows quickly at 37°. Like the
others the asci are formed in sugar-free media. Since this
organism forms asci only in the presence of sugar, and otherwise
differs from the bacteria hitherto described, I have named it
Bacte^num sacchari.

* Migula, System der Bakt. 1900.
t Moreno, Cent. f. Bakt. 1 Abt. 80, 111.

P.L.S.N.S.W., 1 902

^ /^dc;^fCi^

AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA.

P.L.S.N.S.W., 1902.

C./%<:;i^^ a^

AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA.

^ /¥c<^^ a^

AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA.

P.L.S.N.S.W.. 1902.

1 ..

t.

!-d

.i.lr'^-^i

i

1

^

^

L

«: 'i

1% „ 1

BACTERIUM VASCULARUM.

P.L.S.N.S.W., 1902.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

.BACTERIUM VASCULARUM, Cohh (x'/|

P L.S.N. SW., 1902

UCTERI'JM A3C0FCRMANS SACCMARI.

PLSN.SW. 1902

PI VII.

IV AH. del

GYROCOTVLE.

BY R. GREIG SMITH.

145

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE.

-Balsam film from growth upon cane-gelatine. The asci are shrunken
by the dehydration. The cellular structure of some of the asci can
be made out from the ascus, which is slightly out of focus, at the
bottom left-hand corner. Stained with dilute carbol fuchsin, and
washed with alcohol, x 1000.

-Flagella stained by the night-blue method, x 1000.

10

146

PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE
QUEENSLAND COAST WITH REFERENCES TO
THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE QUEENSLAND AND
N.S. WALES PLATEAU.

By E. C. Andrews, B.A.

SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS.

A. — Introduction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... p. 14(i

B. — Physiography p. 148

1. General Appearance of Coast from Tweed Heads to Cairns.

2. Coastal Plains.

3. The Continental Shelf.

4. Islands.

General appearance and structure. — Stradbroke, Moreton, Frazer,
Curtis, Gloucester, The Palms, Hinchinbrook, Goold, Dunk,
The Barnards, Fitzroy, and Green Island.

5. Marine Erosion.

C. — Elevation p. 164

D. — Petrological Notes on some Queensl.\nd Rocks p. 167

E. — Summary AND Conclusion p. 173

Introduction.

Rock composition, geologic structure, coastal movements, and
the agents of denudation are the codepcndent criteria of any
theory as to the origin of present land forms.

Of late years the study of the topographical features of a
country as illustrating its geological histor}' has received much
attention.

The evolution of mature river systems from plateaux of accu-
mulation and erosion ; the appearances of land forms in gently

BY E. C. ANDREWS. ' 147

sloping and steeply inclined strata and the influences of subsi-
dence, elevation and marine erosion in the formation of coast
lines are clearly brought out by this branch of geological research.

The advantage of grasping the meaning of the more important
scenic features of a locality is that a cursory visit to the place
will often suffice to make clear the leading points in its history.

For instance, a mere cruise along the coast is sufficient to note
" the regular and rhythmical curves "* which mark the effect of
long -continued marine erosion; the multitude of islands surround-
ing an irregular coast which speak of recent subsidence ; or
pyramidal and flat-topped mountains, skirted by coastal plains,
which tell the passer-by of plains of accumulation elevated by
crustal movements to plateaux of accumulation, the subsequent
loss suffered through the agents of deundation; of the subsidence
which followed the formation of river systems in the plateaux of
accumulation, and the elevation which transformed the marine
beds (formed during subsidence) to coastal plains.

The following brief notes on the geology of Queensland are
based mostly on observations during a short trip taken by Mr.
C. Hedley and myself along the Queensland coast, and are
intended merely as a preliminary note to a more extended paper
on the Tertiary history of the Cordillera, the evolution of the
present river systems, and the various stages of development of
the Queensland and New South Wales coasts.

To these notes on Queensland coast topography are added
references to N.S. Wales topography based on personal observa-
tions along the plateau and coast.

I desire here to express my sincere thanks to Mr. Hedley foi~
much valuable information concerning the Queensland coast, and
at whose suggestion the trip was undertaken; to Mr. J. M.
Newman, B.E.; Captain Almond, of Brisbane; Mr. Patience, of
Townsville ; Captain Reader, of Lucinda Pt. ; Mr. Brooks, of
Tully River; Messrs. Cutten Bros., of Clump Pt.; Mr. George
Butler, of Towmsville ; and many others for information and
hospitality.

* Reclus.

148 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

Physiography.

1 . General apj^earance, (he. — From the Tweed Heads to Thursday
Island the coast is of the highly indented type, bordered with
broad coastal plains. A wide continental shelf exists from north
to south, dotted over with innumerable islands, many of them
rugged and mountainous in character.

South of the Great Barrier Reef we have the large islands
known as Stradbroke and Moreton, from which to the north and
west extend wide coastal plains, especially wide in the neighbour-
hood of the Glass House Mountains, which consist of trachytic
lavas weathered into most fantastic shapes.

Further north Frazer (80 miles in length) and Curtis Islands
occur, both separated from the mainland by long, narrow, and
shallow channels, also accompanied by great sandy flats and small
islands. Lady Elliot Island and The Bunkers form the southern
outposts of the Great Barrier Reef, and occur a little north of
Frazer Island.

From ]Mackay to Cairns the coast is very nigged. Great
mountains advance into the sea; numerous bold promontories and
islands such as Cape Cleveland, Cape Upstart, Castle Hill, Cape
Grafton, Lion Island, Gloucester, Hinchinbrook, AYhitsunday
and Palm Islands are separated from the mainland by long and
narrow channels or broad flats a few feet only above high- water
mark.

The flats which gather at the bases of these headlands and
coastal ranges are ver}'' conspicuous.

In many cases these headlands consist of barren rocks, showing
a great wealth of enormous precipices and escarpments covered
with rounded boulders, illustrating the granitic type of weathering.

2. Coastal plains. — These are very extensive along the Queens-
land coast, and represent the redistribution b)' tidal action of
fluviatile material, and to a less extent that derived from the
headlands by marine erosion.

Around Brisbane and the Glass House Mountains these flats
are as much as 20 miles in width. To the west the mountains

I

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 149

rise precipitously from them. As seen during a journey up the
Brisbane River they, together with St. Helena, Mud and Peel
Islands, appear due to a slight elevation. The Glass House
Mountains stand out like islands in the centre of this plain. In
this connection Mr. J. M. Newman, B.E., writes: — "I think they
are undoubtedly the result of recent elevation. For fully 10-20
miles inland the country is more or less flat and sand3\ For a
few miles in from the coast one finds even now bits of recent
shells; also there are large swamps and lagoons, the remnants
apparently of rivers whose mouths have been silted up by Ijars.
The water runs in them now only in flood time. What ridges
there are are Ioav and sandy, and the swamps and paddymelon-
liole gullies run between them. As you go inland rhe ridges
become higher and less sandy, forming gradually the spurs of a
low range of mountains at the back of the Glass House Mountains.
These latter rise sheer out of the coastal flats, and seem to have
been submarine in origin. ... In the coastal regions one
finds a few feet beneath the sand a sort of pipeclay, with ironstone
nodules extending to a great depth."

Dense mangrove swamps have fastened on to the seaward edges
of these plains.

Another great " coastal plain " exists off the mouth of the
Burnett, and others around Maryborough.

Well marked also is the recent gain to the coast by these flats
in the neighbourhood of Rockhampton, and due to the action of
the Fitzroy River.

At Keppel Bay great dismal mangrove swamps extend for
miles. These pass into the flats just mentioned.

Again at Mackay similar broad flats exist.

When nearing Townsville the enormous headlands and atten-
dant flats are marked features in the scenery. In almost every
case the mountains of the coast line rise sheer out of the low
ground until far out at sea they appear as islands.

Especially emphasised is this association of steep mountain
and lowly flats in the neighbourhood of Hinchinbrook Island and
the Herbert River (Fig. 1).

150

GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

c

<X)

o

c

s

^

^

K

<!)

§>

2
S

«

0^

>

>»

o

i^

^

ct

f^

a;

-l-a

<

i— 4

2

1

,i4

13

J2

M

o

c:

1

cc

d

_^

K

I— t

_°*~l

E-

^

QJ

C

o

-C

5

A

_^

cc

I

^

^

C

c

J

o

<

cc

"S

Ph

^ s -^

^1

O S

Ph o

3 5

eg ^

C

c ^

C C pq fcD

o

a; c

eg fin ^

.2 if

P5 M

O rz

5 O «2

m I i

KY E. C. ANDREWS. 151

Here great mangrove swamps, miles in width, pass into flats
as much as 20 miles across in places, and from which the great
coast range rises. From these extensive flats monadnock-like"^
forms arise, for example. Glass House Mountains. North of
Card well the great extent of coastal plain around Rockingham
Bay, traversed by the Tully, Murray and Hull Rivers, forms a
conspicuous object in the topography.

At Cairns other great coastal flats exist. One interesting
plain between Cape Grafton and False Cape may be noted here.
It is about a mile across and two miles long ; and but a few feet
above high tides.

We have thus found these large flats or " coastal plains " raised
but a few feet above high tides to exist right along the eastern
coast of Queensland.

They appear almost undoubtedly to be matter derived from the
large coastal rivers and from the forces of marine erosion redistri-
buted by the various agents of along shore action.

"They are due to fluviatile action being invariably absent from
coasts possessing no considerable rivers."!

A slight elevation would account for their present position.

Similar flats will be described under the head of islands.

Associated with these plains are numerous lagoons, lagoon
marsh meadows, and shallow creeks. Especially well are these
seen along the coast between Rockhampton and the Tweed Heads.

3. The Continental Shelf. — This, in Queensland, maintains
generally a great width. To the south of the Great Barrier Reef
it is represented by reefs of old stratified rocks, enormous shoals,
and soft deposits uniformly distributed over the surface, and
having a gradual dip to the east, and which rise 40 or 50 miles
away to the east from enormous depths.

"" An isolated hummock or hill rising from a surface developed by subaerial
Agencies to extreme old age.

t Prof. Pencke, Morphologie der Erdoberfliiche.

152 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

On the northern submarine extension of Breaksea ^Spit,
which is composed almost entirely of " siliceous material,' "^ are
situated Lady Elliot Island and the Bunker Groups.

Northwards again the outer edge of the shelf is represented by
the Great Barrier Reef itself, occurring at distances varying from
15 to 100 miles from the coast. Long lanes of coral sand and
wide openings l)reak into the integrity of the ocean front of the
Reef.

Deep gutters of valley form occur in a few instances on the
continental shelf, and in the vicinity of the outer barrier, t

A few miles from the shore line great numbers of precipitous
islands exist, rising from shallow water, rarel}' if ever exceeding
ten fathoms in depth. These islands are often accompanied by
small fringing reefs, and in many cases also by plains, miniatures
of the large occurrences on the mainland, and described under
"Coastal Plains." In man}'- cases the axes of the mountain
ridges composing the islands are parallel to the main coast line,
and are separated therefrom by narrow channels {e.g., Hincliin-
l:)rook, MoUe, and Albany Passages).

4. Islands — Stradbroke, Moreton and Frazer Islands are huge
sand piles lying to the south of the Great Barrier Reef. They
are respectively 35, 20 and SO miles in length, and appear due to
the redistribution of tluviatile and other material by marine and
ieolian agencies. In the cases of 8tradbroke and Moreton Islands
the northern extremities consist of older stratified rocks, and
these uncovered masses of continental rocks doubtless belong to
a series of small insular patches on which the threefold action of
rivers, wind and currents have worked, first to tie the islands
together, and afterwards to fashion the large sand}^ masses nito
their present appearance. As a result of long-continued residence
and observation on those islands, Mr. Hedley is of ojiinion that

* Jukes, Voya^^e of "FI3'," Vol. i., p. 318. See also A. Agassiz, '• Great
Barrier Reef of Australia," pp. 64, 105.

t Ibid., Yol i., p. 845.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. . 153

the only continental rocks now visible are those to be found at
tlie nortliern island extremities.

Frazer Island likewise appears to be composed of sand. In all
cases these islands are associated with large rivers and coastal
plains. They have straight eastern coast lines 50 or 60 miles
long, while straight or swinging sandy coasts with enormous coast
plains, lagoons, creeks, monadnocks, lagoon-marsh meadow^s, and
w ith ,2;ently sloping off-shore deposits constitute the chief features
of the neighbouring mainland.

Near the mouth of the Fitzroy River numerous insular patches
occur, the longest of which is Curtis Island, running parallel to
the mainland, and separated from it by a long narrow channel, in
wliich the variation in the tides amounts to as much as 27 feet.
This island is composed in great part of sfind; it contains signs of
elevated beaches,* and is associated with extensive coastal plains.

The Beverley and Northumberland Groups comprise numerous
small rocky and pine-clothed islands, usually presenting mural
fronts to the sea — the result of marine erosion.

In the Whitsunday Group are islands of considerable size,
separated from each other and the main coast by narrow channels
of great length.

* As no notice of this has appeared in literature, Iledley supplies the
following note : —

" A striking instance of apparent elevation was shown to me by Mr, J. B.
Paterson, the lessee of Curtis Island, Q. A few miles south-west of the Cape
Capricorn Lighthouse occur what are locally called the Marine Plains.
These are an extensive series of swampy Hats, some miles inland, occupying
bays in the hilly country and margined by a continuous beach-bank, com-
posed of sand and recent sea shells. Within the bays are small rocky
' islands ' with wave -eroded flanks, and also encircled with beach-banks.

" When I saw' it fifteen years ago this scene impressed me as indicating a
recent and slight upheaval. But further study of beach-formation convinces
me that elevation is not the only possible explanation of the phenomena
described. Should the entrance of a shallow bay become blocked by beach-
banks or dunes, the consequent shutting out of the sea might leave the head
of the bay in such a condition as the Marine Plains of Curtis Island, without
the intervention of elevation."

154 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

Gloucester Island rises abruptly from the sea to a height of
2,000 feet, and from a short distance much resembles a giant
headland, so narrow is the channel between it and the Queensland
shore.

Magnetic Island, 1,600 feet in height, is roughly rectangular
in plan, and composed of a dark granite admirably adapted for
building purposes. Unlike the granite of the Towns ville foreshores
(five miles distant) and Castle Hill, it is homogeneous in character,
and iDossesses cuboidal jointing. This island is further interesting
by reason of certain rock-markings which point to recent eleva-
tion. Mr. G. Butler, of Towns ville, mentions the presence of
masses of oyster shells at a height of from 10 to 15 feet above
H W.M., and removed some 50 feet from the sea. These shells,
he says, are attached to the solid granite composing the island,
and not to loose boulders. Maitland, also, from a discover}' of
pumice fragments some distance from the present sea level, claims
recent elevation for this island."^

The Palm Islands. — This cluster was examined in some slight
detail, and was found to consist of granites of varying acidity
and quartz-porphyry, traversed by regular networks of basalt
dykes.

Generally speaking, they are rugged and barren in character,
and, with the exception of a few sandy bays, possess precipitous
and rocky coasts. Large black rounded granite tors cover the
hill sides.

South Palm is 7 miles in length and about 3 in width. It
consists of two peaks 1,400 and 1,820 feet respectively in height.
The rock of the island is an ordinary ternary granite, with a
tendency, however, to pass into acid types by reason of a diminu-
tion in the quantity of biotite. Large segregations of quartz and
pink orthoclase may be seen in the granite outcrops. Masses of
orthoclase occur as much as 1 2 to 1 5 inches in diameter, as also
quartz. On the north-east of the island a remarkable floor or

* Maitland, Kept. Magnetic Island. Brisbane, bv authority, 1892.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 155

table of aplite occurs, traversing the ternary granite of the locality.
It has the appearance of a fine-grained white sandstone. Its dip
is about 10°, and it may be traced over an area of at least five
acres.

At Challenger Bay an interesting Hat occurs joining two high
points of the island, which, but for its presence, would exist as
separate islands.

The flat is about one and a half miles in length and 500 yards in
width, with an average height above H.W.M. of at least 15 feet.

A gutter some six feet wide and ten feet deep has been
excavated through the centre of this flat by the forces of erosion.
The structure of the plain as revealed by this miniature valley is
a sandy clay, coarse sand, and a clay containing angular frag-
ments of granite. No shells or calcareous material were seen,
although careful search was made.

Fig. 2. — Sketch Section across Palm Island " Katsed Plain."

a. Mt. Bentley, 1800 feet high. />6. Granite of Palm Island.

cc. Raised Plain, H miles long, 600 yards wide, and from 10 to 15 feet
above H.W.M. dd. Probable Contour of underlying Granite.

On the southern side of this flat large quantities of pumice
occur, high above high water mark, and stretching inland for
some ten chains. The flat is covered at present with growths of
eucalypts, pandanus, and coarse grass about four feet in height.

A similar though smaller occurrence was observed b}'^ Mr.
Hedley near Bentley's Creek.

These flats, in my opinion, point undoubtedly to the redistri-
bution by tidal action of matter lost to the mainland and adjacent
islands, but principally by loss to the South Palm itself by the
forces of marine erosion acting on the windward side.

156

GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

<:■

l^j

a>

73 ^

P « z

■^

S

o

CO

o

tr"

H

U

]

a

02

'M

^

BY E. C. ANDREWS.

157

JSigiis of elevation were also present on this island in the shape
of beach rock apparently in situ, and some eight feet above high
tides.

The reefs around the >S. Palm Island are of the small fringing
type, and in common with those existing on the other islands on
the Queensland continental platform lack the luxuriance and
beauty of those seen on the outer edge of the Great Barrier Reef
or those in Fiji waters (Fig. 3a).

%i||!i|||IP^

Fig. 3a. — Sketch Plan of Frinuin(4 Reef at South Palm Island.

1. Coast Mountains. 2. Beach. 3. Fringing Keef. 4. Gutter in
Coral Reef (5 chains long). 5. Sea (10 fathoms deep;.

A curious and instructive feature was observed in the frinsin^-
reef to windward. Here the reef is about 10 or 12 chains in
width, and rises from 10 fathoms water. A long lane of water,
a chain in width, is cut clean as with a knife across the reef,

/Vjf^^

Fig. 36.— Sketch Section across Gutter in S. Palm Island Fringinu

Reef.
1. Coral Keef. 2. Gutter (60 feet deep, 1 chain wide),

reaching almost to the shore. No corals whatever were observed
growing in this lane; the sides are precipitous, and 10 feet below
the surface appear to be slightly overhanging in character (Fig. 36).

158 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

Orpheus Island, also composed of granite and quartz porphyry,
crossed with basalt dykes, contains on its sheltered side an
extensive flat some 12 feet above H.W.M., and composed of
black coral fragments; some as much as three feet in diameter.

Fantome Island, also of granite and quartz porphyry, possesses
two flats — one on the windward, the other on the leeward of the
island. The more important one lies between two neighbouring
o-ranite hills. The seaward edge consists of a long sloping white
beach, skirting a fringing reef, which is exposed in great measure
during low tides. Beyond the present line of beach another rises
in similar form to a height of 12 to 15 feet above spring tides,
forming a wide and distinct terrace as much as five chains wide
in places.

Laroe fragments of " beach rock '' exist on this upper l^each
apparently in situ, the pieces having a gentle slope seawards. A
forest growth has seized upon this higher beach, and almost
concealed it from view.

A similar though smaller flat occurs on the leeward side. In
the cases of Orpheus and Fantome beaches the arms of the sea in
a couple of instances are less than half-a-mile in width in the
locality, and in these waves could not have such play as on exjDosed
ocean beaches.

Curious umbrella-like coral growths occur in Juno Bay, Fantome
Island. The accompanying diagram is a sketch section of two of
these growths near one of our anchorages (Fig. 5).

These interesting growths rise from as much as 30 and 40 feet
depth of water, and form shelters for fish. It is very probable
that in time to come some of the upjDer portions may coalesce by
fusion of the growing walls, leaving a species of cavern below.*

Curaroa Island is small and conical in shape, comjDOsed of
granite and porphyry. It is 920 feet in height. On its western
side a flat of some 50 acres exists. Mr. G. Butler, of Town8^ ille,
states that this flat is composed almost entirely of large black
coral fragments, at least 12 feet above high water mark.

* Sawyer and Andrews, " Caves of Fiji." Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. W. 1901
xxvi., Pt. 1, pp. 91-106.

BY K. C. ANDREWS.

159

Hinchiiibrook Island consists of huge rock escarpments, sur-
mounted by aiguilles— a mountain range 20 miles in length, whose

Fig. 5.— Sketch Section illustrating interesting Coral Growths at
Juno Bay, Fantome Island.

1. Flat growing coral tables, from 6 to 10 feet in diameter, 10 feet below
H.W.M. 2. Rockshelters under coral tables. 3. Sand lanes.
Height of pillars about 30 feet.

axis is approximately parallel to the neighbouring mainland coast.
Immense mangrove flats, miles in width, fringe its western edge,
and from these rise precipitously the great granite peaks known
as Straloch, Diamantina, Pitt and Bowen, the latter being nearly
4,000 feet in height. The southern portion contains many barren
peaks, and exhibits the granite type of weathering. The northern
end of the island is devoid of the rugged peaks of the south, and
is composed principally of a dark quartz porphyry.

A long narrow channel (in places nine fathoms deep) separates
the island and the mainland. If, as seems undoubtedly the case
to me, the Hinchinbrook flats argue recent elevation, then this
channel must previously ha^■e been much wider, yet of the nature
of a shoal at low tides over which no heavy waves could beat, the
present channel having been determined by subaerial denudation
ante-dating the period of subsidence. Consequent drainage is a

160 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

striking feature of these elevated flats, and islands connected by
sand ridges are common on the north-eastern side.

Goold Island \^ 1,400 feet in height, and composed of granite
of acid type. Here, as at the Palms and Hinchinbrook, quartz
porphyry is a common rock-type, weathering generally into rect-
angular blocks, at times simulating the structures observable in
stratified rocks, thus differing from the ordinary spheroidal and
dome-shaped masses characteristic of granitic weathering.

Dunk Island is of small extent, and covered with a dense
jungle or "brush." It consists of Silurian slates, quartzites, tuffs
and schists, and lies some five miles distant from the mainland,
which at this point also is composed of similar rocks, and supports
exceedingly dense forest and jungle growths (Fig. 6).

Fig. 6. — Section across Dunk Island.
a. Present reef. />6, Coastal plain 20 feet above sea-level. c. Canon,
20 feet deep, exposing section of coastal plain. d. Contorted rocks (slates,
schists and quartz rocks).

Horizontal Scale, 1 inch =250 yards.

The island proper consists of high rough land meridionally
disposed. On the side facing the mainLand (leeward) a most
interesting flat occurs. It is between one and two miles in
length, and 500 or 600 yards in width. A low bench, two or
three feet above high water mark and several chains in width,
accompanies it for a considerable distance on its seaward edge,
and to this the flat presents a mural front 20 feet in height. Its
structure, as revealed by an examination of the seaward edge,
and that exposed in a 20 feet section made by a small canon
cutting across its breadth is that of a stiff clay, or clay and sand
admixtures, containing numerous angular and subangular frag-

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 161

meiits of the local rocks. Shells and other calcareous matter are
conspicuous by their absence. At present its surface is covered
with thick growths of eucalypts, jungle, pandanus and grass.
This flat is doubtless due to redistribution by along shore action
of matter lost to the island by marine erosion.

South Barnard is a very small island composed of basic tuffs,
strengthened by several great vertical basaltic dykes, whose
powers of resistance have prevented the little island from being-
reduced to a terrace of erosion.

A small sandy flat exists on one side of the island, and at a
height of 20 feet above high water mark, on the southern side,
indistinct traces of a line of former beach erosion were seen,
which reminded the writer somewhat of the elevated lines of
marine erosion seen in many of the Fiji Islands.*

The Xorth Barnards are small, tuifaceons in character, densely
brushed, and present mural fronts at times to the sea.

Fitzroy Island, nearly 1,000 feet in height, is rugged in
character, and, in common with the other islands of granitic
composition on this coast, is surrounded, as to its shore line, with
great spheroidal blocks.

A small beach exists on the north-west side of this island,
exceedingly interesting by reason of : —

{a) Its steep slopes.

(6) Its terraced appearance.

(c) The occurrence, in the bed of a small creek cutting across
it, of dense hard " beach rock."

A section determined by Mr. Hedley and myself is supplied
illustrating its excessive steepness (27°), and the great height
(18 feet) of the second terrace above high tide mark.

The lower beach consists of white coral and shell fragments,
while the upper one is composed of similar material, but quite
black in colour. The section was taken near the south-western
extremity of the beach. ^

" Andrews, " Notes on Geology of Fiji." Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv.
Coll., 1900, xxxviii.
11

162

GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

/ - t

^ ^ ^

H

^

__,

rS

"^

^

QJ

%^

a

^

21

-2

"o

1"

W

.3

GO

H

rH
II

•Jl

^

'm

'^

SO

o

-C3

^

ffi

p*

o

o

.5

oi

-J

3

53

-H

^

-Q

•V

5

p

o

Cll

*-'

TJl

5

^"

r^

, 1

§

-5

J

pq

s

>

^

^

.

■^

fl

A

<D

■*3

Iz;

-^

H

(^

■^

-■^

£3

&D

««'

(N

fi^

1

1

'fl

§

^

o

m

^

^

s

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 163

King* ascribes the origin of the higher beach to gale action,
and Prof. Agassiz refers it also to similar agencies, f G. Elphin-
stone Dalyrniple also refers it to elevation. | In this connection
Brazier§ writes : — " The beach (at the Fitzroy landing place) was
composed of nothing but coral and shells, about 30 yards long,
six to seven feet in thickness, and the same in breadth. During
my second visit (1875) the whole of the bank had been washed
away by some heavy gale." As, however, the present beach is
500 or 600 yards long and several chains in breadth the excision
of such an insignificant fragment as mentioned by Brazier would
not affect the general appearance of the beach.

The occurrence of " beach rock " in the bed of a stream of
fresh water, compact and hard almost as building limestone, is
very interesting, pointing to its origin (as suggested b}^ many
geologists) being referable to the action of fresh water.

From the summit of Fitzroy the sunken coral patches of the
outer Barrier could be seen for miles.

Green Island is small, and consists of sand scattered over a
base of coral. It is merely a portion of the Great Barrier Reef
itself, determined partly by elevatory forces, and partly by the
combined efforts of seolian and marine agencies, and populated by
animal and vegetable waifs from the neighbouring mainland,
which at this point is but a few miles distant.

On the reef surrounding this island coral and other growths
are more luxuriant than in the turbid waters around the small
islands dottins: the continental shelf.

* Narrative of a Survey of the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Aus-
tralia, i., 1827, p. 206.

t " A Visit to the Great Barrier Reef of AustraUa, &c." Bull. Mus. Couip.
Zool. Harv. Coll. xxviii., 1898, p. 110.

X Brisbane. By authority, 1874.

§ Journal of Conchology, ii., pt. 6, June, 1S7&.

164 geology of queensland coast,

The Elevation of Eastern Australia compared with that
OF Melanesia and Polynesia.

In recent times a slight elevation appears to have obtained
over the whole eastern coast of Australia, traces of the elevatory
movement being recorded at Raine's Islet,* Cooktown,t the
islands between Thursday Island and Cairns,; Cape Grafton,
Dunk Island, Hinchinbrook, the Palm Islands, Magnetic Island,^
Curtis Island,|l Moreton Bay, ^ the various "coastal plains" of
Queensland, Ballina beaches,"*^* Hunter River,tt Port Stephens,
Hawkesbur}^ River, Botany Bay, WoUongong;!:! and other places.

This elevation is, as before remarked, so recent that corals,
" beach rock," and plains around small islands have suffered
scarcely any disintegration.

A similarly slight and recent movement of elevation occurred
throughout such island groups as the Fijis, Tonga, and the
Solomons so recently that raised "lines of marine erosion" left
on the clifts in places exist almost in their original integrity,
though sometimes 30 feet above H.W.M. So also in certain
islands in Fijiv^§ and the Solomons, lilj raised beaches and coral

* Dr. Alex. Rattray, "Notes on the Geology of Cape York Peninsula,"
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxv., 1869.

+ J. E. T. Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1880, pp. 187-189.

I Jukes, Voyage of H.M.S. "Fly," Vol. i. ; A. Agassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool. Harv. Coll. xxviii.

§ Maitland, "Report on Magnetic Island." Brisbane, 1892; G. Butler,
Esq., Townsville.

li Fidt C. Hedley,

IT Stutchbury, Twelfth, Thirteenth, and Sixteenth Tri-monthly Reports,
N.S. Wales Leg. Council Papers, 1854; R. L. Jack, Geology of Queensland,
p. 617.

• • J. E. Carne, Ann. Report Dept. Mines N.S. Wales, 1896, p. 151.

+t Prof. David and R. Etheridge, Junr., Rec. Geol. Survey N.S. Wales, ii.,
1890.

tt Jukes, Voyage of H.M.S. "Fly," Vol. i., p. 336.

§§ Andrews, "Notes on the Limestones and General Geology of the Fiji
Islands/' &c., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Coll. xxxviii., 1900.
1111 Guppy, The Solomon Islands : their Geology, &c.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 165

platforms exist with numerous loose and blackened corals scattered
over them.

In these islands, however, this recent uplift represents the
final stage in a series of repeated slight elevatory movements,
alternating with periods of stable equilibrium, evidenced by
** terraces " of coral growths and successive lines of marine erosion.
Australia appears to have participated in the most recent one
only. Had elevation proceeded in Eastern Australia along similar
lines to those pursued in the mid-Pacific, we should have elevated
coral islands along the site of the Great Barrier Reef in much the
same relation to the Queensland coast as the Loyalties (raised
coral) are to New Caledonia, the Lau Group to main Fiji (Viti and
Vanua Levu), or the smaller coralline islands immediately east of
the largest Solomon and New Hebridean Islands to these same
land masses.

In certain groups, as in Fiji, coral reefs and atolls were formed
during these movements of elevation, which followed a period of
great subsidence in Tertiary times, and during which period
immense beds of limestone, volcanic conglomerates and Fiji
" soapstones " had been laid down to constitute, during the
succeeding elevations, a base for the later (recent) "raised reefs."
In the New Hebrides, the Solomons,"^ Fiji,t Tonga, | New Guineai^
and elsewhere traces of elevated coral reefs are found from high
water mark to a height of 2,000 feet above the same datum line.

The participation by Australia (as regards the Queensland and
New South Wales coasts) in the most recent only of these uplifts
is very interesting. Hedley|[ has conclusively shown frofn biolo-

* Guppy, The Solomon Islands : their Geology, &c., pp. 102, 113.
t Agassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Coll. xxviii., pp. 132-133;
Andrews, ihid., xxxviii. , p. 27.

It: Lister, "Notes on the Geology of the Tonga Islands," Quart. Journ
Geol. Soc, Vol. 47, 1891, pp. 590-616.

§ Maitland, Geological Observations in New Guinea, 1891, p. 10.
11 C. Hedley, " A Zoogeographic Scheme for the Mid Pacific," Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S. Wales, 1899, pp. 391-417. See also references in same paper.

166 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

gical data that the main islands of Fiji, New Caledonia, the New
Hebrides and the Solomons Avere previously coextensive, and
these, in turn with New Guinea, continental in origin. Since
then geologists* have proved a continental origin for Fiji.
Similarly for the New Hebrides, New Caledonia, and the Solomon
Islands. If, then, the deep ocean separating these groups repre-
sents faulted or warped areas, it is very probable that some
relation exists between the subsidences in the ocean area between
the island clusters and the repeated uplifts in the groups them-
selves. The elevation of main Fiji probably proceeded along
much more rapid lines than those pursued in the Lau Group,
inasmuch as the Tertiary " soapstones," limestones and volcanic
conglomerates of Viti Levu appear to have no capping of recent
"raised reef," whereas each pause in the elevation of Lau was
attended b}^ the formation of "raised reefs" of recent age, having
as a base Tertiary rocks indistinguishable from the Viti Lcau
strata of similar age. (It must be remembered, however, that a
very recent uplift seems to have affected main Fiji, Lau, the
Solomons and North Australia;! and that, too, after a period of
quiescence, as is shown by the raised "coral reef platforms.'')
The elevations of main Fiji and Lau probably w^ere not synchro-
nous, the main islands of continental origin being rapidly elevated
to a great height in one movem.ent, while it is more than jDossible
that the intermittent elevations of Lau were due in great measure
to the existence of the large island masses (Viti and Vanua Levu)
lying to the West. New Caledonia and the Loyalties form a
similar group to Fiji and Lau, so also possibly do New Guinea
and the small " terraced " coral islands lying to the east.| Thus,
whereas the island groups of the Fijis, Solomons, Hebrides,
Tonga and New Caledonia have undergone a cycle of elevation,
Eastern Australia, as will be shown later, is in a cycle of develop-
ment attendant on subsidence.

*W. G. Woolnough, B.Sc, Adelaide University, and Dr. H. B. Guppy,
in lift.

t This elevation most probably occurred well into the historic period,
although the individual island upUfts may not have been contemporaneous.
J Maitland, Geological Observations in New Guinea, 1891, pp. 9, 10.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 161

Petrological Notes.

The igneous rocks consist mostly of granites of acid types, quartz
and quartz-felspar porphyries, both Palaeozoic in age, and intruded
alike by regular networks of basaltic dykes.

Granites. — These have a marvellous development, and are
principally of acid types. Many of the islands, as also the high
coastal ranges, are composed entirely of these plutonic rocks.
They are probably Carboniferous and Permo-Carboniferous in age.

Quartz and felspar are the chief constituents, although horn
blende and biotite are frequently present. In some of the island
groups, such as the Palms, the rocks may consist of quartz and fel-
spar, with idiomorphic hornblende and biotite flakes. The horn-
blende, which is strongly pleochroic, occurs in hexagonal, rhombic
and rectangular forms in thin sections, and post-dates the formation
of the biotite. Again, hornblende may be absent, while in other
cases flat veins of aplite with ill-defined boundaries occur; they
are composed mainly of micrographic growths of quartz and
felspar. Large segregations of orthoclase and quartz may be
seen in the rock exposures, and epidote at times replaces the
ferromagnesian constituents. Zircons are associated with the
hornblendic varieties. Here, also, crushing is a marked feature.
Under the microscope the quartzes and felspars are seen to have
undergone great peripheral crushing, besides wliolesale fracturing
of the different minerals constituting the rock. The grains of
quartz and felspar appear as if cemented in a base of the same
material (mortar structure). Splendid examples of undulose
extinction are shown by both quartz and felspar crystals; long
lines of liquid inclusions occur in the quartz, while the felspars
(orthoclase and acid plagioclase) show zonary structure, and the
development of fresh minerals along solution planes. Biotite also
occurs in bent flakes, and secondary quartz is present in great
abundance.

Other granites, collected from Fitzroy and Goold Islands
although altered, do not show the effects of metamorphism in so
marked a desfree as the Palm Islands varieties.

168 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

Porphyries. — These consist of quartz and felspar idiomorpbs
scattered plentifully through a fine granular base of the same
minerals. The quartz and felspar may be porph3^ritic towards
the rest of the rock. Mica plates are common.

Felspar occurs as stout orthoclase and plagioclase crj'stals, and
much altered. The quartz contains abundant liquid inclusions.
Some of the crystals are much corroded, the magma having almost
penetrated to the crystal centres from every direction.

The base is rarely felsophyric with abundant magnetite in
grains.

Dolerites and Basalts. — Throughout the acid rocks just men-
tioned basic dykes occur in great numbers, so as to appear at
times in the cliff faces as regular networks of veins.

The rocks are both holocrystalline and hypocrystalline, and
consist principally of plagioclase laths and augite grains. Olivine
is frequently present. Hornblende also occurs in certain types,
but much decomposed. The olivine is principally decomposed.

Ophitic structure is noticeable in certain sections.

These basic intrusions belong probably to the Tertiary period.

Mr. Jukes and Professor Agassiz spent some considerable time
on the Great Barrier Reef. Saville Kent also studied Barrier Reef
problems on the spot for a period of twelve months. Jukes
furnishes a section (reproduced by Agassiz, I.e., p. 137) across the
Barrier Reef and to the mainland which sums up his ideas of its
origin, viz., that (even allowing for his exaggerated vertical scale),
generally speaking, the continental shelf from the coastal plains
of the mainland to the outer Barrier is composed of reef and reef
debris. Notwithstanding this, his description is at variance with
his section (postea, pp. 170-172). Jukes also sa3^s* that the Cxreat
Barrier Reef, longitudinally considered, " would be found to ha\e
a considerable resemblance to a gigantic and irregular fortification,
a steep glacis crowned with a broken parapet wall, and carried
from one rising ground [Sir C. Hardy's Islands] to another"
[Breaksea Spit].

* Jukes, Voyage of H.M.S. "Fly," Vol. i., p. 332-333.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 169

Saville Kent* also concurs in Jukes's conclusions as to the origin
of the continental shelf and the Barrier Reef as supplied by his
(Mr. Jukes's) section.

Prof. Agassiz, however, claims that the forces of subsidence
are unnecessarily called in by these writers, and that the coast
(formed of granites and allied rocks) was planed down by the
forces of marine erosion, and that coral and other reef-building
organisms seized upon " the terraces of erosion " to which the
coastal area had been reduced, and in this way by the coalescence
of once isolated masses of coral, the Great Barrier Reef was
determined in position.

The following extracts! illustrate the opinions held by Pro-
fessor Agassiz and Mr. Jukes as to the origin of the Reef : —

"While it is undoubtedly true, as mentioned by Kent, that
Jukes considered Darwin's hypothesis as ' perfectly satisfactory to
my [his] mind,' yet I cannot help analysing Jukes's summary to
show how correctly he had analysed the main features of the
Great Barrier Reef, and of its relations to the mainland and
intervening islands, and was led to what seem to me erroneous
conclusions, from the inferences he drew from the diagram he
gives of an imaginary section of the Great Barrier Reef, and
which I here reproduce, i.

" It seems strange that Jukes should have given a section across
the Great Barrier Reef, and have left out the islands which crop
up nearly all along the coast of Queensland between the mainland
and the outer or inner line of reefs. This would have given his
section an entirely different aspect, as he would have had,
cropping up and connected with the line of the mainland, a series
of peaks rising from ten to thirty fathoms, round which alone, or
round the flat bases of islands and peaks which had disappeared
from erosion or other atmospheric causes, corals had grown
Such a section is not an imaginary one, for the channels between

* Saville Kent, The Great Barrier Reef of Australia; London, 1893.

+ A. Agassiz, "Great Barrier Reef of Australia," pp. 136-139.

X Voyage of H.M.S. "Fly," Vol. i., p. 333.

170 GEOLOG\ OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

the outcropping peaks, islands, reefs, or reef flats are covered
with the telluric detritus derived from the decomposition of the
rocks forming those islands, or obtained from the slopes of the
mainland. Such a section would have shown the layer of corals
to be comparativel}^ thin, of not more than twelve to fifteen
fathoms, and it would have shown the great probability that the
outer line of reefs, even built upon similar bases, once connected
with the mainland, had not attained a much greater thickness.
8ee sections across the Great Barrier Reef (Plates xxxvii. toxli.).
That Jukes himself felt his imaginary section and his explanation
of it not to be of universal application can be proved from his
own words."^ He says : —

" ' The most remarkable^deviations from this condition are in
the spaces between Cape Melville and Lizard Island, and at the
back of Wreck Bay and Raine's Islet. Now in each of these
cases there are islands of granite or other rocks advanced from
the mainland, and thus causing an original irregularity in the
depth of water, as it would be independent of the coral reef.
This is very remarkable in the space between 12° 20' and 11° 30',
where we have Cape Grenville, Cockburn Islands, and 8ir C.
Hardy's Islands, projecting towards Raine's Islet opening, and
Fair Cape and Cape Weymouth, Avith Forbes Island and Quoin
Island projecting towards Wreck Bay. Near Sir C. Hardy's
Islands there is also a remarkable narrow channel of deep water,
between them and the large Cockburn Reef, in which there is a
depth of thirty fathoms, while on each side of it is either a reef
nearly dry at low water, or a depth not exceeding ten fathoms.
This channel is about twenty miles long, rarely more than two
miles broad, and it runs in the same direction as the islands lie
off Cape Grenville, or about east-north-east, and points in a
straight line for Raine's Islet opening.'

" It seems tome tljat Jukes has here struck the correct explana-
tion of the structure of the Great Barrier Reef. But having
examined only the two extremes, he did not perhaps realise that the

Jukes, Voyage of H.M.S. " Fly," Vol. i., p. 883.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 171

same condition of things existed off any line in which such islands
were found. He allowed his admiration for the simplicity of the
explanation of the theory of coral reefs b}^ Darwin to blind him to
his own still simpler explanation, which I will here quote.*

'' ' In the lirst place, speaking generally, the outline of the
Great Barrier Reef is parallel to the outline of the north-east
coast. The one follows the other in all its curves and flexures with
quite sufficient conformabilit}^ to show that the two are connected.
This is perceptible even in the small chart attached to this work,
but still more remarkably so when the large Admiralty Charts
are examined. It is evident that the circumstances that modified
the outline of the coast likewise determined the general outline
of the reefs. This is nothing else than to sa}', that the outline of
the reefs depends upon the depth of the water. Just as in a
large and accurate chart of an}' line of coast we should find the
boundary of any certain line of soundings, such as 20, 50, or 100
fathoms, conforming generally to the outline of the coast, following
its larger flexures and more important features; so we find the
outline of the Barrier Reefs conforming to the north-east coast
of Australia. Granting that the mean slope of the rocks, forming
the original sea-bottom of this coast, was tolerably regular and
conformable to the slope of the land, it is evident that if we took
away the coral reefs and raised the land to any given height as,
for instance, 100 fathoms, we should not greatly alter the outline
of the coast, but only shift its situation. It would be thrown so
much further forward, or towards the east. Now, sujDpose the
coast cleared of coral reef, and raised so much that it emerged
from the sea just widiin the line of the present Barrier Reef.
Then let the reef commence in the shallow water along that shore,
and a very slow and gradual depression take place, giving time
for the polyps to build up so as to keep near the surface of the
water. The result of this action would be the present Barrier
with its steep outer slope, and its gradual extension over the
sinking rocks that were once dry land within it. Portions that

*■ Voyage of the " Fly," Vol. i., p. 345.

172 GEOLOGY OF QUEENS1.AND COAST,

were once hills oa the dry land would now be islands between the
Barrier and the main, such as Sir C. Hardy's Island and those
about it. Islands that once existed in front of the mainland
would now be altogether submerged, and their places only marked
by detached reefs outside the Barrier, such as those north and
south of Wreck Bay. According to the old rule of high land and
deep water going together (in other words, the slope of the ground
below water being only a continuation of that above), we should
have the Barrier much closer to the present land in its more
abrupt and lofty portions than in those which were lower and
less highly inclined. We see accordingly the reefs approach the
present land about Cape Melville, where the land is steep and
lofty, and recede from it as we go further north in proportion as
the land becomes flatter and more gentle in its inclination. Deep
holes and ravines, full perhaps of fresh water, may have existed
on the old land, so that when the surface of these lakes and
hollows first sank to the surface of the sea, and admitted its
waters, the bottom may have been too deep for the coral animals
to live on. This would explain such a phenomenon as the deep
narrow channel just north of Sir C. Hardy's Islands, with reefs
running along each side of it. In short, every modification in the
form and structure of the reefs is explicable by this h3"pothesis,
and many difficulties solved, which admit of no other explanation.'

" He assumes, as we do, that the Australian coast at one time
was just within the line of the present Barrier Reef; but it seems
to me that the causes given by Jukes for the formation of the
Barrier Reef are equally well explained by erosion and denuda-
tion. He assumes a great thickness for the corals on the outer
edge of the Barrier Reef, — a thickness to have grown b}' the
synchronism of the subsidence and the growth of the corals, — a
thickness the extent of which no one can even guess at. We
assume for the corals a thickness that can be determined fairly
accurately as only a veneer of at most 20 fathoms upon the faces
of the denuded platforms of the islands which once formed the
outer line of the Australian continent. . . ."'

by e. c. andrews. 173

Deductions from foregoing Observations with References
TO Geograpiiv of the Cordillera.

It is well known that coast lines of the regular or smooth type
indicate (except in cases of riverless foreshores) a verj^ advanced
stage of marine erosion either in the present cycle or in one
immediately preceding recent elevation, the tendency of marine
erosion being to reduce irregularities, whereas the recession of the
coast line from the edge of the continental shelf, combined with
highly indented coast lines and numerous outlying islands, evi-
dences the effect of recent subsidence.

The general trend of a coast line is due to earth movements, a
very subsidiary part being plaj^ed by the agencies of marine
erosion, no inlets* or fiords arising as the result of such action,
these being attributable to the subsidence of deeply eroded
plateaux of accumulation or erosion.

Sedimentation also plays an important j^art in the genesis of
coastal topograph}'-, the w^aste resulting from subaerial denudation
being arranged to form deltas, coastal plains, shoals and spits.
Marine erosion also helps in a lesser degree, but always in the
way of forming a regular coast, viz., by attacking the headlands,
the waste thus derived being formed into bars, or being swept
into sheltered spots.

In forming an}' theory as to the origin of the present aspect of
the Queensland and New South Wales coastal areas we may
rememl^er that : —

(1) The outer edge of the Great Barrier Reef appears to follow
the general trend of the coast.

(2) The seaward edge of the Great Barrier Reef is not the only
portion of the continental shelf-margin removed to a considerable
distance from the coast line, since that part lying between Lady
Elliot Isle (where temperature places a limit on the southward

* Under " inlets" are not included those small irregularities in a coast such
as exist between Port Jackson and Botany Bay Heads, but indentations like
the above-mentioned ports themselves.

174 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

extension of the Reef) and the Tweed Heads is also of consider-
able width.

(3) The Barrier Reef rises suddenly from great depths, but in
a less marked degree than does the shelf eastwards of Moreton
Bay and Sydney Heads.*

(4) The great shoals of the shelf in the neighbourhood of
Stradbroke, Moreton and Frazer Islands are arenaceous and
argillaceous in character, and small calcareous patches, as Lady
Elliot Isle, have grown on the northern extension of one of these
banks, t

(5) Between the outer Barrier and the mainland the average
depth of the water is from 10 to 20 fathoms. A few dejDths
exceeeding 30 fathoms have, however, been recorded in the vicinity
of Wreck Ba3^l

(6) The Great Barrier Reef itself is of variable width, and is
broken up by long passages arranged parallel and transversely to
its length. The depth of the water in these '* lanes " or passages
varies from about 20 to 40 fathoms.

(7) A maze of islands exists on the shelf, occupying a zone of
from 10 to 15 miles from the coast, close together inshore and
scattered in an easterly direction; 20 miles off shore no trace of
continental island occurs above H.W.M. In size these insular
areas var}-^ from several acres to rugged mountainous masses, like
Hinchinbrook Island 20 miles in length and 3,600 feet in height,
or huge masses of sand dunes as Moreton, Stradbroke and Frazer
Islands. Frazer Island is 80 miles in length, has a great spit
continuing from its northern extremity, with a fairl}^ meridional
disposition, and the eastern coast forms a long uninterrujDted
curve. Moreton and Stradbroke Islands have lines of sand
dunes as much as 800 feet in height, and show masses of conti-
nental rocks at their northern extremities. All of these three
large sandy islands are associated with large sand shoals, island

* See also A. Agassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Coll. xxviii., pp. 129,

140, 141.

t Jukes, Voyage of H.M.S. "Fly," Vol. i., p. 318.
+ Jukes, Ibid., p. 333.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 175

tying in various stages, and extensive coastal plains. They occur
also in proximity to large rivers.

(8) On the mainland and islands of Queensland the occasional
evidence of small cliffs is present, although typically conspicuous
by their absence. (Clifls are noticeable on the JST.S. Wales coast,
and are very pronounced on the Tasmanian seaboard.) Innnelise
rugged escarpments exist on both mainland and insular areas.
These abut in many cases on to wide coastal plains. Large
beaches and coast plains exist also on the leeward sides of the
islands sometimes as much as 20 feet above H.W. M., while
examples of tied islands are frequent, as at the Palms, Hinchin-
brook and Dunk Islands.

Fringing coral reefs are associated with most of the islands.

(9) Lagoons and lagoon-marsh meadows are of frequent occur-
rence along the coast, especially so between Townsville and Sydney
Heads. At Ballina"^ (just south of the Queensland area) there
exists a great extent of low land encircled by an amphitheatre of
hills. Long lines of sand dunes on this area curve sympathetically
with the coast line. Lagoons have been formed between successive
dunes to be changed subsequentl}^ to lagoon-marsh meadows. A
still later phase here is elevation and encroachment by the sea, as
shown by the peaty products of the marshes being exposed in the
present coast nips.

(10) Bay bars and spits have a great distribution.

(11) South of the Great Barrier Reef numerous rivers, of which
the Brisbane, Tweed, Richmond, Clarence and Macleay may be
taken as types, pursue general easterly directions to within a few
miles of the coast, when they flow to sea along northerly channels
sometimes as much as 50 miles in length.

The country east of these deviations is typicall}^ of flat, low,
sandy or swampy nature. River bars exist at the entrances.
Although the rivers have a general easterly flow, the head waters
frequently follow meridionally disposed channels.

* J. E. Carne, Ann. Eeport Dept. Mines N.S. Wales, 1896, p. 151.

176 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

(12) Along the present seaboard the coastal plains maintain a
fairly constant height above sea level. A few miles inland from
Townsville, however, along the flanks of the ranges, recent
deposits occur at elevations'^ of as much as 300 feet above sea
level. Variable heights at which Post-Tertiary deposits occur
may be seen at the Hunter River mouth and Raymond Terrace
(E. C. Andrews), Maitland district! (50 feet; David and Etheridge).

(13) Splendid examples of consequent drainage occur on the
coastal plains of Hinchinbrook Island, Townsville flats, Palm,
Dunk Island and other places.

(11) The coast is attended by a wide upland, rising gradually
towards the west until an elevation of about 4,000 feet is attained.
Considered broadly, this mountainous belt is represented at the
coast merely by undulating country, rising occasionall}^ into
isolated mountains. Still further west the monadnocks crowd
together until the country has the aspect of a maze of wild
ravines from 2,000 to 4,000 feet in depth, separated by long razor-
backs, the summits of which would lie on the surface of a flattened
hemi-cylinder, the decrease in height taking place in an easterly
direction. The central and highest portion of the mountain mass
consists of undulating tableland. Flat basaltic hills occupy the
highest points, and overlie numerous extensive and deep masses
of auriferous river drift. These old water courses far exceed in
size those of the present streams. The central portion of the
Cordillera consists principally of various granitic rocks, while to
east and west lie the variously inclined rocks belonging to the
Palaeozoic era. On the upturned edges of these the old rivers ran.
A most interesting feature in the present topography is the
generally wide and shallow series of basins (with basaltic outliers),
in which the present streams run, and the numerous long and
narrow canons, 2,000' to 4,000' in depth, which are entrenched
along the recent broad basins of the present streams.

* Jack and Etheiidge, Geology of Queensland, p. 617.

+ David and Etheridge, Rec. Geol. Survey N.S. Wales, 1S90, ii., Pt. 2,
pp. 37-52, pi. 3.

>>

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 177

111 a mere advance-note like the present the proper discussion of
the above observations would occupy too much space, but briefly
their philosophy appears to me to be much as follows : —

The coincidence of Barrier Reef and present coastal contours
points to an occupation by coral growths of a former coast line,
but the continuance in width of the shelf southwards of the limits
of reefs (coralline), and the great shoals thereon, points to a minor
part only of the shelf being formed of coral growths.

It would appear that the almost uniform and smooth bottom
of the outer centre and eastern portions of the continental plateau,
combined with the great depths from which the Barrier rises,
argues a long period of marine erosion preceding the present
cycle* during which a uniform coast and smooth off-shore bottom
had been formed. The sinking of this uniform area allowed the
sea to trespass far over the old coast sands into the ranges, and
the corals — formerly prevented from forming barrier reefs, b}''
reason of the practical coincidence of continental shelf margin and
shore line, and the excessively turbid character of the water on the
narrow fringe of the continental shelf — proceeded in the clear
waters of the shelf margin, now removed far seaward, to invest the
whole width of the smooth ofF-shore deposits with their masses,
and establish themselves as the Barrier Reef.

Some connection probably exists between the present Reef
passages (and parallel channels) and the old watercourses of the
coastal area.

The association of numerous rugged mountainous islands on the
inner centre of the shelf (and close in shore) and smooth shallow
interinsular seabottom, combined with traces only of coastal nips,
is suggestive of gradual subsidence with concomitant sedimenta-
tion rather than a period of equilibrium succeeding subsiden(^e
which would result in the formation of cliffs. f Magnificent

* Cycle — the time involved in a movement of considerable extent or in the
development of a submarine plain or peneplain.

t The existence of bar-bound rivers has, however, to be taken into con-
sideration. ^-^ -J ■>^

12 ^<^^C><2

178 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

examples of drowned topography occur in the neighbourhood of
Hinchinbrook Island, also inaST.S. Wales in the vicinity of Port Jack-
son and Hawkesbury River. To the south of Queensland longer
continued marine erosion during periods of more stable equilibrium
is shown by the cliffs of Sydney district, Victoria and Tasmania.
(This after pronounced movement or movements of depression.)

The existence of islands like Frazer, Moreton and Stradbroke,
and widespread extensive coastal plains of the Queensland area,
the tombolos* of the shelf islands, the lagoons and lagoon-marsh
meadows, the bay bars, etc , all point to the adolescent and late
adolescent stage of development attained by the Queensland coast.
These features are necessarily more accentuated south of the
Barrier owing to the increased wave-action in Extra-Barrier
areas. When the harbours of the coast become silted uj^, the
headlands cut back, and the sea able to carry out its intention of
establishing a straight or gently swinging shore line, then will the
coast have advanced to maturit}''. That period is far away at
present, although even this stage has been attained in certain
small areas, seeing that elevation has accelerated the movement.
The straight eastern shore-line of Frazer Island is suggestive of
maturity for that particular spot. Here, however, the sea has
had a sand mass only to work on.

The situation of Frazer Island, the distribution of the great
coastal flats, the deflection northwards of such streams as the
Brisbane, Tweed, Clarence, Richmond and Macleay, points to a
dominant along-shore current from the south, and a weak fluvia-
tile action. The streams, in their attempts to push their loads off
shore, are opposed by a stronger wave action which piles up river
bars; a dominant current redistributes the debris along its own
path, offsets and overlaps occur, and finally the stream is deflected
for miles out of its normal course.

The occurrence and present aspect of the aoastal plains and
allied features at heights above sea level argues a general elevation
in historic times for the coast line itself.

* A sand bar connecting two islands, or islands with mainland. Gulliver
" Shoreline Topography." Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci., 1899, xxxiv.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 179

The appearance of the coasfcal area is explained by the forces
of subaerial denudation acting on a plateau till a period of
maturity and old age, when the general outline of the upland
would have vanished, with only a few mountains left amidst the
undulating country to show its former extent. The extreme old
age of this area will be reached when it is reduced to a peneplain.
It must be remembered that mature dissection of an upland is
not necessarily associated with a mature neighbouring coast, since
the ranges may have been developed to this stage in a cycle pre-
ceding a crustal movement which would place the coast line in its
initial stages when the other was alread}'- mature.

The frequent occurrence of wide and very thick masses of river
gravel underlying the various Tertiary basaltic flows of the table-
land, and now associated with the present insignificant strearas
only, points to a cycle of erosion antedating the present one.
In this first cycle several basaltic outbursts occurred, and
the present 3,000 feet level of the New England plateau was
developed near sea-level, since which period a 3,000 feet eleva-
tion has taken place and the present coastal forms evolved. The
upland elevation and coastal subsidence"* indicate a differential
movement from east to west, while the various phases of shore
development show a variable movement from north to south.
The subsidence was accentuated seawards, therefore the Barrier
Reef is probably of some considerable thickness, though forming
but a mere fraction of the mass of the continental shelf.

One of the most instructive and interesting features in connec-
tion with this subject is the still more recent differential movement
from east to west. On the most easterly limit of the Great
Barrier no records exist of any trace of elevatory movement;
closer in shore Mr. Jukes and Professor Agassiz found abundant
signs of a slight movement varying from 5 to 20 feet above
H. W.M. Large terraces and coastal plains exist on the mainland,
up to as much as 300 feet in one instance.

On the eastern uplands themselves the recent streams which
ha^•e flowed over the plateau in broad and shallow basins now

* The coastal subsidence, however, postdated by a long period of time the
last considerable elevation of the plateau.

180 GEOLOGY OF QUEEN'SLAND COAST,

precipitate themselves over precipices in places 1,000 feet in
height.

Lower down"^ the canons attain a depth of 3,000 feet, and
are entrenched upon their former basins, while the general
level of the plateau persists for as much as 30 miles
beyond, only broken up by these inaccessible falls, often
but a few hundred yards in width, and not noticeable
a quarter of a mile away. The traveller may wish to reach
a hill four or five miles distant across the gently undulating
plateau, but a detour of many milesf must be made in order to
cover the short intervening space, the gullies trenching the upland
being practically impassable. This points to a late rejuvenescence
of the plateau — the hydrographic system was disturbed, and
*' valley in valley " structures induced, terminating in gigantic
waterfalls. Withal, however, there appears to have been no
deflection of the streams by the formation of the anticline, since
the canons open along the recent stream basins into the old valley
and plain tracks. This then points to stream revival.

The general east and west trend of the coastal streams shows
consequent drainage attendant on the seaward slope of the upland
during previous elevations, while the long north and south courses
of the head waters of such rivers as the Fitzroy, Brisbane,
Clarence, Hawkesbur}'- and Shoalhaven tell a tale of subsequent
drainage determined by the dominant meridional strike of
Palaeozoic rocks varying in hardness. These " strike " streams
point to a youthful stage in stream development. Such rivers as
the Hastings, now completely encircled by the "strike" streams
of the Manning and Macleay, may in time capture the latter,
owing to their steeper grade allowing them to eat back more
quickly into the plateau (unless checked by very resistant
structures the while the individual streams cut their way down
approximately to base level). This will mark the graded stage

* 5 to 15 miles,
t Special reference is here made to the canons of the Upper Macleay
waters (New England).

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 181

for the upper courses of our coastal streams, since waterfalls and
rapids will then be no more.

Instances of these interesting phases of river development
might be multiplied from the cordillera.

It appears, then, that probably at some period in Tertiary time,
immediately preceding the present cycle, the Queensland coast (as
also that of N.S. Wales) ran parallel to, although at a consider-
able distance from, the present shoreline, and that shore develop-
ment had advanced to the advanced old age stage as a result
of long-continued marine erosion and sedimentation. An old
upland* curved sympathetically with the coast, and was coeval
with it. The evidence goes to show that immediately prior to
the great movement obtaining at present, this old land was
dissected by subaerial agencies as to its eastern and western
portions to a stage of old age. A differential movement
was set up, involving such forms of stress as tilting, folding,
faulting and warping, the motion varying both from east to
west, and from north to south. The pivotal axis was probably
an inconstant quantity, although confined in the main to the
neighbourhood of the centre of the cordillera. It may be stated
here, although the discussion is reserved for a future paper, that at
the close of the Cretaceous period a long protracted cjx'le of
erosion resulted in the formation of a plain almost at sea-level in
the area occupied now by the tableland. An elevation of 1,000-
1,500 feet took place in the early Tertiary period ; while the
new cycle of development was in a fairly advanced stage, several
distinct basaltic outbursts occurred, each separated by long-
intervals of time. The plateau was then worn down to the old
age stage, when another cycle of elevation intervened, forcing
the Cretaceous and Tertiar}^ peneplains an additional 3,000
feet above sea-level. Reduction of the plateau was then
started afresh by the swiftly falling streams, and after an
anastomosing series of canons had been imposed upon the
plateau, accompanied by mature or old age coastal develop-
ment, a minor cycle of subsidence ensued for the coastal area, of

* Plateau of erosion.

182 GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

Pleistocene a<]je. This subsidence determined the present Barrier
Reef. What the immediately antecedent stage to the early-
Tertiary uplift of the Cretaceous peneplain may have been is not
known at present. Secular movement is, however, doubtless the
key to the initial stages, while subsidence with concomitant sedi-
mentation was merely an after factor in the evolution of the main
features of the present shore line topography. The presence of
small cliffs only on the markedl}^ irregular Queensland coast,
combined with the even seabottom of interinsular areas, and the
great extent of coastal plains, argues a gentle subsidence combined
with filling of sunken coast valleys, while marked depression
succeeded by more stable conditions during which marine erosion
could cut cliffs is hinted at b}" a study of N.S. Wales, Victoria,
and Tasmanian coasts. Shore-grade"* was attained in places, and
island-tying was effected by the complicated processes of along-
shore action. Splendid examples of this action are illustrated at
Challenger Bay in the Palms (marine erosion), at Hinchinbrook
Island (complication of tide, along shore current, marine erosion,
fluviatile action, and elevation), Stradbroke, Moreton, Frazer,
Curtis and other islands. Gain to the coast was accomplished
by the development of coastal plains. Bay bars were produced
by wave and current action, while similar processes resulted in
the foi'mation of lagoons, lagoon-marsh meadows, and successive
aggradation lines curving sympathetically with the shore line,t
while bays were becoming silted uj^ b}' fluviatile and {eolian
agencies after the formation of bay bars.| During this period

* An adolescent feature — attained when transportation occurs along shore,
with island tying and formation of bay bars.

t Line of intersection of the sea with the land. Gulliver, " Shoreline
Topography."

X Port Jackson is an example of a ria or submerged subaerially curved
valley, which owes its commercial importance to its steep off- shores, the
absence of large streams discharging either into it or into the sea immediately
south of the Heads, thus preventing silting up by river action, or the redis-
tribution of river loads by wave and dominant along shore current (south)
action to form spits and bay bars.

Botany Bay is an instructive lesson in the filling up of a submerged valley
by river and ieolian action aided by recent elevation. Aggradation lines are
seen on the large flat near Lady llobinson's Beach.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 183

the dissection of the eastern uplands was carried on from the
maturity of the previous cycle to a very slightly advanced stage
during the cycle of subsidence. The subsidence of the coast
gave diminished stream action along the lower portions of the
watercourses. River grade was also reached, no falls interrupting
the courses of the streams.

The sinking of the maturely (or adolescently) developed coast
and shore of the previous cycle was the occasion of its investiture
by coral growths to form the Great Barrier Reef. These growths
kept pace with the gradual subsidence, and, as in other coral reef
regions, numerous deep water lanes became coexistent with the
growth of the Great Barrier, being determined probably in part
by tlie old watercourses of this area of drowned topography.
The evidence points to the limitation of luxuriantly growing
coral masses to the outer centre and edge of the shelf, owing to
the turbid water west of the centre of the shelf, the recession of
the shore line from the edge of the continental plateau permitting
of their existence in the clear water to seaward, while the turbid
water of the closer inshore area militates against its western
expansion. Exceptions occur in the deeper off-shore areas of
mountainous coasts possessing inconsiderable streams (coast
north of Cairns). The inner and central portions of the fairly
flat continental shelf seem determined by the conjoint influences
of tides and dominant currents in the way of redistributing the
loads brought down by the rivers, and the material lost to the
islands and mainland by the agencies of marine erosion. Gain
to this area is also represented by various animal and plant
growths containing calcareous tissues, coral growths being con-
fined to the formation of island fringing reefs.

This cycle of coastal depression was interrupted in modern
times, as regards the shore,* by an epicycle of elevation, which
may have originated ni a shifting of the pivotal axis, inasmuch
as that, while apparent elevations along the coast line are con

* The anticline to the west across which the canons of the coastal rivers
have sawn their way appears to have been in process of formation for a con-
siderable period.

18-1: GEOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND COAST,

fined between vertical limits of 5 and 20 feet, traces of contem-
poraneous elevation exist inland from Townsville to the extent
of 300 feet; terraces also occur at Raymond Terrace about 20
feet above sea level, while some 10 miles to the west traces of
the upward movement occur as much as 50 feet above present
high water mark. From observations made in North Queensland
and along the New England plateau the topographical features
of the central and eastern portions of the cordillera record a
double cycle of elevation. The hydrographic system was dis-
turbed ; the broad shallow basins which had been developed
in the plateau after the Tertiary basalt outbursts were forced
upwards again in much more recent times, the criteria of later
elevation consisting in the ''valley in valle}- " form of the river
systems. The canons of such rivers as the Macleay, 2,000 to
4,000 feet deep, occupy the centres of their former basins, and
end in gigantic waterfalls sometimes 1,000 feet in height. Other
e.xamples of recently disturbed drainage systems are : —

(1) The Barron, Tull}^, and Johnson falls in N. Queensland.

(2) The various Clarence and Macleay falls in New England.

(3) The Nepean and Shoalhaven falls in southern N.S. Wales.
A youthful stage in stream development is also hinted at by

the "strike" streams of the upper waters of the coastal rivers.
More steeply graded rivers travelling westwards from the coast
may hereafter catch the long meridionally disposed headwaters of
streams like the Clarence, Shoalhaven and Nepean.

The recent epicycle of elevatory coastal movement accentuates
such features as island tying, the formation of lagoons, coastal
plains, bay bars and silting up of bar-bound harbours.

Such rivers as the Brisbane, Richmond, Clarence and Macleay
furnish magnificent examples of the dominance of a southern
along-shore current, and the evident intention of the sea to
establish a straight shore line in the enormous deflection north-
wards of these streams and the presence of liuge bars at their
mouths. Other evidence of the influence of sea action is manifest
from the position of Frazer Island, the uninterrupted sweep of
its eastern coast, its extensive northerly spit, and the gently

BY E. C. ANDREWS. IS")

swinging coast south of the island backed up by lagoons and
lagoon-marsh meadows.

Criteria of the adolescent stage in coast formation appear to
be frequent, while maturity is still far away in point of time, as
is shown b}'' the presence of numerous irregularly shaped islands
and headlands with attendant unfilled lagoons, bays and harbours.

From a consideration of the plateau and coast features, there
appears to be no reason for assigning an age later than Pliocene,
possibly late Pliocene, for the movement of elevation which
carried the Tertiary and Cretaceous peneplains 3,000 feet above
their former positions and resulted in the formation of the canons
and upper valleys of the coastal area. The subsidence which
determined the present Barrier Reef may be referred to Pleisto-
cene times on topograjDhical grounds, while the latest epicycle or
vibration of coastal elevation may be referred to the historical
period.

186

NOTES ON THE BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF
NEW SOUTH WALES.

By R. H. Cambage.

Pakt VI. — From Marsden to Narrandera.

(Plates viii.-x.)

The distance from Marsden to W3'along is about 20 miles
westerly. The country is generally level, except for a ridge of
sedimentary formation at about half-way. Various trees and
shrubs noticed were : — Ereinofhila Mitchelli (Budtha or Sandal-
wood), Geijera parviflora (Wilga, getting scarce), Heterodendron
olecefolium (Rosewood), Casuarina Luehmanni (Bull Oak), C.
Cainhagei (Belah), Callitris robusta (White or Cyj^ress Pine),
Sterculia diversifoLia (Currajong), and Myoporum deserti (Dog-
wood). The above were all passed between Marsden and the
10-mile post from Wyalong. On the ridge betAveen the 10- and
<S-mile posts from Wyalong were Grevillen floribunda, Calythrix
tetragona, Callitris calcarata (Mountain Pine), Casuarina quadri-
valvis (She Oak or Mountain Oak), Exocarpiis cuj^ressiformis
(Native Cherry), Caladenia cceridea (small blue Orchid), Dodoiicea
viscosa (Hopbush), and Prostanthera nvalifolia, R.Br, a shrub
about fi^'e feet high, co\ered with blue flowers in September.
Between the 8- and 4-mile posts were Hakea leucoptera (Needle-
wood), Cassia eremophila, Casuarina Cambagei, C. Lue1i7nanni ^
Callitris I'obusta, Birtya Gunninghamii (Broom Bush), Heteroden-
dron olecHfolium, Melaleuca parviflora^ Lindl., and Eriostemon
difformis. Between the 4-mile post and Wyalong the following
were noticed : — Calythrix tetragona, Melaleuca uncinata ( Youngie
Bush), Fusanus acuminatus (Quandong). Myoporum deserti,
Bursaria spi^wsa, Cav. (Black Thorn), Sterculia diversi/olia, and

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 187

a few trees of Eremophila longifolia (Emu Bush). The plants of
Prostanthera ovalifolia and Bursaria spinosa were the first seen
in coming from Bourke.

In the drought of 1895, when all grass and herbage had dis-
appeared, the rabbits in the Wyalong district turned their
attention to the bark of various shrubs and small trees, but the
species which suB'ered most from these rodents was Myoporum
deserti (Dogwood). The bark was eaten off right round the stem,
and as far up as Bunny could reach when standing on two legs.
In this way the lower parts of these trees were whitened as if
covered with white stockings, and presented a striking appearance
when growing in clusters in the forest. Scarcely a tree of this
species escaped, and the great quantity of whitened stems bore
testimony both to the numbers and energy of their assailants,
while a great many of the trees died from this novel process of
ringbarking. From various sources I gathered that the rabbits
did not thrive on this bark, but simply prolonged existence.

Throughout various localities in my western travels I have seen
instances of rabbits eating the bark oti' the trunks and exposed
roots of very many trees aud shrubs, but have never noticed their
showing such a decided preference for any other species as was
shown for this one in the Wyalong district. Usually their
favourite bark can be detected in any forest by noticing which
trees are most constantly attacked. The observations of others
on this point would be of interest. In the Cobar district Capparis
Mitchelli (Wild Orange) was one of the shrubs most constantl}'-
attacked. The various Eucalypts, including the Mallees, are
evidently not in favour with them, as these are left untouched
while anything else can be obtained.

Mijopori.ini de<erti has been noticed nearly the whole way from
Bourke. In the Nymagee district it is often found growing near
the various Mallees, but is also quite common in places to the
eastward where these Eucalypts do not grow. It is usually
known as Dogwood, though that name is given to other trees in
different localities. In the Lachlan district the chief flowering
time for this species is October, and in November the ground may

188 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

be seen in places whitened with the fallen petals. More than
once I have met with Western men who have confused these trees
with the Budtha or Sandalwood, Eremo2)hila Mitchelli: but by-
exercising a little care the two species are easily separated with-
out reference to flowers or fruits. The general appearance of
Budtha is paler than that of Dogwood both as regards bark and
foliage. The former flowers a little earlier than the latter, though
of course occasional flowers of either may be found during a
period extending over several months.

Myoporum deserti contains some kind of resinous substance
which may at times be seen exuding from the bark. I knew of
an instance in the Forbes district where a flock of domestic
turke3^s were in the habit of making periodical visits to a number
of these little trees in order to feed on this exudation while it
was fresh. Possibly the same substance was also the attraction
for the rabbits."^

In the following list of Acacias passed between Marsden and
Wyalong their positions are given in regard to the mile-posts;
those Acacias whose names precede any given mile-post were seen
before that post was reached. The various species were : — A.
stenophyV a (on the Bland Creek only), A. pendula (Boree or
Myall); 13 m. A. homalophylla (Yarran); 11m. A. dealbata (green
variety), A. hakeoides, A. doratoxylon (Currawong) ; 10 m. A.
cardiophylla^ A. Cunn.; 8 m. A, homalophylla ; 7 m. A. Osivaldi
(Miljee); 5 m. A. rigeyis, A. ixiophylla, Benth. (?); 4 m A.difformis,
Baker (Black Wattle); 2 m. and A. decora.

A. pendida ceases on this road with the river soil at about ISA-
miles from Wyalong, but occurs again to the south and south-
west. As previously stated (Partii., p. 719, and Part v., p. 690),
this species is more often called Boree south of the Lachlan than
Myall, W'hile A. homalophylla is here known both as Yarran and
Myall.

* For some notes on exudates from ^1/. platycarpiiiii, by the late Mr. K. H.
Bennett, see these Proceedings, vii., 1882, pp. 350-351.

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 189

A. cardiophylla was found on the sedimentary ridge previously
mentioned, and was not noticed in any other part of the countrj^
described in these papers. It was flowering earl}'- in September,
and in general appearance, as well as size, much resembles A.
pubesceiis, R.Br., of the Parramatta district.

A. rigens was found growing as trees up to 12 feet high with a
peculiar rough crinkled bark, and needle-shaped leaves generally
having straight points. The trees were covered with flowers earl}'
in September.

A. ixiophylla (*?) was also flowering at the same time, but is a
smaller tree, with fairly smooth grey bark and ^Dale-coloured
leaves with numerous parallel veins. It was not seen previously,
and there is some doubt, in the absence of pods, as to its identity.

A. diff'ormis was also first noticed here. This species, which is
common in the Wyalong district, somewhat resembles A. hakeoideSy
but has decidedly darker bark and foliage. The latter was
flowering in August and September, but young pods were found
on A. diff'ormis, showing that it must have flowered some time
previously. These trees, which average about 10 or 12 feet high,
often form scrubs extending over many acres, and sufticiently
thick to afford shelter for the nests of the Mallee Hen [Leipoa
ocellata).

The Eucalypts noticed between Marsden and Wyalong were : —
E. rostraia (River Red Gum), E. Woollsiana (Black or N^arrow-
leaved Box) ; 10 m. E. sideroxylon (Ironbark), E. tereticoriiis,
v&v. dealbata (Gum); 8 m. E. co7iica (Apple IBox); 4 m. E. diimosa
(White Mallee), E. sideroxylon (Ironbark), E. jjopulifolia (Box,
scarce), E. Behriana, F.v.M., and a few trees of E. melliodora
(Yellow Box).

The district around Wyalong is interesting to lovers of either
geology or botany. The formation in which the rich gold reefs
occur is granite, whereas many, though not all, of the reefing fields
in New South Wales are in sedimentary formations, ver}' often
Silurian slate, or, if in Plutonic, the rock is often other than
granite. The depth to which the rock has decomposed, and the
level at which water too salt for use is found, are among the

190 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

points of geological interest. Plants are very plentiful, and many
are met with here which do not occur to the eastward, but extend
across into South Australia. The localit}- may be regarded as
being on the eastern boundary of the true interior flora.

Various trees and shrubs noticed around Wyalong and tov. ards
Barmedman were : — Bertya Cunninghamii, Sterculia diversifoJia,
Myoporum deserti, Melaleuca parvijlora, J/, uncinata, Olearia
phneloides, A. Cunn., 0. lepidopht/lla, Benth., Eriostemon difformis,
Philotheca ciliata, Hook., Bursaria spinosa, Pittosporum phiHy-
rceoidesy Fxocarpus aphylla, Phehalium glandidosum, P. ohcorda-
tum, A. Cunn., Callit7'is robusta, C. calcarata, Halea leucopdera,
Cassia eremophila, Calythrix tetragona^ Casuarina Luehmaiini,
C. Cambagei, Cassytha sp., Dodonce.a sp., Heterodendron olecefolium,
Templetonia egena, Benth., Fusanus acuminatus, Thryptomene
Tninutiflora, F.v.M., Lissanthe strigosa, R.Br., Prostanthera
coccinea, F.v.^l., Solanuin simile, F.v.M., Helichrysum obcordatum,
F.v.M. , and Leptospermum myrsinoides, Schl. This last-named
species was also found north of the Lachlan, and was previously
mentioned as Tea-tree (Part iv., p. 325), but not then definitely
identified.

The species of Cassytha growing at AVyalong is found as a
parasite clinging to and often almost smothering the top of the
Mallee or other bushes, the leafless vines being so numerous as in
many cases to form quite a canopy. They are often known as
Mallee-vines, and are useful as a fodder. The fruits are con-
sidered edible by children.

Eriostemon difformis flowers profusely around Wyalong ■ in
September, and contributes much to the beauty of the flora.

Pliebalhtm obcordatum was found at Wyalong only, and,
judging by its absence from herbaria, is evidently a plant not
often met with by the collector. It is somewhat difl'use in its
habit, and when covered w^ith yellow flowers is an ornamental
little shrub. Usually the colour of a flower is decided by the
colour of its petals, but in this species it is from the anthers that
the yellow appearance emanates, a feature, of course, not confined
to this genus. I have noticed these flowers apparentl}^ change

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 191

colour after a shower of rain, but an inspection showed that it was
simply owing to the removal of the pollen b}^ the rain drops.

Melaleuca parviflora is fairly common around Wyalong, and in
general appearance, as well as habit, is exactly similar to this
species growing in the Ninety-Mile Desert, South Australia. On
the coast of New South Wales it is generally a darker green, and
the leaves are often more flexuose.

The Acacias around Wyalong and towards Barmedman are
numerous, and include several which had not been seen along the
country described to the northward, as well as one not previously
recorded for New South Wales. Those noticed were : — A. mon-
tana, Benth., A. microcar^Kt, F.v.M., A. rigens, A. aspera, Lindl.,
A. conferta, A. acinacea, Lindl., A. t^ernicifiua^ A. hakeoides, A.
decora, A. cidtri/ormis, A. Cunn. (west of Wyalong ', A. homalo-
jihylla, A. pendula (towards Barmedman), .1. Osivaldi, A.
ixiophylla (?), A. difformis, A. dealbata {green \ariety), A. ohliqiia,
A. Cunn., and A. rhigiophylla, F.v.M.

A . microcarpa grows as a shrub 3 or 4 feet high, spreading across
the top to 4 and 5 feet. In general appearance it somewhat
resembles A. montana, but the latter is slightly taller, not so
spreading, and very viscid, while its leaves have several nerves,
those of A. micTocar'pa having but the central one, and that not
very prominent.

A. rhigiophylla occurs a few hundred yards north-westerly of
West Wyalong, and has not previously been recorded for New
South Wales. It was originally described from specimens
collected in South Australia; but the country to the westward of
Wyalong is of much the same nature as some of the eastern parts
of South Australia, so the plant does not appear to be out of
place in this part of New South Wales, and will probably be
found to extend over a considerable area in the south-west. It
grows as a somewhat spreading shrub, a few feet high, with rigid
pointed leaves.

Between the two towns of Wyalong and West Wyalong, which
are situated about two miles apart, the country is almost level and
was formerly covered with Mallee, though some of it is now

192 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

cleared. There appear to be four species, but the scrub is made
up chiefly of two, viz.. Eucalyptus Behriana and E. polyhractea ^
Baker. The other two, which are not so plentiful, are E. dumosa
and E. viridis, with an occasional Box (E. Woollsiana) and Iron-
bark [E. sideroxylon).

E. Behriana usually grows as a Mallee about 8 to 15 feet high,
though in rare instances I found trees up to about 35 feet high,
with a diameter of 9 or 10 inches, the bark being smooth and
white, though often toning off to greenish and grey. Perhaps
the most striking feature of this Mallee is that it has fairly broad,
smooth, and generally shining leaves, though this latter is not so
marked as in the case of E. popidifolia. Yet to the westward of
Wyalong I have collected a few specimens of this species having
silvery-white powdered leaves, though on no other occasion was
this glaucous form met with. The flowers of E. Behriana are
small and the fruits almost sessile. Its timber, which is of a pale
red colour, is usually too small to be of use, but from the larger
trees it is sometimes brought in and used for timbering the mining
shafts, though that growing near the mines on the goldfields is
too small for the purpose.

E. pohjhractea has never been seen by me except around
Wyalong, though it probably occurs to the westward. So far as
observed it has alwaj's a glaucous appearance, and is in conse-
quence known as Blue Mallee. If it were not for this white
powder on the leaves there would be some difiiculty, without
examination, in separating it from E. viridis^ and even in the
herbarium specimens the similarit}' in buds and fruits is notice-
able, but the identification is here also assisted by the glaucous
appearance of the leaves. When I first found this species I
adopted the method of crushing a few leaves to ascertain vvhether
it could be separated from E. viridis, and soon found this could
readily be done, as the Blue Mallee seems exceedingly rich in oil.
In no case was this species found growing into a tree, but usually
from 6 to 10 feet high and forming dense scrubs.

The Eucalypts noticed on the roadside between Wyalong and
Barmedman were: -E. dinnosa, K. Behriana, E. poJyhractea

BY K. H. CAMBAGE. 193

(only near Wj^along), E. melliodora (scarce), E. tereticornis
(Forest Red Gum), E. conica (scarce), E. WooUsiana, E. sider-
oxi//o)i, and E. tereticornis var. dealbata.

The first three Eucalypts mentioned are Mallees, but a few
trees of E. dumosa were noticed about 50 feet high and a foot in
diameter. After passing Barmedman no more Mallee was seen,
but it is to be found extending away to the south-west. Though
it is very plentiful just at Wj'-along, it may be said that between
the Lachlan and Murrumbidgee Rivers it is not common east of a
line joining Condobolin, Wyalong, Temora and Wagga, and does
not come up to this line except in places.

E. conica was last seen at a few miles south of Wyalong, and
this is probably one of its most southern points in this locality.

E. populifolia was not noticed south of the Wyalong district,
but from this point northwards it is one of the commonest trees
in the interior. Although usually known as Bimble Box, I was
informed that away to the westward of Wyalong it bears the
name of Mint}^ Box, but as I did not visit the locality indicated
I cannot be certain of the species. E. populifolia is the Box tree
which usually produces such a number of seedlings after the land
has been ringbarked, and in this respect is a considerable source
of annoyance to the landowner.

From Barmedman to Temora is south-easterly about 20 miles,
and various trees and shrubs noticed along the roadside were : —
Heterodendron olecf^folium, Myoporum deserti, CaHitris calcarata,
C. robusta, Casuarina Luehmanni, Cpaludosa, Sieb. (?), Dodoncea
viscosa, Exocarpus cupres si/or mis, Cassinia Theodori, F.v.M.,
(Sifting Bush), Eusamcs acwminatus, Cassia ereinop>hila, Caly-
thrix tetragona, Hihbertia stricta, R.Br., Brachyloma daphnoides,
Pimelea linifolia, Sm., Eremophila longifolia (very scarce),
Sterculia diversi/olia, and Indigofera australis, Wild. On a ridge
just west of Barmedman a species of Olearia was found, but so
far not identified.

The tree mentioned as Casuarina paludosa (1) is found in
various parts of Central New South Wales, but chiefly to the
eastward of the route followed in these papers. It is doubtful
13

194 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

whether this is really C. paludosa at all, or a distinct species. I
have collected it on the Harvey Range near Peak Hill, near
Manildra, and on the hills around Cow Flat in the Bathurst dis-
trict. It grows rather more as a little tree than a shrub, and
ranges from about 6 to 12 and sometimes 15 feet high. The
medullary rays in the wood, though fine, are quite distinct, while
the bark is generally smooth. A feature of this species is that in
all the localities mentioned it usually grows on dry ridges, and not
in damp places, as its botanical name would suggest. Its affinities
appear to be with C. suherofia on the one hand, and C. distyla
on the other; but I have never met with either of these sjDecies
between the Macquarie and Murrumbidgee Rivers. C. distyla is
mentioned, however (B.Fl., vi., 198), as having been collected on
the Lachlan by Allan Cunningham, though imperfect specimens of
C. pahidosa C?) might possibly be confused w^ith those of C. distyla.

Cassinia Theodori is very plentiful in the Temora district,
where it is known by the name of Sifting Bush. This name is
suggested by the similarity of the numerous fallen florets to
the " sif tings " which are blown away from grain by a winnowing
machine. Although only a few feet high, it forms a dense under-
growth in places where the soil is slightly inferior, often covering
many acres; and in addition to affording a shelter for vermin, it
sometimes encroaches on wheattields which are adjacent to these
areas.

At intervals along the whole of the route followed from
Bourke, patches of a species of Cucumis, usually known as melons,
were seen. They are found on good soil, and the vines from each
plant radiate several feet, being covered with small, round melons
nearly an inch in diameter, and exceedingly bitter. In the
autumn when the vines are dead, and especially in times of
drought when the grass has disappeared as well, these green
marbles are very conspicuous, and sometimes are scattered over
several acres where the vines have been numerous. So far as I could
judge they seem to be untouched by stock of any kind, though
recently a report came from Lake Cowal to a Sydney daily jDaper

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 195

that 150 sheep had died presumably from eating these wild melon
seeds.

The Acacias noticed between Barmedman and Temora were : —
A. honialophylla (only near Barmedman), A. hakeoides, A. dealhata
(green variety), A. verniciflua, A. flexifolia^ A. Cunn., (which had
just ceased flowering in September), A. difformis^ A. decora, and
A. ixiophylla (?).

The Eucalypts were represented by ^. Woollsiana, E. sideroxylon,
E. melliodora (increasing in quantity), E, tereticornis and var.
decdbata, one tree of E. ajfinis and three of Ironbark Box similar
to the questionable hybrid of ]Sr3^magee.

E. Woollsiana, which is known locally as Black Box, was being-
cut for railway sleepers. Finding it on a ridge near Barmedman
with E. sideroxylo7i, I searched a considerable area for the
questionable hybrid, and eventually found three trees fairly close
together, with the bark, timber and fruits about midway between
those of the other two, and corresponding with trees previously
found in similar compsmy (vide Part ii., p. 716, and Part iii., p. 324).
I am still unable to offer any definite opinion as to what these
trees really are. In a general way they seem to more nearly
approach E. sideroxylon than any other local species, but the
fruits are smaller, the bark less rough and inclined to be like that
of the Box, and the wood yellowish, while they seem too scarce
to represent a distinct species. In this instance, as previously,
they were only found as the result of special search. Although
these trees appear to be very rare, it may be mentioned that in
nearly every case they have been found in twos or threes.

E. Woollsiayia, between Barmedman and Temora, showed a dis-
tinctly glaucous appearance in September, a feature never noticed
by me at an}?- other place.

In going southerly from Temora towards Sebastopol for about
10 miles, the following plants were noticed : — Pittosporum
phillyrceoides, Daviesia corymhosa, Sm., var., Myoporum deserti,
Fusa7ius acumi^iatios, Cassinia Theodori, Callitris rohusta, C.
calcarata, Dodoncea viscosa, Exocaryus cupressi/ormis, Bursaria

196 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

n'pinosa^ Pterostylis mutica, R.Br., CaJadenia claviyera, A. Cunn.,
and Glossodia major, R.Br.

The Acacias passed were A. hakeoides, A. difformis, A. conferta,
A.Jlexifolia, A, dealbata, and var. (green variet}^).

This is the second instance in coming from Bourke that the
typical A. dealbata has been found. Easterly and southerly from
this point it becomes more plentiful.

The Eucalypts noticed southerl}^ from Temora were: — E.
Woollsiana (still known as Black Box), E. melliodora, E. tereti-
cornis, E. tereticornis var. dealbata, E. sideroxylon and E. macro-
rhyncha, F.v.M. (Stringybark).

Over the area described in these papers this is the first record
of Stringybark. This species prefers a colder climate than is
found in the interior, and the fact of its being so far west as
Temora is possibly owing to the influence of southern latitudes.
North of the Murrumbidgee this is the most western point at which
I have ever found the species; but a settler informed me that
there are similar Stringybark trees on Scrubby Mountain, near
Rankin's Springs, about 70 miles north-west of Temora. If this
is the case, the species is probably E. macrorhyncha, it being by
far the most westerly of our Stringybarks. The statement is
probably correct, but requires investigation. The most western
point in New South Wales at w^hich I have collected this species
is Albury. E. rtiacrorhyyicha has an extensive range in this State,
and is fairly plentiful over the area which extends north and
south along the Great Dividing Range, spreading sometimes to
the westward and again to the eastward of the range. South of
Mudgee its western boundary coincides very nearly with the
eastern boundary of E. hemiphloia var. albens, except in isolated
cases as at Temora, Grenfell and Manildra, svhere it occupies
ridges to the westward. So far as my observations have gone I
find that it undoubtedly prefers a geological formation of sedi-
mentary origin, and may, therefore, often be found on goldfields
in Silurian slate areas. To the miner and settler it is a most
useful tree. The bark is used freely for roofing huts and out-
buildings, while its timber is greatly in request in all kinds of

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 197

mining work, building and fencing. In the highlands around
Bathurst it is one of the most generally useful trees the inhabi-
tants possess, its timber being superior, both in or out of the
ground, to that of many of the others growing in the same
elevated localities, besides being easy to work. On the western
slopes it is known as Stringy bark, but often in places to the east-
ward it is called Red Stringybark from the colour of the wood,
and to separate it from other String^'^barks which grow in the
same localities and ha\e paler timber.

FromTemora toCootamundra, via Sprnigdale and Stockinbingal,
is about 36 miles south-easterly, and a careful study of plants
along this route will show that the western flora is being gradually
left behind and replaced by some of the forms which are usually
found on slightly higher levels to the eastward. Thus many trees
wdiich have been noticed along the greater part of the road from
Bourke are not seen east of Temora, except perhaps in very rare
instances, among others being Hakea leucoptera^ Heterodendron
olecefoliutn, E^'emophila Mitchelli, Geijer'a parvijiora, Casuarina
Cambagei, Acacia pendida and A. homalophylla.

Various trees and shrubs noted before reaching Springdale at
11 miles were: — Myoporuiin deserti, Casua7'ina Luehmanni, a
very little of Eremophila longijolia, Callitris rohusta, C. calcarata
(generally on ridges with E. sideroxylon), Dodonce,a viscosa,
Cassinia Theodori, Cassia eremophila^ Bursaria spinosa, Fusanus
acunmiatus, and Exocarjnis cupressiformis.

Between Springdale and Stockinbingal, a distance of about 1 1
miles, the following were passed :— Callitris calcarata, C. robusta,
Cassinia Theodori, Fusanus acuininatus, Grevillea jioribunda,
Dodoncea viscosa, Bursaria spinosa, Casuarina Luehmanni, C.
quadrivalvis, Drosera sp., and Eiitaxia empetrifolia, Schl,

Between Stockinbingal and Cootamundra, a distance of 14
miles, most of the land is under cultivation, but on one hill
Exocarpus cupressiformis and Casuay'ina quadrivalvis were
noticed.

The Acacias passed between Temora and Springdale were : —
A. difformis, A. montana, A. hakeoides and A. dealbaia (green
variety).

198 130TAXY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

Between Springdale and Stockinbingal there were : — A.
hakeoides, A. conferta, A. dealhata, A. difformis, and A. ai^mataj
R.Br., the first noticed.

Between Stockinbingal and Cootamundra A. diffusa, Edw.,
was seen for the first time.

Acacia Bailey ana, F.v.M., (Cootamundra Wattle), is fairly
plentiful a few miles to the westward of the road travelled, being
common along parts of the main coach road from Cootamundra
to Temora; and is to botanists a most interesting species. It is
now a well known ornamental tree in many gardens in various
States, but there apparently was a time when it grew nowhere
except near Cootamundra. From considerable enquiries made, I
conclude that, prior to its cultivation, a circle with a radius of
30 miles, or perhaps less, described around a centre somewhere
between Cootamundra and Temora, would have included every
tree of Cootamundra Wattle in the known world. The question
naturally arises whether it is a new Acacia which originated here,
or a remnant once more plentiful, but now gradually disappearing
altogether. Without a lengthy investigation, the evidence avail-
able on which to solve the matter is very slight, so that I am
unable to express any opinion concerning it.

The Eucalypts passed between Temora and Stockinbingal
were : — E. Woollsiana, E. melliodora, E. liemiphloia var. alhens (a
few trees were flowering in September, which is very late), E.
sideroxyhn, E. affnis, E. tereticornis var. dealhata, and E. macro-
rhyncha.

Between Stockinbingal and Cootamundra were: — E. meUiodora,
E. liemiphloia var. albens, E. Woolhiana (becoming scarce), E.
tereticornis, E. macrorhyncha, E. Cambagei, Deane and Maiden,
and E. Bridgesiana, Baker.

E. Woollsiana may be said to cease at Cootamundra. South of
the Macquarie River the eastern boundary of this species may be
roughly described by lines joining Wellington, Molong, Cudal,
Canowindra, Mount McDonald, Koorawatha, Cootamundra, and
Albury, passing thence into Victoria.

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 199

E. sideroxyJon is also rare to the east of Cootamundra except
in some isolated coast spots, the elevation being too great for it.
Its eastern boundary, south of the Macquarie, corresponds very
nearly with that of E. Woollsiana. It also extends into Victoria at
least as far as Chiltern, showing little or no variation. The other
Victorian tree, known as E. leucoxylon, F.v.M., though having a
smooth white bark and yellowish wood, is thought by some to be
the same species as the New South Wales E. sideroxylon, but the
distinct difference in both bark and timber seems to me sufficient
to show that they are separable, notwithstanding a considerable
similarity in the fruits. So far I have not met with any trees
showing a decided gradation from one species to the other, those
which have come under my notice in the forests being either
typical Ironbarks or Gums.

E. Cambagei is a species extending over a considerable area on
the highlands of New South Wales and in Victoria, though in
the latter State it is also found almost down to sea-level, which is
probably another instance of the effect of southern latitudes. In
the Mudgee, and Bathurst to Goulburn districts it is seldom found
below an altitude of 2,000 feet above sea-level, though near
Cootamundra it is growing at about 1,200 feet, and at about 550
near Albury. It is known under the names of Apple, Mountain
Apple, Bastard Box, and Bundy, the latter being the local name
south of Bathurst around Rockley and Burraga, where it is in con-
siderable request as a fuel in the copper smelting furnaces. South
of the Macquarie River E. Cambagei is seldom found west of a line
joining Wellington, Molong, Cargo, Mount McDonald, Gundagai
and Albury. There are, however, a few patches of it to be found
west of this line, one being near Bumberry between Molong and
Parkes, and that now under discussion near Cootamundra, while
there are probably other small areas of it in isolated spots. In
these extreme western localities it is usually found occupying the
tops of hills, and is undoubtedly more in its regular home on the
higher lands to the eastward. The wood of this tree is hard for
a mountain species, but as the trees are seldom straight or tall
the timber is not considered to be of much value. In the Bathurst

200 BOTANi: OF THE INTERIOR OF NBW SOUTH WALES,

and Orange districts it may generally be found growing on ridges
of Silurian slate; and although it evidently prefers a sedimentary
formation, it is occasionally to be found on hills of igneous origin,
though in such cases the wood often appears to be softer, probably
owing to a more rapid growth through being in a better soil. In
no case does it appear to grow on an alluvial flat. The bark of
this tree is a dark grey, somewhat resembling a Box bark, but of
a more woolly nature, toning off to smooth on the ultimate
branches. It is, however, only in rare instances that it is found
in company with typical Box trees such as E. hemiphloia var.
albens, or F. Woollsiana, preferring a colder climate.

For many years E. Camhagei was confused in various herbaria
with E. goniocalyx, F.v.M., but in the forest the two species are
scarcely ever, or it might almost be said never, confounded. The
latter is usually a large straight Gum tree, found along the south
coast and in Victoria, having smooth bark and moderatel}^ hard
fissile timber; while the former has more of a Box or Apple tree
appearance, with hard, interlocked timber. In some cases, how-
ever, E. goniocalyx has a rough bark somewhat similar to that
at times seen on E. saliyna, Sm., the Sydney Blue Gum, covering
the trunk almost up to the branches. I have seen this at Fern
Tree Gully, near Melbourne, where my attention was drawn to it
by Mr. J. G. Luehmann, F.L.S. The sucker-foliage, however,
separates these two species very clearly.

The tree with which E. Camhagei is often confused in the
forest is that named E. Bridyesiana by Mr. R. T. Baker (Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1898, Part 2) and formerly recognised as^.
Stuartiana, F.v.M., there being a fancy with many bushmen that
the latter, often known as Apple, and which has a soft wood and
grows on flats, graduates into the former species, which grows
on the hills and has a hard wood. Botanically these two trees
are very distinct, but the similarity in the bark causes the con-
fusion among casual observers.

E. Bridgesiana was not met with in coming from Bourke until
Cootamundra was reached. It extends, north and south, almost,
if not quite, through the entire length of New South Wales,

BY R. H. CAMBAGE 201

following in a general way the course of the Great Dividing-
Range, being found perhaps more on its western than eastern
slopes and seldom, if ever, coming down to the sea-level. It is
usually known as either Apple or Woolly-butt, the former name
being in general use to the south of Bathurst, while it is known
by the latter name to the northward, though these names are not
constantly allotted according to the above divisions. In some
localities it is called Peppermint, \vhile in others it bears the name
of Box from a similarity in the appearance of the bark to some
of the Box trees. It takes its name of Apple from a general out-
ward similarity which it has to Angophora intermedia, DC, that
species being known as Apple almost wherever it is found in New
South Wales; and when these trees grow together the Eucalypt
is often designated Woolly-butt by way of distinction. Although
Angophora intermedia is plentiful all along the coastal districts,
and crosses to the western slopes in many places to the northward,
it is rare within that large area lying to the south of the Great
Western Railwa}^ Line, and to the west of the Great Dividing-
Range, though it touches the boundary of this area near Welling-
ton, and may possibly be found somewhere in the Yass and
Tumut districts. Within this area £. Bridgesiana is usually
known as Apple. But the name changes to Woolly-butt north
of Bathurst and in the Rylstone district, as A. intermedia begins
at about 7 miles from Bathurst towards Sofala and continues
northwards.

E. Bridgesiana is generally found growing on flats, but some-
times on elevated land in basaltic country, and in the colder parts
often in company with a white drooping Gum, E. vlminalis,
Labill. In habit these trees somewhat resemble each other, but
the white smooth bark of the latter is very distinct from that of
the former, which has a grey Box bark, usually covering all the
trunk and part of the branches. Although these two species
grow in company in the cold parts, it is found in going to the
lower western country that the Gum ceases considerably before
the Apple. The timber of this Apple-tree is considered useless,
beinsc even valueless as a fuel.

202 BOTAXY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

Near its western limit it is often found on the river flats in
company with E. melliodora (Yellow Box), and reaches its most
western points along the rivers to the south. From the Mac-
quarie River southwards its western boundar}^ may be roughly
defined by lines joining Wellington, Eugowra, Grenfell, Coota-
mundra and Albiuy, although it apparently continues down the
Murray at least to Mulwala, having been recorded from that
locality by Mr. Baker (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxv., 667). It
is common on the Murrumbidgee around Gundagai. It may also
be seen in Victoria from the railway line at various points
between Albury and Seymour.

Baron von Mueller always placed this tree under his E.
Stuartiana, but it differs from the tree growing at Ringwood and
other places near Melbourne, also included by the Baron under
E. Stv^artiana, in timber, bark and foliage, the Melbourne tree
showing strong aflinities to the Argyle Apple of New South Wales,
E. pulveridenta, Sims, to which E. Brldgesiana shows much less,
excepting in the sucker-foliage. Attention was first drawn to this
difference by Mr. A. W. Howitt, F.G.S., in 1898, before a meeting
of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science,
w^iich resulted in the New South Wales tree being described by
Mr. Baker under the name of E. Bridgesiana.

Messrs. Deane k Maiden in their " Observations on the
Eucalypts of New South Wales " have retained the name of E.
Stuartiana for the N. S. Wales tree, and Mr. Maiden has since
included the Victorian tree under the lanceolar-leaved form of E.
pulveridenta (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxvi., 547).

Between Cootamundra and Junee the following trees and
shrubs were noticed from the train : — Callitris calcarata, C.
robusta, Sterculia diversi/oUa, Cassinia Theodori, Casiiarina
quadrivalvis, C. Luehmanni, and Bicrsaria spinosa.

The Acacias noticed were : — A. doratoxylon, A. diffusa, A.
montana, A. difformis, and A. Bailey ana.

The Eucalypts passed were : — E. melliodora, E. Bridgesiana,
E. tereticornis, E. macrorhyncJia, E. heiniphloia var. albens, E.

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 203

sideroxylon^ E. afflnis, E. Woollsiana, E. Camhagei (?), and E. tere-
ticornis var. dealhata.

E. sideroxylon, E. ajfinis, E. macrorhyncha, and trees which
appeared to be E. Camhagei were on a ridge between Frampton
and Bethun^ra.

Between Junee and Narrandera the following trees and shrubs
were seen from the train : — Sterculia divei^sifolia, Cassinia Theo-
do7'i, Exocarpus cuiyressiformis, Casuarina guadrivalvis, C. Lueh-
manni, C. C unninghamiana (only seen at Narrandera on the banks
of the Miirrumbidgee), Bui^saria spinosa, Gallitris rohusta, Dodo-
iicea sp., Heterodendron olece folium (trees up to 18 inches in
diameter), Myoporum deserti, Hakea leit^Goptera, Pimelea linifolia
and Calythrix tetragona, the last two being collected at Narran-
dera.

The Acacias passed were : — A. homalopliylla, A. difformis, A.
decora, A. peiidida, A. montana (?) and A. doratoxylon, the latter
seen only at Narrandera.

A. pendida was only noticed in two localities, near Grong Grong^
where it is locally known as Boree. In going from Sydney on
the Southern line, this is the first place at which this species is
met with, while on the western line it is first seen from the train
near Narromine.

The Eucalypts identified between Junee and Narrandera were :
— E. meUiodora, E. Woollsiana (both continuing all the way), E.
tereticornis and v^ar. dealhata, E. hemiphloia var. alhens (not
noticed past Coolamon) and E. rostrata.

The complete list of Eucalypts passed between Marsden and
Narrandera is : — E. rostrata, E. Woollsiana, E. sideroxylon, E.
tereticornis and var. dealhata, E. conica (only in the northern
part), E. populifolia (not plentiful), E. dumosa, E. melliodora, E.
Behriana, E. polyhractea, E. viridis, E. afflnis, E. macrorhyncha,
E. hemiphloia var. alhens, E. Camhagei, E. Bridgesiana and a few
trees of Ironbark-Box not definitely identified.

The Acacias were numerous and included A. stenophylla, A.
pendida, A. homalophylla, A. dealhata and the green variety, A.
hakeoides, A. doratoxylon, A. cardiophylla, A. Osivaldi, A. rigens^

204 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

A, ixiophylla (1), A, diffusa, A. difforinis, A. decora, A. moiitana,
A. microcarjm, A. aspera, A. conferta A. acinacea, A. verniciffua,
A. cidtriformis, A. obliqiia, A. rhigiophylla, A. ffexifolia, A. armata
and A. BaiJeyana.

The Casuarinas noted were : — C. Litehmanni^ C. pahidosa (1)
(scarce), C. quadrivalvis, C. Cunning hamiana and C. Camhagei.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIIL-X.

Plate viii.
Casnarina Camhagei, Baker (Belah), Gilgandra, N.S.W.

Plate ix.
Geijera 2iarvifIora,'Lmd\., (Wilga), Gilgandra, N.S.W.

Plate X.

Fig. 1.— Eucalyptus Woollsiana, Baker (Black or Narrow-leaved Box),

Forbes, N.S.W.
Fig. 2. — Eucalyptus conica, Deane & Maiden (Apple Box), Forbes, N.S.W.

205

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Ml-. D. G. Stead exhibited two specimens of the rather
uiicoinmon "Doctor''- or ^^Snrgeon^^-Fifih, Prionurus microle2ndotus,
Lacep,, (so-called on account of the keeled, sharp, bony jDlates
running along each side of the tail, which are used for purposes
of offence and defence). These were both procured from Port
Jackson by means of the trammel net. This means of capture is
worth}" of note, as there is only one man at present using this
kind of net in Port Jackson. It will be of interest to record
that the contents of the intestinal tracts of both fishes consisted
of the remains of two or three species of Fucus-like seaweeds,
for the plucking of which the curiously denticulated teeth are
splendidly adapted. He also showed a specimen of the " Flute-
mouth " (Fistularia serrata, Cuv.), also from Port Jackson.
Although the mouth of this curious fish is only J inch in length
as compared with a snout SJ inches long, the stomach contained
a small fish 2 inches long, which could not be determined, as all
the external portion had been digested.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited specimens and photographs of Aus-
tralian fleas, in illustration of the well known fact that members
of the Siphonaptera often li\e upon animals of different species,
and of diverse habits. The largest known flea, Hystrichopsylla
talpcSy described from the mole, is common upon the field-mouse,
and in the nest of humble bees whither field-mice go in order to
feed upon the bees' nests. One of the most peculiar Australian
species, Echidnojohaga ambulans, was described from an Echidna
by Mr. Olliff (Proceedings of this Society, 1886). The specimens
of this species now exhibited were recently received from Mr.
Steel, and were caught upon a native cat {Dasyurus). Mr.
Turner, of Mackay, had lately sent him the exhibited photographs
of a flea taken upon a bandicoot [Perameles), which agreed with
Mr. Skuse's description of Ste2:)hanocircus dasyuri, taken upon a
native cat.

206 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. H. L. Kesteven exhibited specimens, and contributed the
subjoined list, of sixteen species of Mollusca of the Family
Rissoidce from Sandgate, Moreton Bay, Queensland, none of
which had previously been recorded from that State : —

Rissoa scrohiculata^ Watson.

,, dissimilis, Watson.

,, flammea, Frauenfeld.

,, salehrosa, Frauenfeld.

,, incidata, Frauenfeld.

,, olivacea, Frauenfeld.

,, contahiilata^ Frauenfeld.

,, australice^ Frauenf., var. ochroleuca, Brazier.

5, atropurpurea^ Frauenfeld.

,, nitens^ Frauenfeld.

,, fraiienfeldi, Dunker.

,, jacksoni, Brazier.

,5 devecta, Tate.

,, cheilostoma, Ten. -Woods.
Rissoiiia lianleyi, Schwartz.
,, fasciata, A. Adams.
All the foregoing species occur in New South Wales and, with
the exception of the first three, in South Australia likewise, so
that the extension of range so far north is therefore interesting.
The BissoidcE enumerated by Tate from Queensland comprised
three species of Rissoa and three of Bissoina. The specimens
exhibited were, it was said, to be presented to the Australian
Museum.

Mr. R. H. Cambage exhibited specimens of EiicalypUhs eximia
from Picton Lakes, Hawkesbury River, and Maitland (Sawyer's
Gully, where it is known as Rock Apple); and he pointed out
that the species did not appear to have flowered last spring at
any of these places, though since January last the trees had been
covered with buds, showing they will flower profusely next spring.
It would seem, therefore, that the drought was not responsible for
the failure of last spring.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 207

Mr. Trebeck showed the foliage of a seedling peach much
spotted with Uromyces amygdali, Cooke.

Mr. Cheel exhibited growing seedlings of Juncus 2:>rismatocar-
pus, R.Br., and J. hohschcemis, R.Br., in illustration of a paper
showing that Mr. Bentham was in error in uniting these two
species, to be read at next Meeting.

Mr. R. Greig Smith exhibited cultures of the Ascobacterium
from the sugar-cane, described in his paper. Also a culture of
Penicillium glaucum obtained from the fresh kino of Eucalyptus
piperita, which was remarkable for the development of a crimson
colour in the deeper portions of the medium, the colour being
probably due to catalase, the oxidising enzyme secreted by the
Penicillium, acting on fragments of kino.

Mr. A. J. North exhibited skins and eggs of Sisura nana, and
Rhijndura dryas from the Northern Territory of South Australia.
An egg of Sisura nana, taken near the Daly River, in January,
1902, is oval in form, the shell being close-grained, and lustreless.
It is of a dull buffy-white groundcolour irregularly spotted and
blotched with umber-brown, and similar underlying markings of
greyish-lilac which form an irregular band around the larger end.
Length 0*71 x 0*5 inch. An egg of Rhipidura dryas, taken
during January, in the same locality, is a short oval in form, the
shell being close-grained and slightly lustrous. It is of a dull
yellowish-white groundcolour with an indistinct zone of confluent
spots and blotches of dark yellowish-brown, and bluish-grey
around the thicker end. Length 0*65 x 0*52 inch. The specimens
described were from the collection of Mr. Charles French, Junr.

He also exhibited a skin of a Grass Pinch with a pale wax-
yellow bill from Wyndham, N.W. Australia, in illustration of the
following

Note on some Northern and North-western Austrcdian Grass
Finches.

Among a large number of live birds brought to Sydney a few
years ago by M. Octave Le Bon, who had trapped them in North-

208 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

western Australia, my attention was arrested by numerous
examples of Long-tailed Grass Finches. The greater number,
captured at Derby, were of the well known type of Poephila
acuticauda with pale wax-yellow bills, while those caught at
Wyndham were almost similar in colour, but Avere distinguished
by having their bills orange-scarlet, forming a marked contrast,
especiall}^ when seen together in the same cage. This distinction
was also pointed out to me some time ago by Mr. G. A. Keartland,
of Melbourne, who had both the pale yellow and orange-billed
birds in confinement; and again more recently by sending me a
skin of one of the latter that had died the previous daj'- in his
aviary. Mr. Keartland, who had many opportunities of observing
Poephila acuticauda while at Derb}^, informs me that the bills of
all the specimens he collected, and of sixteen birds he brought
back with him alive, were all pale wax-yellow. Since his return
others that were caught at Wyndham and Port Darwin, and
which he had in confinement, were all distinguished by their
orange-scarlet bills. Except that the birds from these localities
are a slightly darker shade of plumage than those obtained at
Derb}", there is nothing except the colour of the bill to separate
them. Age or sex has nothing to do with this distinction, for I
have seen many hundreds of Poephila acuticauda^ and have had
them under observation from the nestling to the adult, while
breeding in confinement. The type of this species was obtained
b}^ Mr. Bynoe on the north-Avest coast of Australia; and the bill
was described by the late Mr. Gould as yellow. The e3'es and feet
of all I have examined are coral-red. If the colour of the bills of
the Wyndham and Port Darwin birds is not a specific character
it certainly constitutes a very distinct variety of P. acuticauda^
which I propose to distinguish under the name of Poephila
aurantiirostrns. Vernacularly it ma}^ be known as the Orange-
billed Grass Finch.

209

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 25th, 1902.

The Ordiiiaiy Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, June 25th, 1902.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c.. President, in the Chair.

Dr. F. A. GoDiNG, U.S. Consulate, Newcastle, N.S.W.; and
Mr. A. J. Walkom, Sydney, were elected Ordinary Members of
the Society.

A letter from Mr. J. R. Garland, M.A., thanking the Members
of the Society for their expression of sympathy, was read to the
Meeting.

By the wish of the Council, the President explained to the
Meeting that, in consequence of the retrenchment policy which
untoward circumstances had forced upon the neighbouring
State of Queensland, it was to be feared that Mr. F. M. Bailey's
" Queensland Flora," now in course of publication, would be
brought to an abrupt termination in the middle of the sixth or
concluding Part. An expression of the views of scientific men
in other States would perhaps help to justify the Queensland
Government in making some special effort to utilise to the full
Mr. Bailey's experience and unrivalled knowledge of the flora of
Queensland in completing the important publication in question.

On the motion of the President, it was unanimously
resolved : —

That this Meeting desires respectfully to give expression to the
hope that, in the interests of science, the Queensland Government
may see its way to allow^ Mr. F. M. Bailey to take the steps
necessary to complete the " Queensland Flora."

The Donations and Exchanges for the month, amounting to 7
Vols., 32 Parts or Nos., 3 Reports, 1 Separate, and 3 Miscellanea,
received from 35 Societies, &c., and 1 Individual, were laid upon
the table.

14

210

NOTES ON JUNCUS HOLOSCFL^NU% R.Br., AND J.
PBISMATOCARPUS, R.Br.; AND ON CERTAIN
OTHER NEW SOUTH WALES PLANTS.

By Edwin Ciieel.

In his ' Prodromus ' (p. 259) R. Brown described two species
of Juncus under the names of J. holoschcenus and J. prismato-
carpus, which he distinguished chiefly by the following characters :

J. holoschcenus. J. pvUimatocarpus.
Stems terete, leaves nearly iS^e^^is compressed, Zea-uesalter-
terete, both articulate. Panicle nate, upright [verticalibus].
terminal, with one leafy bract Panicle terminal, spreading,
at its base articulated like the Flowers numerous, in globular
leaves. Flowers numerous, in clusters; perianth-segments sub-
globular clusters; perianth-seg- ulate. Stamens 3. Capsules
ments acute. Stamens 6. Cap- prismatic, longer than the peri-
sules prismatic, as long as the anth-segments. Seeds oh^cuvelj
perianth-segments. Seeds striate,
striate.

Robert Brown had seen both species under natural conditions.
From the study of herbarium material Bentham came to the con-
clusion that R. Brown's distinctions could not be upheld (B.Fl.
vii., 131); he therefore united the species and adopted the name
J. prismatocarpus. It appears to me, however, that these plants
are quite distinct; for they may readily be distinguished in the
field by their different habit, as well as by some very important
structural differences.

J. holoschtfinus is a more dwarf plant than J. prismatocarpus,
producing erect, nearly terete stems from a creeping perennial
rhizome. The leaves are slender and semiterete, of a dark green
colour and quite hollow inside except for transverse partitions of

BY EDWIN CHEEL. 211

pith which give them a jointed appearance readily seen in her-
barium specimens. These, I presume, are the " articulations "
mentioned by R. Brown. I have examined numbers of plants of
this species throughout the Port Jackson district in the living
state, and have never found less than six stamens present. These
are best seen on a dull damp morning when the flowers may be
found to be fully expanded. The seeds are of a brownish colour,
and prominently striate, as may be easily seen under an ordinary
pocket lens.

./. prismatocaiyus is a much taller plant than the former species,
and usually grows in tufts, hardly ever producing a creeping
rhizome. The leaves are much broader and more compressed,
appearing almost flat; they are of a yellowish-green colour and
are not hollow inside like those of J. holoschcenics, but have three
longitudinal partitions of pith extending from base to apex; these
are again divided by transverse partitions, but are not so pro-
minent as are those of J.holoschcenus. The stamens are only three
in number. The seeds are much lighter in colour, appearing
almost transparent, and are obscurely striate.

The internal structure of the leaves appears to me to be a very
important character to be observed in the determination of these
two species; and may easily be detected by splitting open the
leaves. By kind permission of Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., Director
of the Sydney Botanic Gardens, I have examined all the specimens
labelled ./. prismatocarpus in the National Herbarium, which are
from various parts of Australia and Tasmania. Some of the Tas-
manian specimens closely resemble in outward appearance the
plants of J. prismatocarpus grown in dry situations in New
South Wales. I find that plants of both species, if grown in dry
situations, so closely resemble each other as to appear almost
identical, " their natural habitat being in swampy ground." But
by applying the test of splitting open the leaves it will be found
that the hollow-leaved plants (J. holoschcenus) have six stamens,
whilst the longitudinally partitioned ones have only three. A
further test was made by me by sowing some carefully selected
seeds of each of these species in separate pots which received the

212 JUXCrS HOLOSCH.EXUS AND J. PRISM ATOCARPCS, &c.,

same treatment. At a very early stage a dififerent habit of
growth could readily be distinguished, as well as the difference in
leaf -structure, which is identical with that of the respective adult
plants.

The specimens in the National Herbarium examined and
separated by me are from the following localities : —

J. HOLOSCH^XUS.

New South Wales : —Bondi, near Sydney (E. Betche; May,
1883); Bowral (A. H. S. Lucas; January, 1894); Snow}^ Moun-
tains (W. Bauerlen; 1890); Walcha District, New England (E.
Betche; December, 1898); Centennial Park, Sydney (E. Cheel;
January, 1898).

Victoria : —Wimmera and Oakleigh(C. Walter; October, 1900).

Tasmania: — Cascades (L. Rodney; 1898).

J. PRISMATOCARPUS.

New South Wales : — (Dr. Leichhardt); Kogarah (J. H. Cam-
field; No\ember, 1893, with note as follows : — " Tall variety with
flat leaves and with ^'ery indistinct cross-partitions; apparently
always aquatic "); Tia River, New England (E. Betche; December,
1898, with note as follows : — " Identical with an almost aquatic
form from Kogarah; cross-partitions of leaves very indistinct ");
Conjola (W. Heron; February, 1899); Menangle (Mr. Harper);
Centennial Park, Sydney (E. Cheel; Januarj^, 1898; with note
drawing attention to the indistinct cross-partitions of the leaves,
and the differences in the number of stamens and in the seed as
compared with the preceding species).

Caryophylle.^.

Silene inflata, Sm. (Fl. Brit. 467 = Cucuhahis Behen, L., Eng.
Bot., p. 164). Centennial Park (E. Cheel; December, 1901). An
introduced weed not previously recorded except from the Wagga
district (these Proceedings, 2nd Ser., iv., p. 1055).

BY EDWIN CHEEL. 213

LEGUMINOSiE.

Ornithopus perpusillus, Linn. — Centennial Park, Sydney (E.
Cheel; November. 1899). An introduced naturalised weed not
previously recorded from New South Wales.

EPACRIDEiE.

Leucopogoii exolasius, F.v.M. — Woronora River (E. Cheel;
October, 1901). Previously recorded only from near Camden
(Bentham's 'Fl. Aust.' ; and the 'Handbook of the Flora of
N.S. Wales').

Monotoca ledifolia, A. Cunn. — Woronora River CE. Cheel;
October, 1901). Previously recorded only from the Blue Moun-
tains (Benth. ' Fl. Aust.'; and 'Handbook of the Flora of N.S.
Wales'). There are also specimens in the National Herbarium
from Woronora River (collected by Mr. E. Betche in January,
1S94, but not recorded).

OnCHIDEiE.

Thelymitra pauciflora, R.Br. — Woronora River (E. Cheel;
October, 1901). Previously recorded from Hunter's Hill, Sydney,
and Mount Wilson (Benth. ' Fl. Aust.'; and ' Handbook of the
Flora of N.S. Wales').

214

4. —ON EUCALYPTUS BAUERIANA, 8chauer.

By J. H. Maiden.

Ramulis patentib. subfastigiatis teretib. ; foil, coriaceis ovatis v. subrhombeo-
ovatis, basi obliqua in petiolum longum contractis attenuatisve tenuiter
acuminatis, margine cartilagineo subrevolutis unclulatisq. subglancescentib.
impunctatis reticulatis; umbellis 5-7 floris axillarib. terminalibq. subpani-
culatis; pedunculis subteretib. petiolo triple breviorib.; pedicellis subangu-
latis cupulae turbinatae continuis eamq. subaequantibus ; operculo subconico-
hemisphaerico apiculato cupula triente breviore.— Foliorum lamina 2-2^
poll, longa, 1-2 poll, lata, petiolus pollicaris, pedunculus 3-4 lin. raetiens;
cupula cum pedicello 3^ lineam longa. — In Nova Hollandia legit F. Bauer.
(Walp. Repert. ii. 924; Suppl. i., 1845.)

The type is in the Vienna herbarium (Herb. Musei Caesarei
Palatini Vindobonensis). It is in plump bud and expanded
flower. It bears a label, in Schauer's handwriting, " Eucalyptus
Baueriana, Schauer, in Walp. Repert.," and also the words " E.
Baueriana, Schauer," written over a label "Eucalyptus rhombi-
folia, Tausch."

Access to the type has enabled me to settle the identity of
Schauer's plant. Collected by Ferdinand Bauer, it was doubtless
obtained in the Port Jackson district; and it is the Lignum-vitae
or Poplar-leaved Box which was always looked upon by Mueller
as a form of E. jyolyantheinos, Schauer, and w^iich, later on, was,
as will be indicated presently, recognised as a distinct species.

Bentham (B.Fl. iii. 214, under E. polyanlhemos) says: — "The
tropical specimens to which, from the character given, belongs E,
Baueriana^ Schau , in Walp. Pvep. ii. 924, have generally smaller
flowers and fruits than the southern ones, but do not otherwise
diff-er."

I am not clear as to the allusion to " tropical specimens."
There is no evidence that Bauer obtained the specimens, described
by Schauer, in the tropics, or was, in fact, in troj^ical Australia

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 215

at all; but Bentham, who, I believe, never saw the type of E.
Baueriaiia, is probably referring to certain tropical specimens he
thinks are referable to U. Baueriana.

Mueller (Eucalytographia, under E. 'polyanihema) says : —
" Bentham unites with this \j)olyantheina\ E. Baueriana^ Schauer,
the diagnosis of which agrees sufficiently " [with i)olyanthema\. . .

Bauer most probably obtained his specimens from the

vicinit}- of Sydney, and not from the tropical regions of Australia."
I understand that Mueller never saw a type specimen of E.
Baueriana, Schauer.

E. Baueriana, Miquel (Ned. Kruidk. Arch. iv. 137), collected
by Charles Stuart in Tasmania is E. Gur\nii, Hook, f., var.
acervula.

Synonyms.

1. E. suhrotunda, R.Br. — I do not know whether Brown
described this species. Even if it is a nomen nudum, I think it
right to draw attention to it, for the case of Eucalyptus is a
special one. The nomenclature of the genus is so complex, and
the same species has been distributed amongst first-class herbaria
under so many names, that it seems desirable to draw attention
to some of them as a matter of practical convenience.

2. E. rhomhifolia, Tausch. — A specimen in Herb. Vindob.
bears the label: — "Eucalyptus rhombifolia, Tausch, Hb. Bauer;
Ferd. Bauer del. No. 859." On this label Schauer has endorsed
the words " E. Baueriana, Schauer." I cannot trace that E.
rhomhifolia is more than a name.

3. E. ohtusifolia, Tausch. — A specimen in Herb. Vindob. bears
the label : — " Eucalyptus obtusifolia, Tausch, Hb. Bauer; Ferd.
Bauer." It has leaves rather narrower than those of the preced-
ing specimen. It is E. Baueriana, Schauer.

4. E. polyanthemos, Schauer. — As already indicated, E, Baueri-
ana was both by Bentham and Mueller looked upon as a form of
E. })olyanthemos. It will be observed that in Exhibition litera-
ture and other publications our " Lignum-vitae " is referred to^.
'polyanthemos by other authors as well.

216 ON EUCALYPTUS BAUERIANA, SCHAUER,

5. E. conica, Deane and Maiden (these Proceedings, 1899, 612).
— Although different enough at first sight, this is indubitably,
in my opinion, the western or narrow-leaved form of B. Baueriana^
but it insensibly connects with the typical species found on the
coast. The type-species has also more glaucous leaves than the
interior form. This interior form might be known under the
name of var. conica.

6. E. Fletcheri, R. T. Baker (these Proceedings, 1900, 682).—
This is absolutely typical for E. Baueriana^ Schauer.

Affinities.

{a). With E. polyanthemos. — That it is liable to be confused
with this species is evident when it is borne in mind that eminent
botanists have confounded them. Following are some points in
which they differ : —

(1) The bark of E. Baueriana is fibrous, " fuzzy," or woolly;
that of E. polyanthemos being ribbony rather than box-like.

(2) The wood of E. Baueriana is pale brown, and that of E.
polyanthemos red.

(3) The leaves of E. Baueriana are thinner, and the rim of the
fruit likewise thinner than that of E. polyanthemos.

(b). With E. hemiphloia. — The fruits of this species are sub-
cylindrical, not conical as is the case with E. Baueriana. The
western form of E. Baueriana is more likely to be confused with
the western form of E. hemiphloia (var. microcarpa, Maiden),
than are the coast forms. E. hemiphloia has the true box-bark.
The timber of E. hemiphloia is paler than that of E. Baueriana.

(c). With E. largijlorens, F.v.M. — The two species are con-
fused in some herbaria. E. largijlorens is a western species, and
can only be confused wdth the western form of E. Baueriana.
But their fruits will readily separate them; the timber of E.
largijlorens is red. Both species have subfibrous ('"box") bark.

Range of Typical form.

New South Wales.— George's River (collected by Robert Brown,
1802-5; and named ])y him E. subrotiuida. Distributed from the

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 217

British Museum at least as early as 1876 under the number 4734,
under the above name and also that of E. jiolyanthetnos, Schauer).

" Blue Box," Bankstown and Cabramatta (J. H. Maiden and
J. L. Boorman).

Liverpool (H. Deane).

Thirlmere (W. Cuneo). Type of E. Fletcheri. Also collected
by R. H. Cambage. Milton (R. H. Cambage, who furnishes the
note : " Wood good, posts of building good in ground for upwards
of 40 years. Bark rough, up to the ultimate branchlets ").

Mr. J. S. Allan, Inspecting Forester of the district, says that
it occurs from Milton to Eden.

I collected it about Pambula. At the saw-mill there it is
known as " Black Box," because of the dark foliage of the tree.
The timber is much valued locally, though in this district it is
rare to get a log large enough for milling purposes. The rough
bark is up to the ultimate branchlets. It is hard to grub out,
and it suckers badly. It seems to be usually found in good land.
It also goes by the names of '* Round-leaf Box " and " Brown
Box."

Richmond (W. Woolls). Dr. Woolls always called it Lignum-
vitae or Poplar-leaved Box.

St. Mary's, South Creek (R. T. Baker). Type of E. Fletcheri.

Penrith (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman).

Victoria. — This is a tree known in Victoria as E. polyaiithemos,
being included, with the Red Box, under that name by Mueller.

Mr. A. W. Howitt deserves the credit of working out the range
of E. Bauer iana in Gippsland. In that portion of Victoria it is
known as "Cabbage Box." It occurs about Metung, Heyfield,
and Bairnsdale; on the littoral strip about the Lakes' entrance,
also on river flats only. It does not occur in South Gippsland.
"The timber is brown, and much softer than that of the Red
Box " {E. polyanthemos).

Var. CONICA, var.nov.

New South Wales. -West of Wyalong, " Apple Box " (R. H.
Cambage).

218 ON EUCALYPTUS HAUERIANA, SCHAUER,

Grenfell. Received under the name of " Bimble Box." The
true Bimble Box is E. populifoHa.

Weddin Forest 'Reserve (J. H. Mcaiden).

Young (W. W. Froggatt).

Cowra, a "Box" with persistent bark on small branches (H.
Deane).

Banks of the Lachlan, six miles south-east of Cowra; also two
miles north-east of Cowra, a "Grey Box" or "White Box" (R.
H. Cambage).

Murga (H. Deane).

Forbes district (H. Deane; also R. H. Cambage).

Parkes (H. Deane).

" Fuzzy box," Wellington. " Formerly looked upon as E.
largiflorens!'' (Received from Rev. Dr. Woolls with this informa-
tion).

Dubbo (R. H. Cambage, also J. V. de Coque). It is the " Grey
Box, No. 2 " of Mr. de Coque's notes.

" Blue Box," Minore (J. L. Boorman).

Toraingley, Peak Hill, Narromine and Dubbo (J. H. Maiden).

Gulgong (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman). In swampy or
low-lying country, rarely on hills; sometimes known as " Bastard
Box." With broader leaves than those of the Dubbo trees; the
sucker-leaves identical with those of the coast form, even if not
quite so broad. The stems of the suckers are yellow, turning red
later. The tree has a glaucous cast of foliage like E. polyantheinos:
the surrounding trees of E. heniiph/oia, F.v.M., var. microcarpa,
Maiden, are glabrous. Known locally as "Fuzzy Box" or "Bastard
Box," with rough bark up to the branchlets. The fuzziness or
woolliness of the bark is a useful diagnostic character in this
species. The timber is hard to cut, but more chippy and short
grained (brittle) than E. hemiphloia. It is locally esteemed as a
durable timber and a valuable firewood. The bark and timber
appear to be in no way different from the coast or typical form.

Merriwa (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman), with much
Loranthus on it. On the river fiats and taluses of the ridges — a
usual situation.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 219

Mr. J. L. Boorman has collected it around Wallaiigarra, on the
New South Wales-Queensland border. He states that it is
abundant in the district, both on the New South Wales and
Queensland sides, so that another species is added to the Queens-
land flora.

The species thus has extensive range, and should be looked for
north of Gulgong and Merriwa, and east of Merriwa and Tenter-
field, wliile further localities should be found in Queensland.

5. ON EUCALYPTUS CALYCOGONA, Turcz.

By J. H. Maiden.

The description of this species is as follows. I am not aware
that it has previously been seen in Australia, and I am indebted
to Kew for a copy of it : —

" 49. Eacah/ptus calycogona (Dri>m. 5, n.l84). E. glabra; ramis teretibus;
foliis alternis lineari-lanceolatis utrinque attenuatis acuminato-mucronatis :
mucrone interdum uncinato, marginatis pellucido-punctatis; umbellis later-
alibus 3-6-floris; pedunculis angulatis petiolo paulo brevioribus ; cupulis
obpyramidatis tetragonis, nigro-punctatis subsessilibus vel cum pedicello
confluentibus, pedunculo longioribus ; operculo conico laevi, cupula plus
quam duplo breviore.

E. foecunchr, Schauer, cujus operculum ignotum, stirps nostra affinis est,
sed folia minora, pellucida et cupula angulis 4 acutis marginata. Filamenta
alba. Capsula 4-locularis, cupula duplo brevior. Folia bipollicaria, 2^ lin.
lata. (Turcz., Bull. Phys,-Math. Acad. P^tersb. 10, 1852, p. 338.)

The type is, as Turczaninow states, No. 1S4 of Drummond's
5th collection.

Range.

Western Australia —The original specimens came from " Swan
River to Cape Riche," Western Australia. I have examined co-
types from many herbaria.

South Australia. — I have seen a specimen from Murray Desert
(S.A ), and labelled E. gracilis by Mueller.

Victoria.—" The Mallee Country " (a very angled coarse form).
Lake Albacutya (also a ver}'^ angled coarse form. Both from C.
Walter).

Swan Hill (J. G. Luehmann).

Lake Hindmarsh (C. AValter).

The Wimmera (F. Reader). Very coarse form.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 221

Kamerooka " No. 1 Mallee " (A. W. Howitt). " Tall, up to
15ft., bark smooth." Broad, shiny thick leaves, with angled buds
and fruits. The coarsest form of the species I have seen.

" Kamerooka is near Bendigo, being on the fringe of the
country where Mallee is found, not in large tracts, but in patches"
(A. W. H. in litt.).

Synonyms.

B. calycogona, Turcz., and U. celastroides, Turcz., were omitted
byBentham from the "Flora Australiensis" by accident, together
with seventy -five other species of Myrtacese described by
Turczaninow (Bull. Phys. Math. Acad. Sc. St. Petersb. x. p. 321,
1852).

Mueller (Eucalyptographia, also Fragm. viii. 184) simply gives
F. calycogona, Turcz., and E. celastroides, Turcz., as synonyms of
E. gracilis, F.v.M., but makes no reference in the text to them,
the date of publication of Turczaninow's species being presumably
unknown to him.

1. E. celastroides, Turcz.

"50. EJucalyptus celastroides (Drum. 5, n.34). E. glabra; ramis tereti-
bus superne subangulatis; foliis alternis lineari-Ianceolatis utrinque attenu-
atis abrupte et breviter acuminatis subinaequilateris, marginatis, obscure
trinerviis venosisque; umbellis axillaribus 3-6-floris; pedunculis angulatis
petiolum subaequantibus, pedicellos triple, cupulam paulo superantibus ;
cupula obconica 4-costata, operculum depresso-hemisphaericum muticum
quadruple excedente. Folia bipollicaria aut parum longiora, 3-8^ lin. lata,
punctis aliis opacis, interdum nigricantibus, aliis paucioribus pellucidis con-
spersa, petiolus fere trilinealis. Filamenta alba. Cupula fructus parum
aucta, prope orificium leviter constricta. Capsula inclusa, vertice plana 4-
locularis. Ad descriptionem E. amygdaliiw, Labill. in multis accedit, sed
nullam reticulationem in foliis video, folia breviora, operculum depressum
nee subconicum, forsan etiam operculi forma prae caeteris dignoscitur. E.
cneorifolia et E. stricta floribus sessilibus recedunt, E. pallens pedunculis
compressis et foliis 5-pollicaribus, E. obtusijlora calycibus ecostatis (Turcz.
in Bull. Phys. Math. Acad. Petersb. 10, 1852, p. 338).

The type is, as Turczaninow states, No. 34 of Drummond's 5th
collection.

•222 ON EUCALYPTUS CALYCOGOXA, TURCZ.,

This is a glaucous form with fruits slightly urceolate, and

slightly rimmed. I think it is a well marked variety of E.

calycogonch^ Turcz., and therefore propose the name of var. celas-

tr aides for it.

Range.

It appears to be confined to Western Australia. Following
are some specimens in the National Herbarium of New South
Wales :— Elder Exploring Expedition. Camp. 63, W. A., 27.9.91,
and 40 miles N.W. of Eraser's Range (R. Helms; 4/xi/91). These
specimens were labelled E. fmcunda by Prof. Tate. They have
leaves rather broader than the Coolgardie specimens.

''Goldfields" (Conservator of Forests, Perth).

Coolgardie (W. L. Webster).

2. E. gracilis, F.v.M. : Fruticose; leaves coriaceous, alternate, shining,
narrow-lanceolate, hooked-acuminate, a little oblique, thinly veined, dotted;
umbels axillary and terminal pedunculate: flowers small, short-stalked; lid
blunt, depressed-hemispherical; tube of the calyx obconical, bell-shaped, a
little broader and three times longer than the lid; fruit nearly hemispherical;
not contracted at the top; valves of the capsule almost enclosed.

In the desert on the Murray River, where it forms the Mallee Scrub
together with E. dumosa, santalij'olia and other species. (Trans. Vict. Inst,
i. 35, 1855.)

Miquel's description is in the following words.: —

3. E. gracilis, Ferd. Milll. E, perforata Behr. Herb, partim : arbuscula
gracilis, ramulis teretibus apice angulatis lanceolato linearibus vulgo subfal-
catis in acumen vel apiculum uncinatum excurrentibus glabris coriaceis
crebro pellucido-punctatis, umbellis axillaribus et lateralibus 3-6 floris, calycis
tubo turbinato operculum depresso-hemisphaericum apiculatum triplo ex-
cedente.

Ab E. amygdalina proxime afiine differt foliis non venosis, ab E. ambigaa
operculo vix apiculato, petiolis longioribus, umbellis plerumque 5-fioris ab
E. cneorifolia floribus breviter pedicellatis (Miiller).

Frutex vel saepe arbuscula gracilis 5-8 pedum altitudinis, partem magnam
fruticetorum extensorum aliquot miliaria a fl. Murray remotorum sistens,
aestate florens, ramuli junioresrubri (F. Miiller Herb, et observ. manuscript.);
Stuart Herb. Tasman. n. 3). Folia 2 poll, longa, H lin. lata. Calycis
tubus pallidis ^-2 lin. lata (Ned. Kruidk. Arch, iv, 1856).

C. Stuart's Tasmanian specimens No. 3 are E. amygdalina^
Labill. T have seen them. Micjuel's statement that E. gracilis,

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 223

F.V.M., is near to E. arnygdaluia, Labill., applies with a good
deal of force to Tasmanian specimens, the superficial resemblances
of herbarium specimens being frequently very considerable.

The type of E. gracilis, F.v.M., is a South Australian specimen,
and was collected by Dr. H. Behr. It was labelled by Mueller in
Herb. Melb. as "Eucalyptus gracilis, Ferd. Muell. Murray
Scrub. Dec. 1848. Behr, Nov. Holl. Austr., Dr. Ferd. Miiller."

It will be observed that neither in Mueller's nor Miquel's
description is there any mention of an angular calj^x which is so
obvious a feature of the typical E. calycogona, Turcz.

It, however, passes by insensible gradations into the angular
form.

3, E. gracilis, F.v.M., var. hreciflora, Benth. Calyx-tube scarcely angled,
1^ to nearly 2 lines long. Fruit about 2 lines only, but the deeply sunk
capsule and the stamens entirely as in the ordinary form — Darling and
Murray Desert, also F. Mueller's Spencer's Gulf specimens, which being in
fruit only are somewhat doubtful (B.Fl. iii. 211).

Bentham's specimens cannot be traced in Herb. Melb., but I
am indebted to Kew for a fine drawing of the original specimens,
and for fragments of the specimen which place its identity beyond
doubt.

I am of opinion that E. gracilis, F.v.M., and E. gracilis, F.v.M.,
var. hreviflora, Benth., are so closely allied that it is impossible
to separate them even as two varieties. I think that they should
form one variety readily noted by its hemispherical operculum
and almost entire absence of angularity in calyx or operculum.
I propose the name gracilis for this variety, i.e., E. calycogona,
Turcz., var. gracilis.

Range.

Western Australia. -Coolgardie (Nos. 100 and 101; 1899; K.
Helms). Sap-green leaves, very shiny; fruits small, pear-shaped,
constricted at the mouth, but not ripe ; operculum a little
pointed.

Specimens from South Australia [no locality] (W. Gill, 1896
and 1900) are very close to this form.

224 ON EUCALYPTUS CALYCOGOXA, TURCZ.

Fifty miles west of Golden Valley, W. A. (E. Merrall; 1888, in
Herb. Melb.).

Both these forms show transit to E. odorata.

South Australia.— York Peninsula (J. G. O. Tepper, 1880 ;
No. 938). "Middle-sized trees 10-20 ft. x 3-8 in. Coast plain."
Herb. Melb., labelled E. gracilis by Mueller.

" White Mallee," Flinders' Range, Foot-hills of Mt. Brown
(Port Augusta: W. Gill, Conservator of Forests, with the note,
"as figured in Brown's 'Forest Flora of South Australia'").

Ninety Mile Desert (R. H. Cambage ; March, 1901). The
Ninet}^ Mile Desert is the modern name for the Murray Desert
where the type was collected.

Victoria— Mildura (A. W. Howitt's No. 130); Wimmera (C.
Walter); 8wan Hill (Dr. Griffiths).

New South Wales— Gol Gol, near Went worth ("No. 3 Mallee,"
A. W. Howitt). With slender rather tapering fruits; the leaves
and buds precisely those of Tepper's 938 (South Australia).

Mt. Hope Road to Euabalong, Condobolin district (August,
1899; R. H. Cambage). The Mallee referred to by Mr. Cambage
in these Proceedings (1901, p. 209).

225

LI ©R A R^

ON EUCALYPTUS MELANOPHLOIA, F.v.M., AND ITS
COGNATE SPECIES.

By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator and Economic Botanist,
Technological Museum, Sydney.

(Plate xi.)

This species was originally described by Mueller in 1858 (Journ.
Linn. Soc. iii. 93); and Bentham in the ' Flora Australiensis '
(iii. 220) reproduced this description.

In the above and all later references to this tree in scientific
literature, it is always described or mentioned as having uniformly
cordate, sessile leaves throughout its life ; and such was my
experience of it until the research on Eucalypts recently com-
pleted at the Technological Museum proved that such was not
the case.

It appears now that the original description applies only to one
form of this tree's life-history, i.e , the opposite, sessile, cordate
stage; and this being the only described form up till now it can
be easily understood how, as regards its foliage, it was taken to
belong to that class of Eucalypts having similar leaves. This
includes such Eucal3^pts as E. cordata, Labill., and E. indveru-
lentci, Sims, for Eastern Australia ; and, as far as at present
known, no lanceolate leaves have ever been found to occur on
them.

It can now be shown that E. melanophloia, F.v.M., on a
morphological classification of foliage, must be grouped with E.
dives, Schau., E. Risdoni, Hook, f., E. cinerea, F.v.M., and others,
all of which in the sessile, cordate-leaved stage, bear both buds,
flowers and fruits; and it is a coincidence that all these, as well
as this species, should have been described originally from this
particular leaf-stage. It is now also known that all and each of
15

226 ox EUCALYPTUS MELANOPHLOIA, F.v M.,

these develop lanceolate, alternate leaves as the trees attain a
maximum height.

As stated above, E. cor data, LabilL, and E. puh-erulenta, Sims,
are the only two Eucalypts in Eastern Australia and Tasmania
which preserve the sessile, cordate form or shape of leaf through-
out their life-history. The other species also recorded as posses-
sing this character are : — E. setosa, Schau., Gulf of Carpentaria;
E. gamophylla, F.v.M., Northern Territory, S.A.; E. macrocarpa,
Hook, f., West Australia ; and E. pricinosa, Schau., Gulf of
Carpentaria. I know nothing of the life-history of these species;
but possibly future research may also show that some at least
develop lanceolate leaves in their mature stages of growth.

The lanceolate form of leaf of E. melanophloia, F.^■.M., first
came under my notice in January, 1900, in the shape of material
collected at Coolabah, and also between Girilambone and Cobar,
by Mr. Bauerlen, the Museum Collector, and forwarded under the
name of " Ironbark." At that time it was not even suspected of
being E. melanophloia; and as the specimens dia not agree with
any species known to me, its naming and investigation were held
over.

Later, having occasion to collect material of E. melanophloia at
Narrabri, the "Silver-leaf Ironbark" of that district and a species
well known there bj'' its cordate, sessile, opposite leaves, it was
found that E. microtheca, F.v.M., occurred there also, and was
known vernacularly as " Swamp Box." Amongst some of the
material of this latter species forwarded for oil-investigation were
found leaves identical with the " Ironbark " of the West above
mentioned. The ver}'- greatest care had then to be exercised that
none but true leaves of E. microtheca were distilled, and several
distillations were undertaken in order to verify the results.

The lanceolate form of leaves corresponding to the Western
"Ironbark" were next traced to their botanical source, which turned
out to be none other than E. melanophloia, and which species
Avas found to have a complete gradation of leaves from the
narrow-lanceolate to sessile-cordate, and also that the far Western
" Ironbark " is the same species, only differing in having a lanceo-

BY R. T. BAKER. 227

late form of leaf throughout its life. At Narrabri the trees of E.
mclanophloia having all lanceolate leaves, are not easily distin-
guished from those of E. microtheca, as the barks are also identical;
in herbarium material, however, the leaves of the latter species
can easily be separated from the former, as they always dry a
light slate colour in contradistinction to the brownish colour of
those of the " Ironbark."

The fruits of each are characteristically distinct, as mentioned
by all writers on the species. Although E. melanojMoia is now
shown to possess such a variation in foliage, no such variability
is known or recorded of E. microtheca, which is probably one of,
if not the most widely distributed species in Australia, occurring
as it does^ in the northern interior half of New South Wales,
Western Queensland, Northern Territory of South Australia into
the northern parts of Western Australia.

Bentham {loc. ciL), under E. melanophloia, states "the species
is very nearly allied to E. crehra, and may prove to be an
opposite-leaved state of the form described as the ' Mackenzie
River Box-tree.' It sometimes resembles E. cine7^ea, F.v.M., but
differs in the bark, the stamens, and the fruit."

Under E. crehra, F.v.M., Bentham also states : — " ' Box-tree '
of the Mackenzie River, Leichhardt, also on the Suttor River,
Bowman, described by both as having the bark persistent and
fissured. The specimens are somewhat glaucous. . . . Fruit
not seen. This is very probably an alternate-leaved state of E-
melanophloia, F.v.M."

In my opinion I think there can be little doubt but that
Bentham's surmises are correct, and that the Mackenzie River
^'Box" is "an alternate-leaved state of E. melanophloia,'^ and is
identical with that at Narrabri, Nyngan, Dubbo, &c. His refer-
ence to E. cinerea resembling the opposite, sessile, cordate-leaved
state of E. melanophloia proves conclusively that it was the
" Argyle Apple" he recognised as that species, and not E. pulveru-
lenta, Sims, as has been conjectured.

Although the gradation of leaf-form of E. melanophloia is
towards E. microtheca, yet there is still wanting the connecting
link between them.

228 ON EUCALYPTUS MELAXOPHLOIA, F.v.M.,

That the two are closely allied there appears to be little doubt,
but still the hiatus exists, and the connection, as far as my
researches go, is not extant to-day.

The timbers are much alike in colour and figure, but differ in
specific gravity and hardness. That of F. microtheca is more
durable, harder, and not so easily worked as that of E. melano-
phloia.

The barks are identical in colour and texture.

The chemical constituents of the oils of these two species are
also almost identical, so that the differences are to be found in
the shape of the fruits, in the timber, and in the leaves, particu-
larly in the dried state. In the field E. microtheca is always
known vernacularly as " Swamp Box " or " Coolabah ";^ whilst E.
melanophloia appears to be invariably known as " Ironbark " or
"Silver-leaved Ironbark," although when found growing along
with the former, and with all its leaves of the lanceolate form, it
is regarded by bushmen as " Swamp Box." As it is this latter
state that extends westward, it is very possible that the sessile,
cordate leaved-form is the parent tree, and a survivor of the Miocene
times when the main coast range remained above water. As the
western plains were raised above the sea-level the lanceolate state
probably developed.

The life-history of the foliage of E. melanophloia is thus
identical with the Tasmanian species E. Risdoni, Hook, f., and
E. dives, Schau., of the mainland.

The description of E. melanophloia should now read as follows :

A medium-sized forest tree attaining a height of 30 to 50 feet,
with a very rough, hard, deeply furrowed, dark-coloured bark,
extending nearl}^ right out to the branchlets. Foliage glaucous or
Vjrownish-green, variable in form. Some trees preserve the sessile
cordate-shaped form of leaf entirely, whilst others show a grada-
tion into lanceolate ones. The w^estern trees have entirely
lanceolate leaves even on the " suckers." The former leaves are
glaucous, whilst the latter are only rarely so, being generally of
a pale yellowish or dull olive-green or pale brownish colour,
slightly coriaceous, the margins sometimes recurved ; venation

HY R. T. BAKER. 229

distinct, the lateral veins oblique, spreading, the marginal one
removed from the edge. Branches axillary, or se.veral together
forming a terminal funicle, terete, or flattened, from 6 to 12 lines
long, bearing from 7 to 8 flowers. Buds on a short, almost filiform
pedicel. Calyx pyriform, IJ lines in diameter, slightly angular
at the base. Operculum domed, shortly acuminate. Stamens
very short; anthers small, parallel, opening by longitudinal slits.
Pistil thick, clavate; ovary flat-topped. Fruit slightly angular
at the base, truncate, globular or pyriform, about 3 lines in
diameter, but less in the elongated form of the narrow-leaved
variety, constricted at the orifice, giving it a kind of thin rim
which dries red; valves occasionally exserted.

flab. — The range of this species is now extended \evy much
further west : — Nyngan, Girilambone, Cobar, Coolabah (W.
Bciuerlen); Dubbo, Narrabri, Angledool (A. Paddison).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Eucalyptus melanophloia, F.v.M.

Fig. L — Specimen of the cordate, sessile-leaved state in flower.

Fig. 2. — Specimen of the cordate, sessile-leaved state in fruit.

Fig. 3. — Specimen of the cordate-acuminate leaved state in fruit.

Fig. 4. — Specimen of the lanceolate-leaved state in fruit.

Fig. 5. — Specimen of the narrow-lanceolate leaves.

Fig. 6- — " Sucker " leaves of the lanceolate state.

Fig. 7. —Buds (enlarged).

Fig. 8. — Section of bud (enlarged).

Fiff. 9. — Anther, back and front views.

230

A GUM (LEVAN) BACTERIUM FROM A SACCHARINE
EXUDATE OF EUCALYPTUS STUART IAN A.

[Bacterium eucalyjHi, n.sp.)

By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the

Society.

(Plate xii.)

A sweet exudate from a species of Eucalyptus was upon exami-
nation found to contain a quantity of gum precipitable by alcohol,
and, as several gum-forming bacteria had been under investigation
in the Society's laboratory, the specimen was tested to see if the
gum could possibly have a microbic origin. Plates of saccharose-
gelatine* were infected in the usual manner, and upon these there
developed the dome-shaped colonies so characteristic of many
gum bacteria.

The exudate was a pale straw-coloured syrup, very similar in
appearance and consistency to honey or golden syrup, and had
fragments of bark, Eucalyptus capsules, etc., scattered throughout
the mass. When dissolved in water and separated from woody
debris, a portion contained : —

Non-reducing but hydrolysable sugarf calcu-
lated to saccharose ... ... ... 1*1 grm.

Reducing sugars ... ... ... ... 2-5 ,,

Crude gum ... ... ... ... ... 0*8 ,,

* Saccharose 10, peptone 0*25, potassium chloride 0"5, sodium phosphate
0*2, gelatine 10, water to 100. Acidity to phenolphthalein 10 c.c. =0'1 c.c.
tenth normal acid.

t This is probably raftinose, the sugar of Eucalyptus manna. The reducing
sugars probably consist of a mixture of levulose and melibiose.

BY K. GREIG SMITH. 231

I obtained the specimen from Mr. J. H. Maiden, Government
Botanist. It had been taken from the bark of a Eitcalyptus
Stuarfiana, F.v.M., by Mr. A. M. N. Rose at Dalgety, Southern
Monaro. Mr. Maiden obtained for me two more samples from
the same tree. The second specimen consisted of the exudate in
situ adhering to the bark, and containing fragments of a ruby-
coloured kino. The third specimen consisted of a mixture of the
same exudate with Eucalyptus manna of various colours ranging
from white to reddish-brown. In portions of the white manna I
found small quantities of the same gum that was obtained from
the first exudate, and after separating the gum spherical masses
of prismatic crystals of raffinose were readily obtained.

In all three specimens the same bacterium was obtained in
practically pure culture.

A quantity of the gum was prepared by growing the bacterium
in saccharose-peptone fluid, and after a sufficient amount had
been formed, as indicated b}^ the medium being very opalescent,
the gum was precipitated with alcohol, and purified by repeated
solution in water and precipitation with alcohol. When free
from reducing sugars the gum was tested with the following-
results. Fehling's solution was not reduced, and the gum readily
hydrolysed with dilute acids producing a reducing sugar which
yielded glucosazone. Basic lead acetate gave a strong opalescence,
and the solution passed through filter paper unaltered. Ammonia-
cal lead acetate, barium hydrate, strontium hydrate and lime
water in excess, each gave a white precipitate. Lead acetate,
tannic acid, ferric chloride, copper sulphate, aluminium hydrate,
iodine, sodium hj^drate and ammoniacal silver nitrate gave no
reaction. The melting point of the dry and powdered gum was
199° C. Mr. T. U. Walton, B.Sc, of the Colonial Sugar Refining
Co., found the sugar to be laevorotatory, and to hydrolyse com-
pletely to levulose.

From these results it is evident that the gum is levan, which I
first obtained on cultivating Bac. /evaniformans in saccharose
media.

232

A GUM BACTERIUM FROM A KUCALYPT,

The bacterium differs absolutely morphologically from Bac.
levaniformans, the organism which occurs in cane-juice, and in
raw and refined sugars; and it is interesting that the same gum
should be formed by two widely differing species of bacteria.
The specific characters of the bacterium, which I have named
Bacterium eucalypti^ are given at the end of this paper.

In testing the various points connected with the growth of the
organism, it was found that growth occurred at 22°, 30°, and 37° C.
The bacterium did not appear to have a preference for either of
the higher temperatures; the growths appeared equally copious,
although at 37° it was dry and stiff, while at 30° it was moist
and flowing. A faintly acid medium (acidity = 0-075% tartaric
acid) enables the organism to grow better, and to produce more
gum than neutral or slightly alkaline media. Saccharose and
raffinose («.p'., Eucalyptus manna) are the only carbohydrates
from which the bacterium appears to form gum. No levan was
produced, and the growth was always scanty when dextrin,
starch, levulose, dextrose, lactose or maltose was substituted for
saccharose in the medium.

The composition of the fluid saccharose culture* as regards
sugars and gum was tested in the manner described in a former
paper t at the end of one, nine and nineteen days. The results
are calculated upon 100 parts of saccharose which the medium
contained in the litre, and due allowance has been made for the
evaporation of the culture fluid daring its incubation at 30°.

Production of Levan and Reducing Sugars from Saccharose.

Temperature = 30^ C.

At Start.

1 day.

1
9 days. 19 days.

Saccharose

Reducing sugars

Levan

100

95-2
1-5

2-8

11-4 3-8
54 1 63-2
33-4 31-8

* Saccharose 100, peptone 10, potassium chloride ,'), sodium phosphate 2,
tap water to 1000.

t These Proceedings, 1901, Pt. iv., o93.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 233

These results show that the action of this bacterium upon
saccharose is precisely similar to that of Bac. levaniformans. The
relative amounts of levan and reducing sugars are about the same,
and there is also a similar hydrolysis of the levan by the secreted
acids in the old culture. On the 19th day the culture medium
contained an acidity equal to 0-135% of lactic acid.

For the same reason that levaniformans was shown to secrete
invertase, so is it with this bacterium : the amount of acids
secreted in both cases is similar, and too small to account for
the heavy inversion, which must, therefore, be ascribed to the
action of an enzyme.

During the bacterial fermentation, carbon dioxide is evolved.
This was made manifest by connecting the cultivation flask with
a bottle containing baryta water and aspirating air which had
passed over soda-lime, through the apparatus. A copious forma-
tion of barium carbonate occurred.

The acids secreted by the bacterium were tested in the manner
already described for Bac. levaniformans* The chief acid formed
is lactic; capric, formic and acetic acids were detected. The
presence of butyric acid could not be definitely proved, which
may be accounted for by the fact that a young (6 days') culture
was used for the separation, and it is admitted in some cases of
butyric fermentation that the butyric acid is formed from the
calcium salt of lactic acid, which means that it is formed at a
later stage of the fermentation.

It would appear that in the presence of calcium carbonate the
reducing sugars are used for the formation of acid. A chalk
culture which had been incubated for 12 days at 30" contained
the following ccmstituents per litre : —

Saccharose ... ... ... ... .. 12 £frms.

o

Mixed reducing sugars ... ... ... 18 ,,

Levan ., ... ... ... ... 32 ,,

The saccharose and levan are in the proportions and amount
which were found under ordinary conditions of cultivation both

* These Proceedings, 1901, Pt. iv., p. 605 et seq.

234 A GUM BACTERIUM FROM A EUCALYPT.

with this bacterium and with Bac. fevaniforvians, but instead of
the calculated 55 grms. of reducing sugars which should have
been present there are only 18 grms.; the difference (37 grms.)
has disappeared, i.e., it has been converted into acids.

Although levan can be formed from saccharose, it must not be
forgotten that the gum found naturally in the exudate had in all
probability been formed from raffinose, the sugar of Eucalyptus
manna. This is indicated by the presence of manna in one of
the samples. That levan could be produced by the organism
from raffinose is to be expected from the fact found in the study
of Bac. levaniformans, viz., that the gum was formed chiefly from
nascent levulose, and from the fact that raffinose under the
influence of invertase splits up into levulose and melibiose.

Bacterium eucalypti, n.sp.

Shape, etc. — An actively motile, short coJi-\ike bacterium,
measuring generally in the stained and imbedded condition
0*5 : 1 /x. It stains well with violet and fuchsin, but feebly with
blue; it is decolourised by the Gram method. The flagella are
long, and vary in number from one to nine, and are studded over
the surface of the cell. No spores are formed.

Relation to temperature, etc. — The bacterium is aerobic, and
appears to grow equally well at 28° and at 37°.

Nutrient gelatine plate. — Small punctiform colonies are visible
in seven days, and by the eleventh day they have become rounded,
translucent white, and 3 mm. in diameter. When magnified they
appear round or rounded, and finely granular, sometimes with
central granules. The edge is smooth and slightly waved. The
deep colonies are irregular and finely granular.

Glucose-gelatine plate. — The colonies are glistening, translucent
white and rounded. When magnified they appear rounc^ed and
erose with co/^-like striations. The deep colonies are rounded to
elliptical, and have a striated margin.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 235

Wort^'-gelatine. — The colonies are raised and like drops of whey.
When magnified they appear round and uniformly granular.
Sometimes the margin is striated as if from the growth flowing
down the dome-shaped colony. The deep and subsurface colonies
are small and coarsely granular.

Saccharose-gelatine plate. — The colonies are transparent and
hemispherical, like exuded drops of glycerine.

Nutrient agar plate. — The colonies are round, slightly raised,
translucent white and moist glistening. When magnified the}''
appear round with a smooth edge. There are granules around the
centre, but otherwise the structure appears homogeneous. The
deep colonies are rounded to elliptical, and contain large granules.

Saccharose-2jepto7ie-agar plate. — The colonies are hemispherical
and whitish, like drops of starch paste. When magnified they
appear rounded, and have a blistered surface; the margin is
apparently smooth.

Nutrient gelatine stab. — The stab is filiform and white; the
nail-head is round, flat, white and glistening. The medium is
slowly liquefied; in 14 days at 22^ the liquefied area is slightly
funicular, and at the top of the stab the medium has been con-
sumed, leaving an air-bubble.

Glucose-gelatine stab. — As with nutrient gelatine.

Saccharose-gelatine stab. — A filiform stab with an hemispherical
drop of transparent fluid as a nail-head. The fluid increases and
flows over the surface of the gelatine. As this occurs, the stab
develops lenticular and spherical pockets of almost transparent
gum. A liquefaction of the medium below the surface was noted
after a month.

Glucose-gelatine stroke.— The growth is rough and narrow, with
an expanded lower portion like the nail-head on nutrient gelatine.
The stroke becomes rough and ribbed, dry glistening and whitish.

Nutrient agar stroke. — A thin translucent white, almost trans-
parent, layer is formed. It is always scanty, and the condensed
water has a white sediment and no film.

The wort contained saccharose.

^c>V'

^Cq

^ ^.

236 A GUM BACTERIUM FROM A EUCALYPT.

Saccharose-peptone agar. — The stroke becomes broad, raised or
hemispherical in section, sometimes undulating, and slowly gravi-
tates. The culture is of the appearance and consistency of thin
starch paste. The luxuriance of the growth is in striking contrast
to the growth on nutrient agar.

Potato. — The growth is dry and glistening, whitish or slightly
yellow and constricted. The colour deej)ens to cream or pale
buff, and the grov/th becomes raised. It is always meagre, and
does not spread over the surface of the medium.

Bouillon. — The medium Ijecomes turbid, and a fine white, loose
sediment is deposited, while a slight film forms on the surface.
A faint indol reaction is obtained In nitrate-bouillon the
nitrate is not reduced.

Milk. — The medium is unaltered.

Saccharose-peptone fluid. — The medium becomes milk-white, and
at a later stage becomes brownish-yellow. The gum can be
readily precipitated by alcohol, and Fehling's solution is strongly
reduced.

The nearest allied bacterium capable of forming slime from
saccharose appears to be Bact. gelatinosum hetoi, Glaser, which
forms dextran and alcohol, but no lactic acid. As the gum,
moreover, has only been obtained previously from Bac. levani-
fovinans the bacterium is evidently a new species, and therefore
I have named it, on account of its origin. Bacterium eucalypti.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIL

Film of culture on saccharose-peptone-agar, stained with carbol-violet.

X 1000.
Flagella stained by the night-blue method ; bacteria grown on ordinary

nutrient agar, x 1000.
Dome-shaped colonies on saccharose-gelatine plate, x \,

I

237

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

As instances of the severity of the prevailing drought, Mr.
North exhibited, with the permission of the Curator, specimens
of Chlamydodera maculata and Philemon citreogvlaris, which had
been received in the flesh by the Trustees of the Australian
Museum. The former was shot in an apple tree on the 19th May
in a garden at Smithfield, about twenty miles from Sydney, b}^ a
son of Mr. James Stein, the donor. The spotted Bower-bird,
Chlamydodera maculata, is an inhabitant of the scrubs on the
inland plains in the western and north-western portions of the
State, and seldom occurs east of Byrock. Philemon citreogularis,
another inland species, was procured on the 31st May by Mr. H.
Newcombe at Kurnell, or, as it is now called. Cook's Landing
Place, on the shores of Botan}^ Bay. Previously neither of these
species had been recorded from the County of Cumberland. On
the 16th May Mr. North saw a flock of Pied Crow-shrikes
{Strepera graculina) in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, several
individuals of which have been since trapped, and are now in one
of the aviaries. Although this species frequents during the
autumn months the northern and western suburbs, he had never
observed it in a wild state in the city before. What might be
regarded as an irruption of Blood-birds (Myzomela sanguinolenta)
has taken place in the Sydney coastal districts. In ordinary
seasons during winter this species occurs near the coast onl}^ in
limited numbers. At present they are in hundreds at Middle
Harbour, Long Reef, Bondi, Randwick, Kurnell and intermediate
localities where previously they had been unobserved. Mr. H.
Newcombe, who presented eight specimens to the Trustees of the
Museum, supplied the information that at Kurnell on the 31st
ult., some boys had about thirty specimens that they had killed
with sticks and stones.

23S NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Cheel exhibited a series of botanical specimens in illustra-
tion of his paper.

Mr. H. G. Smith exhibited a fine sample of crude eudesmol
from Eucalytus camphora, Baker. This sample of the Stearoptene
of Eucalyptus oil was separated commercially from 9 lbs. of the
crude oil by redistillation. It had crystallised into a solid hard
mass, and, as shown, represented about 20 per cent, of the crude
oil, distilled from trees growing at Kareela, Paddy's River, thus
bringing the species within about 90 miles of 83'dne3\ The
species was named E. camphora b}'^ Mr. R. T. Baker, F.L.S., on
account of the large amount of eudesmol occurring in the oil.
The commercial possibilities of eudesmol have yet to be investi-
gated.

Mr. Baker exhibited flowering and fruiting specimens of
Eucalyptus vimincdis, LabilL, from Johannesburg, Transvaal,
South Africa. In morphological characters the specimens show
no discernible differences from typical Australian examples ; so
that in this instance environment had produced no ol^vious
alteration of characters.

Mr. Greig Smith exhibited cultures of Bact. eucalypti described
in his paper, and also a specimen of gum levan produced by the
bacterium. He also communicated the substance of a report
received from Mr. T. U. Walton, B.Sc, of the Colonial Sugar
Refining Co., giving the opinions of several mill managers upon
the prevalence of gummosis in crops of sugar-cane grown on land
impregnated with salt through being subjected to the influence
of tidal waters. A summar}^ of the opinions of most of the
officers consulted is that cane grown on salt lands is quite as
liable to develop gummosis as that grown elsewhere; but the main
reasons for the presence of the disease are probably the use of
gummed seed and bad drainage, and the latter is as a rule found
in low coastal lands within the influence of tides. One officer
instanced the case of a farmer who grew Mauritius Ribbon cane
on salt land long after this variety had been abandoned as

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 239

gummed, but the apparent protective influence of the salt only
extended to that variety; crops of Rappoe grown at the same
time were badly gummed.

Mr. Maiden exhibited (1) specimens of Eucalypts to illustrate
his papers. (2) Fruiting and flowering specimens of Cocos
Yatayi, Mart., cultivated in the Sydney Botanic Gardens under
the names of Cocos capitata C?), Mart., and Dlplothemium mariti-
mum, Hort. Syd., the Brazilian Wine Palm. It has been pre-
viously exhibited before this Society (it is largely grown in New
South Wales) as a Diplothemiuiii^ and recorded in the Agricultu-
ral Gazette of June, 1891, p. 356, under the .same name. The
correct identification of the palm is due to Dr. Udo Dammer of
Berlin. (3) A water-colour drawing of the fruits (receptacles)
of Ficus Bennettii, Seem., a Fijian species described by Seemann
from specimens in the Sydney Botanic Gardens. Seemann des-
cribed the fruits as very much less than shown in the drawing, he
probably having only windfalls. This year, however, they have
attained a size ( 3 by 1 j inches) which is greater than previously
observed, and their colouring, rich dark orange-red, is more
brilliant than has hitherto been noted. Mr. Maiden also
reported the occurrence of Manna from Dalgety, near Bombala,
on Eucalyptus Gunnii, Hook, f., var. rubicla, Maiden, and on U.
Stuartiana, F.v.M., it occurring annually on the former tree and
about every ten years on the latter.

240

WEDNESDAY, JULY 30th, 190:

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, July 30th, 1902.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.. cfec. President, in the Chair.

The President announced that the Council had elected Mr. E.
Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.S., Marlborough, England; Dr. R. Broom,
B.Sc, Pearston, Cape Colony; and Mr. D. Mc Alpine, Melbourne,
Vic , to be Corresponding Members of the Society.

Also that the Members of the Society would be very glad to
hear that official notification of the intention of the Queensland
Government to continue Mr. F. M. Bailey's services until the
end of the year in order that he may be able to complete the
"Queensland Flora," had been received.

The Donations and Exchanges for the month, amounting to 21
Vols., 80 Parts or Nos,, 4 Bulletins, 6 Scientific Reports, 2
Administrative Reports, 2 Pamphlets, and 2 Miscellanea, received
from 55 Societies, itc, were laid upon the table.

241

NOTES ON SOME HITHERTO UNRECORDED SPECIES

OF PLANTS INDIGENOUS IN THE STATE OF

WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

By W. V. Fitzgerald, F.S.Sc, Lond., F.R.H.S., Eng.
(Communicated by J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.)

C 0 M P O S I T JE.
MiNURIA INTEGERRIMA, Bentll.

Lawless (W. V. Fitzgerald; Jul}^, 1899). Ray purple or bluish.
This is the first recorded locality for this species in extratropical
Western Australia.

LOGANIACEiE.
MiTRASACME PALUSTRIS, Sp.nOV.

A minute glabrous, often almost stemless herb, with a com-
paratively thick spongy white radix. Leaves linear-spathulate,
connate, rather thick and succulent, not numerous, and in many
instances apparently but not actually radical. Flowers pedicel-
late, numerous, in terminal umbel-like clusters; pedicels filiform,
ascending, ebracteate. Calyx about f line long when in flower,
little longer in fruit, broad, with two short herbaceous, deltoid,
often divergent acute lobes, not above ^ the length of the tube.
Corolla nearly as long as the calyx, white, campanulate, glabrous,
with short acute lobes. Stamens inserted below the middle of
the tube ; anthers not exserted, small. Styles distinct and
parallel, with the stigmatic ends adjacent but not cohering.
Capsule much shorter than the calyx, ovoid and slightly flattened,
membranous; seeds numerous, almost black, with a reticulate
testa.

Zoc — Midland Junction; in mud (W. V. Fitzgerald; October,
1901).

16

242 PLANTS FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

Stems when produced comparatively stout, and not exceeding
J inch in height. Leaves from J to 1 inch long. Pedicels from
J-J inch in length.

In floral characteristics this species closely approximates M.
distylis, F.v.M., but differs widely in the stouter although dwarfed
habit, in the peculiar spongy, white taproot, the foliage, and in
the terminal umbellate inflorescence.

M Y 0 P 0 R I N E ^.

Eremophila virgata, sp.nov.

An erect compact shrub with virgate branches, the slender
branchlets and leaves viscid and scented. Leaves alternate, erect,
semicylindrical, with acute hooked points, thick, channelled above.
Flowers white, axillary, on slender recurved viscid pedicels,
usually solitary or occasionally 2 from the same axil, ebracteate.
Calyx divided nearl}' to the base, segments hardl}' overlapping,
ovate, acute, thin, viscid, ciliate with white viscid hairs, veined
after flowering but hardly enlarged. Corolla broad, the base very
short, the upper part campanulate and much longer than the
base; sprinkled outside with a few hairs, throat denseh^ hirsute;
lobes very short, nearly equal, upper ones reflexed, lower spread-
ing. Stamens didynamous, included. Style sparingh' hirsute,
prominently hooked at the end ; stigma prominent : ovulary
slightly hairy at the tapering apex.

Loc. — Paddington; in ferruginous gravelly or sandy soil (W.
Y. Fitzgerald; September, 1898).

Height of plant 10-12 feet; leaves not exceeding ^ inch in
length; pedicels 1^-2 lines; calyx IJ lines, segments 1 line long;
corolla 6 lines with lobes not exceeding 1 line long. Ovulary
2-celled with apparently only 1 pair of ovules at the summit of
each cell. Fruit not seen.

The species differs from E. Paideyi, F.v.M., chiefly in the
foliage and in the not enlarging cal3^x-lobes; and rightly belongs
to the section including R. Brown's Pholidia.

BY W. V. FITZGERALD. 243

PROTEACE.E.

Grevillea Jamesoniana, sp.nov.

An erect rigid shrub; branclilets stout, ferruginous or greyish-
tomentellous; young leaves and shoots with a closely appressed
silky- white vestiture, the older leaves glabrous. Leaves crowded
at the ends of the branclilets, entire, linear-terete, on short
petioles, erect, slender but rigid, pungent-pointed, closely refracted
along the margins, doubly grooved beneath. Racemes very short,
almost umbel-like, axillary or terminal; rhachis densely invested
with appressed white silky hairlets. Flowers comparativel}' large,
not numerous, scarlet, on conspicuous, stout glabrous pedicels;
perianth quite glabrous, striate, tube broad, limb short, globular,
closely revolute. Pistil glabrous. Hypogynous gland semiannular,
truncate. Torus very oblique. Ovulary glabrous, gibbous, on
a prominent free stipes; stigmatic-disk lateral, orbicular.

Log. — Lakeside ; in wet soil (W. V. Fitzgerald ; September,
1898).

Total height of plant 8-10 feet; leaves 3-5 inches long and
about 1 line broad; rhachis 1-2 lines long; pedicels 2-3 lines long;
perianth nearly or quite 1 inch, with a limb 2 lines long; ovulary
stipes \ inch and style f inch in length. Stigmatic-disk very
thick. Ripe fruit not known.

This species differs from G. acuaria, F.v.M., in the greater
length of the leaves, and in the perianth and other minor
characters. The foliage is not unlike that of some forms of G
nematojihyUa, F.v.M.

This species is named in honour of the Hon. Dr. Adam Jameson,
M.L.C., Minister for Lands for the State of Western Australia,
a gentleman who has displaj^ed more than ordinary interest in
scientific matters.

Cyperace.e.

SCHOENUS RODWAYANUS, sp.nOV.

Caespitose ; stems slender, slightly compressed, prominently
striate, more or less scabrous, simple, leafless. Leaves reduced

244 PLANTS FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

to several basal, sheathing, shining brown or dark brown bracts,
with slightl}^ membranous margins; lamina abbreviated, obtuse,
usually involute, with finely scabrous margins; floral bract similar.
Inflorescence consisting of a solitary, terminal, sessile spikelet, or
from 2-4: pedicellate terminal spikelets on filiform pedicels of
unequal length. Spikelets not very flat, lanceolate-acuminate, 9
lines long, containing 2 flow^ers, the lowest maturing fruit.
Glumes rather blunt, with a prominent black keel; margins pale,
membranous, minutely woolly-ciliate at the apex; five outer empty
ones gradually shorter. Stamens 3. Stigmas almost plumose,
much shorter than the hirsute style. Hypogynous bristles 6,
equal, shorter than the fruit, ovate, acute, not fringed. Nut
ovoid, smooth, obtusely 3-angled, very blunt, 1 line long, pale
with black blotches, on a thick stipes of J line.

Loc. — Bayswater, in dry sandy soil; Leederville, in swampy
spots (\V. V. Fitzgerald; November, 1901).

Stems 1-2 feet high; sheath-lamina not exceeding 1 line long;
longest pedicel about 1^ inches long.

In the Bayswater form the spikelets are apparentl}^ all pedicel-
late, the inflorescence appearing more or less umbellate. In the
Leederville plant the inflorescence varies from the above to
spikelet solitary and sessile, and the stems more compressed.
There are no other diff'erences.

In habit and general appearance the new plant bears a close
resemblance to S. pedicellaiiis, Poiret, but diff'ers in the mem-
branous and not bearded margins to the leaf -sheaths, the larger
size of the spikelets, the prominently keeled glumes, only 2
flowers in the spikelet, equal short hypognous bristles, and in the
stipitate nut.

In the latter characteristic it bears some aflinity to S. minu-
tulus, F.V.M., and S. tr achy carpus, F.v.M.

The species is named in honour of Mr. L. Rod way, the well-
know^n investigator of the Tasmanian flora, as a recognition of
much service rendered to the writer.

BY W. V. FITZGERALD. 245

SCHOENUS JaMESOXIANUS, sp.llOV.

Csespitose; stems slender, prominently striate, simple. Leaves
numerous at the base of the stem, involute, linear, flexuose, blunt,
much dilated at the base into open brown sheaths, hyaline on the
margin. Sheathing bracts with closed black sheaths and hyaline
margins, lower one produced into a leaf-like lamina. Spikelets
usually 2 together, rarely solitary, on unequal pedicels within
the sheath, occasionally the longer pedicel bears a second pedicel-
late spikelet; spikelets much compressed, ovate-lanceolate, 4-5
lines long, containing from 3-4 flowers, apparently all fertile.
Glumes dull black, truncate or bifid, with a prominent keel,
which in the outer glumes is green; margins slightly ciliate near
the apex; 3-4 outer empty ones gradually shorter. Stamens 3.
Stigmas much shorter than the style. Hypogynous bristles
none. Nut obovoid, obtusely 3-angled, J line long, tubercular-
rugose.

Loc. — Midland Junction, in wet spots (W. V. Fitzgerald;
September, 1900).

Stems usually about 9 inches high; leaves from 4-6 inches long;
lamina of lower bract from li-2J inches long.

This species is very close to S. bijidus, Bceckel., from which it
differs chiefly in the more numerous flowers within the spikelet,
and in the entire absence of h3'pogynous bristles.

The species is dedicated to the Hon. Dr. Adam Jameson,
M.L C, Minister for Lands for Western Australia.

246

NEW SPECIES OF QUEENSLAND LEPIDOPTERA.

By Thomas P. Lucas, L.R.C.P., Ed., L.S.A., Lond., M.R.C.S.,

Eng.

Family COSSID^.
CULAMA EX PRESS A, 11. Sp.

(J9. 25-40 mm. Head grey, freely mottled with black and
fuscous, in 9 a tuft on crown more decided reddish colour. Palpi
short, porrected, fuscous, lighter on terminal joint. Antennae in
(J pectinate, pectinations narrow towards apex and base, in 9
simple. Thorax grey, freely mottled with black and fuscous, in
9 decidedly reddish tint. Abdomen very hair}^, grey, in g
deeply mottled with black and fuscous, in 9 sparsely with black,
but freely with fuscous and reddish. Forewings costa slightl}'
wavy, hindmargin rounded, grey, diffused with darker gre}^ fus-
cous, and slaty scales; and marked with lines and short bars of
velvety black. Forewings with costal edge whitish, crossed with
bars of black, about twelve in number, extending across the wing
as wavy denticulate lines, irregular in contour, and at places
faint, at others deep black and diffused; in outer third of wing
there are short black cross bars which join the transverse lines
and form an irregular network, more or less clearly defined: cilia
grey, with a dark basal line. Hindwings deep grey to black; cilia
dark grey, with lighter basal and median lines.

Allied to C. cnhginosa, Walk., a common southern species, but
rather rare in Brisbane. It is scarcely half the size, and is more
strongly barred with transverse lines.

BY THOMAS P. LUCAS. " 247

Brisbane; found in larval state by Mr. Illidge, our most care-
ful observer.

Family PYSALIDIDiE,

Pyralidinse.

E U D A I M O N I S M A, n.g.

Head with adpressed hairs, a conspicuous tuft of hairs from
between the eye and palpus, on either side, radiating outwards.
Tongue well developed. Antennae finely serrate. Maxillary
palpi short, truncate. Labial palpi adpressed to tongue, straight,
drooping, first and second joints hairy, terminal joint short,
acuminate. Forewings with veins 7 and 8 from a point, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 and 11 out of 7. Hindwings with vein 6 free,
approaching 7 before middle, 7 and 8 stalked.

Allied to ^Enogenes.

EuDAiMONiSMA Batchelorella, nsp.

(^9- 1^-15 nim. Head woolly white, with two short frontal
tufts tipped with fuscous-black. Palpi white, edged with dark
fuscous, terminal joint short, deep fuscous. Antennae simple,
ochreous-white. Thorax white, with a narrow line anteriorly
and a small patch on dorsum light fuscous. Abdomen white with
a few light fuscous scales on free edge of segments. Legs white;
first pair dark fuscous at joints. Forewings woolly white sparsely
suffused with fuscous scales, and lined and bordered with rich
chestnut-fuscous; costa straight, apex bowed, hindmargin straight,
inner half obliquely bowed. Forewings with chestnut band along
costa. finely edged and irregularly interrupted with white ; a
circular line of chestnut from i costa to J inner margin, twice
angled posteriorly and deepl}'- in middle anteriorl}'; a discal spot,
not touching costa beyond |, prolonged and narrowed obliquely
to median vein; a fine wavy dentate circular line from | costa,
becoming parallel with hindmargin through middle third of wing,
thence bent at right angles anteriorly, again bent sharply on
itself, and again angled to | inner margin; a blotch from anal

248 NEW SPECIES OF QUEENSLAND LEPIDOPTERA,

angle is suffused across this last line to discal spot; a subhind-

marginal line, and a hindmarginal line deep chestnut brown, form

a band with a fine white line between : cilia fuscous, darker at

base. Hindwings as forewings, a lunular discal spot opposite

and near to J costa; a circular and w^avy line from | costa to

opposite J inner margin; hindmarginal line thinning out at anal

angle, not so dark as the same line in forewings ; cilia whitish,

with basal row of chestnut dots.

Mr. Batchelor, a collector by occupation, has bred this insect

freely, feeding on a wild vine, Lyonsia reticulata. It spins a web

in a leaf, or webs the leaf to the tree against which the vine

grows. It is a green caterpillar, with two subdorsal rows of

j^ellow dots.

Brisbane.

Family XYLORYCTID^.

Cryptophaga confundens, n.sp.

(J 9. 28-45 mm. Head grey, mottled with slaty-grey and light
fuscous. Palpi slaty -gre}^, first and second joints lighter on upper
side. Antennae dark grey or black, with fine grey annulations.
Thorax grey, diffused with slaty-grey and darker slate-bluish dots.
Abdomen fuscous-grey, freely splashed with whitish-grey and
black, in a band along base of each segment, but metallic-coppery
dusted with silver hairs on free half of segments ; in some speci-
mens the basal band is crossed by rich black lines edged with
grey or white. Legs woolly-grey, with rich blackish-fuscous
bands. Forewings oblong, costa gently arched, hindmargin
slightly concave in costal half, rounded on inner half; vein 2 from
before h', gi'ey, more or less diffused with slaty-grey (and in some
specimens sparingly with red coppery tint), with white scales, and
richly and variously marked with rich black bars and lines; a rich
black band at base, more or less constant and becoming more
definite and constant along inner margin to \, a rich band from
middle of base obliquely toward costa, thinning out or suffusing
with another from J to before ^; a band transversely from ^i^ costa
to within \ inner margin opposite |; half way between this line

BY THOMAS P. LUCAS. 249

and base of wing is an irregular more or less parallel line, in some
specimens stopping short, in others running irregularly to inner
margin, and in others one or two other irregular lines still nearer
the base of wing; a conspicuous wavy zigzag band from costa to
^ inner margin prominently arngled outwards before and over
middle, and thence sending a line at an angle towards base of
wing; a rich wide band of black in some specimens along median
fold, in others this is absent; a suffusion of white beyond outer
transverse line, shaded more or less towards costa with slaty-
grey, in some specimens absent, in others only as a lunar mark
over inner half of wing ; a white zigzag subhindmarginal line
becoming lost before inner margin, and in many specimens alto-
gether absent : cilia grey, lined with black and fuscous. Hind-
wings fuscous, lighter towards the base; cilia light buff, fuscous
at base.

Brisbane; in stumps and second growth of felled Eucah'pts.

A most variable species. Allied to C. epigramma, Meyr.

Catoryctis truncata, n.sp.

^. 20 mm. Head ochreous-white; palpi ochreous-white, ter-
minal joint diffused and sparingly dotted with fuscous; antennae
dark fuscous; thorax ochreous; abdomen ochreous, with a band
of blackish-fuscous at base of segments; legs fuscous. Forewings
elongate, costa arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded, ochreous,
with white bands and blackish fuscous lines and bands. Fore-
wings with four longitudinal bands of ground colour, the first
along costa, thins out towards apex and base, and is bounded by
a subcostal silver-white line from base to beyond ^ costa; the
second line is median and is suffused with silvery- white; the third
line is immediately before the inner margin and the fourth is
inner marginal, both are from near base of inner margin and thin
out towards apex; the space between first and second lines is deep
blackish-fuscous, and is divided by eight lines of ground colour,
running obliquely outwards from median to costa, the apical ones
gradually become shorter; the second space between the second
and third bands is blackish-fuscous and is divided in hind marginal

250 NEW SPECIES OF QUEENSLAND LEPIDOPTERA.

third by four ground colour longitudinal parallel lines : cilia dark
fuscous. Hindwings light grey shaded with darker fuscous ;
veins darker; cilia gre3ash-fuscous, with a broad darker band
near base.

May Orchard, Brisbane; one specimen at light.

Allied to C. subparallela, Meyr. (?), and C. nono-lhiea, Lucas.

T H E I 0 s I A, n.g.

Head with adpressed hairs. Ocelli absent. Tongue well
developed. Antennae moderate, simple, finely ciliated, basal joint
elongate, with moderate pecten. Maxillary palpi ver}^ short,
adpressed to tongue. Labial palpi very long, recurved, first joint
short, second very long, with adpressed hairs, third joint linear,
smooth. Thorax hairy, epaulettes and collar with very long hairs.
Abdomen moderate. Tibiae hairy, spurs long. Forewings with
veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 free, 7 and 8 stalked, 9 from 7.
Hindwings with vein 2 from J cell, 3 and 4 from angle, 5 free, (>
and 7 short stalked, 8 concurrent with 7 for ^ from base.

Comes near to Ptilostibes, Meyr.

Theiosia .etheria, n.sp.

9- 28 mm. Head and palpi reddish-ochreous; antennae fuscous,
basal joint ochreous; thorax ochreous, wdth a rich chestnut band
behind collar; abdomen whitish-ochreous; legs ochreous, tarsal
joints of hind pair fuscous. Forewings with costa gently rounded,
hindmargin rounded, reddish-ochreous, sparsely speckled with
black dots, and marked with white, grey- black, and chestnut.
Forewings with a kidney-shaped rich chesenut-coloured discal
blotch, extending over middle third of wing, beyond | costa; this
is bordered on costal edge by a fine white line; and this- is again
enclosed by a broad band of smoky black, which extends from
base of wing to opposite ^ costa, and is again enfolded by a broad
white suffusion, reaching to costa at base, and gradually receding
from costa at J, leaving a band of ground colour for costal border
to apex; the white is freely speckled with black dots; a subhind-

BY THOMAS P. LUCAS. 251

marginal line of black dots, and a hindmarginal reddish-brown
line : cilia reddish-ochreous, diffusing to reddish-fuscous at apex
and apical hind margin. Hind wings light ochreous; cilia light
ochreous.

May Orchard, Brisbane; bred.

Xylohycta heliojMacula, Lower.

I have bred this species from larvae feeding on a species of
mistletoe (Loranthus) in Brisbane. The three or four previously
known species were captured at light.

252

A REVISION OF THE GENUS JOTOXOMUS (FAMILY
CARABIDjE: subfamily FER02^INI).

By Thomas G. Sloane.

JVoto7iomus was founded b}'- Baron de Chaudoir (Bull. Soc. Imp.
Nat. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 83) as a subgenus of Feronia; but in the
present paper it is assumed to have full generic value. Strictly
speaking it seems to be a subgenus of Pterostichus, as are also
C eratofevonia* Sarticus and Rhahdotus; if we regard all these as
entitled to full rank as genera, and it is certainly convenient to
do so, they may be tabulated as follows : —

Mentum with sinus parallel on sides Cera tofornia

Mentum with sinus obliquely divergent.

Prothorax with border narrow, not forming an explanate
border to the lateral basal impressions, these never

spreading to lateral border Xotononius.

Prothorax with border explanate posteriorly.

Lateral basal impressions of prothorax broad, deep,

foveiform Sarticiis.

Posterior part of prothorax transversely depressed (this

depressed part reaching the border laterally) PiJiahdotHS.

JVotono7nus may be briefly diagnosed as follows : —
Apterous. Mentum with sides of sinus oblique. Prothorax
with border narrow and not forming an explanate margin to the
lateral basal impressions. Elytra bordered on base, striate ;
interstices not costate or carinate, first with an abbreviated stria
at base, third punctiferous. Posterior femora not dilatate towards
apex, or channelled on lower side.

* M. Tschitseherine has recently formed this new subgenus to include
Feronia (PterosticJius J rerjalu, Casteln., and P. pJnjhircJius SI.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 253

Attention ma}^ be drawn to the following features which vary,
and which are useful in aiding the determination of species : —
Head : size, convexity, length of mandibles, &c.
Prothorax : shape, convexity, comparative width of base and
apex; disc, if opaque or nitid; sides sinuate or not before
base, form of basal angles, nearness of anterior angles to
head; position of posterior marginal puncture (an important
classificatory character) ; width of border, especially near
base; etc.
Elytra: shape, convexity, sinuosities of apex, striation; interstices
(opaque or nitid), convexity, punctures of third, form of eighth
(a valuable classificatory character); humeral angles dentate
or not; reflexedness of lateral border near base.
Frosternum and mesosternum : shape of intercoxal declivity
(this seems a constant and useful character for grouping the
species in Notonomus).
Metastermim : episterna long, or short.

The habitats of the species of Notonomus are among the heavily
timbered districts of South Eastern Australia. The range of the
genus extends from about the Grampian Mountains in Western
Victoria, along the coastal districts of Eastern Australia as far
north as the Burnett River. Only one species is authentically
known to me from north of the Burnett River, A single species
{N. mediosulcatus, Chaud.), not closely allied to any other, is
found in South Western Australia. Probably owing to their
being apterous, and frequenting heavily timbered mountainous
districts, the species seem usually restricted in their range. No
species from north of the Clarence River is known to me as being-
found as far south as Sydney, nor, as far as I know, is any species
from Sydney to be found about Melbourne.

Dejean first described species belonging to the genus Notonomus
(viz., three species in the year 1828). Then followed Count de
Castelnau with two species {Trigonotoma violacea in 1834,* and

* Chaudoir reported after inspection of the type (Ann. Soc. Ent, Belg. xi.,
p. 162) that T. violacea, Casteln., was a species of Notonomus, and this has
recently been confirmed by M. Tschitscherine (Hor. Soc. Ent. Koss. 1902,
XXXV., p. 534).

254 EEVISION OF THE GENUS yOTONOMUS,

Poecilus maryinatus in 1838); and Xewman with one species
{Feroniaj)hilipjn = F. chalyhea, Dej.). Nothing further was done
till 1865, when Baron de Chaudoir and M. Motschulsky, inde-
pendently of one another, and, strange to say, in the same journal
(Bull. Mosc. 1865), described a considerable number of new
species. Chaudoir's paper contained fourteen new species
(of these one, N. discoderus, proved synonymous with H. marginaius,
Casteln. ). Motschulsky described four species as new, but three
of these were anticipated by Chaudoir. Castelnau's great
paper on the Australian Carabidse was read before the Royal
Society of Victoria on May 13th, 1867, and was published
in Vol. viii. of that Society's Transactions in 1868; in it he pro-
posed three hundred and thirt3^-seven species as new, including
thirty-eight referable to Notonoiiius. Castelnau's work was done
without a knowledge of what Chaudoir and Motschulsky had
done, and, mainly owing to this, the names of twenty-one of his
species of Notononius have now become synonyms. In 1871 Sir W.
Macleay published descriptions of five species; of these it seems
that only one will stand. Chaudoir (who evidently liecame
possessed of Dejean's types) went over the Castelnau Collection,
now the propert}'- of the Museo Civico di Genova, and, in the
Annals of that Institution for 1874 (Vol. vi.), published what he
called a "Supplement" to his essay of 1865. Knowing at that
time all his own, Dejean's, and Castelnau's species (excepting
Feronia wilcoxi, Casteln., F. striaticollis, Casteln., and F. rufi-
palpis, Casteln., the types of which he could not find), he was
able to settle the synonymy of Notonomus authoritatively.* This
was fortunate for subsequent workers, for it would have been
practically a hopeless task for anyone without the data which
Chaudoir possessed, because both Chaudoir's and Castelnau's
descriptions of the species of Notonomus are generally very faulty,
being too brief, and often consisting of merely a few lines of a

* I do not feel sure that Chaudoir knew all Motschulsky's species in nature,
though he treats of them as confidently as if he did, but without, as far I
know, saying that he knew them.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 255

comparison with some other poody described species of the author.
Besides arranging the synonymy, Chaudoir, in his "Supplement,"
redescribed, or made notes on many of Castelnau's species, and
described four new species. In 1878 Chaudoir made his last
contribution to the genus by the description of N. joar allelomorph a,
which I believe to be only a form of N. opulentus^ Casteln.; and
in the same year H. W. Bates also described a single species from
Tasmania. Nothing further was done till 1889, when I described
two new species. Since that date Mr. Rainbow (Rec. Aust.
Mus. 1899) described N. montanus, but, as this name had already
been used in the genus by Castelnau, albeit Castelnau's name has
become a synonym, it cannot stand. This makes forty-five valid
species described up to the present time. In the present paper I
add twenty-seven, making a total of seventj^-two; no doubt there
are many more species yet to be discovered.

In undertaking the revision of the genus, I have had to make
out the species of Dejean, Chaudoir and Motschulsky from the
descriptions (except a few that are well known in Australian
collections), as well as most of Castelnau's. I have not had
Dejean and Motschulsky's descriptions before me,* but have relied
on Chaudoir's notes to identify their species. In all cases where
I have made out species from descriptions, I have indicated that
such was the case in my notes. The identification of many species
has proved diflicult, but it has been the work of a number of
years, and has been gone over many times in the endeavour to
arrive at a correct determination of each species.

I offer a tabulation of the species known to me in which an
attempt is made to arrange the species in a fairly natural
order, or at least what seems to me a natural order. But,
seeing that the species of a large genus in their relationships
towards one another resemble the branches of a tree springing
from one trunk, rather than a continuous chain, it is impossible
to place them in a linear series by the aid of a dichotomous table
without species being separated sometimes from nearly allied

* Excepting that of Xeuropates pristonycJioides, Motsch.

256 EEVISION OF THE GENUS XOTO^OMCS,

congeners. In lettering the subdivisions of the table I have
used italics for general characters, Roman capitals for divisions
that may be regarded as groups of species, and Greek letters for
minor subdivisions ; by bearing this in mind an idea may be
formed of the gronjjs into which I consider the species might be
lotted.

The following species are unknown to me in nature, or at least
I have been unable to identify any of them among the species I
have had before me : — N. violaceus, Casteln. (of which I have not
seen the description, so that it is quite unknown to me), iV.
phillipsi, Casteln. (see under i\". strzleckianus, and postea, p. 278),
JV. depressipennis, Chaud., and iV. striaticollis, Casteln. (see under
i\^. rugosicoUis, SI., and J\^. discorimosus^ SI., postea, pp. 305, 306),
N. ingratus, Chaud., N. subii'idescens, Chaud., N. darlingi,
Casteln., N. tvilcoxi, Casteln. N. simidans, Chaud., i^'^. resplendens,
Casteln., are species to which I have allotted separate headings
under which my ideas as to their resemblances and affinities may
be found; I cannot think that any of these species can be con-
specitic with any species for which I propose a new name in the
present paper.

Table of Species known to me.

a. Metasternum with episterna short.
h. Elytra fully and strongly striate.

c. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded, usually narrow in middle.
cl. Elytra with third interstice normally bearing more than two punc-
tures, the posterior puncture on apical declivity.
e. Elytra with basal border joining lateral border at humeral angle
without any interruption.
f. Elytra with eighth interstice not (or very lightly) convex,
decidedly wider than ninth on basal half.
(1. Pro thorax with sides sinuate before the base.
A. Prothorax with lateral basal spaces convex.

(B. Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture ( N.frenchi.

in lateral channel before basal angles I N.croesus.

/3/3. Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture at basal
angle {^ with joints of anterior tarsi not dilatate or

squamulose beneath) N. lyeroni.

AX. Prothorax with lateral basal spaces depressed (not
convex) iV. accedens.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE.

257

17

gg. Prothorax with sides meeting base without any sinuosity.
B. Prothorax but little narrowed to base, much wider across
base than apex,
y. Form depressed, prothorax suh- j N. poUtnlus.

obliquely narrowed to base \N. tuhericauda.

77. Form rather narrow, convex; prothorax with sides

evenly rounded ^. kosciuskianus.

BB. Prothorax decidedly narrowed posteriorly, base not, or
very little wider than apex,
c. Prothorax with basal angles widely obtuse.
D. Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture at basal
angle on border, or the border interrupting mar-
ginal channel to receive it,
S. Prothorax with sides narrowed to base in an
even curve, basal angles quite rounded off

A^. rainhoioi.

8d. Prothorax with sides a little obliquely narrowed
to base, basal angles obtuse but marked

A^. gippsiensis.

DD. Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture before
the basal angle.
E. Head large; eyes deeply inclosed at base by
greatly developed orbits, not prominent; orbits

swollen below eyes a^. satrapa.

EE. Head moderate; eyes not deeply enclosed at base,
rather prominent; orbits not unusually

swollen below eyes a^. arthuH.

cc. Prothorax with basal angles marked (posterior mar-
ginal puncture at basal angle),
r. Head large ; border of prothorax ending at basal
angles, posterior marginal puncture at basal angle

but not on border ^V. vmelUri.

FF. Head not large, prothorax with border extending
on to base on each side and dilatate at basal
angles to receive posterior marginal puncture.
G. Prosternum not bordered along anterior margin.

e. Colour black N. macoyi.

ee. Colour cupreous A\ besii.

GG. Prosternum with narrow continuous border
along anterior margin (colour deep black)
N. hoicitti.

258 EEVISION OF THE GENUS NOTONOMUS,

ff. Elytra with eighth interstice narrow and very convex
(similar in form to ninth). Form elongate, head very

large N. hakeioelli.

ee. Elytra with point of junction of basal and lateral borders at

humeral angle interrupted (the basal border more or less

raised and prominent.)

H. Prothorax with lateral border wide, increasing in width

posteriorly.

C' Prothorax cordate, narrower at base than at apex; posterior

marginal puncture at basal angle , . .X Jietcheri.

iC. Prothorax subquadrate, wider at base than at apex; posterior
marginal puncture on inner side of lateral channel distant
from basal angle.
rj. Head rather large, metallic ; posterior femora lightly

swollen in middle N. strzelecldanus.

r]T]. Head small, black; posterior femora strongly dilatate in

middle on lower side {^) N. froggatti.

HH. Prothorax with lateral border narrow, not wider towards base.
6. Elytra with eighth interstice net convex near base.

I. Prothorax of a gilt brassy colour, elytra purple (liery

towards sides) , N. hassi,

a. Colour of upper surface green X. gippslandicns.

66. Elytra with eighth interstice roundly convex. . .A^. variicolUs.
dd. Elytra with third interstice bipunctate, the posterior puncture
before apical declivity.

I. Prothorax longer than broad, greatly narrowed and sinuate on

sides posteriorly xV. a nf/ustihasis.

II. Prothorax broader than long, sides not sinuate before base.

J. Prothorax with lateral border narrow, elytra with lateral border
narrow at base.
K. Elytra with interstices very convex, eighth and ninth very
narrow; prothorax metallic ( $ with apical sinuosities of

elytra very strongly developed) N. eacisijjennis.

KK. Elytra with interstices lightly convex, eighth wider than

ninth; colour black X Jdngi.

jj. Prothorax with lateral border widely reflexed, especially
towards base; elytra with lateral border widely carinate at
base.

X. Elytra with a cupreous margin JV. marginatm.

XA. Elytra without a metallic margin X. ligdneyenHs.

cc. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat — often wide in middle and
bordered laterallv.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 259

h. Elytra with third interstice normally bipunctate, the posterior
puncture before apical declivity.
i. Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture on border at basal
angle.
K. Metasternum with median longitudinal channel not extending
to apex,
/x. Elytra with tenth interstice short and feebly developed,
(lateral border widely reflexed at base, eighth interstice

much wider than ninth on basal half) N. australasia.

fxfi. Elytra with tenth interstice convex, long (extending on to
anterior half of elytra).
p. Basal border of elytra strongly dentate at humeral angles,
(eighth and ninth interstices narrow and convex)

iV". incrassatus.

vv. Basal border of elytra a little raised but not dentiform at
humeral angles.
I- Elytra with third interstice bipunctate; prothorax short,

basal impressions oval N. leai.

^^. Elytra with third interstice tripunctate ; prothorax
rather long, basal impressions long and narrow

N. lateralis.

KK. Metasternum deeply longitudinally channelled from base to
apex.
L. Prothorax short, cordate; elytra with
eighth and ninth interstices wide ;

colour metallic

LL. Prothorax long; elytra depressed, interstices sharply convex,

eighth and ninth narrow; colour black N, liiagerus.

ii. Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture not placed on lateral
border.

M. Pronotum nitid (though usually finely striolate).
j. Prothorax with sides sinuate before base.

77. Head and prothorax black; elytra obscurely coloured, with

fiery cupreous margin N. queenslandicus.

7777. Head and prothorax metallic; elytra with green margin,
p. Prothorax with base hardly wider than apex ( $ )

N. n itidicoUis.

pp- Prothorax with base evidently much wider than apex

($) N. latibasis.

jj. Prothorax with sides not sinuate posteriorly.

I. Form narrow; prothorax long, not wider at base than at
apex ; elytra with eighth interstice much wider than
ninth anteriorly, very narrow posteriorly — opposite the
elongate convex tenth interstice N. suhopacus.

N. triplogenioides.
N. jervisensis.

260 EE VISION OF THE GENUS X0T0X03[rS,

II. Form wide; prothorax transverse, wider across base than
apex; elytra with eighth interstice a little wider than
ninth, not unusually narrowed posteriorly, tenth inter-
stice short, feebly developed N. violaceomarginatus.

MM. Pronotum opaque, closely transversely striolate.
m. Elytra with all discoidal interstices equally smooth.
cr. Prothorax with sides sinuate before the base.

r. Elytra with eighth interstice wide N. riigosicollis.

TT. Elytra with eighth interstice narrow... A'', depressipennis.
era: Prothorax with sides not sinuate posteriorly (elytra with

eighth interstice narrow, convex) N. discoriinosus.

vim. Elytra with alternate interstices of disc foveolate

N. opacicollis.

hli. Elytra with third interstice normally bearing more than two

punctures, the posterior puncture normally on apical declivity.

n. Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture at basal angle on

lateral border (border usually dilated to receive puncture).

N. Elytra with basal border joining lateral border at humeral

angle without any interruption. Elytral striae crenulate

N. amahilis,

NN. Elytra with point of junction between basal and lateral borders
at humeral angle interrupted (the basal border more or less
raised),
o. Size rather small ; prothorax with lateral border narrow ;
elytra with border narrowed to base.
V. Head and prothorax black.

0. Form not elongate, third interstice of elytra normally
with more than two punctures and not swollen
posteriorly.

X- Elytra viridescent, lightly convex N. sphodroides.

XX' Elytra purple, depressed N. dyscoloides.

^<^. Form elongate; third interstice of elytra bipunctate
and swollen at posterior puncture... A", victoriensis.

vv. Head and prothorax seneous. (Form elongate)

iV. opnlentus.

00. Size large ; prothorax with lateral border wide and erect
posteriorly; elytra with lateral border widely carinate at
base,
•v//-- Prothorax with sides sinuate before base, basal angles

sharply marked N. (Oteomicans.

yj^^' Prothorax with sides not sinuate posteriorly, basal
angles obtuse N. colossus.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 261

nil. Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture not on basal

border.

p. Prothorax cordate; head large; elytra with eighth interstice

narrower than ninth (size small, colour black )...xV. rufipalpis.

pp. Prothorax hardly narrowed to base; head small; eighth elytral

interstice wider than ninth (size large).

0). Form depressed; elytra with humeral angles strongly dentate

(colour Eeneous) K. cques.

(0(o. Form convex; elytra with basal border only a little raised
at humeral angle. (Elytra dark, with green margin)

N. spenceri.

bb. Elytra with striae 1-4 deeply impressed, 5-7 obsolete... iV. mediosnlaitm.
bbb. Elytra with striae obliterated, or faint.
p. Elytra with humeral angles dentate.

q. Size large; prothorax transverse, lightly and obliquely rounded to

base; black N. moUi^tus.

qq. Size moderate; prothorax strongly angustate to base, with sides

lightly sinuate; elytra virescent iV. Ixershawi.

pp. Elytra with humeral angles not dentate.

r. Prothorax widest before middle, a little narrowed to base; elytra
with basal border a little raised at point of junction with lateral

border; elytra chalybeous X. chalijbeus.

rr. Form convex; prothorax widest about middle, sides strongly and
evenly rounded ; elytra with basal border joining lateral at

humeral angles without interruption ; colour black N. gravis.

aa. Metasternum with episterna elongate.

Q. Elytra with humeral angles dentate iV". miles.

QQ. Elytra with basal border joining lateral border at humeral angles
without interruption ., N. lemeuri.

iSToTONOMUS FRENCHI, ll.sp.

9. Depressed, oval. Head very large; mandibles long, decus-
sating; labrum emarginate: prothorax subcordate; sides strongly
sinuate and straight before base; basal angles obtuse, widely
bordered at summit ; posterior marginal puncture in lateral
channel distant from base : elytra lightly striate, sixth and seventh
stride fainter ; interstices depressed, third 4-punctate, tenth
moderately developed; humeral angles rounded. Head and pro-
thorax of a gilt brassy colour, prothorax with cupreous reflections

262 EEVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOXOM US,

in middle of disc; el3^tra purple with coppery reflections (the disc
darker and less metallic than the sides); under surface black, legs
reddish-piceous.

Prothorax broader than long (4-9 x 5-8 mm.), widest before the
middle, strongly narrowed to base; sides rounded on anterior
two-thirds, strongly sinuate about posterior fifth and meeting
base at right angles; apex truncate, angles wide, obtuse; base
truncate, very lightly and widely emarginate in middle, narrower
(4-3 mm.) than apex (4-5 mm.); border wide; lateral basal im-
pressions elongate, wide; lateral basal spaces depressed behind
posterior marginal puncture. Elytra truncate-oval (12x7*5 mm. ),
widest behind middle, depressed on disc; sides lightly rounded;
lateral apical sinuosities wide, shallow; basal border raised at
humeral angles, but joining lateral border without interruption;
lateral border widely reflexed and carinate near base. Intercoxal
declivity of prosternum round and narrow in middle; of meso-
sternum deeply concave. Length 21, breadth 7"5 mm.

Hab. — Vic. : Southern Gippsland (French).

Allied to iV. crcesus, Casteln., but differing by its broader and
more depressed form; head larger; prothorax more transverse,
more ampliate at widest part, the spaces between the basal im-
pressions and the sides flatter; elytra of a much more coppery-
purple on the sides. The type specimen has the fifth interstice
of the elytra unipunctate. The male will probably prove to have
the interstices of the elytra more convex and the basal angles of
the prothorax more marked as in N. crif^suif.

N'ote. — A specimen received from Mr. French, as from Victoria,
is of narrower and more elongate form (18-5 x 6 -5 mm); prothorax
much more strongly narrowed to base, with sides more strongly
sinuate; elytra of a steel blue colour with faint purple reflections,
head and prothorax with coppery reflections. It probably repre-
sents a closely allied, but distinct, species, but more specimens of
both forms than are before me would be required to pronounce a
confident opinion on this.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 263

NoTONOMUS CRCESUS, Castelnau.

Feronia (^Pterostichus) crresus, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict.
1868, viii. p. 209 ; F. {Pterostichus) plutus, Casteln., I.e. : JV.
peroni, Casteln.; Chaud., Ann. Miis. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi. p. 588.

Prothorax and head of a gilt coppery colour; elytra purplish-
black with cupreous tinge on base and lateral declivities; legs
dark piceous. (^) Head large (3-7 mm. across eyes); mandibles
long, decussating; labrum lightly and widely emarginate; eyes
prominent. Prothorax broader than long (4'1 x 5-1 mm.),
narrowed to base; sides lightly rounded on anterior two-thirds,
strongly sinuate about posterior fourth and meeting base at right
angles; base truncate, narrower (3*5 mm.) than apex (3-7 mm.);
basal angles rectangular, obtuse at summit; lateral border wide, re-
flexed; posterior marginal puncture in lateral channel distant
from basal angle; median line lightly impressed; lateral basal
impressions wide. Elytra oval (10*5 x 63 mm.), lightly convex;
lateral apical sinuosities well marked; shoulders rounded; basal
border joining lateral border without interruption; striae strongly
impressed; interstices lightly convex, third 5-punctate; ninth
stria and tenth interstice well developed. Intercoxal declivity
of prosternum rounded; of mesosternum concave. Anterior tarsi
with three basal joints widely and obliquely dilatate and squamu-
lose beneath.

(9) Prothorax with basal angles more obtuse ; elytra more
depressed; sixth and seventh striae much weaker than others;
interstices depressed, fifth with a single puncture behind middle.
Length 18*5, breadth 6*3-6*5 mm.

Hah. — Victoria.

The specimens on which the above description is founded were
given to me by the late Mr. W. Kershaw, of Melbourne. They seem
to represent the form on which Castelnau bestowed the name
Feronia plutus. Two specimens {$) sent to me by Mr. C. French,
as from Mount Baw Baw, Gippsland, seem to represent Feronia

264 REVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOXOMUS,

croesics, Casteln.; these agree with the description given above,
except that the prothorax is a little less strongly sinuate on the
posterior part of the sides, the posterior angles more obtuse, the
elytra of a more subviridescent bronzed colour.

NoTONOMUS PERONi, Castelnau.

Feronia {Pterostichus) peronii, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict.
1868, viii. p. 209; Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi.
p. 588.

Elliptical-oval, depressed. Upper surface of a metallic-bluish
or greenish tinge, elytra often flushed with purple; legs piceous-
red, tibiae and tarsi darker than femora; antennae dark piceous.
Head large. Prothorax quadrate-cordate (3-9 x 4'8 mm.), about
as wide at base as at apex (3-6 mm.); sides rounded on anterior
two-thirds, straight posteriorly; basal angles rectangular; posterior
marginal puncture placed at l^asal angles in lateral channel.
Elytra oval (10-5 x 63 mm.), a little ampliate (especially in ^)
behind middle, strongly striate; lateral apical sinuosities well
developed, stronger in 9 than in $\ basal border arcuate on
posterior margin, meeting lateral l^order at humeral angles with-
out interruption; interstices lightly convex in ^, flat in 9, third
3- or 4-punctate. ^ with anterior tarsi not dilatate or squamulose
beneath. $ with one, 9 with two setigerous punctures on each
side of apical ventral segment. Length 15-20, breadth 5-7 '7 mm.

Hah. — Victorian Mountains, Ferntree Gully (Sloane).

I apply the name N. pei^onl to this species because in shape of
prothorax and colour it agrees with Castelnau's description of
that species. It seems to be the most widely spread species in
the mountainous districts of Eastern Victoria, and it is hardly
possible that it could not have been known to Castelnau. It is
remarkable to find in this species alone of the genus Notonomus
the anterior tarsi in the $ neither dilatate nor squamulose
beneath.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 26')

NoTONOMUS ACCEDENS, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 92; Ann. Mus. Civ. Geneva, 1874,
p. 581; Iieit7'02mtes 2^ristonyc/ioides, Motsch. (1), Bull. Mosc. 1865,
ii. p. 264.

Elliptical, depressed. Black. Head smooth, convex (3-1 mm.
across eyes); frontal impressions well marked, diverging
backwards ; eyes hemispherical, very prominent. Prothorax
broader than long (3'6 x 4*3 mm.), subcordate, widest before
middle, hardly narrower at base (3 mm.) than at apex (3-1 mm.);
disc depressed; sides rounded on anterior two- thirds, subsinuate
before base; apex emarginate; anterior angles obtuse, slightly
advanced; base truncate; basal angles obtuse but rather sharply
marked, lateral border narrow, ending at basal angles; posterior
marginal puncture a little before the basal angles, not on border;
median line strongly impressed, reaching almost to apex; lateral
basal impressions wide, lateral basal spaces flat. Elytra rather
obovate, widest behind middle (9 x 5-8 mm.), sides lightly rounded,
rather sharply inturned towards humeral angles; lateral apical
sinuosities very wide but decidedly marked ; humeral angles
rounded; basal border meeting lateral border without any inter-
ruption; disc strongly striate; seventh stria slightly impressed;
interstices depressed, third 2-punctate (often 3-punctate); ninth
stria and tenth interstice feebly developed. Intercoxal declivity
of presternum rounded, narrow ; of mesosternum concave.
Anterior tarsi in ^ lightly dilatate, not squamulose on sides of
joints beneath. Length 14*5-17, breadth 5-6"3 mm.

Ilab. — Vic. : Upper Yarra (French), Yarragon and Otway
Ranges (Sloane).

Allied to N. politulns, Chaud., but differing by the prothorax
strongly angustate to the base, which is not wider than the aj^ex.
It is a common species in Southern Victoria; the form from the
Otway Ranges has a viridescent tinge on the elytra, and might
be regarded as a variety. I consider JVeuropates pristonychoides,
Motsch.jtobe synonymous with /\^. accedens,heca,u.se Motschulsky's

266 EEVISION OF THE GENUS NOTONOMUS,

description is applicable to it, while it does not at all suit the
species {N. angustihasis, SI.) to which Chaudoir has applied it.
The habitat given by Motschulsky lends support to this view,
viz., neighbourhood of Port Phillip, which is the habitat of N.
accedens, but not of N. anyicstibasis.

^OTONOMUS POLiTULUS, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 86; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874,
p. 581; Feronia (Pterostichus) tasmanica, Casteln., Trans. Roy.
Soc. Vict. 1868, p. 210.

9. Oval, depressed. Black, shining. Head moderate (3-1 mm.
across eyes), smooth, convex; eyes prominent, almost hemispheri-
cal. Prothorax broader than long (3-8 x 4*7 mm.), wider across
base (3-7 mm.) than apex (3-3 mm.), widest about middle, sub-
depressed, lightly declivous to sides, depressed towards middle of
base; sides lightly rounded; apex lightly emarginate; anterior
angles obtuse, not close to head ; base widely emarginate in
middle; basal angles obtuse; posterior marginal puncture a little
before basal angles on the explanate margin, not on border;
median line lightly impressed; lateral basal impressions rather
wide, long, shallow, lateral basal spaces slightly convex. Elytra
ovate (10-3 X 6 3 mm.), subdepressed ; lateral apical sinuosities
almost obsolete; humeral angles rounded; basal border joining-
lateral border without interruption ; striae strongly impressed,
seventh light, ninth distinct; interstices depressed, not convex on
apical declivity, third 2-punctate (sometimes 3-punctate), tenth
moderately developed towards apex. Intercoxal declivity of
prosternum rounded; of mesosternum concave. Length 17,
breadth 6*3 mm.

Hah. — Tasmania.

Though N. politulus seems to have the third interstice of the
elytra more often with two than with three punctures, I have
thought it more allied to y. kosciusklanus, SI., and kindred
species than to N". king I, Chaud., and other typical species of the
group characterised by their bipunctate third elytral interstice.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 267

Another reason for so placing it is that the position of the
posterior puncture near the extremity of the third elytral inter-
stice seems to me of more classificatory value in Notononius than
the mere number of punctures on the interstice which is a
variable character in some species. N. accedens, Chaud., a closely
allied species, has the punctures of the third interstice varying in
number and placed as in N. politidus. It may be noted that in
all these species the presence of the posterior puncture and its
position on the interstice are constant.

ISToTONOMUS TUBERicAUDA, Bates.

Cist. Ent. 1878, ii. p. 323.

From Bates's description, the place of this species is evidently
near /V. politidus. I append Bates's Latin diagnosis, and would
quote from the note he has attached to it the following : — " The
third [elytral] interstice has two large punctures, the posterior of
which (near the apex), is the centre of a dilatation, slightly
elevated in the (J, but raised into a prominent tubercle in the

9-"

" ^y. polltulo (Chaud.), affinis, elongatus, niger politus; thorace
fere quadrato, angulis posticis subrectis; elytris apice distincte
sinuatis, humeris baud dentatis, supra fortiter, simpliciter striatis,
interstitiis prope apicem angustioribus, tertio excepto dilatato et
in ^ valde tuberoso. Long. 16 mm. South or Central Tasmania
(Simson),"

NOTONOMQS KOSCIUSKIANUS, n.Sp.

Oval. Head small, convex; prothorax rounded on sides, wider
at base (3 5 mm.) than apex (3 mm.); basal angles rounded;
posterior marginal puncture distant from base and a little distant
from lateral border : elytra oval, strongly striate ; interstices
convex, third 3- or 4-punctate. Black.

Head 3 mm. across eyes; frontal impressions hardly marked;
eyes prominent, hemispherical. Prothorax broader than long
(4 X 4*7 mm.), lightly convex, not depressed along middle of base;
sides strongly and evenly rounded, a little more gently narrowed

2 68 REVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOyOMUS,

anteriorly than posteriorly ; apex lightly emarginate ; anterior
angles obtuse, close to head; base truncate; basal angles not
marked; lateral margins a little explanate at basal angles; border
narrow; median line lightly impressed; lateral basal impressions
long, rather wide; lateral basal spaces rather wide and slightly
convex. Elytra oval (10 x 5*7 mm.), lightly convex; sides rounded;
lateral apical sinuosities wide, almost obsolete; basal border not
arcuate on posterior margin, joining lateral border without the
slightest interruption; lateral border narrow; ninth stria well
marked on apical third ; tenth interstice feebly de\eloped.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded ; of mesosternum
lightly concave. Length 15-17, breadth o"2-5'7 mm.

^^6.— N.S.W. : Mount Kosciusko (Fletcher).

The affinity of this species is to JV. politulus, Chaud., from which
it is readily distinguished by being narrower, much more convex,
the prothorax more rounded on sides and at basal angles, the
interstices of the elytra more convex, Szc. In facies it resembles
JV. rainbotvi, SL, but is smaller; prothorax wider at base, lateral
basal impressions more elongate and not approaching nearly to
the lateral border; posterior marginal punctures placed a con-
siderable distance in front of the basal angles (not on the border,
but a little away from it, on the flattened marginal part). The
elytra are very similar to those of iV. rainbovn. The position and
number of the punctures on the third interstice vary.

NOTONOMUS RAINBOWI, n.sp.

N. montanus, Rainbow, Rec. Aust. Mus. 1899, iii. p. 149.

Elliptical-oval, robust, convex. Head convex, eyes very promi-
nent; prothorax convex, rounded on sides and at basal angles:
elytra convex, strongly striate; interstices convex, third 3- or
4-punctate; humeral angles not marked. Intercoxal declivity of
prosternum rounded ; of mesosternum concave. Black ; legs
piceous.

Head smooth, convex between eyes (4-2 mm. across eyes);
frontal impressions light; eyes almost hemispherical, much more
prominent than posterior part of orbits — these protuberant, sloping

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 269

sharply to head. Prothorax broader than long (5-3 x 6 mm.),
convex, not depressed along middle of base, a little narrower
(3-9 mm.) at base than at apex (4*2 ram.); sides strongly rounded,
hardly more gently posteriori}" than anteriorly; apex truncate:
anterior angles not marked, close to head; base roundly truncate;
basal angles not marked; border narrow, thick, a little wider
towards base; posterior marginal puncture on margin at basal
angle; median line light; lateral basal impressions wide, short.
Elytra oval (1-i x 7-8 mm.), convex; sides rounded; lateral apical
sinuosities light, wide; basal border joining lateral border at
shoulders without the slightest interruption ; lateral border
narrow; lateral channel giving off a ninth stria, and so forming
a well developed tenth interstice on posterior half of elytra.
Length 23, breadth 7-8 mm.

^a6.— N.S.W. : Mount Kosciusko (Fletcher).

Closely allied to and resembling N". gippsiensis, Casteln., but
more convex and differing by having the prothorax more strongly
and evenly rounded on the sides, the basal angles quite rounded
off, the posterior marginal puncture placed on the border, &c.
This is the species which Mr. Rainbow described as iV. montamcs,
but as that name was used in the genus Notonomus by Castelnau
it is necessary to change it, even although Castelnau's name has
sunk to the rank of a synonym.

Notonomus gippsiensis, Castelnau.

Feronia (Pterostichus) gippsiensis, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Vict. 1868, p. 208 ; N. gippsiensis, Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ.
Genova, 1874, p. 577.

9. Robust. Black, shining ; legs piceous-red. Head large
(4-5 mm. across eyes); eyes (with orbits) strongly protuberant.
Prothorax subdepressed, subcordate (5-8 x 6*8 mm.) ; base and
apex of equal width (4*8 mm.); sides rounded, lightly narrowed
to base; basal angles obtuse; posterior marginal puncture placed
at basal angle but not on border. Elytra oval (14 x 8-5 mm.),
subdepressed ; humeral angles rounded ; basal border joining

270 EEVISION OF THE GENUS XOTOXO.VUS,

lateral border without interruption; strite strongly impressed;
interstices depressed, third 4-punctate. Intercoxal declivity of
prosternum narrowed and rounded in middle; of mesosternum
•concave. Length 25, breadth 8-5 mm.

Hab. — Victorian Mountains.

The description given is founded on a specimen given to me by
Mr. C. French which I compared with a specimen in the Howitt
Collection ticketed Feronia gippsiensis, Casteln., and found iden-
tical. Specimens (9) taken by me at Marysville, Victoria, have
a very faint metallic tinge on the prothorax, and seem conspecific
with A^. s.atrapa of Chaudoir's Supplement, but are evidentl}^ not
the iV. satrapa of Castelnau.

NoTONOMUS SATRAPA, Castcln. (var. *?).

Feronia {Pterostichus) satrapa, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict.
1868, p. 208; N. satrapa, Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874,
vi. p. 578.

Head large; prothorax cordate, posterior angles not marked:
elytra ovate, widest about posterior third, a little narrowed to
base; third, fifth and seventh interstices punctate. Legs piceous-
red; ^ with upper surface of a bronzy tint; 9 black with a faint
greenish tinge on upper surface.

5. Head large (4-8 mm. across eyes); vertex convex; front
depressed, declivous on each side to eyes; frontal impressions
distinct, wide; eyes (with orbits) convex, protuberant. Prothorax
cordate (5-2 x 6'3 mm.); sides rounded, strongly narrowed to base,
subsinuate posteriorly (at posterior marginal puncture) ; base
much narrower (3-6 mm.) than apex (4*8 mm.); border narrow,
narrower at basal angles; median line well marked; lateral basal
impressions wide, not long, reaching base ; posterior marginal
puncture in lateral channel, distant from base. Elytra lightly
convex, oboval (14x8-5 mm.), widest about posterior third, a
little narrowed to base; humeral angles not marked; basal border
joining lateral border without any interruption; striae strongly
impressed; interstices depressed, third with about five punctures,

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 271

fifth with two punctures on apical third (sometimes a third one
further forward), seventh with three or four punctures. Inter-
coxal declivity of prosternum narrowed and rounded in middle;
of mesosternum concave. (J with prothorax less narrowed to
base (apex 4*5, base 3*8 mm.); sides less ampliate at widest part,
not subsinuate posteriorly (5-2 x 6 mm.); elytra not ampliate at
posterior third, not narrowed to base (13 x 7*2 mm.); interstices
convex. Length 21-5-23, breadth 7"2-8-5 mm.

Hab. — Vic. : Eastern Gippsland (French).

This was one of the species taken by Mr. C. French during the
expedition of the Victorian Field Naturalists' Club to Mount
Goonmurk, in November, 1889. It seems to me to be N'. satrapa,
Casteln., (perhaps a variety differing by its submetallic lustre and
the presence of punctures on the fifth interstice of the elytra). I
cannot accept Chaudoir's treatment of ISf. satrapa in his 'Supple-
ment ' as satisfactory; he evidently had not the true Feronia
satrapa of Castelnau before him.

NoTONOMus ARTHURi, Sloane.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1889 (2), iv. p. 1294.

Elliptical-oval. Head, prothorax and under surface black ;
elytra violaceous; legs piceous-red. Head not large; front strongly
biimpressed; eyes convex, prominent. Prothorax subcordate, a
little narrower at base than apex ; posterior angles rounded ;
posterior marginal puncture before basal angles on inner side of
marginal channel ; border narrow, hardly widened near base.
Elytra oval, strongly striate ; interstices convex, third 3- or
4-punctate, eighth wider than ninth on basal half, tenth well
developed on posterior third ; humeral angles rounded ; basal
border meeting lateral border without interruption. Intercoxal
declivity of prosternum rounded and narrowed in middle; of
mesosternum concave. Length 17-19, breadth 6'2-7*2 mm.

Z^a6.— N.S.W. : Mount Wilson (Olliff), Wentwqrth Falls and
Mount Tomah (Fletcher).

A distinct species, the true affinity of which seems to be towards
N. kosciuskianus, SI., and allies. In facies and appearance it is

272 EEVISION OF THE GENUS ^^OTOXOML^S,

like iV. variicollis, Chaud., and N. excisipennis, SI. ; from iV.
variicollis it is at once distinguished by the basal angles of the
prothorax not marked, and the posterior marginal puncture not
placed at the basal angle. N. excisipennis is thoroughly differen-
tiated from F. arthuri by its unusually narrow ninth elytral
interstice.

NOTONOMUS MUELLERI, n.sp.

Oval, robust. Head large ; prothorax subquadrate, lightly
narrowed to base; basal angles marked; posterior marginal punc-
ture at extremity of lateral channel just before basal angle;
elytra striate; interstices depressed, third 3-punctate on apical
two-thirds; humeral angles rounded. Black, nitid; legs piceous-
red.

Head large [4 mm. {^) to 4*3 mm. (9) across eyes], convex;
frontal impressions weak; eyes with orbits reniform, convex,
much more prominent in $ than in 9. Prothorax broader than
long (4'5 X 5-6 mm.), depressed towards base, very little narrower
at base (4 mm.) than at apex (4-2 mm.); sides lightly rounded,
obliquel}' (not roundly) narrowed to base without sinuosity; base
widely truncate; basal angles well marked, obtuse; bordernarrow,
terminating at basal angles ; median line light ; lateral basal
impressions wide, shallow, straight and parallel at bottom.
Elytra truncate-oval (11-5 x 6*7 mm.), depressed; base wide; lateral
apical sinuosities well developed, wide ; basal border joining
lateral border without any interruption; tenth interstice feebly
developed. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded; of meso-
sternum lightly concave; metasternum not channelled to apex.
Length 17-21, breadth 6-7-8 mm.

Hah. — N.S. W. : Mount Kosciusko (specimens from Mr. W. W.
Froggatt).

A distinct species; in facies it resembles N. i^eroni, Casteln.,
but differs by colour, prothorax not sinuate on sides near base
and with basal angles obtuse; ^ with three basal joints of anterior
tarsi broadly dilatate and squamulose beneath, tfec. Its affinity
seems towards N. gippsiensis, Casteln.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 273

NOTONOMUS MACOYI, n.sp.

(J. Elongate-oval, conv^ex. Head moderate; prothorax broader
than long, narrowed to base; posterior angles marked, but wide :
elytra oval, strongly striate; humeral angles rounded; interstices
convex, third 4-punctate. Black; under surface piceous-black,
legs and antennse piceous-red.

Head rather large (4-1 mm. across eyes); frontal impressions
distinct, short, divergent backwards; e3^es protuberant, postocular
part of orbits large. Prothorax broader than long (4 x 4*7 mm.),
widest a little before middle, roundly narrowed to base; apex
(3-5 mm.) wider than base (3-2 mm.); sides lightly rounded, falling
on base in a gentle oblique curve; base narrow, emarginate in
middle; basal angles lightly marked, obtuse; posterior marginal
puncture placed on border at basal angles; lateral border narrow,
wider towards base, passing round basal angle on each side of
base: median line strongly impressed; lateral basal impressions
wide, deep, parallel, linear at bottom. Elytra oval (9x5-6 mm.),
convex; lateral apical sinuosities wide, but decided; basal border
joining lateral border without interruption; ninth stria and tenth
interstice well developed towards apex; interstices convex, not
carinate on apical declivity, eighth wider than ninth on basal
half, anterior puncture of third placed about basal fifth. Inter-
coxal declivity of prosternum narrow and rounded in middle; of
mesosternum very lightly and widely concave. Length 16-7,
breadth 5 -4-5 -6 mm.

Hah. — Vic. : Marys villa (Sloane).

In facies resembling N. kiyigi, Chaud., but differing by its more
transverse prothorax, third interstice of elytra 4-punctate, &c.
Two specimens {$) from the same locality are in my collection; one
has the prothorax more evenly and more lightly rounded on the
sides, and therefore less ampliate (3-9 x 4-5 mm.) than the type.

NOTONOMUS BESTI, n.Sp.

Elliptical-oval. Head rather small, eyes very prominent; pro-
thorax subquadrate, lightly narrowed to base; basal angles obtuse;
18

tl BR A R

274 REVISION OF THE GENUS NOTONOMITS,

posterior marginal puncture on border at basal angle : elytra oval;
humeral angles rounded; striae deep; interstices convex, third 5-
or 6-punctate. Dark metallic copper colour with a rather purple
tinge, head more brassy, margin of elytra dark; under surface
black; legs piceous, excepting anterior pair piceous-red.

Head small (3-5 mm. across eyes); frontal impressions distinct,
narrow, divergent posteriori}^; eyes almost hemispherical, much
more prominent than orbits; posterior part of orbits protuberant,
sloping sharply to head. Prothorax broader than long (44 x
4-8 mm.), widest before middle, a little wider across base (3 -6 mm.)
than apex (3-4 mm.) ; sides lightly rounded, gently narrowed
without sinuosity to base; basal angles obtuse but marked; base
lightly emarginate; lateral border narrow anteriorly, much wider
and reflexed near base, thickened to receive posterior marginal
puncture at basal angles; median line well marked; lateral basal
impressions wide, deep, linear at bottom. El3'tra oval (9-5 x
5*8 mm.), lightly convex; lateral sinuosities of apex well marked;
basal border hardly raised at humeral angles, joining lateral border
with just the slightest interruption; ninth stria and tenth inter-
stice well developed. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum narrow
and rounded in middle; of mesosternum lightly concave. Length
18-5, breadth 5*8 mm.

Hab. — Victorian Mountains, Track from "Wood's Point to the
Yarra (Best; Coll. Sloane).

Allied to JV. macoyi, SL, but differing by colour; head smaller,
eyes more prominent. Compared with JV. gipjMandicus, Casteln.,
(as identified by me) the colour is different, the eyes more
prominent; the prothorax more transverse, with posterior angles
less marked, &c.

Note (1). — A specimen (9) given to me by Mr. C. French,
ticketed "Victoria," is larger (19-5x7 mm.); head larger; pro-
thorax more transverse (4-5 x 5-4 mm.), more roundly ampliate at
widest part; elytra more convex, interstices very lightly convex
except at apex. Elytra blackish-purple (not metallic); prothorax
and head gilded copper colour, otherwise agreeing in colour with

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 275

the typical form. It seems too near iV. besti to be considered a
distinct species.

J^ote (2). — A specimen {^), from the northern slopes of the
Buflfalo Mountain, near Porpunkah, is in my collection, which,
though closely resembling JV. besti, is perhaps a distinct species.
The differences I note are: — Colour brassy; prothorax more
rounded on sides, more strongly narrowed to base, basal angles a
little more marked, sides hardly subsinuate before base; basal
border of elytra joining lateral border without the slightest
interruption; mesosternum not concave between coxae.

NOTONOMUS HOWITTI, n.Sp.

9. Oval, robust. Head not large ; prothorax broader than
long, a little narrowed without sinuosity to base ; posterior
marginal puncture at basal angle outside lateral channel : elytra
strongly striate; humeral angles rounded; interstices depressed,
third 3-punctate, eighth wider than ninth. Black.

Head convex (3 mm. across eyes); frontal impressions short,
distinct, divergent posteriorly; eyes convex, prominent, strongly
inclosed at base. Prothorax broader than long (3-5 x 4*2 mm.);
base and apex of equal width (3 mm.); sides lightly rounded,
meeting base in a gentle curve; base very lightly emarginate in
middle, almost truncate on each side (curving forward very
slightly to basal angles); basal angles well marked, obtuse; lateral
border narrow, thick, a little wider and more reflexed towards
base, passing round basal angles, thickened at basal angle to
receive posterior marginal puncture; median line lightly impressed;
lateral basal impressions deep, not elongate, space between them
rather depressed. Elytra oval (8*5 x 5 mm.), convex ; sides
rounded ; lateral apical sinuosities lightly marked ; basal and
lateral borders meeting at humeral angle without the slightest
interruption ; ninth stria and tenth interstice well developed.
Prosternum bordered along anterior margin; intercoxal declivity
rounded and narrowed in middle; mesosternum lightly concave
between coxae. Length 14, breadth 5 mm.

276 REVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOXOMUS,

Hab.—Yic. : Wood's Point to Yarra Track (D. Best: ColL
Sloane; unique).

Kesembling N. rufipaljns, Casteln., but very distinct : by
head smaller ; prothorax with border wider and not the least
sinuate posteriorly, the posterior marginal puncture not in lateral
channel but on the widened border at each basal angle; elytra
with interstices depressed, eighth wider than ninth; mesosternum
concave between coxae, &c.

NOTONOMUS BAKEWELLI, n.sp.

Elongate-oval, robust. Head large ; prothorax subcordate;
basal angles subrectangular : elytra oval, strongly striate; inter-
stices convex, third 4-punctate, eighth narrow and convex
throughout its whole length. Black, a faint bronzy tinge on
prothorax near basal impressions, a ver}^ faint blackish-green
tint on elytra.

Head large (3*8 mm. across eyes), wide across occiput, convex;
frontal striae strongly impressed, wide, extending to cl3'peus; eyes
convex, not prominent; posterior part of orbits as long as eyes,
sloping gently to head. Prothorax broader than long(4-l x 5 mm.),
wider at apex (3-7 mm.) than at base (3'3 mm.); sides lightly
rounded on anterior three-fourths, lightly sinuate before base;
apex emarginate in middle; base truncate; basal angles strongly
marked, obtuse at summit; posterior marginal puncture placed at
basal angle outside lateral channel; border narrow, thick, reflexed,
thickened at basal angle to receive marginal puncture. Elytra oval
(10 X 6 mm.), rather depressed on disc; sides lightly rounded, lateral
sinuosities of apex almost obsolete; basal border joining lateral
border at humeral angles without interruption; interstices convex,
tliird, fifth and seventh wider than others, eighth narrow, about
same width as ninth on basal half, tenth interstice obsolete
except at apical extremity. Prosternum longitudinally channelled
towards base, intercoxal declivity rounded and rather wide in
middle. Length 18, breadth 6 mm.

Hah — Victoria (Coll. Sloane; unique).

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 277

I am indebted to Mr. C. French for this fine species, which in
general appearance resembles i\^. variicollis, Chaud., but differs
by head larger and wider across occiput, ej^es less prominent,
postocular part of orbits longer and rising more gently from
head, eyes more distant from buccal fissure, the inter\ening
space more bulged; prothorax shorter, more strongly narrowed to
base ; border thicker and widened at basal angles to receive
posterior marginal puncture; elytra less convex, basal border not
raised above the lateral at point of junction, lateral apical sinuosi-
ties much weaker, ninth interstice narrower; intercoxal part of
prosternum strongly channelled, &lq.

NOTONOMUS PLETCHERI, n.Sp.

Robust, convex. Head large ; prothorax subcordate, with
posterior marginal puncture at basal angle: elytra oval, strongly
striate; interstices convex, third 3- or 4-punctate, tenth moderately
developed; humeral angles dentate. Upper surface rather metallic;
prothorax nitid, greenish, or of a beautiful coppery colour; head
of same colour as prothorax (but fainter); elytra greenish, often
flushed with a purple or cupreous tinge — ninth interstice and
margin usually a dark copper colour; under surface and legs
piceous-black.

Head large (4-4-5 mm. across eyes); frontal impressions distinct;
eyes convex, rather prominent; postocular part of orbits large.
Prothorax broader than long (5 x 5*9 mm.), a little narrower at
base (3-9 mm.) than at apex (4 mm.) ; sides rounded, curving
gently to base without sinuosity; basal angles decidedly marked,
obtuse at summit; border wide, reflexed, thickened at basal angles
to receive posterior marginal puncture; median line deep; lateral
basal impressions deep, reaching base in full depth. Elytra
truncate-oval (11x6-8 mm.), convex, strongly rounded; lateral
apical sinuosities deep, wide; eighth interstice wider than ninth
on basal half; basal border strongly raised and obtusely dentate
at humeral angles. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum narrow
and rounded in middle; of mesosternum lightly concave. 9 with

278 KEVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOXOMUS,

head larger than ^, and with lateral curve of prothorax usually
more oblique posterior^. Length 17-22, breadth 5-7-7'5 mm.

/{ab. — N.S.W. : Springwood (Sloane ; common); Sydney
(Froggatt, Lea, Sloane; rare); Thornleigh (Froggatt).

iV. Jietcheri has the facies of N. ceneomicans, Chaud., and
resembles that species in the wide borders of prothorax and elytra,
and the form of the lateral basal impressions of the prothorax, but
may be distinguished at once by having the intercoxal declivit}'- of
the prosternum narrow and rounded — not flat and margined
laterally. It is more nearly allied to N. variicollis, Chaud., from
which it differs by its less elongate form; head larger; prothorax
much wider, more widely margined; elytra wider, more rounded on
sides, humeral angles strongly dentate, lateral border wider and
more reflexed.

NOTONOMUS STRZELECKIANUS, n.Sp.

Var. (?) JV. (Plerostichus) j^^'^Uipsii, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Vict. 1868, p. 212.

Elongate-oval, robust. Head large; prothorax subquadrate, a
little narrowed to base; basal angles obtuse, but marked (some-
times almost rectangular); posterior marginal puncture distant
from base, in lateral channel : elytra oval, convex, strongly striate;
interstices convex, third 5-punctate. 9 usually with six setigerous
punctures near apical margin of last ventral segment. Head
black, with vertex bronzy; prothorax of a dark coppery-bronze,
usually lighter and more brassy laterally ; elytra dark, of a
bronzy or purplish tint; legs piceous.

Head large (3-3 mm. across eyes); frontal impressions strongly
marked, wide, parallel; eyes convex, moderately prominent, post-
ocular part of orbits nearly the length of eyes, rising gently from
head ; prothorax broader than long (4 1 x 4*7 mm.) ; lightly
narrowed to base, wider across base (3-6 mm.) than apex (3*3 mm.);
sides lightly rounded, gently and obliquely narrowed to base
without sinuosity ; border wide and strongly reflexed behind
anterior marginal puncture; median line well marked; lateral
basal impressions deep. Elytra truncate-oval (9-5 x 54 mm.),

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 279

lightly rounded on sides; lateral apical sinuosities well developed;
basal border strongly raised and dentate at humeral angles; tenth
interstice feebly developed near apex. Intercoxal declivity of
prosternum narrow,, and rounded in middle ; of mesosternum
concave. Length 15-17'5; breadth 5-5-8 mm.

Hah. — Vic. : Baw Baw Mountain (sent to me by Mr. C.
French).

The following features in combination distinguish this species:
— {a) The posterior marginal puncture of prothorax distant from
basal angles; (6) the elytra with strongly dentate humeral angles,
and pluripunctate third interstice. These characters associate it
with N. eques, Casteln., from which it differs by its smaller size,
more convex elytra, prothorax more strongly narrowed to base,
prosternum with intercoxal declivity rounded, mesosternum
decidedly concave between coxae. The third elytral interstice is
wider than the others, and has the posterior puncture placed on
its outer side, which is swollen just at this puncture,

N. (Pterostichus) phillipsi, Casteln. This name is too near iV.
philipjn, Newm., a previously described species, though now a
synonym. The treatment of iV^. phillipsi by both Castelnau and
Chaudoir is unsatisfactory. Chaudoir's note suggests to my mind
that the specimen ((J) which he found in the Castelnau collection
was not that which had served Castelnau for his description,
where no mention is made of the green border of the elytra noted
by Chaudoir, and the measurement given is too large for the
specimen Chaudoir examined. A specimen ((J) of the size and
colour of that described by Chaudoir as J^, phillipsi, Casteln.,
has been given to me by Mr. C. French, who took it during the
trip of the Victorian Field Naturalists' Club to Eastern Gippsland
in the year 1889; this form differs from typical specimens of J\^.
strzeleckianus by its smaller head; elytra with a green margin,
interstices a little more convex, third not swollen where the
posterior puncture is placed — this punture, too, is not on the side
of the interstice but in the middle. I hardly think this form
can be considered as specifically distinct from iV. strzeleckianus,
so have placed it under that species, at least provisionally.

280 REVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOXOMUS,

NOTONOMUS FROGGATTI, 11. sp.

(J. Oval, depressed. Head small; prothorax subquadrate, much
wider at base (3'7 mm.) than at apex (3-1 mm.); posterior angles
obtuse; posterior marginal puncture distant from basal angle :
elytra rather depressed, strongly striate; interstices convex, third
5-punctate, tenth feebly developed near apex. Black, with faint
greenish reflections near lateral basal impressions of prothorax;
lateral channel of elytra greenish; legs piceous-red.

Head small (3 mm. across eyes), transversely impressed on each
side above base of eyes; front depressed, distinctly biimpressed.
Prothorax broader than long (4*2 x 4*9 mm.); sides lightly
rounded, greatly narrowed in a gentle curve to apex, lightly and
obliquely narrowed to base; basal angles wide, obtuse, a little
marked ; border wide and strongly reflexed behind anterior
marginal puncture; median line lightly impressed; lateral basal
impressions narrow, short, shallow, not reaching base in full
depth. Elytra truncate-oval (9-3 x 5 -6 mm.), lightly convex, rather
depressed on disc; sides lightly rounded, hardly narrowed to base;
lateral sinuosities of apex well developed, wide ; basal border
strongly raised and dentate at humeral angles. Intercoxal
declivity of prosternum narrow, rounded in middle; of mesoster-
num deepl}'' concave. Posterior femora strongly dilatate in middle
(at apex of trochanters). Length 16, breadth 5*6 mm.

Hab. — N.S.W. : Mount Kosciusko (given to me by Mr. W.
W. Froggatt).

Allied to N. strzeleckianus, SI., but differing by colour, smaller
head; prothorax more transverse, narrower at apex, much wider
at base; elytra more depressed, lateral border more widely reflexed
at base; posterior femora more dilatate, with lower side swollen
in middle, &c.

NoTONOMUs BASSi, n.sp.

(J. Oval, rather elongate, subdepressed. Head dark sub-
metallic-green; prothorax of a gilt cupreous colour; elytra purple-
black on disc and border, metallic-purple towards sides; under
.surface black; legs piceous.

BY THOMAS G. SLOAN E. 281

Head small (2-6 mm. across eyes), convex ; eyes prominent.
Prothorax hardly broader than long (3-6 x 3*7 mm.), widest before
middle; base and apex narrow, of equal width (2-6 mm.); sides
lightly rounded anteriorly, decidedly and obliquely narrowed to
base ; anterior angles close to head ; base lightl}' and widely
emarginate in middle, truncate on each side; basal angles sharply
marked, almost rectangular; posterior marginal puncture at basal
angles in lateral channel; lateral basal impressions elongate; lateral
border fine, narrow, obsoletely subsinuate just before basal angles.
Elytra truncate-oval (8-2x5 mm.), widest behind middle, a little
narrowed to base; lateral apical sinuosities well developed, wide;
basal border with posterior margin evenly and lightly arcuate;
humeral angles lightly raised (not dentiform) at point of junction
of basal and lateral borders; strise deep; interstices convex,
third 4-punctate, eighth wide and depressed on basal half, ninth
with umbilicate punctures wide apart on sides, tenth very short,
only developed near extremity. Intercoxal declivity of proster-
num rounded; of mesosternum concave. Length 14, breadth
5 mm.

Hah. — Yic. : Yarragon (Sloanej.

N. bassi differs from N. gippslanclicus (as identified by me) by
colour; facies less elongate, less parallel, less convex; prothorax
more ampliate at widest part, with basal angles more sharply
marked; elytra with basal border more raised above the lateral
border at point of junction, and with the inner humeral angle
acute and far more sharply marked.

One of my Yarragon specimens {$) has the prothorax evidently
wider (3*7 x 4 mm.), with base wider (2-9 mm.) than apex (2 8 mm.),
but presents no other differences from the description given
above.

NoTONOMUS GiPPSLANDicus, Castelnau (?).

Feronia (Pterostichus) gippslandica, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Yict. 1868, viii. p. 211; Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874,
vi. p. 581.

282 EEVISION OF THE GENUS XOTONOMUS,

^. Elongate-oval. Green, nitid ; border of prothorax and
elytra black, suture and base of elytra blackish; under surface
and legs black, tibiae piceous.

Head small (3 mm. across eyes), vertex transversely impressed;
eyes prominent. Prothorax about as long as wide (4-2 x 4*2 mm.),
lightly narrowed to base; apex truncate, hardly as wide (2'7 mm.)
as base (2-8 mm.) ; sides lightly rounded, obliquely narrowed
without sinuosity to base; basal angles well marked, obtuse at
summit; posterior marginal puncture in lateral channel at basal
angle ; border narrow; median line lightly impressed ; lateral
basal impressions elongate, deep. Elytra oval (9-2 x 5-5 mm.),
lightly convex; sides lightly rounded; lateral sinuosities of apex
strongly developed ; shoulders rounded ; basal border a little
raised above lateral border at humeral angles (these not the least
dentiform) ; striae deep ; ninth distinct near apex ; interstices
lightly convex, third 3- or 4-punctate, tenth interstice only
shortly developed near apex. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum
rounded; of mesosternum concave. Length 16, breadth 5-5 mm»

Hab. — Vic. : Fernshaw (Sloane), Lillydale (W. Kershaw).

I ascribe the name N. gippslaiidicus, Casteln., to this species
from the applicability of the original description to it. Chaudoir
thought it only a local variety of N. opulentus, Casteln., but if I
am right in my identification of N. opulentus the species are
quite distinct.

]}^ote. — A specimen (9) from the mountains at the source of
the Ovens River, Victoria, has been sent to me by the Rev. Thos.
Blackburn. Compared with the species I take to be A^. gipps-
landicus, Casteln., it is duller coloured; prothorax smaller and
narrower (3-6 x 3*6 mm,); elytra more oval (8*5 x 5-3 mm.), and,
proportionately to the prothorax, wider ; humeral angles still
more obsolete. Length 15, breadth 5*3 mm. An examination of
a number of specimens of these two forms would be required to
determine if each is entitled to rank as a species.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 28^

NoTONOMUS VARiicoLLis, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 86; Aim. Mus. Civ. Geneva, 1874, vi.
p. 577 : Feronia (Pterostichus) comes, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Vict. 1868, viii. p. 207.

Ellongate-oval, robust, convex. Head, prothorax, under surface
and legs black, shining; elytra purple or bronzy-green, suture and
margin black.

Head moderate (3-6 mm. across eyes); frontal impressions well
marked. Prothorax a little broader than long (4'7 x 5 mm.),
very lightly narrowed to base ; sides lightly rounded, usually
hardly subsinuate before base; base usually a little wider (4 mm.)
than apex (3-6 mm.); basal angles well marked, subrectangular
(obtuse at summit); posterior marginal puncture just free from
border at basal angle ; border fine, narrow. Elytra oval
(10*5 X 6 mm.); strongly striate; interstices convex, third 4- or
5-punctate. Length 16-21, breadth 5 -5-7 '5 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W. : Bulli, Wollongong, Kiama, Burrawang
(Sloane). '

I place the following forms as varieties : —

Var. A. Wholly black, basal angles of prothorax obtuse.

Hab. — Sassafras (given to me by the late A. S. Olliff).

Var. B. Wholly black, head a little larger.

Hab. — Jervis Bay (Fletcher).

NoTONOMus ANGUSTiBASis, Sloane.

Notonomus pristonychoides, Chaud., {nee Motschulsky), Ann.
Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi. p. 588.

Elongate, robust. Black, elytra dark purple. Head long,
narrow (3*3 mm. across eyes), cylindrical ; antennae long,
slender. Prothorax longer than broad (5 x 4*6 mm.), of equal
width at base and apex (3*3 mm.), widest before middle,
strongly narrowed and sinuate on sides posteriorly; sides lightly
rounded on anterior two- thirds, lightly narrowed to apex, meeting-
base at right angles ; anterior angles close to head, obtuse

'284 REVISION OF THE GENUS yOTOXOMUS,

bordered ; base truncate, sloping forward a little on each side
from basal impressions to angles; basal angles rectangular, obtuse
at summit ; border narrow, thick, reflexed, not passing basal
angles; posterior marginal puncture distant from base in lateral
channel; lateral basal impressions long, narrow, turning lightly
outward anteriorly. Elytra narrowly oval (11 x 6*5 mm.); base
narrow; sides rounded; lateral apical sinuosities strong; basal
border strongly raised and obtusely prominent at humeral angles,
posterior margin forming an even curve between humeral angles;
lateral border narrow, reflexed, very narrow near base ; striae
deep; interstices convex, third 2-punctate, ninth convex towards
base, tenth not developed. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum
narrow and a little rounded in middle; of mesosternum very
lightly and widely concave. Legs long; posterior femora long,
narrow. Length 17 "5-2 1-5, breadth 5 -5-7 "3 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W. : Dunoon, Richmond River (Helms), Ourimbah
and Narrara (Sloane, in Juty).

Yar. ? Black ; wider ; prothorax not longer thp-n broad
{4-7 X 4-8 mm.); elytra wider and more oval (10*7 x 6-7 mm.).
Length 19 mm. This is perhaps a distinct species.

Hab. — Q. : Wallangarra (W. Kershaw).

The species to which I have given the name iV. angustibasis
is an isolated and very distinct species. It seems, from
Chaudoir's description, to be that which he regarded as
Neuropates pi^istofiychoides, Motsch., and I have seen it in the
Macleay Collection under the name iV. tvilcoxi, Casteln., l)ut it
certainly does not agree with Motschulsky's description of Neuro-
pates pristonyclwides, nor with Castelnau's description of N.
wUcoxi. To my mind Motschulsky's description of JV. pristony-
choides is not applicable to any form of N. angustibasis which I
have seen, nor have I seen any specimen so small as 7 x 2J lines,
nor with three punctures on the third interstice of the elytra;
but I identify without misgivings as JV. pristonychoides, Motsch.,
a Victorian species which I unhesitatingly refer to N. accedens,
Chaud., {vide supra, p. 265).

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 285

The description given above is founded on a specimen ((J)from
Dunoon. I took it plentifully at Ourimbah and Narrara; the
form from these localities is more elongate and more convex,
with prothorax and elytra proportionately more elongate and less
ampliate at widest part than specimens from Dunoon, but I have
not thought it sufficient!}'- distinct to receive a separate name.

NOTONOMUS EXCISIPENNIS, n.Sp.

Elliptical-oval. Head moderate ; prothorax subcordate ;
posterior angles rounded; posterior marginal puncture a little
before base in lateral channel : elytra truncate-oval, strongly
striate; interstices strongly convex, third 2-punctate, eighth ver}^
narrow. Under surface and legs piceous-black ; head black,
sometimes with a bronzy reflection; prothorax metallic-purple,
brighter towards sides, nearly black on disc; elytra of a dark
purple tint, often viridescent towards suture; purple on lateral
declivities, more obscure near lateral margins.

^. Head rather large (3-3 mm. across eyes); front a little
depressed, lightly biimpressed ; eyes convex, prominent. Pro-
thorax broader than long (3-8 x 4-7 mm.), a little narrowed to
base, hardl}' narrower at base (3-1 mm.) than apex (3.2 mm.);
sides lightly rounded, not sinuate before base ; apex truncate,
angles widely obtuse; base truncate, rounded on each side near
angles, these not marked; lateral border line, narrow, continued
evenly round basal angles to middle of lateral basal impressions;
median line strongly impressed; lateral basal impressions strongly
impressed, parallel, not long. Elytra truncate-oval (9*5 x 5 -5 mm.),
lightly rounded on sides; humeral angles rounded; basal border
meeting lateral border without any interruption at humeral angles;
lateral sinuosities of apex strongly developed. Intercoxal declivity
of prosternum rounded ; of mesosternum concave. Anterior
femora thick and greatly swollen in middle.

9- Head a little larger than in (J; space between ninth inter-
stice and border of elytra very wide and obliquely truncate pos-
teriorly, the lateral sinuosities of apex being exceptionally
strongly developed. Length 15-5-18, breadth 5-6*2 mm.

"286 EEVISION OF THE GENUS NOTONOMUS,

Hah. — N.S.W. : Ourimbah (Sloane; in scrub, 3rd July).

A distinct species, resembling in facies and colour N. arthuri^
SI., but easily to be distinguished by the el3^tra having the third
interstice bipunctate (sometimes a third puncture is present),
•eighth interstice ver}^ narrow; lateral apical sinuosities strongly
developed, especially in the ^.

NoTONOMus KiNGi, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 86.

Elliptical-oval, convex. Black. Head moderate (3-2 mm. across
eyes), convex; frontal impressions light, narrow, divergent back-
wards; eyes, with orbits, reniform. Prothorax as long as broad
(4- 5 X 4-5 mm.), widest before middle; apex (3-4 mm.) wider than
base (3'1 mm.); sides lightly rounded, not sinuate before base;
basal angles rounded, hardly marked; posterior marginal puncture
just before basal angles, not on border; median line well marked;
lateral basal impressions narrow, rather long, reaching base in
full depth. Elytra oval (10 x 6 mm.); humeral angles not marked;
basal border joining lateral border Avithout any interruption at
humeral angles; lateral sinuosities of apex well developed; striae
deep; interstices convex, third 2-punctate (sometimes 3-punctate);
ninth stria and tenth interstice well developed. Intercoxal
declivity of presternum narrowed and a little rounded in middle;
of mesosternum vertical and very lightly concave. Length 15-18,
breadth 5-6 mm.

//a6.— N.S.W. : Maitland (Froggatt), Armidale (Lea), Glen
Innes (Sloane).

Chaudoir's note on ^V. kingi is so brief as to be unworthy of
the name of a description, being merely five lines of comparison
with N. variicollis, Chaud., in which the colour is not stated;
nothing is added under N. kingi in his 'Supplement,' except
that it was unknown to Castelnau ; but in his note in the
' Supplement ' on N. satanas, Casteln., he compares that species
with iV. kingi (which suggests the inference that N. kingi is a
black species), and, amongst other characters, notes that N.
satanas has the third intei'stice of the elytra punctate, the same

BY THOMAS G. SLOAXE. 287

as iV. kingi; Castelnau described the elytra of N. satanas as
having the third interstice bipunctate. By the aid of the data
that N. kifigi is a black species with the third elytral interstice
bipunctate, assisted by Chaudoir's comparative remarks with JV.
variicoUis and ^Y. satanas, I arrive at the conclusion that the
name is applicable to the species for which I have used it above.
It is a distinct species; compared with N. jyolitulus, Chaud., it is
more elongate, more convex, with the posterior puncture of the
third elytral interstice not nearly so near to the apex.

Note. — Specimens from New England have the prothorax a
little shorter; sides subsinuate before base; basal angles more
marked; the elytra with basal border raised above lateral border
at humeral angles. It may be a distinct species, but I hesitate
to consider it so from the specimens available to me.

NoTONOMUS INGRATUS, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 87; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi.
p. 582.

I venture to place N. ingratus, Chaud., between iV. kingi,
Chaud., and N. marginatus, Casteln. It is unknown to me in
nature. In the original diagnosis it is described as having the
prothorax a little longer and less rounded on the sides, the elytra
longer and less convex than N. marginata, Casteln.; the inter-
stices slightly and equally convex; the shoulders very slightly
dentate ; from the ' Supplement ' we learn further that it is
rather near N. politulus, Chaud., coloured the same, with a more
marked iridescent reflection on the elytra; prothorax narrower,
almost as long as broad. Length 18 mm.

Hab. — Southern Australia.

NoTONOMUS MARGINATUS, Castelnau.

Poecilus marginatus, Casteln., Hist. Nat. Ins. 1838, i. p. 105;
Notonomus discoderus, Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 87; Ann.
Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi. p. 584 ; Feronia (Pterostichus)
hunteriensis, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1868, viii. p. 213.

Resembling N. australasice, Dej., but differing by the prothorax
more brightly cupreous towards the sides, elytra with a bright

288 REVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOXOMdS,

metallic-cupreous margin, basal angles of prothorax a little more
obtuse; basal border of elytra not raised above lateral border at
humeral angles (in N. ausiralasice it is slightly raised above the
lateral border at point of junction); prosternum with intercoxal
declivity narrowed and rounded in middle; mesosternum decidedly
concave between cox£e. Length 15-5-16, breadth 5-8x6 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W. : Hunter River (Froggatt).

Two specimens (9) in my collection without exact locality
have the elytra as convex as in iV. austral asice, Dej., and these I
look upon as typical of the species.

Var. N. luculentus. — I suggest this varietal name for a
form from the Blue Mountains which has the 9 with the
prothorax longer and more narrowed to the base ; elytra
more depressed, with lightly convex interstices; (J with elytra
depressed, interstices very convex. Length 13-5-16 mm.
Excepting for the bright cupreous margin of the elytra, N.
luculentus resembles the species I have named N. sydneyensis so
closely that I cannot indicate other differences, though I belie^■e
them to be two closely allied but distinct species. Length
13-5-16 mm.

Hah. — Springwood (Sloane).

NOTONOMUS SYDNEYENSIS, n.Sp.

Oval, depressed. Head not large (2-8 mm. across eyes); pro-
thorax broader than long, not sinuate on sides before base; basal
angles obtuse : elytra truncate-oval, stronglj'^ striate; interstices
convex, strongly convex in ^, lightly so in 9, third 2-punctate,
eighth and ninth very convex : intercoxal declivity of prosternum
rounded; of mesosternum concave. Head black (sometimes with
faint seneous tinge), prothorax and elytra dark purple (sometimes
greenish); prothorax nitid; elytra rather nitid in $, subopaque
in 9; under surface black; tarsi and palpi piceous.

Head convex; frontal impressions well marked. Prothorax
transverse (3-4 x 4*2 mm.); sides lightly rounded, a little more
obliquely narrowed to base than to apex; base (3 mm.) hardly
wider than apex (2-9 mm.), emarginate in middle, arcuate on

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 289

sides ; apex emarginate; basal angles obtuse, hardly marked;
border wide, especially towards base, passing round basal angles
on to sides of base; posterior marginal puncture on the border at
basal angle ; median line strongly impressed ; lateral basal
impressions rather long, deep, parallel. Elytra ovate (8x5 mm,),
depressed on disc, declivous in a gentle slope to apex, strongly
sinuate on each side of apex; basal border with posterior margin
arcuate and raised above plane of elytra, joining lateral border
without interruption at humeral angles ; lateral border widely
reflexed, carinate near base; eighth interstice convex, narrow (but
wider than ninth on basal half), ninth very narrow in ^, and
interrupted on inner side by the umbilicate punctures, tenth
feebly developed just in front of the apical sinuosities. Length
12-5-16, breadth 4-3-5-8 mm.

Hab. — N.S.W. : Manly (Fletcher), Narrara and Ourimbah
(Sloane; plentiful in heavily timbered brush land).

Allied to iV. marginatus, Casteln., of which it may be a variety
without the bright border to the elytra. Compared with what I
consider the typical form of A", marginatus. the 9 has the pro-
thorax proportionately longer and narrower at the base ; the
elytra more depressed with more convex interstices, the eighth
especially being narrower and more convex. I cannot differentiate
it from the species from Spring wood which I have placed under
N. 7yiarginatus as var. luculentus, except by the absence of the
bright cupreous lateral channel of the elytra, but I believe it to
be a distinct species.

NoTONOMus AUSTRALASIA, Dejeau.

Feronia australasice, Dej., Spec. iii. p. 277; Chaud., Bull. Mosc.
1865, ii. p. 87; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi. p. 583: Feronia
(Oniaseus) mitchelli, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1868, viii.
p. 216.

Oval, robust. Upper surface of a bronzy, or bronzy-black colour,

sometimes viridescent; under surface and legs black, or piceous-

black. Head large (3-3 mm. across eyes). Prothorax transverse

(4x5 mm.), lightly rounded on sides, wider at base (3*7 mm.)

19

'290 EEVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOXOMUS,

than apex (3'5 mm.); posterior angles obtuse, a little marked;
posterior marginal puncture on border at basal angle ; lateral
channel and border wide. Elytra truncate-oval (9 x 55 mm.);
humeral angles hardly marked; striae deeply impressed, minutely
crenulate (more perceptibly so in 9); interstices convex (strongly
so in (J, lightly so and rather opaque in 9), third 2-punctate,
eighth wider than ninth on basal half (hardly convex on basal
half in 9), ninth lightly convex, wider posteriorly, tenth distinct
before lateral basal sinuosity. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum
flat; of mesosternum flat. Length 15-17, breadth 5-2-5-8 mm.

Hub. — I*^.S W. : Sydney District [Ermington, Penshurst, Ryde,
Carlton, Auburn (Sloane)], Grose Valley (Fletcher).

Castelnau gives the range of the species as " Queensland,
N.S. Wales and Victoria," but I have seen it only from the
Sydney District. The synonymy is on the authorit}^ of Chaudoir.

NoTONOMUS INCRASSATUS, Chaudoir.
Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, p. 583.

Robust, oval. Black, elytra often of a bronzy or purplish
tint. Head rather large (3-2 mm. across eyes). Prothorax
lightly transverse (3-8 x 4*3 mm.) widest before middle, lightly
narrowed to base, lightly convex; apex and base of equal width
(3-4 mm.); basal angles marked, but obtuse at summit; posterior
marginal puncture placed on inner side of border at basal angles;
border narrow, often subsinuate just beside basal angles; lateral
basal impressions oval (rather long). Elytra truncate-oval
(8x5 mm.), deeply striate; interstices convex, third 2-punctate,
eighth narrow, convex, ninth narrower than eighth, interrupted
on inner side by umbilicate punctures, tenth well developed,
narrow, convex, extending forward to about anterior third. Inter-
coxal declivity of prosternum flat; of mesosternum flat. Length
13-16, breadth 4'5-5-6mm.

Hab. — N.S.W. : Sydney, Carlton, Auburn, Appin, Springwood,
BuUi and Wollongong (Sloane).

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 291

iV. incrassatus is easily identified by prothorax with basal angle
marked; elytra with humeral angles dentate, eighth and ninth
interstices narrow, tenth interstice elongate. It differs from N.
australasice, Dej., by the features mentioned above, and also by
— ia) the border of the prothorax much narrower, less reflexed
and hardly developed on sides of base, (6) border of elytra much
narrower near the base. It is a species of variable width; the
form which I look upon as the typical one is that from the
vicinity of Sydney, which is wholly black, and has the border of
the prothorax subsinuate at the basal angles. Specimens from
Springwood and Appin have the border meeting the base without
any sinuosity, which causes the basal angles to be obtuse, though
marked. Specimens from Bulli (where it is common on the
heavily wooded mountain) have the elytra purple, and are of
narrower form than those found about Sydney. A specimen
from Wollongong is of still more elongate form (13-5 x 4-5 mm.),
and has the prothorax and head more elongate, eyes less pro-
tuberant and more strongly inclosed behind (the convexity and
prominence of the eyes differ in other species besides N. incras-
satus).

NOTONOMUS LEAI, n.sp.

Robust, convex, subparallel. Head thick (2*8 mm. across eyes),
convex; prothorax subquadrate, rounded on sides; basal angles
obtuse; posterior marginal puncture on border at basal angle;
lateral basal impressions wide, deep, foveiform; elytra truncate-
oval, lightly striate; interstices hardly convex, third 2-punctate,
eighth narrow and lightly convex, ninth very narrow and convex.
Black; elytra subnitid, often with a purple or greenish tinge,
hardly more opaque in 9 than in (J.

Head wide and convex between eyes; front lightly biimpressed
between antennae; eyes convex, not prominent. Prothorax convex,
broader than long (3*7 x 4*5 mm.), widest about middle; sides
lightly and evenly rounded, decidedly narrowed to apex, meeting
base without any sinuosity; apex hardly emarginate; anterior
-angles obtuse, not prominent; base (3*5 mm.) wider than apex

292 REVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOXOMUS,

(3-2 mm.), truncate in middle, curving decided!)'- forward on each
side; basal angles very obtuse, hardly marked; border thick, very
narrow anteriorly, wider towards base; median line lightly im-
pressed ; lateral basal impressions wide, short, deep. Elytra
narrow ((S-5 x 4*8 mm.), convex; sides very lightly rounded; lateral
sinuosities of apex light; scutellar striole ver}'- short; basal border
truncate on posterior margin, obtuse and hardly the least raised
above the narrow lateral border at their point of junction; ninth
interstice very narrow, interrupted on inner margin by umbilicate
punctures; tenth interstice long, convex, extending forward to
basal third. Tntercoxal declivity of prosternum flat; of meso-
sternum widely and lightly concave. Length 13-17, breadth
4-5-5-5 mm.

Ilab. — N.S.W. : Blue Mountains [Katoomba and Mount Vic-
toria (Sloane), Wentworth Falls and Grose Valley (Fletcher)].

It probably comes nearest to iV. incrassatus, Chaud., amongst
described species, but differs by prothorax with basal angles
widely obtuse; lateral basal impressions deeper, wider, more oval;
elytra with interstices hardly convex, humeral angles not marked,
&c. From N. austi^alasice, Dej., it differs by its form narrower
and more convex; head smaller; prothorax shorter, less narrowed
to base, sides more rounded to apex and base, posterior angles
less marked, lateral basal impressions shorter and wider; elytra
less deeply striate, interstices flatter, eighth and ninth narrower,
humeral angles not marked, tkc. It may be distinguished from
N. lateralis, SI., by prothorax more transverse, with lateral channel
wider,lateral basal impressions deeper and wider, basal angles
more widely rounded; elytra with third interstice bipunctate (the
posterior puncture further from apex), eighth interstice narrower,
&c.

NOTONOMDS LATERALIS, SloanC.

Proc. Linn. Soc. KS.W, 1889 (2), iv. p. 1295.

One of my original type specimens (9) is before me; it has the
intercoxal declivity of the prosternum narrowed and a little
rounded in middle, of the mesosternum decidedl}^ concave; elytra

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 293

flat on disc and abruptly declivous on base and apex, tenth inter-
stice convex and very long — extending forward to the basal sixth
of the elytra — the margin wide and flat. A second specimen
(without anterior legs, but which seems from the quadripunctate
apical ventral segment to be the 9) has been given to me by Mr.
J. J. Fletcher as from Mount Tomah ; its dimensions are : —
16x5 mm., head 3*2 mm. across eyes, prothorax 4 x 4*65 mm.,
elytra 9x5 mm.; it has the elytra lightly convex, with eighth
interstice much wider than ninth on basal half, ninth very narrow
and convex, tenth strongly developed and extending forward to
basal sixth; lateral channel wide; border narrow, hardly reflexed,
lightly sinuate on each side of apex; intercoxal declivity of pro-
sternum flat, of mesosternum wide and not concave; ventral seg-
ments not transversely impressed laterally.

After seeing this specimen I conclude that the flattened elytra,
with sides abrupt, margin wide and non-sinuate laterally at apex,
as shown by the type specimen (9), may be merely characteristic
of an aberrant or deformed specimen.

ffab.—^.S.W.: Blue Mountains [Mount Wilson (Olliff),
Mount Tomah (Fletcher)].

«

NoTONOMUS TRiPLOGENioiDEs, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 85; Feronia {Pte.rostichiis) duca/is,
Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1868, viii. p. 207.

^. Large, robust, convex. Upper surface cupreous, prothorax
and lateral margin of elytra usually of a brighter and more fiery
copper colour; under surface and legs piceous-black. Head large
(4-7mm. across eyes). Prothorax transverse-cordate (5 -4 x 7'4mm.);
base and apex of equal width; sides lightly sinuate before base;
posterior angles obtuse but marked; posterior marginal puncture
at basal angle on inner side of border and outside lateral channel;
lateral basal impressions short, deep. Elytra truncate-oval
(13-5 X 8 mm.), convex; lateral apical sinuosities light; basal
border raised and dentate at humeral angles; strise deep, minutely
crenulate at bottom, ninth well marked towards apex; interstices

294 EEVISION OF THE GENUS NOTO^'OMUS,

convex, third 2-punctate, tenth well developed towards apex.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum wide, fiat (or rather concave);
of mesosternum strongly concave; metasternum deeply longitu-
dinally channelled in middle (this median channel extending to
apex). Posterior femora with lower side strongl}'' dilatate above
apex of trochanters. Length 24, breadth 7 '3-8 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W. : Bulli, Wollongong and Kiama (Sloane).

NOTONOMUS JERVISENSIS, n.sp

2- Only differs from N. triplogenioides, Chaud., by — {a) colour
(prothorax black on disc, fier}'- copper near margins; elj^tra almost
black, with obsolete cupreous tinge, lateral margins of a fiery
copper colour); {h) prothorax with posterior angles much more
widely obtuse, the antebasal sinuosity of the sides obsolete.
Length 24, breadth 8 mm. (head 4'75 mm.; prothorax 5-5 x 7mm.).

/^ft6._N.S.W. : Jervis Bay (Fletcher; Coll. Sloane).

It is possibly a well marked variety of iV. triplogenioides, but,
even if this be the case, seems entitled to rank as a named variety.

NOTONOMUS LIRAGERUS, n.sp.

Elongate, depressed. Prothorax hardly broader than long,
lightly narrowed to base; basal angles rectangular; posterior
marginal puncture at basal angle on border : elytra depressed,
deeply striate; interstices very convex, third 2-punctate. Black,
nitid.

Head small, oval (3*2 mm. across ej^es), convex, faintly biim-
pressed between antennae — the impressions extending on to
clypeus; eyes convex, rather prominent. Prothorax almost as
long as broad (4'6 x 4*7 mm.), not ampliate at widest part, a little
wider across base (3*3 mm.) than across apex (3-2 mm.); sides
lightly rounded, shortl}^ and lightly sinuate before base; apex
truncate; anterior angles not marked, close to head; base emar-
ginate in middle, sloping lightly forward on each side; lateral
border narrow on anterior third, wide and reflex ed on posterior
two-thirds, extending round basal angles to lateral impressions;
median line rather strongly impressed, reaching base; lateral basa

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 295

impressions deep, narrow, parallel. Elytra narrow, truncate-oval
(10 X 6 mm.), depressed; sides lightly and evenly rounded, lateral
apical sinuosities well developed; basal border raised and forming
a strong obtuse projection at humeral angles; lateral border wide,
reflexed, narrow just behind humeral angles; interstices sharply
raised, seventh wider, more convex than others and forming
lateral margin of disc, eighth and ninth narrow, convex, tenth
well developed in front of lateral sinuosities. Intercoxal declivity
of prosternum flat; of mesosternum hardly at all concave; meta-
sternum longitudinally channelled in middle from base to apex.
Lateral parts of abdomen and episterna of metasternum rugulose-
punctulate. Length 18, breadth 6 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W. : Port Macquarie (Sloane).

A distinct species ; it is perhaps nearest to N'. angustihasis,
Sloane, but dijffers decidedly by pro thorax less narrowed and
more shortly sinuate posteriorly, posterior marginal puncture at
the basal angle; elytra flatter, interstices more strongly convex,
ninth narrower; posterior femora wider and more dilate in middle.

NoTONOMUS suBiRiDESCENS, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 85; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi.
p. 576.

Unknown to me. If it has the intercoxal declivity of the pro-
sternum flat its position would seem to be near N. liragp.rus, SI.;
if rounded, it would come near .V. kingi, Chaud., but this does
not appear to me likely to be its place. From Chaudoir's original
description and the note in his 'Supplement ' I select the following
characters as diagnostic of iV. sahiridescens : — Compared with N.
mneomicam — prothorax scarcely shorter than the breadth; upper
surface more convex; lateral margin evidently finer and narrower
anteriorly, and forming on the contrary a wider border as it
approaches the posterior angles : elytral interstices more convex
— particularly towards the apex — eighth and ninth decidedly
narrower throughout their whole length; third bipunctate.
Colour black. Length 23 mm.

Hah. — Southern Australia (Melbourne; Coll. Laferte).

296 REVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOyOMUS,

]^. suhiridescens may resemble JV. liragerus, SI., but I do not
think it can be identical on account of its larger size and
apparently, from Chaudoir's description, it should have the pro-
thorax more convex, and the elytra more rounded on sides.

NOTONOMUS QUEENSLANDICUS, n.sp.

Elongate-oval, robust. Head small ; prothorax subcordate ;
sides sinuate before base; basal angles subrectangular; posterior
marginal puncture placed a little before base on inner side of
lateral channel; elytra deeply striate; interstices in ^ convex, in
9 depressed; humeral angles strongly dentate. Black; elytra of
a bronzy subviolaceous tint, with ninth interstice and lateral
channel of a bright brassy green or copper colour; under surface
and legs black; antennae piceous-black.

Head oval (2-3 mm. across eyes); vertex lightly transversely
impressed; frontal impressions deep, divergent posteriorly. Pro-
thorax rather small, broader than long (3 x 3-5 mm.), depressed
towards base, faintly transversely striolate; sides lightly arcuate,
more strongly narrowed to apex than base, strongly sinuate
before base; apex (2-5 mm.) narrower than base (2-7 mm.), emar-
ginate; anterior angles distant from head, obtuse; base emarginate
in middle, lightly arcuate on each side; basal angles well marked,
obtuse; median line reaching from base to apex; lateral basal
impressions deep, narrow, elongate; lateral basal spaces lightly
convex, depressed near basal margin. Elytra oval (7"5 x 4 -3 mm.),
truncate at base, widely and lightly sinuate on each side of apex,
lightly convex, strongly declivous to apex, abruptly declivous on
sides ; basal border with posterior margin curving forward
externally, sharply raised and forming a strong obtuse prominence
at humeral angles; third interstice wider than two inner ones,
.sixth narrower than fifth and seventh, narrowed to base, seventh
very wide on basal third, eighth and ninth narrow, convex, equal
in width on basal third, inner margin of ninth interrupted by
the umbilicate punctures, tenth obsolete. Intercoxal declivity of
prosternum flat and bordered laterally; of mesosternum wide,
hardly concave. Length 13, breadth 4*3 mm.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 297

Hah. — Southern Queensland (Law; Coll. Sloane).

Closely allied to N. nitidicoUls, Chaud., with which it agrees
in all general features — as antennae, labrum, borders of prothorax
and elytra, &c.; but differing by colour; 9 with eyes more promi-
nent; elytra more convex, with flatter interstices, scutellar striole
shorter, lateral sinuosities of apex weaker.

NoTONOMUS NiTiDicoLLis, Chaud.

Bull. Mosc. 1865. ii. p. 8S ; Feronia (Pterostichus) master^si,
Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. viii. p. 211; F. {Ft.) impressi-
collis, Casteln., I.e., p. 212; IV. viridicinctiis, Macl., Trans. Ent
Soc. N.S.W. 1871, ii. p. 108; K angustipennis, Macl., I.e., 109.

Elongate-oval, robust. Head small : prothorax subcordate,
sinuate on sides before base; basal angles subrectangular; posterior
marginal puncture a little before the base on inner side of lateral
channel : elytra oval, deeply striate; third interstice 2-punctate,
eighth narrow, convex; humeral angles strongly dentate. Black;
head and prothorax nitid with metallic reflections of a brassy or
purplish tinge; elytra subopaque, bronzy purple, eighth and ninth
interstices more metallic, the wide lateral channel sometimes
brassy green.

Head small (2*2 mm. across eyes); vertex lightly transversely
impressed; front biimpressed, the impressions rather deep, sharply
defined, extending backwards from clypeal punctures and diver-
gent posteriorly; eyes convex, subprominent. Antennae not long,
joints short towards apex. Labrum lightly longitudinally im-
pressed in middle, rounded on anterior margin. Prothorax rather
small, broader than long (3 x 3*5 mm.), depressed towards base,
faintly transversely striolate (but nitid); sides lightly and almost
equally rounded, shortly but decidedly sinuate before base; apex
(2-4 mm.) hardly as wide as base (2*5 mm.), emarginate; anterior
angles marked, obtuse; base emarginate in middle, truncate on
each side; angles rectangular, obtuse at summit; lateral border
narrow, a little wider and more decidedly reflexed on basal half;
median line deep, extending from base almost to apex; lateral

298 REVISION OF THE GENUS XOTOXOMCS,

basal impressions deep, narrow, elongate, extending almost half
the length of prothorax, gradually shallower forward ; lateral
basal spaces depressed (hardl}'- the least convex). Elytra oval
(7*4 X 4-3 mm.), strongly sinuate on each side of apex, subdepressed
on disc, abruptly declivous on sides, strongly declivous to apex;
basal border with posterior margin curving strongly to the dentate
humeral angles ; lateral border reflexed, narrowed near base ;
three inner interstices hardly convex on disc, third wider
(especially at posterior marginal puncture) than first and second,
fifth, sixth and seventh convex, sixth narrower — especially near
base — seventh very wide on basal third, eighth and ninth convex,
very narrow (of about equal width on basal half), inner margin
of ninth decidedly interrupted by the umbilicate punctures,, tenth
slightly developed near apical sinuosities. Intercoxal declivity
of presternum flat and bordered on each side; of mesosternum
wide and hardly concave. Length 12-5, breadth 4-3 mm.

Hab. — Q.: Burnett RiverDistrict(Spencer), Gayndah (Masters),
Brisbane (Macleay Coll.).

I have seen a specimen in the Macleay Museum ticketed
"Brisbane" which I identify as S. nitidicoUis, Chaud., and a
comparison of this Brisbane specimen with specimens of JV.
vlridicinctus, MacL, and N. angustipemiis, Macl., convinces me
that all three names belong to one species. The types of both
of these species of Macleay have been carefully examined by me,
and a specimen (9) in my collection (absolutely identical with IV.
angustipennis from comparison with t3^pe) from the Burnett
River has been used for my description of this species. The
specimen in the Maclea}' Collection which I consider typical of
N. nitidicoUis has the margin of the elytra of a dull coppery
bronze; in all other respects it agrees with the specimen I have
used for my description.

NOTONOMUS LATIBASIS, n.sp.

9. Oval, depressed: prothorax wide, depressed; base (3 mm.)
evidently wider than apex (2*7 mm.); sides shortly subsinuate

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 299'

before base ; bcasal angles obtusely subrectangular ; posterior
marginal puncture placed a little before the base on inner side of
lateral channel: elytra truncate-ov-al, deeply striate; third inter-
stice 2-punctate, eighth narrow, convex; humeral angles feebly
dentate. Head black with a purple tinge ; prothorax nitid,
purple-black, violaceous towards sides; elytra dark purple, some-
what opaque, lateral channel bright brassy green; under surface
and legs piceous.

Head oval (2-5 mm. across eyes); vertex lightly transversely
impressed ; front strongly biimpressed, impressions divergent
posteriorly; eyes convex, subprominent. Prothorax broader than
long (3-4 X 4 mm.), widest just before the middle, depressed, very
faintly transversely striolate; sides lightly arcuate, more strongly
and roundly narrowed anteriorly than posteriorly; apex emai'-
ginate ; anterior angles rather prominent, obtuse; base wide,
emarginate in middle, sloping lightly forward to angles on each
side; lateral border widely reflexed, narrower in front of anterior
marginal puncture; median line deep, reaching from base almost
to apex; lateral basal impressions long, parallel, narrow at bottom
(extending almost half the length of prothorax, becoming faint
anteriorly); lateral basal impressions a little raised (hardly convex).
Elytra truncate-oval (7*6 x 4-8 mm.), wide and truncate at base,
strongly sinuate on each side of apex, depressed, lightly declivous
to apex, abruptly declivous on sides; basal border curving very
little forward to humeral angles on posterior margin, raised into
an obtuse subprominent projection at point of junction with lateral
border; this widely reflexed, narrow, close to base; three inner
interstices very lightly convex on disc, third much wider than
first and second at posterior puncture, fifth, sixth and seventh
convex, sixth narrower (especially near base), seventh very wide
on basal third, eighth narrow, a little wider than ninth on basal
half, tenth narrow and feebly developed near apical sinuosity.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat, bordered laterally' ; of
mesosternum wide, hardly concave. Length 13, breadth 48 mm.

Hah. — Southern Queensland (two specimens [9] brought from
Burnett River District by Professor W. B. Spencer; Coll. Sloane).

30O REVISION OF THE GENUS ^'OTONOMUS,

I have compared my specimens with the type specimens of /Y.
cyaneocinctus, Macl., and have considered it a distinct but closely
allied species on account of the juxtabasal sinuosity of the sides
of the prothorax; this, however, is a feature that requires more
study to determine its true value in the genus Notonomus. It is
nearly allied to N. nitidicollis, Chaud., with which it agrees
generally in shape of head, antennae, labrum, interstices of elytra,
ct:c., but differs by the shape of the prothorax (which is of wider
form with the sides less rounded, less narrowed to both apex and
base, much wider across base); the elytra more depressed, more
lightly declivous to apex, more lightly rounded on sides, less
deeply striate, interstices less convex.

NoTONOiMUS viRiDiLiMBATUS, Castelnau.

Feronia i^Pterostichus) viridilimbata, Casteln. , Trans. Roy. Soc.
Vict. 1868, viii. p. 215; F. (Pt.) viridimaryinata, Casteln., l.c.^
p. 216; N. viridilimbatus, Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874,
vi. p. 584 ; N. cyaneocincfus, Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W.,
1871, ii., p. 108.

I offer the following translation of Chaudoir's note on N. viri-
dilimbatus, Casteln., = iV. viridimarginatus, Casteln. : Length
12*5-15 mm. Resembling most closely N". nitidicollis, from which
it differs by the posterior angles of the prothorax which are sub-
obtuse, not preceded by a sinuosity, and not forming any lateral
prominence. Its habitat is the same, and perhaps it will be found
to be only a variety.

I have seen the types of J^. cyaneocinctus, Macl., in the Aus-
tralian Museum, Sydney, and have the following note, made with
these type specimens before me: — Differs from S. viridicinctusi
Macl., by the sides of the prothorax not the least sinuate before
the base; the elytra have the shoulders dentate; the form of the
prothorax is intermediate between A\ violaceomarginatus, Macl.,
and iV. viridicinctus, Macl., (=i\r. nitidicollis, Chaud.), being
more narrowed behind than in N. violaceomarginatus, and less so
than in N. viridicinctus.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 301

Comparing Chaudoir's note on ]\\ inridilimhatus with my note
on X. cyaneoclnclus, leaves but little doubt in m}' mind that these
two must be conspecific.

NoTOxoMUS DARLiNGi, Casteln.

Feronia (Pterostichus) darlingi, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Yict.
1868, viii. p. 216 ; N. darlings Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
1874, vi. p. 591.

Unknown to me in nature, but the following features from
Chaudoir's note on it in his ' Supplement ' seem to thoroughly
differentiate it, and should render it easy of recognition. Much
resembles iV^. nitidicoUis, but the elytral striae are densely and
distinctly crenulate; head larger; prothorax a little less elongate,
wider anteriorly, more rounded on sides, which are similarly
sinuate before the base, basal angles equally sharp; elytra wider,
interstices more depressed, third similarly punctate, eighth not
so narrow. Head of an obscure copper colour, prothorax metallic-
violet, elytra obscure violet, with the two lateral interstices and
the marginal channel of a shining coppery-purple-violet. Length
15 J lines.

Hab. — Q. : Pine Mountains (Masters ^o?e Castelnau).

NoTONOMUS SUBOPACUS, Chaudoir.

Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi. p. 586.

Elongate. Upper surface of a dark bronze colour; head black
with slight bronzy reflections; prothorax metallic; elytra rather
nitid in ^, opaque and darker in 9.

Head rather large, wide (2 -7 mm. across eyes), a little con-
stricted on each side behind eyes ; front depressed, faintly
biimpressed. Prothorax a little broader than long(315 x 3'6mm.),
widest before middle, not ampliate at widest part, of equal width
at base and apex (2-6 mm.); disc lightly transversely striolate;
sides lightly arcuate, lightly narrowed to apex, lightly narrowed
to base in an even curve without any sinuosity; anterior angles
obtuse, not prominent; base emarginate in middle; basal angles

302 KEVISION OF THE GENUS A'OTOyOMUS.

marked, but obtuse; lateral border and lateral channel narrow;
posterior marginal puncture placed a little before base on inner
side of lateral channel; median line deep, with a subfoveiform
impression in its course a little before base; lateral basal impres-
sions rather short, wide, deep. Elj^tra truncate-oval (Tw x
4*3 mm.), lightly declivous to apex, sides lightly rounded; apex
sinuate on each side (strongly so in 9); basal border a little raised
and obtusely subdentate at humeral angles; lateral border narrow;
stride deep; interstices strongly convex in g, lightly so in 9, third
2-punctatej hardly wider than second, sixth narrowed at base,
eighth much wider than ninth on basal half, ninth narrow, convex,
interrupted on inner side by the umbilicate punctures, tenth well
developed, elongate (extending forward to about middle of elytra),
narrow, convex. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat ; of
mesosternum hardly concave. Length 13-5, breadth 4*3 mm.

Hab. — Clarence River (Lea).

Allied to iV. nitidicollis, Chaud., but differing, intej^ alia, by
its facies narrower, more elongate, more convex ; head more
-depressed . between eyes; prothorax less ampliate at widest part,
less emarginate at apex, sides without juxtabasal sinuosities; elytra
less strongly declivous to apex, less strongly dentate at humeral
angles, third interstice narrower at beginning of apical declivity,
eighth much wider on basal half, tenth well developed, lateral
border narrower. It differs from iV^. queenslandicus, SI., and iV^.
latibasis, SI., by the same characters.

j}^ote. — N. tvilcoxi, Casteln. (Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1868, viii.
p. 211). Although Chaudoir has considered that JV. subopacus
could not be J\^. loUcoxi because Castelnau's description of the
prothorax of N. wilcoxi did not, in his opinion, at all agree with
the prothorax of N. subopacKs, yet I should say that the only
discrepancy is the " rather acute " posterior angles of i\^. wilcoxi^
which may mean that the prothorax should have the sides lightly
sinuate near the base, and this feature may not be of sufficient
importance to justify keeping the species distinct. I should
-expect that xY. subopacus might pro^•e to be only a variety of J\^.

BY THOMAS G. SLOAN E. 303

wilcood. This is a point which collecting on the Clarence River
should eventually settle.

Hab. — Clarence River (Jide Castelnau).

NOTONOMUS VIOLACEOMARGINATUS, Maclcay.

Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. 1871, ii. p. 108; Notonomus jiuiyii^rei-
pe7inis, Macl., Lc, p. 107.

9. Oval. Prothorax subquadrate ; sides not sinuate before
base; basal angles obtuse; posterior marginal puncture placed a
little before base on inner side of marginal channel : elytra
truncate-oval, deeply striate; interstices depressed, third 2-punc-
tate; humeral angles lightly dentate. Head and prothorax of a
greenish-black ; el3^tra opaque, purple-black, lateral channel
cyaneous; under surface and legs black.

Head moderate (3*1 mm. across eyes), wide between eyes; front
shortly and distinctly biimpressed. Prothorax subquadrate
(4-2x5 mm.), widest about middle, depressed ; sides lightly
rounded, gently narrowed to base in an even curve; apex lightly
emarginate, narrower (3-4 mm.) than base (3-8 mm.); anterior
angles widely obtuse, distant from head; base emarginate in
middle, sloping forward on each side in a gentle curve; median
line reaching from base to near apex; lateral basal impressions
elongate, narrow at bottom. Elytra truncate-oval (10x6 mm.),
strongly sinuate on each side of apex, rather depressed on disc,
lightly declivous to apex, abrupt on sides; basal border very
lightly curved on posterior margin, a little raised and slightly
prominent at humeral angles ; lateral channel wide ; border
narrow, reflexed ; sixth interstice hardly narrower than fifth
except near base, seventh wide, eighth a little wider than ninth
on basal half, tenth well developed, narrow, elongate before apical
sinuosity. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat ; of meso-
sternum flat. Length 16*5, breadth 6 mm.

Hab. — Q. : Gayndah (Masters and Spencer).

I have compared the specimen (9), on which the above descrip-
tion is founded, with Macleay's types of N. piLVpureipennis and

304 EEVISION OF THE GENUS XOTONOMUS.

iV. violaceomarginatus, and found it identical with the latter. iV.
purpureipe7i7iis is founded on the (J.

NOTONOMUS RUGOSICOLLIS, n.sp.

(J, Elliptical. Protliorax opaque, densely shagreened and
transversely striolate; sides lightly sinuate before basal angles;
posterior marginal puncture in lateral channel near basal angle :
elytra deeply striate; interstices strongly convex, third narrower
than second on basal third, 2-punctate; basal border prominent
at humeral angles. Head and prothorax black (a faint purple
tinge near sides of prothorax); elytra bronzy-black, submetallic
towards sides, metallic behind basal border, ninth interstice and
lateral channel of a bright brassy colour; under surface black;
legs piceous-black.

Head not large (2-5 mm. across eyes), subdepressed between
eyes, these prominent. Prothorax broader than long (3 x 3 -6 mm),
depressed on disc; sides lightly rounded, gently narrowed to apex,
very lightly narrowed to base ; anterior angles obtuse ; base
(2-7 mm.) wider than apex (2-5 mm.), emarginate in middle;
basal angles rectangular; lateral channel wide; median line deep,
reaching from base almost to apex; lateral basal impressions long,
narrow, deep; posterior part of space between basal impressions
longitudinally rugulose but not transversely striolate. Elytra
truncate-oval (7*7 x 4*35 mm.), lightly and widely convex, lightly
but decidedly convex on each side of apex; sides lightly rounded;
basal border arcuate on posterior margin, strongly raised and sub-
dentate at humeral angles; lateral channel wide; lateral border
narrow, reflexed, not narrower near base; sixth interstice narrowed
at base, eighth much wider than ninth on basal half, about as wide
as, but much more depressed than, discoidal interstices at middle
of length, ninth narrow, convex, interrupted on inner margin by
umbilicate punctures, tenth shortly but decidedly developed
before lateral apical sinuosity. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum
flat; of mesosternum wide, flat. Length 12-5, breadth 4*35 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W. : Clarence River (Lea; Coll. Sloane; unique).

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 305

This species has a superficial resemblance to iV. subopacus,
Chaud., but differs conspicuously, inter alia, hy the prothorax
rugulose-striolate and sinuate on the sides near the base. Its
position is intermediate between N. opacicoUis, Chaud., and iV^.
disco riniosus, SI. ; from JV. opacicoUis it differs greatly by its
smaller size, narrower form, less transverse prothorax, non-foveolate
elytral interstices, &c.; from iV^. discorimosus it differs by its
prothorax more elongate, with sides sinuate before the base,
posterior angles strongly marked; elytra with the eighth interstice
wide as in N. opacicoUis. From N. striaticoUis, Casteln., a species
not known to me in nature, I think it distinct, because the pro-
thorax has the sides sinuate before the base, and the basal angles
rectangular. It evidently cannot be iT. depressij^^mis, Chaud.,
from the description of which it offers conspicuous differences as
under : — (a) lateral basal impressions of prothorax longer and
quite as deep as in iV. opacicoUis; (b) elytra not flatter; (c) six
inner interstices not the least depressed (in (J); (d) eighth inter-
stice wide on basal half (not very narrow and convex).

NOTONOMUS DISCORIMOSUS, n.sp.

(J. Oval. Prothorax transverse, with sides strongly and evenly
rounded : elytra truncate-oval, deeply striate; interstices convex,
third 2-punctate, eighth narrow; humeral angles dentate. Head
black; prothorax opaque, black with a faint viridescent tinge on
disc, becoming metallic near sides; elytra subnitid, dark purple,
becoming aeneous near base and on lateral declivities, ninth inter-
stice and lateral margin of a bright brassy colour. (9 with elytra
not opaque, of a uniform bronzed purple with lateral channel
green. ) #

Head not large; eyes convex, prominent. Prothorax depressed,
transverse (3-3 x 4 mm.); wider across base (2*7 mm.) than apex
(2-5 mm.); upper surface transversely striolate and longitudinally
shagreened ; sides evenly rounded, narrowed posteriorly in an
even curve without any antebasal sinuosity; apex emarginate;
base lightly and widely emarginate in middle; basal angles obtuse;
20

306 REVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOyOMUS,

lateral border and channel wide; posterior marginal puncture
foveiform, placed a little distance from basal angle on inner side
of marginal channel; median line strongly impressed, reaching
from base almost to apex; lateral basal impressions short, narrow,
deep, uniting with lateral channel at base. Elytra lightly convex,
oval (7 '5 X 4 mm.), evenly and decidedly rounded on sides, widely
sinuate on each side of apex; lateral channel and border wide.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat; of mesosternum vertical
and lightly concave. Femora short, stout; posterior femora very
thick in middle. Length 13, breadth 4-6 mm.

Hab. — N.S.W. : Richmond River (Froggatt and Lea).

Var. A. Smaller: prothorax less strongly rounded on sides
and more narrowed to base; basal angles more marked: elytra
more depressed on disc; interstices opaque in both sexes: colour
duller; elytra purple-black, margined with green.

Hab. — Tweed River (Lea).

Differs evidently from N. depressijyennis, Chaud., by prothorax
shorter and without the juxtabasal sinuosities of sides. I have
thought that it could not be N. striaticoUis, Casteln., because of
its short, broad thorax, not " considerabl}' longer than broad."

jSTotgngmus opacicollis, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 88; Orbitus purpuripennis, Motsch.,
Ball. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 248; Feronia ( Pterostichus) purpureo-
limbata, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1868, viii. p. 214 ;
Var. F. (Pi.) impressipennis, Casteln., I.e., p. 214.

Black, elytra with metallic border. Prothorax roughly
shagreened and transversely striolate, transverse (4-3 x 5-4 mm.),
much wider at base (4-2 mm.) than apex (3 5 mm.); posterior
angles rectangular ; posterior marginal puncture in marginal
channel at basal angle. Elytra deeply striolate; interstices nitid
and convex in ^ (sometimes rather metallic), depressed and opaque
in 9, third 2-punctate, second, fourth and sixth wide and foveolate
on apical third, eighth wider than seventh at basal third, ninth
narrow, convex, with inner side interrupted by large umbilicate

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 307

punctures ; humeral angles dentate. Intercoxal declivity of
prosternum flat; of mesosternum flat. Length 15-17, breadth
6-6 8 mm.

Hah. — "Clarence River" {fide Castelnau), Richmond River
(Helms).

The only species known with the interstices of the elytra foveo-
late. The synonymy given is on the authority of Chaudoir (Ann.
Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi., p. 585).

NoTONOMUS AMABiLis, Casteluau.

Ferotiia {Pterostichus) amahilis, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict.
1863, viii. p. 215; N. amahilis, Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
1874, vi. p. 590.

Elliptical-oval. Head small (2*8 mm. across eyes); pro thorax
subcordate; sides shortly subsinuate before basal angles : elytra
oval, deeply crenulate-striate; third interstice 3- or 4-punctate,
ninth convex; humeral angles not marked. Head black, some-
times with greenish metallic tinge; prothorax with wide metallic
margins of brassy green becoming cupreous-purple internally,
disc dark with purple reflections; elytra dark purple, with lateral
channel bright metallic brassy-green; under surface black; pro-
sternal episterna iridescent; legs piceous-black, tarsi and palpi
piceous-red; antennae piceous-brown.

Ej'es convex, rather protuberant; postocular part of orbits not
large, rising from head in a carve almost continuous with the
eyes. Labrum lightly emarginate. Apical joints of antennae
short. Prothorax broader than long (3-5 x 4 mm.), widest a little
before the middle; apex emarginate, a little wider (2-8 mm.) than
base (2-7 mm.); sides lightly rounded, lightly narrowed to apex,
decidedly narrowed in a gentle curve posteriorly, shortly sinuate
before basal angles (in 9 the sinuosity often obsolete); anterior
angles obtuse, widely bordered; basal angles strongly marked but
obtuse; base emarginate in middle, curving decidedly forward on
each side; lateral border rather widely reflexed, hardly narrower
towards apex than towards base; median line strongly impressed.

308 EE VISION OF THE GENUS NOTONOMUS,

reaching base; lateral basal impressions deep, narrow, elongate.
Elytra oval (8x5 mm.) ; lateral apical sinuosities strongly
developed ; base narrow ; basal border joining lateral border
without any prominence at humeral angles; interstices strongly
and roundly convex, eighth about same width as ninth on basal
half; umbilicate punctures of ninth interstice large, interrupting
inner margin; lateral channel finely crenulate near inner side
along course of ninth stria ; lateral border widely reflexed.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rather narrow in middle, flat,
bordered on each side near peduncle; of mesosternum widely and
lightly concave. Length 14-15, breadth 4 '5-6 mm.

Hab, — N.S.W. : Springwood and Ourimbah (Sloane), Merim-
bula (fide Castelnau).

NoTONOMUS SPHODROIDES, Dejean.

Feronia sphodroides, Dej., Spec. iii. p. 236 : i\". sjyhodroideSy
Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 91; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874,
vi. p. 587.

Elliptical-oval, depressed. Prothorax truncate-cordate; basal
angles rectangular; posterior marginal puncture at basal angle :
elytra decidedly sinuate on each side of apex, striate; interstices
lightly convex in ^, hardly convex in 9? third 3-punctate ;
humeral angles a little raised. Black, nitid; elytra steel blue;
legs piceous-black.

Head convex, not large (2*6 mm. across eyes); front lightly
biimpressed ; eyes convex, prominent, lightly inclosed at base;
postocular part of orbits meeting head in a curve continuous with
that of the eyes. Prothorax broader than long (3-3 x 3*8 mm.),
depressed (especially towards base), a little wider at base
(2*8 mm.) than apex (2*6 mm.); sides lightly narrowed to apex,
gently narrowed to base, lightly sinuate before basal angles; base
lightly emarginate in middle ; basal angles strongly marked,
rectangular with summit obtuse; lateral border narrow anteriorly,
wider posteriorly, dilated at basal angles to receive posterior
marginal puncture; median line finely but rather deeply impressed,

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 309

reaching nearly to base; lateral basal impressions shallow, sulci-
form at bottom, parallel; lateral basal spaces flat near basal
margin. Elytra truncate-oval (7*2 x 4*7 mm.); basal border a
little raised above lateral border at point of junction; ninth stria
well marked; tenth interstice well developed posteriorly. Inter-
coxal declivity of prosternum flat; of mesosternum wide, very
lightly concave. Length 13, breadth 4*7 mm.

Hab. — Vic. : Dandenong Ranges (French), Ferntree Gully
(Sloane).

I place this species under N. sphodroides, Dej., because, except
for the absence of any purple tinge on the prothorax, a specimen
(9) from the Dandenong Ranges given to me by Mr. C. French,
differs from the species which I regard as A^. dyscoloides, Motsch.,
by similar characters to those which are said by Chaudoir to
differentiate N. sphodroides from N. dyscoloides. The following is
the substance of Chaudoir's note on these differences in his
* Supplement,' p. 587 : — Prothorax more rounded on the anterior
part of the sides, these hardly sinuate behind, and falling a little
obliquely on the base, forming with it an obtuse angle, the summit
of which is lightly rounded. The elytra are more oval, with the
shoulders rounded as well as the sides, the upper surface percep-
tibly more convex, not flattened on the disc; the intermediate
strise still more lightly marked; the elytra are not violet, but of
a greenish blue. I do not place much reliance on the slightly
more protuberant eyes, nor the form of the lateral basal spaces
of the prothorax mentioned by Chaudoir; his remark, that he
had confused this species with N. dyscoloides, indicates how closely
these species are allied, but I concur in thinking them distinct^
Only the 9 was known to Chaudoir; I have both ^ and 9; the
description I have given is founded on the (J.

XOTONOMUS DYSCOLOIDES, Motschulsky.

Neuropates dyscoloides, Motsch., Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 263;
Feronia (Pterostichus) victorice, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict.
1868, viii. p. 210; F. (Pi.) semiviolacea, Casteln., I.e., p. 212; F.
(Pt.) subvilis, Casteln., I.e., p. 21 3; Feronia (A^otonomus) dyscoloides,
Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi. p. 587.

310 EEVISION OF THE GENUS NOTOyOMUS,

Elliptical, upper surface depressed. Head and prothorax black,
nitid; elytra violaceous, with sutural interstices dark. Head not
large (2*8 mm. across ej^es); eyes convex, prominent. Prothorax
broader than long (3-4x4 mm.), truncate-cordate, subdepressed;
sides sinuate posteriorly; basal angles rectangular; base (3'1 mm.)
hardly wider than apex (3 mm.); border narrow anteriorly, widely
reflexed towards base, extending on sides of base to lateral
impressions; posterior marginal puncture at basal angle on an
internal dilatation of border; lateral basal impressions long,
parallel; lateral basal spaces almost flat. Elytra truncate-oval
(8 "2 X 5 mm.), depressed on disc, strongly declivous to apex, deeply
striate; interstices lightly convex, third 3-punctate, eighth and
ninth convex, eighth wider than ninth on basal half; basal border
hardly raised above lateral border at point of junction. Inter-
coxal declivity of prosternum wide, flat; of mesosternum wide,
vertical, hardly at all concave. Length 14*5, breadth 5 mm.

Hah. — Victoria (W. Kershaw).

Judging by the synonymy given above (on the authority of
Chaudoir) N. dyscoloides is a very variable species. I take the
form on which my description is founded to be Feronia semivio-
lacea, Casteln., and I should have thought F. victories from des-
cription to have been synonymous Avith iV^. sphodroides, Dej. I
have not seen Motschulsky's description, but have identified the
species from Castelnau's diagnoses and Chaudoir's note.

NoTONOMUS siMULANS, Chaudoir.

Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi. p. 586.

I have not identified this species. The following is a translation
of the too brief description : — Length 12-5 mm. It much
resembles A^. dyscoloides in facies, but is differently coloured. Of
a very brilliant black as if polished; elytra coppery, with the
margin black; e3''es more prominent; elytra a little less oval, more
declivous to tlie apex, more strongly striate; interstices more
convex, with thrr.e ov four large punctures on the third.

Hah. — Southern Australia.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 311

NOTONOMUS VICTORIENSIS, n.sp.

Elon^ate-oval, subdepressed. Head not large : prothorax a
little broader than long; sides sinuate posteriorly; basal angles
rectangular; posterior marginal puncture at basal angle: elytra
long, strongly striate; interstices convex in (J, depressed in 9,
third 2-punctate; humeral angles shortly dentate. Black, nitid;
elytra with a greenish tinge; sides of abdomen piceous; epimera
of metasternum reddish; legs piceous-red.

(J. Head oval (3 mm. across eyes); front feebly biimpressed.
Prothorax broader than long (3-7 x 4-1 mm.), depressed; apex and
base of equal width (3 mm.); sides lightly rounded on anterior
four-fifths, strongly and shortly sinuate posteriorly, meeting base
at right angles ; border narrow, thickened at basal angles to
receive posterior marginal puncture; median line distinct; lateral
basal impressions elongate, rather shallow. Elytra truncate-oval
(8-7 X 4-8 mm.), lightly convex; sides lightly rounded (subparallel)
lateral apical sinuosities very feebly developed; basal border very
little raised, obtusely but decidedly dentate at humeral angles;
third interstice swollen at beginning of apical declivity (position
of posterior puncture), eighth wider than ninth on basal half,
extending almost to base, tenth well developed posterior^.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum wide in middle, hardly
rounded ; of mesosternum lightly concave. Posterior tibiae a
little curved.

9. Elytra more rounded on sides, less deeply striate; sixth and
seventh striae very lightly impressed on basal half; interstices
depressed. Length 13-15, breadth 4 -7-5 -2 mm.

Hah. — Vic. : Eastern Gippsland (taken by Mr. C. French
during the visit of the Victorian Field Naturalists' Club to Mount
Goonmurk, November, 1889).

Allied to N. dyscoloides, Motsch., but of narrower form; pro-
thorax narrower, more elongate; third interstice of elytra swollen
at posterior puncture; intercoxal declivity of prosternum not flat
and margined; posterior tibiae slightly curved; legs and under
surface more reddish-piceous.

312 REVISION OF THE GENUS yOTOSOMUS,

Note. — One specimen ((J) is less elongate; prothorax a little
shorter; elytra more metallic in colour (bronzy or brassy purple),
with more convex interstices, puncture of third interstice near
apex, eighth not reaching the base. Length 13, breadth 4-7 mm.
I should expect N. simulans, Chaud., to resemble this form in
colour, but to be a different species intermediate between N.
victoriensis and N. dyscoloides.

NoTONOMUS OPULENTUS, Castehi.; Chaudoir.

Feronia (Fterostichus) opulenta, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Vict. 1868, viii. p. 210; N. opulentus, Chaud., Ann. Mus. Genova,
1874, vi. p. 580; Feronia (Pterostichus) auricollis, Casteln., /.c,
p. 211; C?) N. parallelomorpha, Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1878, liii.
p. 73.

Elongate. Prothorax and posterior part of head aeneous (pro-
thorax sometimes of a purplish brassy colour); elytra dark violet;
under surface black, nitid; episterna of prosternum iridescent;
legs black. Head small (2-6 mm. across eyes), oval, convex ;
frontal impressions distinct, sharpl}^ defined, short, diverging
backwards; eyes convex, not protuberant. Prothorax of equal
length and breadth (3-8 x 3*8 mm.), widest before middle, not the
least ampliate at widest part, wider across base (3 mm.) than
apex (2*7 mm.), depressed across basal third; sides lightly and
obliquely narrowed to base, shortly subsinuate before base (the
posterior sinuosity sometimes obsolete); anterior angles obtuse,
not marked; base emarginate in middle, truncate on each side;
basal angles rectangular (sharply marked); border narrow, a little
more widely reflexed posteriorly than anteriorly, dilated at basal
angles to receive posterior marginal puncture, extending on each
side of base to lateral basal impressions — these deep, elongate,
narrow, sulciform at bottom ; lateral basal spaces depressed.
Elytra long (8x4*8 mm.), subdepressed, strongly declivous to
apex, truncate at base; sides lightly rounded, gently narrowed to
base; apical sinuosities well developed; basal border raised into
a short, strong subdentiform prominence at each humeral angle;

BY THOMAS G. SLOANB. 313

lateral border reflexed, rather wide on middle of sides, very
narrow near base; striae deep; interstices convex, very strongly so
on apical declivity, third wide, usually 3-punctate (rarely a fourth
puncture present about basal fourth, rarely only 2-punctate),
eighth a little wider than ninth on basal half and reaching to
base, ninth narrow, interrupted on inner margin by the umbilicate
punctures, tenth well developed towards apex, short, narrow
(subcarinate). Intercoxal declivity of prosternum wide, flat; of
mesosternum flat, hardly concave. Fourth and fifth ventral
segments very lightly and widely transversely impressed; apical
segment in ^ 6-punctate. 9 with first joint of anterior tarsi
wide (not dilatate), clothed beneath with a thick brush of whitish
squamulse. Length 11-7-15-5, breadth 4-1-5 mm.

Hah. — Yic. : Upper Yarra (Best), South Gippsland (French).
• A distinct species varying greatly in size and appearance. Mr.
Masters has informed me that it is to his knowledge Fernnia
opuleiita, Casteln., and I had arrived at the same conclusion from
Castelnau's too brief description. I also think that Chaudoir's
description of JV. parallelomorpha is founded on a form of iV".
opulentus; one of the specimens in my collection agrees closely with
his description, even having three punctures on the third interstice
of one elytron and two on the other. If I am right in my identi-
fication of N. parallelomor'pha, Queensland is not its habitat. I
place Feronia auricollis, Casteln., as a synonym of N. opulentus
on Chaudoir's authority.

NoTONOMus .ENEOMiCANs, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 84; Feronia (^Pterosticlius) lapeyrousei,
Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1868, viii. p. 213.

9. Robust, convex. Prothorax cupreous (very dark on disc,
bright tov/ards sides); head black, with faint cupreous tinge;
elytra black, with faint metallic tinge, ninth interstice and margin
cupreous, inflexed margins with an aeneous tinge. Head large
(4-5 mm. across eyes). Prothorax truncate-cordate (5 -15 x 6-5 mm.),
a little wider across base (4*7 mm.) than apex (4-5 mm.); sides

314 EEVISION OF THE GENUS ^'OTONOMUS,

lightly sinuate just before base ; basal angles subrectangular;
posterior marginal puncture on border at basal angle; lateral
basal impressions strongly impressed, uniting with lateral channel
at posterior extremity. Elytra truncate-oval (13x8-3 mm.),
lightly convex; basal border strongly raised and obtusely dentate
at humeral angles; lateral border widely reflexed from humeral
angle to apical sinuosity; strise deep, minutely crenulate at bottom;
interstices convex, third 4- or 5-punctate, tenth short, well
developed towards apex. Tntercoxal declivity of prosternum flat,
bordered on sides; of mesosternum lightly concave. Length 23,
breadth 8*3 mm.

Hab. — N.S.W. : Ash Island, Hunter River (Jide Castelnau).

My specimen was given to me by Mr. A. M. Lea as from the
Manning River.

Var. A. Form more elongate ; prothorax more decidedly
narrowed to base, and with posterior lateral sinuosities longer
and more marked ; elytra less convex. Head blackish-green;
prothorax blackish-green on disc, bright green towards sides;
elytra black, with ninth interstice and lateral margin bright
green; inflexed margins blackish-green. Length 21-25, breadth
7-2-8-5 mm.

Hab. — Narrara and Ourimbah (Sloane ; plentiful in damp
heavily timbered places in July, 1896).

NoTONOMUS COLOSSUS, n.sp.

(J. Large, robust, convex. Head large (4-7 mm. across eyes);
prothorax truncate-cordate, not sinuate on sides before base;
basal angles rounded; posterior marginal puncture on border at
basal angle : elytra strongly striate ; interstices convex, third
5-punctate; basal border not dentate at humeral angles. Head
black, with a very faint bronzy tinge; prothorax black, cupreous
towards sides, with a greenish tinge near lateral channel (disc
with slight cupreous reflections); elytra bronzy black, ninth inter-
stice and margin of a dark copper colour.

Front lightly biimpressed; eyes large, convex; postocular part
of orbits small, but rising sharply from head. Prothorax broader

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 315

than long (5-5 x 7 mm.), about same width (4-7 mm.) at base and
apex; sides strongly rounded, meeting base in an even curve;
border wide, reilexed; lateral basal impressions short, deep, uniting
with lateral channel at posterior extremity. Elytra truncate-
oval (13x8 mm.); lateral apical sinuosities wide; lateral border
wide and sharply reflexed from humeral angle to apical sinuosity;
eighth interstice wider than ninth on basal half, tenth short, well
developed towards apex. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat,
but not bordered on sides; of mesosternum concave. Length 24,
breadth 8 mm.

A second specimen (9) with prothorax narrow^er (5-5 x 6*5 mm.),
more narrowed to base (4-3 mm.).

iTa^.— N.S.W. : Tamworth (Musson).

Closely resembling N. (eneomicans, Chaud., but I think distinct.
The following differences may be noted : — Prothorax with sides
more evenly rounded and meeting the base in a curve without
any sinuosity, basal angles obtuse; basal border of elytra with its
posterior margin much less arcuate (sloping far less decidedly
forward to the humeral angles), and only a little raised above the
lateral border (not dentate) at point of junction.

NoTONOMUS RUFiPALPis, Castelnau.

Feronia (Omaseus) riifipaljns, Casteln,, Trans. Roy. Soc. Yict.
1868, viii. p. 216.

Elliptical-oval, robust, black. Head large (3*4 mm. across eyes),
convex; frontal impressions strongly impressed, divergent poste-
riorly; eyes convex, not prominent (eyes with orbits reniform);
postocular part of orbits greatly developed, protuberant but not
so prominent as eyes. Prothorax smooth, broader than long
(3 '9 X 4 5 mm.), widest before middle, lightly narrowed to base;
apex (3-4 mm.) broader than base (3-2mm.); sides lightly rounded;
base lightly emarginate; basal angles a little marked, obtuse;
lateral border thick, narrow, wider posteriorly, lightly subsinuate
just before basal angles, extending round basal angles; posterior
marginal puncture in the wide lateral channel at basal angle;

316 EE VISION OF THE GENUS ^^OTONOMUS,

median line strongly impressed; lateral basal impressions narrow,
rather long; lateral basal spaces convex. Elytra truncate-oval
(8-5 X 5-2 mm.), rather depressed on disc, abruptly declivous on
lateral declivities; deeply striate; sides lightly rounded: lateral
sinuosities of apex feeble; shoulders rounded; basal border slightly
raised above lateral border at humeral angles (hardly subdentate);
interstices convex, third, fifth and seventh a little wider than
others, third 4-punctate, eighth narrow, not as wide as ninth;
tenth interstice and ninth stria well developed. Prosternum not
bordered on anterior margin; basal declivity narrow in middle,
bordered on sides: mesosternum wide, not concave between coxaa.
Posterior tibiae lightly incurved near apex. Length 15, breadth
5 2 mm.

Hab. — Victoria.

A distinct species. I believe it to be Omaseus o'l/Jipalpis ,
Casteln., the only apparent differences from Castelnau's descrip-
tion being that it is a little larger, and the third interstice of the
elytra has four — not five — punctures in both my specimens ;
neither difference appears to me of specific value.

NoTONOMUS EQUEs, Castelnau.

Feronia (Pterostichus) eques, Casteln., Trans. Roy. See. Vict.
1868, viii. p. 208; aY. eques, Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874,
vi. p. 578.

Elliptical, parallel, depressed. Upper surface cupreous; pro-
thorax and lateral channel of elytra brighter than disc of elytra;
under surface, inflexed margins of elytra and legs piceous-black.
Head not large (4 mm. across eyes); front strongly biimpressed
behind clypeus; eyes convex, but not prominent; postocular parts
of orbits rising gently from head, not protuberant. Prothorax
quadrate (5-6 x 5-8 mm.), widest before middle, wider across base
(4*7 mm.) than apex (4*4 mm.) ; sides very lightly rounded
anteriorly, gently narrowed posteriorly and meeting base obliquely
without perceptible sinuosity; basal angles obtuse, but marked;
base emarginate in rbiddle; posterior marginal puncture placed

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 317

considerably before the base on inner side of lateral channel —
this wide and flat, especially towards base. Elytra truncate-oval
(12-5 X 6-3 mm.), depressed on disc, deeply striate; interstices
convex, finely shagreened, third 5-punctate, eighth wider than
ninth and extending almost to base, tenth feebly developed;
lateral apical sinuosities strongly developed; basal border raised
and strongly dentate at humeral angles; lateral border widely
reflexed. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat; of mesosternum
widely and lightly concave. Posterior femora lightly dilatate in
middle. 9 with three setigerous punctures on each side of apical
ventral segment. Length 19-22, breadth 6*3-7 '3 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W. : lUawarra ; Burrawang (Sloane; common in
iSTovember).

N. eques is easily identified by its large size, flattened dorsal
surface and brassy colour.

NOTONOMUS SPENCERI, n.sp.

9. Oval, robust, convex. Head small : prothorax subquadrate,
with the angles rounded; base wide; posterior marginal puncture
distant from basal angle : elytra oval, strongly striate; interstices
convex, third 5-punctate. Black; head with a slight greenish
tinge; prothorax bright green towards sides; elytra with green
margin (ninth interstice and lateral channel green); under surface
black; legs piceous.

Head small (3*2 mm. across eyes); frontal impressions distinct,
wide, parallel; eyes prominent. Prothorax broader than long
(4 X 4*7 mm.), convex; sides lightly rounded, narrowed to apex
(3 -2 mm.) in an even curve, very lightly narrowed to base
(3-6 mm.) in a gentle curve; basal angles widely rounded; border
wide and reflexed behind anterior marginal puncture; median
line lightly impressed; lateral basal imjDressions deep, narrow.
Elytra oval (9*8 X 5-4 mm.), convex; sides evenly rounded; lateral
apical sinuosities well developed; humeral angles rounded; basal
border a little raised, subdentate at point of junction with lateral
border; tenth interstice feebly developed towards apex. Inter-

318 REVISION OF THE GENUS XOTONOML^S,

coxal declivity flat and margined on sides; of mesosternum lightly
concave. Length 16, breadth 5-4 mm.

ffab. — Vic. : Eastern Gippsland (C. French).

This species must be closely allied to -^^. resplendevs, Casteln.,
but is not large enough nor sufficiently brightly coloured to be
that species ; it also seems to have the prothorax too short. It
differs from JV. strzeleckianus, SI., by head smaller; prothorax less
narrowed to base, with basal angles far more rounded; elytra
more convex, with shoulders much less marked, and with the
external angle of the basal border hardly subdentate; basal
declivity of prosternum wide, flat and bordered laterally. From
iV^. froggatti, SI., it differs by its more convex form; prothorax
more evenly rounded on sides, with basal angles more rounded
and less marked; elytra not so wide at base, with shoulders
rounded and not strongly dentate; form of basal declivity of
prosternum; posterior femora mueh less dilatatc, tfec.

NoTONOMUS RESPLENDENS, Castelnau.

Feronia (Pterostichus) resplendens, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Yict. 1868, viii. p. 213; Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1874, vi.
p. 579.

I do not know this species. It evidently should be placed near
N. eques^ Casteln., from which it differs, according to Chaudoir,
inter alia, by prothorax a little more elongate, as long as broad;
posterior marginal puncture placed further forward near the
lateral border; elytra with shoulders more rounded, and with the
tooth at the extremity of the basal border obsolete, interstices a
little more convex. Length 19-20 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W. : Merimbula {fide Castelnau).

When in Sydney, after having finished my notes on Noionomus,
I found in the Macleay Museum the following undescribed species,
which is thoroughly differentiated from all others by the rib-like
interstices of the elytra separated by wide opaque sulci.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 319

NOTONOMUS OPACISTRIATIS, 11. sp.

Oval, rather depressed. Head elongate, with a decided trans-
verse impression across vertex; men turn with sinus oblique: pro-
thorax subcordate ; sides sinuate before base ; basal angles
rectangular ; posterior marginal puncture on border at basal
angle ; lateral basal impressions short, deep, foveiform : elytra
with wide opaque striae; interstices strongly convex, nitid, eighth
and ninth narrow and close together, third 2-punctate. Inter-
coxal declivity of prosternum wide, flat; of mesosternum wide,
not concave ; metasternal episterna short. Black; antennae and
tarsi piceous-red.

Head smooth; frontal impressions linear, deep, oblique; eyes
convex, subprominent; posterior part of orbits swollen, nearly as
long as and a little less prominent than eyes. Prothorax smooth,
nitid, broader than long (4 x 4*5 mm,), widest a little before
middle; apex and base of equal width (3 mm.); sides lightly
rounded, shortly and rather sharply sinuate just before base;
anterior margin truncate; anterior angles close to head; base
truncate; border narrow, widest towards base; lateral channel
narrow, uniting with lateral basal impressions posteriorly. Elytra
truncate-oval (8-5 x 5-5 mm.), lightly and widely sinuate on each
side of apex; interstices 1, 3, 5 wider than others; lateral channel
opaque; striole at base of first interstice short, deep; lateral
border narrow near base; basal border decidedly raised at humeral
angles (subdentate). Ventral segments punctate— first strongly
so, three apical ones with a finely punctulate wide depressed space
on each side. Length 16, breadth 5*5 mm.

Hah. — Q. : Cairns (Froggatt; two specimens, (J9).

NoTONOMUS MEDiosuLCATUS, Chaudoir.

Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 86 ; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
1874, vi. p, 590; Adetiini punctata, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Vict. 1868, viii. p. 157; Feronia {Omaseus) occideiitalis, Casteln. ^
I.e., p. 220 ; Fer. (^Omaseus) satanas, Casteln., (*?) I.e., p. 221 ; N.
mediosiUcaius, Sloane, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1898, xxiii. p. 478.

320 REVISION OF THE GENUS XOTOSOMUS,

Oval, convex. Black; elytra often of a greenish or purple
colour. Head oval, convex. Pro thorax broader than long
(4 X 4-5 mm.), rounded on sides, a little more strongl}'- so poste-
riorly than anteriorly; basal angles widel}^ rounded, not the least
marked; posterior marginal puncture on edge of border; lateral
basal impressions deep, foveiform. Elytra oval (9 x 5'3 mm.);
four inner striae strongly impressed, 5-7 obsolete, third 2-punctate.
Prosternum with anterior margin bordered. Intercoxal declivity
rounded. Length 14-16, breadth 4*7-5 -3 mm.

Hab. — S.W. Australia : Swan River, Pinjarrah, Donnybrook
and Bridgetown (Lea), Albany (Masters).

iV^. mediosidcatus has no affinity to any other species. It is an
isolated species, and varies greatly.

NoTONOMUS MOLESTUS, Chaudoir.

Feronia [Notonomus) molesta, Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii.
p. 89 ; Ternox ohsoletus, Motsch., I.e., p. 268 ; Per. (Percus)
lacustris, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1868, viii. p. 222.

Robust, convex. Black, shining. Elytra obsoletely striate;
third interstice depressed, 2-punctate on posterior half; humeral
angles strongly dentate. Length 23, breadth $ 7*5, ^ 8*2 mm.

Hab. — Vic. : Grampian Mountains (Best).

Differs from N. chalybeus, Dej., by its larger size; more robust
form; prothorax more strong^ narrowed to base, more rounded
on sides, with lateral basal impressions broader and less elongate;
elytra with humeral angles strongly dentate. From N. gravis,
Chaud., It differs by its larger size; prothorax with sides less evenly
rounded (oblique towards base), basal angles less rounded; elytra
strongly dentate at humeral angles, more strongly sinuate on
each side of apex.

NOTONOMUS KERSHAWI, n.Sp.

Elliptical, subdepressed. Prothorax truncate-cordate, sub-
sinuate on sides posteriorly; basal angles subrectangular: elytra
obsoletely striate on disc; interstices not raised; humeral angles

IJY THOMAS G. SLOANK. 321

strongly toothed. Nitid; head, prothorax and under parts black;
elytra virescent, metallic.

Head hirge, convex (3-2 mm. across eyes). Prothorax subcordate
(3*5 X -l:*l mm.), narrower at base (3-2 mm.) than apex (3-5 mm.);
sides lightly rounded anteriorly, obliquely narrowed to base, sub-
sinuate just before base ; anterior margin lightl}^ emarginate ;
anterior angles obtuse, bordered; base truncate; basal angles sub-
rectangular, obtuse at summit; border narrow; posterior marginal
puncture a little within basal angle ; lateral basal impressions
narrow at bottom, elongate. Elytra oval (9 2 x 5 5 mm.), widest
behind middle, a little narrowed to base; basal border lightly arcuate
on posterior margin, obtusely but decidedly raised above lateral
border at humeral angles; strise on disc very finely impressed, on
lateral declivit}^ obsolete, eighth strongly impressed; third inter-
stice 2-punctate on apical half. Length 15, breadth 5*5 mm.

Hab. — Vic. : Near the mouth of the Gellibrand River (Sloane).

Allied to K. molefhts, Chaud., but differing by its smaller size,
less robust and convex form; prothorax proportion atel}^ longer,
less rounded on the sides, with basal angles more rectangular, etc.

NoTONOMUS CHALYBEUS, Dejean.

Feronia chalyhea, Dej., Spec. iii. p. 234; F. j^hilippi, Newm.,
EntomoL, 1842, p. 401; Fer, (JVoionojuus) chal7/bea. Chaud., Bull.
Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 90 ; Fe7\ [Percus) bipuiicfafa, Casteln., Trans.
Roy. Soc. Yict. 1868, p. 221.

Elongate-oval, robust. Black, elytra chalybeous. Head rather
large (3*8 mm. across eyes) ; frontal impressions well marked,
divergent posteriorly; eyes prominent; postocular part of orbits
two-thirds the size of eyes, rising sharply from head. Prothorax
broader than long (4-5 x 5-5 mm.), widest before middle, lightly
narrowed to base; sides lightly rounded, narrowed anteriorly in
a curve and posteriorly subobliquely; base wider (4-1 mm.) than
apex (3-8 mm.); truncate, curving a little forward on each side near
angles; basal angles obtuse, lightly marked , posterior marginal
puncture interrupting border at basal angles; lateral basal im-
21

322 EEVISION OF THE GENUS yOTOXOMUS,

pressions wide, parallel ; a marginal channel extending from
posterior extremity of basal impressions and curving round the
basal angles at a little distance from the border. Elytra truncate-
oval (lO'O X 6'6 mm.), widest behind middle, a little narrowed to
base, feebly striate; striae obsolete towards sides (excepting eighth
and ninth;; third interstice 2-punctate on posterior half, ninth
seriate-punctate; basal border lightly arcuate on posterior margin,
not dentate at humeral angles; lateral border reflexed, lightly
carinate near base. Intercoxal declivity of presternum rounded;
of mesosternum concave. Length 17-21, breadth 5-7-7 "5 mm.

Hab. — Yic. : Dandenong (French), Ferntree Gull3^and Lilydale
( Sloan e).

Chaudoir is the authorit}^ for placing Feronia hipunctata^
Casteln., under N. ehalybeus, Dej., as a synonym, but I have never
seen any specimen so small as 13 mm., which Chaudoir gives as
the size of Dejean's type specimen. Judging from Newman's
description, I consider Feronia biptmctata, Casteln., to be con-
specific with Feronia philipjn, Newm.

Var. (?) otwaijensis. Specimens from the Otway Forest have
the elytra a beautiful golden green, and the stride quite obsolete
on the disc. It seems a variety that requires a name.

Hab. — Depths of the Otway Forest, between Cape Otway and
the mouth of the Gellibrand River (Sloane).

NoTONOMUs GRAVIS, Chaudoir.

Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 90; Feronia (^Percus) montana, Casteln.,
Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1868, viii. p. 221.

Elongate-oval, robust, ver}^ convex. Black, nitid. Head
moderate; frontal impressions well marked, divergent posteriorly;
eyes prominent. Prothorax short, transverse (-4 x 4'6 mm.),
widest about middle; sides evenly rounded; base and apex of
equal width (3*2 mm.): basal angles roundly obtuse; lateral border
thick, lateral channel wide and explanate at basal angles; lateral
basal impression wide. Elytra oval (9*5 x 5-5 mm.), very faintly
striate; the stride usually obsolete towards the sides (excepting

BY THOMAS G. SLOAN E. 323

eighth); third interstice 2-piinctate on apical half, ninth seriate-
punctate; basal border truncate on posterior margin, and joining
lateral border at humeral angles without the slightest interrup-
tion. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded ; of meso-
sternum concave. Length 16-19, breadth 5 -5-6 6 mm.

Hab.—Yic. : Melbourne (Sloane), Geelong (J. F. Mulder),
Ballarat (Froggatt).

Differs from N. chalyhaus^ Dej., by head smaller; prothorax
much more convex and differently shaped — the widest part at the
middle, and the sides equally rounded to apex and base — the
apex narrow, with the angles not so wide and nearer the head,
the basal angles far less marked, lateral basal impressions shorter
and deeper; elytra more convex, with the border of both base
and sides less raised, the lateral border being much narrower and
not carinate near the base, etc. All my specimens are black,
without any metallic tinge.

NoTONOMUS aiiLES, Castehi.

Trans. Roy. Soc. Viot. 1868, viii. p. 208; Chaud., Ann. Mus.
Civ. Geneva, 1874, vi. p. 582.

Elongate, rather convex. Head oval: prothorax hardly broader
than long; basal angles subrectangular; posterior marginal punc-
ture at basal angle on inner side of border : elytra oval, deeply
striate; interstices strongly convex, eighth and ninth narrow;
humeral angles dentate; lateral border very narrow, but carinate
near base: prosternum with basal declivity flat and bordered;
metasternal episterna elongate. Black ; elytra (excepting first
interstice and margin) dark purple.

Head large (3 mm. across eyes), elongate, convex; eyes small,
depressed, deeply imbedded in orbits; genjis tumid behind eyes
and buccal fissure; each lateral setigerous puncture of clypeus
connected by a feeble sulcus ; with a fine puncture at each
lateral angle of clypeal suture. Prothorax narrow, very little
onger than broad (3-7 x 3*9 mm.), widest (not ampliate) about

324 EEVISION OF THE GENUS SOTONOMCS,

middle, very lightly narrowed anteriorly, lightly and obliquely
(with short light prebasal sinuosity) narrowed posteriorly; apex
emarginate, anterior angles rather prominent, very close to head;
base (2-9 mm.) narrower than apex (3-1 mm.), hardly emarginate
in middle, curving forward on each side; border narrow, thick,
almost obsolete on sides of base; median line not deep, a subfovei-
form depression on its course between lateral basal impressions —
these oval, deep, wide at bottom; lateral basal spaces convex.
Elytra oval (8-5 x 4*8 mm.), widest about middle, narrowed to base,
lightly convex; lateral declivities not abrupt; lateral sinuosities
of apex strongly developed; basal border projecting strongly at
humeral angles,posterior margin raised and truncate; lateral border
narrow, thick, not reflexed on posterior part of sides; eighth stria
wide and deep; three inner interstices continuing to apex in full
width, third with two or three punctures on apical half, tenth
feebly and shortly developed near apex. Posterior femora com-
pressed, dilatate (slightly so in 9, strongl}' so in (J) on lower side
above apex of trochanters ; posterior tibiae slightl}^ arcuate ;
posterior tarsi thick, not long; joints much shorter than usual in
Notonomus. Length 13-16, breadth 4-3-5-2 mm.
^«5._N.S.W. : Kiama (Sloane).

An isolated species distinguished at once from all others of tlie
genus, except N. lesueuri, Casteln,, by its elongate metasternal
episterna. It is allied to N. lesueuri by all characters of a
generic nature, but is readily separated by its less cylindrical
shape, elytra strongly dentate at humeral angles, ttc. Six speci-
mens are before me, two of which have the third interstice of
each elytron 3-punctate ; this proves the presence of a third
puncture to be more than a mere accidental occurrence. The
eyes are more prominent in some specimens than in others. I
report this species as N. miles, Castelnau, on the authority of Mr.
Masters, who has informed me that his specimens so named were
received by him from Count de Castelnau. Chaiidoir evidently
overlooked the elongate mestasternal episterna when examining
N. miles.

[Printed off October 14th, 1902.1

f.L.S.N.S.W., 1902.

P.L.S.N.S.W., 1902.

P.L.S.N.S.W.. 1902.

Fig. 1.

EUCALYPTUS WOOLLSIAN/!

bUCALiPTUS CONICA.

P.LSN.SW. 1902

PI. xi

EUCALYPTUS MELANOPHLOIA, F.,.Af.

P.L.S.N.S.W.. 1902.

BACTERIUM EUCALYPTI, )l. Sp.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 325

NoTONOMUS LESUEURi, Casteliiau.

Feronia {Pterostichus) lesueurii, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict.
1868, viii. p. 210; Fer. lesueuri, Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
1874, vi. p. 596.

Elongate, narrow, subcylindrical. Black, elytra with a bronzy
or purplish tinge. Head oval, convex (3-5 across eyes) ; eyes
with orbits reniform, depressed. Prothorax as long as broad
(4-5 X 4-55 mm.), convex, widest (not ampliate) at middle, wider
across base (3-5 mm.) than apex (3-3 mm.); sides lightly arcuate,
very lightly narrowed anteriorly, a little more strongly so in an
even curve posteriorly ; apex truncate ; basal angles widely
rounded; border narrow, not extending on to the sides of base,
posterior marginal puncture on border at basal angle; median
line fine, lateral basal impressions oval. Elytra oval (10 x 5*3 mm.);
very lightly rounded on sides, convex, deeply striate; interstices
lightly convex, more strongly so towards apex, three inner ones
reaching apex in full width, third 2-punctate, eighth narrow,
convex, narrower than ninth, tenth well developed before apical
sinuosities, narrow, not long; humeral angles not marked; basal
border not raised at humeral angles, joining lateral border with-
out any interruption; lateral border very narrow, thickened but
not rellexed posteriorly. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat,
bordered; of mesosternum flat: metasternal episterna eloyigate.
Length 16-5-19, breadth 4-75-5-8 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W. : Burrawang (Sloane; common in November).

A distinct species, isolated by its elongate metasternal episterna,
obtuse basal angles of prothorax, humeral angles of elytra not
dentate, &c.

■■'• •^■

22

326

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF AUS-
TRALIAN ENTOZOA.

No. ii. — On a new species of Distomum from the Sawfish
Shark, Pristiojyhorus cirratus, Lath.

By S. J. Johnston, B.A., B.Sc, Economic Zoologist,
Technological Museum, Sydney.

(Plate xiii.)

I am indebted to Professor Haswell for three specimens of
this Trematode, which were found in the body cavity of the
Sawfish Shark, PristiojyJiorus cirratus, Lath., at Sydney. I have
examined several specimens of the same host since receiving those
from Professor Haswell, but have found no Distomes, though in
the body cavity of one specimen a number of eggs were found
which very probably belong to the same species, for the eggs with
their very thick shells are characteristic of the species : the
worms may have escaped through the abdominal pores when the
fish was caught. This Avorm has a very extensible neck; fasten-
ing itself by the ventral sucker it stretches its neck out for more
than an inch, longer than the body itself.

DiSTOMUM PRISTIOPHORI, sp.n.

Body elongated, pointed at the anterior end, and rounded at
the posterior, flattened dorsoventrally, with rounded sides; head-
lobe triangular. Average length 25 mm., breadth 6 mm.

Oral sucker deep, cup-shaped and small ; subterminal, the
opening being on the ventral aspect; diameter 1*5 mm. Ventral
sucker orbicular, sessile, with deep cavity, larger than oral

BY S. J. JOHNSTON. 327

sucker; diameter 2*5 mm. Both suckers very muscular, devoid
of hooks or lobes of any kind.

Common genital aperture situated near the middle line about
half-way between the oral and ventral suckers. Excretory aper-
ture situated at the extreme posterior end. Laurer's canal
opening on the dorsal surface about the middle of the body.

Cuticle with a transversely striated appearance owing to fine
closely arranged grooves running round the worm.

Alimentary canal simple; mouth situated at the base of the
oral sucker, leading into a well developed, muscular pharynx;
behind the pharynx the canal immediately divides into the two
limbs of the intestine, the oesophagus being practically non-
existent. Limbs of the intestine unbranched, but not quite
simple, being thrown into bays and folds throughout their length;
they terminate in blind sac-like ends at the posterior end of the
body. Walls of the intestine thick, lined by long columnar cells,
nucleated at the base, of a glandular character.

Excretory system very well developed, consisting of two main
canals which run forwards and unite in front of the oral sucker.
In the anterior half of the body these excretory vessels run
laterally; but some distance behind the testes they bend inwards
and meet about the middle line to form a single median vessel,
which opens into a large excretor}^ vesicle in the posterior end of
the body. A number of constrictions occur along the excretory
canals. The excretory vesicle opens on the exterior through a
very short canal, ending in the excretory pore. The excretory
canals were partly filled up with crystals belonging to the cubical
system, and which had become stained by eosin; some envelope
crystals of calcium oxalate were present.

Testes two, situated just posterior to the middle of the bod}-,
ovoid in shape; lying almost on the same level. The undeveloped
sperms give their interior that follicular appearance usual in
Trematodes, but there is also a large number of fully developed
sperms present. Each vas deferens, passing dorsal to the uterus
and ventral sucker, joins its fellow at the origin of the vesicula
seminalis, which is large and pear-shaped, and filled with fully

328 AUSTRALIAN ENTOZOA, NO. II.,

developed spermatozoa with small round heads and long tails.
The vesicula seminalis is continued as the ejaculatoryduct which
traverses the penis to open on the exterior. The vesicula semi-
nalis and the proximal part of the ejaculatoryduct are surrounded
by a strong muscular sac ; the somewhat considerable space
between the walls of the vesicula seminalis and this sac are
traversed by muscular and connective tissue fibres which join the
walls of each. Between the fibres lie a number of glandular
cells representing a prostate gland.

The male and female ducts open close together into the common
genital chamber, which is of some size, and which opens on the
exterior on the ventral surface on the middle line and half-way
between the two suckers.

The ovary is an ovoid body of solid appearance lying just
anterior to the testes. In the walls of the distal part of the
oviduct the shell glands are situated, and this part of the oviduct
constitutes the ootype. Into the end nearest the ovary Laurer's
canal opens; about its middle the main duct of the- vitelline
glands.

The uterus is a very long and narrow tube which is thrown
into a considerable number of folds between the ovary and
ventral sucker; skirting the side of the ventral sucker it runs for-
wards to open alongside the male opening into the common genital
chamber. There is no vagina. The uterus is full of eggs, which
are characterised by a very thick chitinous shell. The average
longitudinal diameter of the eggs is 0'077 mm., transverse
0*062 mm.; the thickness of the shell is 0*008 mm. The eggs
consist of the ovum and three or four large vitelline cells.

The vitelline glands are a number of small, rounded, grape-like
follicles which communicate with one another by small ducts. A
main lateral duct on each side, about the level of the ovary, opens
into a median duct; these median ducts meet together and open
into the ootype by a single opening. The follicles are situated
laterally, in the middle third of the body, and are grouped round
the intestine on each side of the body. The vitelline mass
consists of large nucleated cells of an albuminous character.

BY S. J. JOHNSTON. 329

Laurer's canal, a canal with muscular walls, opens on the
exterior about the middle of the dorsal surface, opposite the
middle of the ovary. It skirts round the right side of the ovary
and opens into the proximal end of the ootype. In its interior
a number of sperms can be seen. The canal is quite large enough
to be used in copulation.

The most characteristic features of the worm are its size, the
character and position of the suckers, the folded but unbranched
intestine, the ovoid shape of the ovary and testes and their
situation, the great length of the uterus, the grape-like vitelline
glands, and the well developed excretory system.

The simple nature of the intestine, the absence of hooks or
lobes from the suckers, the almost total obliteration of the
oesophagus, and the absence of a retractile telescopic tail part
indicate the position of this species to be in Dujardin's subgenus
Brachylaimus.

In external characters, as general shape, size, character and
position of the suckers and transversely striated appearance, it
closely resembles D. veliporlum, Creplin, found in the American
barn-door skate, Eaja kevis, in Prionodon milberti, and in Hexar-
chus g7'lseus. In its internal anatomy it shows a fairly close
resemblance to D. tereticolle, Rud. The excretory system is very
marked and very similar in each. The limbs of the intestine in
D. tereticolle are without the folds shown in D. irristio'pliori.
They both have the uterus long, slender and much folded, and a
similar structure, arrangement and amount of development in the
vitelline glands; in this new species the ovary and testes are
situated much nearer together.

The figures for the plate were drawn by my wife.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIIL

Distomum pristiophori.

Fig. 1. — View of the whole animal ( x 6).

Fig. 2. —Transverse section through the middle of the ventral sucker ( x 15)
Fig. .3. — Transverse section through posterior end showing the large excretory
vesicle ( x 20).

330 AUSTRALIAN ENTOZOA, NO. II.

Fig. 4.— Transverse section through the vesicula seminalis and its surround-
ing sac ( X 50).

Fig. 5. — Transverse section through the anterior end showing common
genital opening and chamber ( x 15).

Fig. 6. — Portion of the worm showing termination of genital ducts ( x 20).

Fig. 7.— Transverse section through the ovary showing Laurer's canal,
ootype and vitelline duct ( x 20).
All, except fig. 1, drawn with the camera lucida.

Reference letters.

c.g.c, common genital chamber. — c, cirrus. — ej.d., ejaculatory duct. —
ex.c, excretory canal. — ex. v., excretory vesicle. — g.p., genital aperture. —
int., intestine. — L.C, Laurer's Canal. — m.s., muscular sac. — oo., ootype. —
0.$., oral sucker. — ov., ovary. — ovid., oviduct. — 2)Ji., pharnyx. — pr.g., pro-
state gland. — s.g., shell glands. — ^i cO t,^ testes. — ut., uterus. — v.d., vas
deferens. — v.g., vitelline glands. — vit.d., vitelline duct. — r.s., ventral sucker.
v.i^em., vesicula seminalis.

I

331

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA.LYC.ENIDjE,

Part i.
By G. a. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S.

(Plate xiv.)

It is my intention in this series of papers to publish from time
to time notes on the generic position of Australian species
referred to the Lyccenid(e, so that our knowledge of this family
may be brought more into line with that of other parts of the
world, particularly of the Indo-Malayan region. At the present
time our genera are large and unwieldy, containing many very
dissimilar forms, for which there are suitable genera at hand in
which to place them. The system of classification used will be
that given by the late Mr. L. de Niceville in his ' Butterflies of
India, Burmah and Ceylon. Part iii. Lyccenidce,'' to whom I am
also indebted for many valuable generic notes on Australian
specimens which have been submitted to him. In addition to
my own collection of Australian and foreign Lyccenidce I have
had access to the very fine collection in the Macleay Museum.
In addition I intend giving notes on life-histories, distribution
and synonyms, as well as descriptions of any new species it may
be my good fortune to discover.

Megisba nigra, Miskin.

Lycctiiia nigra, (9) Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890,
V. (2), 36.

Miskin described the female; I now give a description of the
male.

332 • AUSTRALIAN RUOPALOCfJRA : LYC.ENID.E,

^. Upper side black, with white central areas. Foreiving
with costa almost straight, apex acute (much more so than in 9),
outer margin nearly straight (convex in ^) ; three subcostal
nervules, first subcostal entirely free from costal nervure, a black
costal margin, apex and outer margin, the medial conical white
patch extending obliquely from near middle to inner margin;
base brown. Hindwing coloured as in fore wing, except that the
central white patch extends from near middle to costa, forming a
continuation of the white patch of the fore wing.

Underside silvery-white, with light black lunular external
margins. Forewing, pale black costa and outer margin a pale
brown streak at end of cell, and four black costal spots. Hind-
ioing with black outer margin, three subbasal spots, an apical and
an anal black spot.

The distinction between the sexes is that the apex is more
acute, the outer margin of the forewing and the anal angle more
pronounced in the male than in the female; otherwise the sexes
are similar. This species should correctly be referred to the genus
Megisba, Moore, of which the type is J/, malaya, Horsf. The
insects of this genus, which probably contains a single very
variable species, may be anything from wholly black to white
with black margins on the upperside; while on the underside the
markings are much more constant, but are usually darker and
larger according as the white of the upperside decreases in size.
The species is represented by individuals with or without a tail
to the hindwing. The expanse in both sexes is about 20 mm.
Though convinced that the Australian species is only one of the
many forms of the type of the genus, I prefer, however, for the
present not to sink Miskin's name ; of all the forms which
de Niceville sinks under M. malaya ours is closest to M. albidisca,
Moore.*

Though the species is one of our blackest Lycaenids, yet it is the
tvhitest form of the genus, and the name nigra is rather out of
place. J/, malaya is recorded all through the Indo-Malayan

* Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. liii. Pt. ii,, p. 21, 1884.

BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 333

region, and the Australian form has been taken at Card well
(Miskin) and Cairns {J'^. E. Turner).

HOLOCHILA CYPROTUS, OUiff.

Chrysophanus cyprotus^ OIL, Proc. Linn. 8oc. N.8.W. x. 716,
1885; Holochila cyprotus, Misk., Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 64,
1891; H. purpurea^ Grose Smith k Kirby, Rhop. Exot. pi. x.,
figs. 11 ik 12 {$), Pt. 39, p. 7, 1896.

A pair of this species determined by the late Mr. Oil iff is in
ni}^ collection; and on looking through the ' Rhopalocera Exotica '
I found an excellent figure of the male under the name of H.
purpurea from Sydney and Moreton Bay. The localities agree,
and also the description and figure; and there is no doubt in my
mind that H. purpurea is the same insect. The confusion was
caused no doubt by H. cyprotus being originall}' placed in the
genus Chrysophanus, to which it certainly does not belong. This
species is very local; and I have found only one brood, and that
appeared in Sydney very early in the season, and was on the wing-
only a short time The females are much rarer and of slower
flight than the males. In Brisbane Mr. R. Illidge has taken
larvae feeeding on Jacksonia sp., but as I know of no Jacksonia
nearer to Sydney than Blacktown, there must be some other
food-plant.

Loc. — Sydney, Como, and Katoomba, N".S.W.; Brisbane and
Rockhampton, Q.

Holochila helenita, Semper.

Journ. Mus. Godeff. xiv., p. 162, 1879; Holochila androdus,
Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1890, v. (2), p. 41; If. suhargentea,
Grose Smith &l Kirby, Rhop. Exot. Hoi i., Pt. 38, fios. 9 c<c 10
{S\ 1896.

This species for many years has passed under Miskin's name of
androdus. By all the authors mentioned above, this species is
compared with the allied form, H. absimilis, Felder. Semper says
the male is greenish and' shining, w^ith a dark arrows-shaped
shadow standing out along the veins in the centre of the fore wings:

334 AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA : LYC.fJNID.E,

in the female the white areas are larger than in absimilis, and in the
hindwing the white area extends to the costa. Thus it will be
seen that when describing II. androdus, Miskin was only renaming
an old species. Miskin does not mention the arrow-shaped
shadow on the forewing, but one of his localities, Cape York, is
the same as Semper's. Regarding //. suhargentea, Mr. R. E.
Turner, who has seen both the type specimen of androdus and
the figure of snhargentea, says that they are identical. The figure
is a very good one, and shows the arrow-shaped shadow on the
forewing, a character, however, not mentioned in the description.
The female is not figured, and the locality given for the male is
Cape York.

Mr. Turner, who has caught many specimens of this species
both at Cairns and Cape York, informs me that the markings on
the underside vary, but that those of the upperside are constant.
A careful examination of the descriptions convinces one that both
Miskin, and Grose Smith and Kirby described a much older form.
It should also be noted that the locality, Cape York, is given by
all three writers.

Loc. — Cairns, Cooktown, and Cape York, Q.

Ogyris, West wood.

Gen. Diurn. Lepid. ii., 472 (1850-1852); Miskin, Proc. Linn.
8oc. X.S.W. 1890, V. (2), 23.

The three following species of this beautiful Australian genus
have, b}^ all writers, been greatly confused. The insects are all
of a brilliant silvery-blue on the upperside; and on account of
their at one time great rarity they are usually poorly represented
in collections. Also authors knowing only one species, have tried
to make it fit described species with little success. The difficulty
is cleared up, however, when we recognise that there are not one
or two species, as authors have variousl}'' supposed, but three; and
that the commonest and best known, is the one that as yet has
not been named. 1 give the three descriptions below.

BY G. A. WATERHOUSE, 335

Ogyris orcetes, Hewitson.
Cat. Lye. Brit. Mus. p. 3, t. 1, figs. 12-13 (9), 1862.
(Plate xiv., figs. 1-2.)

J". Upperside silvery-blue with a faint black edging; the
blue has a slight purplish tint which distinguishes it from the
males of the two following species. The apex also is more acute
and the outer margin straighter.

Underside grey. Forewing with cell crossed by five white
transverse bars; the first small basal, between the second and
third darker grey, between the fourth and fifth almost black and
a dark bar external to cell. The dark discal band straight, from
costa to first median nervule; a dark submarginal band. Hind-
wing with several irregular brown spots surrounded with darker
brown and dark brown submarginal sufiusions.

The male may be distinguished from the males of the two
following species by the totally different shade of blue, the very
small brown margins, the more acute apex to the forewing; and
on the underside the discal band is straight, nor can I find any
trace of blue in the cell as is found in the males of both the other
species. The specimen referred to this species by Miskin"^ is in
reality the male of 0. heivitsoni.

2' Upperside. Foreiving silvery-blue, costal margin brown,
widening beyond the cell, apex and outer margin broadly brown,
a dark bar at end of cell and costa near apex marked with two
white splashes; the apex is acute and outer margin nearly straight
as in male. Hindiving silvery-blue, with brown outer margin,
narrowest at the terminations of the veins, fringes white.

U n d e r s i d e as in male, but the white bars of the cell are
often bordered with silvery-blue. This may be distinguished from
the females of the two following species by the absence of scarlet
in the cell and the straight discal band of the underside. The
upperside is almost identical with that of the female of 0.

'' Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1890, v. (2), 26.

336 AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA : LYC.EyiD.E,

hewitsoiii, but has a more acute apex and a straighter outer
margin.

Hewitson gives an excellent figure of this sex only. Though
Miskin correctly determined a female specimen from Mackay for
Mr. R. E. Turner, yet he says that the Australian Museum con-
tained a female. But the specimens of 0. orrjutes have only been
there for about two years; and I have no doubt he mistook a
male of 0. amaryllis for the female of 0. oroetes, as he was doubt-
ful of his determination. Mr. F. D. Dodd, of Townsville, has
bred some fine examples of this species, from which m}^ descriptions
are mainly taken; they, however, do not show the blue in the
cell on the underside as shown in Hewitson's figure, but this is
the only variation. The recognition marks of this species are the
acute apex and straight outer margin to the forewing ; and
the straight discal dark band on the underside of the forewing.
A further recognition mark of the male is the purplish-blue tint
on the upperside; and of the female the absence of scarlet in the
cell of the underside of the forewing.

Loc. — Moreton Bay (Hewitson), Mackay (li. E. Turner),
Townsville (Dodd).

This species appears to be confined to Queensland.

Ogyris AMARYLLIS, Hewitson.
Cat. Lye. Brit. Mus. p. 3, t. 1, figs. 5-6 (9), 1862.
(Plate xiv., figs. 3-4.)

(J. Upperside dark silvery morpho-blue. Forewing with
a linear black costal margin and a broad black outer margin, and
two white costal splashes near apex. Hindwing with a black
outer margin, narrowest at the terminations of the veins.

U n d e r s i d e. Forewing with outer marginal \ gre}^ rest of
the wing almost black; cell crossed by five white transverse bars
sprinkled with blue, two basal, very small, two central and one
near end of cell, beyond end of cell a short white transverse bar;
the discal band is black and only well defined towards the costa,
but towards the middle merges into the inner marginal half of

. BY G. A. WATEHHOUSE. 337

the wing. Hindwing brown, with the pattern of the markings as
in the previous species, but much darker, with a ver}^ dark central
blotch and a dark blotch towards outer margin.

This no doubt is what Miskin determined to be 0. orcetes (9), as
it was the only specimen at all like that sex that was in the
Australian Museum when he saw the specimens. He says it
agrees "pretty well" with Hewitson's figure of 0. orcetes (9). It
is a much darker blue than any except its female, and the black
outer margin is much broader than in either of the males of the
other species, being as broad as the outer margins of the females
of 0. onetes and 0. heivitsoni.

9. Upperside. Foretoing dark silvery-blue, costal margin
black, narrow until the end of cell, where it broadens out to the
width of the cell ; apex broadly black, and outer margin very
broadly black; two white splashes on costa near apex, the blue and
black occupying about equal areas. Hindwing dark blue, with a
broad black outer margin and a black line at end of cell.

Underside, Foreioing darker than in male, but otherwise
as in male, except that the areas of the cell between the first and
second, and third and fourth white bars are brilliant scarlet and
the white bars are more sprinkled with blue scales. Hindiving
as in male, but much darker.

Hewitson's figure of the female of this species is excellent, and
there can be no mistaking it. Miskin is also correct in his iden-
tification. In the possession of scarlet in the cell of the underside
it resembles the female of 0. hewitsoni; but then the uppersides
of the two species are totally different. The recognition marks
of this species are the broad black outer margins on the upperside;
and on the underside the black discal band starts from near the
costa, proceeds a short distance, and then is lost in the black
lower half of the forewing.

This appears to be a rare species; Hewitson has recorded it
from Moreton Bay, and I have taken it on the Richmond River.

338 AUSTEALIAN RHOPALOCERA : LYC.EXID.E,

Ogyris heavitsoni, n.sp.
(Plate xiv., figs. 5-8.)

(J. Upper side pale silvery-blue, Avith very narrow black
margins, widest at apex of forewing, and with two white splashes
on eosta near apex. Hindwing with a linear black outer margin.

Underside. Foreicing grey, much darker at the end of
cell, which is crossed by five white bars; in southern specimens
these bars are freely sprinkled with blue scales, which are
generally absent in northern specimens; a white patch beyond
the cell and an irregular dark brown discal band beginning near
costa and extending to the first submedian nervule, the edges of
the band very irregular. Hindwing after the general pattern of
0. oroetes {$), but the markings are more distinct.

This is a very variable species, but I do not find any variation
in the direction of either of the other species. The male is nearest
to that of 0. orcetes, but the tint of blue is lighter, the apex not
so acute, and the outer margin of forewing is more convex. It
is the species that Miskin* put as the male of 0. orcHes. Speci-
mens bred by Mr. Dodd at Townsville do not show blue scales on
the underside, and are lighter than specimens from Victoria or
South Australia.

9- Upper side. Foreioing pale silvery-blue, with brown
costal margin; apex and outer margin much wider than in the
male; two white costal splashes near apex, a dark bar marking
the end of cell. Hindicing silvery-blue, with dark brown outer
margin; costa near apex broadly dark brown.

Underside. Forewing as in male, but with the areas of
cell between first and second, and third and fourth white bars a
brilliant scarlet. Hindwing as in male.

This was known to, and described by Miskinf as the male of
0. aynaryllis. It has the same scarlet underside in the cell as 0.

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1890, v. (2), p. 2.5.
t Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1890, v. (2), p. 26.

BY G. A. AVATERHOUSE. 339

amaryllis, but the uppersides are different. It is also a variable
species, northern forms being lighter and larger.

In .Spry and Anderson's ' Victorian Butterflies ' this species is
figured under the name of 0. amaryllis.

It is by far the commonest of the three species, and I have
specimens from all the Australian States but Tasmania. It is in
both sexes somewhat like 0. ormtes on the upperside, and like 0.
amaryllis on the underside. The recognition marks may l^e
taken as the irregular discal band on the underside of the fore-
wing; and the pale silvery-blue colour.

Great confusion has been caused regarding the three silvery-
blue species mainly through want of sufficient material. All
three species are from Queensland. 0. orcetes appears to be
confined to that State. 0. amaryllis ranges into the Xorthern
Rivers of New South Wales; while 0. hewitsoni is found all
through Australia. Miskin's great mistake was in failing to
recognise that it was only the females that had scarlet in the cell
on the underside of the fore wing, and thus making his 0.
amaryllis consist of the female of 0. hewitsoni as the male, and
the true 0. amaryllis as the female. Likewise he made 0. orcetes
comprise two different males. It is curious to note that the
underside of the hindwing is almost the same in the three species
except in the intensity of the brown colouration.

Ogyris .enone, n.sp.

(Plate xiv., fig. 9.)

/J. Upperside. Forewing with costa convex, apex acute;
outer margin straight, slightly concave in the middle ; inner
margin straight : between costa and subcostal nervure a dark
margin, grey at base, and then black to the apex, where it is
widest ; outer margin black, about the same width as costal
margin; a prolongation of the black costal margin downwards
occurs at the end of cell; a few pale blue scales are sprinkled on
the black costal margin near the apex; the rest of the wing is
pale silvery-blue; where the nervules approach the black outer

340 AUSTEALIAN RHOPALOCERA : LYC.KNID.E,

margin they are defined with black. Hindwing pale silvery-blue,
with a broad black costal margin; outer margin black and linear,
with well defined grey cilia; where the nervules meet the linear
margin they are defined with black; anal angle of wing produced
into a blunt tail. Abdominal fold well developed. The wing is
longer than broad, being produced towards anal angle, and the
extremities of the median nervules are marked by prolongations
of the outer margin.

Underside. Forewing grey, lighter on the lower half of
the wing; cell with a brown spot towards the base small and
surrounded by white; a central black spot surrounded with white,
which is plentifully covered with blue scales, giving a perfectly
blue border to the spot when viewed directly; end of cell marked
with a black bar, bordered internally with white, covered with
blue scales, and externally principally with white; from this bar
in an oblique direction basally to the inner margin descends a
black bar wholly external to the cell, and marked off into spots
by the median nervure and nervules. The discal band consists
first of a series of three small brown spots surrounded by white,
divided by the nervules: next two larger darker spots bordered
with white, covered with a few blue scales internally; these two
spots lie between the discoidals, and the lower discoidal and first
median nervules; between the first and second median nervules
and nearer the outer margins than the former spots lies an oval
dark spot, and obliquely below this a paler spot. The general
colour of the wing is almost white. There is a submarginal
brown band. Hindiving grey, with indistinct markings somewhat
after the pattern found on the underside of the hindwing of 0.
orwtes, Hew., but very indistinct. Along the disc between the
nervules is a series of five inverted " fl3'ing bird " marks, the
uppermost being furthest from the outer margin; the central
portion of the outer margin is broadly marked with rich brown,
as is also the anal lobe.

This magnificent species is described from a single specimen ((J)
caught at Cooktown during the present year by Mr. R. E. Turner,
who has kindly allowed me to describe it. In shape it is almost

BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 341

identical with the male of 0. genoveva, Hew., while the silvery-
blue colour reminds one of the three preceding species, but the
colour is a much paler silvery-blue, and also the anal angle is
produced. The underside is much paler in colour, and the blue
in the cell is more pronounced than in any of the species hitherto
found. The female of this species is at present unknown.

Ogyris ianthis, Waterhouse.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1900, 52-54, PL i. figs. 1-4.

My description of this species was taken from seven specimens
(<? 6, 9 1), all of which had been caught on the wing. Mr. F.
Brown has lately discovered larv?e and pupae of this rare species,
so that I am now enabled to give a fuller description, especially
of the female.

(J. This sex shows very little variation from the original
description. The margins of bred specimens are on the upperside
quite black. Among themselves all the bred specimens show no
variation except as to size, the average size being about 34 mm.,
and they vary from 30-36 mm.

9. As mentioned in my former description the type female is
slightly smaller than the average size, and I have specimens
varying from 33 to 42 mm.

Upperside. ForpAving : The central area in bred specimens
is a rich yellow (much deeper than the type), and below the apex
along the costa is often a variable yellow splash. The end of cell
is markedly black. Hindwlng is A^ery variable, hardly two speci-
mens being alike in regard to the size and position of the central
orange suffusion; this may be merely absent as in the type, or
may occupy quite half of the wing; sometimes it only shows in
the cell, and often separate from the central spot is a splash of
orange below the subcostal nervule.

Underside. Forewiyrg as in type, but with the blue margins
to the spots more prominent. Hindiving with a white line
extending from the middle of costa to basal portion of abdominal
23

342 AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA : LYC.ENJD^E.

margin ; and a similar semicircular white line on abdominal
margin towards anal angle.

This insect is the connecting link between 0. ahrota and the
silvery-blue species of the genus. The types of this species have
been deposited in the Australian Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. — Ogyris oroetes, Hew. {^), Townsville, Q.

Fig. 2.- ,, „ ,, (?)

Fig. 3. — Ogyris amarylUs, Hew. (<?), Eichmoncl Kiver, N. S.W.

Fig. 4.- „ „ „ ($)

Fig. 5. — Ogyris hetvitsoni, Waterh. {^), Townsville, Q.

Fig. 6.— „ „ ,, (?)

Fig. 7.— ,, ,, ,, (<?), Victoria,

Fig. 8.— „ „ ,, (?)

Fig. 9. — Ogyris cenone, Waterh. [S], Cooktown, Q.

343

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

I

Mr. Froggatt exhibited samples of wheatshowing the different
ways in which the grain weevil (^Calandria oryza, Linn.) and the
grain-moth larva {Plodia interpunctella, Hubn.), damage stored
wheat. Also three samples of wheat taken from the same bag and
kept under similar conditions, two only of which showed damage
by weevil. Likewise cuttings of apple wood from the Ryde
district showing curious red blotches and spots caused by the
presence of San Jose Scale {Aspidiotus perniciosus, Comst.).

Mr. H. S. Mort exhibited a specimen of Cerithium dubium,
Sowerb)^, from Port Jackson, a new record for New South Wales;
and one of Typhis philippensis, Watson, also from Port Jackson.

Mr. Waterhouse exhibited Megisba nigra, Misk., ((J 9) from
Cairns, Q.; Holochila cyprotus, Olliff, ((J 9) from Sydney, these
specimens having been determined by the late Mr. Olliff; H.
helenita, Semper, ((J 9) f 1*001 Cairns ; Ogyris oroetes, Hew.,
((J 9) from Townsville, Q.; 0. amaryllis, Hew., ((J 9) from Rich-
mond River; 0. hewitsoni, n.sp., ((J9) fi'o^ii Victoria and Towns-
ville.

Mr. Johnston showed sections and a mounted specimen of the
Distoynitm described in his paper.

Mr. Stephen exhibited a very interesting collection illustrating
the ethnology of Pleasant Lsland (0° 32' S. lat., 165° E. long.).

Mr. North exhibited a nest and two eggs of the Buff-sided
Robin, Paecilodryas cerviniventris, Gould, together with a skin of
the bird, procured on the 17th January, 1902, near the Daly
River, Northern Territory, S.A. The nest is a thick-rimmed
cup-shaped structure, externally formed of thin plant-stalks,
scales of bark, rootlets, and fine spiral vine tendrils, the inside
being lined with a few dried grass stems, and a quantity of black

344 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

vegetable fibre resembling horse-hair. It averages externally 3
inches in diameter b}- If inches in depth, the inner cup measuring
H inclies in diameter b}^ 1:^ inches in depth. The eggs are oval
in form, the shell being close-grained, smooth and lustreless.
They are of a faint \^ello\vi«h-green ground colour, one specimen
having a band of confluent blotches around the thicker end of
pale ochraceous-brown and dull chestnut-red, intermingled with a
few underlying spots of light purplish-red; the other has the
markings, which are of a rich purplish-red, smaller and more
evenly distributed over the surface of the shell, also a few under-
lying spots of much paler shades of the same colour. Length
(A) 0-75 X 0-58 inch; (B) 0-72 x 0*6 inch. The specimens were
kindly lent for description by Mr. Charles French, Junr., Assistant
Government Entomologist, Melbourne.

Mr. Maiden exhibited, on behalf of Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald,
specimens of the plants described as new species in the latter's
paper.

Mr. Maiden exhibited specimens of new species of plants
described by Prof. K. Schumann, of Berlin, from the Bismarck
Archipelago (New Britain). Also blanched leafless dead stems
of Lepidium riiderale, Linn., "Wild Mustard," from Brewarrina.
Cows eat the plant in this state and give good yields of milk,
but when it is green they will not touch it. It is assumed that
in the state as exhibited the stems had lost the acridity which
the fresh plant possesses. Also specimens from Dr. Hugo de
Vries of Amsterdam, of his Dipsacas sylvestris torsus, being
twisted stems showing the torsion of secondar}^ branches to left
and right.

Mr. Fletcher showed a series of original drawings made during
the memorable journey of Charles Darwin in H.M.S. "Beagle,"
Captain Fitzroy, during the years 1831-36. Also the MS. journal
of the artist, the late Mr. Syms Covington, which with the
exception of one break was kept regularly throughout the voyage;
likewise some literary relics of Darwin. Mr. Covington accom-

[

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. " 345

panied Mr. Darwin as his personal attendant, and helped to
collect zoological specimens, particularly birds. Some years after
the return of the " Beagle," Mr. Covington emigrated to New
South Wales, where he spent the rest of his days. The exhil)ition
of this very interesting series of relics of the historic \oyage
became possible by the perspicacity of Mrs. C. W. Morgan, of
Pambula, and the kindness of Mr. Syms Covington, Junr. Mrs.
Morgan readily appreciated the interest which these mementos
had from a naturalist's standpoint; whereupon Mr. Codington
placed them at her disposal. With a view to their preservation,
and to their becoming better known and accessible to naturalists,
Mrs. Morgan had accordingly, on Mr. Covington's behalf, pre-
sented them to the Society.

Mr. Covington well remembers, when a boy, assisting his
father to collect barnacles for transmission to the author of the
"Monograph on the Subclass Cirripedia"; and the Australian
species recorded from Twofold Bay in the second volume of this
work were derived from this source. The drawings exhibited
comprised views of Porto Praya, Bahia, the Abrolhos islets, the
entrance to Rio, the entrance to the Santa Cruz River, Woollya
Cove showing the Beagle's boats, the three wigwams and the
embryonic garden prepared for the Fuegians whom Capt. Pitzroy
here restored to their native land after a sojourn in England,
Coquimbo, Tahiti, Bay of Islands, N.Z., the entrance to the
River Derwent, Tasmania, showing the lighthouse, King George's
Sound, W.A., Keeling Islands, St. Helena, and Pernambuco;
also some illustrations of the national costumes then in fashion
at Lima.

The exhibit aroused much interest; and a hearty vote of thanks
was accorded to Mrs. Morgan and Mr. Covington for their
valuable addition to the Society's collection of original drawings
of historic interest.

346

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 27th, 1902.

The Ordinaiy Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, August 27th, 1902.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F L.S., &c.. President, in the Chair.

Mr. H. W. Potts, F.C.S., F.L.S., Hawkesbury Agricultura
College, Richmond, N.S.W., was elected a Member of the Society

The Donations and Exchanges for the month, amounting to 49
Vols., 51 Parts or Nos., 1 Bulletin, 2 Reports, 3 Pamphlets, and 3
Miscellanea, received from 34 Societies, etc., and 4 Individuals,
were laid upon the table.

34^

ON A NEW CRYPTOCARYA FROM LORD HOWE

ISLAND, TOGETHER WITH NOTES ON OTHER

PLANTS FROM THAT ISLAND.

By J. H. Maiden.

(Plate XV.)

LAURINE.S:.

Cryptocarya Gregsoni, n.sp.

In these Proceedings for 1898 (p. 138, pi. iii.) I described and
figured the " Black Plum " of Lord Howe Island so far as I was
able to do so from leaves and fruits only. Since then I have
obtained flowers, and am able to supplement the description in
the following words : —

Flowers in a very short apparently terminal bracteate panicle,
not exceeding the generally crowded leaves. Pedicels very short
and thick, angular or flattened, as is also the whole inflorescence
and young branches, covered with minute rust-coloured hairs.
Calyx-segments scarcely 1 line long, rust-coloured, hairy inside
and outside. Glands large, free from the stamens, sessile.

The plant is hence a Cryptocarya, and I have pleasure in
naming it after my friend Jesse Gregson, Esq., of Newcastle,
who has actively assisted my botanical work for many years.

TILIACEJE.

No species of Elaeocarpus has hitherto been recorded from
Lord Howe Island, but I have obtained specimens of a species
from a plant stated to be a shrub growing on the top of Mount
Gower. A leaf and fruit are figured herewith (PL xv.), but no

348 A NEW CRYPTOCARYA FROM LORD HOWE ISLAND,

flowers are available. I give a description of the leaves and
fruits for general information.

Leaves narrow-oval, 2-2^ inches long, remotely denticulate in
the upper half, narrowed into a petiole about ^ inch long,
coriaceous, with prominent principal veins, but not very promi-
nently reticulate, glabrous when full grown. Inflorescence in
short cymes crowded on the base of the last year's shoots. Drupe
ovate, rather above j inch long, bluish (*?), the putamen only
slightly wrinkled but distinctly ribbed in the one fruit examined.

SYMPLOCACEiE.
Symplocos CANDELABRUM, Brand.

The following is taken from Brand's Revision of the Symplo-
cacese (p. 39), in Engler's ' Pflanzenreich ' : — ■

" 49. S. candelabrum, Brand, n.sjD. [S. Staiuelii, Hemsl. in Ann-
of Bot. X. (1896) 242, non F. Muell.).— Arbor. Folia coriacea,
8-10 cm. longa, 2|-3 cm. lata, oblongo-elliptica, subintegra, in
petiolum 3 cm. longum attenuata. Racemi glabri, pedicellis
longitudine calycis; bracteae inaequales, lanceolato-acutae, cili-
atae; cal3^cis lobi tubo subbreviores; stamina c. 25 (ex 1 flore)
longitudine corollae, ovarium glabrum ; caetera spec, praec*
Fructus ignotus.

"Australien: Lord Howe Island (Maiden; Herb. Berlin). —
Bliiht im April."

Hemslej^'s reference is " *?. Staioelli, F. Muell. Fragm. v. p. 60,
ix. p. 77; Benth. Fl. Austral, iv. p. 292 (sub siyicata) " (Ann. Bot.
X. 242).

MYRSINACE^.

In the recent monograph of the Myrsinacea} by Prof. Carl
Mez in Engler's ' Pflanzenreich,' I observe that it is stated that
there is no true 3Iyrsine in Australia, the species hitherto referred
to that genus belonging to the genus Rapanea, Aubl. I will deal
with this matter on a subsequent occasion, only treating it now

S. gracilis, Brongn. & Gris, etc.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 349

as far as the Lord Howe Island flora is concerned. The genera
Myrdne and Rapanea are chiefly distinguished by the following
characters : —
Et lilamenta et stylus manifesta; albumen ruminatum. Stigma

magnum, florum ? labosum Myrsme.

Antherae sessiles et stylus nullus albumen saepius laeve Ecqyanca.

Following are the previous references to Lord Howe Myrsin-
acese : —

Myrsine crassijolia, R.Br., M. 2)laiystigma, F.v.M., both quoted
in Muell. Fragm. (ix. 77); and other references given byHemsley
(Ann. Bot. x. 242).

Mez does not admit Rapanea crassifoUa^ Mez {^Myrsine crassi-
folia, R.Br.), to the list of Lord Howe plants, although he states
(op. cit. 365) that it occurs in Norfolk Island. He, however,
recognises two species of Myrsine from Lord Howe Island, viz.,
Rapanea myrtilliyia, Mez, n.sp., and R. ijiloiystigma^ Mez {Myrsine
platystigraay F.v.M.). He states that in herbaria the two species
are mixed. The matter is of such importance that 1 transcril)e
Mez's descriptions of his new species here : —

" 56. R. myrtillina, Mez, n.sp. Frutex humilis ramulis gla-
berrimis, crassiusculis, valde verrucosis. Folia petiolis 1-2 mm.
longis stipitata, glaberrima, integerrima, oblongo-lanceolata,
± 4 mm. lata, basin versus persensim acuta apice rotundata,
rigida, margine zona maxime incrassata cincta, laevia, subtus
punctis lineisque brevibus creberrimus permanifestis insignia.
Inflorescentiae e ramulis brevissime verruciformibus, valde dissitis
formatae perpauci (1-2-) florae, non nisi fructiferae cognitae.
Bacca globosa ± 4 mm. diam. metiens, punctulis atris marmorata,
pedicello brevi (1-1, 5 mm.) crassoque stipitata, sepalorum lobis
margine glabri triangularibus, acutis, atropunctatis insidens.

" Australien : Lord Howe's Island (Fullagar).

''Nota. In herbariis cum sequenti commixta."

"57. R. j^lntystigma (F. Muell.), Mez [Myrsine platystiyma, F.
Muell. Fragm. viii. 1873, 48). — Ramuli crassiusculi, tortuosi,
glaberrimi. Folia glaberrima, petiolis usque ad 7 mm. longis
stipitata, elliptica, basi breviter acuta apice rotundata, usque ad

350 A NEW CRYPTOCARYA FROM LORD HOWE ISLAND.

22 mm. lata, rigidiuscule coriacea, margine ipso satis incrassata,
costis suberectis subtus tenuissime filiformi-prominulis, punctis
intrafoliaceis magnis raris, praesertim prope basin dissitis, in
foliis junioribus subtus prosilientibus praedita, supra densissime
punctulis minutissimis atris obsita. Inflorescentiae e ramulis
verruciformibus formatae, 1-4 florae, ad 3 mm. longae, pedicellis
brevissimis (vix 1 mm. longis), crassis, glabris; flores 2-2, 5 mm.
longi, glabri; sepala subpatenti-pateriformia, ad J connata, lobis
squamiformi-ovatis, apice paullo fimbriatis, punctis perpaucis
(1-2) nigris praeditis; petala permanifeste ad J longit. connata,
late elliptica, apice rotundata, atro-punctata; antherae (in flore
(J) quam petala paullo tantum breviores, latissime ovatae, apice
rotundatae et hie puncto magno atro subdorsali praeditae; ovarium
in flore (J ovoideum; stigmate magno loboso.

" Australien : Lord Howe's Island (Fullagar), an der Kuste des
trop. Australiens (F. Bauer). — Kult. im Bot. Gart. Sidney."

Mez states the difference between the two species briefly as
follows : —

Folia + 13 mm. longa, oblongo-lanceolata, lineolata myrtillina.

Folia + 50 mm. longa, elliptica, baud lineolata jdaty.^tigvia.

ORCHIDE^.

Dendrobium gracilicaule, F.V.M., var. Howeanum, Maiden,
these Proceedings, 1899, 382.

D. gracilicaule, F.v.M., (Fragm. ix. 78, as a Lord Howe Island
plant).

Dr. A. B. Rendle {Journ. Bot. xxxix. 197, June, 1901) describes
Dendrohium (Stachyobium) Jonesii from Gerald town, Johnstone
River, Queensland, and surmises that it may be identical with my
Lord Howe Island plant. The latter is very closely allied to D.
Jonesii and seems to differ from it merely in the colour of the
flowers, which is more greenish-yellow in the Lord Howe plant,
and the transverse purple stripes of the labellum of D. Jonesii are
onlj^ faintly marked in the other plant.

I am inclined to think that the proper view is to look upon the
orchid in question as a form of D. gracilicaule, but the matter is

i

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 351

not one of much consequence, and Dr. Rendle's view may be the
better one.

LYCOPODIACEiE.

Lycopodium varium, R.Br.

With reference to the query in regard to this plant formerly
expressed by me (these Proceedings, 1899, p. 383), the following-
letter from Mr. Hemsley settles the point as far as I am con-
cerned : —

" With regard to LycopoJiunn varimn being a native in Lord
Howe Island, I can only say that the specimen is correctly named,
and it is labelled 'Lord Howe's Island, Fullagar, Herb. F.
Mueller, 1877,' in the late Mr. Bentham's handwriting. In Fl.
Austral, (vii. 674), C. Moore stands as the collector, but there is
no specimen at Kew except the one labelled as above explained.
This was taken from Mueller's herbarium by Bentham, when he
had it on loan. Perhaps Mueller's herbarium contains a specimen
from Moore as well." I cannot trace a specimen collected by
Moore so far, and that point is unimportant.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Ela^ocarpus sj).
Fig. L — Leaf and petiole.
Fig. 2.— Drupe.

Fig. 3. — Longitudinal view of putamen.

Fig. 4. — View of putamen from above, shewing its distinctly ribbed
character.

352

THE ULCER DISEASE (BLACK OPHTHALMIA?) OF
RAINBOW TROUT.

{Micrococcus jjyoyenes.)

By R. Grbig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the

Society.

During the months of February and March of this year a
disease appeared among the rainbow trout, Sahyio irideus, in the
fish hatcheiy of the New South Wales Government at Prospect.
The hatchery adjoins the reservoir of the Sydney water supply,
and under normal conditions is furnished with a continuous supply
of pure water. Owing, however, to the drought the water in the
reservoir fell very low, and the tanks in the hatchery did not
receive an adequate supply. As a result the water in the tanks,
which were carrying a maximum number of one, two and three-
year old trout, became foul, and there can be little doubt that
this was indirectly responsible for the outbreak of the disease.
When the supply again became regular the disease almost
disappeared.

The disease is characterised by the fishes having a sluggish,
aimless movement in the water, in which they generally, keep
near the surface. The snout and tail become whitish from their
rubbing the snout against the sides of the cement tank, and at
other times resting vertically in the water and moving the tail
to and fro against the cement tank bottom. When the eye
becomes affected the lens whitens and the eye decays, leaving an
empty capsule. The epidermis generally becomes dark in colour,
and this, in conjunction with the atrophy of the eye, has given
rise to the name of the disease, black ophthalmia.

IJY R. GREIG SMITH. 353

Other fishes develop small white ulcers on various parts of the
epidermis. Beneath the skin and under the sores the muscle is
hsemorrhagic. The scales fall off from these places, the epidermis
disappears, and the muscle becomes exposed. This has a reddish
colour, while the epidermis at the margin for about one-sixteenth
of an inch is white, so that the combination of colours gives the
sore a striking appearance. Although these are of the nature of
ulcers there is no appearance of pus. It is possible that the
black ophthalmia and the production of these ulcers are due to two
different causes, but at the beginning of the investigation it was
believed that only one disease was affecting the trout.

The post-mortem examination of many carcases that I received
showed that the body organs were apparently healthy, and that
they were practically sterile. Neither moulds nor algse could be
detected on the ulcers, in the orbital capsule or on the partially
affected eye. The muscles and organs when examined in the
fresh condition were free from parasites. But under the small
unbroken ulcers coccoid forms, occurring singly and in groups,
were detected, and from these a pure culture of a white micro-
coccus which had all the cultural and other characters of Micro-
coccus pyogenes, (Rosenbach) Migula, was obtained.

In mammals this bacterium is responsible for the formation of
ulcers, boils, etc., containing pus, and the presence of pus may be
said to be the only difference between the ulcers of the trout and
those of the higher vertel^rates. As the pyogenic bacteria are
not known to produce pus in the epidermal lesions of fishes, it
seemed probable that the disease would be reproduced by inocu-
lating the micrococcus into healthy trout.

To test this point Mr. J. A. Brodie, of the Department of
Fisheries, enabled me to infect several trout at the Prospect
hatcher}^ The inoculations took place some time after the
isolation of the bacterium, because it was not until about two
months had elapsed that a constant supply of water could be
obtained. Six healthy trout were inoculated with a suspension
of the micrococci in normal saline under the epidermis of the
posterior region, between the median and dorsal lines. After the

354 ULCER DISEASE OF RAINBOW TROUT,

operation the fishes were put into metal tubs, fed with a stream
of fresh water from an o^^erhead tap, and the tubs were protected
by nets placed over them. The trout were left in charge of the
caretaker, who had instructions to forward at once to Sydney the
carcases of any fish that might die, as delay in doing so might
seriously influence the investigation.

On the sixth day after inoculation one of the trout died, and
the carcase was received at the laboratory. The caretaker had
noted that it had been sickly on the previous two or three days.
The carcase had no epidermal lesions, and on dissection the
organs were found to be healthy. The blood vessels of the
stomach, intestine and milt were, however, much congested, and
the muscle at the point of inoculation was soft and haemorrhagic.
In the bacteriological examination, Micrococcus pyogenes was
obtained from the muscle at the site of inoculation, from the
spleen and from the kidne}^ The muscle on the reverse side and
the heart blood were sterile. Two fishes died on the ninth day,
a Saturday, but owing to a misunderstanding regarding the
necessity of a speedy despatch and the arrival at the laboratory
on Sunday, the carcases were not sent. A fourth trout, which
had developed a w^hite mark on the head, somehow eluded the
protecting net and got out of the vessel. The caretaker noted
that after death the mark had almost disappeared. It was
unfortunate that this carcase was not despatched to me. A
fifth fish died eight weeks after the inoculation with the external
lesions of ophthalmia — viz., one of the eyes had decayed — only
the capsule remained. The epidermis of the head and tail had
whitened in places, but no ulcers had formed on the body. Upon
dissection the organs were seen to be healthy, but there was a
considerable congestion in the blood vessels of the intestine and
body cavity. The organs, and especially the milt, were stained a
deep orange-yellow by the bile. Like the fishes that died after
natural infection, the body lesions of this experimental fish were
not pronounced. The juices of the various organs, the blood and
portions of the brain were examined bacteriologically, and while
putrefactive bacteria were found, Micrococcus pyogenes could

BY R. GREIU SMITH. 355

neither be detected nor isolated. This is precisely what occurred
with the fishes that succumbed naturally to the disease. It was
only from those trout which had body sores that the micrococcus
could be obtained. The sixth experimental trout was alive and
apparently healthy at the time of writing.

In reviewing the infection experiment, it is seen that one was
lost, thus reducing the number to five. Three of the five succumbed
about the same time, and since the inoculated bacterium was
recovered from one, it is probable that had the others been sent
to the laboratory the organism would also have been recovered
from them. The fourth developed ophthalmia and died, while
the fifth was apparently unaffected by the inoculation.

Since the infected micrococcus could not be separated from the
trout that succumbed with the lesion of ophthalmia, it is possible
that the fish might have died quite independently of the inocula-
tion. On enquiry, I was informed by Mr. Brodie that about
three trout had died weekly from ophthalmia since the time of
the inoculation, and that epidermal sores had never been observed
after the height of the disease. As the tanks were carrying about
400 fishes, this means a death rate of 1 in 20 during the period
that elapsed between the time of inoculation and the death of the
fourth experimental fish.

So far as the infection experiments go, the micrococcus was
pathogenic, although it did not produce lesions similar to those
from which it was isolated. This can be explained by the
experimental fishes being in more healthy surroundings. Had
the water been as unhealthy as that in the tanks during the
height of the disease, it is probable that the ulcers would have
developed. Among mammals the same micrococcus produces
sores when the vitality of the animal is lowered by some cause,
and since it obtains among the higher animals, there is no reason
wh}^ it should not also hold among fishes. Another point to be
remembered is that by the time a constant flow of water could
be depended upon at the hatchery about two months had passed,
and during this time the bacterium may have lost in part its

356 ULCER DISEASE OF RAINBOW TROUT,

ulcer-producing function while under artificial conditions of
culture. There is, therefore, reason to believe that Micrococcus
pyogenes is the cause of the disease in salmon trout, characterised
by the production of ulcers, and • that its specific pathogenic
action is influenced by an unhealthy or low condition of the fish
such as might be caused by an insufficient water suppl}'- and the
overcrowding of the tanks.

There is the doubt that the production of sores and ophthalmia
are induced by two different agents. The reasons for believing
this are —(1) One carcase seldom shows both types of lesion; (2)
fishes die of ophthalmia at times when no ulcers are found upon
other trout; (3) Micrococcus pyogenes could not be isolated from
those cases of ophthalmia which did not show the ulcers; and (4)
the ulcer disease is known in other localities, and in describing
the disease writers make no mention of ophthalmia.

In a report upon an epidemic among brook trout {Salvelinus
fontinalis) on Long Island, Calkins"^ describes a disease which
appears to be identical witli the ulcer disease of rainbow trout.
His photograph of the diseased brook trout shows an appearance
precisely similar to that which I saw on the rainbow trout. He
did not examine the carcases bacteriological^, but as the result
of many observations upon sections of the organs of diseased
fishes made after imbedding in paraffin, Calkins concluded that
the disease was caused by a new sporozoon which he named
Lymphosporidium truttce. The plates which are reproduced in
his paper show spores 2 ^ in diameter, and he mentions sporo-
zoites 0-5 /x in diameter. The micrococci which I found might
simulate these sporozoites. In the milt of diseased rainbow
trout forms were met which at first sight appeared to be
Calkins' spores, but these proved to be the bodies of the sperma-
tozoa. The similarity between Calkins' spores and the bodies of
the spermatozoa is remarkable. They both stain deeply with

* Fourth Annual Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries, Game and
Forests of the State of New York, 1898.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 357

nuclear stains: they are the same shape and the same size; and,
lastly, they both have the cleft at the broad end, which Calkins
says is the first stage in the formation of the sporozoites.

Marsh* also writes about the same disease among brook trout,
and mentions that Loch Leven trout are susceptible, but that
rainbow trout, kept in ponds by the side of the Loch Leven trout,
have not contracted the disease, and appear to be immune. The
experience at Prospect shows that the immunity must have been
accidental.

* The Fishing Gazette, xix 401, 417.

24:

358

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA AND THEIR
LIFE-HISTORIES.

By Walter W. Froggatt, F.L.S.

The Neuroptera treated of in this paper, with one exception
[Bittacus australis), all belong to the Family Hemerohiidcp. This
has been subdivided into seven Subfamilies containing a number
of very handsome lace-wings, of which the ant-lions are probably
the best known. Although nearly fifty years have elapsed since
most of the Australian species were described, little or nothing
has been recorded about their habits or transformations; yet
several species are common in the neighbourhood of Sydney, and
the funnel-shaped pits of the larval ant-lions are common in any
dry sheltered sandy place. I am not aware that anj^one has kept
the larvae and bred the perfect insects so that the species could be
determined.

All our known species have been described from dead, shrivelled,
and sometimes very old and mutilated specimens, obtained from
collectors without any definite habitats; and, as in the case of
many of Walker's descriptions, in which colour and size are the
chief characters given, when the living or freshly-captured insects
are examined their characters do not agree always with those
mentioned in the original descriptions.

Through the kindness of Dr. Sharp, of the Cambridge Uni-
versity Museum, to whom I submitted a number of t3^pical
Neuroptera for determination, and after a careful examination of
the specimens in the Macleay Museum, in conjunction with the
descriptions of Leach and Walker, I have been able to get my
specimens identified and named.

During the last few years, while visiting the country districts
on departmental work, I have had opportunities of collecting the
larvce of some of these insects and breeding out the imagines.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 359

Accordingly, in addition to notes on life-histories, I liave given
brief descriptions of some of the species, with remarks on habitats
and distribution.

BiTTACUS AUSTRALIS, Klug.

Klug, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 100, 11, 1836; B. corethrarncs,
Ramb., Hist. Nat. Ins. Neurop. 327, 1842.

This representative of a world-wide genus has an extensive
range over Australia and Tasmania. It is very common in the
neighbourhood of S3'^dney in early summer, frequenting Lepto-
spermum and Melaleuca bushes when in bloom, to the foliage of
which the insects cling by the two fore pairs of legs, letting the
long hind ones hang loosely down behind ready to strike at any
incautious insect that may come within kicking distance. In
general appearance they closely resemble thickset crane flies or
*' daddy longiegs "; and apparently, by mimicking these harmless
Diptera, they are enabled not only to catch them, but to beguile
other helpless creatures within reach of their deadly hind legs.

General colour reddish-brown marked with black; wings narrow,
fuscous, thickly covered with black nervures; stigma of the same
colour near the tips. Head long, slender, and turned downwards
in front, forming a regular beak furnished with two sharp jaws.
Legs long, cylindrical, lightly clothed with hairs, and of a
curious annular structure extending into the tarsi, the most
remarkable point, however, being the form of the hind legs.
Femora thickened like the hind leg of a grasshopper; the tibiae
long and slender, with two very long slender spines standing out
at the extremity; tarsi composed of five large joints fringed on
the undersurface with fine spines, the last joint curving round to
a sharp point (taking the place of the tarsal claw); in the living
insect the whole of the undersurface of the tarsi is covered with a
sticky sponge-like process. When the tarsi touch an insect they
curl round, the terminal claw closing over between the apical
spines of the tibiae.

I have frequently taken home specimens of Bittacus and
enclosed them in a glass jar into which house flies were introduced.

360 AUSTRALIAN NECROPTERA,

These were very soon captured by the neuropters striking out with
their hind legs; a fly enfolded on the stick}^ spiny tarsi was held
in a vice-like grip, while the leg curled round under the head;
and in a ver}^ short time it was sucked dry and dropped on the
bottom of the jar.

F. Brauer has given an account of the insect-catching habit of
the common European species {Bittaciis tipvlariufi, Fabr.).^

Glenurus pulchellus, Rambur.

Myrmehon pulchellus, Ramb., Hist. Nat. Ins. Neurop. 408,
1842.

This is the commonest Australian species of ant-lion, and has
a 'wide range over New South Wales and Queensland. The
perfect insects are generally found resting on grass stalks or twigs
in open forest country, with their wings folded down over the
body. When disturbed they flit along with a very awkward
motion as if the wings were too big for the body, so that they
are very easily run down and captured.

Length of bod}'- 1 inch; expanse of wings 2^ inches.

General colour chocolate-brown, mottled and marbled with
light brown; face below the eyes, a line between them, under-
surface of head, thorax, and base of abdomen 3'ellow; antenme
dark reddish-brown, at the base and near the tip marked with
dull orange. Legs light brown, mottled with black. Forewings
semitransparent, thickly covered with a fine network of nervures,
mottled and shaded with black, forming a distinct spot at the
stigma; all the nervures clothed with little hairs, finest along the
front margin; hind wings similar in form, with the apical portion
deeply blotched with chestnut-brown, enclosing a double or con-
fluent white spot, with another small spot at the tip.

The larva of this species is, I believe, the common ant-lion
found forming funnel-shaped pits in sand under the shelter of

* Bauer, " Ueber die Lebensweise cles liittanis f//)»Zrt>•//^^•," Fabi., Verb,
z.-b. Ver. in Wien, iii., 1853, p. 151.

BY AVALTER W. FROGGATT. 361

logs, caves, etc., at the bottom of which it hides, and preys upon
the ants that ma}'^ fall into the pit-fall.

Glenurus falsus, Walker.

Myrmeleon falsus, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. Neurop. 393, 1853.

This species was described from a specimen collected at Port
Stephens, N.S.W. It is not so common as the former species,
but specimens of it are to be found about Sydney in midsummer.
It differs from G. jndchellus in having the parallel markings on
the forewings much more defined and dai^ker, and only one black
irregularly rounded blotch near the tip of the hind wings. The
general colour is also much darker without any yellow markings.
In structure, size and form of wings there is very little difference,
except that the wings are a little more slender and pointed at the
tips.

Glenurus erythrocephalus, Leach.

Myrmeleon erytlirocephahini, Leach, Zool. Misc. i. 70, pi. xxx.,
1814.

This distinctive lace-wing was also figured and briefly described
in Griffith's ' Animal Kingdom ' (Insects, ii. 1832, pi. 105, p. 327).
I have a specimen collected at Grafton, Richmond River, that
agrees with the wing-markings of this last figure; but Dr. David
Sharp, Curator of the Cambridge Museum, to whom a duplicate
specimen was forwarded, thinks it is a distinct species. I have
examined several in the Macleay Museum, and find that the
black spots and markings are very variable; in the hindwings of
one specimen the wing on one side bears five spots and its fellow
only three.

Length of body 1|; expanse of wings 2^ inches.

Head, prothorax, centre of meso- and metathorax and thighs
rich reddish-orange; antennte, tibiee and tarsi black; eyes large,
hemispherical, projecting on the sides, slate-grey; remainder of
thorax and abdominal segments greyish-brown. Wings large,
hyaline; forewings ornamented with three parallel rows of black
spots, the first and second consisting of 9-10 and the third of two

362 AUSTRALIAN ^EUROPTERA,

blotches; hindwings with usiiall}'- three spots towards the tip, but
the markings are variable.

I have never taken this species alive, but I have specimens
from Grafton, Newcastle and Sj^dney. It will probabl}- require
to be placed in another genus when the classification is worked up,
as it differs from the typical Glenurus. Leach's type is said to
be in the Macleay Museum Collection.

Glenurus fundatus, Walk.

Myrmeleon fiLiidatua, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. Neurop. 320, 1853.

This is our largest species of ant-lion, measuring from an inch
to half as long again in the body; and with an expanse of over
four inches across the wings.

It has a very wide range over Australia; Walker records it
from Port Curtis, Q., Western Australia, and Tasmania. Mr.
Masters informs me that he has taken it about Sydney. I have
specimens from Kalgoorlie, W.A., and a fine series obtained at
Townsville, N.Q., was recentl}^ sent to me by Mr. F. A. Dodd.

General colour brown, thickly covered w^ith greyish hairs,
longest and densest upon thorax and legs; face, undersurface of
prothorax, base of forelegs and wings yellow ; antennae grej^
Wings hyaline; hindwings shortest but similar to forewings in
markings, the nervures so finely marked with dark brown that
they have a greyish tint.

Glenurus circuiter, Walk.

Myrmeleon circuiter, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. Neurop. 400.

This is one of the most distinctive Australian species on account
of the rich chestnut-coloured blotches and spots forming a varie-
gated pattern over the large hyaline wings, both pairs of which
curve round at the apex in front, and are distinctly arcuate on
the hind margin at the tips.

The species has a wide range. There are specimens in the
Macleay Museum labelled Rockhampton, Q., and New South
Wales. Mr. Masters informs me that he took it many years

BY AVALTER W. FROGGATT. 363

ago ill Sydney gardens. I liave captured a specimen at Bathurst,
N.S.W.

Length of body IJ; expanse of wings 3 J inches.

Head and prothorax ochreous, antennae yellow, legs dull
yellowish-brown; meso- and metathorax black; abdominal segments
brown marked with yellow. The whole insect clothed with black
hairs, thickest on the fangs and prothorax.

SUPHALASCA SABULOSA, Walk.

Ascalaphiis sabulosits, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. Neurop. 427, 1853.

This insect was originally described from Adelaide, S.A. My
specimens were obtained at Condobolin, N.S.W.

Length of body 1 ; expanse of wings 2 inches.

General colour dark brown, with face, legs, base of wings and
marks on abdominal segments yellow; the whole insect thickly
clothed w4th fine long greyish and brown hairs. Eyes large,
rounded, light chestnut, mottled with black. Antennae composed
of 30 joints of equal length standing straight up above the head;
ver}' slender, with a hollowed spoon-shaped club at the apex.
Wings of uniform length, transparent, with a clouded parallel
stripe down the front margin.

Specimens of the larvae of this lace-wing were found under the
bark pulled otf the trunk of a dead sheoak (Casuarina) at Condo-
bolin, N.S.W., on the 9th of September. They were resting
against the trunk, and did not move until touched. When placed
in a box they rested against the side in a similar manner, with
the head pointing upwards and the ventral surface flattened
against the wall, apparently never moving in the day time; nor
did they eat any flies or other live insects placed in the box.
They remained in this state a few days over a month, when one
pupated, forming the usual round, parchment-like cocoon, about
I inch in diameter, from which the insect emei-ged on the 9th
January.

Larva. — Length of body J inch, with the projecting jaws ^ inch
longer. General colour dark chocolate-brown, slightly mottled

364 AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA,

with lighter brown, the whole of the dorsal surface clothed with
fine, flattened, rosette-like tufts, with finer feather-like ones upon
the ventral surface, and the outer margins of the thoracic and
abdominal segments armed with spiny processes. Head deeply
arcuate in centre, with the side at the base of each mandible
swelling out and rounded to the back of the head, which is
flattened on the summit and arcuate behind. ^Mandibles very
large, curving round to the pointed extremities, with the outer
edge of the basal portion clothed with spiny tubercles, the inner
edges furnished with three stout spines, the anterior one largest,
the spaces between them covered with short blunt spines. Eyes
forming a rounded space containing six separate lenses covered
with spiny tubercles. Prothorax forming a regular neck enclosed
by the base of the head; dorsulum and mesonotum forming short
narrow folds behind. Abdomen swelling out on sides, tapering
at apex to a slender pointed tip. Legs long, stout, covered with
fine spines; tarsi long, furnished with stout claws.

8uPHALASCA FLAViPES, Leach.

Ascalaphus Jlavipes, Leach, Zool. Misc. i. 48, pi. xx,: Walk.,
Brit. Mus. Cat. Neurop, 420, 1853: Bubo Jlavipes, Ramb., Hist.
Nat. Ins. Neurop. 357, 1842; Suphalasca Jlavipes, Lefebvre, Mag.
Zool. 1842.

This insect is about the same size as the preceding species, but
differs in having the head and thorax yellow marked with brown,
and the thick tuft of hair clothing the front of the head black
instead of grey, though below and above it is grey. The legs are
bright yellow except the base of the thighs and the tarsi, which
are black. The wings are marked with a bright yellow blotch
that looks like a true stigma at the extremity of each wing,
running into the termination of the parallel nervures.

Leach and Walker give the locality as New Holland. My
.specimens were taken at Bathurst, N.S.W., clinging to a slender
branch of a scrub tree, with the wings folded down the 1)ack.

BY WALTER AV. FROGGATT. 365

SUPHALASCA SUBTRAHENS, Walk.

Ascalaphus subtrahens, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. Neurop. 430,
1853.

This species is unknown to me. It is a darker-coloured species
than S. flavipes. The type was described from Adelaide, S.A.

Nymphes myrmelionides, Leach.

Zool. Misc. i. p. 102, pi. xlv. 1814.

This handsome insect has a wide range over New South Wales.
I have specimens found in the neighbourhood of Sydney, New-
castle and Armidale; also in Southern Queensland. The type
was in Mr. Alexander Macleay's Collection, and was recorded
from Australia, Mr. McLachlan says there is a fine series in the
British Museum.

Length of body 1 ; expanse of wings 3-J inches.

General colour reddish-brown, abdomen darker; eyes grey;
antennas black, reddish at apex, composed of 72 short rounded
joints covered with fine hairs. Wings large, with the extremity
of each blotched with an elongate white mark enclosed with
brown.

Larvae were obtained at Armidale about the end of November,
hiding among rubbish or clinging to overturned logs, so well
€oated with bits of dirt that only the front of the head and
mandibles were exposed; until disturbed they remained jDerfectly
motionless, but moved quickly when touched. In captivity they
took no food, and after remaining for three weeks in a jar three
of them pupated, forming typical, rounded, parchment-like, pupal
cases. From the situation in which they were found they would
probably feed upon wood ants.

Larva. — Length 8 lines; general colour brown, marked with
darker parallel lines on the dorsal surface of the thorax. Head
a,rcuate in front, rounded on the sides, with the hind margin
forming two rounded lobes attached to the thorax b}^ a slender
neck. Jaws longer than head, shaped like a pair of calipers,
with slender points and a sharp pointed thorn in the centre of

366 AUSTRALIAN SEUROPTERA,

the inner edge, clothed with long fine hairs, shortest at extremi-
ties. Eyes small, composed of six rounded facets, projecting
beside the base of the jaws. Antennae standing out straight
above eyes, consisting of a short cylindrical basal joint and a long
filiform appendage. Thoracic neck finely granulated with little
star-like spots; prothorax in front produced into two lobes pro-
jecting on either side of the head, together with the rest of
the thorax forming a shield- shaped plate. Abdomen narrow at
base, elongate-oval, with a short pointed tubercule standing out
in centre of each segment. The whole of the dorsal surface
clothed with fine downy hairs, longest on the sides, with a fringe
of fine linger-like appendages, longest behind the head, shortest
at the tip of the abdomen, each fringed with fine hairs so that
they look like feathers. Ventral surface pale ochreous, flattened,
clothed with fine hairs, thickest on the abdominal segment.
Legs long, slender, hairy; tarsi stout, claws large.

PoRiSMUS STRiGATUs, Burm.

Osinylus strigatus, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii. 984; Ramb., Hist.
Nat. Ins. Neurop. 415 : Chrysopa macuUpennis, White, Eyre's
Travels, Vol. i. Appendix, p. 432, pi. iv., fig. 2.

This insect has a wide range over New South Wales and
Queensland, and in the early summer is not uncommon in the
neighbourhood of Sydney. I once took about two dozen at rest,
like a number of moths, upon the trunk of a large-white gum-tree.

Length of body h', expanse of wings 1^ inches.

Head red; palpi and antenna black, the latter composed of
about 75 joints, the first broad and oblong, the others small,
round and clothed with short spiny bristles; upper surface of
thoracic and abdominal segments black; undersurface and legs
brown, except the fore pair, which are yellow. Wings rich
])lackish-brown with bright metallic reflections; forewings mottled
and barred with pale yellow forming a row of four transverse
bars on the base, with smaller parallel lines, and several spots and
two curved lines at the apex ; hindwings with the basal half
and extreme tip yellow.

I

BY WALTER W. FKOGGATT. 36T

PsYCHOPSis MiMiCA, Newman.

Newni,, Entomologist, p. 415, 1840-2; Hemerohius mimictis^
Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. Neurop. p. 279.

This beautiful insect when at rest, with its wings drooped down
on the sides of the short cylindrical body, the head tucked under
and almost hidden from view by the long hairs springing from
the front of the thorax, is wonderfully like some of the homop-
terous insects belonging to the genus FJata.

Length of body |; expanse of wings 2^ inches.

General colour dull pale yellow, thickly clothed with buff-
coloured hairs- Head short, turned down in front. Eyes large,
dark green, ocelli in line between the eyes. Antennae short,,
slender, composed of 35 short cylindrical joints clothed with fine
hairs. Jaws large, reddish-brown. Wings large ; forewings
swelling out in front, rounded at the tips, somewhat arcuate
behind; hindwings more slender at the base, but rounded at apex;,
both pairs of wings thickly covered with a network of fine
nervures fringed with fine buff-brown or Avhite hairs, so that the
whole of the wing surface is covered with downy hairs, and thickly
fringed on the outer margins. Forewings blotched with irregular
red and brown spots, and delicate brown and black lines and
wavy markings; hindwings with a single brown blotch in the
centre.

Newman described the type, which is now in the British
Museum, in three lines, but he gave a Avoodcut of the insect on
the title-page of the volume. His specimen was received from
Adelaide, S.A. Though not a common insect, it has a wide
range over the eastern and southern portions of Australia.

In the middle of December a living female was sent to me b}^
a correspondent at Muswellbrook, which while in transit laid three
bright green oval eggs. These were placed in a glass jar, and
three weeks later two hatched out and the larvse were found
crawling about trying to escape. When placed in a watch glass-
with some larval psyllids and aphides, they immediately seized
these with their long slender mandibles and soon sucked them

368 AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA,

dry, the fluid running up the hollow jaws being easily observable
with a lens. In spite of every care both larvae died within a
few weeks.

The following description of the larva is based upon very
immature material: — Head broad, oval, rounded behind; man-
dibles long, slender, curved inwards; palpi 3-jointed, long, slender,
reaching to the middle of the mandibles. Antennae springing
out from centre of the head, composed of 11 slender irregular
joints, with a bristle at apex. Eyes small, ocelli not apparent.
Prothorax narrow, overlapping head; legs long, slender, with the
tarsal claw long, furnished with a long white hair at base of tarsi.
Dorsal surface covered with small browm tubercules and short
white hairs, those upon the abdomen forming two transverse rows
on each segment.

PSYCIIOPSIS CCELIVAGUS, Walk.

Hemerohius cailivagus,^dA\:.^ Brit. Mus. Cat. Neurop. 279, 1853.

This is a lighter-coloured species than the preceding, and
smaller.

Length 3 J; expanse of wings 15 lines.

A number of specimens of a dull-coloured species are in the
Macleay Museum, and these, Mr. Masters informs nje, were at
one time taken in the gardens about Sydne}^ They may be
referable to this species.

PsYciioPSis INSOLENS, McLachl.

McLachlan, Journ. Ent. ii. 114, pi. vi., fig. 3, 1863.

This is a common species in Queensland; there are a number of
specimens of it in the British Museum. The type is in the
British Museum, and was collected by the late Mr. Diggles at
More ton Bay, Q. It is somewhat smaller than P. mimica, and
differs from it in being much lighter-coloured, without the rich
colouration and tints on the wino:s.

(

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 369

Chrysopa ramburii, Schneider.

This is the typical form of this extensive genus. It is found
in tlie neighbourhood of Sydney, and, from an economic point of
view, is one of our most useful insect friends, for wherever mealy
bugs and other soft-bodied scale-insects appear in any quantity,
the active little larvaj of the Chrysopa follow them up, covering
themselves with bits of dirt and the remains of their food, so that
they might easily be mistaken for mealy bugs were it not for
their projecting jaws, long legs, and active habits. When full-
grown they form the usual, rounded, parchment-like pupa-cases,
which are attached to branches among the living mealy bugs.

The perfect insects are of a delicate green tint, with bright
golden-tinted eyes, and delicate gauze-like wings. The}'- often fly
to light on summer nights, and if they alight upon the table
produce a most disagreeable smell.

SOME RECORDS OF NEW SOUTH WALES MOSSES.

By W. Forsyth.

[Title].

CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM.

A CLASSIFIED Catalogue of the Frondose Mosses of Australia
AND Tasmania, collated from available Publications and
Herbaria Records, by the Rev. W. Walter Watts and
Thomas Whitelegge, F.R.M.S.

Part I.

Issued separately as a Supplement to this Part of the Proceedings.

370

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. D. G. Stead exhibited life-sized photographs of a very large
Black Bream {Chrysophrys anstralU) showing the fish in profile
and in face- view. The fish weighed 4 lbs. 14 ozs., and was of the
following dimensions : — total length 19|, height of bod}' 7, thick-
ness 2f, girth 15| inches.

Mr. Waterhouse exhibited some noteworthy specimens of Ehopa-
locera as follows : — Abisara segecia, Hew. ((J9), from Cape York;
an Erycinid, new to Australia, but a well-known New Guinea
form; Holochila marqarita, Semper ((j9),from Cape York, which
has passed unnoticed since its description; Arliopala wildei, Misk.
((^), from Cairns; and Cyaniris tenelia, Misk. (J 9), from Cairns,
hitherto placed in the genus Lyccena.

Mr. Froggatt showed a fine series of neuropterous insects and
their larvae in illustration of his paper.

Mr. A. J. Walkom brought under notice a specimen of an
undetermined species of Pentamerus from Molong, N.S.W.,
apparently different from the Australian species at present
recorded. Additional specimens are desirable, and to that end
attention is called to it.

Mr. R. Greig Smith exhibited microscopic preparations of
diseased rainbow-trout.

Mr. Maiden exhibited the Lord Howe plants refei-red to in his
paper. Also a number of Antarctic plants collected by Hooker
filius between the years 1839-43 when naturalist in those regions
in the '-'Erebus" and "Terror" Expedition. The sjDecimens
were presented to the National Herbarium, Sydney, by the Pro-
fessors of Botany at Glasgow and Edinburgh.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited a few coins — the remnant of a once
much larger collection, formed by the late Mr. Syms Co^ ington
■during the cruise of H.M.S. " Beagle " (1832-36). These were
kindly forwarded by Mr. Syms Covington of Pambula, per favour

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 371

of Mrs. C. W. Morgan also of Pambula, to be added to the relics
of the Voyage of the " Beagle " exhibited at the last Meeting of
the Society.

Mr. Cheel showed a small but very choice collection of about
twenty species of foliaceous lichens from the North Island of New
Zealand, brought together by Mr. W. Gardner, of Penshurst,
during a recent visit, as follows : —

Order 1. Collemaceae.

Tribe Ephebe.e.
Ephehe pubescens, Fr. — Waiora Valley, Wairakei.

Order ii. Discocarpese.

Series i. Diploblaste^.
Tribe Cladonie^e.

Cladina pycnoclada, Pers. — Waiora Valley, Wairakei. Speci-
mens are in the National Herbarium, Sydney, labelled " New
Zealand : collected by A. F. Wilson, May 1887."

Clathrina retipora (Labill.), Wain. — Waiora Valley, Wai-
rakei. Specimens are in the National Herbarium, Sydney,
labelled "Lake Manoporire : collected June 1902, and presented
by the Hon. J. Hawkins Smith, M.L.C."

Series ii. THAMNOPHYLLOBLASTEiE.

Tribe Usnee^.
Usnea harhata (L.), var. hirta (L.), Fr. — Okoroire, Auckland.
U. harhata, var. dasypoga, Fr. — Tikitere Lake, Rotorua; and
Rotoiti Lake, Rotorua.

U. harhata, var. ceratina, Ach. — Tikitere Lake, Rotorua.
U. cormita, Flot. — Tikitere Lake, Rotorua; and Okoroire.
U. trichodea, Ach. — Okoroire, Auckland.
U. longissima, Ach. — Rotoiti Lake, Rotorua; and Okoroire.

Tribe Ramaline^.
Ramalina leiodea, N}^. — Rotoiti Lake, Rotorua; Tikitere Lake,
Rotorua; Arateatea Rapids, Wairakei; and Okoroire, Auckland.

372 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Tribe Sticte^e.

Sticta Freycineiii, Del. — Arateatea Rapids, Wairakei.

S. Billardierii, Del. — Arateatea Rapids, Wairakei. Specimens
are in the National Herbarium, Sydney, labelled " New Zealand :
collected by Messrs. J. Gillespie and R. J. Potter."

,S'. Richardii, Mont. — Rotoiti Lake, Rotorua.

S. rubella, Hook, et Tayl. — Arateatea Rapids, Wairakei.

S. orygiiuea. Ach. — Arateatea Rapids, Wairakei. Specimens
are in the National Herbarium, Sydney, labelled " South Dunedin
(Mr. S. Jamieson); New Zealand (Mrs. Martin; August 1890)."

Tribe Parmelie^.

Parmelia perlata, Ach. — Rotoiti Lake, Rotorua; Waiora Valley,
Wairakei; Okoroire, Auckland.

P. perlata, var. cetrarioide>i, Del. — Okoroire, Auckland.

P. perfo7'ata, Wulf. — Waiora Valley, Wairakei; Hamuraua
River, Rotorua.

P. phi/sodes (L.), Ach. — Rotoiti Lake, Rotorua.

P. physodes, var. mundata, Nyl. — Waiora Valley, Wairakei.

P. perlusa, Schrank. — Waiora Valley, Wairakei.

Tribe Physce^e.

IVielochistes chrysophthalma (Ij.), Th. Fr. (Syn. Physciachrysoph-
thcdmctj DC. — Okoroire, Auckland.

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 24th, 1902.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, September 24th, 1902.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., etc., President, in the Chair.

The Donations and Exchanges for the month, amounting to 18
Vols., 35 Parts or Nos., 1 Bulletin, 3 Annual Reports (Admini-
strative), 7 Pamphlets, and 5 Miscellanea, received from 41
Societies, ikc, and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

373

AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, NEW OR UNRECORDED.

DECADES I.-II.

By D. McAlpine, Corresponding Member.

Although a considerable amount of attention has been given
to the Fungus-flora of Australia, a large number of species still
remain to be described, at least among the micro-fungi.

These are either new to science or have not hitherto been
recorded for Australia, and since numbers of such are continually-
coming under my notice, it is desirable to render the descriptions
available for other workers.

The introduction and cultivation of economic plants is no
doubt responsible for many of these, but the native vegetation is
likewise rich in new forms, and it will be my aim to record the
indigenous species as well as those which are already known. In
these two decades eleven new species and twelve different genera
are represented.

1. AnTHOSTOMELLA DANTHONIiE, n.Sp.

Minute, black, gregarious pustules on leaves and leaf-sheaths.
Perithecia covered, densely crowded and running in lines, opening
at surface by pore, surrounded by pale ruddy tissue, and occupy-
ing entire depth of leaf, always much compressed. Asci cylindrical
or bulging, slightly pointed and rounded at apex, tapering into
short stalk at base, 8-spored, 140-150 x 19-20 /u, but may reach a
breadth of 28 [x when sporidia are partially two-rowed. Sporidia
monostichous, occasionally distichous, dirty brown, very thick-
walled, elliptical, 20-26 x 15-17 n; paraphyses hyaline individually
but pink in the mass, longer than asci, very slender (0-5-1 /u) with
highly refractive granular contents.
25

374 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,

Ardmona, Vic. (Robinson, 284); very common, on both surfaces
of the leaf-blades but mostly on outer or lower, and sheaths of
Danthonia penicillata, F.v.M., Sept. 1899, and May, 1902.

This is a true and destructive parasite, causing the leaves to
become dried up and brittle. The black elongated pustules
arranged in lines give the appearance of 'black rust' and the
aeneral resemblance to a rust is heightened by the occurrence of
ruddy spots, which is characteristic at the commencement of the
development of perithecia. While Z>. penicillata was severely
attacked, other species adjacent were quite free.

2. Camarosporium dolichi, n.sp.

Perithecia gregarious, erumpent, black, dark golden-brown b}'-
transmitted light, globose, membranaceous, with rotund papillate
mouth. Sporules olivaceous, oblong, 4-septate, muriform, with
median septum very distinct; 16 x 9 /x.

Armadale, near Melbourne, Vic; on leaflets of Dolichos lablab,
L.; July, 1901.

3. Camarosporium nigricans, n.sp.

Perithecia very minute, globose, black and golden-brown by
transmitted light, numerous, membranaceous, seated superficially
on mycelial threads, no apical pore observed, 50-57 /x diam.
Sporules olivaceous to golden-brown, elliptical, generally 3-septate
and constricted at septa, with occasionally 1-2 longitudinal septa,
13-15 X 61 /x.

Croydon, Vic; on apple twigs; June, 1902.

It differs from C. mali, Ell. &, Ev., in the much smaller
perithecia, and in the sporules not being 5-8 septate; the specific
name is indicative of the blackening of the twigs by the fungus.

4. Capnodium (?) CASUARiN^, n.sp.

Forming black, soot-like incrustations all over branches and
branchlets, not readily separating. Hyphse creeping, septate,
branching, fuliginous, firm, thick-walled. Cerato-pycnidia yellow-
ish-green to dirty green, very elongated, irregularly shaped.

BY D. McALPINE. 375

variously branched, curved, enveloped more or less by brown
h3"phae, may be swollen towards base and taper gradually towards
apex, or may be of equal diameter throughout, opening by minute
circular mouth. Pycnospores minute, oval, hyaline, 3 x 1^/*.

Richmond River, N.S.W. (Baker); on branches and branchlets
of Casuari7ia torulosa, Ait.; August, 1897.

5. Leptosph.eria cann.e, n.sp.

Perithecia scattered, minute, black, erumpent, depressed-
globose, membranaceous to coriaceous, with distinct apical pore,
100-120 n diam. Asci elongated-clavate, attenuated at base,
8-spored, 90 x 20-2 1 J /z; paraphyses as long as or longer than asci,
numerous, filiform. Sporidia distichous, olivaceous, fusoid, obtuse
at each end, with granular contents, 3-4 septate, usually slightly
curved and constricted at septa, 18 x 6J-8 /a.

Armadale, near Melbourne, Vic. ; on upper surface of pale
brown withered patches of leaves of Carina indica, L.; July, 1902.

It differs from L. musarum, Sacc. & Berl., in the perithecia
being scattered, the longer and broader asci, and the distinct and
numerous paraphyses. The leaves of Canna are often much torn
by the wind, and large patches become brown and withered, so
that the diseased appearance may not be caused by the fungus
which is comparatively rare. It was associated with Pleosjyora
herharum, Pers.

6. Macrosporium internUxM, n.sp.

Forming variously coloured, velvety patches covering the pulp
inside, while the skin of the Orange is healthy-looking. M3^celium
consisting of dense masses of hyphse, dark green collectively, but
passing through colourless and yellowish-green phases. Hyphse
generally closely septate, copiously branched, and branches often
at right angles, i\-'6\ jx broad. Conidia amber-coloured at first,
then olivaceous, stalked, clavate, 5-8 transverse septa, and usually
more or less constricted at septa, with longitudinal septa either
single or double in each segment, variable in size, 37-75 x 17-20 /x.

Sydney, N.S.W. C. French, Junr.); on Mandarin Oranges;
Sept., 1900.

376 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,

This is evident!}^ a serious disease of the Orange, rotting the
entire contents, while the skin looks quite healthy at first, although
ultimately becoming discoloured. Mr. French observed that 75%
of the Oranges examined were black inside (Internal Black Rot),
while the outside appearance of the fruit was perfect. There
was a considerable amount of 'Scale' on the skin, which undoubt-
edly rendered the fruit an easy prey to the fungus. This mould
varies considerably in its colour. It is snow-white at first, then
greenish and blackish, and the conidia form a yellowish-green
layer at first, then dark olivaceous.

7. METASPH.ERIA LEPIDOSPERMiE, U.Sp.

Perithecia in lines close together on stem, often on inky-black
patches, punctiform, minute, black, membranaceous, with pore,
erumpent through stomata, 72 ^ diam. Asci very delicate and
rupturing as soon as ripe, cylindric-clavate, rounded and thickened
at apex, narrowing towards base, and somewhat pointed at the
end, 86-90 x 13-1 5 ju; paraphyses slender, as long as asci. Sporidia
biseriate, elongated-fusoid to elongated-clavate, slightly curved,
typically 3-septate, and medium septum most distinct, not con-
stricted at septa, at first hyaline then honey -3^ellow, 25-26 J x 6 J-7/x.

Werribee, Yic. (C. French, Junr.); on Lepidosperma sp.; May,
1902.

The stems were conspicuously discoloured with inky-black
patches, which were isolated or run together, and either partial^
or entirely surrounding the stem. The minute perithecia running
in lines are just visible to the naked eye, and while they frequentl}^
occur on the discoloured stem they are also found on the black
patches. Hundreds of plants are attacked and dying; even the
young green shoots are affected, and die off before reaching
maturity.

8. Phoma berberina, Sacc. (fc Roum.

Sporules fusoid, hyaline, 6-7 x 2-2J /x.

Malvern, near Melbourne, Yic; on withered portions of leaf of
Berherls vulgaris, L.; Jul}', 1902.

BY D. McALPINE. 377

This species has only hitherto been recorded on twigs of the
Barberry in France.

9. Phoma strobiligexa, Desm., var. microspora, Sacc.

Near Melbourne, Vic; on scales of cones of Pinus insignisy
DougL; July, 1902.

10. Phoma PASSiFLORiE, n.sp.

Perithecia numerous, gregarious, erumpent, dark brown, seated
near the margin of tawny sunken spots, 150-200 ^ diam. Sporules
broadly elliptical, rounded at both ends, hyaline to subhyaline,
with finely granular contents, 12-16 x 6-7 fx.

New South Wales; on fruit of Passiflora edulis, Sims.

11. Phyllosticta asclepiadearum, AVest,

Malvern, Vic; on upper surface of leaves of Hoi/a carnosa,
KBr.; March, 1900.

It presents similar milk-white blotches as in Pleospora asclepi-
adearum.

12. Phyllosticta coPROSMiE, n.sp.

Spots greyish, with distinct, narrow dark red raised margin,
surrounded on both sides of leaf by indefinite ruddy zone, gradually
becoming paler towards centre as well as outside. Perithecia
gregarious, on upper surface, erumpent. globose, ruddy brown by
transmitted light, with slightly papillate mouth, 250-330 /^ diam.
Sporules pale pink in mass, individually hyaline, elliptic, rounded
at both ends, 6 x 2-2J /x.

Sunbury, Vic (C. French, Junr.); on leaves of Coprosma sp.;
July, 1901.

13. Phyllosticta ERioBOXRYiE, Thuem.

Armadale, Vic; on green leaves of Loquat; April, 1900.

The dry greyish brown spots extend from the midrib towards
the margin between the lateral veins, and cause considerable
damage to the otherwise green leaf.

378 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,

14. PflYLLOSTICTA GROSSULARIiE, SaCC.

Armadale, Vic; on Gooseberry leaves; Jan., 1899.
Towards the margin of the leaves large areas become blotched
by the spots running together, and the leaves soon fall.

15. Phyllosticta myrticola, Speg.

Orbost, Vic. (Pescott); on living leaves of Eugenia smithii,
Poir.; July, 1900.

This species has only hitherto been recorded on the living leaves
of a species of Eugenia in Brazil, and is new to Australia.

16. Pleospora asclepiadearum, n.sp.

Hyphfe adjoining perithecia sooty-brown, septate, branched,
twisting and anastomosing, up to 7-9 fx broad. Perithecia some-
what gregarious, at first covered by epidermis, then partially
naked, minute, black, punctiform, globose, ostiolum minute,
190-225 fi diam. Asci cylindrical-oblong, rounded at apex,
tapering into a slightly dilated knob at point of attachment, about
100 X 17-19 /x: paraphyses hyaline, about length of asci, slightly
swollen at apex (H /x broad), stained pale red by potassium
iodide-iodine. Sporidia distichous usually at base and monosti-
chous at apex, dark olive-green, ellipsoid, 5-septate, constricted
at septa, generally with four longitudinal septa, and occasionally
slightly muriform, 28-30 x 10-12 ^.

South Australia (Molineux); on leaves of Hoya carnosa, R.Br.;
July, 1898.

This disease has a very characteristic appearance. The upper
surface of the leaves has a large milk-white blotch, sometimes
occupying fully one-half the entire surface.

F. diiylosjwra, Ell. & Ev., found on dead stems of Asclejnas
incarnata, L., in America, has much broader asci, and the straw-
coloured to brown sporidia may be 7-septate.

The Phyllosticta asclepiadearum^ West., is probably an early
stage of this species, and, therefore, I have given it the same
specific name.

BY D. McALPINE. 379

17. Ramularia hordei, n.sp.

Forming whitish patches not very conspicuous on brownish
lenticular spots, which may run together and become dark brown.
Hyphse ramifying in leaf, septate, branched, and bearing at surface
the conidia. Conidia straight or fusoid, hyaline, acute or blunt
at ends, 1-septate when mature, not constricted at septum,
15-17x3^.

New South Wales (Farrer); on leaves of Barley; Oct., 1900.

There is only one species of Ramularia recorded on Graminese,
viz., R. graminiGola^ Peck, on living leaves of Poa serotiita, Ehrh.,
but the conidia are 25-35 /x long, and spuriously 1-septate, whereas
in this species they are decidedly 1-septate.

18. Ramularia PRiMULiE, Thuem.

Armadale, Vic; on leaves of Primula sinensis^ Sabine; July,
1902.

It forms large pallid areas, with more or less orbicular centres.
The spots on the Primrose leaves are very common in the winter
months, but the fructification of the fungus is rarely obtainable
except from perfectly fresh specimens.

19. Septoria STBLLARiiE, Rob. & Desm.

Armadale, near Melbourne, Vic. ; on languishing leaves of
Stellaria mediay Cyrill; July, 1900.

The spots were distinct at first, and then became confluent.

20. Valsa ambiens (Pers.), Fr.

Perithecia usually 5-6 imbedded in stroma. Spermogonial
stage [Cytospora carphosperma) with sporules escaping in tendrils
of a whitish to yellowish colour.

Mordialloc, Vic; on dead bark of Apple; July, 1901.

380

ON A NEW SPECIES OF ARDISIA FROM NEW SOUTH

WALES.

By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum,

Sydney.

(Plate xvi.)

Ardisia racemosa, sp.nov.

A handsome, glabrous tree about 20 to 30 feet high, and 6 to
9 inches in diameter, with a smooth grey bark. It is found in
deep, rich alluvial gullies, generally in groves or clusters similar to
Drimys dipetala and D. aromatica. Branchlets terete. Leaves
measuring up to 5 inches long and 1 inch wide, ovate-elliptical,
acuminate, thin, almost membranous, pale-coloured on the
underside, often becoming channelled near the midrib when
dried; edges very slightly crenate, and in parts are sometimes
undulate. Lateral veins iine, oblique. Oil glands numerous,
fairly distinct. Flowers in short, axillary, occasionally lateral
loose racemes; pedicels filiform, about 4 lines long. Sepals 5,
valvate, about J line long, acuminate, marked (except the edges),
with dark purple spots, glabrous, edges scarious. Petals 5,
about 1^ lines long, imbricated and contorted in the bud,
acuminate, glabrous, spotted similarly to the sepals, edges light-
coloured or not marked, the lower half of the inner surface
covered with dense ferruginous hairs. Filaments exceedingly
short. Stamens opposite the petals. Anthers glabrous, sessile
or nearly so, cordate-sagittate, with subulate recurved points;
valves opening by longitudinal slits from apex to base. Style
longer than the stamens, subulate. Fruits not seen.

Timber light-coloured, close-grained, moderately hard, but on
account of its size could probably only be used for turning, tool
handles, &c.

BY R. T. BAKER. 381

Hah. — Tumbulgum, on the Tweed River (W. Bauerlen); in deep,
rich gullies.

This tree was discovered by Mr. Bauerlen in October, 1897, at
the above-mentioned locality, where it is associated with other
plants only recently added to the known flora of New South
Wales, such as Freycinetia excelsa, F.v.M., Petermannia cirrosa,
F.V.M., Tecoma Baileyana, Maiden and Baker, and other species.

It differs principally in the mode of inflorescence from the three
species of Ardisla described from Australia. A. pseudo-jambosa,
F.v.M., has comparatively large terminal panicles, often over six
inches long, and with an induplicate-valvate corolla; small, shining
sepals and petals, and well exserted anthers — characters that do
not apply to this species.

A. brevipedata, F.v.M., differs from it in having flowers arranged
in umbels on very short peduncles, and in having numerous
flowers, with imbricate, broad and short sepals, and imbricate
petals.

A. 2>ci'ChyrrhachiSy F.v.M., differs from it in its thick rhachis,
more numerous flowers (up to 40) in a fascicle, larger leaves and
flowers.

Its nearest affinity is A. brevipedata, and in botanical sequence
it might be placed between that species and pseudo-jambosa,
F.v.M.

The leaves of all four species are very similar in texture and
shape, and have minute, crenulate and repandulate edges, and
all dry with a wrinkled surface.

The name A. repandula, F.v.M. (Frag. iv. 82), was attached to
leaf specimens only, and was thought by Bentham (B.Fl. iv. p 276)
to be identical with A. brevipedata, F.v.M. No specimen of this
species now appears to be available.

Baron von Mueller, in his 'Papuan Plants,' describes two
Ardisias, A. solanacea var. haplosciadea, from a plant discovered
by W. Bauerlen on the Strickland River in 1885, and A. poran-
thera from a New Guinea plant cultivated in the Sydney Botanic
Gardens.

382 A NEW SPECIES OF ARDISIA.

In the ' Flora von Kaiser Wilhelms Land,' by K. Schuhmann,
A. imperialis, collected by M. Hollrimg, n. 256, is recorded. It
is described (Eng. Jahrb. ix. 213) as a tree about 9 to 18 feet
high, and with deep rose-coloured flowers.

These species are all distinct from the one now described from
New South Wales.

I beg to thank Mr. J. G. Luehmann, F.L.S., Curator, National
Herbarium, Victoria, for the use of his herbarium, and also Mr.
Bauerlen for assistance in working out this species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVL

Fig. 1. — Twig with leaves and inflorescence.

Fig. 2.— Bud.

Pig. 3. — Expanded flower showing disposition of anthers.

Fig. 4.— Expanded flower showing calyx.

Fig. 5. — Anther showing lateral opening of cell.

Fig. 6. — Anther, front view.

(All the figures except No. 1 enlarged. )

383

THE BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF THE GUMS OF THE
ARABIN GROUP.

By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the

Society.

I. — The Soluble (Arabin) Wattle Gums.
{Bacterium acacice, n.sp.)

While working upon the gums and slimes produced by some
bacteria, it seemed to be exceedingly probable that a few of the
gums which occur naturally or are supposed to be formed during
a pathological condition of the plant, might have a bacterial
origin. Like the mucilages, gums and slimes formed in or on the
higher plants, the bacterial slimes are of a varied nature. For
example, dextran may be considered as a dextrose anhydride,
levan as a levulose anhj^dride, the gums of Schardinger and
Adametz as galactose anhydrides ; the bacterium of Marshall
Ward and Reynolds Green produces a hemi-cellulose, and Brown's
Bad. xylinuni has a cellulose en\ elope. The bacterium which I
separated from the sugar-cane forms a pentosan slime.

Perhaps the most valuable of the vegetable gums are those of
the arabinan-galactan class such as gum arabic and wattle gum;
and when one studies the distribution of this kind, it appears to be
quite within the bounds of possibility that bacteria have more to
do with its formation than would at first appear. Indeed it is
extremely probable. In the first place, the gum exudes from
cracks* or from punctures or wounds made by insects The

* " Wattle gum exudes chiefly during the summer season from fissures
and accidental injuries to the bark. . After careful observation I have formed
the opinion that, as a very general rule, it is a pathological product. I came
to this conclusion long before I was aware of Trecul's observations that
Acacias and the Kosacese yield their gums most abundantly when sickly and
in an abnormal state caused by a fulness of sap in the young tissues." —
Maiden, Pharm. Jour. [3] xx. (1890), 869.

384 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

infection of the plant from without is thus indicated. In the
second place, every tree does not produce gum. This is, I think,
the strongest argument in favour of the mycological origin of the
substance. If gum acacia were a natural or even pathological
product of the plant itself, one would expect to find it more
uniforml3^ distributed than it is. It is not always even uniformly
distributed over the tree; some branches may be exuding gum
while others are not. The localised positions of gum-bearing
Acaciae are in accord with the theory that gum results from the
action of agents, such as bacteria, introduced by insects into the
tissues of the plant or by wind-borne dust, laden with bacteria,
lodging in a crack or wound.

A recently gathered specimen of wattle gum, which I obtained
from Mr. J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist, showed, when
examined microscopically, a number of granules which might
have been the plasmolysed remains of bacteria. These were not
evident in older gums.

Of interest also in this connection is the circumstance that
wattle gum has nutritive properties,* and that O'Sullivan found
a proteid in samples of Gedda gum. It is not at all improbable
that this proteid substance was the remains of bacterial cells.

It would be useless to attempt the isolation and cultivation of
bacteria from fragments of dry gum, because any micro-organisms
that had been there would, during the process of drying, have
been killed plasmolytically. Fresh material must be investigated,
and to obtain this I applied to Mr. Maiden, who referred me to
Prof. Liversidge, in whose paddock at Mittagong he had seen a
specimen of Acacia penninervis bearing <a quantity of gum. Prof.
Liversidge sent me a gum-bearing branch, and this was investi-
gated.

From the twigs small portions containing a drop of gum were
cut; from these the gum was removed and the part sterilised by
rapidly passing it through a bunsen flame. Smaller parts of these

Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxv., 171.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. . 385

portions were inserted into faintly acid saccharose-peptone media"*^
and incubated at 30°. From the tubes of media that became
turbid, tubes of saccharose-peptone agar were infected and plates
prepared in the usual manner. The media infected with frag-
ments of heart-wood were sterile, but in cases where the bark
had been taken, two kinds of colonies developed. One of these
was in the minority, and will be referred to again in dealing with
the insoluble gums. The prevailing bacterium was stroked upon
saccharose agar, and the growth was found to contain capsulated
bacteria together with slimy bacterial clumps. A bacterium had
therefore been isolated which promised well for the research.

A number of experimental cultures were then made with the
object of determining the constituents which might be employed
to construct a prescription for the manufacture of a medium that
would yield a maximum amount of slime and at the same time
enable one to trace the constituents from which the slime is
derived. The experiments, however, led to no useful result,
partly because too high a temperature (30°) was employed and
partly because a discrimination was not made between the
quantit}'^ of bacteria and the amount of slime. The question of
the slime-forming constituents will be discussed in a future paper.
On a peptone-saccharose agar medium, however, enough slime
was obtained to enable a few tests to be made.

The slime, which adhered to the surface of the medium, was
moistened with water, and after it had swelled it was removed
with a rubber spade, the greatest care being taken to avoid
removing portions of the agar.

The slimy emulsion was stirred with a few drops of dilute hydro-
chloric acid and precipitated with alcohol. The coagulum, on
treatment with water and then alcohol, produced an opalescent
solution from which the slime v/as precipitated by potassium
chloride. The watery emulsion was found to be free from

*'' An improvement upon this method of isolation would be to employ
ordinary gkicose gelatine, in which the bacteria grow very well. Tubes of
molten glucose gelatine should be infected with the fragments of wood and
plates formed from these at once and after an incubation of 1, 2, 4, 8 and 24
hours at .30^.

386 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

saccharose and reducing sugars, and was used for the test-tube
reactions. Flocculent white precipitates were obtained with
basic and ainmoniacal lead acetates. Neutral lead acetate gave
no reaction. Neither did the salts of silver and mercury. The
hydrates of calcium and barium gave no precipitate. Copper
sulphate followed by potassium hydrate gave a flocculent pre-
cipitate which became cohesive on boiling and did not darken in
colour. When tested at a later date by the method recommended
by Maben,* borax stiffened the mucilage, while basic lead acetate
and also ferric chloride hardened the gum acids forming cohesive
masses. Tannic acid had no effect beyond producing an
opalescence.

The natural gum of Acacia pe^minervis is not entirely soluble
in water; the major portion simply swells up to form gelatinous
lumps, t The portion that does dissolve acts towards the salts of

* Maben, Pharm. Jour. [3] xx., 719.
t ''Acacia penniiierviA, Sieb., ' B. Fl.' ii., 362.
A " blackwood " and " mountain hickory." Found in Tasmania, Victoria,
New South Wales and Queensland. Sample from Quiedong, near Bombala,
New South Wales.

Arabin 70*3

Metarabin 11 "42

Moisture 1 6 "67

Ash 0-66

While not approaching the best kinds of gum arabic in lightness of colour,
it is the palest and cleanest looking of the coast Wattle gums described in
this paper. Colour pale sherry to orange. It has a bright fracture, although
a sample received from Brown's Camp, Delegate, and obtained from tarious
trees 6 feet 2 inches, 6 feet in diameter and 40 feet to 60 feet high, has a
dull fracture like A. binervata. It is interesting to note that in the Quiedong
district the gum was obtained in abundance from shrubs or small trees
growing in low ground, while in the Braidwood district no gum whatever
could be found on trees of this species, where it grows at high elevations, and
at Delegate, at moderately great elevations, only very small quantities of
gum could be obtained. The inference is that this species yields gum plenti-
fully from shrubs at low elevations, but little or none from trees at high
ones. The same thing has been found to hold good to some extent in regard
to A. dealhata. These observations point to the truth of the oft-expressed
surmise that gum is a pathological product or the product of plants in uncon.
genial surroundings. ' — Maiden, Pharm. -Jour. [3] xx. (1890), 980-1.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 387

copper, lead, silver and mercury and to the hydrates of calcium
and barium in a manner precisely similar to a solution of com-
mercial gum arabic and to the bacterial slime.

The next step was the testing of the slime for pentosans. A
portion was distilled with hydrochloric acid of sp.g. 1'06, and the
distillate on treatment with a hydrochloric acid solution of
phloroglucin yielded the furfural reaction. Another portion was
carefully heated with strong sulphuric acid, and the volatile
products gave the furfural rose colour to paper moistened with
aniline acetate. These reactions were also obtained with portions
of the natural gum of Acacia penninervis. The bacterial slime,
therefore, contained pentosans as evidenced by the production of
furfural on treatment with acids.

As I have already said, the cultures upon an artificial medium
made up from a few constituents were not very successful. This
medium contained saccharose, peptone, glycerine, potassium phos-
phate and chloride, and agar in proportions that experiment
seemed to indicate as being suitable. Agar must be employed,
because, although on all gelatine media masses of slime enclosing-
bacteria can be observed, yet, as the medium is slowly liquefied
by the bacterial products, the slime would be contaminated with
peptonised gelatine. In the course of experimenting with various
media, potato-extract agar gave a good growth, and this was
increased by the addition of glucose or saccharose. But even
this growth was not what would be called rich in gum or slime.

At this stage several observations were made. After scraping
the culture from the surface of saccharose-potato agar, the plates,
which had been incubated at 30°, were allowed to stand at the
laboratory temperature (15°) for several days, when a quantity of
slime greater than the original crop at 30° was obtained. This
appeared to indicate that a lower temperature and a slower growth
was accompanied by relatively greater slime formation. In
separating the bacteria from the tissues of a specimen of gum-

388 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

bearing Acacia binervata, DC.,* it was noted that subjacent to
the hole in the bark through which a large globule of gum had
exuded there occurred a small quantity of fluid which was acid
and contained a tannin body. In the tissue saturated with this
fluid, slime-forming bacteria identical with the bacterium from
Acacia penninervis were obtained in pure culture. The occurrence
of tannin at the site of production of the gum suggested that it
might influence the production of gum. Accordingly experiments
were made with it, and from these it appeared that from 0*2 to
0'4% of tannin did influence the formation of slime. Smaller
proportions of tannin when added to saccharose-potato agar
seemed to produce a relatively greater quantity of bacteria and
less slime, while more tannin produced less bacteria and less slime.
With regard to the reaction of the medium, experiments made
with varying amounts of citric acid and of sodium carbonate

* This was growing in a garden in Macpherson-street, Waverley, Sydney,
and my attention was drawn to it by Miss S. Hynes, of the Botanic Gardens.

Maiden (Pharm. Jour. [3] xx., 980) gives the following description of
the gum : —

"Acacia binervata, DC, B.F. ii., 390.

Arabin 76' 57

Metarabin 4'24

Ligneous matter 1 '62

Moisture - ... 16-01

Ash -771

99-211

" A ' black wattle ' found in New South Wales and Queensland ; obtained
from old trees, Cambewarra, New South Wales ; diameter 8-12 inches. It
is obtained in pieces from the size of a pigeon's to that of a hen's egg, and is
of a waxy lustre. The freshly exuded gum is very pale brown; old gum is
often nearly black. Being in comparatively large masses, sorting for market
would be easy. It has a dull horny-looking fracture.

It dissolves fairly well in water, leaving a quantity of gum in the form of
a flocculent deposit. The colour of the dissolved gum is rather dark owing
to the presence of included fragments of bark. This description of the effect
of cold water will apply equally well to A. dealhata and A. elata. Like other
wattle gums, its aqueous solution is distinctly acid to litmus paper."

BY R. GREIG SMITH.

389

showed that acidity or alkalinity of the medium favoured neither
the growth of bacteria nor the production of slime.

As the function of tannin might consist in slowing the growth
of the bacteria, glycerine which appeared to do the same thing,
was also employed in an experiment to test the formation of slime.

Several plates of saccharose-potato agar which contained
0-06 grm. tannic acid or 1 c.c. glycerine in every 20 c.c. of medium
were prepared. The agar surfaces were smeared with a culture
of the bacterium, and the plates were incubated at 22° and 30''
for three days. After noting the appearances of the cultures,
the slimes were removed with a rubber spade, and after mixing
with water slightly acidified with hydrochloric acid, alcohol was
added. The compact or flocculent precipitates were, after wash-
ing with alcohol, dried at 100° and weighed. The results are^
summarised in the following table : —

Addition to medium.

Incubation
temperature.

Nature of growth.

Order as

judged by

the eye.

Mgrms.

crude dry

slime.

Glycerine.
Tannic acid.

22^
30^

Granular, adherent,
yellow paste.

Pale buff slime, non-
adherent.

Buff paste non-
adherent.

2

4

1

4

58

61
83

38

The results show that it might be possible to obtain a quantity
of slime by using tannic acid and by using the lower temperature.
They also show how one can be misled by appearances, for there
appeared to be much more growth produced on the glycerine
medium at 22° than at 30°, while in reality there was a little less.

On tannin agar the production of slime appears to have finished
in from four to five days at 22° C, and the medium assumes a
blackish-green colour. If the plate had not been uniforml}^
smeared, and the growth in consequence had formed irregularly,
it is noticed that the culture and medium are buflf coloured at
the margin, and dirty green in the middle where the growth is
26

390 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

older. The change from buff to green results from the alteration
in the reaction of the medium from neutral or faintl}/ alkaline to
decidedly alkaline, as is shown by pressing litmus paper against
parts of the under side of the plate — i.e., the agar in contact with
the bottom of the petri-dish. The greenish, mottled slime is
converted to a buff colour by the addition of a few drops of dilute
hydrochloric acid.

When the culture becomes dark-coloured there is not so much
slime obtained; what has been formed appears to have condensed
and to have become less soluble in water, so that the culture forms
a suspension with water, while the earlier buff cultures form a
stiff slime under similar conditions.

Further experiments with the tannin medium showed that the
slime was formed more readily by growing the bacteria at 15° —
the laboratory temperature at the time — than at 22°. The most
successful method consisted in growing the culture at 15° for
three days, and then scraping the slime from the plates. In
another two days a further quantity can be removed, and jDossibly
still another in two days later. The slime is acidulated with a
few drops of dilute hydrochloric acid and treated with alcohol,
when either white stringy flakes or white floccules are precipitated
according to the alcohol which has been added. The stringy,
cohesive flakes are changed to floccules by strong alcohol. The
alcoholic mother liquor is coloured a bright yellow from the
lipochromes of the bacterial cells. The floccules of slime and
bacteria are white, and on treatment with water swell up, forming
a stiff paste like that made from flour. The opalescence is caused
by the bacteria, and to eliminate them the paste was treated with
2 to 5 drops of dilute sulphuric acid, and heated in the autoclave
at 3 atmospheres' pressure for 15 minutes. This treatment had
been found very useful in separating bacteria from slime on a
former occasion. By this treatment a faintly opalescent, gummy
fluid, which could easily be separated by filtration through paper
from the precipitated bacteria, was obtained. The faintly opal-
escent fluid was easily clarified with aluminium hydrate. The
difference between slime and gum appears to be caused by the

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 391

presence of albuminoids secreted by or contained in the bacteria.
When the albuminoids are coagulated by treatment in the auto-
clave the slime is altered to a gum.

Having indicated the method for obtaining a solution of the
gum acids free from dead organisms, a word may be said about
the bacteria. The bacterium from Acacia penninervis was
identical with that separated from A. binervata, but while with
the former another bacterium was associated, the bacteria in the
latter were in pure culture. The bacteria, however, were of
different races — indicated only by the production of larger
colonies on nutritive media and more slime on tannin-saccharose-
potato agar. The stronger race (from Acacia binervata) was used
subsequently for the production of the artificial gum.

The medium upon which most slime was obtained consisted of

Potato extract 1,000 c.c.

Saccharose 50 grms.

Agar 20 ,,

Tannic acid 3 ,,

The potatoes were washed, pared, eyed, grated and finally
strained and pressed in a meat-press. The juice was then allowed
to stand overnight in a flask of such a size that the juice filled
the neck. The darkening of the fluid by contact with air was
thus minimised. In the morning the juice was siphoned off from
the starch and filtered. An equal volume of water was added to
the filtrate, which was then boiled to coagulate the albuminoids,
which were removed by filtration from the potato-extract. To the
extract thus obtained, the sugar was added and the solution
heated in the autoclave to three atmospheres' pressure"^ in order to
kill the spores of Bac. levaniformans, which are generally present in
commercial sugar. After removal from the autoclave, the chopped
agar was added and the solution was returned to the autoclave
and heated to one and a half atmospheres' pressure to bring the
agar into solution The tannin was then added and the medium
was steamed for an hour, after which it was cooled to 50° and
poured into sterilised (by flaming) large damp-chambers or small

* This would be unnecessary if dextrose were used.

392 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

petri-dishes. The medium in the larger vessels was after congela-
tion infected with a suspension of the bacteria in 10 c.c. of normal
saline; the medium in the petri-dishes, by smearing with a loop
of the culture. The culture used for the purposes of infection
was obtained by growing the bacteria at 30° in potato-saccharose
agar prepared in the same way, but without tannin. The incuba-
tion at 30° on this medium gives a loose yellow growth with very
little slime; the culture therefore readily becomes distributed in
the normal saline. The plates were kept at the laboratory tem-
perature (about 15°) and the slime was removed with a rubber
spade on the third, fifth and seventh days. The slime is easily
removed, and there is no danger of agar being taken at the same
time. The first and second crops were preserved by the addition
of a few drops of dilute hydrochloric acid and of alcohol until all
the slime was obtained. The total slime was then treated with
an excess of strong spirit and worked up in the manner already
described. The difference in the amount of slime obtained by
adding tannin to the potato-saccharose agar is ver}'' marked.
Without tannin the growth is bright yellow and slightly gummy,
while with tannin it is pale buff, thick and slimy.

A portion of the gummy solution free from sugars was pre-
cipitated with alcohol and the precipitate treated with nitric acid,
sp.g. 1*1 '2. A white, sandy powder, difficultly soluble in cold
water but readily soluble in boiling water, was obtained. It had
an indefinite melting point over 210° C, and had the same crys-
talline appearance, viz., colourless tables with a straight side, as
mucic acid obtained from commercial gum acacia. The mother
liquor contained oxalic acid. The oxidation products are thus
identical with those of gum acacia.

So far the identity of the bacterial gum with the natural gum
has been proved by the test-tube reactions, the presence of pen-
tosans and the oxidation products. There remained the optical
activity and the determination of the constituents of the gum
acids. The former, viz., the optical activit}', is of little con-
sequence in view of the researches of other investigators.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 393

O'SuUivan* has shown that fragments of the same gum contain
gum acids which rotate the ray of polarised light to dififerent
extents. He also showed that diiferent kinds of gum of the
arabin group have rotations in different directions; for example,
gum arabic is Isevo-rotatory, Gedda gum is generally dextro-
rotatory, and an Australian gum was optically inactive. It is
therefore probable that the gum acids of the natural gum and
those of the bacterial gum would differ in their optical activitj^,
since the conditions under which the gums had been produced
had been so very different. This proved to be the case. I pre-
pared the gum acids from the gum of A. hinervata and from
cultures of Bact. acacice and submitted them to Mr. T. U. Walton,
B.Sc, of the Colonial Sugar Refining Co., who found that the
natural gum acids had a specific rotation of [«]d = +0°-9 and
the bacterial gum acids had a rotation of [a]^, = + 43°. I do not
lay any stress upon the difference in the optical activities. In
the future I shall grow the bacterial gum in different ways and
from different materials, to see how the optical activity is thereb}'-
influenced.

A portion of the sugar-free gum acids was dissolved in 15 c.c.
of water, and to this 10 c.c. of 5 % sulphuric acid was added, thus
making a 2 % solution. This was heated on the water bath for
an hour to hydrolyse the combined arabinan. Subsequent work
showed that this heating might with advantage be prolonged for
three or four hours to hydrolyse the arabinan more completely.
After the digestion with the 2 % acid the solution was cooled
and the unaltered gum acids precipitated with alcohol. The
solution, after filtration, was distilled until most of the alcohol
had been removed; the residual fluid was, after the addition of
about 50 c.c. of water, neutralised with barium carbonate and
filtered. The filtrate was boiled down to one-half and clarified
with aluminium hydrate. The clear solution was used for the
preparation of the osazone.

* O'Sullivan, .Journ. Chem. Soc. 1891, 1029.

394 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

The residual gum acids which did not hydrolyse by the 2 %
acid treatment were dissolved in 25 c.c. of 5 % sulphuric acid and
warmed to expel the traces of alcohol. The solution was then
made up to 25 c.c. with water and boiled under a reflux condenser,
at first gently and then vigorously after the foaming had ceased.
The boiling was continued for five hours. After cooling, the acid
solution was treated with alcohol and a very small quantity of
unaltered gum removed. The alcoholic solution was treated as
has been already described, and the final solution reserved for
the preparation of the osazone.

The solution supposed to contain arabinose was tested with
Fehling's solution, when a strong reduction was obtained. One-
half of the solution was set aside in case of accidents. The other
half was heated on the water bath and to it were added 2 c.c. of
a solution containing 40 c.c. phenylhydrazine, 40 c c. glacial
acetic acid and 20 c.c. water. The heating was continued for an
hour and the solution was cooled. The precipitated osazone was
filtered off, dried on porcelain, transferred to a small filter and
extracted with ether* to remove a black, tarry substance which
melted at about 98°. This was always found in the osazones
from the bacterial as well as the natural gums. It was never
obtained in working with pure sugars such as dextrose. The
precipitate was dried at 100° and the melting point determined.
This was 160°, which, together w^ith the appearance of the crystals,
showed it to be the osazone of arabinose.

The solution, which presumably contained galactose, reduced
Fehling's solution. One-half was treated with phenylhj^drazine-
acetic acid and the osazone extracted with ether. The dry osazone
melted at 182-183°, which show^ed it to be a mixture. The
mixed osazone was boiled with 10 c.c. of waterf and filtered
through a hot filter which had been moistened with boiling water.

"•' A preliminary moistening with alcohol is sometimes advantageous.
t In some cases the osazones could not be separated by water alone, but
by dissolving everything in dilute alcohol and slowly boiling off the alcohol,
the galactosazone precipitated out from the hot solution and was separated
by filtering through a hot, wetted filter.

I

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 395

The filtrate on cooling deposited microscopic crystals which dried
as an Arabian-brown skin on porcelain and which melted at
157-159°, showing them to be the osazone of arabinose. The
portion insoluble in water melted at 187°. This was again treated
with 10 CO. of boiling water. The insoluble portion dried as a
yellow powder and melted at 192-193°, the melting point of
the osazone of galactose.

The bacterial gum acids had therefore yielded arabinose and
galactose on hydrolysis, from which we must conclude that they
contain the arabinan-galactan complex and are of the same nature
as the natural gums of the arabin group.

The gum which was found upon Acacia hinervata was of a very
pale yellowish-brown and of a dark brown colour. Portions of
the same mass showed both colours. It occurred in hemispherical
masses and in tears and had a tough gelatinous consistency which
enabled it to be cut without fracture. It dissolved readily in
water, and in the absence of particles of bark it formed a clear
solution with an acid reaction. The acidity of 100 grms. of gum
to litmus paper was equal to 3*27 c.c. of normal acid.

Although there could be no doubt that the gum contained the
arabinan-galactan complex, yet to complete the identity of the
bacterial with the natural gum acids the proof was needed.
Accordingly a portion of the natural gum was dissolved in water,
acidified with hydrochloric acid and treated with alcohol. The
gum acids were hydrolysed and the sugars tested by means of
their osazones in the manner already indicated, when arabin-
osazone and galactosazone were obtained. Furthermore, like the
bacterial acids, there is apparently a greater proportion of arabinan
than galactan in the complex.

Summary. — A bacterium was found in pure culture at the
place from which the natural gum was exuding. This bacterium
in the laboratory formed a gum which behaved to reagents, gave
the same oxidation products, and contained the same constituents,
viz., arabinan and galactan as the natural gum. The bacterium
is thus the producer of the natural gum.

396 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIX GROUP,

The bacterial origin of that variety of gum acacia exuding from
Acacia binervata having been proved, it is a just assumption that
all other gums of the arabin group are likewise bacterial products,
and not substances formed by the plants in a pathological con-
dition.

The formation of gum is, therefore, a bacterial disease, for the
parasitic bacteria obtain their nourishment from the plant juices
which they elaborate into gum, ^vhich is not required by the host
plant. It is still undecided what constituents they may alter.
Gum can be formed from saccharose and from dextrose, but I
will deal with this side of the subject in a future paper.

The bacteria that are parasitic in plants are usually found in
the feebly acid or neutral juices of the vessels, and probably
the gum bacteria are located in the sieve tubes of the soft bast,
as Kraus * has indicated, although the gum is not a true cell
content as he supposed.

Bacterium acacia, n.sp.

Shape, etc. — The bacteria appear as short rods with rounded
ends, and occur singly, in pairs, and in groups, sometimes within
a well-defined slime case (ascus). On nutrient agar the rods
measure 0'5 : 1 /x ; in bouillon 0*5 : 1-5-2 /x, pairs commonly
occur simulating a long rod ; on glycerine-saccharose agar the
bacteria vary from 0-5 : 0'5-l'5 fx, appearing as cocci and as short
rods; on saccharose-potato agar they measure 0-6:l-2'5/x and
average 0*6 : 1'5 /z. The cells stain well with the ordinary stains;

* "Herr G. Kraus has determined by observations on the exudation of
gum from Acacia melanoxylon that it is formed only in the bark and not in
the wood, and only in the bast layer, never in the parenchyma nor in any
more external portion that the bast fibres have no share in its formation ;
that it flows from the cells of the soft bast, and especially from the sieve
tubes, and that it is not a product of degradation of the cellulose but is a true
cell content flowing out unchanged through the unchanged cell walls."
Abstract in Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. [ii.] vi. (1886), 90, from Ber. Sitz.
Naturf. Gesell. Halle, 1884, pp. 19-20.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 397

the Gram stain is negative. The bacteria are actively motile ;
the flagella vary from one, terminal, to many, peritrichous; in
the latter cases up to six have been observed, but there may be
more.

Temperature, etc. — The optimum temperature is apparently
about 22° on saccharose-potato agar; the growth is most bulky at
22°, then at 15°, then 30°, and smallest at 37°. The organism
is aerobic, but grows scantily under anaerobic conditions.

Nutrient agar plate. — At 30° the colonies are circular, white,
slightly raised, and moist glistening. When magnified they are
seen to have a smooth circular edge and contain scattered
granules. The deep colonies are irregular, oval or round, and
coarsely granular. The colour changes from white to primrose
yellow.

Glucose-gelathie plate. — The colonies are white, circular but
sometimes lacerate, slightly raised and glistening like drops of
gum. The colour deepens to yellow. When magnified, granules
are seen scattered throughout the colony, and as growth proceeds
these become coarser and more numerous. The deep colonies are
at first dark, rough and irregular, but become rounded or moru-
loid. The old surface colonies are raised, slimy and streaky.
The medium is very slowly liquefied.

N\Ltrient gelatine plate. —As on glucose-gelatine, but the
growth is not so good.

Nutrient agar stroke. — A white, flat, moist, glistening stroke is
first formed; this changes to a primrose or yellow, dr}^, terraced
growth. The margin may be straight or lobed.

Saccharose-potato agar stroke. — The temperature of incubation
has a great influence upon the appearance of the cultures. In 3
days at 30° the growth is yellow-buff, opaque and terraced. At
25° the stroke is transparent at the margin and streaked with
white in the centre, while the growth has flowed downwards into
the condensed water, which has become a thick slime. At 22°
the opacity and growth is more pronounced, the colour is pale
buff. The growth is more undulating both at 15° and at 22°

398 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

than at 30° or 37'. At 37° the growth is as at 30° but more
scanty.

Glucose-gelatine stroke. — The growth is irregular, spreading,
sliiny, and becomes depressed in places owing to the slow
liquefaction of the medium. The colour changes from white to
canary-yellow.

Xutrient gelatine stroke. — As on glucose-gelatine but poorer.

Glucose-gelatine stab. — A strong filiform growth with a trans-
lucent, white, flat, slimy nail-head. The nail-head slowly sinks,
and a funicular, then stratiform, liquefied area is formed. The
medium may develop a few gas bubbles. Saccharose is also
fermented with an evolution of gas. Some races liquefy the
medium, slowly, and an air-bubble is produced at the top of the
filiform stab. Taken as a whole the liquefaction of the medium
is slow.

Nutrient gelatine stab. — A smaller growth than glucose-gela-
tine.

Potato. — The growth is at first dull buff, raised and irregular,
then becomes glistening and deep yellow.

Bouillon. — The medium becomes turbid, and forms a loose
fiocculent sediment, and a thin broken surface film which adheres
to the sides of the glass. The sediment becomes deep yellow and
cohesive. The recently isolated races produced indol together
with nitrite in from 10 to 15 days at SO''. After the races had
been cultivated in the. laboratorj' for several months the red
nitroso-indol reaction was in some cases faint, and in other cases
was absent. In the bouillon ammonia could be detected, but
neither phenol nor sulphuretted hydrogen.

Milk. — The medium is either unaltered or made slightly ropy
with a faint acid reaction.

The bacterium has characters which mark it as being new, the
most important of these, being the production of arabin. I
accordingly name the organism Bacterium acacice (Bacillus
acacice b}^ Migula's s\'stem).

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 399

II. — The Insoluble (Metarabin) Wattle Gums.
(Bacterium metarahinum, n.sp.)

While the natural gum of Acacia binervata was, in the absence
of particles of bark, entirely soluble in water, the gum of Acacia
penninervis was only partly so. The bacteria associated with the
gum of the former were entirely JJact. acacice, while from the
latter this organism and another were found. As separated from
my culture solutions the other bacterium was in the minority,
but on considering the matter this can be accounted for by its
method of growth. Bad. acacice in peptone saccharose fluid
grows as single cells, while the other bacterium has a tendency
to grow in aggregates^*, and thus in plate culture the aggregate
comes out as if it had been a single cell.

I did not think that the plant would convert soluble gum to
the insoluble or meta modification, and expected that the
insolubility resulted from the further action of the organism, the
action of tannin, or that it was produced by quite another
bacterium. The first is unlikely, the second is quite possible, and
the last is most probable. Tannin is known to stiffen the gum,
and it would therefore be an easy thing to affirm that the
insolubility was entirely due to its action. But the gum of
Acacia binervata is formed in the presence of tannin bodies, and
although fragments of bark are imbedded in the solid exudate,
yet, when these are picked out, the gum is found to be entirely
soluble in w'ater. There is, therefore, strong reason to believe
that tannin has nothing to do with the production of the
insoluble portion of the gums.

The second bacterium from Acacia pennhiervis forms, in suit-
able media, slime masses similar to Bad. acacice^ and while the
latter forms gummy colonies on gelatine media, the colonies of
the former are dry and cohesive, so that the colonies are removed
from the medium by the inoculating needle f:n masse. There is

On this account the bacterium must be " plated " several times before a
pure culture is obtained.

400 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

in this method of growth a strong indication that the slime is
more insoluble than that secreted by Bact. acacice. On saccharose-
potato agar with or without tannin Bact. acacice produces at 15°
a gummy slime that does not adhere firmly to the medium. The
other bacterium forms a thicker slime, and the portion in contact
with the medium adheres firmly and cannot be entirely removed
with a rubber spade. When the two slimes are carefully removed,
dried in the steam bath at 100° and then moistened with water,
the slime of Bact. acacice swells up, forming a diffusive slime very
similar to its original condition, while the slime of the other bac-
terium smells slightly and retains the shape in which it had
dried. There is thus a strong probability that the new bacterium
forms the insoluble gum (the meta-arabin) of wattle gum. That
the slime might eventually prove to be of the arabinan-galactan
class was indicated by the great similarity of the growth on
tannin-saccharose-potato agar with that produced by Bact. acacice.

The nature of the slime had now to be determined, and as with
Bact. acacice, large plates of tannin-saccharose-potato agar were
infected with a suspension of the bacteria in 10 c.c. of normal
saline, and these were kept at the laboratory temperature (15°).
The slimes wers collected, rendered more acid with a few drops
of dilute hydrochloric acid and treated with alcohol. A curdy
precipitate which became cohesive and an opalescent solution
were obtained. The precipitate was stirred repeatedl}' with
alcohol until no further opalescence was produced. The pre-
cipitate was treated with water and then with alcohol, when a
thin starch paste-like suspension was produced. This was
flocculated with barium chloride (potassium chloride did not act
so well as the barium salt), and a contractile curd separated from
an opalescent solution. The opalescent alcoholic solution was.
added to the opalescent solution previously obtained and the gum
in this was precipitated by the addition of barium hydrate and
reserved for future examination.

The contractile curd was treated with water, with which it
formed a thick paste. The lumps were broken up by passage
through a wire-gauze filter and the whole was warmed to cause

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 401

a uniform swelling. It had an acid reaction to litmus paper.
By heating in the autoclave for ten minutes at 3-4 atmospheres a
slimy sediment (apparently gummy) and an almost clear, slightly %
acid, supernatant fluid was produced. The slimy sediment was
mixed with water treated with 2-3 drops dilute sulphuric acid
and again heated in the autoclave. This gave a curdy precipi-
tate and supernatant solution. The curdy precipitate was
apparently free from gum, and as it probably consisted of
coagulated bacteria it was not examined further. The faintly
acid solution from the first autocla\'e treatment was tested with
a few reagents. Lead acetate, barium hydrate and barium
chloride gave no precipitate. Basic lead acetate and ammoniacal
lead acetate gave precipitates. Fehling's solution gave no pre-
cipitate and no reduction on heating. Copper sulphate followed
by sodium hydrate gave a precipitate which coagulated on boiling
without change of colour. Alcohol gave an opalescent solution
which flocculated readily with potassium chloride.

The gum acids in the mixed solutions from the autoclave treat-
ment were precipitated with alcohol and potassium chloride and
kept over-night in contact with the alcohol. The precipitate
was very contractile, and on treatment with water it partly
dissolved and partly swelled up, forming a practically unfiltrable
suspension. A portion of this was preserved; it had not dissolved
at the time of reading this paper, i.e., in one month; the gela-
tinous lumps were still evident. We have in this insolubility of
the gum acids a condition identical with what occurs on treating
the semi-insoluble wattle gums with water, and confirms the
deduction made from other observations that this bacterium is
responsible for the production of the metarabin of these gums.
The gelatinous lumps of gum acids were insoluble in dilute acid,
but readily dissolved in dilute sodium hydrate, from which dilute
hydrochloric acid precipitated the gum acids.

The acids were dissolved in dilute sodium hydrate, neutralised
with sulphuric acid, and enough 5 % sulphuric acid was added to
make a 2 % solution. This was boiled under a reflux condenser
for two and a half hours. A white precijDitate which contained

402 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

no o-um acids and proved to be barium sulphate was filtered from
the dilute sulphuric solution. Alcohol did not produce a pre-
cipitate in a portion of the filtrate, so that the gum acids appa-
rently had been completely hydrolysed by the treatment. The
solution was neutralised b}^ boiling with barium carbonate,
filtered and the filtrate clarified with aluminium hydrate. A
portion of the solution was treated with phenjdhydrazine acetate
solution, and a mixed osazone was obtained. When the consti-
tuents were separated in the manner indicated in the first portion
of this paper, they proved to be arabinosazone (m.p. 158-160°)
and galactosazone (m.p. 192-193°). The gum acids therefore
contained the arabinan-galactan complex, and the gum belonged
to the arabin group.

The opalescent alcoholic solution which coagulated on the
addition of barium hydrate was washed by suspension in alcohol
and finally treated with water, in which it formed a semi
solution. Dilute sulphuric acid was added until no further
white precipitate formed, and the suspension was heated in the
autoclave, when a sediment of barium sulphate and a supernatant
fluid was obtained. From this, alcohol threw down a small
quantity of a contractile precipitate which dissolved easily in
water. On testing the solution, which was acid to litmus paper,
precipitates were obtained wdth basic lead acetate, ammoniacal
lead acetate and barium hydrate. Copper sulphate followed by
potassium hj^drate gave a precipitate w^hich contracted but did
not darken on boiling. Barium chloride, sodium h3^drate, lead
acetate and Fehling's solution gave no precipitates. The reaction
with barium hydrate suggests the possibility that the compound
may be a pectin substance.* On hydrolysis with sulphuric acid

* The pectin substances are very indefinite and yield on hydrolysis various
sugars. Bourquelot found that gentian pectose hydrolysed to arabinose and
doubtful crystals of galactose. Hebert obtained arabinose from the pectic
bodies of ripe fruit and bulbs, but as they also yielded mucic acid on oxida-
tion, he considered that gaiactan had been present. Bauer hydrolysed apple
pectin to xylose and pear pectose to galactose. Herzfeld concluded that
parapectic acid contained arabinan and gaiactan.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 403

arabinose and galactose were obtained. These were identified as
in the other cases by the isolation of the osazones and the deter-
mination of the melting points. The same substance was not »
obtained from the natural gum of Acacia penninervis, but this
may be accounted for by the small quantity of the gum which I
had at my disposal at that time.

The growths in test-tubes containing saccharose-potato agar
with and without tannin apparently show that tannin has little
effect in increasing the quantity of slime. The difference, however,
is more marked in plate cultures. In one case the slime scraped
off from two similar large plates weighed when dry : — tannin
l'624grm., without tannin 1*180 grm.

In purifying the gum acids it was noted that hydrochloric acid
prevents the precipitation with alcohol much more than in the
case of the gum acids of Bad. acacice, and sometimes a strong-
flocculating agent, i.e., barium chloride, has to be employed.
Again, the separation of the bacteria from the gum acids has to
be very carefully done if one would obtain the acids in the meta
condition. In a second case, when a few drops of dilute sulphuric
acid were added and the heating in the autoclave continued for a
longer period (45 minutes) the gum acids, after precipitation with
alcohol, dissolved readily in water. The insolubility was, how-
ever, restored by heating the dried gum acids at 100° for two
hours. After this treatment they did not dissolve entirely in
water, the fioccules being visible after five days. The gum acids
of Bad. acacice, when heated at 100° for the same time, dissolved
in water as readily and in the same manner as commercial gum
acacia.

The natural gum of Acacia penninervis, like the bacterial gum,
contained the arabinan-galactan complex.

Summary. — The bacterium which I have named Bacterium
metarahinum * was found at the place from which the gum was
exuding. It produces a gum which is tough and gelatinous, as
evidenced by the consistency of the colonies on nutritive media.

* Bacillus metarabinus, by Migula's system of nomenclature.

404 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,

The gum yields gum acids which partly dissolve* and partly swell
up with water. These have the test tube reactions of gum
acacia and contain the arabinan-galactan complex. The gum
acids are similar to those of the natural gum of Acacia penni-
7iervis, and there can be no doubt that the natural gum is of
bacterial origin. Since Bad. acacice was found with Bad.
metarahinum the gum is probably produced by both bacteria, the
former producing the water-soluble portion, the latter the water-
insoluble portion.

Since Bad. acacice was found in the only two instances which
were examined, it is possible that it is the only producer of all
sorts of soluble acacia gums. If this should prove to be the case,
the varieties of the gums will depend upon a number of factors
such as the host, plant, the juices of w^hich undoubtedly vary, and
thus influence the relative proportions of arabinan and galactan in
the gum complex. The situation will undoubtedly influence the
susceptibility of the tree towards the microbe. It is generally
recognised with all plant diseases that unhealthy surroundings
have much to do with the invasion by bacteria and other fungi.
But perhaps the most important factor will prove to be the
temperature. The slow growth at the higher temperatures (and
the appearances of the growths in test tube cultures indicated a
clearer slime at comparatively high temperatures; will, I think,
explain the better qualities of the gums produced in arid regions.
But on the other hand it is possible, and analogy supports this
contention, that there is a class of bacteria which produce the
soluble gums, each characteristic gum being formed by a different
species. Future research alone will settle the question.

Since the arabin and the metarabinf gums are produced by
different bacteria it is extremely probable that the pararabin
<yums have also their particular microbe. This investigation is

"" The partial solution may be accounted for by the treatment with acid in
the autoclave during the process of eliminating the bacteria.

t Metarabin and pararabin are insoluble but swell up with water. The
former is soluble in dilute alkalies, the latter in dilute acids.

BY R. GRBIG SMITH. 405

in progress. Gum tragacanth will undoubtedly be shown to
have a bacterial origin.

The various gums of the arabin group are not found upon
Acacias only. This, however, does not militate against the
bacterial origin of all these gums. Thus the gums exuded by
certain Rosaceae*, e.g., cherry, peach, plum, are very similar to
wattle gum, and are probably the work of bacteria such as Bad.
acacice and metarabiuum. These fruit tree gums are being
investigated.

Bacterium metarabinum, n.sp.

Shape, etc. — The organism is a stout, motile, short rod, with
rounded ends. The dried and imbedded bacteria when taken
from cultures on saccharose-potato agar appear as oval cells,
measuring 0-8 : 1-2 /z, and as rods measuring 1 : 2 /^t. On the oval
cells the flagella are generally terminal, but as the cell grows
longer many peritrichous flagella can be seen, up to seven have
been counted; but as the growths on agar are cohesive many more
may occur on the cells. Staining by Gram's method is negative,
and spores are not formed.

Temperature, etc. — The optimum temperature is about 30°. At
37° the growth is less than at 22° or 15°. The bacterium is
aerobic, but grows slightly under anaerobic conditions.

Nutrient agar plate. — The colonies are dirty-white, raised and
rough. When magnified they appear rounded, irregular or
lobular, with a smooth edge and convoluted, puckered or crinkled
centre. The deep colonies appear moruloid or very irregular, as
if several colonies had fused together at different parts. As the
colony increases in size the colour deepens to a yellowish-bnff.

Glucose-gelatine plate. — The colonies are ivory-white, dry and
puckered, and have a very cohesive consistency; it is almost

* The slime-flux or mucilage-flux and the gum-flux of certain trees have
been ascribed to the action of certain Ascomycetes by Ludwig and by
Beijerinck. In view of my research it is possible that in some cases at least
these ascomycetes have appeared in the flux at a period subsequent to its
formation by bacteria.
27

406 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUxMS OF ARABIX GROUP,

impossible to pick up a fragment of the young colony with the
needle, the whole colony comes away. Microscopically, the colonies
are dark, very coarsely granular and crinkled. The margin is
indefinite on account of the consumption of the medium. The
deep colonies are granular and very irregular. The colour deepens
to a yellowish tint and the medium is slowly liquefied.

Nutrient gelatine plate. — As on glucose-gelatine, but the
growth is poorer.

Nutrient agar stroke. — A narrow, slightly raised, rough, dry,
glistening, lobular, yellowish-white growth forms at 30°; it
adheres firmly to the medium. The condensed water carries a
film from which the rough growth spreads upwards.

Glucose-gelatine stroke. — A translucent white, very wrinkled,
rough, dry, dull growth, with an irregular margin is formed at
22°. A pit forms at the base of the stroke owing to the con-
sumption of the gelatine at the place of strongest growth. The
medium slowly liquefies and gravitates, producing an appearance
like the clear condensed water of an agar tube. The culture
coheres as a wrinkled skin. On gelatine the colour is always
white or very pale yellow; while on agar it changes from white
to yellow or bufi".

Glucose-gelatine stab. — The stab becomes filiform-tuberculate.
The nail-head is sunken and a rough growth lines the surface of
the depression. Below the consumed medium the gelatine may
be slightly and locally liquefied. Gas bubbles are formed in the
medium; the gas formation is more pronounced in saccharose-
(^elatine, on plates of saccharose-potato agar, and in saccharose-
potato extract.

Nutrient gelatine stab. — As in glucose-gelatine but poorer.

Saccharose-potato agar stroke. — The appearance of the culture
depends upon the incubation temperature. At 30° in 24 hours
the growth is luxuriant and has spread over the greater portion
of the slope. It is undulating, much raised, glistening, granular
and apparently very slimy. The colour is the same as the
medium, viz., buff or very light oak. The condensed water has
been absorbed. In 48 hours the growth has spread entirely over

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 407

the agar surface. At 37° in 24 hours the growth is broad, raised,
_^ glistening, with a translucent margin and opaque centre. The
culture is apparently gummy. The condensed water has a film.
In 48 hours the growth by reflected light appears homogeneous
and the colour of the medium. At 22° in 24 hours the growth
is broad, whitish, very rough and undulating. The margin is
more glistening than the centre. The condensed water carries a
film. In 48 hours the growth is mottled and pale buff". At 15°
the growth is as at 22°, but less luxuriant. On this medium at
22° the growth is very like that of Bad. acacice^ but differs in
having a lumpy (gelatinous) consistency, while that of Bact.
acacice is homogeneous. At the higher temperature the differ-
ences are more pronounced.

Potato. — A dry, pale buff scattered growth spreads irregularly
over the medium. It is raised and becomes undulatino-. A
glistening appearance begins at the margin and spreads inwards
as the colour deepens to orange-yellow.

Bouillon. — The medium becomes turbid and forms a strong

o

surface ring and a floating puckered film. The indol reaction
was obtained, but nitrite is not produced as with Bact. acacice.
In nitrate-bouillon the nitrate is reduced to nitrite.

Milk. — The medium slowly coagulates and the reaction is
faintly acid.

40S

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^

BELONGING TO THE SUBFAMILY

CR YPTORHYNCHIDES.

By Arthur M. Lea.

Part V.

This part deals with the genus Cryptorhynchus and some of
the allied genera; of these 34 genera and 93 species have been
described and tabulations of the genera and species have been
prepared, but as the whole is too length}'- for publication in one
part only a portion of the genera and species are now described,
and the tabulation of the genera is withheld till the whole of the
section is completed.

Genus Cryptorhynchus, Illiger.

Illig. Magaz. vi. p. 330; Schonherr, Gen. Sp. Cure. iv. p. 47,
No. 304; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. viii. p. 121.

Head of moderate size, convex, not concealed. Eyes moderately
large, ovate, separation less than width of rostrum, moderately
coarsely faceted. Rostrum moderately long and not very thin,
distinctly curved. Scape inserted nearer apex than base of ros-
trum, slightly shorter than funicle; two basal joints of the latter
moderately long; club elliptic-ovate. Prothorax transverse, sides
rounded, base feebly bisinuate, constriction feeble; ocular lobes
obtuse. Scutellum distinct. Elytra oblong-cordate, wider than
prothorax, each rounded at base. Pectoral canal deep and rather
narrow, terminated between intermediate coxae. Mesosternal
receptacle feebly raised, Y-shaped, walls thin; feebly cavernous.
Metasternum not much shorter than the following segment ;
episterna distinct and rather wide. Basal segment of abdomen
shorter than the two following combined, intercoxal process

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 409

rather narrow; 211(1 just perceptibly longer than 3id or 4th and
(like them) drawn slightly backwards at the sides. Legs rather
short and stout; femora very feebly grooved, dentate, posterior
not passing elytra; tibiae feebly compressed, straight except at
extreme base; tarsi slightly shorter than tibiae, 1st and 4th joints
equal, 3rd wide and deeply bilobed. Oblong-elliptic, convex,
squamose, winged.

The above diagnosis is drawn up from European specimens of
the typical C. Lapathi, and with which the two species described
below are decidedly congeneric. Of the sixteen species referred
to Cryptorhynchus and standing* under that name in Masters'
^Catalogue' I am unacquainted with australis, corosus, teter, longi-
manus, rncestas and solidus, in all six species. Some of these six
species may belong to Cryptorhy7ichus, but the genus of each one
of them is very doubtful. Of the others stigmaticus is a true
Cryptorhynchus and is redescribed below; Uthodermus and suc-
cisits belong to Poropterus; ephippiger to Camptorrhinus^ alhicollis
to Metyrios, cariosus to Exithius, femoralis to Amydala, sirius and
antares to a new genus, and infulatus also to a new genus.

Elytra with six spots at summit of posterior declivity stigmaticus, Fasc.

Elytra f asciate at summit of declivity vems, n. sp.

Cryptorhynchus stigmaticus, Pasc; Mast. Cat. No. 5550.

Brownish-black, antennae dull red. Eather sparsel}'- clothed
(except on scutellum, where the clothing is dense and rather pale)
with small scales varying from a dingy whitish-grey to brown,
each elytron with three small spots about summit of posterior
declivity, the median ones slightly anterior to the two lateral ones
and which are on the 3rd and 5th interstices. Under surface
with not very sparse whitish scales; legs with thin whitish scales,
denser at apex of tibise than elsewhere. Head with sparse scales,
thin in front, rounded behind; sides (behind antennse) and base
of rostrum with thin scales.

* Except O. solidus, accidentally omitted.

410 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

Head with not very dense punctures. Rostrum the length of
prothorax, sides scarcely visibly incurved to middle; basal third
rather strongly punctate, sides elsewhere moderately strongly
punctate. Scape inserted slightly nearer apex than base of
rostrum: 1st joint of funicle stouter and slight^ shorter than 2nd.
Prothorax rather strongly transverse, apex less than half the
width of base; with a dense slightly shining seta bearing granules,
becomingveryindistinct anteriorly; with a narrow and distinct but
not quite continuous median carina. Elytra slightly wider than
prothorax; with series of large punctures, each of which is deep
only in its middle; interstices rather densely granulate, the
alternate ones scarcely visibly raised above but with denser
granules than the others. Under surface indistinctly punctate.
Femora thin and very feebly dentate. Length 9, rostrum 3;
width 4|; variation in length 8-9 mm.

Hah. — " Queensland " (Pascoe), Rockhampton (Macleay Mus.),
Upper Endeavour River (Mr. C. French).

Cryptorhynchus verus, n.sp.

Brownish-black, antennae dull red. Moderately densel}'- clothed
with scales mostly of an ochreous-fawn, but varying from white
to brown; scutellum with dense whitish scales; elytra with an
irregular whitish fascia at summit of posterior declivity. Under
surface with rounded scales varying from white to fawn; legs
with whitish scales. Head, base and sides of rostrum with
ochreous-fawn scales.

Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum rather wide,
feebly curved and scarcel}^ the length of prothorax; basal third
coarsely punctate, elsewhere shining and (except at sides) very
lightly punctate. Scape inserted slightly nearer apex than base
of rostrum; 1st joint of funicle slightly longer than 2nd. Pro-
thorax lightly transverse, apex more than half the width of base;
granules rather less numerous and the setae less distinct than in
C. stigmaticus; median carina continuous to base and almost to
apex. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax; with series of rather
large punctures; alternate interstices feebly raised and all with

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 411

series of very obtuse granules. TJndar surface with more distinct
punctures than in C stigmaticus; the femora stouter but just as
feebly dentate. Length 8J, rostrum 2|; width 4; variation in
length 8-9 mm.

Zrrt6.— Australia (Herr J. Faust); N.W. Australia (Mr. G.
Masters) — Q. : Cairns (Macleay Mus.).

Close to the preceding species, but considerably narrower, the
rostrum shorter and wider and the two basal joints of the funicle
differently proportioned. The granules also are different,
especially on the elytra. The clothing is much the same except
that it is denser and that the elytra are supplied with a fascia
instead of six spots at the summit of the posterior declivity.

Genus Tyrt^osus, Pascoe.

Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 479.

Head convex, ocular fovea indistinct. Eyes subtriangular,
rather large, coarsely faceted. Rostrum rather long and thin, but
sometimes comparatively short and stout, distinctly curved.
Antennce moderately stout; scape usually inserted nearer apex
than base of rostrum, shorter than funicle; 1st joint of funicle
stout but moderately long; club ovate. Prothorax subconical,
constriction feeble, sides rounded, base sinuate, ocular lobes pro-
minent. Scutellum subtriangular or subquadrate. Elytra more
than twice the length of prothorax and usually distinctly wider
at base, cordate or oblong-cordate. Pectoral canal deep and
narrow, terminated between four anterior coxae. Mesosternal
receptacle moderately raised, either semicircular or shaped like a
short Y, rather narrow at base, emargination usually distinctly
transverse; cavernous. Metasternum subequal in length to the
following segment; episterna rather wide. Abdomen with straight
distinct sutures ; 1st segment large, intercoxal process rather
narrow, 3rd and 4th conjoined as long as or slightly longer than
2nd or 5th. Legs moderately long; femora rather stout, dentate
(but occasionally edentate), with a more or less distinct lateral
groove to receive tibiae, posterior not extending to apex of abdo-
men; tibiae short, grooved their entire length, the grooves less

412 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

distinct on the anterior pair, usually slightl}' curved; tarsi rather
short, claw-joint elongate. Elliptic or elliptic-ovate, convex,
striate, moderately squamose, winged.

This genus is very close to Cryptorhynchus; compared with the
typical C. Lajmthi it differs in having the mesosternal receptacle
raised in front and much more cavernous, the prothorax more
decidedly bisinuate at the base, the tibiae sulcate-striate or punc-
tate and the clothing never fasciculate. The two genera, how-
ever, are remarkably close, but it appears to be as well not to
degrade Tyrtceosus into a section of Cryptorhynchus, as the latter
is in anything but a satisfactory state.

The majority of the species occur in Australia or Tasmania,
but several are recorded from New Guinea. All are arboreal and
very homogeneous in their general appearance. The sexual charac-
ters are either very slight or else are so strong^ marked as to
cause the sexes to appear as distinct species. I believe, however,
that they are very slight. The ciliation of the ocular lobes in all
the species is dense, verj' short and silvery, and appears as a
white rim when the head is removed; with head in position it is
traceable only with extreme difficult}^ It has not been made
use of here.

Femora edentate.

Elytral interstices impunctate.. inerm'u, n.sp.

Ely tral interstices densely punctate crassirostris, n, sp.

Elytral interstices divided into squares each con-
taining a puncture quadratoUneatns,n. sip.

Anterior femora edentate urens, n. sp.

Femora dentate.

Punctures of metasternal episterna continuous
throughout.
Sutural interstices each with a row of rather

large punctures i)nitator, n. sp.

Interstices regular.

Each of 3rd and 4th abdominal segments Nvith
with one row of punctures in middle.
Kostrum with strong punctures at base only.
Funicle with 1st joint slightly longer than

2nd incallidux, Pasc.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 413

Funicle with 1st joint slightly shorter

than 2nd castor, n.sp.

Rostrum with distinct punctures throughout doloms, n.sp.
Each of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments
with two rows of punctures or densely
punctate.

Prothorax very distinctly carinate cai'inatus, n. sp.

Prothorax feebly carinate.
Elytra slightly and not suddenly wider

than prothorax ichthyosomus, n.sp.

Elytra distinctly and suddenly wider.
Elytra densely clothed with brick-red

scales laterarius, n.sp.

Elytra much less densely clothed pollux, n.sT^.

Punctures of metasternal episterna not continuous
throughout.
Each of the .3rd and 4th abdominal segments
with one row of punctures in middle.
Prothorax comparatively small and feebly

transverse microthorax, Pasc.

Prothorax larger and more distinctly trans-
verse.

Antennse almost black corpulentus, n. sp.

Antennae red.

Head impressed behind each eye vetustus, Pasc.

Head not so impressed.
Each of the .3rd and 4th abdominal
segments with irregular punctures

and elongate scales ustulatus, Pasc.

These segments with regular punctures

and rounded scales ccmulus, n. sp.

Each of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments
with two rows of punctures or densely
punctate.
Funicle with 1 st joint slightly shorter than 2nd cinerascens, n. sp.
Funicle with 1st joint the length of or slightly
longer than 2nd.
Eyes separated almost the width of rostrum
at base.
Elytra (viewed in profile) perfectly flat at

base ceqmis, n. sp.

Elytra distinctly convex from base hiseriatus, n.sp.

414 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULlONIDiE,

Eyes separated considerably less than width
of rostrum at base.

. Femora feebly dentate assimilis, n.s^.

Femora strongly dentate.

Elytral interstices with punctures along

middle imrdalU, Pasc.

Elytral interstices without such punc-
tures religiosns, n.sp.

TvRTiEOSUS MiCROTHORAX, Pasc. I l.c. No. 555

Black; antenn£e and claws dull piceous-red. Rather unevenly
clothed with scales of varying shades of brown and yellow; vary-
ing in shape from short, quadrate or spatulate, to elongate seta?.
Head with pale brown scales at base of rostrum and behind eyes;
prothorax with pale brown setose scales and a few shorter and
almost white at sides; disc with three feeble longitudinal stripes
of setose scales ; scutellum with brownish scales ; elytra with
rather small scales, a large very irregular patch of pale yellowish
scales near the sides and extending obliquely backwards to near
suture, then irregularly to apex, pale brown ones at base, along
suture and sides, a few small patches of dark brown ones scattered
about, short pale setse at apex and sides; sterna and legs with
long pale setose scales; metasternal episterna with embedded
scales at each end; abdomen with pale and rather setose scales
on 1st segment, 2nd with shorter sooty-brown scales and a few
pale ones scattered about, 3rd and 4th each with one distinct
row of sooty scales and a few smaller and paler ones scattered
about, their sides with paler and denser scales.

Head densely punctate; a shining distinct carina from base to
ocular fovea (which is partially concealed); a depression on each
side behind eyes. Rostrum shining; almost parallel to near apex
where it is distinctly widened; coarsely punctate at base, the
punctures decreasing in size and number to apex. Funicle with
lst-2nd joints equal, moderately elongate, the length of 4th-6th
combined, 6th-7th globular. Prothorax transverse, base bisinuate;.
a shining median carina continuous from base to apex, but partially
concealed by scales; densely punctate and with small shining.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 415-

oblong or rounded granules. Elytra cordate, much wider than^
prothorax, and about four times its length ; base trisinuate ;
shoulders rounded; punctures almost concealed by scales and
apparently very shallow; interstices very narrow, shining, raised
and keel-like, ten on each elytron, the first appearing as a row of
elongate granules; apex with small shining granules. Mesosternal
receptacle slightly angular. Metasternum rather coarsely punctate;;
episterna with moderately large punctures at their bases and
fewer and smaller at their apices. Abdomen with moderately
dense punctures on 1st and 5th segments, fewer on 2nd, and
forming a transverse row across each of the 3rd and 4th, these
closely joined together but sutures distinct. Femora moderately
thick, posterior almost reaching apical segment, teeth in all dis-
tinct and rather sharp; tibiae short, grooved, base strongly curved,
the posterior widening to apex, apex itself obliquely truncate and
very thin. Length 8, rostrum 24; width 4jmm.

//a6.— S. Queensland (Mr. G. Masters).

This is a rather prettily marked species with very narrow
elytral interstices. The carina on the head is very distinct.

Tyrt.eosus vetustus, Pasc; I.e. No. 5560.

Black; antennae and claws dull piceous-red. Base of rostrum,,
between and behind eyes with short pale scales; prothorax with
dull brown scales embedded in punctures and seldom rising
above the general level, the sides with larger pale and broader
scales; scutellum with pale scales; elytra with two transverse
fascia3 of short pale scales interrupted towards and very irregular
about suture: one near apex and one near base; duller, smaller
and scarcely visible scales scattered elsewhere; metasternal epi-
sterna with embedded scales at each end; sterna and abdomen
with large embedded scales, pale but becoming darker on abdomen,
3rd and 4th segments each with one distinct row of dull scales
and a much feebler scarcely traceable row.

Head densely punctate, ocular fovea indistinct; eyes large, pro-
minent, subcontiguous. Rostrum feebly shining, parallel almost
to apex; base coarsely punctate, the punctures gradually decreas-

416 REVISION OF THE AUSTRi^LIAN CUKCULIONIDA:,

ing in size to apex. Scape inserted slightly nearer apex than
base of rostrum; funicle rather thick, joints lst-2nd briefly obtri-
-angular, 3rd-7th transverse, their sutures indistinct. Prothorax
transverse; with dense round punctures; a shining, slightly inter-
rupted median carina continued from base to apex. Elytra
oblong-cordate, wider than prothorax and about thrice its length;
punctate-striate, punctures subquadrate and rather shallow: inter-
stices narrow, raised, and appearing as rows of oblong granules,
terminating at apex in bead-like granules. Metasternwrn as in
preceding. Abdomen with 1st, 2nd, and 5th segments rather
densely punctate; the 3rd and 4th with regular punctures, their
sutures wide. Femora more slender than in preceding, the teeth
(except posterior) smaller but sufficient!}' distinct ; posterior
reaching middle of apical segment; tibiae short, strongly curved
at base, the posterior slightly wider at their apices than the
anterior. Length 7, rostrum 1|; width 3| (vix) mm.

Hah. — Queensland, Victoria, S. Australia.

In this species the eyes are perhaps closer together, larger and
more coarsely faceted than in any other of the genus. One of
my specimens was received from Herr J. Faust and marked as
having been so named by Mr. Pascoe.

TYRTiEOSUS RELIGIOSUS, n.sp.

Black; antennae dull reddish-piceous, claws dull red. Head
and rostrum with pale scales, more distinct about eyes than else-
w^here; prothorax with pale ochreous setose scales rising above
punctures, more regular, shorter and slightly paler on sides than
on disc; scutellum v/ith very small pale scales; elytra with short
ochreous scales, unevenly distributed and denser towards apex
and base than elsewhere, seen from above with semi-nude spaces
forming an irregular Maltese cross; metasternal episterna with
embedded scales at each end; sterna and two basal segments of
abdomen with moderately elongate pale scales, 3rd and 4tli each
with two or more irregular rows of sooty and pale scales inter-
mingled together.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 417

Head punctate and granulate; ocular fovea concealed; eyes
rather large. Hostrura subparallel, moderately shining, coarsely
punctate, the punctures smaller and more elongate at apex than
base. Scape inserted about two-iifths from apex of rostrum; two
basal joints of funicle equal, moderately elongate, the rest trans-
verse. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides rounded, increasing
to base; a shining median carina continuous throughout; with
deep round punctures, the surface scarcely cut up into granules..
Elytra slightly wider than prothorax and about four times its
length; punctate-striate, punctures separated by granules, con-
cealed or not; interstices narrow, raised, continuous throughout
or cut up into elongated granules; minute granules about suture
and apex. Mesosternal receptacle and metasternum as in preced-
ing, punctures of episterna almost continuous. Abdomen densely
punctate. Posterior femora extending to apical segment; tibiae
short, curved at extreme base, rather thin, grooved, jDosterior
widening to apex. Length 9, rostrum 2J; width 4| mm.

Hah. — Q. : Cooktown (Herr J. Faust).

May be distinguished from microthorax by its noncarinate head
and from the preceding by its less parallel outline.

Tyrt^osus pardalis, Pasc; Lc. No. 5558.

Piceous-black; elytra dark reddish-brown; legs, rostrum and
antenna? dull piceous-red, claws dull red. Head about eyes and
base of rostrum with short ochreous scales; prothorax with dull
ochreous, scarcely visible scales embedded in punctures and not
rising to general level, except in three scarcely traceable lines at
the sides; near apex the scales are larger, paler and much more
distinct; elytra with ochreous scales very irregularly distributed
and forming small patches between the interstices; metasternal
episterna with scales at each end ; under surface uniformly
clothed with short spatulate pale yellowish scales; two distinct
rows on each of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments.

Head densely punctate, ocular fovea concealed. Rostrum
shining, parallel almost to apex; base densely punctate. Scape
inserted slightly in advance of middle; 1st joint of funicle slightly

418 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

longer than 2nd, 3rcl-7th transverse. Prothorax scarcel}^ wider
than long, apex narrow, sides rounded and feebly increasing to
base ; median carina shining, not continued to apex ; densely
punctate, punctures deep and round. Scutellum almost circular.
Elytra suboblong-cordate, slightly wider than prothorax and not
thrice its length ; shoulders feebly rounded ; punctate-striate,
punctures partially concealed ; interstices moderately narrow,
raised, interrupted throughout and appearing on each elytron as
nine rows of elongate punctured granules. Under surface densely
punctate; metasternal episterna with a shining impunctate space
near apex; intermediate segments rather narrow, their sutures
wide. Vo^teviov femora reaching apical segment: tibiae grooved,
base not very strongly curved, the posterior wider than the four
anterior; claw-joint and claws smaller than usual. Length 5f,
rostrum If; width 2f mm.
Hah. — N. Queensland.

Tyrt^osus biseriatus, n.sp.

Piceous-black ; legs, rostrum and elytral interstices paler,
antennse pale red. Head with ochreous and brown scales inter,
mingled; prothorax with three moderate!}' distinct longitudinal
stripes of ochreous scales, sides with larger and more regular
scales; scutellum densely squamose, the scales very small and
whitish ; elytra with ochreous scales giving them a spotted
appearance; metasternal episterna with embedded scales at each
end; scales of under surface uniform in colour, each of the 3rd
and 4th abdominal segments with two distinct rows of obtrian-
gular scales.

Head punctate and granulate; ocular fovea invisible; eyes
rather widely separated. Rostrum parallel, highly polished, a
feeble carina extending almost its entire length, elsewhere rather
coarsely punctate. Funicle with 1st joint obtriangular, slightly
longer than 2nd, the others transverse and feebly widening to
apex; club large. Protliorax feebly transverse; densely granulate,
the granules subopaque; with a feeble uninterrupted median carina.
Elytra wider than prothorax and scarcely thrice its length ;

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 419

punctures marked by scales, interstices feebly raised, scarcely
distinguishable. Under surface moderately densely punctate;
abdominal segments with rather narrow sutures, the second with
about three rows of moderately regular punctures, each of the
3rd and 4th with two distinct and very regular rows. Posterior
femora scarcely extending to middle of 4th segment, the teeth in
all rather small; tibiae short, grooved, equal, parallel except at
base. Length 4, rostrum 1; width 2 mm.

ZTaS.— N.S.W.: Gosford.

On a first glance the elytral interstices appear to be wider than
the punctures, but this is not the case, although they are wider
than usual; from the following species (which it closely resembles)
its larger size, more convex form, and shining rostrum will
sufficiently distinguish it.

Tyrt.eosus usTULATUs, Pasc. ; Ix. No. 5559.

Piceous-black; antennae and tarsi dark reddish-brown. Ros-
trum with setose scales throughout; prothorax with three feeble
longitudinal stripes of pale setose scales; elytra with griseous
scales forming very ill-defined fascitis and variable in pattern,
sparser at base and behind the middle than elsewhere; meta-
sternal episterna with embedded scales at each end, each of the
3rd and 4th abdominal segments with elongate scales forming at
least two very irregular rows.

Head granulate and punctate; ocular fovea invisible; eyes
rather widely separated. Rostrum opaque, parallel to near apex,
coarsely punctate throughout. Prothorax feebly transverse, sides
feebly rounded; with deep round punctures giving the surface a
granulated appearance; median carina scarcely traceable. Scii-
tellum oblong, smooth, slightly raised. Elytra about once and
one-fourth the width of prothorax and not thrice its length;
slightly the widest behind middle; shoulders rounded; striate-
punctate, punctures rather large, sufficiently distinct; striae
apparently wider than interstices, these raised and appearing as
rows of oblong granules. Mesosternal rece'ptade rather wide.
Under surface coarsely punctate, punctures and scales of 3rd and

420 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

4th abdominal segments very irregular. Femora rather thin,
feebly dentate, the posterior extending to middle of apical seg-
ment; tibia? grooved, equal. Length 4, rostrum f; width If mm.

Hah. — Tasmania.

The rostrum is coarsely punctate throughout; the femora are
long and rather thin, the anterior pair being very feebly dentate.

Tyrt.eosus iEMULUS, n.sp.

Differs from the preceding species in having elytral scales very
much sparser and slightly more elongate (and under a microscope
seen to be very different in shape); the scales on the intermediate
segments almost circular and forming one distinct and very regular
row ; rostrum slightly shorter, much less coarsely and more
regularly punctate, less densely squamose and with a shining
carina; the elytral punctures are coarser; the femora somewhat
stouter, and the posterior pair do not reach the apical segment.
Length 4, rostrum f ; width 1| mm.

^«6._N.S.W. : Galston, Forest Reefs (Dumbrell k Lea).

This species very strongly resembles ustulatuSj but the differ-
ences noted above appear to me to be incompatible with specific
identity. I have five specimens agreeing in all particulars except
size, and that variable to but a very slight extent (not half a milli-
metre between the two extremes). Of ustulatus I have under
examination two specimens kindly lent to me by Mr. Masters.

Tyrt^osus dolosus, n.sp. (Faust MS.).

Black, elytral interstices tinged with red; antennse dull reddish-
piceous; claws dull red. Head with pale ochreous-brown scales,
densest about eyes and base of rostrum; prothorax with three
feeble longitudinal rows of ochreous scales on disc, disc with sooty
black scales not rising to general level and scarcely visible, the
sides with sooty and white scales and large pale ochreous ones
near the apex; scutellum densely squamose, the scales pale; elytra
with sooty scarcely visible scales and others of an ochreous-red
colour and irregularly distributed; the darker spaces appearing
as a feeble Maltese cross; metasternal episterna with scales con-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 421

tiiiuous throughout; sterna and abdomen with short uniformly
whitish scales; each of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments with
a distinct row of scales as the rest of the abdomen, and a few
feeble ones about suture.

Head densely punctate and very feebly carinate in front; ocular
fovea concealed ; eyes large, subapproximate. Rostrum sub-
parallel, densely punctate, punctures naked towards apex, squa-
mose towards basC; a feeble carina extending from base almost to
apex. Antennae inserted slightly in advance of the middle; scape
short: basal joint of funicle obtriangular, longer than 2nd, 3rd-
7th transverse. Prothorax transverse; densely punctate, punc-
tures round and deep; a narrow median somewhat irregular
carina extending from base to apex. Sc^itellum oblong. Elytra
distinctly wider than prothorax and not thrice its length ;
shoulders slightly produced, rounded, granulate; punctures large,
shallow, separated by feeble transverse ridges; ten slightly raised
and rather wavy interstices on each elytron, becoming granulate
towards apex. Mesosternal receptacle semicircular. Metasteriial
episterna punctate throughout, the punctures forming double rows
at base and apex. Ahdoinen punctate, each of the 3rd and 4th
segments with one distinct row. Femora rather thick, posterior
extending to middle of apical segment; tibiae short, grooved, all
(but especially the posterior) dilating towards apex. Length 1\,
rostrum 2 (vix); width 4 mm.
[' Hab.—l^.Q.: Cooktown (Herr J. Faust).

Very strongly resembles T. religiosus, but besides the carinate
head it is of a shorter and broader build, with shorter and broader
rostrum and punctures of metasternal episterna different. A
specimen from the Northern Territory (probably Palmerston)
appears to belong to this species, but differs in being considerably
smaller (5 mm.), the clothing rather denser and paler and the
Maltese cross even less distinctly defined.

Tyrt^osus incallidus, Pasc; I.e. No. 5555.

Dark reddish-brown; prothorax and under surface darker,
antennae dull red. Head and base of rostrum with pale uniformly

28

422 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

distributed scales; prothorax densely clothed with rather elongate
pale scales all converging towards the middle; elytra with four
feeble much interrupted fasciae of pale scales, one at base, one
before and one behind middle, and one at apex; metasternal
episterna with scales continuous throughout; under surface with
moderately large and rather sparse pale scales; 3rd and 4th
abdominal segments each with one distinct row, a few small scales
in the prosternal portion of the pectoral canal.

Head punctate and granulate ; ocular fovea shallow ; eyes
moderately separated. Rostrum long, thin, rounded, extreme
base coarsely punctate, elsewhere highly polished and finely
punctate. Antennse slender; scape curved and inserted slightly
nearer base than apex; two basal joints of funicle elongate, 5th-
7th transverse; club rather small. Prothorax distinctly trans-
verse, sides feebly rounded, apex not much narrower than base,
base bisinuate; densely punctate, the punctures almost concealed.
Scutellum transverse. Elytra not much wider than prothorax
and about thrice its length, subparallel to near apex; shoulders
feebly rounded; punctures subquadrate, separated by transverse
ridges almost level with interstices; these feebly raised, rather
broad, in parts appearing as elongated granules and granulate
towards apex. Mesosternal receptacle longer than wide. Meta-
sternal episterna with one continuous row of punctures. Abdomen
moderately densely punctate, 2nd segment in about three rows,
each of the 3rd and 4th with one distinct and regular row.
Femora rather stout, teeth distinct ; posterior reaching apical
segment; tibiae grooved, anterior feebly bisinuate, four posterior
almost parallel (except at base). Length 5 (vix), rostrum If;
width 2^- mm.

Hab. — S. Queensland.

Tyrt^osus ichthyosomus, n.sp.

Dark reddish-brown; prothorax, under surface and rostrum
darker ; antennae dull red. Densely clothed with short pale
scales almost entirely concealing derm, those on prothorax larger
.than on elytra and all converging towards the middle, scutellar

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 423

scales very minute; each of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments
with two irregular rows in the middle and more towards sides;
metasternal episterna with scales continuous throughout.

Head densely punctate; ocular fovea feeble. Rostrum long,
thin, densely punctate at base, feebly elsewhere, highly polished,
slightly increasing in width almost from base to apex. Antennae
slender; scape inserted in exact middle of rostrum; two basal
joints of funicle elongate, subcylindrical, as long as those follow-
ing combined, 7th transverse. Prothorax transverse; punctures
and median carina almost concealed. S cutellum covdia.tQ. EJytra
not much wider than prothorax and about thrice its length,
parallel-sided to near apex; each with about eight rows of punc-
tures marked by depressions, but the punctures themselves con-
cealed; interstices apparently rather broad, feebly raised and
punctate. Mesosternal receptacle longer than wide. Metasternal
episterna with punctures continuous throughout and forming two
rows at base and apex. Abdomen moderately densely punctate,
the 3rd and 4th segments each with two very irregular rows, the
sides more densely punctate. Femora almost linear, the grooving
and teeth very slight, posterior not reaching apical segment ;
tibiae thin, anterior feebly bisinuate and very feebly grooved, the
four posterior almost straight, somewhat wider and with more
distinct grooves. Length 6^, rostrum 1|; width 3 mm.

//a6.— N.S.W.: Tenterfield (Mr. G. Masters)— Queensland
(Mr. C. French).

An uniformly clothed and subparallel species, with longer

k mesosternal receptacle, legs and rostrum than is usual.
TYRT.E0SUS CARINATUS, n.sp.
. Dull brownish-black; legs dark reddish-brown, antenna3 dull
bed. Sparsely clothed with dingy setose scales ; metasternal
episterna with setose scales continuous throughout; each of the
3rd and 4th abdominal segments with long setose scales not
formed in rows.

Head rather densely punctate, a distinct carina continued from
summit to about the middle of rostrum, from its termination an

424 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

impunctate line to apex; eyes large, rather distant. Rostrum
parallel-sided, shining; densely punctate at base and sides, feebly
so elsewhere. Scape inserted much closer to apex than base of
rostrum; two basal joints of funicle rather stout, subequal, 3rd-7th
feebly transverse; club acuminate. Prothorax feebly transverse,
apex rather narrow, sides rounded, feebly decreasing to base;
median carina very distinct, continued from base to apex; densely
punctate, punctures deep and round. Scutelluni small, subtrian-
gular. Elytra wider than prothorax and not thrice its lengthy
elongate-cordate, base trisinuate, shoulders somewhat prominent,
rounded; interstices slightly raised, rather broad and punctate,
scarcely granulate at apex. Mesosternal recpptacle feebly trian-
gular. Metasternal episterna each with a narrow row of punc-
tures, continuous throughout. Abdomen densely punctate, 3rd
and 4th segments with dense and very irregular punctures.
Femora rather slender, teeth small but distinct; posterior extend-
ing beyond middle of apical segment; tibiae feebly grooved, thin,
parallel except at base. Length 4J, rostrum 4; width 2 mm.

^«5._N.S.W. : Glen Innes.

A small species which should be easily recognised on account
of its distinct carina continued from head on to rostrum and
which is not at all interrupted at the position of the ocular fovea.

Tyrt^osus castor, n.sp.

Piceous-black ; antennae and claws dull red. Moderately
densely clothed with ochreous-yellow scales mixed with paler and
sooty scales; head and base of rostrum densely squamose; a dis-
tinct median stripe on prothorax and a much more feeble one on
each side; each puncture bearing a scale varying from white to
ochreous; elytra more densely squamose towards apex than else-
where; usually with a small whitish macula on 4th interstice
before the middle. Under surface with paler and smaller scales
than above, a continuous row on each of the metasternal episterna
and one row on each of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments.

Head punctate; ocular fovea absent, its place being occupied
by squamose punctures; eyes rather large, depressed and distant.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 425

Rostrum shining, sides slightlj'' incurved to middle, base and sides
punctate, a shining impunctate line on basal third. Scape
inserted almost in exact middle of rostrum; 1st and 2nd joints
of funicle moderately long, subequal, as long as 3rd-7th combined.
Prothorax feebly transverse, sides rounded, feebly decreasing to
base; median carina very feeble; densely punctate, punctures
round and moderately deep. Scutellum oblong. Elytra slightly
granulate, sides decreasing to apex from about the middle; inter-
stices feebly elevated, somewhat flattened, as wide as punctures
at base and wider at apex, with depressed granules. Mesosternal
receptacle semicircular. Metasternum more densely punctate in
middle than sides; each episternumwithonedistinctand continuous
row of punctures. Abdomen (except apical segment) rather
sparsely punctate, the 3rd and 4th each with one regular row of
rather shallow punctures. Femora slightly thickened, posterior
scarcely reaching apical segment,' tooth in all rather small but
distinct; tibiae grooved, subequal. Length G (vix), rostrum 14;
width 3 mm.

Hah. — Q. : Endeavour River, Cairns (Macleay Mus.), Somerset
(Mr. C. French).

This species must be close to T. concretus^ also from North
(Queensland; the following passages in Mr. Pascoe's description,
however, would certainly not apply to the present insect, "Elytra
interstitiis valde elevatis; femora . . . mutica."
" The scales on the prothorax are embedded in the punctures,
both being of rather unusual size." He also says : — "Tibia:' anticse
sulcatse," thereby at least implying that the anterior tibiae are
more noticeably grooved than the four posterior; in the jDresent
insect the reverse is the case.

TvRTiEosus POLLUX, n.sp.

Piceous-black; elytra feebly tinged with red, rostrum piceous-
red, antennae and claws paler. Moderately squamose, scales
obscure ochreous and sooty; metasternal episterna with scales
continuous throughout ; abdomen (especially apical segment)
rather densely squamose, each of the intermediate segments with
two distinct rows.

426 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

Head densely punctate ; ocular fovea moderately distinct.
Rostrum feebly shining, subparallel, coarsely punctate except in
middle. Scape inserted distinctl}^ closer to apex than base; basal
joint of funicle subquadrate, slightly shorter than 2nd, 3rd-7th
transverse. Prothorax transverse, sides rounded, very feebl}'-
decreasing to base; median carina very feeble and appearing wavy
through interruptions by punctures, these dense and round.
Scutellum oblong. Elytra noticeably v/ider than prothorax and
about thrice its length, subparallel to near apex ; interstices
feebly elevated, somewhat flattened, slightly wider than punctures.
Mesosternal receptacle semicircular, thinner than in preceding
species. Metasiermal episterna with punctures continuous
throughout, and forming double rows at base and apex. Abdomen
rather densely punctate, 3rd and 4th segments each with two
very distinct and regular rows. Legs rather long ; posterior
femora not passing middle of 4th abdominal segment, all with
very feeble teeth; tibi?e shorter than usual, subparallel. Length
6, rostrum If; width 2| mm.

Rah. — N.S.W. : Clarence River.

Very close to the preceding, but besides colour and clothing
differs in being narrower, in the puncturation and shape of ros-
trum, in antennal insertion, shape and size of funicular joints,
shape of mesosternal receptacle and punctures of metasternum
and abdominal segments.

TYRT.E0SUS ASSIMILIS, n.sp.

Blackish-brown, elytra and legs somewhat paler, antennae of a
rather pale red. Prothorax with a sooty scale in each puncture,
but in addition a few larger and paler ones; elytra with dense
pale ochreous and whitish scales formed into very feeble spots
and fasciae, but a moderately distinct median fascia of dark scales.
Under surface with subelongate whitish scales, variegated with
darker embedded ones. Legs, head and base of rostrum with
obscure whitish scales.

Head coarsely punctate between and behind eyes, elsewhere
finely punctate; with a short median ridge separating a shallow

I

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 427

impression behind each e3^e, these not very close together. Ros-
trum i-ather short and wide, sides feebly incurved to middle;
basal half coarsely punctate and with a median ridge, apical half
shining and impunctate along middle, but with strong punctures
on the sides. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum,
and shorter than funicle; 1st joint of funicle much stouter, but
scarcely longer than 2nd, the others transverse. Prolhorax
moderately transverse, sides rather strongly rounded; densely
and coarsely punctate; median carina feeble and continuous.
Elytra elongate, wider than and almost thrice the length of pro-
thorax; with series of large punctures; interstices regular and
narrower than punctures. Metasternal episterna with large but
not continuous punctures; 3rd and 4th abdominal segments each
with two irregular rows. Femora feebly dentate; tibiae curved at
base only. Length 4, rostrum 4; width 2 mm.

Hah. — N.W. Australia (type in Macleay Mus.).

Very close to j^f^'^'dalis, but the metasternum with three very
large punctures on each side close to the episternum.

Tyrt^osus imitator, n.sp.

Dark reddish -brown, elytra and antennae paler. Rather
sparsely clothed with ochreous scales, thin and subsetose on pro-
thorax, under surface and legs, but moderately stout on elytra.
Head and sides of base of rostrum feebly clothed.

Head rather coarsely punctate, depressed behind each eye; with
a short median carina; eyes large and subapproximate. Rostrum
moderately long, sides incurved to middle, basal half strongly
punctate and with three feeble ridges, elsewhere shining and with
smaller but very distinct punctures. Scape inserted one-third
from apex of rostrum; 2nd joint of funicle slightly longer than
1st, none of the others transverse. Prothorax small, densely and
coarsely punctate; with a rather wide median carina. Elytra
wider than and more than thrice the length of prothorax; punc-
tate-striate, striae deep and punctures shallow (larger on sides
than elsewhere); the five sutural interstices each with a strong
row of punctures along its middle, the others with punctures on

428 REVISIOX OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

sides. Under surface (including metasternal episterna and 3rd
and 4th abdominal segments) densely punctate. Femora feebly
dentate; posterior tibiae very wide at apex. Length 10, rostrum
2|-; width 5.^ mm.

Hah. — E. Australia (Mr. Horace W. Brown).

In appearance remarkably close to microthorax, but the punc-
tures very different; those of the ely tral interstices should prevent
the species from being readily confounded with any other of the
genus. The specimen described is either from Rockhampton, Q.,
or Orange, N.S.W.

Tyrt.eosus laterarius, n.sp.

Dark reddish-brown, antennae and claw-joints paler. Prothorax
moderately clothed with elongate ochreous scales; elytra very
densely clothed with brick-red or ochreous scales intermingled
with obscure patches of paler and darker scales, a moderately
distinct subtriangular patch on each side about the middle.
Under surface, legs, head and base of rostrum moderatel}' densely
clothed with ochreous scales.

Head with dense concealed punctures; eyes rather distant.
Rostrum scarcely the length of prothorax, sides lightly incurved
to middle ; basal half coarsely punctate but without median
ridge, apical half shining and moderately punctate. Scape
inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum, the length of funicle;
1st joint of funicle stouter and slightly longer than 2nd, the 4th-
7th transverse. Prothorax moderateh^ transverse, sides lightly
rounded ; with ver}^ dense and moderately large punctures ;
median carina indistinct. Elytra elongate, considerably wider
than and almost thrice the length of prothorax; with series of
large concealed punctures; interstices apparently wider but in
reality narrower than punctures. Under surface (including 3rd
and 4th abdominal segments and metasternal episterna) densely
punctate. Femora feebly dentate ; tibia? straight except at
extreme base. Length 5, rostrum 1; width 2 J mm.

Ilah. — N.S.W. : Blue Mountains (Macleay Mus.).

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 429

The clothing of the elytra is unusually dense and is of a brick-
red colour.

Tyrt^osus inermis, n.sp.

Dark reddish-brown, antennae and claw-joints paler. Densely
and almost uniformly (except that they are paler on the sterna
and absent on the apical half of rostrum) clothed with soft sooty
scales, feebly variegated with sooty white ones.

Head with dense concealed punctures; eyes large, but not very
close together. Rostrum short, wide and almost straight, sides
very feebly incurved to middle; basal two-fifths coarsely punctate,
elsewhere shining and (except along middle) very distinctly punc-
tate. Scape inserted almost in exact middle of rostrum; 1st joint
of funicle stouter but no longer than 2nd, the others transverse.
Frothorax strongly transverse, sides strongly rounded; with dense,
round, clearly-cut but concealed punctures; median carina absent.
Elytra slightly and not suddenly wider than prothorax and about
twice and one-half as long; striate-punctate, punctures large but
more or less concealed ; interstices convex, the width of but
apparently much wider than striae. Punctures of metasternal
episterna continuous throughout; 3rd and 4th abdominal segments
each with one row. Feinora edentate. Length 4, rostrum |;
width 2. mm.

Hab. — INorth Queensland (Macleay Mus.).

The clothing, except on the tarsi, is nowhere setose in cha-
racter. The scape is inserted almost in the middle of the rostrum
and the prothoracic carina is entirely absent.

Tyrt^osus corpulentus, n.sp. *

Brownish-black, antennae not much paler, elytra reddish-brown.
Prothorax with a mouse-coloured scale in each puncture, and with
a few small spots of dingy whitish scales; elytra with mouse-
coloured scales and with two fasciae of white (bordered or inter-
mingled with pale ochreous) scales. Under surface with large
soft white scales intermingled on the apical segments with darker
ones; legs mostly with white scales. Head and basal half of
rostrum not very densely squamose.

430 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

Head with rather coarse punctures; shallow!}^ depressed behind
eyes, which are large and subapproximate. Rostrum scarcely
the length of prothorax, sides feebly incurved to middle; distinctly
punctate throughout, but punctures much coarser on basal than
on apical half; with a feeble median ridge behind antennae. Scape
inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and shorter than funicle;
1st joint of funicle slightly longer than 2nd, 4th-7th transverse.
Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded; with
dense round clearly-cut punctures; with a continuous median
carina, which, however, becomes rather feeble anteriorly. Elytra
scarcely wider than and not thrice the length of prothorax, with
series of large, round, regular punctures; interstices (except the
suture) narrower than punctures and regular throughout. Punc-
tures of metasternal episterna not continuous throughout; those of
3rd and 4th abdominal segments somewhat irregular at sides but
in only one row on each across middle. Femora acutely, the
four posterior strongly dentate. Length 9, rostrum 2; width
5 mm.

Hah. — Q. : Cooktown (Mr. C. French).

Very close to vetustus, but distinguished by the larger size and
the almost jet-black antennae. It appears also to be close to
lateralis^ but the elytral punctures and clothing do not agree with
Mr. Pascoe's description. The elytral fasciae, though very dis-
tinct, are not sharply defined except on the sides : the first com-
mences on the side at the basal third, but at the 4th interstice
divides into two, of which one part touches the scutellum, the
other the suture before the middle; the enclosed space is some-
what diamond-shaped, but contains a few pale scales; the posterior
fascia is at the apical fourth and scarcely touches the suture.

Tyrt^osus cinerascens, n.sp.

Black, elytra almost black, antennae dull red. Upper surface
(including head and base of rostrum) moderately densely clothed
with whitish scales intermingled with mouse- coloured ones, the
whole having a speckled appearance. Under surface and legs
with dense whitish scales.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 431

Head coarsely punctate; eyes moderately large and scarcely
approximate. Rostrum moderately long, sides incurved to middle,
but slightly swollen at insertion of antennae; distinctly punc-
tate throughout but coarsely so on basal half; without median
ridge. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and shorter
than funicle; 2nd joint of funicle slightly longer than 1st, 5th-7th
transverse. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, sides strongly
rounded; with dense round punctures; with a continuous but
rather feeble median carina. Elytra not much wider than pro-
thorax and about twice and one-half as long; sculpture as in the
preceding species. Punctures of under surjace dense, but on the
metasternal episterna not quite continuous. Femora strongly
and acutely dentate. Length 8J, rostrum 2; width 4| mm.

ZTaJ.— N.S.W. : Blue Mountains (Rev. T. Blackburn), Went-
worth Falls (Mr. A. Simson)— Tas. : Hobart (Mr. F. A. Rodway).

On one of the specimens under examination the dark scales
form four very feeble elytral fasciae.

Tyrt^osus urens, n.sp.

Black ; tarsi and antennae dull red. Moderately densely
clothed with blackish scales; prothorax with several indistinct
patches of pale scales; elytra with distinct but irregular and not
sharply defined fasciae; scutellum with dense pale scales. Under
surface, legs, head and rostrum obscurely clothed.

Head densely punctate ; eyes moderately widely separated.
Rostrum rather long and thin, sides very feebly incurved to
middle; with strong punctures throughout, but smaller in front
of antennae. Scape inserted one-fourth from apex of rostrum and
the length of funicle; 1st joint of funicle stouter and longer than
2nd, the others transverse. Prothorax feebly transverse, sides
moderately rounded; densety and coarsely punctate, median carina
traceable but nowhere distinct. Elytra narrow, not much wider
than and about twice and one-half the length of prothorax ;
striate-punctate, punctures large and distinct; interstices densely
punctate and the width of striae. Under surjace (including 3rd
and 4th abdominal segments) densely punctate; metasternal epi-

432 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

Sterna less densely and nob continuously punctate. Legs long
and thin; anterior femora edentate, the others feebly dentate.
Length 4, rostrum 1 J; width IJ mm.

I/ab.—Tsis.: Hobart (Mr. H. H. D. Griffith)— N.S W. : Moon-
bar (Mr. R. Helms).

A small species with much thinner legs than usual. The speci-
men from M r. Helms is marked as having been taken at an
elevation between 3,000 and 3,500 feet.

Tyrt^osus .equus, n.sp.

Black; antennse (club excepted) and tarsi dull red. Clothing
as in the preceding species.

Head and eyes as in the preceding species. Rostrum moder-
ately long, but not very thin; basal third coarsely punctate and
with a feeble median ridge; elsewhere shining and lighth* punc-
tate. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and slightly
shorter than funicle; 1st joint of funicle much stouter but no
longer than 2nd, the others transverse. Prothorax feebly trans-
verse, sides strongly rounded, densely and coarsely punctate, with
a moderately distinct and continuous median carina. Elytra as
in the preceding species, except that they are rather wider,
Punctures of under surface as in the preceding species. Femora
feebly dentate. Length 5, rostrum 1 ; width 2 mm.

Hah. — N.S. Wales (Macleay Mus.)— Tas.: Huon River (Lea).

Close to the preceding species, but larger and all the femora^
dentate; it is also close to pollux, but the punctures of the meta-
sternal episterna are continuous throughout.

Tyrt^osus crassirostris, n.sp.

Blackish-brown ; elytra, legs and antennae paler. Upper
surface with indistinct sooty scales, with small patches of obscure
whitish scales scattered about and forming \evy feeble fascia3 on
the elytra and three feeble stripes on the prothorax; scutellum
with dense pale ochreous scales. Under surface, legs, head and
rostrum with rather thin and not very dense whitish scales.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 433

Head with moderately large punctures in front, becoming
smaller behind; a shallow impression between eyes; eyes widely
separated and much smallf^r than usual. Rostrum slightly shorter
than prothorax, rather wide and thick, sides increasing in width
to apex and not incurved to middle; with coarse punctures in
strong series throughout. KScape inserted two-fifths from apex of
rostrum and shorter than funicle; 1st joint of funicle stouter but
scarcely longer than 2nd, the others transverse. Prothorax
strongly transverse, sides strongly rounded; densely and moder-
ately strongly punctate, the punctures in places confluent; median
carina distinct and continuous. Elytra elongate-cordate, wider
than and about twice and one-half the length of prothorax ;
punctate-striate, striae deep and punctures indistinct; interstices
densely punctate and wider than striae. Under surface (including
3rd and ith abdominal segments) with dense (but on the meta-
sternal episterna not continuous) punctures. Femora edentate.
Length 6, rostrum IJ; width 3 mm.

Hab.—Q. : Somerset (Mr. C. French).

The rostrum and eyes in this and the following species are very
different from those of any other here described. In both also the
femora are feebly ridged beneath, but even on the posterior pair
these ridges do not become dentate.

Tyrt.^osus quadratolineatus, n.sp.

Dark reddish-brown, antennae and claw-joints paler. Clothing
as in the preceding species, but rather sparser.

Head and eyes as in the preceding species. Rostrum as in the
preceding species, except that the punctures though everywhere
coarse are not in distinct series. Antennae paler, but otherwise
as in the preceding. Prothorax feebly transverse, sides moder-
ately rounded ; densely and coarsely punctate, median carina
feeble but continuous. Elytra narrow, scarcely wider than and
not much more than twice the length of prothorax; striate-punc-
tate, punctures indistinct but not small; interstices the width of
striae, flat and all (but the lateral ones less noticeably so) in series
of small squares, each of which contains a rather large and more

434 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

or less central puncture. Abdomen with two rows of punctures;
those on metasternal episterna not continuous. Femora edentate.
Length 5, rostrum 1 J; width 2J mm.

Hab.—l^.W. Australia (Macleay Mus.).

The elytral interstices are very peculiar; each appears (especially
towards the base) to be divided into series of squares each of
which contains a more or less central puncture. It is this char-
acter which renders it so distinct from the preceding species,
which otherwise it strongly resembles.

H Y P E R I 0 s o M A, n.g.

Head rather large and feebly convex, not concealed. Fyes
large, ovate, not very distant, coarsely faceted. Rostrum moder-
ately long and not very thin, curved. Scape inserted nearer apex
than base of rostrum and the length of funicle; two basal joints
of the latter moderately long; club elliptic. Prothorax transverse,
sides rounded, base bisinuate, constriction feeble, ocular lobes
obtuse. SciUelluM distinct. Elytra oblong-subcordate, base
trisinuate and wider than prothorax. Pectoral canal terminated
between intermediate coxse. Mesosternal receptacle slightly raised,
crescent-shaped, emargination briefly U-shaped; cavernous. Meta-
sterniim shorter than the following segment; episterna distinct.
Basal segment of abdomen as long as the two following combined,
its apex incurved; 2nd-4th with their sides drawn slightly back-
wards, 2nd slightly longer than 3rd and 4th combined and dis-
tinctly longer than 5th. Legs rather short; femora stout, dentate,
not grooved, posterior not passing elytra; tibise compressed and
distinctly curved; tarsi normal. Subelliptic, convex, squamose,
winged.

This genus is not a very distinct one, but the combination of
characters is such as to forbid the species described below (and
which in shape and to a certain extent in clothing resembles the
European Hypera ])unctata) being placed in any other genus.
From Cryptorliynchus it is distinguished by the base of the elytra,
2nd abdominal segment and legs.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 435

Hyperiosoma falcatum, n.sp.

Dark reddish-brown; antennse (club excepted) paler. Densely
clothed with soft muddy-brown scales, each elytron with a large
triangle of dingy whitish scales, its base on the sides and its apex
touching the 3rd interstice. Under surface, legs, head and
rostrum with paler scales than on pro thorax, and with rather
numerous whitish scales scattered about.

Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of
prothorax and almost parallel-sided; basal half with strong con-
cealed punctures; apical half shining and lightly punctate. Scape
inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum ; 1st joint of funicle
stouter and slightly longer than 2nd, 7th longer than 6th. Fro-
thorax moderately transverse, convex, apex more than half the
width of base and scarcely produced; with dense, round, regular,
concealed punctures. Elytra about once and one-third the width
and twice and one-half the length of prothorax, sides parallel to
apical third; with series of large and round but almost entirely
concealed punctures. Under surface with dense concealed punc-
tures. Femora stout, teeth of anterior pair rather small, of inter-
mediate large and of posterior very large, posterior extending
almost to apex of abdomen; tibiae equally and rather strongly
curved and diminishing in width to apex. Length 5|, rostrum
1^; width 3 mm.

Hah. — Q. : Cooktown (Herr J. Faust).

The elytral triangles of pale scales are very distinct; the teeth
of the posterior femora are very large and triangular.

SCLEROPOIDES, n.g.

Head moderately large and convex, not concealed. Eyes of
moderate size, distant, coarsely faceted. Ghib ovate. Mesosternal
receptacle distinctly and rather suddenly raised, sides incurved to
base, emargination briefly Y-shaped; cavernous. Femora edentate
and not very stout; tibiae compressed and straight except at base.
Other characters as in the preceding genus.

Elytral triangles of white scales not conjoined sqiiamicollis.

These triangles conjoined trianguliferus.

436 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

SCLEROPOIDES SQUAMICOLLIS, n.sp.

X. Black; antennae and tarsi dull red. Densel}^ clothed with
large soft scales of an almost uniform and rather dingy shade of
brown; each elytron with an obscure triangle of pale scales about
the middle but not extending to suture. Legs with somewhat
paler scales than above, the sterna and abdomen with still paler
scales; pectoral canal distinctly squamose. Head and rostrum
(except near apex where the clothing is feeble) densely squamose.

Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum slightly longer
than prothorax, sides feebly incurved to middle; densely punctate,
punctures concealed behind antennae, but three narrow costae
traceable. Scape inserted at one-third from apex of rostrum; 1 st
joint of funicle slightly longer than 2nd, 2nd almost the length
of 3rd and 4th combined, 7th strongly transverse. Prothorax
lighth^ transverse, sides rather strongly incurved near apex, base
rather strongly bisinnate; punctures entirely concealed. Elytra
almost thrice the length of prothorax and at base not much (but
rather suddenly) wider, sides subparallel to near apex; seriate-
punctate, punctures concealed; interstices convex, the alternate
ones distinctly raised. Under surface with dense, rather strong,
and almost uniform but concealed punctures. Legs densely
punctate; femora linear, the posterior not extending to apical
segment. Length 7, rostrum 2; width 3|- mm.

Hah.—^.^ Wales (Sydney Mus.).

The scales on the prothorax are much larger than elsewhere,
are rounded and thick and entirely conceal the sculpture. The
outlines of this and the following species are very similar to those
of Sclerojms sticticus, Faust, from Borneo.

SCLEROPOIDES TRIANGULIFERUS, n.Sp.

^ (?). Black, antennae and tarsi darker. Densely clothed with
large soft scales of a rather dingy shade of brown; each elytron
with a large triangle of white scales which are conjoined at
suture. Under surface and legs with rather pale scales; pectoral
canal squamose. Head and basal third of rostrum densely
clothed.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 437

Head with dense round concealed punctures. Rostrum slightly
longer than prothorax and rather strongly curved, sides very
feebly incurved to middle; sides at base rather strongly punctate,
elsewhere shining and with moderately small and rather sparse
punctures. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum; 1st
joint of funicle distinctly longer than 2nd, 2nd the length of 3rd
and 4th combined, 7th moderately transverse. Prothorax rather
widely transverse, sides rather strongly incurved near apex, base
moderately bisinuate; with dense, round, deep, partially concealed
punctures. Elytra oblong-cordate, about thrice the length of
prothorax, and at base suddenly wider, sides parallel to near
apex; with series of rather large but almost entirely concealed
punctures; interstices convex, wider than punctures, the alternate
ones rather feebly raised. Under surface and legs as in the pre-
ceding species. Length 6J, rostrum 2; width 3 mm.

Hah. — N.8.W. : Clarence River.

The clothing of the elytra is divided into four distinct sections :
a basal portion triangularly advanced on suture and of a brown
shade, a larger and almost circular apical patch of similar scales,
with two whitish triangles (each of which is as large as the basal
portion) filling the intervening space.

BOTHYNACRU M,* n.g.

Head of moderate size, convex, not concealed. Eyes large,
ovate, lateral, rather coarsely faceted. Rostrum, long, thin, and
curved. Antennce thin; scape inserted rather close to apex of
rostrum, the length of funicle; club elliptic, joints oblique. Pro-
thorax transverse, sides strongly rounded, base feebly bisinuate,
constriction feeble, ocular lobes rounded but rather prominent.
Scutellum distinct. Elytra oblong-cordate, considerably wider
than prothorax, base almost truncate. Pectoral canal deep and
narrow, terminated between intermediate coxae. Mesosternal
recei^tacle feebly raised, U-shaped, but base somewhat thickened;
slightly cavernous. Metasternum shorter than the following seg-

* ^oOvvos, fovea; aKpov, apex.
29

438 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

ment; episterna distinct. Abdomen with the 1st segment as long
as 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process narrow; 2nd-4th with
the sides drawn slightly backwards, 2nd slightly shorter than 5th
and about once and one-half the length of each of the following.
Legs moderately long; femora scarcely grooved but each with a
thin ridge terminating in a tooth, posterior passing elytra; tibiae
thin, flat and curved; tarsi moderately long, 1st joint slightly
longer than 4th. Elliptic, convex, non-tuberculate, winged.

Most of the characters described denote an approach to Tyr-
tceosus; the legs are much as in Pe^HssojJs (except that the tibiae
are thinner); and the rostrum and antennae are suggestive of
affinity with Pezichus. The species described below is remarkable
for the large round fovea on the apical segment of the ^.

BOTHYNACRUM STOREOIDES, n.sp.

^. Reddish-castaneous and lightly shining. Sparsely clothed
with subochreous scales; elytra with a very distinct but small
transverse patch of white scales at summit of posterior declivity
and a longitudinal patch on each side at apex. Under surface
and legs with white scales; head and basal two-thirds of rostrum
with whitish scales.

Head with small punctures. Rostrum slightly longer than
prothorax, thin and parallel-sided; basal half with concealed but
rather small punctures, and with a moderatel}' distinct median
carina and a much feebler one on each side; apical half shining
and lightly punctate. Scape inserted one-fifth from apex of
rostrum; two basal joints of funicle subequal, their combined
length slightly less than that of the others, 6th and 7th trans-
verse. Prothorax moderately transverse, with dense and moder-
ately strong (but slightly obscured) punctures ; with a very
narrow and almost continuous median carina. Elytra about
once and one-third the width and twice and one-half the length
of prothorax; striate-punctate, punctures large but shallow at
each end; interstices convex and regular, narrower or the width
of punctures, but posteriorly becoming considerably wider.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 439

Under surface with rather sparse but regularly distributed punc-
tures, each of which contains a scale. Apical segment with a
large round fovea occupying more than half the surface. Femora
rather feebly but distinctly dentate, posterior just passing el3'tra.
Length 5 J, rostrum 1 J; width 2 J mm.

9. Differs in being without the large apical fovea of the
abdomen; the rostrum squamose at extreme base only, and the
scape inserted at its apical two-fifths.

Hah. — Q. : Endeavour River (Macleay Mus.).

A very distinct species in general appearance, and in clothing
(except of the under surface) resembling many of the species of
Storeus. The prothorax at first sight appears to be almost
regularly granulate, but this is entirely due to the clothing con-
cealing portions of the interstices between the punctures.

Genus E n t e l e s, Schonherr.

Spec. Cure. iv. (1), p. 269, ISTo. 321; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. vii.
p. 128.

Head convex, not concealed, ocular fovea distinct. Eyes very
large, finely faceted, subcontiguous. Rostrum slender, longer
than prothorax, strongly curved. Antennae slender ; scape
inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum; 2nd joint of funicle
elongate ; club elongate. Prothorax subconical, ocular lobes
almost rectangular, constriction very feeble. Scutellum distinct
bat small. Elytra subcordate, more than twice the length of
prothorax. Pectoral canal narrow, moderately deep, just passing
intermediate coxse. Mesosteimal receptacle not raised, sides equal
throughout and rather thin, emargination elongate U-shaped ;
open. Metasternum about half the length of the following seg-
ment; episterna not very wide. Basal segment of abdomen large,
intercoxal process wide and truncate, 2nd two-thirds the length
of 1st; 3rd and 4th conjointly slightly longer than 2nd or 5th.
Legs long: femora thickened, dentate, posterior passing elytra;
tibiae thin, compressed; tarsi elongate, 1st and 4th joints long

440 REVISION' OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^.,

and subequal, 3rd short, deeply bilobed. Elliptic, convex above
and below, non-tuberculate, winged.
A very distinct genus.

Prothoiax with two transverse lines of scales, elytra with

three Vigorm, Gyll.

Prothorax with one transverse line of scales, elytra with two vicinus, Faust.

Enteles Yigorsii, Gyll.; I.e. No. 5568.

Black, shining; antennae, claws and tibial hooks piceous-red.
Elongate, setose, adpressed scales (in ^ dark, in 9 pale strami-
neous), forming two lines across prothorax, one almost at extreme
apex (usually but not always interrupted in middle) and one at
extreme base, the two conjoined at sides; elytra with three similar
lines, one slightly before middle, curved, and extending to meta-
sternum; one after the middle, straight and reaching 2nd abdo-
minal segment; the third semicircular, its base and sides touching
the middle line, the enclosed spaces with a few feeble spots;
between base and first line there are numerous spots, and the
suture is bare; between 1st and 2nd lines there are usually no
spots, but the suture is clothed. The under surface has similar
scales to the upper; they narrowly margin apex of prosternum,
sides of pectoral canal, mesosternal receptacle, margins of 1st
abdominal segment (except intercoxal process) and sides of the
other segments; a few scales scattered about, especially on the
two basal and the apical segment of abdomen; legs with scattered
scales, causing them to appear grey to the naked eye. Sides of
eyes and of rostrum at base with scales. Ciliation short, dense,
silvery; visible with head in position.

Head feebly and minutely punctate; ocular fovea deep, distinct,
in 9 open at apex. Rostrum shorter and more noticeably curved
in (J than 9? finely punctate throughout, the punctures very
feeble in ^^ S ^^'ith ^ shallow squamose groove on each side from
eye almost to insertion of antenme, a narrow costa separating it
from scrobe; in $ the groove is almost absent. Scape inserted
about two-fifths from apex of rostrum, in (J slightly passing, in
9 scarcely reaching apex; 1st joint of funicle short, obtriangular,

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 441

2nd-6th subcyliiidric, 7th transverse, 2nd as long as 3rd-4th.
Prothorax slightly transverse, convex, sides slightly incurved
towards apex, slightly rounded towards base, base bisinuate;
scutellar lobe with a very feeble longitudinal ridge, a still
more feeble one at apex ; with minute and very minute
punctures throughout. Scutelhmi small, shining, transverse,
within a depression. Elytra closely applied to prothorax, base
trisinuate, shoulders feebly clasping prothorax, widest slightly
behind base; very feebly striate, the striae almost invisible near
apex; with rather small, distinct punctures at base and sides,
rather distant and only in striae. Urider surface scarcely visibly
punctate; intercoxal process with an oblique groove on each side.
Legs finely punctate; claw-joint setose. Length 8, rostrum 3^;
width 4 mm.

Hah. — Queensland; New South Wales (Tweed and Richmond
Rivers).

An elegant and very abundant species; the derm beneath the
lines of scales is feebly grooved, so that the scales do not rise
above the general surface, a character also possessed by the fol-
lowing species.

Enteles vicintus, Faust, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlix. 1888, p. 309.

Black, feebly shining; antennae and claws piceous-red. With
similar but much sparser scales than on preceding; base of pro-
thorax very feebly margined, two lines on elytra — one about one-
sixth from base on the disc only and not extending to suture by
more than one interstice; one about one-fourth from apex partly
continued on to sides and interrupted at suture, usually without
scales elsewhere, but a few spots occasionally in the vicinity of
suture about the middle. Under surface and legs with feeble
scattered scales. Ciliation duller, but otherwise as in preceding.

Rather broader and less convex than, but very similar to, the
preceding. Head densely and not very minutely punctate; ocular
fovea deep, distinct, in ^ separated from eyes by a flat, narrow,
punctate space, in 9 rising gradually to eyes. Rostrum rather
coarsely and densely punctate in ^J, feebly in 9 '■> lateral

442 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE.

grooves as in preceding. Scape as in preceding; funicle a little
stouter, 2nd joint not much longer than 1st, and not the length
of 3rd-4th, 6th-7th transverse. Prothorax scarcely if at all
transverse, convex; sides slightly incurved towards apex, slightly
rounded towards base; base bisinuate; a scarcely traceable median
line; with small punctures on disc, becoming very minute on sides,
apex with rather strong punctures, each carrying a small seta.
Elytra much as in the preceding, but each with ten distinct rows
of distant rounded punctures, visible but much smaller near apex,
those at the base (before first line of scales) strong and apparently
each with a small granule. Groove of inter coxal process longer
and shallower than in preceding. Tihice stouter than in preced-
ing, the posterior with a narrowly separated squamose ridge on
each side at apex, more pronounced in ^ than 5. Length 10,
rostrum 4; width 5 mm.

Hah. — North Queensland.

It has been suggested to me that this species is but a variety
of the preceding, but this is incorrect. It is a rather gloomy-
looking insect, without the polished derm and beautiful markings
of E. Vigorsii.

443

NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA.
No. l—LOTORIUM.

By H. Leighton Kesteven.

(Communicated by jL>er??^^ss^07^ of the Trustees oj the Australian

Museum.)

Part i. — Synonymy.

Family LOTORIID^, Harris.

(Harris, Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit. Mus. Pt. i., p. 185, 1897.)

Genus L o t o r i u m, Montfort.

Buccinum, Tournefort, 1742. Lotorium nodiferum^ Lamarck

{fide Bayle, Journ. de Conch., 1880, p. 241).
Buccinum-tritonis, Klein, Tent. Meth. Ostrac. 1753, p. 43, pi. 7,

f. 117. B. penatum, &lc. = Lotorium. tritonis, Linn.
ArgohuGcinu,m, Klein, op. cit. p. 44, pi. 7, f. 128. A. /asciatum

= Gyrineum vexillum, Sowb.
Lagena, Klein, op. cit. p. 49, pi. 3, f. 61. L. toroides = Lotorium

clandestinum, Chemnitz.
Simjndum^ Klein, op. cit. p. 50, pi. 3, f. 62, 63. S. forosum =

Lotorium costatum, Born.
Gictturiiiiwi, Klein, op. cit. p. 51, pi. 3, f. 64. G. ranula —

Lotorium tuberosum, Lamarck.
*Epidromus, Klein, op. cit. p. 52. B. buccijium-sulcatum, &c. =

Colubraria 7naculosa, Chemnitz.
*Murex, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. 1767, Tom. i., Pars 2, p. 1213.
Tritonium, Bolten, Mus. Bolt. 1798, p. 125; ed. ii. p. 88, 1819.

Not Tritonium, O. F. Miiller, Prodr. Zool. Dan., p. 243,

1776.

444 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

Cymatium, Bolten, op. cit.
Cahestana, Bolten, op. cit.

Tritojiium, Link, Beschr. Rostock. Samml. p. 121, 1807.
Lotoriutn tritonis, Linn.
* Persona, Montfort, Conch. Syst. ii. 1808, p. 633. Type P. anus,
Linn. = Distortrix anus, Linn.
Aquillus, Montfort, op. cit. p. 579. Type A. cutaceus, Linn. =
Lotorium cutaceum, Linn, ^ot Aqidlus, Brisson, Ornithol.
i., p. 419 (AvEs).
^Apollon, Montfort, op. cit. p. 571. Type A. gyrinus, Linn. =
GyrineuTYi gyrinum, Linn.
Lotorium, Montfort, op. cit. p. 583. Type L. lotor = Lotorium
lotorium, Linn.
, Triton, Montfort, op. cit. p. 587. Type T. tritonis, Linn. =
Lotorium tritonis, Linn. Not Triton, Linn., 1768(Crustacea),
nor of Laurenti, 1768 (Batrachia).
Monoplex, Perry, Conchology, 1811, pi. iii. M. cornutus =
Lotorium exaratum, Reeve.
*Biplex, Perry, op. cit. pi. iv. B. rosa = Gyrineiun hufonia,

Gmelin.
Septa, Perry, op. cit. pi. xiv. S. ;ja7*^i7iso?iia?ia — Lotorium

fusiforme, Kiener.
Lampusia, Schumacher, Essai Nouv. Syst. Habit. Testaces, 1817,
pp. 72, 250. Ij. jnleare, Linn. = Lotoritun pileare, Linn.
^Coluhraria, Schum., op. cit. pp. 76, 251. C. granulata = Colu-
braria maculosa, Gmelin.

*Gyrina, Schum., op. cit. pp. 77, 253. G. maculata==Gyrineum
giganteum, Lamk.
Ranularia, Schum., op. cit. p. 253. {Ranula, p. 77) R. lahiata

— Lotorium pyrum, Linn.
Luterium, Herrmannsen, Indicis Gen. Malac. i. 1846, j^p. 625,

632. Emend, for Lotorium.
Cumia, Bivon, Caratt. Nuov. Gen. Conchiglie, 1838.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 445

Chat'onia, Gistel, Naturg. des Tierreichs, 1848, p. 107.
Linatella, Gray, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus. 1857, p. 39. Type L.

cinc/ulata = Lotoriinn cingulatum, Lamk.
Neptunella (Gray), H. & A. Adams, "Genera" ii., p. 654, 1858.
*Priene, H. & A. Adams, op. cit. p. 654. P. rudis, Broderip.
1 Trachytriton, Meek, Smithsonian Miscell. Coll. vii, 1864; Smith,
Check List Tert. Foss., pp. 22, 37. T. vinculum, Hall k
Meek.
"^Tritonopsis, Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch, i. 1865, p. 20. T.
suhalveatum = Cymia woodii, Dall (Jide Dall).

% Personella, Conrad, op. cit. p. 21. P. sejjtemdentata, Gabb.
1 Ranellina, Conrad, op. cit. p. 21. R. maclurii, Conrad.
*Buccitriton, Conrad, op. cit. p. 21. B. alius = Nassa {fide Dall).
ISassia, Bellardi, " T. Moll. Terreni Terz. del Piedmont e della

Ligura," Mem. Reale Accad. Sci. Torino xxvii. (ser. ii.)

1873, p. 219. First sp. Triton apenniniciom, Sassi.
"^Aspella, Morch, Malak. Blatt. xxiv. 1877, p. 24. Asj)ella ancepti,

Lamk.
"i Plesiotritoii, Fischer, Man. de Conch. 1884, p. 654.
"I Hilda, Hoernes et Auinger, 1884. Die Gasterop. der Meeres-

Ablagerungen, p. 182, pi. xxii. f. 17-20. Abhand. derk. k.

Geologischen Reich. Band xii. Type Triton (Hilda)

transsylvanicum, H. & A.

The Generic Name.

The names in the above synonymy marked with an asterisk
are included, because they have been associated with " Tritoyi,'*
more or less erroneously, by Tryon, Fischer and others. Some
are good genera, others synonyms of other groups. Klein's pre-
Linnsean names acquired a right to quotation when endorsed by
later writers.

Murex, Linn., being retained for another distinct genus, the
first names we need consider are those of Bolten. I have been
unable to consult his work, but they seem to be nomina nuda, and,

446 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

therefore unquotable. Fischer (n, 206) reviewed the ' Museum
Boltenianum,' and came to this conclusion; and Dall's sentence,
*' There is no good reason why we should not adopt the name
proposed by Bolten, given a scientific standing by Link, and
adopted by Cuvier " (7, 225); and his repeated rejection of Bolten's
noinina nuda points to his being of the same opinion. (The italics
are mine.) The name to which the above sentence refers is
Tritonium. He has since regarded the name as preoccupied at
the time of its proposal, and inadmissible on that account (8, 4:16).

With reference to Aquillus, I cannot do better than quote
Harris (15, 186): — "Commencing with Aquillus, the etymology
of the word is uncertain, and in any case is hybrid. When it is
emended in the manner suggested by Agassiz (2, p.31, Moll. p. 7) and
others, we have Aquilus or Aquila, which is anticipated by the
well known Aquila, Brisson, in ornithology, and by several other
authors prior to the appearance of Montfort's work. To prevent
difficulty, therefore, it is not advisable to select Aquillus, the
more so that Montfort suggested another name at the same time,
in the same work which will do very well."

The next name on my list, which is arranged chronologically,
is Lotorium, which is not preoccupied, is proposed in a thoroughly
scientific manner, and for which a type (Murex lotorium, Linn.)
is named, described and figured. Triton is preoccupied; Septa
and Laiyipusia were proposed subsequent to Lotorium.

I am of the opinion that Harris is right in maintaining that
Lotorium should be accepted. With this conclusion both Messrs.
E. A. Smith {fide Harris, I.e.) and C. Hedley agree.

Until a generic nonien nudum is absolutely defined there will
be an element of uncertainty in this synonymy. Verrill (38, 54)
says Bolten worked in a rational manner, and that " he gave no
diagnoses, but he cited well known and figured species as types,
so that his meaning is clear." If this is so, and it constitutes a
generic description, Montfort's name must give place to that of
Bolten. It is a point which can, it seems, be only settled finally
by a consultation of a few malacologists of experience, and a
careful consideration of the consequences, rather than a rigid

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 447

application of the rules of nomenclature. The following extract
from Dall's Report to the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science (1877 Meeting) "On Nomenclature in Zoology
and Botany" (p. 45, § Ixii.) makes a fitting conclusion to a dis-
cussion on this synonymy : —

"The following kinds of works are entitled to citation in

bibliography, but not in synonymy: — 1 2 3. Works

not published.

" It may seem superfluous to object to works of the third
category. But besides several MSS. preserved in museum libraries
and sometimes quoted, though never printed, there are a few
works that have been printed but never published. This is the
case with a Museum Catalogue prepared by Link about 1806.

" It was printed and contained a host of new names. But
whether the author was ashamed of his work, or the authorities
of the University declined to be sponsors for the innovations, the
work was never offered for sale, distributed, or advertised by the
author.

"Only one copy is definitely known to have escaped from the
University cellars, and it has been stated that the remainder, or
most of them, were destroyed by fire. Yet in 1851, the solitary
copy having been discovered, one or two authors called attention
to it, and demanded that these names should take precedence of
those of Lamarck and others, which had been in use for nearly
half a century. A few writers have adopted this suggestion, and
in one branch of science at least, deplorable confusion has resulted.

" The auctioneer's catalogue of Bolten's collection printed in
1798, but fortunately containing no diagnoses, and of which only
one or two copies are known, falls nearly in the same category. A
reprint was made in 1819, but is also one of the rarest books."

The Family Name.

The consideration of what name should be applied to the
family has been complicated by the action of Dall and Simpson.
They have, without giving any reason, divided the group known
of old as Triton into four genera, and, while admitting Lotoriiim^

448 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

they make Septa the type genus of the family (Septid?e) [8,416,
et seq.].

Perry enumerated six species of the genus Septa; they are, in
the order he gave them : —

Septa parkinsoniana = Triton fusi for mis, Kiener.
,, scarlatina = ,, r^ibecida, Linn.

,, sp>engleri — ,, spengleri, Chemn.

,, rubicunda = ., nodiferus, Lamk.
,, rubecula = ,, pilearis, Linn.

,, triangularis = ,, costatus, Born.

Lotoriimi parkinsoniarium is not related to the tritonis-group
(vide post, p. 475), but makes with some of the Australian Tertiary
species a rather distinct section, which is, however, connected
with L. waterhousei. Thus the first three species are all referable
to the so-called genus Laynpusia, which is, therefore, a synonym
of Septa. These again are generically inseparable from Lotoriam.
Therefore it is only by admitting Lotoriium as the type of the
family, and removing Perry's first three species thereto, that the
name Sep)ta can be applied to the tritonis-gvou^. It is obvious
that they cannot be referable to Lampusia or Ranularia, both of
these being later names. If, therefore. Septan are typical forms
(and parkinsonianum is the type thereof), Lotorium must be
regarded as a synonym, which has been shown to be impossible.
Should m}'- "lines of generic similarity" not be considered
sufficient!}^ complete, nor the other evidence conclusive, then the
name Septa must be applied to the group formed by pjarkinsoni-
anwn and the Australian fossils, this section being more distinct
than any of the others. ■

The tritonis-gvoviY) cannot be retained as the typical section of
the genus; it has not yet received a name which can be used.
Unless we are to regard L. parkiyisonianum as the type of the
genus, the name Septidm cannot be adopted; under these circum-
stances it seems far more reasonable to accept Harris's term
Lotoriidce.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 44&

This is not only correct in point of nomenclature, but it will be
found more in accordance with a natural arrangement of the
groups if it is advantageous to split the genus up into systematic
divisions.

Lotorinin {scmsu stricto) will embrace all those typical forms
which have been placed by Tryon under Simjndum, Cymatium^
and Gutturtiium. The sections will then include a few forms
which cannot be regarded as in any way typical.

The conclusions of this Part are that the following should be
adopted : —

Family LOTORIID^, Harris.

Genus Lotorium, Montfort.

Part ii. — Arrangexment of the Species.

"The original group has been considerably divided; in fact,
Bolten, Montfort, and others began the work of division. The
whole matter is worth an exhaustive discussion. ..." (Dall,
' Blake Mollusca,' p. 225, 1889).

In the following pages I discuss this subject at some length,
and have come to the conclusion that the whole of the species
included by Tryon in Triton {sensu stricto), Shn^ulum, Cymatiiim
and Gutturnium form one natural genus. From a study of
figures and descriptions, and of one species {P. scaber, King), I
feel inclined to regard Priene, H. & A. Adams, as a good genus.
I am unable to express any opinion as to the value of the various
fossil groups proposed by Fischer, Conrad, Gabb and others.
Epidromus ( = Cohihraria) has rightly been treated as a distinct
genus by most late w^riters. I agree with Dr. Dall that Fischer
(12, 655) incorrectly referred the Apollon group of Gyi^ineum
and Aspella to " Triton " as subgenera.

In this essay I have used conchological and embryonic characters
only. I have, however, also studied the matter from an anato-
mical standpoint, and, although my investigations here have been
by no means extensive, I think it may safely be said that investi-
gations in this line will have no important modifying effect on

450 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

the conclusions arrived at. So far as our knowledge at present
goes the species of the " tritonis ''-group (post, p. 474) have a
dentition somewhat different from that of other groups, and
the so-called subgenus Guttumium has been stated by
Fischer (12, 655) to have an operculum distinct from that of
the rest. I would, however, draw attention to the fact that only
about half-a-dozen radulse have been figured, and of these few
that of L. femorale, Linn., is intermediate between those of L.
tritonis, Linn., as the one extreme, and L. cutaceum, Linn., as the
other. Hitherto there have been known three apparently distinct
types of protoconchs — those typified by L. riitihim, Menke
(PL xvii., fig. 21), L. cormUum, Perry (PI. xvii., fig. 10), and L.
woodsi, Tate (PL xvii., fig. 1). These are later shown to be
extreme forms of one generic type. It is more than probable that
when the subject is systematically investigated the two types of
dentition will suffer the same fate, and all the intermediate forms
will be forthcoming.

The fact that Guttumium has an operculum differing from that
of other groups is not necessarily of much importance; since there
is much variation in the form of the protoconch and dentition
(and these variations of little note), a certain amount of variety
in the operculum is also to be expected.

As already stated, my anatomical investigations have not been
extensive; the cause of this has been the difficulty of obtaining
material. Having in view the proposal to use four generic names
for this group, I have thought it as well to publish this essay in
its present incomplete form, and to follow it with an anatomical
supplement as soon as sufficient material can be obtained.

Concho logical Evidence (Recent Species).

The genus has hitherto been divided on the form of the shell
only; with what diversity of opinion is shown in the next part
of my paper. In the present part I propose to use that evidence
with, I submit, rather conclusive results, to point out the use-
lessness of such divisions as nomenclatural entities. For want of
better I have had to use such phrases as "nearest ally" and " nearly

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEX. 451

related " in this discussion; but it is not argued that any one
species is more nearly related to any one other than to the rest.
Such a line of argument, were it substantiated, would prove
disastrous to my contention, for community of relationship pre-
supposes community of descent. Were it possible to prove a
common progenitor for any group, distinct from that of another,
it would certainly be advisable to separate such, at least sub-
generically. I would suggest that the groups are to be accounted
for by variation along similar lines from the original parent.

The four genera of Dall and Simpson are Sejyta^ Ranularia,
Lampusia and Lotorium. Being full genera it is important that
they should be discussed. The descriptions given with the
rehabilitation of each of these are not sufficient to define them;
there is, however, another way of determining their value. On
comparison with sections previously proposed they appear to equal
those of Try on.

Septa can be no other than Triton (sens. sir.). Two out of the
three species enumerated under Lampusia occur in Simpulum.
Lotorium evidently equals Cymatium. The species named under
Ranularia is placed by Tryon in his subgenus Gutturnium. That
this is an unsatisfactory way of deciding the matter must be
admitted, but it receives support from the fact that there are
only four divisions in each work (though Tryon divides his sub-
genera into groups), and that Septa could not have been applied
to the tritonis-gvoM'^ had not these authors accepted Tryon's
classification of L. parkinsoniamcm, Perry ( = X. fusiforme,
Kiener). If, however, this deduction is incorrect, and Dall and
Simpson's genera do not equal Tryon's subgenera, the following-
statements will not be invalidated. It is submitted that they
serve to prove that the group known of old as Triton is a natural
genus and cannot be divided. The specific nomenclature here
employed is that of Tryon's " explanation of plates " as a read}'-
means of intimating to my readers the particular forms referred
to; not that I entirely disagree with his synonymy. The values
of a few specific names are dealt with in the concluding i^art of
the paper.

■452 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

The species which are referred to Lotoriuniy Dall and Simpson
( =- Cymatium, Tryon) ?ire—/emorale, Linn. ; tigrinus, Brod. ;
lotorium, Linn., pyrum, Linn.; dunkeri, Lischke; and miinsteri,
Anton. The difference between L. pyrum and L cynocephalum
is if avi^'thing, less than that between the former and L. lotorium.
It would, therefore, be unreasonable to separate generically
pyrtcm and cynocephalum. By the same argument we may include
first L. sarcofiioma, then L. trilineatum, Reeve; thence all the rest
of the species included in Tryon's Gutturnium.

A series of species generically similar in every way, but with
gradually shortening canals, is formed by — sarcostoma, tripus,
aegrotus, vespaceus, thersites, crispus and quoyi. It would be
impossible to place any one in this series in one genus and either
of those next to it in another. They are all included in Tryon's
Gutturnhim. The same remarks maybe made of the series, with
gradually elongating canals, formed by doliarium, spengleri,
waterhouseij tranquebaricus, pilearis, mundum, gemmatus and
orientoJis. This series is placed by Tryon in Simpidum. The
resemblance between ye^nmatus and quoyi is very much greater
than between quoyi and sarcostoma. Again, crispus is more
nearly related to orientalis than orientalis is to spengleri. Another
line of generic similarity is — waterhousei, chemnitzi, succinctus,
cingulatus, connecting completely the tun-shaped species of
Tryon's group Linatella with Simpulum. Yet another perfect
series is presented by — verracosum, quoyi, intermedius, rmindum,
vespaceus, eraratus, chlorostoma, thersites, orientalis and crispus.
This is not merely a series but a complete ring, for crisjnis is
nearly related to verrucosum. Of this series Nos. 1, 2, 5, 6 and 8
are, according to Tryon's classification, referable to Ranularia.
Nos. 3, 4. 7, 9 and 10 to Lampusia. Lotorium tritonis is con-
nected, though not so perfectly, to the typical group by — nodiferus,
hassi, suhdistortus, tumidosus, philomelce,* oligostirus, eburneum,
quoyi, etc.

* Watson, Chall. Eep. Zool. xv., p. 391, pi. xiv., f. 10 (1885).

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN.

453

Nos. 4 and 6 of this series are Australian Tertiary species
(34, 122, 126).

An attempt has been made in the accompanying tables to show
at a glance the intricate relationship existing between the various
groups.

lotorium

I
j)yium

cynocephalus

I
sarcostoma

I
exaratus

I

I
vespaceus

gemmatus

I
mundum

pilearis

tranquebaricus

waterhousei

gemmatus

I
intermedius

I

quoyi

I
verrucosum

spengleri

I
doliarium

I
chemnitzi

I
succinctus

cingulatus

I
etc.

I
chlorostoma

thersites

I
orientalis

I
crispus

I
quoyi

i
verrucosum

eburneum

oligostirus

I
philomelae

I
tumulosus

!
subdistortus

I

nodiferus

I
tritonis

dunkeri

I
tuberosus

I
encausticus

I
caudatus

I
exaratus

lotorium

I
pyrum

dunkeri

I
tuberosus

I
encausticus

i
caudatus

I
exaratus

I
vespaceus

I
gemmatus

I
intermedius

I
quoyi

i
crispus

orientalis

thersites

I
chlorostomus

I
exaratus

I
sarcostoma

cynocephalus

I
pyrum

I
lotorium

These tables, judged by the form of the shell, are, I submit,
correct, and serve to prove the impossibility of dividing the
genus into four.
30

454 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

Australian Fossil Species.

That their relationships are to recent species occurring only in
southern waters is one of the facts which strike the student of
Australian fossil Lotoriid^. L. quoyi, Reeve, exists fossil as well
as recent. L. philomelce is so like L. oligostirum, Tate, that it might
be as aptly termed a "living fossil" as Trigonia. Other recent
allies of these are L. verrucosum, ehurneuin, and nodocostatum from
Southern Australia. L. parkinsonianu7)i is the recent represen-
tative of L. radiale, abbotti, textile, woodsi, and tortirostris. This
group is more distinct than any I have studied. L. tortirostris
bears a resemblance to L. waterliousei; but, to institute a com-
parison, this resemblance is not so great as that existing between
L. subdistortum and bassi. A s already stated, if it is advantageous
to name the groups. Septa must be reserved for this one. The
species tumulosum is nearly allied to subdistortum, whilst bassi is
represented hj ovoideum, and an undetermined species intermediate
between them. Lotorium jjrotensum is possibly an archaic form,
and resembles somewhat the Fusid^e from which the genus is
apparently descended. Lotorium cyphus seems to stand alone;
it might be considered as shadowing forth Distortio, and bears a
striking resemblance to Cassidaria gradrata, Tate (35, 169); this
resemblance is, however, dispelled on comparing young specimens.
The existence of such widely different species as protensum and
cyphus in an early Tertiary stratum points to a much earlier
horizon for the genus than the text-books admit; the wide dis-
tribution of the genus in Tertiary times is also evidence of this.

The parkinsonianum-grouip is of particular interest from a|
zoogeographic and palseontological point of view. The type is toj
be regarded as the only surviving species of an otherwise extinct
Antarctic group). There are in Southern Australian beds six 01
nine species; in Patagonian beds one {L. bicegoi); and the New^
Zealand Tertiary species, L. minimum, is probably referable here
also. We have here, then, another link in the already strong
chain of faunal relationship shown to exist between these three
countries.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 455

To the palaeontologist this group should be of particular
interest as throwing light on the vexed question of the age of
the deposits in which they are found.

A. E. Ortmann (25, 303), compares the Patagonian with Euro-
pean fossils, and then compares the former with Australian and
New Zealand fossils, and says : —

" The result of the foregoing consideration is : We regard the
Patagonian beds as of Lower Miocene age; contemporaneous dejjosits
are found in the southern hemisphere^ not only in Chili (within
the Navidad series), hut also in Nevj Zealand ( Pareora beds of
Hutton) and Australia.'^ The italics are in the original. The
Australian beds referred to, are apparently those from which the
fossils under discussion are derived.

As a support to the "Lyellian percentage" method of estimating
the age of a deposit, the broader comparison of the genera con-
tained therein, with those from deposits of determined age,
and with recent representatives, should give more satisfactory
results than would a comparison of the species in detail. For
this purpose the genus Lotorium, being well represented, is of
especial value to the Australian palaeontologist. Thus, if we
compare this genus as it occurs in the lower Australian strata
with European Miocene representatives, we are presented with
two entirely different types of the genus. The predominating
feature of the Australian section — that of the extinct Antarctic
group — finds expression in only one European fossil (Z. tarbel-
lianum). Again, if the two groups be compared with the recent
representatives, it will be seen that the European section has the
general facies of the recent species, whilst the Australian fossils
can, with one exception, be onl}- compared inter se. L. quoyi and
the Australian fossils possibly referable to its group are from
more recent deposits than the parkinsonianu7n-gYO\x^. These
facts, namely, that the predominating feature of the Australian
grouj? is that of an extinct section, and that the European group
has the general facies of the recent species, assuredly point to the
greater antiquity of the Australian fossils.

456

NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

A comparison of the species in detail would show a single
related species in all four localities, and, therefore, give an erroneous
impression that the lieds were of similar age.

The Evidence of Literature.

A detailed examination of literature has resulted in the dis-
covery of greater support for the arguments I have advanced
than I expected when writing the last part of this paper. I have
found that the majority of the species spoken of as being referable
to or connecting two of the divisions proposed by Tryon and
others have been, by different writers, placed in both sections.

Tryon (37, 9) says : — " The species of Triton being numerous
several attempts have been made to separate them into generic
or subgeneric groups, the most successful being the arrangement
of Messrs. H. and A. Adams (1)." Previous arrangements never
having attained any degree of acceptance, I will date my com-
parisons from this one. Subsequent classifications are those of
Kobelt (20), Gray (13), Fischer (12), Chenu (5), Tryon (36), Melvill
and Standen (24), and Dall and Simpson (s). Kobelt's arrange-
ment being the same as Tryon's, and Chenu's the same as that of
H. and A. Adams, they are not included in the following table : —

1

Gray. Tryon.

H. &A.

Adams.

J"--- 1 ^ijr,t™

Dall and
Simpson.

Triton, s.st.i Triton, s.st.

Tritonium, s.st.

Triton, &.&i.\ ?

Septa

1
Lampusia \ Simjmlum

Simpuhim

Simpulum | ? Simpubnn

LAilPUSIA

Aqniiius Cabestana

Cabestana

AquilluS \1 Aqmllus,i=.Bi.

Do.

? Monopiex \ Linatella

Wanting

Linatella i? Do.

Do.

Lotoriuni j Cymatlum

Cymatiuin

Lotorium : ? Lotorium

Lotorium

Ranularia

Guttnrnium

Gutturnium

Bamdaria

? Do.

Ranularia

Wanting

Cumia

Wanting

Wanting

Wanting

Wanting

Generic names in small capitals, subgeneric in italics, group names in
black type.

BY H. LEIQHTON KESTEVEN. 457

From this table it will be seen that though there is a general
agreement as to the number of sections, in no one point do any
five of these writers agree as to the values of the sections.

Cymatium is regarded by the brothers Adams, Kobelt, and
Tryon as a subgenus; Fischer deemed it a section of Simpulum;
Melvill and Standen apparently treat it as a section of Guttiirnium;
whilst Dall and Simpson consider it a full genus. Such a diversity
of opinion can only be attributed to the imperfection of this line
of classification.

The arrangement of Melvill and Standen is given in such a
haphazard way that it is possible I have not rightly interpreted
it. They regard Aquillus as the name which should be accepted
for the genus as a whole, and enumerate five species in the follow-
ing order : —

Aquillus cheniiiitzi, Gray {=A. tranquebaricus, Lamk.)
,, [Lotorium) lotoriuvi, Linn.
,, {Simjndum) aquatills, Reeve.
,, {Lotorium) retusus, Lamk.
,, {Lotoriuin) tripus, Lamk.

Two facts, however, are plain — (1) Lotorium, according to these
writers, includes forms referred by Tryon to Cymatium and
Gutturnium; and (2) Si7nj)ulum of Tryon is divided into two.

I now proceed to discuss the " shuttle-cock " fate of some of the
species. The first species, instanced as connecting Cymatium and
Gutturnium (L. cynocephalum) has been referred: by Kobelt, to
Cymatium; by Tryon, to Gutturnium; and by Dall and Simpson,
to Simpulum. Ij. pyrum is referred by the brothers Adams to
Gutturnium, and by Tryon to Cymatium. Kobelt has placed L.
dunkeri in Gutturnium, whilst Tryon assigns it a place in
Cymatium. I have spoken of the " ^^^.02/^ "-group as connecting
Simjndum and Gutturnium. Watson compared his species L.
philomelce to L. quoyi, and yet placed it in Simpulum, from which
it may be concluded that he regarded the latter as referable to
that section also. Dall (7,226) has referred L. olearium, Linn
(Tryon Vj = L. costatum, Born, to Ranularia.

458

NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

Believing that it is the best form in which to put matter of
this kind, I have tabulated these differences of opinion.

Species.

Sections to wh

KOBELT.

ich they have been referred by
Tryox. H.& A. Adams. :

1 L. lignarium, Brod.

Simpulum

Linatella

Simpulum

L. pfeifferiamtm, Reeve

Simpulum

Gutturnium

Simpulum

L. c y HOC ejih alum, Lamk.

Cymatium

Gutturnium

Gutturnium

L. dunkeri, Lischke

Gutturnium

Cymatium

not mentioned

L. pyrum, Linn.

Cymatium

Cymatium

Gutturnium

The Apices.

Becent species.

It is here shown that the apices do not present a feature on
which the species of the genus can be grouped. Twenty-six
protoconchs, including nine of fossil species, are figured and
described ; and descriptions of a few others are culled from
various sources. The species are from all the groups except
Lotorium. I have found, as might have been anticipated, that
species conchologically very similar have similar apices. It has
not, however, followed that species conchologically dissimilar have
dissimilar apices. L. succinctum, Lamarck, has an apex exactly
the same as that of L. exaratum, Reeve; and the apex of L.
pileare, Linn., differs very slightly from that of ves^Mceum, Reeve.
The protoconchs of the recent species are all of one type, differing
from one another in the number and convexity of the whorls and
in colour. They consist of a thin coating of lime inside a corneous
original. The lime is apparently not generally deposited until
the mollusc starts the adult structure. Protoconchs of L.
spengleri, Chemn., and L. exaratinn, Reeve (?), to which no adult
structure was attached, were not acted upon in an}'- way when
immersed in pure hydrochloric acid. That the corneous coating
is only outside, not inside as stated by Reeve (30), is proved by

BY H. LEIGHTOX KESTEVEN. 459

the fact that the apices of adult specimens from which the external
coating had been removed, were entirely demolished by the same
treatment. In none of the species studied has it been found
possible to define a nepionic stage; in every instance the sculpture
of the postembrj^onic structure, which immediately adjoins the
protoconch, is, in miniature, that of the adult; nor is there in any
of the species a varix formed of embryonic structure. In one or
two instances, however, the adult structure begins with a small
varix. It appears that a suggestion made by the writer in a
previous paper (19) applies particularly to the species of Lotoi'ium,
and that none of them have left a conchological record of the
nepionic stage. It might have been inferred that the protoconch
had been deposited inside an original corneous one. Judging by
those species which I have been able to study, the whole shell is
cast inside its epidermal coating. After a rest-period the epidermis
grows very quickly and extends beyond the shell (the writer has
seen as much as half an inch overhanging, with the merest
" stiffening " of lime inside it), and inside this the shell is
deposited. It may be worthy of note here that in Lotoriiim, at
least, a varix is indicative of a " period of growth " of the mollusc
rather than of a "period of rest" of the shell. After the
formation of a varix [the gutter which Reeve describes (I.e.)],
and while the shell anterior to the preceding varix is yet thin,
the mollusc does not fill the cavity nearly so much as when this
part of the shell is thickened. The shell is enlarged by periods,
faster than the mollusc grows, which while growing is employed
strengthening its shell, not enlarging it. Harris (15, p. xii.) speaks
of variation in the size of apices of the same species. Among
fossils the variation is plainly noticeable, but as far as my
experience goes, it is practically non-existent among recent species.
The following descriptions, like the figures on the plates, have
been arranged to show the perfect graduation from the tall apex
of L. exaratum to the very flat one of quoyi. The letter A
indicates that species so marked have been referred by Tryon to
Shnpulum; B indicates Gutturnium. It is worthy of note that
the Jii' St and last of the series are marked with a B. Contour is

460 NOTES ON PROSOBKANCHIATA,

not described, the figures being considered sufficient description
thereof.

LoTORiUxM coRNUTUM, Perry, sp. B.

(Plate xvii., fig. 10.)

Triton exaratus, Reeve; Tryon, Man. Conch. iii. p. 22, pi. 12, fig. 104.

Apex of four and one-half whorls, brown, semitransparent,
smooth, shining, covered with a thin brown epidermis. I have in
the paper referred to above figured this apex under the name of
I'ritoniwm olearium, Linn.

LoTORiUM cosTATUM, Born, sp. A.

I'riton succinctus, Lamarck; Tryon, op. cit. p. 11, pi. 6, f. 37.

I have not thought it necessary to figure this apex; it is exactly
similar to that of the preceding species.

LoTORiUM VESPACEUM, Lamk., sp. B.

(Plate xvii., fig. 11.)

Triton vespaceus, Lamk.; Tryon, op. cit. p. 22, pi. 12, f. 94.

Apex of four and one-half whorls, fairly solid, opaque, dark
brown at the sutures with a lighter band medially; covered with
a light brown epidermis.

LoTORiUM CHLOROSTOMUM, Lamk., sp. A.

(Plate xvii., fig. 12.)

Triton chlorosiomus, Lamk.; Tryon, op. cit. p. 13, pi. 7, f. 47.

Apex of four and one-half whorls, semitransparent, smooth,
shining, covered with a thin light brown epidermis.

LoTORiUM AQUATiLE, Reeve, sp. A.

(Plate xvii., fig. 13.)

Triton pilearis, Linn.; Tryon, op. cit. p. 12, pi. 6, f. 31.

Apex of four and one-half whorls, rather solid, semitransparent,
light brown, smooth, shining, covered with a thick brown epi-
dermis.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 461

LoTORiUM siNENSE, Reeve, sp. B.

(Plate xvii., fig. 14.)

Triton sinensis, Reeve; Tryon, op. cit. p. 20, pi. 11, f. 85.

Apex of about four whorls, very slightly transparent, light
brown, smooth, shining, covered with a rather thick epidermis.
The tip of the specimen figured is broken off, but there is enough
to show its position in the series.

LoTORiUM GEMMATUM, Reeve, sp. A.

(Plate xvii., fig. 15.)

Triton gemmatus, Reeve; Tryon, op. cit. p. 13, pi. 7, f. 41.

Apex of four and one-half whorls, semitransparent, white,
smooth, shining, covered with a thin light brown epidermis.

LoTORiUM ELONGATUM, Reeve, sp. B.

(Plate xvii., fig. 16.)

Triton elongatus, Reeve; Tryon, op. cit. p. 22, pi. 12, f. 96.

Apex shorter and narrower than that of L. vespaceum, but
resembling it in other respects.

/ LoTORiUM TUBEROSUM, Lamk., sp. B.

(Plate xvii., fig. 17.)

Triton tuberositas, Lamk.; Tryon, op. cit. p. 23, pi. 13, f. 111.

Apex of four whorls, semitransparent, light brown above, dark
brown at the anterior suture, smooth, shining, covered with a thin
brown epidermis.

LoTORiUM THERSiTES, Reeve, sp. B.

(Plate xvii., fig. 18.)

Triton thersites, Reeve; Tryon, op. cit. p. 32, pi. 12, ff. 99, 100.

Apex of three whorls, semitransparent, light brown, smooth,
shining, covered with a thin light brown epidermis.

462 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

LoTORiUM SPENGLERI, Chemn., sp. A.
(Plate xvii., fig. 19.)
Triton sjjengleri, Chemn.; Tryon, op. cit. p. 16, pi. 9, f. 61.

The apex of this species has been described in a previous paper
(l9, p. 713). A figure is given here to complete the series. The
apex of L. tvaterhousei, Angas, is almost exactly similar to this.

LoTORiUM STRANGEi, Ad. and Ang., sp. A.
(Plate xvii., fig. 20.)
Triton strangei, Ad. and Ang.; Tryon, op. cit. p. 17, pi. 9, f. 67.

Apex of three and one-half whorls, fairly solid, opaque, shining,
smooth, dark brown, covered with a thick dark brown epidermis,
which under a lens shows four spiral threads, a few transverse
ones equally thick, and close set growth-striae.

LoTORiUM RUTiLUM, Menke, sp. A.
(Plate xvii., fig. 21.)
Tritonium rutilvm, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. Spec. 1843, p. 25.

Apex of three and one-half whorls, rather solid, opaque, polished,
smooth, light brown; covered with a thick dark brown epidermis,
which is, under a lens, ornamented with four spiral threads and
close-set growth-stride.

LOTORIUM LABIOSUM, Wood, Sp. A.

(Plate xvii., fig. 22.)
Triton labiosus, Wood; Tryon, op. cit. p. 17, pi. 9, f. 65.

Apex of three whorls, semitransparent, smooth, shining; the
epidermis was cleaned off the specimens studied.

LoTORiUM VERRUCOSUM, Reeve, sp. B.
(Plate xvii., fig. 23.)
Ti'iton verrucosus^ Reeve; Tryon, I.e., p. 24, pi. 13, f. 117.

Apex of one and one-half whorls, white, semitransparent, smooth,
shining. No epidermis on the specimens studied.

I

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 463

LoTORiUM EBURNEUM, Reeve, sp. B.
(Plate xvii., fig. 24.)
Triton eburneiis, Reeve; Tryon, op. cit. p. 24, pi. 13, f. 115.

Apex of one and one-half whorls, light brown, semitransparent,
smooth, shining; covered with a thin light brown epidermis.

LoTORiUM QUOYi, Reeve, sp. B.
(Plate xvii., fig. 25.)
Tritoji quoyi, Reeve; Tryon, op. cit. p. 24, pi. 13, f. 116.

Apex of one and one-half whorls, dark brown, smooth, shining.
No epidermis on the specimens examined.

LoTORiUM NODOCOSTATUM, Tate and May, sp.

(Text fig. 1.)

Lcunpusia nodocostata, Tate and May, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust.,
xxiv., 1900, p. 90; Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvi., 1901,
p. 355, pi. xxiii., f. 2.

Apex of three and one-half whorls, perforate, turbinate, white,
semitransparent, polished. The sculpture consists of six faint
revolving lines, of which that on the periphery
is the most pronounced, and of oblique growth-
stride, some of which are stronger than others.
Dimensions: length 5, breadth 3-3 mm.

The large size of this protoconch marks it
as unique among recent species. Notwith-
standing its entirely normal plan of coiling,
it appears to me to be a direct link between the
mammillate, excentric apices of some fossils,
and the normal apices of the recent species.

To Mr. C. Hedley I am indebted for the p^™^ 1

opportunity of figuring and describing this L. nodocostatum,
apex, from material dredged by him from a 'I&te & May.
depth of one hundred fathoms 16 miles east of Wollongong,
N.S.W. The species has been identified by comparison with a
cotype kindly lent me by Mr. W. L. May.

464 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

LOTORIUM RUBICUNDUM, PeiTJ, sp.

(Text fig. 2.)

Triton nodiferunij Lamk.; Tryon, op. cit. p. 10, pi. 3, f. 17.

Apex of three and one-half whorls, semitransparent, delicate
pink, smooth, shining.

The large size and bright colour of this apex give it a different
character from any of the others. Although semitransparent, it
has an appearance of strength which
others lack. The epidermal original is
cast very early in the life of the indivi-
dual; a specimen of onty four adult
whorls, obtained alive, shows no sign of
it. That it had an original corneous
mould may be generalh' proved bj'-
Fig. 2. breaking off the tip of the protoconch,

L.( Septa) nodiferum^'LQ.mk. ^hen the remains will be seen attached
to the base of the piece broken off, or to the top of the part
remaining.

The following descriptions of the apices of L. parkinsonianum
and L. philoynelce are reprinted that they may be compared with
those of L. tortirostris and L. oligostirum on pp. 469, 470.

LoTORiUM PARKINSONIANUM, Perry, sp.

Triton fusiformis, Kiener ; Tryon, op. cit. p. 11, pi. 4, f. 22;
Kesteven, Proc. Linn. Soc* N.S. Wales, xxvi., 1901 (1902),
p. 712, pi. xxxv., ff. 3, 4, 5.

" Protoconch ovoid, umbilicate, thin, semi-pellicid, shining,
corneous, light brown, variously marked with spots or stripes of
darker colour; consisting of about three whorls, covered with a
very thin light brown epidermis. Transversely sculptured with
very fine growth-lines; the epidermis supplies four ciliated ridges
which encircle the last whorl, the top one of which is continued
on the earlier whorls. . . ."

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 465

LOTORIUM PHILOMEL.E, Watson, Sp.

Trito7i (Simpuhnn) philomelce, Watson, ChalL Rep. Zool. xv., 1885,
p. 391, pi. xiv., f. 10.

" Apex consists of four polished but spirally threaded, white,
turbinated whorls, of which the first is extremely small and some-
what immersed."

LOTORIUM PHARCIDUM, Dall, Sp.

Lampusia pharcida, Dall, "Blake Mollusca," pt. ii., p. 227,
pl.xxxvi., f. 1.

" A four-whorled subcylindrical nucleus; nucleus smooth with
rounded subequal whorls and a rather blunt apex." This pro-
toconch somewhat resembles that of L. vespaceum, but is not so
tapering.

Fossil Species.

One of the most noticeable features of these fossils was the
large number of specimens which had their apices complete (over
70 per cent.). Among recent species I had, like Mr. Baker (3),
found that only about five per cent, retained their apices. Talking
over this matter with Mr. C. Hedle}', he suggested that it was in a
great measure due to their having been inhabitants of deep and
still waters. Though the greater strength of the fossil apices has
doubtless been a contributing cause, an inquiry into the habitats
of living allies has provided support for Mr. Hedley's sugges-
tion. He has (17) in dealing with tlie "Thetis" Pelecypoda
instanced several cases of fossil species or their near allies occurring
off the coast of New South Wales in deep water. My own investi-
gations have disclosed the fact that many of the shells collected
by the "Challenger" in deep waters of high southern latitudes
have near allies in the fossil beds from which the species under
discussion were obtained. It is thus seen that many of the
nearest living allies of these fossils are inhabitants of deep waters,
and it might reasonably be inferred that they themselves occupied
similiar localities. This inference cannot, however, safely be

466 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

pressed too far, for Tate (35) has shown that man}'- of the species
now inhabiting the tidal zone also occur in these beds. The
tabulation of these relationships would be productive of interest-
ing results.

The protoconchs of Lotoriurti p^'otensutn and ahhotti are similar
to those of the Fusion, the elongate, fusiforme shape of the latter
also recalling that family. It is from this group that I would
suggest the genus Lotoriurti is descended.

A prominent character of all the apices examined is their spiral
sculpture. This, it is interesting to find, exists in two recent
species {L. nodocostatum and L. philomelce)* and is sometimes
found on the corneous originals of other species. On a superficial,
or first examination, the student is apparently presented with two
or three different types of apex. A closer study discloses the
fact that they are morphologically only varieties of one form.
The difference lies in the size of the nucleus, and the extent of
its depression or elevation. A study of the apices in profile gives
the first impression, whilst this view studied in conjunction with
the view from above, proves the correctness of my conclusion.
The following are the apices studied; like those of the recent
species they have been arranged in a graduation; that from the
very eccentric protoconch of L. looodsi to the normal ones of
oligostirum and tortirostris. These two being normal they have
not been figured from above : —

'&'

LoTORiUM wooDsi, Tate, sp.

(Plate xvii., fig. 1.)

Triton tvoodsi, Tate, Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., x., 1886-7 (1888),
p. 119, pl.v, f.4.

Apex of two whorls; the first half whorl perpendicular to the
plane of coiling of the shell; second half normal, but slightly
overlapping the second whorl; first whorl smooth, dull; second
whorl normal, polished, faintly biangled, sculptured by two revolv-

* Vide also P. [ = L.]frateradum.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 467

inar lirse and close-set transverse strise. Towards the end of the

o

embryonic structure there are faint indications of three extra
spiral lirse, which are suddenly developed on the adult structure.
The sculpture of the anterior whorl of this and all other species
studied (with one exception ■?) fades away as the nucleus is
approached.

LOTORIUM RADIALE, Tate, Sp.

(Plate xvii., fig. 2.)
Triton radialis, Tate, op. cit. p. 118, pi. v., f. 8.

Apex of a little more than one and one-half whorls, polished;
nucleus mammillate, eccentric, placed rather to one side of the
centre, in some instances slightly overlapping the succeeding
whorl; the rest of the protoconch normal, gradually acquiring a
sculpture consisting of three spiral threads, the uppermost median,
and faint transverse growth-stri?e. There is also a very faint
indication of a fourth spiral thread half-way between the upper-
most of the three mentioned and the posterior suture.

Harris (15, p. 187, pi. vi., f, 6) describes this apex as consisting of
two and one-half whorls, whilst his figures show the number I
have found. The term " lateral " applied by Tate and Harris to
the nucleus of this and other protoconchs of this series is some-
what misleading. The whole apex is truly spiral, but the nucleus
being somewhat mammillate and large relatively to the rest of the
protoconch is placed eccentrically. This apex is defined by a
complete change in the sculpture of the shell.

LoTORiUM TUMULOSUM, Tate, sp.

(Plate xvii., fig. 3.)

Triton tumulosus, Tate, op. cit. p. 122, pi. v., f. 2.

"Apex of two polished whorls; the anterior one is high,
bicarinated, and transversely striated; the posterior one, encircling
a shallow concavity, at first suddenly narrowed, then somewhat
depressedly dilated, and ending in a blunt appressed point."

468 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

The above is Tate's description of this apex, and well describes
the specimens I have been enabled to examine, except that in
some instances two small spiral threads may be seen below the
anterior carination. Though all the specimens examined exhibit
the same characters the abrupt termination of the sculpture and
*' suddenly narrowed " posterior whorl present all the features of
a caducous cast and subsequent shedding of the nuclear whorls.
At the beginning of the adult structure the lower threads become
suddenly strengthened, and all become somewhat nodulose.

Among recent species, L. suhdistortum^ Lamk., drops its pro-
toconch at a very early stage. Dr. Yerco, who has sent me
specimens of only two and one-half whorls, says he has never
taken a specimen with its protoconch attached.

LoTORiUM ABBOTTi, Tenison-Woods, sp.

(Plate xvii., fig. 4.)

Triton abbotti, Ten.-Woods, Proc.Roy. Soc. Tas. 1875 (1876), p. 24,
pi. i., f. 8.

Apex of a little more than two whorls; nucleus very small,
central, rapidly enlarging; posterior whorl nearly as large as the
anterior, first whorl and one-half smooth, polished; thence the
sculpture which ornaments the adult shell is gradually developed.

Tate describes (I.e., p. 117) four and one-half whorls to this
apex; it is only very faintly defined (at the dotted line on my
figure), and it is, therefore, probable that he reckoned from the first
varix.

The specimens from which this apex is described are from
Schnapper Point, but they have been carefully compared with
specimens from the type locality, and there can be no doubt as
to their identity.

LOTORIUM PROTENSUM, Tate, Sp.

(Plate xvii., fig. 5.)
Triton protensus, Tate, op. cit. p. 124, pi. v., f. 10.

Apex of a little less than two whorls, polished; nucleus small,
placed a little to one side of the centre, rapidly enlarging; anterior

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 469

whorl sculptured with two or three spiral threads, and very fine
transverse striae. This apex is absolutely undefined. I agree
with Tate in considering its termination to be a little anterior
to the first appearance of sculpture.

LoTORiuM CYPRUS, Tate, sp.
(Plate xvii., fig. 6.)
Triton cyphus, Tate, op. cit. p. 119, pi. v., f. 11.

Apex of one and one-half whorls, polished; nucleus slightly
mammillate, but placed centrally; the anterior whorl sculptured by
a distinct median and two postero-median spiral threads, and by
transverse growth-striae.

This protoconch is defined by the acquisition of the numerous
spiral lirse with which the adult shell is ornamented.

LOTORIUM ANNECTANS, Tate, Sp.

Triton annectans, Tate, op. cit. p. 121, pi. v., f. 3.

" The protoconch of this species is similar to that of L. torti-
rostris in being somewhat elevated, roundly turbinate, and spirally
striated; it is composed of three and one-half to four whorls, and
the striae, which are four in number, equidistant and very pro-
nounced, decrease in size on being traced backwards; the top of
the larval shell is extremely minute and central " (Harris, I.e.,
p. 192, pi. vi., f. 7).

LoTORiuM OLiGOSTiRUM, Tate, sp.
(Plate xvii., fig. 7.)
Triton oligostirus, Tate, op. cit. p. 126, pi. vi., f. 7.

Apex normal, of three polished whorls, nucleus slightly de-
pressed, first two whorls smooth, thence an ornamentation of four
spiral threads and oblique growth-striae is gradually developed.
At the termination of the embryonic shell the structure changes
completely.

Compare with this Watson's description of the apex of Lotorium
philomelce. .^^^^'^^''^''7^^

. • - "^' >•

470 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

LoTORiuM TORTiROSTRis, Tate, sp.
(Plato xvii., fig. 8.)
Triton tortirostris, Tate, op. cit. p. 123, pi. v., f. 7.

Apex normal, of three whorls, polished, nucleus very slightly
depressed, the anterior whorl ornamented by a median spiral
ridge, and a very slight thread midway between this and the
posterior suture, transversely obliquely striate, defined by the
acquisition of the adult sculpture.

Compare with this the description of the protoconch of L.
parkinsonianum, Perry.

LOTORIUM TEXTILE, Tate, sp.
(Plate xvii., fig. 9.)
Tritort textilis, Tate, op. cit. p. 120, pi. v., f. 12.

" Apex acute of three rounded Urate whorls, ending in an acute
upward-curved point."

The above is Tate's description; none of the specimens I have
examined possess perfect protoconchs. The sculpture on the
anterior whorl of the specimen figured consists of six revolving
threads and rather distant fine growth-strise. This apex is not
clearly defined; its termination seems to be indicated by a slight
transverse swelling (an aberrant varix ?), and the ending of the
polished surface. Judging from the material to hand it seems
probable that Tate counted from the first varix.

The apex has rightly been considered a feature of systematic
importance by most recent writers. Unless, as is evident we
should do, we regard all the apices here discussed as varieties of
one generic type, the division of this group will present some
extraordinary anomalies. If the group is to be split up into
various genera it will be impossible to disregard the form of the
apices, now that we know so much about them ; and we shall
have such dissimilar species as L. costatum, Born, and L. cornutum,
Perry, in the same genus, and species so absolutely alike as L.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 471

tortirostris and L. radiale in different genera. Considered as
varieties of one type, they may, for the convenience of the
monographer, be disregarded.

'*A number of species have a world-wide distribution, which
is doubtless due to their free-swimming or pelagic larvse " (Tryon,
op. cit. p. 7). I am inclined to carry this statement further, and
to say that the distribution of a species is largely decided by the
size of its protoconch. Most of the species with many-whorled
protoconchs have a very wide distribution, whilst those with
small protoconchs are rather local. There are exceptions to this.
L. cornutum, Perry, with a many-whorled apex ranges over a
small area, whilst if Tryon is correct in regarding L. loroisii,
Petit, as a synonym of L. labiosum, we are presented with a species
having a small protoconch and a practically world-wide distribu-
tion.

Conclusions o^ Part ii.

My conclusions are that the subgeneric names heretofore used
under " Triton " are redundant and altogether useless. To quote
them conveys no more than would the generic name alone. It
is impossible to treat them as full genera; to do so would create
confusion. References to several species would have to be sought
under two or three genera. After eliminating L. clandestinum,
all the species enumerated by Tryon under Simpulum, Cymatium
and Guturnium form one section, which it is impossible to divide
into groups, if such groups are to be regarded as nomenclatural
entities. If from Tryon's " Triton s.st" L. suhdistortum and L.
parkinsonianum are withdrawn, and L. ovoideum added, we have
a second section ; a third, as already stated, is formed by L.
jyarkinsonianum and some of the Australian Tertiary species.
Should it be decided advisable to give the sections quotable
names, the above are the three which must be first recognised;
any further subdivision is to be deprecated.

I am of the opinion that none of the sections are sufficiently
distinct to rank as subgenera, and submit the following arrange-
ment of the species of the genus.

472 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

In this arrangement I have included only those fossil species
of which I have been enabled to examine actual specimens. I
note, however, that Lotorium apenninicum, Sassi (the type of
Bellardi's subgenus Sassia), might, judging by Hoernes and
Auigner's figures (is), be included in my "quoyi'^-group. If this
is so, I cannot concede that the subgeneric name is a useful one : —

Genus Lotorium.

Typical group.

L. lotorium, Linn. L. fetnorale, Linn.

L. tigrinurtiy Brod. L. grandimaculatuin, Reeve.

{L. miinsteri, Anton?)

Group of L. cosiatum.
L. costatimi, Born. L. spengleri, Chemn.

L. waterhousei, Angas. Z. chemnitziy Gray.

L. barthelemyi, Bern. L. cutaceum, Linn.

L. brasilianum, Gould. Z. tranquebaricum, Lamk.

Z. chlorostomum, Lamk. Z. doliarium, Linn.

(Z. africanum, A. Ad.; L. fossatum, Gould?)

Group of Z. cingulatum.

L. cingulatum, Lamk. Z. voigtii, Anton.

Z. poulsfinii, Morch.

Group of Z. j^iZeare.

Z. pileare, Linn. Z. krebsii, Morch.

Z. aquatile, Reeve. Z. intermedium, Reeve.

Z. tnundum, Reeve. Z. gemmatum, Reeve.

L.Jicoides, Reeve. Z. rubeculum, Linn.

Z. durbanense, Smith. Z. beccai'ii, Tap.-Can.

Z. veliei, Calkins. Z. lineatum, Brod.

Group of Z. labiosum.

Z. labiosum. Wood. Z. strangei, Ad. & Ang.

Z. rutilum, Menke. Z. loroisii, Petit.

Z. orientale, Nevill. Z. crispum. Reeve.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 473

Group of L. cynocephalum.
L. cynocephalum, Lamk. L. pyrum, Linn.

L. moritinctum, Reeve. L. sarcostomum, Reeve.

Group of L. tuberosum.
L. tuberosum, Lamk. L. encausticum,, Reeve.

L. retusum,, Lamk. Z. clavator, Lamk.

L. dunkerij Lischke. L. mauritianum, Tap. -Can.

Group of L. irilineatum.
L. trilineatiun, Reeve. L. testudinarium, Ad. & Reeve.

L. sitiense, Reeve. L. aegrotum, Reeve.

L. gallinago, Reeve. L. moniliferum, Ad. & Rve.

L. exile, Reeve. L. caudatum,, Gmel.

L. cormitum, Perry. L. 'pyrulum, Ad. k, Rve.

L. pachycheilos, Tap. -Can. L. tripus, Lamk.

L. pfeifferianum, Reeve.

Group of L. yibbosum,
L. gibbosum, Brod. L. jjharciduin, Dall.

L. Icebecckei, Lischke.
Group of L. vespaceum.
L. vespaceum, Lamk. L. elongatum, Reeve.

L. thersites. Reeve. L. gracile. Reeve.

L. amictum. Reeve. L. tenuiliratum, Lischke.

Group of L. quoyi.
L. quoyi. Reeve. L. eburneutn, Reeve.

L. verrucosum. Reeve. Z. nodocostatum, Tate & May.

L. pliilomelce, Watson. L. oligostirum, Tate.

Group of L. co7ivolutum.
L. convolutum, Brod. L. scalariforme, Brod.^

Group of L. parkinsonianum.
L. parkinsonianum, Perry. Z. radiale, Tate.

Z. abbotti, T.-Woods. Z. woodsi, Tate.

Z. textile, Tate. Z. tortirostris, Tate.

* These two species will probably prove to be Trophon.

474 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

Group of L. tritonis.

L. tritonisj Linn. L. ovoideum, Tate.

L. rubicundum, Perry. L. variegatum, Lamk.

L. saulice, Reeve. Z. australe, Lamk.

L. bassi, An gas.

The following species are not conveniently referable to any of
the above groups : —

L. subdistorlicm, Lamk. L. tumulosum, Tate.

L. cyphus, Tate. L. protensum, Tate.

L. clandestinum, Lamk.f L. fraterculum, Dkr.

Species incertse sedis.

L. gramdatum, Dunker. L. contabulatum, Anton.

L. birostoinum, A. Ad. L. tringa, A. Ad.

L. papillosum, A. Ad. L. nodoliratum, A. Ad.

L. dorsuosujii, A. Ad.

This arrangement, which is similar to that adopted by Pilsbry
for the species of the various genera of Helices (28), and Simpson
for the Naiades (31), has advantages possessed by no previous
arrangement of the genus. None of the sectional names are
([uotable, and are, therefore, not additions to an already over-
burdened nomenclature. As the}'- consist of essentially similar
species a reference to one of these groups should at once convey
to the reader a tangible type; they should, on that account, be
of service to the specialist and to the general conchologist when
describing new forms. A monograph arranged in this way should
greatl}'- facilitate identifications. Since I have worked to some
extent from figures and descriptions only, some of m}'- groups
may contain species which break their uniformity.

Miscellaneous Notes.

Wliile at work on this paper I have made miscellaneous notes
of interest, and arrived at conclusions at variance with Tryon's

t Vide post, p. 479.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 475

specific nomenclature. I have thought it would be useful to
collect these together.

LOTORIUM WATERHOUSEI, Ad. (t Ang.

This species, rightly treated as distinct by Tryon, has been
relegated to the synonymy of L. spengleri, Chemnitz, by Pritchard
and Gatliff (29, 264). The revolving ribs of spengleri are broader
than their interstices; those of luaterhousei are only half as broad,
and duplicate. The transverse lirse of the former are very much
coarser than those of the latter. The varices of L. waterhousei
are filled up inside, whereas in L. sj^engleri the porcellanous
interior may be seen in every varix. The epidermis of L.
spengleri is quite smooth; that of ivaterhousei is, as its authors
say, "squamato-pilose." In Port Jackson, where L. spengleri is
to be found on most of the rocks, L. waterhousei never occurs.

LoTORiUM GRACiLE, Reeve.

Both Watson (39, 394) and Dall (7, 227) disagree with Tryon
that this is a synonym of L. vespaceum.

LoTORiuM PARKiNSONiANUM, Perry.

I have said of this species that it is not related to the ^Hritonis ''
group. In arriving at this conclusion I have been influenced by
the evolution of the species as evidenced by its stages of growth.
It is one of the few species in which a neanic stage is plainly
definable. I regard it as being a very recent species evolved
from L. to7'tirostris, Tate. My reasons for so regarding it are —
(1) it has the contour of this species; (2) had it existed in Tertiary
times it is reasonable to suppose it would have been found in
these beds^ especially as (3) it is common on the coasts of South-
Eastern Australia; (4) in the neanic stage it is ornamented with
the complex sculpture of this form (vide 19, pi. 36, ff. 3, 4); (5)
some specimens of L. tortirostris show a tendency to lose their
complex sculpture on the ultimate whorls. On the other hand,
there is undoubtedly an underlying, but indefinable, resemblance
to the " tritonis "-group. This, it seems, is to be attributed to a

476 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

** convergence of development " rather than a real affinity; for if
the species of this group have been evolved from ancestors orna-
mented with a complex sculpture, it was at an earlier period than
that at which L. parkinsonianum was evolved, since none of them
show any sign thereof on their early whorls. Further, two species
belonging typically to the tritonis-grow^ occur in Tertiary strata
— L. ovoideum, Tate, from Australian beds, and L. nodi/erum,
Lamk., which has been recorded from Mediterranean beds by
Hoernes and Auinger (is).

LoTORiUM PiLEARE, Linn.

For this species Linnaeus quoted figures of two species, and
described a third. Hanley (14) says his type, on which his
description was founded, was the Triton corrugatus of Lamarck,
and refers to Reeve's figure in the ' Conchologica Iconica' (pi. v.,
f. 15). The first of these three species to be recognised as distinct
was Lotorium costatum by Born in 1780. Lamarck, in dealing
with the species, unfortunately bestowed a new name on Linnaeus'
type, and retained the name pilearis for the species, which has
since been known under that name.

The principles of nomenclature, however, require that in
eliminating from an heterogeneous group, the name originally
bestowed thereon shall be retained for the type when that t3'pe
is available.

The synonymy of these two species will, therefore, stand thus : —

Lotorium pileare, Linn. H

'i

Mur ex pilearis, Linn., Syst. Nat. 1767, p. 1217, sp. 534.
Triton corrugatus, Lamarck, An. s. Vert, vii., 1822, p. 181; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. ii. ''Triton,'' pi. v., f. 15, 1844.

Lotorium aquatile, Reeve.

Triton pilearis, Lamarck, An. s. Vert. vii. 1822, p. 182 (non Linn.).
Triton aquatilis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. " Triton,'' pi. vii., f. 24,

April 1844; P.Z.S. 1844 (December), p. 114.
Triton vestitus,^A\x\^^, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, "Mollusca," Oct. 1844;

P.Z.S. 1844 (July), p. 21.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 477

T. martinianum, D'Orb., Moll. Cuba, ii., p. 162, 1847.

T. hrasilianum, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, iii., p. 142, 1849.

T. americanum, D'Orb., Moll. Cuba, ii., p. 163, pi. 23, f. 22, 1853 (?)

(Jide Morch, Malac. Blatt. xxiv., p. 28, 1877).
T. intermedius, Pease, Amer. Jour. Conch, v., 1869, p. 84.
T. veliei, Calkins, Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci. ii., p. 235, pi. viii.,

ff. 1-2, 1878 (ex type, Dall).
In giving the above synonymy of L. aquaiile, I have accepted
the opinions of and quoted from Dall (7, 227) and Tryon (36. 12).
Not having specimens of some of them I am unable to judge for
myself. The inclusion of T. americanum, D'Orb., seems doubtful,
since Watson (39, 390) regarded it as a synonym of L. costatum,
Born. I have recovered the exact date of the publication of the
Mollusca of the Sulphur from Pace's admirable work on the
Columhellidce (26). In arriving at the above conclusions I have
had the advantage of consulting with Mr. C. Hedley, and they
may, therefore, be regarded as a joint opinion.

LoTORiuM QUOYi, Reeve.

I cannot agree with Pritchard and Gatliff {op. cit.) that this is
only a form of L. verrucosum, Reeve; and that the name should
be relegated to the synonymy thereof. Than that species L.
quoyi is smaller, has flatter whorls, is more regular in growth,
has a slightly smaller and higher protoconch. The body whorl
of quoyi is sculptured by revolving and transverse riblets of equal
strength, seven of the former and nineteen of the latter. Z.
verrucosum has six of the former and eleven of the latter, these
being twice as strong as revolving riblets. This sculpture gives
L. quoyi a beaded appearance which the other species does not
possess. They were always treated as distinct species by Prof.
R. Tate, whose acquaintance with them was almost life-long.

LoTORiuM RUTiLUM, Menke.

This species, considered by Reeve to be synonymous with L.
labiosum, Wood, has lately been identified by Mr. C. Hedley
from the type locality. He finds that it is a valid species, and
has in preparation a note on the subject.

478 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

LoTORiUM ELONGATUM, Reeve.

Treated by Tryon as a synonym of L. vespaceum. It is more
elongate, not so heavil}^ transversely, but more heavily spirally
sculptured, and has a smaller protoconch. Watson {oj). cit.) has
already maintained the validity of this species.

LoTORiuM THERSITES, Reeve.

Tryon regards this as the mature condition of L. vespaceimi, sl
conclusion with which, after studying a fairly large series, I
cannot agree. Whilst being slightly shorter, it is decidedly
broader, has a shorter canal, is somewhat distorted (vespaceum is
quite regular), is more prominently angled at the periphery, has
more varices, fewer and stronger intervarical ribs, and is more
delicately sculptured. The intervarical ribs do not continue on
the body whorl so far towards the canal as Reeve's figure shows.
The revolving lirse, which are smaller, more finely beaded, and
equal, incline to fade away between the transverse ribs, on the
crests of which and on the varices they are strongest. The inter-
stitial striae are also finely beaded. The protoconch of L. vesjmceum
is the larger and set on straight, whilst that of the species under
discussion is set obliquely.

LoTORiUM MORiTiNCTUM, Reeve.

This was quoted by Dunker (op. cit.), and more recently by
Stearns and Pilsbry (op. cit.). Martens also used the name (07;.
cit.).

LoTORiuM SAULiii:, Reeve.

Quoted by Stearns and Pilsbry (op. cit.). With reference to
Lotorium australe, Lamk., Pritchard and Gatlifi" (o^:>. cit.) write:
"In our opinion it is doubtful that T. nodifer, Lamk., and T.
saulice, Reeve, are identical, and we cannot concede that T.
australis is also identical.''

Lotorium strangei, Ad. & Ang.

This species, confounded by Tryon with L. labiosum, Wood,
and by Pritchard and Gatlifi" (op. cit.) treated as the young of L.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN.

47^

spengleri, Chemnitz, has rightly been maintained a good species
by Smith (32). Its affinities are with L. labiosum.

"Triton speciosus," Angas.

(Text fig. 3.)

This species is, as Tryon suspected,
a Troplion. I give figures of its oper-
culum and dentition.

LOTORIUM CLANDESTINUM, Chcmn.

This species would be best trans-
ferred to Apollon.

LoTORiUM cosTATUM, Born.
The complicated synonymy of this
species is dealt with at length by
Watson (39). Some of the synonyms

Fig. 3.
Tritoniiim speciosum, Angas.

might advantageously be retained for varieties.

LOTORIUM NODOCOSTATUM, Tate ife May.

(Text fig. 4.)

From the material above referred to I have
drawn the accompanying sketch. From this
it will be seen that New South Wales specimens
'f/^ have a longer canal than the southern form,
unless the description and figure of the species
were drawn from a mutilated specimen. The
co-type lent me by Mr. May has the canal
broken short oif, and is, therefore, of no
assistance on this point.

The length of canal w^ould seem to exclude
the species from the group in which I have
placed it, but the tout ensemble is that of this group.

Fig. 4.

L. nodocostatum,
Tate & May.

480 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

LoTORiUM FRATERCULUM, Dunker.
(Text fig. 5.)
Triton f rater cuius, Dkr., Malac. Blatt. 1871, p. 166.
Sipho(1) mimeticus, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1893, Pt. i.,

p. 189, pi. i., f. 10.
Triton mimeticus, Verco, loc. cit., 1895, p. 88, pi. 2, ff. 4, 4a.
Triton [Argohuccinum) mimeticus, Verco, loc. cit., 1896, p. 221,
pi. 5, ff. 6, 6a, 6b.

Some little time ago Mr. Hedley drew my attention to the fact

that the description given by Dunker under the above name could

not apply to Lotorium bassi, Angas, as

stated bySchmeltz,"^ Tryon and others. It

subsequently occurred to me that the

diagnosis described Tate's Sipko (?) minieti-

cus. Thanks to the courtesy of Dr. Verco,

who has very kindly sent me specimens

^ . , , -Tk 1 to study, I am enabled to oive the follow-
L. Jraterculum, Dunker. . •" °

ing note on the subject : —

The specimens do not harmonise perfectly with Dunker's
description, his statement that his specimens had a short canal,
in particular disagreeing. The description is, however, fairly
detailed, and, but for this, applies to the examples before me, the
measurements and proportions fitting exactly. Mr. Hedley agrees
with me that, on the whole, the species had best be known under
Dunker's name. It is a true Lotorium, though it cannot be
referred to any of my groups, and has a faint resemblance to the
parkinsonianum-gvow'^, but from these its rather long canal
separates it.

This species has a most striking resemblance to Stre2jtosip>hou
porphyrostoma, Ad. & Rve.f The apex also bears no little
resemblance to that of the family to which Streptosiphon belongs.
The dentition, however, shows the species to belong to Lotorium.

* Mus. God. Cat. v., 1874, p. 139.
t Reeve, Conch. Icon. iv. {Faciolaria), pi. v., f. 11, 1847.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 481

LoTORiUM BARTHELEMYi, Bemardi.

This unlocalised species is, as stated by Pritchard and Gatliff
(o^j. cit.), a synonym of L. spengleri, Chemn.

The following names proposed by Perry in 1811 (27) have lately
been reinstated by Mr. C. Hedley (le) : —

Perry's specific name. Specific synonym in use heretofore.

Lotoriutn cornutum. Lotorium exarcUum, Reeve.
,, parkinsonianum ,, fusiforme, Kiener.

,, ruhicundum ,, nodiferurn, Lamk.

In the same paper Mr. Hedley says " Monoplex formosus, Perry,
is recognised by Deshayes as a synonym of Triton clavator,
Lamarck, 1822 ( — Murex clavator, 1817). Triton sinensis, Reeve,
seems to me identical." At my request he has gone over this
ground again with me, and, as far as our material allows us to
judge, we have come to the following conclusions : —

(1) Triton clavator, Reeve, is not clavator, Chemn., 1795,
Dillwyn (9), Lamarck (21), and should be quoted as Lotorium
formosum, Perry.

(2) Lotorium clavator, Chemn., (4) (a binonial name), is probably
the correct name for the form hitherto known as Triton sarcostoma^
Reeve.

(3) Lotorium sine^ise, Reeve (30), is a valid species.

In conclusion I have to thank Mr. C. Hedley for a great deal
of assistance rendered me in my search through literature; and
the Curator, Mr. R. Etheridge, Junr., through whose kindness I
have been enabled to study Australian Museum material.

Works Eeferred to.

1. — Adams, H. & A. — Genera of Recent Shells, Vol. i.

2. — Agassiz, L. — Nomenclator Zoologicus (Index Univers.), p. 51.

3.— Baker.— Ann. New York Acad. 1897, Vol. ix.

4.— Chemnitz.— Conch. Cab. xi., 1795, p. 110, pi. 190, figs. 1825-26.

5.— Chenu. — Manuel de Conchyliologie.

482 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

6.— Dall, W. H.— 'Tertiary Mollusca of Florida.' Wagner Free Inst.

Science, Vol. iii.
7. 'Blake Mollusca,' Pt. ii. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Coll.

Vol.xvii., 1889.
8. Dall & Simpson. — 'Mollusca of Porto Kica.' Bull. U.S. Fish Com-
mission, 1900, Vol. i., pp. 416-417.
9.— DiLLWYN— Descrip. Cat. of Recent Shells, 1817, Vol. ii., p. 701.
10.— DuNKER.— Index Mollusc. Maris Japonici, 1882.
11. —Fischer. — Journ. de Conchyliologie, 1858, p. 206.

12. Manuel de Conchyliologie, 1887.

13.— Gray, J. E.— Proc. Zool. Soc, London, xv., 1847, p. 133.

14. — Hanley. — Ipsa Linnsei Conchylia, 1855, p. 287.

15. Harris, G. F.— Cat. Tertiary Moll, in Brit. Mus. Pt. i. Australasia,

1897, p. 186.
16.— Hedley, C— Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, xxvii., pp. 24-28.
17. 'Thetis Pelecypoda.' Mem. Aust. Mus. iv., 1902, pt. 5,

p. 288.
18.— HoERNES & AuiNGER. — Abhaud. K. K. Geologischen Eeich. Bandii.,

1884, p. 178, Taf. xxi.
19. — Kesteven, H. Leighton— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1901, xxvi.

(1902).
20.— KoBELT.— Jahrb. Malak. Gesell. 1878, pp. 241-250, 360-369.
21. — Lamarck. — An. s. Vert., Deshayes' edit., ix., 1845, p. 635.
22. — Martens in Mobius, ' Meeresf auna der Insel Mauritius und der

Seychellen. '
23. — Melvill & Standen. — Journal of Conchology, 1895, p. 110.

24. Oj). cit., 1898, Vol. ix., pp. 43-44.

25. — Ortmann, a. E. — Reports of Princeton Univ. Expeditions to Patagonia,

Vol. iv. p. ii.
26. — Pace. — Proc. Malac. Soc, Vol. v., pt. 2, 1902, p. 119 (sub voce Colum-

bella pavonia, Hinds).
27. — Perry. — Conchology, 1811.

28. — PiLSBRY. — Manual of Conchology, Vol. ix. (2nd ser.), 1894.
29. — Pritchard & Gatliff. — ' Cat. Marine Shells of Victoria. Pt. i.' Proc.

Roy. Soc. Vic. 1897.
30. — Reeve. — Conch. Icon., ii,, Triton.

31. — Simpson.— 'Synopsis of the Naiades.' Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus,, Vol. xxii.
32.— Smith, E. A.— Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1878, p, 816, pi. 50, f. 16.
33. — Stearns & Pilsbry. — Cat. Marine Moll, of Japan, 1895.
34.— Tate.— Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia, 1886-7 (1S88).
35. Oj). cit. for 1888, p. 245.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 483

36. — Tryon. — Structural and Systematic Conchology.

37. Manual of Conchology, Vol. iii.

38. — Vekrill, A. E. — ' Eevision of the Pectinidse.' Trans. Connecticut

Acad., X., pt.i., 1899.
39. — Watson — Challenger Rep. Zool., xv.. Gasteropoda.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

LOTOEIUM APICES.

Fig. 1. — Lotoriinn woodsi, Tate,

Fig. 2. — ,, radiale, Tate.

Fig. 3. — ,, tumulosum, Tate.

Fig. 4. — ,, ahbotti, Tenison- Woods.

Fig. 5. — ,, protensum, Tate.

Fig. 6. — ,, cyphus, Tate.

Fig. 7. — ,, oUgosfirum, Tate.

Fig. 8. — ,, tortirostris , Tate.

Fig. 9.— ,, textile, Tate.

Fig. 10. — ,, cornutum, Perry.

Fig. 11. — ,, vespaceum, Lamarck.

Fig. 12. — ,, chlorostomum, LiSiniSiYck.

Fig. 13. — ,, aquatile, Pteeve.

Fig. 14. — ,, sinens e, BiBewe.

Fig. 15. — ,, gemmatum, Eeeve.

Fig. 16. — ,, elongatum, Reeve.

Fig. 17. — ,, tuherosiim, Lamarck.

Fig.18. — ,, thersites, Reeve.

Fig. 19. — ,, spengleri, Chemnitz.

Fig. 20. — ,. strangei, Adams & Angas.

Fig. 21. — ,, rutilum, Menke.

Fig. 22. — ,, lahioswn, Wood.

Fig. 23. — ,, verrucosum. Reeve.

Fig. 24. — ,, ehurneum, Reeve,

Fig. 25, — ,, quoyi, Reeve.

484

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW ARANEID^ OF NEW
SOUTH WALES. No. 10.

By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S.

(Entomologist to the Australian Museum.)

Plate xviii.

The present paper contains descriptions of three apparently-
new species, viz., one Storena, one Araneus, and one Stephanopsis.
A species of Celcenia, probably distincta, O. P. Camb., is also
described.

Family ZODARIID^.

Subfamily ZODARIIN.aE.

Simon divides this subfamily into five sections, viz., Hermippese,
Storene{«, Trygetinse, Suffuciese, and Zodariese. The first of these
embraces only one species — Hermippus loricahis, E. Sim. — and
this is only known from Central Africa; the second includes four
genera : Lachea, Thor. ; Storenosoma, Hogg ; Storena, Walck. ;
and Lufica, G. Marx;* this is the only group in the Zodariinse
that is represented in Australia, and this, again, by two genera
— Storenosoma and Storena. The latter, which is one of thej
most polymorphous, has a wide range, occurring, according to|
Simon, in the " Regio mediterranea occid. et orient.; Afric. trop.;
Indo-China; Malaisia; N. Guinea, N. Hollandia, N. Caledonia etj
Polynesia; Amer. septentr. sequator. et australis."

Storena appears to be more numerous in species in Australia]
than elsewhere, fifteen having been previously recorded, and'
all from the mainland. S.Jormosa, L. Koch, which was originally
recorded from Bowen, and which is not uncommon around Sydney,
occurs also in Tasmania.

* Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araignees, 2nd ed., pt. ii., 1893, p. 423, et seq.

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 485

The eyes of the species are very varied, no two forms being
exactly alike, whilst in some instances the differences are striking.
The form described hereunder is no exception to the rule; it is
the first, however, that I have examined in which the eyes are of
equal size. The legs are also very variable in respect of their
relative lengths. They are as follows : (a) 4, 1, 2, 3; (b) 4, 1, 3, 2;
or (c) 4, 2, 3, 1. S. albomaculata conforms to the first of these.

A number of Australian species were described by L. Koch
under the generic name Habronestes, L. Koch. This has been
sunk by Simon as a synonym.

Genus S t o r e n a, Walck.

Storena albomaculata, sp.nov.

(Plate xviii., figs. 1, la.)

9- Cephalothorax 3 7 mm. long, 2*9 mm. broad; abdomen 5 -6 mm.
long, 3-5 mm. broad.

Ce2jhalothorax obovate, shining, black, relieved by patches of
white, scale-like hairs, and a margin or belt of the same; there
are also a few long black hairs scattered over the surface. Pars
cephalica strongly arched, somewhat obtusely truncated in front,
black, relieved on each side (near the margin) by a large and
prominent patch of white hairs; normal groove separating cephalic
from thoracic segment faintly visible. Clypeus broad, fringed
with a few rather long black bristles. Pars thoracica broad,
strongly arched, black, with lateral and posterior patches of white
hairs ; median and longitudinal groove distinct, lateral radial
grooves indistinct; sides and posterior angle declivitous. Mar-
ginal band broad, thickly clothed with short white hairs.

Eyes prominent, of equal size, and arranged in two procurved
rows of four each, of which the posterior is the most strongly
bent; those comprising the posterior row are closely set, and
nearly touch each other, whilst the four constituting the posterior
series are equidistant, each eye being separated from its neigh-
bour by a space equal to about once its own diameter.

Legs moderately long and tapering, robust, black, with patches
of white hairs, and throwing metallic scintillations at all the
32

4:SQ DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW ARANEID^E OF N.S.^Y.,

joints; each ambulatory limb is armed with a few long but not
strong spines, and clothed with short black hairs. Relative
lengths : 4, 1, 2, 3.

Falpi long, tapering, black, armed with long but not strong
spines, and clothed with short black hairs.

Falces black, shining, arched, apices divergent, furnished with
long black bristles.

Maxillce strong, arched, shining, apices obtuse and divergent,
outer angles and upper surface black, inner margins golden brown
at base, pale yellowish at tips; inner angles fringed with long-
white hairs.

Labium broader than long, arched, rounded off at apex,
shining, the base black, and the apex golden brown.

Sternum oblong-oval, black, glossy, moderately convex, hairy.
Abdomen ovate, convex, barely overhanging base of cephalo-
thorax, pubescent, black-brown with metallic scintillations,
ornamented with large and small median and lateral oval, round,
and reniform patches of white hairs, distributed as illustrated in
the figure; sides speckled with white; ventral surface dark brown.
Epigyne as in figure.
Loc. — Burwood.

This species, by its scintillations, recalls the Rev. 0. P. Cam-
bridge's spider, S. scintillaiis, but differs therefrom not only in
size and ornamentation, but also by the fact that the eyes of
the posterior row are equally as large as those of the anterior
row, whilst in scintillans the anterior eyes are much smaller than
their posterior neighbours.

Family ARGIOPID^.

Subfamily ARGIOPIN-ffi.

Genus A r a n e u s, Walck.

Araneus liberalis, sp.nov.

(Plate xviii., figs. 2, 2a.)

9. Cephalothorax 2-G mm. long, 18 mm. broad; abdomen
4 4 mm. long, 4 mm. broad.

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 487

Cephalothorax obovate, longer than broad, yellowLsli-brown,
smootli, shining. Pars ce2:)halica narrow in front, but becoming
gradually wider towards the segmental groove, strongly arched,
sparingly furnished with pale yellowish pubescence. Clypetis
broad, sloping inwards, sparingly clothed with fine and moderately
long hairs. Pars thoracica sparingly pubescent, broad, strongly
arched, median longitudinal depression deep, radial grooves
distinct. Marginal band broad.

Eyes black; the four comprising the median group are of equal
size, and elevated upon a tubercular eminence, and form a
trapezium; of these the anterior pair are separated from each
other by a space equal to twice their individual diameter, whilst
those of the second row are less than once their individual
diameter apart, and the two rows are separated from each other
by a space equal to rather more than the diameter of one eye;
the lateral eyes are minute, contiguous, and elevated obliquely upon
small tubercles; of each of these pairs the anterior eye is slightl}'
larger than the posterior.

Legs long, tapering, concolorous with cephalothorax, sparingly
clothed with yellowish hairs, and armed with long black spines.
Relative lengths: 1, 2, 4, 3.

Pal'pi long, tapering, similar in colour, clothing and armature
to legs.

Falces long, concolorous also, arched, smooth, shining, apices
divergent, sparingly pubescent; the lower margin of each falx is
furnished with a row of four teeth, and the upper with a row of
three; fangs reddish-brown.

Maxillce pale yellowish, glabrous, convex, inclining inwards,
apices truncated, inner margins thickly fringed with long yellowish
hairs, surface sparingly hairy.

Labium concolorous, short, broad, arched, glabrous, convex,
obtusely pointed.

Sternum concolorous also, shield-shaped, convex, glabrous,
sparingly hair3\

Abdomen broadly ovate, overhanging base of cephalothorax,
arched, chrome-yellow, faintly tinged with green down the middle;

488 DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW ARANEID^ OF N.S.W.,

upon the superior surface there is a faintly visible leaf -like design,
and an ornamental scheme of tracery commencing near the centre,
and continuing to posterior extremity ; the sides are chrome-
yellow, relieved by a series of faint markings as indicated in the
figure; ventral surface yellowish-green at the middle, and yellowish-
brown laterally.

Ejngyne as in figure.

Hah. — Prospect.

Genus C e l ^ n i a, Thor.

Cel.enia distincta, 0. P. Cambr.

(= Thlaoso77ia distinction, O. P. Cambr.)

(Plate xviii., figs. 4, 4a, 46, 4c, id, ie.)

In 1870 the Rev. O. P. Cambridge, F.Z.S., described and
figured a spider under the name of Thlaosoma distinctum* which,
judging by his figure (fig. 36), appears to bear a superficial
appearance to the one herein described, and which is now
included in the national collection at the Australian Museum.
The specimen upon which Cambridge founded his species was
an old and dry example; moreover it was a single specimen, and
vaguely labelled " New Holland." It is, or was, in the Hope
Collection, University Museum, Oxford.

Although Cambridge's figure (fig. 36 above referred to) appears,
as I have pointed out, to bear a superficial appearance to my
specimen, his description and supplementary figure (fig. 37) do not
agree in several important details. If, to the possibility that the
Hope specimen was an immature example — which Cambridge
was unable to determine — it be borne in mind that the type was
also dry, it will be readily conceived that differences, both in
appearance and coloration, from a fresh example would only be
natural. Nevertheless there are points mentioned in Cambridge's
description which one would hardly expect to undergo change,
however old or dry the specimen should be.

It is impossible, in the absence of the type, to say positively
whether the example in my possession is distinct or not, and,
* Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., x., 1870, pp. 274-5, pi. ix., figs. 36-38.

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 489

tlierefore, I prefer for the present to regard it as synonj^mous
with Cambridge's C. distincta, and to further elucidate the matter
by description and figures.

9. Cephalothorax 2*4 mm. long, 2-8 mm. broad; abdomen 5 mm.
long, 6*6 mm broad, 8-2 mm. high.

Ceph'dothorax broader than long, rounded laterally, granulated,
and marked with two lateral, parallel, longitudinal grooves;
yellowish-brown, densely clothed with short coarse hairs, and
having, in addition, two prominent brushes of long, thick, coarse
hairs running from the anterior region of the cephalic segment
to the posterior angle of the thoracic segment, and there, com-
mencing one on each side of the caput, incline inwards until near
the centre, where they meet, and from whence they again
gradually widen out, and do not terminate until the posterior
angle is attained. Pars cejyhalica arched, ascending, and termina-
ting in front with an obtuse projection or eminence, upon which
the four larger eyes are elevated; at the anterior extremity of the
caput there are two small projecting tubercles (fig. 4:d). Clypeus
broad, deep, sloping inwards. Pars thoracica broad, arched;
radial grooves indistinct.

Ut/es distributed in three series of 2, 4, 2; of these the median
group of four are much the largest, and arranged in a somewhat
trapezoidal form, the anterior being separated from each other
by a space equal to about three times their individual diameter,
and the posterior pair by about two diameters; the lateral eyes
are seated well back, and each pair is elevated upon a prominent
tubercle; they are minute and nearly contiguous; the lower one
is somewhat the smaller.

Legs laterigrade, yellowish-brown, clothed with short hairs,
and armed with spines; the first and second pairs are much the
longest, and are folded when at rest ; the femora are rough,
granulated, long, hairy, and each has on the underside a deep
groove for the reception of the lower joints which fit therein when
folded like the blade of a pocket-knife; the edges of the grooves
are armed with numerous short, sharp, strong, tooth-like spines;
the patellae are long, attenuated, elbowed at the base; the patella

490 DESCRIPTIONS OP SOME NEW ARANKIDiE OF N.S.W.,

and tibia of each of the first and second pairs are smooth, and
are (together) as long as the femur; the tibise are very attenuated;
the metatarsi and tarsi are short, armed with small strong spines,
and clothed rather thickly with short scale-like hairs; the second
and third pairs of legs are short, and thickly clothed with short
stiff hairs. Relative lengths : 1 = 2, 4, 3.

Palpi short, concolorous, hairy.

Falces normal.

Maxilloi short, broad, arched, apices divergent.

Labium short, broad, arched, apex rather more obtuse than in
C. excavata, L. Koch.

Abdomen overhanging base of cephalothorax, yellow-brown,
clothed with short hairs, broader than long, and higher than
broad, deeply sculptured, granulated, and surmounted at the
summit with two lateral lobes, from each of which a tapering and
somewhat acutely pointed process extends; in front there are two
prominent and well-defined ridges, uneven in outline, the space
})etween which is rather flat, and punctuated with six deep
depressions or pits; the anterior extremity or angle is strongly
recurved; the areas to the right and left of the ridges are rough,
sculptured, and pitted; sides uneven and wrinkled; behind the
contour is somewhat sinuous in outline, the surface rough and
uneven, and punctuated with deep pits.

Epigyne : two deep circular pits as in figure.

Log. — Prospect, near Sydney.

Obs. — According to Cambridge his specimen had " a very
distinct pattern on the upper or forward side of the abdomen,
formed by lines of pure white, longish, scaly hairs, enclosing
various irregularly triangular spaces of deep chocolate-brown, on
a paler yellowish-brown ground; three of these patches or spaces
are nearly contiguous in the median line, a large one in front,
and two smaller ones immediately behind; some small tufts of
white hairs also occupy tlie sides, hinder portion, and other parts
of the abdomen."*

* Loc. cii., p. 274.

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 491

Family THOMISID^.

Subfamily STEPHANOPSIN^.

Genus S t e p h A N o P s i s, O. P. Cambr.

Stephanopsis obtusiprons, sp.nov.

(Plate xviii., figs 3, 3a, ?)b.)

9. Cephalothorax 4'1 mm. long. 3-5 mm. broad ; abdomen
5-9 mm. long, 5-3 mm. broad.

Cephahtho7'ax longer than broad, yellowish-brown, coarsely
rugose. Pars cephalica sloping gentl}'- forwards and upwards
until near the ocular eminence, where it makes a slight descent,
and from whence it rises almost perpendicularly, thereb}'- causing
a deep and sharpl}'- defined groove at the base of the latter; sides
gently rounded ; surface coarsely granulated and rugose ; the
ocular tubercular eminence is not so high as in altifrons (O. P.
Cambr.) or aspera (mihi); the summit is rounded off and obtuse,
and the sides and front are somewhat precipitous. Pcwa tlioracica
broad, gently arched, coarsel}' rugose and granulated ; radial
grooves unevenly directed.

Eyes arranged in a ring or corona around the ocular tubercular
eminence; the four seated at the rear form a slightly curved
series — the curvature directed downwards; they are of equal size
and equidistant; in front the two lower eyes are minute, and are
separated from each other by a space equal to rather more than once
their individual diameter, whilst the upper pair are not only widely
separated from each other, but are much the largest of the group.

Legs yellowish-brown, coarsely granulated and rugose; each is
armed with short strong spines, and thickly clothed with short
fine hairs. Relative lengths: 1, 2, 4, 3; the first and second
pairs are much the longestand strongest, and of nearly equal length.

Palpi short, similar in colour, clothing and armature to legs.

Falces concolorous, hairy, apices divergent.

Maxillce concolorous also, glabrous, punctated, apices inclining
inwards, thickly fringed with long yellowish hairs, surfaces
furnished sparingly with long hairs.

Labium dark brown, broad, slightly arched, apex narrow and
obtusely pointed; a few hairs scattered over its surface,

492 DESCRIPTIONS OP SOME NEW ARANEIDiE OF N.S.W.

Sternum normal, yellowish, surrounded with a fringe of rather
long coarse hairs; the surface very finely granulated, and closely
clothed with short adpressed hairs.

Abdomen somewhat obovate, slightly overhanging base of
cephalothorax, moderately arched, yellowish-brown with dark
brown markings, the surface being finely tuberculated and granu-
lated; anterior extremity sinuous; at about one-third its length
from anterior extremity there are two large but shallow discular
depressions, and these are separated from each other by a space
equal to about once their individual diameter; at about the centre
there are two others, equally as large but wider apart, being
separated from each other by a space equal to twice their indi-
vidual diameter; sides yellowish, marked with dark wavy granu
lated lines; ventral surface much smoother, dark yellowish-grey,
and marked at the middle with two lines of punctures rather
widely separated; these commence just below the epigastric fold
and run in a tolerably straight line for two-thirds their distance,
and then converge inwards towards the spinnerets, but do not
meet; those near the spinnerets are much the closest together; in
addition to these there are a few smaller lateral punctures
scattered promiscuously.

Ejngyne as in figure.

Hah. — Jervis Bay.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIIL

Fig. 1 . — Storena alhomaculatn ( $ ).

Fig. la.— ,, ,, epigyne.

Fig. 2 . — Amneu>: Uheralu ( $ ).

Fig. 2a.— ,, „ epigyne.

Fig. 3 . — Steplutnoima olduHfrom^ ( $ ).

Fig. 3a. — ,, ,, abdomen, profile.

Fig. 36.— ,, ,, epigyne.

Fig. 4 .—Celi'nia (li^tincta ( $ ).

Fig. 4a. — ,, ,, abdomen from the rear.

Fig. 4h.— ,, „ „ profile.

Fig. 4c. — ,, ,, femur of 1st and 2nd legs.

Fig. 4(Z. — ,, ,, caput, profile.

Fig. 4e..— ,, „ epigyne.

[Printed off December Utb, 1902.]

P.L.S.IN.S.W, 1902.

-V.di.

v.d

vot

eoc.v

irvt

eoo p

G.J. del.

Pi. XIII.

-e^oc,. c

RLS.N.5.W. 1902.

PI. XIV.

G.A.W.deL

OGYRIS

P.L.SNSW. 1902.

PI XV.

/^

ELAE0CARPU5 sp.

P.L.S.N.S.W.

PI. XVI.

ARDISIA RACEMOSA, RI.B.

RL.S.N.5.W. 1902.

PI. XVII.

p.L.S.N.S.W. 1902

tV. J. R., del. 4a.

CEL/ENIA DlSTINCTA,C<9/7?6r

PL XVIII

■la STORENA ALBOMACULATA. 2-2a ARANEUS LIBERALI5.

3-3a-3b 5TEPHAN0PSI5 0BTU5IFR0MS.

OF THE ' -• *=— "'^

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

SUPPLEMENT TO PROCEEDINGS, 1902.

CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM.

A CLASSIFIED Catalogue of the Frondose Mosses of Australia
AND Tasmania, collated from available Publications and
Herbaria Records, by the Rev. W. Walter Watts and
Thomas Whitelegge, F.L.S.

Part I.

(MS. received, May 8th, 1902.)

Introduction.

By the Rev. W. Walter Watts.

In 1899 Mr. Whitelegge and I prepared a Catalogue of the
Mosses of N.S.W. My colleague had applied himself, with
characteristic ardour, to the study of the Mosses of the State,
especially in the neighbourhoods of Sydney, Moss Yale, Gosford
and the Blue Mountains, first in 1884-85, and again, at the urgent
request of Dr, Brotherus, in 1890-91, securing altogether nearly
100 new species. In 1892 he had compiled a list, revised by
Dr. Brotherus, of some 300 New South Wales species. This work

2 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

had not been printed when, about 1898, I first made Mr.
Whitelegge's acquaintance. It was embodied, under a different
classification, in our conjoint Catalogue which, containing upwards
of 500 species, was accepted for publication in March, 1900, by
this Society.

My own ambition had been to prepare, in the course of a few
years, a Catalogue of the Mosses of Australia and Tasmania,
towards which I had been steadily accumulating material. It
soon became evident, however, that it would be impossible to get
such a w^ork printed by the Society in addition to the New South
Wales Catalogue; and the Council kindl}' allowed us to withdraw
the earlier work and substitute a Census of Australian Mosses,
so far, at any rate, as the species usually called Acrocarps were
concerned.

My colleague's pre-occupations in the Australian Museum
having prevented him from taking an active part in this larger
work, the responsibility for the collation and classification of the
material falls upon my shoulders alone.

It ca.nnot, unfortunately, be claimed that there are no synonyms,
nor nomina nuda, in this Census. The inaccessibility of speci-
mens, and even, in some cases, of descriptions, the differing
principles of determination ado^Dted by specialists, and the large
number of new species of which we know nothing except the
names, make an unchallengeable list of Australian Mosses imprac-
ticable at the present stage.

To illustrate one of our many perplexities. Mitten and Wilson
introduced an excessive number of European and Antarctic names
into our Moss Flora. Dr. Carl Mueller, on the other hand,
regarded all our species as endemic, so much so that, with him,
our Ficnaria hygrometrica was F. sphaerocarpa, our forms of
Bryum argenteum became Br. Bateanum and Br. HamjyeanKm, and
even our Ceratodon purimreus w^as only recognised by him as var.
australis. Dr. Brotherus, in his ' Bryales,' now in course of
publication, goes a long wa}'^ in the direction of Dr. Mueller's
views, but by no means regards all our species as endemic.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 3

The introduction of so many European names by the earlier
bryologists, and of so many new species by the late Dr. C.
Mueller (a number of which were due to the erroneous presuppo-
sition above mentioned), has created a series of difficult problems
for Australian students. It will be long years before our Moss
Flora is placed upon a satisfactory footing. It might be contended
that this Census should have awaited a complete investigation.
We entirely dissent from that view. Knowing, as we do, the
enormous task before the bryological student in this countr}^ we
have endeavoured to lay, in some manner, a foundation for the
labours of future builders; and, in this Census, we submit the
result of much patient toil, in the hope that it will be of service
to our fellow-bryologists.

It need scarcely be said that we do not profess to give an
exhaustive list of localities and collectors. Even if the informa-
tion had been available, space would have failed us. It is to be
hoped that students throughout the Commonwealth will develop
the bryology of the separate States, and build up detailed accounts
of the Moss flora of different districts.

To the works named in the appended list we desire to
acknowledge our great indebtedness, — to Jaeger and Sauerbeck's
' Adumbratio,' Paris' 'Index Bryologicus,' Mueller's 'Genera Mus-
corum,' Brotherus's ' Bryales,' and Warnstorf's ' Sphagnacese '
especially. Dr. Brotherus's kindness and his great services in
the study and determination of plants, as well as in his descrip-
tion of new species, deserve the sincerest gratitude of Australian
bryologists.

We desire very heartily to express our obligations for the
assistance received from Mr. Luehmann, Director of the IS'ational
Herbarium, Melbourne ; from the publications of Mr. F. M.
Bailey, Colonial Botanist of Queensland; from Mr. R. A. Bas tow's
Tasmanian records; from Mr. F. M. Reader, of Warracknabeal,
Victoria; Mr. C. T. Musson, of the Hawkesbury Agricultural
College; Mr. J. H. Maiden, Director of the National Herbarium,
Sydney (per Mr. Wm. Forsyth, Superintendent of the Centennial
Park); Mr. R. T. Baker, Curator of the Technological Museum,

4 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIEXSIUM,

Sydney; Mr. Wm. Bauerlen, of the same institution; Mr. Jas.
Stirling, late Government Geologist of Victoria; Mr. W. A.
Weymouth, and others. Mr. Reader was the first to respond to
our application for assistance by sending a list of all the records
known to him, thus rendering valuable service from the Victarian
side. Mr. Luehmann very kindly supplied a list of the records
in the Melbourne Herbarium, which, though containing no details
of localities, etc., gave the States in which the species had been
collected, confirming many of the records in our possession and
adding others. At the eleventh hour a valuable list arrived
from Mr. Stirling, who was absent in London when our applica-
tion for assistance reached Melbourne. Mr. Stirling has "for
many years collected specimens of the plants growing all over the
Australian Alps, from Mt. Baw Baw at the heads of the Yarra,
to Mt. Kosciusko," and during the years 1880-88 he "made
several collections of the cryptogamic florula of the highest
elevations," being accompanied on one of these excursions to Mt.
Kosciusko by Mr. D. Sullivan, of Moysten, since deceased.
Acknowledgment should also be made of the assistance received
from the Librarian and Assistant Librarian of the Public Library,
Sydney, by whom some valuable Papers, not previously known to
us, were brought within our reach.

Systems of classification in bryology have varied greatly. Dr.
Mueller adhered throughout to his principle of " centralisation,"
grouping the mosses of the world under large and bold generali-
sations. A principle of "decentralisation," represented in Jaeger
and Sauerbeck's 'Adumbratio,' has reigned for many years among
Continental bryologists, including Dr. Brotherus. Mitten
followed a scheme of his own, a scheme which, through the
influence of his Catalogue of Australian Mosses, has been in force,
for the most part, in this country. Dr. Brotherus, in his
' Bryales ' — a master work. Part i. of which has been received —
departs greatly from Jaeger's system, and follows an independent
course that brings him, to some extent, into line with Mitten.

We have adopted the following scheme, based upon many con-
siderations, but in large part upon Mr. H. N. Dixon's invaluable

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGC4E. 0

work on the British Mosses, with whioli Dr. Brotherus, in
* Bryales,' is in considerable agreement : —

Order MUSCI.

Suborder 1. SPHAGNALES.

Suborder 2. ANDRE.EALES.

Suborder 3. BRYALES.
Group A. NEMATODONTES (Polytrichaceffi).
Group B. ARTHRODONTES.

Subgroup i. Acrocarpi.

Subgroup ii. Pleurocarpi.

Among the Acrocarpi we have followed, without distinct
headings, the Order Haplolepidei {Fissidentacece, Archidiacece,
Ditrichacece, Dicranacece, Leucohryacece, C alymperaceoi^ Pottiacecc,
Enca^yptacice, Grimmiacece), and Diplolepidei [Orthotrichacece,
Sjjlachnacece, Funariaceoi, Bartramiacece, Bi'yacece, JIniacece).
Among the Haplolepidei we have placed first, w4th Dr. C. Mueller,
the distichophyllous Fissidentacece. The terms, Haplolepidei and
Diplolepidei, scarcely apply to the non-peristomate members of
the included families, but they form a valuable practical guide to
the arrangement of the Acrocarps. The Pleurocarps are all
Diplolepidei.

The Mosses of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands are excluded
from this Census on zoogeographic srrounds.

We have refrained from stating the fruiting season of the
different species, there being considerable variation north and
south, east and west. July to December may be regarded in
general as the best time for collecting; but allowance must be
made for altitude and latitude. The Fissidentes may be found
in full fruit as early as April and May, and there is no time of
the year when fruiting specimens of many of our mosses may not
be collected, especially in damp gullies and about the shady banks
of creeks.

6 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

COXTRACTIONS AND REFERENCES.

Bail. Syn. — Bailey, F. M. Synopsis of Queensland Flora '83.

Suppls. '86, 'SS, and '90.
Bail. Bot. Bull.— Bailey, F. M. Botanical Bulletins, '91-'96.
Bastow, M. Tas. — Bastow, R. A. Mosses of Tasmania. Papers

and Froc. B. Soc. Tasm. '86.
Bot. Centr. — Botanisches Centralblatt.
Bot. Zeit. — Botanisches Zeitung.
Broth. A.M.- — Brotherus, Dr. Y. F., of Helsingfors. Some New

Sp. of Australian Mosses, 1890-1900 (5 Parts). The sp. are

numbered consecutively.
Broth. Andreteales, and Bryales — Brotherus, Dr. V. F., on the

Andreseales, '01, and Bryales (Part 1, '01).
CM., Syn. — Mueller, the late Dr. Carl. Synopsis Muscorum,

'49-'51.
C. M. , Symb. — Mueller, the late Dr. Carl. Symbolse ad Bryologiam

Australia), Hediuigia '97-8; numbered consecutively.
CM., Gen. M. — Mueller, the late Dr. Carl. Genera Muscorum

Frondosorum, 1901 (posthumous). Sometimes later informa-
tion will be found in Symb.
F.v.M. Austr. M. — Mueller, The late Baron F. von. Analytical

Drawings of Australian Mosses, '64.
F.v. M. Frag. Phyt. — Mueller, the late Baron F. von. Fragmenta

Phytographi^e Australise (Vol. xi., with Suppl. '78-'81).
Fl. Ant. — Hooker, J. D. Flora Antarctica, '44-7.
Fl. N.Z.— Hooker, J. D. Flora Novte Zealandi?e, '54 (cir.).
Fl. Tas.— Hooker, J. D. Flora Tasmania*, '60.
H.f.W.— Hooker fil. (J. D. Hooker) et Wilson, W.
Hdbk. N.Z. Fl.— Hooker, J. D. Handbook of the KZ. Flora.
Hpe. List. — Musci frondosi Australia?, continentalis prsesertim e

Bar. de Mueller collectionibus. Dr. E. Hampe enumerati,

1880.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 7

Jaeg. Ad. — Jaeger und Sauerbeck. Adumbratio Florae Mus-
corum '70-78.

Jour. L. Soc. — Journal of the Linnean Society.
Linn. — Linnsea.

Lond. J. Bot. — London Journal of Botany.

Mitt. Cat. — Mitten, Wm. Catalogue of Australian Mosses, '82-3.
Proc. JR. Soc. Victoria.

Mitt. Jour. L. Soc. '60— Paper read Mch. '59, published '60, on
" Some New Sp. of Musci from N.Z. and other parts of the
S. Hemisphere." (Wilson had the use of the MS. in pre
paring the Moss section of Fl. Tas.)

Par. Index — Paris, General. Index Bryologicus, '93-'98. Suppl. i.,
1900.

Melb. Census— List from Mr. Luehmann, 1902, of the Mosses
recorded in the National Herbarium, Melbourne.

KS.W.— New South Wales.

Q. — -Queensland.

Rev. Bry. — Revue Bryologique, edited by M. Husnot.

S. A. — South Australia.

Stirling Crypt.- — Stirling, James, Govt. Geologist of Victoria.
The Cryptogamia of the Australian Alps, Part i. Froc. R.
Soc. Victoria, '85-'86.

Sullivan, Paper — Paper read before the Field Naturalists' Club
of Victoria, Aug. '87 — Victorian Naturalist, '87-8.

Tas. — Tasmania.

Tate, List — List of Mosses, etc., collected by F.v. M. in extra-
tropical S.A. in the early days of colonisation, communicated
to the Royal Soc. of Vic. by the late Prof. Tate, '82.

Vic. — Victoria.

W. A.— West AustraHa.

Warnst. Sphag. — Warnstorf, Dr. C, of Neuruppin. On the
Sphagnaceae, 1901.

8 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIEXSIUM,

Weymouth, M. Tas. — Weymouth, W. A., of Hobart. Some
additions to the Moss Fl. of Tasmania, '93-'95. Pajyers and
Proc. R. Soc. Tcif^m.

Order MUSCI.
Suborder SPHAGNALES.
Tribe i. Sphagnaceae.
Sphagnum (Dill.), Ehrh.

1. S. ANTARCTicuM, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60; S. comimctum
var. Fl. Ant. (fid. Mitt.).

Tas., Longley, Huon Rd. '89 and '92, Snake Plains, Mt. Welling-
ton '94 : Weymouth. Long Bay Channel : A. J. Taylor. —
Vic. : Miss Campbell.— N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko, 4000', and Mt.
Aberdeen {S. cristatum, Hpe., Linn. '74, fid. Warnst.).

2. S. AUSTRALE, Mitt., ibid.; S. compactum var. ovatum, Fl.

Ant. (fid. Mitt.).
Tas., Huon R. : Oldfield. Rivulet, nr. Cumming's Head, W.
Mts. : Archer {S. confertum, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60). Longley,
Huon Rd. : Weymouth '89. Mt. Wellington : Bastow et al.

3. S. Brotherusii, Warnst., Bot. Centr. 1900.

N.S.W., Richmond R., East Ballina, Sept. '98, and Byron Bay,
Aug. '99 : Watts.

4. S. centrale, Jens.,Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. (An European

sp.). S. subbicolor, Hpe.
N.S.W., S. Coast, Kiama: Gilbert Weir, '96 (det. Warnst.).

(a) var. flavo-glaucescens, Russ., /. brachyclada,
Warnst.
Tas. : teste Par. Index Suppl. i.

5. S. COMOSUM, CM., Flora '87; Warnst., Hedw. '9L

N.S.W., Waterloo Swamps, nr. Sydney; Whitelegge, Oct.-Nov.

'83.

S. compactum vars. See Nos. 2 and \.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. d

Sp H A G N u M {continited). [Sphagnaceo'.

S. conjertum, Mitt. See No, 2 [CM., in Gen. M., retains
S. covfertum, and says it has the appearance of S.
rigidum var. compactum. Name not in Warnst.
Sphag.]

«S'. contortum^ Schultz, vars. Fl. Tas. See No. 8.

»S'. cristatum^ Hpe., Linn. 74. See No. 1 [CM., in
Gen. M., retains S. cristatum for the Mt. Kosciusko
and Mt. Aberdeen Mosses.]

6. S. CUSPIDATUM (Ehrh.) Russ. et Warnst.

CosMOPOL.— N.S.W., Blue Mts., Nellie's Glen: Whitelegge, Oct.
'91. — Q., Maroochie : herb. Bailey (Suppl. '86)
S. cymhifolioides, CM. See No. 8.

7. S. CYMBIFOLIUM (Ehrh.), Warnst.; *S'. Wilco:cii,C.M. {fid.

Warnst.)

CosMOPOL. (Warnst.). — Widespread in Tas. (Gunn. Oldfield, J. D.
Hooker, et al.), and in Australia (Brisbane R. : Bailey. Blue
Mts., Lawson : Whitelegge. Gippsland : F.v.M. Austral. Alps:
Stirling) [CM. gives Europe and N. Amer. only].

(a) var. carneo-pallidum, Warnst., in sched. '98.
N.S.W., Richmond R., Park Gray's Isl. : Watts, 96.

(b) var. GLAUCESCENS f. brachyclada, Warnst., in sched.
'98.

N.S.W., Richmond R., Park Gray's Isl. : Watts, '96.

8. S. CYMBOPHYLLUM, F.V.M. , Secoud Gen Report '54; S.

cymhifolioides, CM.. Bot. Zeit. '51 (?), '62 (teste Par.).

Prob. S. conto7'tuin vars. Fl. Tas.
Tas., Cheshunt : Archer. And prob. Mossman, Gunn, Oldfield,
et al. on Mt. Wellington. — Vic, Victorian Ranges, Gippsland,
Mt. Aberdeen : F.v.M.— N.S.W., nr. Sydney : Kayser coll.— Q.,
Nerang Creek : herb. Bailey.

10 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

Sphagnum {continued). [^Sphagnacece.

9. S. DREPANOCLADUM, Wamst., Bot. Centr. 1900
N.S.W., Richmond R., Shaw's Bay, on wet face of cliff: Watts,
April '99ff.

10. S. DUBiosuM, Warnst., Hedw. '91.
S.A. : teste Warnst , Sphag. 1900.

11. S. GRANDIFOLIUM, Warnst , Bot. Centr. 1900.
N.S.W., N. Coast, Byron Bay, etc. : Watts, Aug. '99ff.

12. S. LANCiFOLiuM, CM. ct Wamst., Hedw. '97.
N.S.W., Sydney, prob. Botany : Whitelegge, Nov. '83. In
Warnst. Sphag. given for S.A., evidently in error.

13. S. LATicoMA, CM. (teste F. M. Reader).
Vic, Blacks' Spur : Miss Campbell (Mrs. Martin).

14. S. MACROCEPHALUM, Wamst., Hcdw. '93; Weymouth,

M. Tas. '93 et '95.
Tas., Lake Bellenger Track, Zeehan Railway, W. Coast; Wey-
mouth, Feb. '91.

15. S. MAXIMUM, Warnst., Hedw. '91.

Tas., loc. unknown. Mitt, found it among packing material for
Tasmanian apples.

16. S. MOLLicuLUM, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60 et Fl. Tas.; S.
Jlossmanniamcin, CM. (teste Par. Index).

Tas., Cheshunt, Little Bridge's Head Creek : Archer. — N.S.W.,
nr. Sydney, Waterloo Swamps: Whitelegge '83. "Tas., N.S.W.,
and elsewhere in Australia" (CM. in Gen. M.).

17. S. MooREi. Warnst., Allgem. Bot Zeitschr. in Karlsruhe,

'95.
Tas., Kelly's Basin and Gordon R., Macquarie Harbour, on damp
ground: T. B. Moore '93 (herb. Weymouth).

S. Mossmannianum, CM. See No. 16.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 11

Sphagnum {continued.) [Sphagnacece.

18. S. Naumanni, cm., Gen. M., p. 102.
Q. : teste Melb. Census and CM. loc. cit.

19. S. Novo-Zelandicum, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60; Warnst.,

Hedw. '91.
Tas. : Archer (teste Mitt. Cat.) — N.S.W., nr. Sydne}^ Maroubra :
Whitelegge, Sept. '91 [CM. and Warnst. Sphag. give N.Z. only].

»S'. pachycladiwi, CM., given by F.v.M., Frag. Phyt. xi.,
SuppL, for N.S.W. — a doubtful species.

20. S. PSEUDO-RUFESCENS, Warnst., Hedw. '93; Weymouth,

M. Tas. '93-95.
Tas., in bog, top of Mt. Wellington: Weymouth '88, Watts '95.

21. S. ScoRTECHiNii, CM., in litt.; descr. by Warnst. in

Hedw. '97.
Q. : Rev. B. Scortechini.

22. S. SERRATiFOLiUM, Wamst., Bot. Centr. 1900.
N.S.W., K Coast., Byron Bay: Watts, Aug. '99.

23. S. SERRULATUM, Wamst., Hedw. '93; Weymouth, M.

Tas. '95.
Tas., in ditch, Zeehan Railway, W. Coast: Weymouth, Feb. '91.

24. S. SUBCONTORTUM, Hpo., Linn. '76; Warnst., Bot. Centr.

1900. aS'. suhsecundum var. in Jaeg. Ad.
N.S.W., N. Coast, Mt. Warning: Guilfoyle '71.

25. S. suBMOLLicuLUM, Warnst., Hedw. '97.

Tas., Kelly's Basin '93 : J. B. Moore. Port Esperance: Weymouth,
June '92.

26. S. suBSECUNDUM(Nees),Limpr. var. macrophylla, CM.
Vic, Blacks' Spur: Miss Campbell (Mrs. Martin).

[The species itself is recorded for Tas. in Par. Index, and for
Vic. in Melb. Census, possibly because Schultz's S. contortumi was
taken as a var. of this sp. Neither Warnst. (Sphag.) nor CM.
(Gen. M.) gives Tas. or Australia.]

12 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

S p H A G N u M {continued). [Sphaifnacece.

27. S. SuLLivANi, CM., Gen. M. p. 103.
Vic, Grampians, Mt. William, Creek : Sullivan '75.

28. S. TRicHOPHYLLUM, Warnst., Hedw. 1900.
Tas., Mt. Wellington: Bastow, Dec. '87.

29. S. Wattsii, Warnst., Bot. Centr. '98.

N.S.W., Richmond R., common on heaths; East Ballina. Heath
8wamp: Watts, May '96. Pimlico: Mrs. A. Heugh, Oct. '96.
Byron Bay, etc. : Watts '96 ff., often in full fruit.

30. S. Whiteleggei, CM., Flora '87; S. leionotum, CM.

(fid. Par.)
N.S.W., Blue Mts., Nellie's Glen: Whitelegge, '84. Nr. Sydney:
Kayser coll. Braid wood District: Biiuerlen.

S. Wilcoxii, CM., Flora '87 and Gen. M. (collected by
Mr. Wilcox on the Clarence R., N.S.W.) See No. 7.

Suborder ANDRE.EALES.

Tribe ii. Andreaeaceae.
A N D R E ^ A, Ehrh.

31. A. ACUMINATA, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60 et Fl. Tas.
Tas., on rocks, Cheshunt: Archer. Mt. Wellington: Weymouth,
Bastow, Watts et al.

32. A. AMBLYOPHYLLA, CM., in Broth. A.M. '95, No. 53;

Symb., No. 99.
N.S.W., Blue Mts., 3500': Whitelegge.— Tas., on rocks, the Glen,
Knock Lofty, Hobart : Weymouth. Also R. A. Bastow and A.
J. Taylor in herb. Weymouth. Top of Mt. Wellington : Weymouth,
Watts.

33. A. asperula. Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60; A. MueUeri, Sond.

(fid. Mitt.)
Vic, Australian Alps: F.v.M.— N.S.W. : teste F.v.M., Frag.
Phyt. xi., Suppl.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 13

A N D R E .E A {continued). [Andreceacece.

34. A. ATTENUATA, CM., ^jmh., No. 105.

Tas.. on rocks, Mt. Wellington: Weymouth, Sept. '91 (ster.).

35. A. australis, F.v.M. in sched.; Mitt., Hook. Jour. Bot.

'56; CM., Gen. M., p. 5.
Vic, Mun3'ang Mts., Australian Alps: F.v.M.

36. A. ERUBESCENS, CM., Sjmb., No. 90.

Tas., top of Mt. Wellington, 4500'. Weymouth, Jan. '89.

(a) var. nigrita, CM., ibid.; A. suhuli/olia, C.^l., herb.
Burchard, '90, and Gen. M.
Tas., top of Mt. Wellington: Weymouth, Jan. '89 (ster.)

37. A. ExiMiA, CM., Symb., No. 103.
Tas., Mt. Wellington: Weymouth, Jan. '^S.

38. A. JULiCAULis, CM., Symb., No. 89.

Tas., Mt. Wellington, 4000': Weymouth, Sept. '91 (ster.).

39. A. MONTANA, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60 and Fl. Tas.
Tas., W. Mts., Cumming's Head, on rocks in rivulet: Archer.

A. Mueller l^ Sond. See No. 33.

40. A. nitida, H.f.W., Lond. J. Bot. '44.

Tas., on stones in rivulet, nr. Cumming's Head: Archer.

41. A. PETROPHILA, Ehrh.

Tas., the Falls, Cheshunt: Archer. Lake Echo: J. D. Hooker.
Mt. Wellington: Gunn, Weymouth et al.

A. pseudo-suhulata. See Note after No. 43.

A. subulata. See No. 42.

42. A. subulatissima, CM., Symb., No. 100; A. suhidatay

Harv., of earlier bryologists.
Tas., Recherche Bay: Oldfield. On rocks, Jackey's Plain Creek,
and rivulet nr. Cumming's Head : Archer. Mt. Wellington,
frequent : Bastow, Weymouth et al. Millhouse's Falls: Weymouth.
A. suhulifolia, CM. See No. 36 var.

14 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

A N D R E ^ A {continued). [Andreceacece.

43. A. TENERA, CM., Symb., No. 104.

N.S.W. Blue Mts., Nellie's Glen: Whitelegge, Oct. '91. (Par.
Index gives Vic. — apparently in error.)

[Note. — CM., in Gen. M., questions Mitt.'s determ. of A.
siihulata, A. nitida, and A. jjetrophila for Tas. Broth., in
Bryales, keeps the last two, but accepts CM.'s A. suhulafissima
for A. subidata in Tas. In Bot. Zeit. '64, CM. gives A. pseudo-
suhulata for Tas., but in Gen. M. he limits it to "das Inselmeer
des Feuerlandes."]

Suborder BRYALES.

Group A NEIVIATODONTES.

Tribe iii. Polytrichaceae.
B u X B A u M I a. Hall.

44. B. TASMANiCA, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60 and Fl. Tas.
Tas., nr. Cheshunt: Archer.

D A ws 0 N I A, R.Br.

45. D. APPRESSA, Hpe., Linn. '60; F.v.M., Aust. M. pi. 10.
S.A., Onkaparinga Valley, St. Vincent's Gulf, in fissures of rocks :
F.v.M.

46. D. INTERMEDIA, CM., Symb., no. 12.

Yic. — N.S.W. — Q. C?) First recorded, apparently, by Luehmann
for Fernshaw, Upper Yarra, in '81 (c.fr.). Also recorded from
Wilson's Promontory, Rocky Cape, nr. Sydney, Clarence R. (A.
Rudder, '82), Richmond R. (Night Cap Mts.: De Camara Alston-
ville Cutting, Pearce's Creek, etc. : Watts).

[A specimen determ. as D. polytrichoides, coll. by C T. Musson on
the N. Pine R., Q., appears to me to be D. intermedia — W.W. W.]

47. D. LONGiSETA, Hpe., Linn. '60; F.v.M., Aust. M., pi. 9.
]^.S.\V. — Q. First record, Parramatta: Woolls, or F.v.M. Parra-
matta Park: Whitelegge, Dec. '84 (c.fr.). Canterbury, face of

13Y REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 15

D A w s 0 N 1 A (continued). [Polytrichacecb.

cutting, '96, and at Emu, foot of Blue Mts., on ground and moist
banks, Nov. 1900: Watts (c.fr. plentiful). Nr. Barber's Creek:
Forsyth, '99. Nr. Brisbane: C. T. Musson, Bailey, and J. H.
Simmonds.

[Victorian records must be changed, apparently, to D. Victorue.
— VV.W.W.]

48. D. POLYTRICHOIDES, R.Br.

Tas. — ViG. — N.S.W. — Q. Our commonest Dawsonia, collected
first, apparentl}^, by R. Brown, nr. Sj^dney. Austral. Alps, up to
4000' (teste Stirling).

(a) var minor, CM.
N.S.W., S. Coast, mountain nr. Kangaroo Valley: Whitelegge,
Dec. '86 (c.fr.). N. Coast, Richmond R., Alstonville Cutting :
Watts, Jan. '98 (c.fr.).

49. D. superba, Grev. '47; D. longifolia, Gunn in sched.
Tas.— Vic.— N.S.W.— Q. Shady banks, etc. (also in N.Z.)
frequent. Very fine specimens from the Upper Yarra (Luehmann)
and from the Head of Wilson's Creek, Richmond R. (Watts).
Austral. Alps, up to 4000' (teste Stirling).

50. D. Victoria, CM., Symb., No. 11.

Vic., Doncaster, nr. Melbourne: Reader, July '84 (c.fr.). Other
re'cords in herbaria, possibly, under D. longiseta.

A T R I c H u M, P. Beauv. (Sect, of Cailierinea^ CM.)

A. angustatum, Brid., var. jjolysetum. See No. 52.

51. A. LEPTOCYLiNDRicuM, CM., Symb., No. 18.

Vic, Genoa R. '85: Bauerlen. — N.S.W. , Delegate, '85: Biiuerlen.
Katoomba Falls: Schauinsland, '96-7 (also in N.Z.).
A, ligulatum, Mitt. See No. 52.

52. A. MuELLERi, CM. et Hpe., Linn. '53, Catheriyim; A.

ligulatum, Mitt. '56 (fid. Mitt. '60); A. angustatum var.
poly se turn, Fl. Tas.

16 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIEXSIUM,

A T R I c H u M (continued). [Polytrichacece.

Vic, not uncommon, Bunyip Creek, Dandenong Ranges, Apollo
Bay, Sealer's Cove, Brodribb R., Tarwin R., Austral. Alps, etc. :
F.V.M., Biiuerlen, Miss Campbell, Stirling et al. Healesville :
Schauinsland, '96-7. — Tas., Mt. Wellington, etc. : Archer, Bastow,
Weymouth, Watts et al. — N.S.W., Parramatta: Woolls. Bolara
Mts., Clyde R. : Bauerlen, Aug. '98 (herb. Tech. Mus. Syd.).

53. A. PusiLLUM, CM., Symb., No. 17.
Tas., Marydale: Weymouth, Dec. '90.

54. A. siDEROLOMA, CM., Symb,, No. 16.
Yic, Gippsland, Moe R. : Luehmann, '81.

PsiLOPiLUM, Brid. (Sect, of Polytrichum, H.f.W.; Sect, of
Catharlnea, CM.)

55. Ps. AUSTRALE, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z.

Tas., W. Mts., on earth and stones in rivulet behind Cumming's
Head: Archer. Mt. Wellington: J. D. Hooker et al.— N.S.W.
Mt. Kosciusko: Forsyth, Jan. '99.

56. Ps. CRISPULUM, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z., and Fl. Tas.
Tas., W. Mts.: Archer.

57. Ps. PiRiFORME, Hpe., Linn. '71-3, Catherinea; Mitt. Cat.
N.S.W., Blue Mts.: Mrs. Calvert.— Vic, Munyang Mts.: F.v.M.

O L I G 0 T R I c H u M, Lam. et DeCand. (Sect, of Catherinea, CM.)

58. O. MiNUTUM, CM., Symb., no. 14.
Tas., Mt. Wellington: Kayser in herb. Melb.

P 0 L Y T R I c H A D E L p H u Sj CM. (Scct. of Catherinea, CM. et
Hpe.)

59. P. Arnoldi, Hpe., Linn. '74.

Vic, Australian Alps, Mt. Arnold, 4000', also Upper Yarra and
G( ml burn Rs. : F.v.M.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 17

POLYTRICHADELPHUS {continued). [Polytrichacece.

60. P. AUSTRALAsicus, Hpe., Linn. '76.

Q., "subtropical East Australia": Eaves. — N.S.W., Richmond
R. : Capt. Stackhouse.

P. innovans, CM., Bot. Zeit. '51. See No. 62.

61. P. LAGENACEUS, CM., Sjmb., No. 19.
Tas., Mar^^dale : Weymouth, Dec. '91.

62. P. Magellanicus (L.), Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60.

Tas., nr. Cheshunt : Archer. Mt. Wellington, frequent. — Vic. to
N.S.W., in alpine regions, Bonang : Biiuerlen, Feb. '99 (ster.).

[C.M.'s P. hmovans represents this Moss, which he, in Gen. M.,
distinguishes from the Magellan sp. His name may yet displace
P. Magellanicus for Tas.]

63. P. PROLiFiCANs, CM., Symb., No. 20.

Tas., Mt. Wellington : J. and B. Gulliver, herb. Melb.

P 0 G o X A T u M, P. Beauv. [PolytricMim-Catharinella mostly
in CM.)

P. aloides, Hedw. Recorded for Vic. in Melb. Census.
Confirmation needed.

64. P. ALPINUM (L.), Roehl. ; P. j^seudo-alpinum, CM.,

Bot. Zeit. '55 and Gen. M.; P, austro-al2?inum, F.v.M.
Vic, Cobberas Mts., 6000': F.v.M. Austral. Alps : Stirling.—
Tas., W. Mts , the Falls and rivulet behind Cumming's Head :
Archer. — N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko: Biiuerlen, Feb. '90 ; Forsyth,
Jan. '99.

65. P. AUSTRALASicuM, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53, Polytrichum.
Vic, Gippsland: F.v.M. Bonang: Biiuerlen, Feb. '99.— N.S.W.,
shady banks of cuttings throughout coastal districts; fine speci-
mens on the Northern Rivers. Blue Mts.: Watts. — Tas., St.
Crispin's Track, Mt. Wellington, '88, and Castra Rd., Leven, '92:
Weymouth. . ^

LI B R A R Y i

18 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

PoGONATUM {continited). [PoJytrichacece.

P. austro-aJjnnum, F.v. M. See No. 64.
P. Baileyi, Broth. See No. 67.

Q6. P. BKACHYPODiuM, CM., Sj'inb., No. 28; PsUopilumiw
sched.
N.S.W., Fitzroy Falls on logs in swamp: Whitelegge, Nov. '84
(c.fr.). Cambewarra: C. Harris, Sept. '85. Blue Mts., Katoomba :
Schauinsland, '96-7.

67. P. Camar^, cm., Sjmib., No. 26; Pog. Baileyi, Broth.
N.S.W., Clarence R. : Wilcox, Nov. 75. Richmond R., Night Cap
Mts.: De Camara, herb. Melb. '81. Blue Mts., Nellie's Glen:
Whitelegge, Oct. '84 (c.fr.).— Q.: F. M. Bailey, herb. Broth. '91.
Eudlo: Field Naturalists.

68. P. GiPPSLANDLE, CM., Symb., No. 25; P. Tysdaleanum,

Gen. M. p. 177.
Vic , Gippsland, Pyers R. : Henry Tysdale, herb. Melb. '81.

69. P. GuLLiVERi, Hpo., Linn. '76, Polytrichnm {Cathari-

nella).

Tas., Mt. Wellington: J. and B. Gulliver.— Vic. : teste F.v.M.,
Frag. Phyt. xi. Suppl. (prob. in error).

70. P. nanocarpum, cm., Sj^mb., No. 22, Polytrichiim
[Aloidella).

Vic, Gippsland, Walhalla: Tysdale, herb. Melb. '84 (Tisdall in
Gen. M.).

P. 2^s''-'^(^o-alpinum, CM. See No. 64. Jaeg. Ad.
follows CM. in naming the Australian specimens
P. pseudo-alpinum. Dr. Brotherus returns P.
alpinum, and we have followed him.

P. suhulatam, Menz. (a N.Z. sp.). In herb. Melb.
recorded for Vic. as *' (?) P. Camarce.^^ In Bastow,
M. Tas., a syn. of P. tortile.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 19

PoGONATUM {coittinued). [Polytrichacece.

71. P. TORTILE, Swartz, Polytrichum (a W. Ind. sp.).

Tas., Mt. Wellington: teste Bastow, M. Tas.

P. Tysdaleanitm, CM. This name occurs in Gen. M.
p. 177, but in Symb. it is evidently changed to P.
Gijypslandice (q.v.) to avoid confusion with Polytri-
chum Tysdalei.

Polytrichum, Dill.

P. Antillarum, Rich. Records in Melb. Census for Tas.,
Vic. and N.S.AV., but the occurrence of this Central
and South American sp. requires confirmation.

72. P. Beccarii, cm., Symb., No. 36.
Tas., Mt. Wellington: Beccari, Feb. 78.

73. P. BRACHYPELMA, CM., Symb , No. 39.

N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Kayser coll., herb. Geheeb '72. Blue Mts.,
Lawson, swampy ground : Whitelegge '84.

P. brachypellina, CM. Name in F.v.M., Frag. Phyt. xi.
for N.S. W. Apparently an error for P. hrachypelma.

74. P. CATARACTARUM, CM., Symb., No. 40.

N.S.W., Fitzroy Falls, swampy ground: Whitelegge, Nov. '84.

75. P. COMMUNE, L.

CosMOPOL. In Fl. Tas. recorded for Tas., Brown's R., Cheshunt,
Mt. Wellington (Oldfield, Archer, Gunn), and a var. in bogs,
Huon Rd. : Oldfield. In Melb. Census for Tas., Vic, and N.S.W
Austral. Alps, at 5000' : Stirling.

(a) var. perigoniale (Rich.), Br. Eur.
Vic, Cobberas Mts. : F.v.M.

76. P. CROCEUM, Hpe., Linn. '52.
Tas. : teste Par. Index.

20 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

PoLYTRiCHUM (contimied). [Polytrichacece.

77. P. CYPELLOMiTRiUM, CM., Symb., No. 32.

N.S.W., Fitzroy Falls, on logs in swamp, Nov. '84, and Kangaroo
Valley, Dec. '85: Whitelegge (c.fr.).

78. P. DENSiFOLiUM, Hpe., Linn. '60; P. Nov(e-Hollandice,y
Jaeg.

Vic, Mt. Wellington, subalpine: F.v.M.

79. P. JUNiPERiNUM, Hedvv.

CosMOPOL. — Tab., common on Mt. Wellington, etc. : Gunn, Lyall,
J. D. Hooker, Mossman, Archer, Bastow, Weymouth, Watts et al.
Vic, Austral. Alps: Stirling et al. "Common on light gravelly
soils, especially about the roots of trees. Ascends all the summits
of our highest mts." (D.Sullivan). Nr. Melbourne: Adamson. —
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko: Forsyth, Jan. '99.— S.A., Mt. Lofty
Range: F.v.M.

[CM. evidently limits this sp. to the N. Hemisphere, and
includes the Tasm. and Austr. specimens under his P. hycopo-
dioides, etc.]

80. P. LONGiPiLUM, CM., Symb., No. 34.

Vic, Upper Ovens R. : McCann, herb. Melb. '82. Grampians
and Fowler's Bay: herb. Melb. '81. Nr. Melbourne, StudleyPark:
Reader, Aug. '83. Daylesford: Wallace, '87.

8L P. LYcoPODioiDES, CM., Symb., No. 41.
Tas., loc. not specified: herb. Melb. '8L

82. P. NODicoMA, CM., Symb., No. 37.
Vic, Oakleigh: Reader, Sept. '86 (m.pl. only).

P. Novce-Hollandice, Jaeg. See No. 78.

83. P. OBLiQuiROSTRE, CM., Symb., No. 29.
Vic, Mt. William: Sullivan, Oct. '78.

P. jnliferum, Schreb. "Pac. Austral." : teste Par. Index.
Record doubtful.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 21

PoLYTRiCHUM {continued). \Polytrichacece.

84. P. RECURViPiLUM, CM., Syiiib., No. 31.
N.S.W., Braidwood District, 3400': Biiuerlen, Nov. '84.

85. P. RYPAROMiTRiuM, CM., Syiiib., No. 33.

N.S W., Liverpool, on banks, left-hand side of railway station:
AVhitelegge, Nov. '84 (c.fr.).

S^. P. SuLLivANi, Hpe., Linn. '76.
Vic, Grampians, between Mts. Ararat and William (parce statu
juniore): Sullivan. "Gullies and crevices of rocks, Grampians
and Pyrenees" (SulL). Dandenong Ranges : herb. Melb. — N.S. W.,
Mt. Kosciusko: Biiuerlen, '89.

87. P. Tasmanle, CM., Symb., No. 30.
Tas., Marydale: Weymouth, Dec. '90.

88. P. Tysdalei, cm., Symb., No. 38; P. Tisdallii, CM.,

Gen. M.
Vic, Gippsland: H. Tysdale, herb. Melb. '84.

Group B. ARTHRODONTES.

Subgroup AcROCARPi.

Tribe iv. Fissidentaceae.
F I s s I D e N s, Hedw.

F. adiantoides, Hedw. Recorded for Tas. in Bastow,
M. Tas. (Gunn et Archer lect.) and in Par. Index, but
the specimens of Gunn and Archer were named with
uncertainty (see Fl. Tas.), and Mitt,, in Cat., gives
F. adiantoides, Wils. (non Hedw.). Stirling records
this sp. for the Austral. Alps (confirmation needed).
Broth, and CM. restrict F. adiantoides to the N.
Hemisphere.

F. alternifolius. Given for Vic. in Melb. Census. Par-
ticulars needed.

22 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

FissiDENS {continued). [Fissidentacece.

89. F. AMPLiRETis (CM., Gen. M., p. 73, Conomitruim).
N.S.W., nr. 83'dney: Whitelegge, '84.

90. F. APPLANATUS, CM., Geii. M., p. 62; F.v.M., Fra,g.
Phyt. xi. Suppl. (CM. repeats under a different sec-
tion, p. 67, op. cit.).

N.8.W., Richmond R. : teste CM. in loc. cit.

91. F. ARBOREUS, Broth. A.M. '90, No. 7.

Q., Pimpama, on trees: C J. Wild, Aug. '87. — N.S.W., Richmond
R., common on trees, saplings and roots; occasionally on rocks:
Watts, '96 ff. (c.fr.).

F. Archeri, F.v.M. Name in Mitt. Cat. Recorded in
Melb. Census for Vic. Confirmation needed. Not
in CM., Gen. M.

F. asplenioides (Sw.), Hedw. See No. 113.

F. assimilis, CM. See No. 124.

92. F. AUSTRALiENSis, Jaeg., Fissid. Enumerat. ; Conomi-'

trium perjmsilhom, Hpe., Linn. '55 and '60, Jaeg. Ad.,
CM., Gen. M.

Vic, Sealer's Cove: F.v.M. (Aust. M., pi. 16). Australian Alps:
Stirling.— N.S.W., Valley of Waters, Blue Mts., and Taylor's Bay,
Port Jackson: Forsyth, Aug. '99.

F. bartra7niocarpus, CM. See No. 131.

93. F. BASiLARis, Hpe. et CM , Linn. '53.

S.A., Barossa Range, assoc. with F. pungens: F.v.M. — Vic, R.
Yarra: teste Melb. herb, (a doubtful record).

94. F. BREviFOLius, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z., Fl. Tas.

Tas., Johnny's Creek, Derwent Valley, and Kangaroo Point :
Weymouth. — Vic: teste Par. Index, Suppl. and Melb. Census.
" E. Australia": teste Broth. Bryales.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 23

F I s s I D E N s (continued). \^Fissidentacece.

(a) var. floribundus, H.f.W., Fl. Tas.
Tas., shady banks by the Derwent, New Norfolk: Oldfield. (F.
scalaris, Mitt., according to Bastow, M. Tas.)

F. bryoides var. C(espita7is. See No. 98.

95. F. CALODiCTYON, Broth., A.M. '90, No. 6.

Q., Ashgrove, nr. Brisbane: C. J. Wild, May '88.— N.S.W.,
Richmond R , at many places: Watts, 96 if.

96. F. COARCTATUS (CM., Gen. M., p. 76, Conomitrium).
N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Whitelegge, '84. Cook's R., April '96,
Parsley Bay '99, Richmond R., frequently from '96: Watts.
National Park '98, Bot. Gdns., Syd. '99 : Forsyth. Manning R. :
E. Cheel, herb. Syd.

97. F. coMMUTATUs, CM., Gen. M., p. 64.
Australia, prob. Q., but reference in loc. cit. not clear.

98. F. CuRNOWii, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '85; F. bryoides var.
ccespitaois, Schimp.

N.S.W.: teste Par. Index.

99. F. cuspiDiCALYX, CM., Gen. M., p. 56.
Tas., Pedder's Gully: Weymouth (?)

100. F. dealbatus, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z.

Tas., on wet rocks: Archer et al. — N.S.W., Richmond R., Ballina,
on swampy ground, Aug. '96, Wilson's Creek, Aug, '98: Watts
(det. Broth.).

101. F. DENSiFOLius, Broth., Bail. Bot. Bull., Dec. 91; CM.,

Gen. M., p. 59.
Q., Mt. Perry: J. Keys.

102. F. DiETRicHi^, CM., Linn. '71-2.

Q., Brisbane R. : Mrs. Dietrich, '64.— N.S.W., Richmond R., many
places, especially on rocks in creeks, also on wet sea cliffs of
Skinner's Head, and on bricks of footpath, W. Gollan's, Wood-
burn: Watts, 96ff.

24 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

F I s s I D E N s {continued). [Fissidentacece.

(a) f. minor, Broth, (det.)
N.8.W., alluvial soil, bank of Nepean R., at Emu Plains: Watts,
Oct. '99.

103. F. ELAMELLOSUS, CM. et Hpe., Linn. '56 ; F.v.M.,
Aust. M., pi. 20.

Vic, Yarra R. : F.v.M. (mixed with F. pungens and F. hasilaris).

104. F. EQUITANS, CM., Gen. M , p. 75, Conomitrium.
N.S.W.: teste CM., loc. cit.

105. F. HOMOMALLULUs, CM. in sched. (not in Gen. M.)
N.S.W., Lilyvale: Whitelegge, Sept. '91. Richmond R. and
Brunswick R., at several places, '96 ff, and under rocky cliff,
Cook's R. '96: Watts (det. Broth.)

106. F. HYOPHiLUs, Mitt. Cat.

Q., between the Burnett and Brisbane Rs. : F.v.M.

F. incurvo-hryoides. See No. 131.

F. incurvus, Schw. vars. Records in Fl Tas. (St.
Patrick's R. and South Port : Gunn, Oldfield), and
in Melb. Census for Tas. and Q.; but see No. 131.

107. F. iNTEGERRiMus, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60.
Tas., nr. Cheshunt: Archer.

F. intermedins, CM. This name (already occupied by
CM.) was given to a sp. coll. by Whitelegge at
Mosman's Bay in '84. Apparently the sp.nov. has
been dropped, since it does not find a place, so far as
we can see, in Gen. M.

108. F. Kerianus, cm. in Broth. A.M. '95, No. 63.
Q., Mulgrave R., Ker Range, 5200': Bailey.

109. F. LEPTOCLADUS, CM., Gen. M., p. 59.
Tas. : teste C M. loc. cit.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 25

FissiDENS (continued). [Fissiclentace(e.

110. F. LEPTOLOMA, CM., Gen. M., p. 59.

N.S.W., nr. Sydney, Eandwick Rd. : Whitelegge, June '84 (c.fr.).
Richmond R., Tintenbar '96, Brunswick R., top of Myocum,
about 300', Sept. '97 : Watts.

111. F. LEPTOPELMA, CM., Gen. M., p. 66; F.v.M., Frag.
Phyt. xi., Suppl.

N.S.VV.: teste CM. loc. cit.

112. F. LEucoNEURUs, CM., Gen. M., p. 63.
Q. : teste CM., loc. cit.

113. F. LiGULATUS, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z.; F. asple7iioides (fid.

Jaeg. Ad.).
Tas.: teste Bastow, M. Tas. 'S6, and Jaeg. Ad.— Vic, Austral.
Alps: Stirling. — N.S.W., Richmond R., many places, on wet
rocks by creeks, also on sea-clifF, Ballina: Watts, '96 ff. (c.fr. Aug.,
rare). Nepean R., creeklet at foot of Blue Mts. : Watts, Oct. "99
(det. Broth.).

114. F. liliputano-bryoides, CM., Gen. M., p. 56.

Q., Victoria Park: H. Tryon. ("Vic." in Melb. Census — evidently
in error).

115. F. liliputano-incurvus, CM., Gen. M., p. 56.

Q., Beenleigh: C J. Wild.— N.S. W., nr. Sydney, Lane Cove,
National Park, Bot. Gdns. Syd., also Jamieson Valle}', Kiama,
and Shoalhaven R. : Forsyth, July '98-9. Lily vale: Hamilton.
On upturned roots of trees, on rocks and ground, at several jDlaces
on the Richmond R. : Watts, '99 ff.

116. F. linearis, Brid.

Australia: herb. Desfont. — Vic, Gippland, Moe R. : Luehmann,
'81.

117. F. LuEHMANNiANus, CM., Gen. M., p. 75, Conomitrium..
Vic, Moe R. : Luehmann, '81, mixed with F. linearis.

26 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

FissiDENS (continued). [Fissideniacece.

118. R MACERATUs, Mitt, Cat. '83.
Q., Brisbane R. : Bailey.

119. F. MACRODUS, Hpe., Linn. '60; F.v.M., Aust. M., pi. 19.
Vic, Yarra R., on grassy ground: F.v.M. Banks of Yarra, nr.
Melbourne: F. M. Reader, Sept. '84.— N.S.W., Barber's Creek,
in gullies, Sept. '99, and Warrumbungle Ranges, Oct. '99 : Forsyth.

(a) f. lamina vera sublimbata (Broth, det.).
N.8.W., Shoalhaven R.: Forsyth, Sept. '99.

F. macropus, Hpe., Par. Index; evidently err. for F,

macrodus.
F. microhlastus, Broth, in sched. See No. 121.

120. F. MiCROLECYTHTS, CM., Gen. M., p. 59.
Q., Trinity Bay: teste CM., loc. cit.

121. F. MoNTECOLLi, Broth., Watts; F, microhlastus^ Broth.

in sched.
N.S.W., Brunswick R., top of Montecollum, about 500': Watts,
Sept. '97 (c.fr.).

122. F. NANOPYXis, CM., Gen. M., p. 59.
Vic: teste CM., loc. cit.

123. F. Nov.E-HoLLANDL?:, Hsch.; Conomitriicm, CM.
N.S.W.: Sieber.

124. F. Nov.E Valesle, Watts; F. assimilis, CM., Gen. M.,

p. 62 (cf. Conomitr. assimile, Hpe. '77, a Brazilian sp.).
N.S.W., "von Sydney's Kiiste " (CM., loc. cit.).

125. F. OBLONGiFOLius, H.f.W., Lond. J. Bot. '44.

Vic, nr. Tarwin R. : F.v.M.— Tas., Cataract Hill: Archer.
Latrobe and Mt. Faulkner: Weymouth. On rocks, N. W. Bay:
Oldfield.— Q., Moreton IsL: H. Tryon.

126. F. obtuso-acuminatus, CM., Gen. M., p. 64.
(^., Brisbane: C J. Wild (teste Bailey, Suppl. '90).

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 27

FissiDENS {conthmed). [Fissidentacece.

127. r. PALLiDUs, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z.
Tas., common: Gimn et al. — N.S.W., frequent from Mt. Kosciusko
(Maiden, '98) to Richmond R. (Watts, 96 ff.). Bulli Pass: Watts,
'95. BlueMts.: Betche, '95; Forsyth, '99. Turramurra: Forsyth,
'99. Nr. Sydney, common.

(a) f. viRiDis, Broth.
N.8.W., Richmond R., Alstonville, in gully: Watts, April '96

(c.fr.).

F. 2)((>rvus. See No. 155.

F. pauperrimics, CM. Par. Index gives Australia.
CM., Gen. M., p. 59, gives S. Africa only.

128. F. POROSUS, CM., Gen. M., p. 74, Conomitrium.
N.S.W.: teste CM., loc. cit.

129. F. puLviNATULus, CM., Gen. M., p. 64.
Vic: teste CM., loc. cit.

130. F. PUNCTATUS, Hpe., Jaeg. Ad.; F.v.M., Frag. Phyt. xi.,

Suppl.
N.S.W. : herb. Melb. (A somewhat doubtful species.)

131. F. PUNGENS, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53; F.v.M., Aust. M.,

pi. 17; F. incurvus var., Wils. inFl.Tas.; F. bartramio-
carpus, CM. ; and F. incurvo-bryoides, CM. (teste
CM., Gen. M., p. 59)
Tas., frequent. — S.A., Barossa Range and Plenty Creek: F.v.M.
— Vic, stumps of trees, Kew: Reader, July '84. — N.S.W., Mos-
man's Bay, Coogee Bay, Ball's Head Bay : Whitelegge, '84.
Richmond R. and Brunswick R.: Watts, '96 if., frequent. Jamieson
Valley: Forsyth, '99. Shellharbour : E. Cheel, '99. [As F. incurvo-
bryoides, frequent in herb. Watts (Richmond R.), also in herb.
Syd., nr. Syd., Forsyth, and Mt. Warning, Goldsmid].— Q. : F. M.
Bailej^ (As F. incurvo-bryoides).

F. pygmceus, Taylor. See No. 142.

28 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

F I s s I D E N s {continued), [Fissidentacece.

132. F. RiGiDULUS, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z.

Vic, Australian Alps: F.v.M. and Stirling. Hector Travers,(loc.'?).
— Tas., common. St. Crispin's (We3'mouth), Circular Head, etc. —
N.S.W., Richmond R., Wilson's Creek: Watts, Dec. '98. Kiama :
Forsyth, Dec. '99.

K sarcophyllus, CM. See No. 151.

F. scalaris. See iSTo. 94.

133. F. SEMiLiMBATUS, Hpe. et CM., Linn. "53.

Vic, Yarra and Gippsland: F.v.M. (Aust. M., pi. 18). Austral.
Alps: Stirling. — Tas.: Archer. Nr. Exeter, W. Tamar, on damp
sandy bank: Weymouth, '92. — N.S.W., nr. Sydney, Rookwood :
Whitelegge, '85 (c.fr.). Lane Cove: Forsyth, '98.

134. F. SEMiRUFUS, CM., Gen. M., p. 76, Conomiirmm.
N.S.W.: teste CM., loc. cit.

135. F. SERRATO-MARGiNATUS, CM., Gen. M., p. 68.
S.A.: teste CM., loc. cit.

136. F. SPLACHNOIDES, Broth., A.M. '93, No. 27.

Q., Indooroopilly, on ground: Field Naturalists (Bail. Bot. Bull.
Dec. '93).

137. F. STRiCTUS, H.f.W., Fl. Tas.

Tas., Derwent R., on charred log, under water: Oldfield. York
Town rivulet: Gunn.

138. F. SUBLIMBATUS, Broth. in sched.

Vic, Lothiel, Wimmera, on decaying logs in a pool: Reader,
Feb. 1900 (com. as F. subalinibatus).

139. F. suBAPPLANATUS, CM., Gen. M., p. 67; F.v.M., Frag.

Phyt. xi., Suppl.
N.S.W.: teste CM., loc. cit.

140. F. SuLLivANi, CM., Gen. M., p. 56.

Vic, Grampians, Mt. Ararat: Sullivan. Austral. Alps, up to
8000': Stirling.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 29

F I s s I D E X s {continued). [Fissidentacece.

141. R Sydneyensis, Geh. in sched.

N.S.W., Miiito, on banks of creek: Whitelegge, Feb. '85. Rich-
mond R., on rocks in creek, Tintenbar (fine specimens): Watts,
May '99 (det. Broth.).

142. F. Taylori, cm., Syn. 1, 65; F. pyymceus, Tayl.
W.A., Swan R. : Drummond.— Tas., Cheshunt: Archer. Clay
banks, Mt. Wellington: Bastow et al. — Vic, nr. Melbourne,
Studley Park : Reader, July '83.

143. F. TENELLUS, H.f.W^, Fl. N.Z.

Tas., iSandstone Hill, Cheshunt: Archer. General: Gunn, Oldfield,
Bastow, Weymouth et al. — Vic, Sealer's Cove: F.v.M. Austral.
Alps: Stirling. — N.S.W., nr. Sydney, Cook's R. : Watts, Forsyth.
Richmond and Brunswick Rs., at many places: Watts, '96 ff. —
Q., Ashgrove, Enoggera Creek: C. J. Wild.

144. F. TORTUOSUS, Hpe. et Geh. Rev. Bry. '81.
Tas., (loc. ?).

145. F. TRACHYPHYLLUS, CM., Gen. M., p. 76, C o^iomitrium.
N.S.W., Mosman's Bay '84, Lilyvale '91: Whitelegge.

146. F. UNDATO-DECURRENS, CM., Gen. M., p. 59.
Q. : herb. Bailey.

147. F. VicTORiALis, Mitt., Cat. '82-3.

S.A., Victoria R.: F.v.M. ("one of the only three mosses seen by
me in N.W. Aust. in '55 and 56 ": F.v.M.)

148. F. viTTATUS, H.f.W., Fl. Tas.

W.A., Swan R. : Drummond. — Tas., Circular Head, on ground:
Gunn. Mt. Faulkner, etc. : Weymouth. Guy Fawkes Rivulet, on
water- washed stones: Watts, '95. — Vic, Gippsland: F.v.M.

149. F. Walteri, cm., Gen. M., p. 66.
Vic, Gippsland: teste CM., loc. cit.

30 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

FissiDENS {contimied). [Fissidentacece.

150. F. Wattsii, Broth, in sched.

N.S.W., Sydney, Woollahra, damp sandstone rocks: AVatts, Mch.
'96 (c.fr.).

151. F. WeYxAIOUThi, Par. Index, Suppl. i.; F. sarcophylluSj

CM., Gen. M., p. 56 [cf. Weymouth, M. Tas. '94-5,
p. '21 J F. sarcoj^hyllus, Burch., Broth, (in error)].

Tas., Mt. Wellington, on face of rock on track, below the Springs :

Weymouth, '91.

152. F. Whiteleggeanus, CM., Gen. M. p. 67.
N.S.W., nr. Sydney, Ball's Head Bay (ster.), N. Shore, Aug. '84
(c.fr.), Lilyvale, Sept. '91 : Whitelegge. — Tas., nr. Hobart, on log,
Huon Rd., and Mt. Bischof, on ston}'- earth-bank, Happy Valley,
mixed with Mittenia plumula: Weymouth, '92. — Q., Nerang: H.
Schneider.

153. F. WiLDii, Broth., A.M. '90, No. 5.
■Q.j Pimpama, on ground : C J. Wild, Aug. '87.

154. F. WooLLSiANUs, CM., Gen. M. p. 66.

N.S. W. : Woolls, (loc. ?). Nr. Sydney, Northwood, Lane Cove E.,
and Mosman's Bay: Whitelegge, June '84. Nepean R., C'eeklet
at foot of Blue Mts. : Watts, '99. Katoomba and Shoalhaven R. :
Forsyth, '99.

[Note. — F. deiicatidus, Angstr., and F. pacificus, Angstr., are
both given for N.S.W. in Mitt. Cat., Jaeg. Ad., and Par. Index,
but they belong to the Sandwich Isls. See Rev. Br}'. '77, p. 24.]

OcTODiCERAS, Brid. (Sect, of Conomitrlum, CM. and Par.)
0. Dillenii (La Pyl.), Mont. See No. 155.

155. O. MuELLERi, Hpe., Linn. '56 and '60, Conomitrium;

Fissidens, Mitt. Cat. and Broth. Bryales; Octodiceras,
Jaeg. Ad. ii. In Kew J. Bot., Mitt, regarded this as
0. Dillenii, a S. Amer. sp. Jaeg., Par., CM., and
Broth, separate the two species.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. ."31

OcTODiCERAS {continued). [Fissidentace(e.

S. A., Murray R. : F.v.M. — N.S.W., Richmond R., on rocks under
running water, Wilson's Creek, '97 ff. (ster.), Pearce's Creek,
Emigrant Creek, etc. : Watts.

Tribe v. Archidiaceae.
A R c H 1 D I u M, Brid.

156. A. BRiSBANicuM, Broth., A.M. '93, No. 24.

Q., nr. Brisbane, Ipswich Rd., on swampy land : H. Tryon, Aug. '90
(c.fr.). — N.S.W., Richmond R., on ground, Ballina, Uralba, and
Pimlicolsl. : Watts, April '99(c.fr.juv.), July 1900, Aug. '01 (c.fr.).

157. A. sTOLOxNACEUM, CM., Gen. M. pp. 10-11.
N.S.W., Sydney, Moore Park, Greenwich, etc. : Whitelegge,
Sept. '84. Concord: Watts, July '99 (ster.).

Tribe vi. Ditrichacese {Leptotrkhaceic, CM.).
B R u c H I A, Schwgr. (including Sporledera, Hpe.)

158. B. AM(EJ^A, CM., Flora 'd>^.

N.S.W., nr. Fitzroy Falls, on rotten logs in swamp: Whitelegge,
Nov. '84 (c.fr.).

B. exigua (H.f.W.), CM. See No. 180.

159. B. MiNUTA, Mitt., Fl. Tas. and Jour. L. Soc. '60.
Tas., Cheshunt, on sides of ditches: Archer.

160. B. Whiteleggei, CM., Flora '88, B. (Sporledera).
N.S.W., Sydney, Moore Park: Whitelegge, July '84 (c.fr.).— Q.,
Beenleigh: C J. Wild.

(a) var. minor, CM.
N.S.W., Sydney, nr. Randwick Racecourse: Whitelegge, Aug. '84.

Trematodon, Rich.

Tr. abrwptus. Specimens so named from the Bellingen
and Macleay Rivers (Aug. Rudder) are in Melb.
herb. (Bastow in MS. list thinks this may be Tr.
adceqicans, Geh.)

32 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

T R E M A T 0 D 0 N (continued). [Ditrichacece.

161. Tr. ADiEQUANS, Gch. in sched.

N.S.W., Ball's Head Bay: Whitelegge, Oct. '85. Richmond R.,
frequent: Watts, '96 ff.

162. Tr. Baileyi, Broth., A.M. '90, No. 2.
Q., Bellenden Ker, Mulgrave R. : Bailey, '89.

163. Tr. brachyphyllus, CM., Symb., No. 159.

Q., ''tropical Q.: F. M. Bailey in herb. Broth." (teste CM.,
Gen. M.). Mt. Perry: J. Keys (Bail. Bot. Bull. Dec. '91).

16-1. Tr. flexipes, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60 and Fl. Tas.
Tas., W. Mts., on ground. Plain behind Cumming's Head: Archer.
[Broth. Bryales gives N.Z. only.]

165. Tr. longescexs, CM., Symb. No. 160.

N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Kayser coll., '72, Richmond R., plentiful,
especially on sides of ditches and banks: Stackhouse, '81, Watts,
96 ff. Brunswick R., Mullumbimby: Bauerlen, '95, Watts, '97.—
Q., Beenleigh: C J. Wild, about '88. Brisbane: Bailey.

166. Tr. suberectus. Mitt., Hdbk. N.Z. Fl.

Q., Mt. Perry: Keys (?). See Bail, Syn. Suppl. i. Mt.Gravatt :
herb. Bailey. [Broth. Bryales gives N.Z. only.]

167. Tr. Whiteleggei, Broth, in sched.

N.S.W., cla}^ banks opp. Railway Station, Clifton: Whitelegge,
Aug. '91.

Pleuridium, Schpr. [Astomum, CM.)

168. P. BRACK YCAULON, CM., Flora '88, Astomum.
N.vS.W., Sydney, Paddington: Whitelegge, Aug. '84 (c.fr.). Emu
Plains, Burwood Park, and Concord Park: Watts, Oct. '99 (c.fr.).
Warrumbungle Ranges: Forsyth, Oct. '99 (c.fr.).

169. P. Breutelianum, Hpe.
Australia: teste Broth. Bryales.

P. curvidum, Taylor. See No. 174.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 33

Pleuridium (continued). [Diirichacece.

170. P. EXSERENS, CM., Gen. M., p. 12, Astomum.
Tas.: teste CM., loc. cit. (An P. sitbexset'ens ?).

171. P. GRAciLENTUM, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60 and Fl. Tas.
Tas., west side of Tower Hill: Archer. Bellerive: A. J. Taylor.
— W.A., King George's Sound: Menzies.

172. P. Krauseanum (Hpe. in litt. ; CM., Syn. i., 16,
Astomum), Salm., Rev. Bry. 1900, pp. 85-6. Bruchia
exigua (fid. CM.).

S. A., nr. Kiwimanila, Port Adelaide: Dr. Behr. — Vic, Yarra R. :
F.v.M. '54. Austral. Alps: Stirling. Gippsland, etc. : herb. Melb.
— (I)N.S.W., Paddington and Randwick: Whitelegge, Aug. '84.
Blue Mts. : herb. Melb.

173. P. LAMPROPYXis, CM., Symb., No. 85, Astomum.
Tas. : A. Taylor, herb. Broth. '90.

174. P. NERVOSUM (Hook., M. Exot., Phascum) H.f.W.,

SuUiv. ; Eccremidium pidchellum (fid. Mitt.) ; P.
curvulum, Tayl. (fid. Mitt.)

W.A., Swan R. : Jas. Drummond. — Vic, Gippsland : F.v.M.
Austral. Alps: Stirling [P. curvulum). — N.S.W.,Parramatta Park:
Whitelegge, Aug. '85. Burwood Park, Sydney : Watts, '99.
Warrumbungle Ranges: Forsyth, Oct. '99.

(a) var. iMINUS : Parramatta : Woolls, herb. Melb.

175. P. SuLLiVANi, CM., Symb., No. 86, Astomum.
Vic, Moysten: Sullivan, '82.

176. P. SUBEXSERENS, CM., Symb., No. 87, Astomum.
Tas., Pedder's Field, Kansaroa: Weymouth, Sept. '89.

177. P. TENELLUM, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60 and Fl. Tas.
Tas., Cheshunt: Archer.

P. tenuissimum, Tayl. See No. 179.

34 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

Pleuridium {continued). [Ditrichacece.

178. P. viRiDE, CM., Gen. M., pp. 11-12, Astomum.

N.S. W., Mosman's Bay : Whitelegge, Aug. '84 (c.fr. ). Emu Plains :
Watts, Oct. '99 (c.fr.).

E C C R E M I D I U M, H.f. W.

179. E. ARCUATUM, H.f.W., Lond. J. Bot. '46 : Bryum
tenuissimum, Tayl.; Pleuridium^ Mitt. Cat.

W.A., Swan R. : Drummond.

180. E. EXiGUUM (H.f.W., Icon. PL, Phascum), 8alm.,Kev.
Bry. 1900, pp. 85-6; Bruchia, CM., Bot. Zeit. '47;
Astoniitm Krauseanum, Hpe., in CM., 8yn, '49; Pleu-
ridium, Jaeg. and Par. Wilson, in Kew herb, and
Lond. Jour. Bot. '46, suggested that this was an
Eccremidium; E. S. Salmon (I.e.) confirms.

W.A.,SwanR.: Drummond. — ('?)N.S.W.,nr. Sydney: Whitelegge.
[The N.S.W. record prob. refers to P. Krauseanuni^ ^l-^'-]

181. E. PULCHELLUM, H.f.W., Lond. J. Bot. '46; Pleurid.

curvulum, Tayl. (fid. Mitt. Cat.)
W. A., Swan R. : Drummond. — ('?)N.S. W., on earth, nr. Rookwood,
Sydney: Whitelegge, Aug. '85 (det. Geh.) [This last loc may
refer to Pleurid. nervosum, which Mitt. (Cat.) identified with E.
pulchellum. ]

182. E.(Pseudo-Pleuridium) Whiteleggei, Broth. Bryales,

1901, pp. 297-8, fig. 175, E. S. Salm. del. (subgen. et

sp.nov.)
N.S.W., Maroubra Bay,nr. Sydne}^: Whitelegge, July '98 (c.fr.juv.)
and Sept. '98 (c.fr.matur.).

D I T R I c H u M, Timm. {Leptotrichitm, Hpe.)

183. D. AFFINE, CM., Bot. Zeit. '47, Leptotrlchum : Tricho-

stomum setosum, H.f.W. (fid. Jaeg. et al.)
Tas., Sandy Bay Rivulet, etc. : Weymouth (sub 2). se^oso). — N.S.W,,
common from Mt. Kosciusko to the Tweed R., coastal districts.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOM \S WHITELEGGE. 35

D I T R I c H u M {continued). [Biti'ichacece.

WaiTumbungle Ranges: Forsj^th, '99. BlueMts. : T. Steel (herb.
Tech. Mus. Syd.) and Watts. — Q. : No record available, but no
doubt frequent. — Vic, Gippsland : herb. Melb.

(a) f. alpina, Broth,
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko: Forsyth, Jan. '99.

[CM. in Gen. M. has D. affine for Chili, and D. setosum for
N.Z. The Australian plant may be one of his sp.no v.]

184. D. AUSTRALE, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60 and Fl. Tas.;

Lophiodon strictus, H.f.W.

Tas., Cheshunt: Archer. Mt. Wellington and Mt. Bischof, Happy
Valley: Weymouth. Mt. Wellington : Watts (det. Broth.). Huon
Rd. : Bastow.

[CM. in Gen. M. gives this sp. for S. Amer. only. Possibly
the Tasm. plant is his D. strictiusculuin.~\

185. D. Baileyi, cm.

Q.: herb. Bailey and herb. Simmonds. Ashgrove: Wild, '87.

186. D. BRACHYCARPUM, CM., Symb., No. 166; L. cylindri-

carpum, Hpe.
N.S.W., Blue Mts.: F.v.M. '72.

D. hrachycarjjum, Hpe. See No. 220.
D. capillaceum. Mitt. See No. 201.
D. cylindricarpum^ Hpe. See No. 186.

187. D. CYLiNDRiCARPUM,CM.,Bot.Zeit.'51; Trichostomuvi,

Fl. Tas.
Tas., nr. Launceston, on rocks, Cataract: Mossman. — Vic, Mt.
WilHam: Sullivan, Nov. '87. E. Gippsland: herb. Melb. '80.

188. D. ELONGATUM (H.f.W., Fl. Tas., Trichostomum), Mitt.
Tas., moist, clayey soil, Mt, Wellington, Grass-tree, etc.: Fraser,
J. D. Hooker et al. Cheshunt: Archer. Mt. Wellington: Wey-
mouth, Watts. — Vic: teste Melb. Census. — E.Australia: teste
Par. Index.

36 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

D I T R I c H u M {continued). [Ditrichacece.

D. ferrugineum, Mitt. See No. 220.
D. flaccidulum, CM. Given in Melb. Census for Yic.
(leg. B. Seemann, '60). Species doubtful.

189. D. FLAViPES, CM. in Weymouth's M. Tas. '95.

Tas., on earth banks, Cradoc Rd., Huon, Balfe's Hill, and
Forestier's Peninsula: Weymouth, '89.

D.flexijolium, Hook. See No. 190.

D. latifolium, Schwgr., given in Melb. Census for Tas.
(Mt. Wellington: Bastow,'86.) Confirmation needed.

190. D. laxifolium, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z., Trichostomum; D.
Jlexifolium, Hook., M. Exot., Dicranum.

Vic: F.v.M.— Tas., on hills about Hobart: J. D. Hooker, Oldfield
et al. Mt. Disappointment: Norman Taylor.

191. D. MuELLERi, Hpe., Linn. '56, Lejnotrichum: Lophi-

odon, Jaeg. et Par. [Not in Broth. Bryales.]
•'From Vic. to Queensland" (teste CM., Gen. M.).— Vic,
Grampians, etc.: F.v.M. Alps: Stirling. Murrumbeena: Reader,
Nov. '81. E.Gippsland: Bauerlen, '89. — Q.: herb. J.H. Simmonds.
Ashgrove: Wild, '87.— N.S.W., New England: herb. Melb.

192. D. Oldfieldii, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60, Leptotrichum.
Tas., on ground, (loc. ?): Oldfield. St. George's R., and Hobart
Rivulet: Weymouth.

D. phceiun, given in Melb. Census for Vic and N.S.W.
(Blue Mts.) Confirmation needed.

193. D. scABRiFOLiUM, Mitt. Cat. '82-3.
Tas.: Archer, Oldfield, Bastow.

194. D. SEMiLUNARE, CM., Symb., No. 167 (Sect, of Lepto-
trichum).

Vic, Upper Yarra, Fernshaw and Gippsland (Moe R.) : Luehmann,
Jan. '81. N. Gippsland, Igers R. : Tysdale {Sesdall in Symb.,
Tisdall in Gen. M.), '81. Hume R.: Miss Campbell, '81.
D. setosum, H.f.W. See No. 183.

BY REV, W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 37

D I T R I c H u M {continued). [Ditrichacece.

195. D. STRiCTiuscuLUM, CM., Symb., No. 164 (Sect, of
Leptotrichum).

Tas., (loc. '?): Oldfield, herb. Broth. '90.

196. D. SUBBRACHYCARPUM, CM., Symb., No. 165 (Sect, of

Leptotrichicm).
Vic. to N.S.W., Grampians, Mt. Kosciusko: Sullivan, '84.
Z>. subcapillaceum, CM. See No. 201.

197. D. viRiDE,CM.,Symb.,No.l68 {^Qct.oi Leptotrichum).
Q., Bellenden Ker: Karsten, '81. — N.S.W., Richmond R.: Stack-
house and De Camara, '81.

Ceratodon, 3rid.

198. C coNVOLUTUs, Reich., Novara Exped.; C. j^u^yuraus,

Fl. N.Z.
S.A.. Adelaide: teste F.v.M. in list to the late Prof. Tate.— Tab.:
teste Broth. Bryales (" Neuholland, Tasm., N.Z."). CM., Gen. M.,
gives N.Z. only.

C. crassinervis, Ltz. — Tas.: teste F.v.M., Frag. Phyt.

xi. Suppl. This needs confirmation. Possibly it is

the var. nervo crassiore of C. purpui-eus in FL Tas.,

I coll. by Oldfield in bogs, N.W. Bay. Broth, in

Bryales gives Chili only.

199. C purpureus (L.), Brid.

CosMOPOL. — Throughout Aust. and Tas. (teste Broth.) CM.
regarded our plant as C. pur p. var. australis, CM.

200. C stenocarpus (Mont.), Br. Eur.; CM., Syn. ; C.
2)urj)U7'eus var. palustris, Mont. In Gen. M., CM.
no longer recognised this sp. Broth, in Bryales, how-
ever, retains.

Tas., in bush, frequent: Oldfield et al. Latrobe, etc.: Weymouth.
^N.S.W., Mt. Dromedary: Reader, '80. Richmond R., Pearce's
Creek, on log: Watts, '97. — Vic. and Q.: teste Melb. Census.

38 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

\^Ditrichacece.
D I s T I c H I u M (Svv.), Br. Eur.

201. D. CAPILLACEUM (Sw.), Br. Eur.; Le2:>totriGhum{Aschis-
todon) suhcapillaceum, CM. in Gen. M., p. 314;
Sioartzia montana, Lindb.

Tas., Mt. Wellington, Silver Falls, at root of trees: Bastow.

[CM. does not recognise B. capillaceum in Aust. and Tas.,
hence his D. subcapill.]

DiCRANELLA, Schimp. {Aongstroe77iia, CM.)

202. D.AFOPiiYSATA,C.M.,Hjmb.,l>^o.lHl, {A. apophy8atida)y
Gen. M., p. 325; Mierodus, Par. Index, Suppl. i.

N.8.W., Hurstville, nr. Sydney, sides of creeks : Whitelegge,
Dec. '84 (c.fr.). Richmond R., E. Ballina: Watts, Dec. '98 (ster.).

203. D. Baileyana, CM., Symb., No. 180, Aongstr. {Weisi-

ella); Microdus, Par. Index, Suppl. i. D. (Microdus)y
Broth. Bryales.
Q., Brisbane R.: Bailey, '80. Burpengary: Wild, '87.

204. D. BREVISETACEA, Gch. in sched.

N.S.W., Hurstville, nr. Sydney, on clay banks in a gully: White-
legge, Oct. '84 (c.fr.).

205. D. DiETRiCHiiE, CM., Linn. '67-8, Aongstr. (Divari-
catella).

q., Brisbane R.: Mrs. Dietrich, '64.— N.S.W., Ball's Head Bay:
Whitelegge, '84. Richmond, Brunswick and Tweed Rs., very
plentiful: Stackhouse, Watts, Camara et al. Nr. Casino: D. A.
Porter. National Park, nr. Sydney: Forsyth.

20G. D. FALLENS (H.f.W., Icon. PI. Rar., Weisia), Broth.
Bryales; Seligeria, CM.; Microdus, Par. Index.
W.A., Swan R.: Drummond.

207. D. PAUCiFOLiA, CM., Symb., No. 169 (Sect, of Aongstr.).
Vic, North East: comm. to D. Sullivan, '83. Omeo: StirUng, '83.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 39

DiCRANELLA {continued). [^Ditrichacece.

208. D. PELLUCiDA, Broth, in sched.

N.S.W., Richmond R., Teven, Sept. '97, Brunswick R., Myocum,
Sept. '97 : Watts.

209. D. PERDivARiCATA, CM., Symb., No. 173, Aongstr.

(Bivaricatella)

Tas., Mt. Wellington, St. Crispin's Well, about 2000': Weymouth,
Nov. '90.

210. D. PYCNOGLOSSA, Broth., A.M. '90, No. 1, Anisothecium;
Dicraiiella, Par. Index and Broth. Bryales.

Q., Mulgrave R., on clayey soil, Ker Range, 5200': Bailey, '89. —
N.S.W., Richmond R. (Tintenbar: Bauerlen, Aug. '95, herb.
Tech. Mus. 8yd. Alstonville Cutting, etc.: Watts, '96 ff.)

211. D. RUFO-AUREA, Hpc., Linn. '60, Aonystroemia.

Vic, on porphyritic rocks, nr. summit of Mt. Cobboras, 5000',
and on the limestone at lower levels: F.v.M., Stirling et al.

212. D. ScHREBERi (Sw.), Schimp.; Anisothecium crispum
(Schreb.), Lindb.; D. {Anisotheciurn), Broth. Bryales.

Tab., on rocks. Newtown Falls, '89, and St. Crispin's, Mt.
Wellington, '90: Weymouth.

(a) f. procera.

Tas., Mt. Wellington: Weymouth, Mch. '91.

213. D. Stackhousiaxa, CM., Symb., No. 179, Aongstr.

(Weisiella) ; Microdus, Par. Index, Suppl. i. ; D.
(Mic7'odus), Broth. Bryales.

N.S.W., Richmond R.: Stackhouse, '81.

214. D. TENAX, CM., Symb., No. 178, Aongstr. (Weisiella);

Microdus, Par. Index, Suppl. i.; D. {Microdus), Broth.
Bryales.

Q.: F. M. Bailey, '84. Breakfast Creek : Tryon.

40 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

DiCRANELLA (continued). [Ditrichacece.

(a) var. longipes, CM., ibid.
Q., between Cooktown and Douglas, assoc. with Philonotis
graminea: Dr. Lucas, '84.

215. D. TRiCHODONTOiDEA, CM., Rev. Bry. '76 (name). Not
in CM., Gen. M., apparently.

N.S.W,, nr. Sydney: Kayser coll. Lawson, Blue Mts., and Gore
Cove, Sydney: Whitelegge, '84. Brunswick R., Mullumbimb}^:
Bauerlen, Sept. '95.

216. D. TRiCRURis, CM., Linn. '68, Aongstr. [Dobelon);
Gen. M., Aongstr. (Weisiella); Dichodontium, Jaeg.,
Par.

Q., Brisbane R.: Mrs. Dietrich. — N.S.W., Lilyvale: Whitelegge,
'91. Richmond R., and Cook's R., nr. Sydney: Watts. Buningbar
and Turramurra: Forsyth.

217. D. Wattsii, Broth., A.M. '98, No. 95.

N.S.W., Richmond R., road from Brooklet to Fernleigh, damp
places: Watts, Nov. '96 (c.fr.). Later at Pearce's Creek and
Alstonville, and prob. Wilson's Creek: idem.

Tribe vii. Dicranaceae.
B L I N D I A, Br. Eur.

Bl. acuta, Br. et Schimp. See No. 219.

218. Bl. arcuata, Mitt., M. Aust. Amer., Bl. Magellanica,

H.f.W. (fid. CM., Gen. M., p. 245)
Tas.: Archer. St. Crispin's Well, Mt. Wellington, on masonry:
Weymouth (c.fr.). Watts. Rocks, Millhouse's Falls, Huon Rd.:
Weymouth.

219. Bl. curviseta. Mitt., M. Aust. Amer., Bl. acuta var.
curviseta, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60; Bl. acuta (H.f.W.,
Fl. Ant.).

Tas , on rocks, Johnny's Creek : Oldfield. On stones, rivulet
behind Cumming's Head, W. Mts.: Archer. — Vic: teste Melb.
Census (as Bl. acuta).

BY REV. W. AVALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 41

B L I N D I A (continued). [^Dicranacece.

220. Bl. ferruginea, (Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60, Dicraniim
{Leptot7'ir.hum),) Broth. Bryales, '01 ; A7i{sothecium,
Mitt. Cat. ; Dichodontium, Jaeg. Acl., Par. Index ;
Ditrichiun brachycar^jum, Hpe., Linn. '71-2 (Par.
Index, Suppl. i.).

Tas., on ground, plain behind Cumming's Head, W. Mts.: Archer.
Boggy soil top of Mt. Wellington: Weymouth, Nov. '90.— N.S.W.,
Blue Mts.: Woolls.— Vic: teste Melb. Census and CM., Gen. M.,
p. 313.

£1. Magellanica, H.f.W. See No. 218.

221. Bl. robusta, Hpe., Linn. '60; F.v.M., Aust. M., pi. 7.

Vic— N.S.W., Munyang Mts. in bogs, 6000-7000', also in the
Grampians: F.v.M. "From shaded sidelings of mica schist nr.
Omeo, 2000', to the summits of Mt. Kosciusko on granitic rocks,
7000'": Stirling, '80-88. Blue Mts.: herb. Melb. (c.fr.). Also coll.
by Forsyth on Mt. Kosciusko, Jan. '99 (herb. Syd.).— Tas., top
of Mt. Wellington: Weymouth, '90. Wellington Falls: Bastow,
'87.

222. Bl. tenuifolia, H.f.W., Lond. Jour. Bot. '46 (1),
Dicranum.

Tas., rock, behind Cumming's Head. W. Mts.: Archer. Swampy
ground, top of Mt. Wellington: Weymouth. — Vic: teste Par.
Index, Suppl. i.

[In herb. Melb. identified with £, robusta.]

223. Bl. Wellingtonii, CM., Gen. M., p. 245.
Tas., Mt. Wellington, assoc. with Bl. robusta.

Dicranoweisia, Lindb.

D. cirrhata (Hedw.), Lindb. A N. Hemisphere sp.
recorded for Tas. in Par. Index — apparently in
error.

42 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

D I c R A N o w E I s I A {continued). [Dicranacew.

224. D. MicROCARPA (H.f.W., Fl. Tas., Weisia), Par.; Holo-
niitriuni cirrhatiwi, Mitt.; Dic7'anum, Mitt. Cat.

Tas., Cheshunt: Archer. Glen Leith and Mt. Nelson: J. D.
Hooker. Kangaroo Pt. (teste Bastow, M. Tas.). — Vic: F.v.M.
(teste Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60), (loc. 1)

H 0 L o M I T R I u M, Brid.

225. H. CORTICOLUM, Broth., in CM., Gen. M.
(^., nr. Brisbane (Bail., Bot. Bull. '91).

226. H. DiETRicHLE, CM., Linn. 71-3.

Q,., Brisbane R.: Mrs. Dietrich, '64. Severn R.: Hartmann (see
Rev. Bry. '77, p. 43, for Hartmann's coll. nr. Toowoomba).
Russell River: Sayer, '86.

227. H. HoDGKiNSONLE, CM., Symb., No. 78.
N.S.W., Richmond R.: Miss Hodgkinson (herb. Melb. '79).

(a) var. virescens, CM., ibid.; H. Whiteleggei, CM.,

olim.
N.S.W., Sydney, on rocks, Greenwich: Whitelegge, June '84.
Also Ball's Head Bay, Gore Cove, Manly, and St. George's R.:
idem.

228. H. MuELLERi, Hpe., Linn. '70.

Q., Rockingham Bay: Dallachy, '68. Bellenden Ker: S.Johnson,
'91.— N.S.W., Blue Mts., Mermaid's Glen: Whitelegge, Oct. '85.

229. H. Nov^ Valesle, CM., Rev. Bry. 76. (Not in CM.,

Gen. M.).
N.S.W.: Kayser coll., " nr. Sydney." (A doubtful sp.)

230. H. perich.etiale (Hook., M. Exot., Trichostomuni),

Brid.; JSpnblepharis, Wils., Fl. N.Z.
Tas. — Vic— N.S.W. — Q., fairly frequent, mostly on trees, but in
E. Ballina, Richmond R., on sandy soil (Watts, '96). Tasman's
Peninsula: Weymouth.

¥

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 4S

H 0 L 0 M I T R I u M (continued). [Dicranacece.

H. vaginatum, Brid. Given in Melb. Census for Q.

(Condamine Scrub: Hartmann, '75); also in Hpe.'s

List of '80; record very doubtful.
H. Whiteleggei, CM. See No. 227 var.

C A M p Y L 0 p u s, Brid. (Sect, of Dicranum, CM. et al.)

231. C APPRESSiFOLius, Mitt., Hdbk. N.Z. FL; C. clavatu&,

H.f.W.
Tas. and Q.: teste Melb. Census. — N.S.W. (loc. ?): Cunningham.
Burns' Bay, on stones in creek: Whitelegge, 'Aug. '84 (c.fr.)

232. C AusTRALiENSis, Duby, '69.

Vic, (loc. '?) : " Garcon Maria et F. Mueller" (teste Jaeg., Ad.
Suppl.)

233. C. BicoLOR, Hsch., M. Sieb., Dicranum.

Tas. — W.A. — Vic. — N.S.W., many Iocs. Frequent about Port
Jackson, \vhere, apparently, Sieber first found it.

234. C BRUNNEUS, CM., Symb., No. 51.

Tas., Mt. Wellington: Beccari, Feb. .'78. Also a form: Mrs.
Kayser, in herb. Melb. '83.

235. C CADUCiPiLUs, Besch.

" E. Australia": teste Broth. Bryales. — N.S.W., nr. Sydney:
herb. Cardot.

236. C CAPiLLATUS, H.f.W., Fl. Tas.

Tas., bogs. Brown's R. : Old field. South Port: Stuart. Happy
Valley, Mt. Bischof : Weymouth (f. fol. integerrimis).

237. C. CLAVATUS, R.Br.; C.Jlexuosus, Brid. (fid. Fl. Ant.)

Tas.: R. Brow^n, Sieber, Oldtield, Bastow, Weymouth (Watch-
horn's Hill, etc.) et al. — N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Jupp, Watts et al.
Menangle: Harper. Monga and Grosse Valley: Bauerlen. Rich-
mond R. : Watts. Nepean R. : A. Sharpe. — S.A., Adelaide:
Schauinsland, '96-7.

44 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

Campylopus {continued). [Dici'anacece.

238. C. DEPiLis, CM., Gen. M., p. 276.
Vic, Mt. William: Sullivan (?).

C. Dietrichice, CM., Jour. Godeffroy. Recorded for Q.
by F.v.M. in Frag. Phyt. xi. Suppl., and Bail. Syn.
'83. Evidently an error. Jaeg. Ad. gives "insul.
austral. Tongatabu: A. Dietrich, '72." Par. Index
gives Tonga only.

239. C ERYTHROPOMA, Duby '69, Mem. Soc. Phys. Geneva.
Vic: "Garcon Maria et F. Mueller" (Jaeg., Ad. Suppl.).

C.Jlexuosus (Hedw.), Brid. Given for Vic (Sealer's
Cove: F.v.M.) in Frag. Phyt. xi. Suppl. Broth.
Bryales gives N. Hemisphere only. Prob. C.
clavatus, q.v.

C.Jlexuosus, CM. See No. 254.

24:0. C HoLOMiTRiUM, CM., Syn.; C. cajnllaceus, H.f.W.,
Lond. J. Bot. '44. (Not in CM., Gen. M.)
Vic: teste F.v.M., Frag. Phyt. xi. Suppl.

241. C HOMALOBOLAX, CM., Symb., No. 45.
W.A., King George's Sound: Webb '82, herb Melb.

242. C iNSiTiTius, H.f.W., Fl. Tas. (? C. insidiosus, Mitt.
Cat.) "This appears to me to be identical with
Brown's C. clavatus;' Mitt., ^\. Tas. '60. Broth. Bryales
retains the sp.

Tas., bogs in gullies about Brown's R. : Oldfield. South Port:
Stuart.

243. C INTROFLEXUS (Hedw., Dicranum), Mitt.
Common throughout Australia and Tasmania. Ascends to 6000',
Austral. Alps: teste Stirling.

244. C KiRKii, Mitt.; Dicnemos Moorei, Broth., Geh. in

Rev. Bry. '97, p. 67 (teste Broth., A.M. '98, p. 74).
Tas.: teste Broth, loc. cit.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 45

C A M p Y L o p u s (continued). [Dicranaceoi.

245. C. LEPTOCEPHALUS, CM., Linii. '55, Dicranum; C.
introfleoms (fid. Mitt. Cat.).
W.A. and Vic: teste F.v.M., Frag. Phyt. xi. Suppl. — S.A., Mt.
Gambier: teste F.v.M. in list to the late Prof. Tate.

C. Martince (Vic.) and C. microgaster (S.A.) are re-
corded in Melb. Census. Particulars needed. C.
Martensi is given bj-Mr. Stirling for Austral. Alps,
ascending to 4000'. Is this C. Martince ?

24G. C. NiGRO-FLAVus, CM., Symb., No. 46.
W.A., Mt. Lindsay: Webb '82, herb. Melb.

247. C Nov^ Valesle, Broth., A.M. '98, No. 97.
N.S.W., Bulli Pass: Watts, Nov. '95 (ster.).

248. C NUDUS, Hpe., Linn. '60.
Vic, Tarwin R.: F.v.M.

249. C PERAURicuLATUs, Brotli., A.M. '99, No. 142.
N.S.W., Richmond R., Granuaille Rd.: Watts, Aug. '98.

250. C PUDicus (Hsch., M. Sieb., Dicranum)^ Jaeg.
N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Sieber, Kayser. Richmond R.: Watts,
June'96.— Vic, Bunyip Creek: F.v.M.— Tas., Peppermint Bay '89,
Mt. Wellington (Guy Fawkes Rivulet), and Mt. Bischof : Wey-
mouth.— Q., Brisbane River Scrubs: herb. Bailey.

251. C SENEX, CM., Symb., No. 50.

Vic, Gippsland, nr. Moe R.: Luehmann '81, herb. Melb. Hume
R.: Miss Campbell '81, herb. Melb.— N.S.W.: teste CM., loc. cit.

252. C SUBBICOLOR, Broth., Geh.

Vic, Mt. Arapiles: Reader, Aug. '96. Mt. William: teste CM.,
Gen. M.

C. subcapillatus. Given in Melb. Census for N.S.W.
^ and Q. Particulars needed.

C. subto7'quatus, CM. See No. 257, var.
[In herb. Bailey, Q., is a C. suhtorquatus var. flavifoliiis, but
this var. is not found in CM., Symb., under C. WooUsii.]

46 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

Campylopus {continued). \^Dicranacece.

253. C. TASMANicus (Scliinip.), CM., Symb., No. 49 (received
by Schimp. from Tas. " sub C. introjfexus,^' herb.
Hooker).

Common in 'Tas., Vic, KS.W., and W.A.: teste CM., loc. cit.
**E. Australia, Tas. and N.Z.": teste Broth. Bryales. On earth,
Fitzroy Falls : Whitelegge, Nov. '84.

C. torfaceus, Mitt. See No. 254.

254. C. TORQUATUS, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60, and Fl. Tas.;

C.flexuosus, CM., Bot. Zeit. '51; C. torfaceus, Mitt.,

Kew Miscell. '56.
Tas., on decaj^ed logs nr. Cheshunt: Archer. Mt. Wellington,
etc.: Weymouth, Watts et al. — Vic: F.v.M. Austral. Alps, up
to 5000': Stirling. — Q., Bellenden Ker: Karsten.— N.S.W., Rich-
mond R.: Camara. [The Richmond R. and Q. records are doubtful;
all specimens in herb. Watts named at first C torquatus by Broth,
were corrected to C. WooUsii. Broth, in Bryales gives Tas. onl3\]

255. C viRiDiCATUs, CM., Symb., No. 52.

N.S.W., Sydney, North Shore, North wood, and Waterloo: White-
legge, June and July '84. — Q., (loc. ?): Bailey (a form).

256. C Whiteleggei, CM. in herb., Gen. M., p. 267.
N.S.W., Head of Blue's Bay, '84, Ball's Head Bay, Feb. '^d:
Whitelegge. — Q., Stanthorpe, on rocks.

257. C WooLLSii, CM., Symb., No. 44.

N.S.W., Sydney: Woolls, herb. Melb.'Sl. Little R.: R. Collie, '90.
Brunswick R. : Biiuerlen, '95. Richmond R. : Watts, '96 ff.,
common on logs and ground. Mt. Warning, Turramurra, Ourimbah,
National Park, etc.: Forsyth. Wyong: Hamilton. Shellharbour:
Cheel. — Q., Nerang Creek: Schneider. Brisbane: Bailey.

(a) var. cylindrica (CM. ibid., " theca perfecte cylin-
drica"), Par. Index, Suppl.; C. subtorquatus, CM. in
sched.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 4/

Campylopus {continued). [Dicranaceai,

N.S.W.— Sydney: Kayser coll. 75. Woolls, '81. Manly, Botany,
and Clifton: Whitelegge, '84.— Q., Brisbane: Bailey, '89.— Vic,
Mt. William: G. G. Miller, '83. {C. snbforquatus ya.i\ Jiavi/olius,
q.v., was coll. by C. J. Wild at Pimpama and Burpengary)

[Note. — C. densifolius, Angstr., and C. geniculatus, Angstr.,
have been recorded for N.8.W. in error. They belong to the
Sandwich I.sls. See Rev. Bry. '77, p. 24.]

D I c R a N 0 D 0 N T I u M, Br. Eur.

258. D. TAPES, CM., Symb., No. 42, Sect, of Dicranum.
Tas., Deal Island: Judge Dobson, Mch. '72. Herb. Melb. '84.

M E s o T u s, Mitt.

259. M. ACUTUS, Mitt. Cat.

*' Australia, inter SphcHrophoron, from Borrer's collection"': teste
Mitt., loc. cit.— Tas. {X)\ teste Par. Index.

Leucoloma, Brid.

[Some difficulty is experienced in separating this genus from
Dicrajium. Dr. C. Mueller refused to see in the hyaline leaf-
margin a ground of generic distinction. In his ' Gen. M.,'
Leucoloma, Dicnemonella, and Oncophorohma are sections of
Dicranum, but in ' Symbolae ' the section Leucolotna includes the
other two as subsections. Dr. Brotherus, in ' Bryales,' makes
Leucoloma a large genus covering so much additional ground
that all our Australian Dicrana become Leucolomata. For the
present we have used Leucoloma in Mueller's sense, including
Dicnemonella and Oncophoroloma, and have retained Dicranum
for the remaining species.]

260. L. austro-scoparium, CM., in Broth., A.M. '95, No. 54,

DicranuTii.
Q., summit of Bellenden Ker, 4-5000': Bailey. " Bloomfield R.":
teste CM., Gen. M.

48 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

Leu COLO MA {continued). [Dicranacece.

261. L. BAUER.E, CM., Symb., No. 68, Sect, of Dicranum.
Q., Bloomfield R.: Miss Bauer, herb. Melb. '84.

262. L. BRACHYPELMATUM, CM. in sched., Sclerodontium.
N.S.W., Gore Cove, nr. Sydney: VVhitelegge. (Not in Gen. M.)

263. L. CALYMPERACEUM (CM., Sjmib., No. 62, Dicranum),

Broth, Bryales; D. calymj^eridum,, Bail.,Syn. Suppl. '84.

Q., tropical: Bailey in herb. Kiaer, '84.

264. L. CLAViNERVE, CM., in Broth., A.M. '93, No. 26.

Q., Petrie's Quarries, Brisbane, on rocks: H. Tryon, Aug. '90.
''Tropical Q.": teste Bail., Sjm. Suppl. '88.

265. L. DiCARPUM (Hsch., M. Sieb., Dicranum), Broth.
Bryales; D. leucolomoides, CM., Bot. Zeit. '51 (fid.
Mitt.).

N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Sieber. Maitland: Vickary. New Jerusalem,
William's R.: J. Lamont, '90. Monga: Bauerlen. Menangle: herb.
Tech. Mus. Syd. Richmond and Brunswick Rs., frequent: Watts.
— Q. : teste Bail., Syn. '83.— Vic, Gippsland: F.v.M. Austral.
Alps, 2000'-3500': Stirling. (Tas. records in Fl. Tas., etc., are
apparently D. polysetum, especially the var. spinosum, H.f.W.)

266. L. Fraseri, Mitt., Dicnemonella and Sclerodontium.
N.S.W.: Fraser. Parramatta: Woolls (Mitt. Cat.).

267. L. Harrisii, Geh. in sched.; Poecilophyllum in Melb.

Census.
N.S.W., Cambewarra: C Harris, Sept. '85.

268 L. IMBRICATUM, Brotli., Geh. in Broth., A.M. '98, No. 91.
N.S.W., Mt. Dromedary: Reader.

269. L. iNCANUM, Mitt., Hdbk. N.Z. Fl.
Australia: teste Broth. Br3'ales.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS AVHITELEGGE. 49

Leucoloma (continued). \_Dicranacece.

270. L. LEicHHARDTi,Hpe.,Linn. '70; Poecilophyllum, Mitt.

Cat.

N.S.W.: Leichhardt. Armidale: Perrot. IllawarraR.: S.Johnson,
herb. Melb. — Vic: F.v.M.— Q., Brisbane R.: Baile3^ Cunning-
ham's Gap: Hartmann.

271. L. LiMBATUM, Broth. (CM., Gen. M., Dicranum).

S.A.: teste CM., op. cit., p. 285.— Vic, Blacks' Spur: Miss
Campbell.

272. L. SERRATUM, Broth., A.M. '90, No 3.

Q., Mt. Mistake, on trees : Bailey, June '85. — N.S.W., Cambewarra :
C Harris, '85. Lilyvale: Whitelegge, Sept. '91. Richmond R., on
trees in scrubs at many places: Watts, '96 ff. On sandy soil on
rocks, Roseville, nr. Sydney, '96, and Blue Mts. '02: Watts.

273. L. SiEBERiANUM, Hsch., M. Sieb.; Leucodon pallidus,

Hook.; Sclerodo7itium, pallidurn, Schwgr.

Common on the E, Coast of Australia, in N.S.W. and Q. Also
found in Vic, S.A., and Tas. Sieber's locality was nr. Sydney.

(a) var. rigida. Broth.
Q., Mt. Archer: C T. Musson.

274. L. STRiCTiPiLUM, CM., Symb., No. 71, Sect. of Dicranum.
N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Kayser coll. (ster.)

275. L. suBiNTEGRUM, Broth., A.M. '90, No. 4.

Q., Bellenden Ker, Palm Camp, 4000', on tree: Bailey, '89 (pi.
fern. ster.).

276. L. SuLLivANi, CM., Symb., No. 69, Sect, of Dicranum.

Vic, Mt. William, Grampians: Sullivan, herb. Melb. '82. Austral.
Alps, 2000': Stirling. Healesville, nr. Melbourne: Schauinsland,
'96-7.

4

50 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIEXSIUM,

Leucoloma (continued). [Dicranacece.

277. L. WhitelegCxEI, CM., Symb., No. 70, Sect, of
Dicranum ; Broth., A.M. '95, No. 55 (Dicranum),
Bryales (Leucoloma).

N.S.W., Fitzroy Falls: Whitelegge, Nov. '84.

D I c R A N u M, Hedw., Schimp.

278. D. ANGUSTiFOLiuM, H.f.W., Fl. Tas.
Tas., in bogs, Mt. Wellington: Gunn, Oldfield (ster.).

279. D. angustinerve, Mitt., Jour. L. Soe. '60, and Fl. Tas.
Tas., on dead wood, Cheshunt: Archer. Also collected by Gunn,
Nowell et al.— Yic: F.v.M.— N.S.W., Blue Mts.: herb. Melb.

280. D. ARGUTUM, Hpe., Linn. '68-70.

N.S.W.: Hooker's Coll. (Mitt., Cat.). Shoalhaven R.: herb. Melb.

281. D. AUSTRixuM, Mitt. Cat.; D. sphagni var., Fl. Tas.

(Sp. not in Par. Index)
W.A., King George's Sound: Cunningham. — Q.: teste Bail. Syn.
'83. "Interior of subtropical Australia ": Sir T. Mitchell. —Tas.:
teste Mitt. Cat., F.v.M., and Bastow, M. Tas.

282. D. austro-congestum, CM., Symb., No. 61.
N.S. VV., on rocks, Fitzroy Falls: Whitelegge, '84 (ster.).

283. D. Baileyanum, CM., Symb., No. 60.
Q.: Bailey in herb. Kiaer, '83.

284. D. Billardierii, Schwgr.; D. truncorum^ Schimp.
Australia, (loc. *?): La Billardiere. — Vic: F.v.M. Blacks' Spur:
Miss Campbell, '84. Austral. Alps, 2-3000': Stirling, "80 ff.— Tas.,
common on roots of trees, on logs, etc., Mt. Wellington, etc. :
Archer, Gunn, Stuart, Oldfield, Hooker, Bastow, Weymouth
(St. Crispin's, Mt. Nelson, etc.) et al. — N.S.W., Port Jackson:
Gaudichaud. Monga, on rocks : Bauerlen (herb. Tech. Mus. Syd.).

D. hrachyjjelma, CM. See No. 292.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AXD THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 51

D I c R A N u M {continued). [^Dicranacece.

285. D. BuRCHARDi, Par. Index, Suppl. i.; D. rige^is, CM.,
Symb., No. 57; D. rigens, Burch., Broth, (in error),
Weymouth, M. Tas.; L. rigens (CM.), Broth. Bryales.

Tas., Mt. Wellington, "Ploughed Fields," on rocks, 4000', '91,
and on log, Lauriston Gully, '89: Weymouth (herb. Burch. et
Broth.).

D. chlorocaulon, CM. Name in F.v.M., Frag. Phyt. xi.,
Suppl. for N.S.W., but not in CM., Gen. M.

286. D. CHLOROCLADUM, CM., Rev. Bry. '76, and Symb.,

No. 74.
N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Kayser coll. Hunter R.: herb. Melb.

287. D. CONFINE, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '56.

Vic, Sealer's Cove: F.v.M. Oakleigh: Reader, Aug. '86.— Tas.:
teste CM., Gen. M. (Melb. Census gives Vic. only.)

288. D. DiAPHANONEURON, Hpe., Linn. '70.

Vic, Stirling's Range: F.v.M.— W. A.: teste F.v.M., Frag. Phyt.
xi., Suppl.

289. D. EUCAMPTODONTOiDES, Broth., Geh. in Broth., A.M.

'95, No. 58.
Tas., Jones' track, Macquarie Harbour, on sandy button-grass
hills: T. B. Moore, July '93.

D. fasciatum, Hed. A N.Z. sp. recorded for Tas. in
Par. Index and for N.S.W. in Melb. Census (with
a 1). The Tas. record also is doubtful.

D.Jlav>folium,CM. | Names in F.v.M., Frag. Phyt. for
D. Geheebii, CM. i N.S.W. Not in CM., Gen. M.

290. D. INTEGERRIMUM, Broth., Geh. in Broth., A.M. '95,

No. 57.
Tas., Jones' track. Sprent R., W. Coast, on sandy button-grass
plains: T. B. Moore.

D. Kaipare7ise. See No. 292.

52 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

D I c R A N u M {continued). [Dicranacece.

291. D. Kroneanum, CM., Symb., No. 65.

Vic, on eucalypts and tree-ferns, Fernshaw (Venus Expedition):
H. Krone, April 75. — Tas., Mt. Wellington: Dr. Beccari, Feb.
78. Fern Gully, Mt. Wellington: Weymouth, Jan. '88.— N.S.W.:
teste F.V.M., Frag. Phyt. xi., Suppl.

292. D. Menziesii, Ta}^., Phytol.; D. Kaiparense (iormerly

D. bmchypehna), CM., fid. Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60

(cf. CM., Gen. M.).
Tas., frequent: Archer, Gunn, Bastow, Weymouth (Bo wen Creek,
Henty R., etc.) et al. — Vic, Grampians, Victoria Range, Tarwin
R., and Sealer's Cove: F.v.M. — N.S.W., S3^dney, Gore Cove, on
rocks and trees: Whitelegge (c.fr.). Richmond R., Wilson's
Creek: Watts (ster.). BlueMts.: Schauinsland, '967. Katoomba:
Forsyth, Dec. '99 (c.fr.).

(a) var. rigidum, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60.
Tas.: Archer and Gunn apparently coll.

D. viicrocarpwm. See No. 224.

293. D. MONOCARPUM, CM. in sched.

N.S.W., Blue Mts., Lawson, on trees in a gully: Whitelegge,
June '85 (c.fr.).

294. D. Nelsoni, CM., Symb., No. 58.
Tas., Facy's gully, Mt. Nelson: Weymouth.

295. D. (Edithecium, CM., Symb., No. 63.
N.S.W., Fitzroy Falls: Whitelegge, Nov. '84 (c.fr.).

296. D. POLYCHiETUM, Hpe., Linn. '60.
Vic, Yarra R. and Grampians: F.v.M.

297. D. POLYSETUM, Hpe., Linn. '60.

Vic, Dandenong Ranges, on rocks, etc.: F.v.M. — Tas., Buckland :
W. Turvey, '87. Guy Fawkes Rivulet, Mt. Wellington, Russell's
Falls, etc.: Weymouth, Watts et al. (All Tas. records of L.
dicarpum apparently belong here) — N.S.W.: teste Melb. Census.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 53

D I c R A X u M [continued). [^Dicranacece.

298. D. PUNCTULATUM, Hpe., Linn. '60.

Vic, Austral. Alps: F.v.M., Stirling et al. "On metamorphic
schists nr. Omeo between 2000' and 3500'" (Stirling) —KS.W.:
teste F.V.M., Frag. Phyt. xi., Suppl.

299. D. PUNGENS, H.f.W., Lond. J. Bot. '4-4, and Fl. Ant.;

D. Novce HoUandice, Hsch., partim.
Tas., Cheshunt: Archer. Summit of Mt. Wellington: Gunn,
Oldfield et al. — Vic: teste Melb. Census. [Broth. Bryales, gives
this sp. for Fuegia and the Antarctic isls. only. The Vic. record,
at any rate, is jDrob. D. suhjningens.^

300. D. PUNGENTELLA, CM., Symb., No. 59.
Tas., Mt. Wellington: herb. Melb.

301. D. ROBUSTUM, H.f.W., Lond. J. Bot. '44, and Fl. Tas.
Tas., Cheshunt: Archer. — "Australia": teste Jaeg. Ad. [Broth.,
Bryales, gives Chili, Fuegia, and N.Z. only.]

var. pungens. See No. 299.

302. D. SETOSUM, H.f.W., Lond. J. Bot. '44, and Fl. Ant.
Tas., Mt. Wellington, not uncommon: J. D. Hooker, Oldfield,
Bastow, Weymouth (Fork Creek and " Ploughed Fields "), Watts
(track to St. Crispin's, det. Broth.), et al. [Broth., Bryales, gives
Fuegia and Antarctic isls. only.]

(a) var. attenuatum. Given in Fl. Ant. Par. Index
says "c. typ./'butoccurrencein Tas. needs confirmation.

303. D. SORDIDE-VIRIDE, C. M., Rev. Bry. '76; " voisin du D.

Menziesii Tayl^ (Geh., loc. cit ).
N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Kayser coll. Blue Mts., Blackheath Glen:
Whitelegge, Sept. '85 (c.fr.).

B, Starkii, W.M.. Bastow, M. Tas., gives "Brown's
R., Tas."; but the record is more than doubtful.
Barren and dwarf specimens only were referred to
in Fl. Tas., and named with a 1

54 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

D I c R A N u M {continued). [Dicranacece.

D. sphagni, Wahl. Given in Fl. Tas. for barren speci-
mens collected by Gunn. See No. 281.

304. D. suBERECTUM, Hpe., Linn. '60.

Vic, Tarwin R., " in valle ": F.v.M.— N.S.W.: teste CM., Gen. M.
Nellie's Glen, on moist sandstone: T. Steel, Dec. '98 (ster.). — Q.,
Palm Camp, Bellenden Ker, 4000': herb. Bailey.

(a) var. fol. angustioribus.
Vic, Tarwin R.: F.v.M., herb. Melb.

305. D. SUBPUNGENS, Hpe.,Linn. '60; D.pungens (fid. Mitt.).
Vic, Grampians, "William and Victoria Ranges: F.v.M. — Tas.:
teste Broth. Brj^ales. — N.S.W., Tingiringi: Bauerlen.

306. D. suBSETOSUM, CM., Symb., No. 54.

Tas., Mt. Wellington: Weymouth, Jan. '88. — Australia (a form
sent to CM. in '67 hjJ. E. Zetterstedt, but without specified loc).
D. sicbviride, CM., Linn. '72. Given in Mitt. Cat. for
N.S.W. ("nr. Sydney: Kayser"). Not in Geheeb's
list of the Kaj^ser mosses in Rev. Bry. '76, nor in
Jaeg. Ad. Possibly an error for D. sordide-mride.
We have not access to Linn, of '72.

307. D. TRicHOPHYLLUM, Hpe., Linn. 37, p. 515.
Australia: teste Broth. Bryales. In Jaeg. Ad. " Australia, Chat-
ham Isl."

308. D. Walteri, Hpe.
Vic: C Walter.

309. D. Weymouthi, CM., Symb., No 56.
Tas., Southdale: Weymouth, Oct. '89.

D I c N e M 0 s, Schwgr.

310. D. CALYCiNUS (Hook., M. Exot., Leucodon), Schwgr.
"Australia": herb. Dickson (Mitt. Cat.).— N.S.W.: teste Melb.
Census. — Vic, AustraL- Alps, up to 3000': Stirling. [CM. and
Broth, give N.Z. onl3\]

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 55

D I c N E M 0 s (continued). \^Dicranacece.

D. e7ie7'vis, Geh. See No. 312.
D. Moorei. See No. 244.

D. Muellerianus. See No. 312.

311. D. RUGOSUS (Hook., M. Exot., Leucodon), Scliwgr.
"Australia": herb. Dickson (Mitt. Cat.).— N.S.W.: teste Melb.
Census.

[Occurrence in Australia doubtful. Dickson sent the moss to
Turner marked " Australia," but no other botanist has ever coll.
it here. Possibly from Tahiti. See Salmon, Jour. Bot. Jan. 1902.]

EucAMPTODON, Mont.

E. Hampeamis, CM. See No. 312.

312. E. MuELLERi, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '70; Dicneiuon
enerve, Geh. in Rev. Bry. 76 (fid. CM., Gen. M.);
E. Hampeanus^ CM., loc, cit., evidently. Dicnemos
Muellerianus.

Yic, Austral. Alps: F.v.M. et al.— N.S.W., New England, '69
(collector X). Tenterfield: Bauerlen, Aug. '01. S. Coast, Fitzroy
Falls, Cambewarra: Whitelegge, Nov. '84. Blue Mts., common
in glens : Whitelegge '84, Forsyth '99, Watts '02. N. Coast,
Richmond R., frequent (Hunter's Scrub, Alstonville, etc.): Watts
'96ff. Mt. Warning : Forsyth '98.

313. E. spiNicusPES, Broth, in sched.

N.S.W,, East Ballina, swampy ground on heath: Watts, Nov.
'97fr. (ster.).

Tribe viii. Leucobryacese.

Leucobryum, Hpe.

L. australe. See No. 330.

314. L. Baileyanum, CM., Gen. M., p. 80.

Q.: herb. Bailey.— N.S.W. , Ball's Head Bay, Mosman's Bay, and
Head of Double Bay, nr. Sydney : Whitelegge, '84.

56 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

Leucobryum {continued). [Leucohiyacecn.

315. L. BALLiNENSE, Broth. in sched.

N.S.W., Richmond R., East Ballina on trees : Watts, '99ff.
L. hrachy^yhyllum, Hsch. See No. 318.

316. L. BRACK YPHYLLUM, Hpe., Linn. '39.

N.S.W., common from the S. Coast to the Tweed. — Q., Moreton
Bay: Bailey. BellendenKer: Karsten. — Vic: teste Melb. Census.

(a) var. minus. Name in Geheeb's paper on the Kayser
coll., Rev. Bry. 76.

N.S.W., "nr. Sydney": Kayser coll.

317. L. Camar^, cm., Gen. M., p. 80.
"Australia": teste CM., loc. cit.; loc. not recorded.

318. L. candidum, Brid. [In Par. Index, "Z. candidum

(Brid.), Jaeg.," covers L. brachyjyhyllum, Hpe., as well
as L. hrachyphyllum, Hsch., and " var. major " is
prob. L. candidum proper. Broth, returns both species.]

Tas., Cheshunt : Archer. Huon R., Brown's R., etc.: Oldfield, J.
D. Hooker, Bastow et al. Guy Fawkes Rivulet: Watts. — Vic:
A. H. Lucas and Miss Campbell. Austral. Alps : Stirling. Heales-
ville, on tree stem : Schauinsland, '96-7. Dandenong Ranges :
Luehmann. — N.S.W., Sugar Loaf Mt., Braidwood district:
Bauerlen, '90. Lilyvale : Whitelegge, Sept. '91. Blue Mts.:
Schauinsland. Jamieson Valley : Forsyth, '99. Richmond R., very
scarce : Watts (nr. Ballina). Parramatta : F.v.M. (earliest N.S.W.
record) .

319. L. conocladulum, CM., Gen. M., p. 80.
Q., Gympie : C T. Musson, herb. Bailey.

L. cy cadis. See No. 331.

320. L. FLAVESCENS, CM., Gen. M., p. 80.
** Australia": loc. not recorded.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 57

Leucobryum {continued). \Leucohryacece.

321. L. MiNUTUM, CM., Gen. M., p. 80.
"Australia": teste CM., op. cit.; loc. not recorded.

L. sanctum (Nees, Dicramun), Hpe., Linn. xiii. Given
in Hpe. list '80 for Australia, and in Melb. Census
for Q. with a ? [" Von Nepal bis Malesise": Broth.
Bryales. Occurrence in Australia needs confirma-
tion.]

L. Schimpf.rl. In Melb. Census with a 1 for Vic. and
Q. (Johnston R.) Arthrocormiis /Schimjyeri,!). et
M., belongs to the Ind. Archipel. TheQ. specimen
in herb. Melb. is prob. Octohl. albidum.

322. L. SPEIROSTICHUM, CM., Rev. Bry. '76, and Gen. M.,

p. 80; L. Teysmannianum forma (fid. Hampe).

N.S.W., nr. Sydney : Kayser coll. Blue Mts.: Whitelegge, Watts,
Mrs. King et al., common in gullies. Richmond R. and Brunswick
R., frequent: Watts, '96fF. (c.fr.). Clarence R., Grafton: herb.
Melb. Tweed R. '98, National Park, Sydney and Kiama, '99 :
Forsyth. Fruit rare.

323. L. SPINIDORSUM, CM., Symb., No. 1.

Tas., Grove Creek, Laus Bay, Mch. '91 (c.fr.), Port Cygnet, Sept.
'89: Weymouth.

324. L. STRiCTiFOLiUM, Broth., A.M. '98, No. 90.

Q., Eumundi: Bailey.— N.S.W., Blue Mts., Lawson : Betche,
Aug. '95; Katoomba Falls: Watts, '02. Richmond R., in many
places: Watts, '96ff. (c.fr. rare). Cowan Creek: Hamilton, '99.
Morisset : J. L. Boorman, Oct. '99 (herb. Syd.).

325. L. SUBCHLOROPHYLLOSUM, Hpc., Linn. '76.
N.S.W., N. Coast, Mt. Warning: Guilfoyle, '71.

326. L. TURGiDULUxM, CM., "M. Schauinslandiani," CM.
et Broth., 1900.

N.S.W., Blue Mts., Katoomba: Schauinsland, 96-7.

58 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

Leucobryum {continued). [^Leucohryacece.

327. L. vEsicuLOSUM, CM., Gen. M., p. 83.

Q., Whelanian Pools, Palm Camp and Harvey's Camp, Bellenden
Ker : herb. Bailey. Trinity Bay : Mrs. Gribble, '94.

L. viride, Mitt. Given in Melb. Census for (Vic. and)
Q. (Daintree R,), but confirmation needed. It
appears to be a well-defined species.

328. L. Wattsii, Broth, in sched.

N.S.W., Richmond R. and Brunswick R., at several places on
ground and rocks : Watts (ster.). First found at Killen's Falls,
Emigrant Creek : Watts, June '96. [A specimen coll. by Dallachy
at Rockingham Bay, Q., and named L. sanctum var. in Melb. herb,
belongs here.]

Leucophanes, Brid.

329. L. (Tropinotus) apiculatum, Hpe. Name in CM.,
Gen. M., p. 86.

(^., "Coasts of tropical Australia": teste CM., loc. cit.

330. L. (Tropinotus) australe. Broth,, A.M. '90, Ko. 8.
Q., Freshwater Creek, Trinity Bay, on tree : Bailey (pi. fem. ster).
"Ker Range": teste CM., Gen. M.

L. octoblepharoides, Brid., is recorded in Melb. Census
for Johnston River (Berthaud) and Daintree R.
(Pentzske). Confirmation needed.

Octoblepharum, Hedw.

331. O. albidum (L., Bryum)^ Hedw.

Q., Fern root under large stone, Coldstream Mt., Miriam Yale,
Gladstone and Port Curtis : C T. Musson, Aug. '87 (c.fr.). On
epiphytic orchids, trop. Q. : F. M. Bailey. Mt. Perry : J. Keys.
Rockingham Bay, '64. Endeavour R. : W. Persich, '87. Goode
Isl.: Powell. — S. A., Port Darwin : Prof. Tate, (l!!^ ame Leucobryum
cy cadis suggested in error by F.v.M.)

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 59

Tribe ix. Calymperacese.

C A L Y M P E R E S, Sw.

C. armatum, Broth. See No. 338.

332. C. Kennedyanum, Hpe., Linn. '76.

Q., Rockingham Bay: E. B. Kennedy. Goode Isl. : Powell, '83.
Helidon : Wild, '88.

333. C. LATiFOLiUxM, Hpe., PI. Preiss. '46.

W. A., on trunk of Macrozamia Preissii with Fahronia HamjJeana
and Calymperes Moliiccense (I) nr. Perth: Preiss, '39-40 (ster.). —
N.S.W.: teste Mitt. Cat.— Q.: teste Melb. Census.

C. Mok'.ccense, Schwgr. Given in Hpe., PI. Preiss. for
W.A., but not in Jaeg. Ad., Mitt. Cat., etc.

334. C. Motleyi, Mitt., Dozy et Mlkb., Bryol. Jav.
Q., Cape York: W. Micholitz, Aug. '97 (c.fr.).

335. C. nigrescens, Broth., Geh. in Broth., A.M. '99, Ko.l48.
Q., Bellenden Ker : Mrs. Gribble, herb. Melb.

336. C. PANDUR.EFOLiuM, Broth., A.M. '98, No. 100.
Q., Cape York : W. Micholitz.

C. repens, Harv. See No. 342.

Syrrhopodon, Schwgr.

337. S. CLAVATUS, Schw. S. fasiciilatus, Hook, et Grev.

(fid. Mitt. Cat., Thyridium). Par. Index separates
the two.
N.S.W.: Sieber.— Q., Johnstone R. : Berthaud, Dec. '82.
S. fasciculatus. See No, 337.

338. S. FiMBRiATULUS, CM., Linn. '75, p. 557 ; Sauerb.,
Jaeg. A.d. ii.; S.fimhriatus, CM. at first in Linn. '71-3.

Q., Brisbane R. : Mrs. Dietrich '64, with Isopterygium austro-
pusillum. Pimpama, Burpengary, and Ashgrove : C J. Wild. —
N.S.W., Richmond R., Hunter's Scrub, Tuckombil, and Three

60 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

Syrrhopodon (contimted). [Cali/mperacece.

Mile Scrub, on tree and on Platy cerium, '96ff. : Watts. Also on
sandy ledges of cliffs, ^Yatson's Bay, nr. Sydney {Calymperes
armatum, Broth, in sched. at first) : Watts.

339. S. MAMMiLLOSus, CM., Linn. '75.

Q., Nerang Creek : herb. Bailey. Pimpama : Wild, July '87.
[Broth., Bryales, gives New Caledonia only.]

340. S. Nov^ Valesi^. CM., Rev. Bry. '76; Symb. '98,

No. 182.
N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Kayser coll. Herriott, herb. ]\]elb. '81.
Richmond R. : Fawcett '81, Tintenbar '95, Bauerlen, on tree
trunks, Watts '96ff. (mostly on Platy cerium). Fruit mature in
Oct. and Nov.

(a) f. microcarpa.
Q., Trinity Bay: Sayer. '86.

S. {Thyridiur}i) huinile. Given in Melb. Census for
Q. (Johnson R. : Berthaud, Dec. '82). Confirmation
required.

341. S. PLATYCERII, Mitt., Fl. Vit.

N.S.W., on Platyceriuin alcicorne, Port Hacking: Whitelegge,
April '85 (c.fr.). Broth., Bryales, gives Lord Howe Lsland only.]

342. S. REPENS, Harv., Lond. J. Bot. '40; Calymperes, J a,eg,

Ad. i.; Thyridium, Jaeg. Ad. ii.
Australia: teste Jaeg. Ad. — Q. : teste F.v. M., Frag. Phyt. xi.
Suppl., and Bail. Syn. Suppl. '83. [Broth., Brj^ales, gives Penang
and Ceylon only. Par. Index, "Asia."]

343. S. SUBFASCICULATUS, Hpe., Linn '76,Codonoblepharum.
Q. ; teste F.v.M., Frag. Phyt. xi. Suppl., and Bail. Syn. Suppl. '83.
[Jaeg. Ad. Suppl. gives "Australia, insul. Tuokuro ?" herb. Melb.
Broth., Bryales, gives "Tuo-kuro" only.]

344. S. UNDULATULUS, Broth., Geh. in Broth., A.M. '99,

No. 147, and Bryales, p. 369.
Q., Bellenden Ker : Mrs. Gribble, herb. Melb. (ster.)

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 61

S\RRHOPODON {continued). [Calymperacece.

345. S. Wattsii, Broth., A.M. '99, No. 143.

N.S.W., Richmond R., Wardell Rd., on saplings and scrub vines :
Watts, June '98 and Aug. '01 (ster.). Also on heath, E. Ballina
'01 (ster.), and prob. on tree, Fernleigh.

Tribe x. Pottiacese.

Admittedl}'- a very difficult family. Jaeger (Adumbr.) separated
the Weisiacece and placed them first of the Acrocarps. Dr.
Brotherus' publications hitherto have followed Jaeger in this and
in several other respects. Dr. C. Mueller, Mitten, and now Dr.
Brotherus ('Bryales') include Weisia and allied genera under
Pottiacece. CM., in Gen. M., Jaeg., Paris (Index) et al. make
Barhula a comprehensive genus, including Tortula, Tortella, etc.
Broth. ('Bryales, Part i.') forecasts a very complete analysis of
the Pottiacece, wndev the well-known divisions of (i.) Trichostomece
(leaves mostly narrow, elongate, and never broader in the upper
half); (ii.) PottiecB (leaves mostly broad, oval to spathulate); to
which he adds (iii.) Encalyptece, usually regarded as a separate
family. Unfortunately, his complete account of the Pottiacece is
not to hand. To his outline of the generic distinctions of the
subfamily, TrichostoTnece, we acknowledge our great indebtedness.
Our want of descriptions of some of the species, however, and the
absence of material for examination in many cases, make accuracy
in every detail scarcely possible.

i. Trichostomeze.
A s T o M u M, Hpe.

346. A.BRACHYPELMA, CM., Flora '88, P/iascitm(>S'ys^e6^m?w).
S.A., Mt. Lofty: Tepper '84, herb. Melb.

347. x\. BRiSBANicuM (CM., Linn. '71-2, Acaidon), Broth.

Br3^ales.

Q., Brisbane R. : Mrs. Dietrich, '64.

62 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

A s T 0 M u M {continued). [Pottiacece

348. A. CYLiNDRicuM, Tayl., Lond. J. Bot. '46, Phascum;
Phascicm {Astomum), Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60; Ph.
tetragonum var. cylindricum, CM., Syn. (cf. Gen. M.,
p. 23); Tetrapternin, J ?Le,g.; Tetrapt. australe, Hpe. (fid.
Jaeg.)

W.A., Swan R. : Drummond.^N.S.W., Tarn worth : Musson.
Narromine : Maiden, '98. Warrumbungle Ranges : Forsyth, '99.
Emu Plains : Watts Blue Mts. : herb. Melb.— Vic, Yarra R. :
F.v.M. and Reader. Gippsland : F.v.M. '55.— Tas., Cheshunt :
Archer. Kangaroo Point, Bay View Paddock, etc. : Bastow,
Weymouth, A. J. Taylor, McLeod. — Q., on Southern border : J.
F. Shirley.

(a) f. laxior. Yarra R., Vic. : F.v.M.

349. A. Nov.E Valesli:, Broth, in sched.
N.S.W., in park, Emu Plains: Watts, Oct, '99.

350. A. PERPUSiLLUM (CM., Linn. '71-2, Phascum), Hyrneno-

stomum, Par. Index.
Q., Brisbane R. : Mrs. Dietrich, '64. North Pine and Humpybong :
Wild, '88.

351. A. SuLLiVANi, CM., Flora '88, Phascum (Sysfegium).
N.S.W., Hunter R. : Miss Carter, '82.— Vic, nr. Studley Park,
Melbourne : Reader, Sept. '84. First found by D. Sullivan at
Moysten in '82.

352. A. Weymouthi, CM., Symb., No. 80, Phascum.
Tas., Pedder's Field : Weymouth, Sept. '89.

H Y M E N 0 S T O M U M, R. Br.

353. H. AMCENUM, Geh. in sched.

N.S.W., Ball's Head Bay, on logs : Whitelegge, Aug. '84 (c.fr.).

354. H. ANGUSTATUM, Broth. in sched.

N.S. W., Three Mile Scrub, nr. Byron Bay: Watts, Sept. '97 (c.fr.).

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 63

Hymenostomum {continued). [Poitiacece.

355. H. OLiYACEUM, CM. in sched.

N.S.W., Clifton: WhiteJegge, Aug. '91 (c.fr.). Brunswick R.,
Aug. '98 (c.fr.) and Burwood Park, Sydney : Watts. Nepean R.
and National Park, Sept. and Dec. '98 (c.fr.), Warrumbungle
Ranges, Kiama, Barber's Creek, and Valle}^ of Waters (Blue Mts.):
Forsyth. Tweed R. : Goldsmidt.

356. H. PERTORTiLE, CM. in sched. : Par. Index, Suppl. i.
Q. : teste Par., loc. cit.

357. H. SUBOLIVACEUM, CM. in sched.

N.S.W., Burwood Park, Sydney: Watts, Mch. '99. First collec-
tor (?).

358. H. SuLLivANi, CM. (teste F. M. Reader).

Vic, on soil, nr. Kew, Melbourne : Reader, July '84. Mt. William
and Mt. Ararat : Sullivan, '82-3. Port Phillip : C French.

359. H. TORTILE, Br. Eur.

Tas., Ocean Grove Rd. : Bastow, '88. — N.S.W., Parramatta :
F.V.M., herb. Melb.

W E I s I a, Hedw.

W. cirrhata. See No. 224.

W. coarctata in Melb. herb. (Port Phillip : C French)
needs confirmation.

W. controversa. See No. 369.

360. W. FLAviPES, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z.
Tas., Vic, N.S.W., Q., frequent.

(a) var. longifolia, Broth.
N.S.W., Wilson's Creek, Richmond R. : Watts, Sept. '97.

361. W. GRAciLiSETA, Broth. in Bail. Bot. Bull., Dec. '91.
Q., Mt. Perry : J. Keys.

W. microcarpa, H.f.W. See No. 224.

64 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

W E I s I A (continued). [Pottiacece.

362. W. NUDA, Mitt. Cat.; Pottia, F.v.M., Frag. Phyt. xi.,

►Suppl.
Q., Moreton Bay: F.v.M. (c.fr.). Hamilton: Wild, Aug. '87.

363. W. NUDiFLORA, CM. et Hpe., Linn. '53.

S.A., Bugle Range: F.v.M. — Vic, Yarra, Dandenong Ranges,
Mt. Abrupt, etc.: F.v.M. Austral. Alps, "similar Iocs, with
Phascwn disriunijens, viz., Livingstone Creek, Omeo " : Stirling,
'80-88. Mt. William : Sullivan.

(a) var. major, Hpe., Linn. '56 (?).
Yic, with type.

364. W. PERLiNEARis, CM. in Bail. Bot. Bull. Dec. '9L
Q., Mt. Perry: J. Keys.

365. W. PiMPAM^, CM. in Bail. Syn. Suppl. 3.

Q., Pimpama Creek and Enoggera Waterworks : C J. Wild,
Aug. '87.

366. W. RiPARiA, Hpe., Linn. '60.

S.A., on banks of Gawler R., Lofty Range : F.v.M. '50.

367. W. TORTELLOiDES, Broth. in sched.

N.S.W., on rocky bank, Uralba Rd., Richmond R. : Watts, Oct.
'98 (c.fr.).

368. W. TRUNCATA, CM. in sched.; W. controversa, Hedw.
(fid. Bastow in MS. list).

N.S.W^, on rocks in a gully, Hurstville : Whitelegge, Oct. '84
(cfr.).

369. W. viRiDULA (L., Bryum), Brid.; W. controversa,'H.ed\v .

Tas., Port Sorell, Long Hill, and Cheshunt : Archer. Frequent
throughout the Isl. : Oldfield, Bastow, We3^mouth et al. — N.S.W.,
Bulli Pass, Sydney, and Richmond R. : Watts. — Q., Mt. Perry:
J. Keys.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 65

W E I s I A {continued). [Pottiacece.

370. W. Whiteleggeana, CM. ; W. inflexa, Hpe. (fid.

Bastow in MS. list.)

N.S.W., walls of old dam, Ball's Head Bay and Middle Harbour :
Whitelegge, July- Aug. '84 (c.fr.).

G Y M N 0 s T 0 M u M, Hedw.

G. hicolor, Br. et Schpr.; Barhula^ Lindb., Paris. A
barren specimen collected by Oldfield was so named
with hesitancy in Fl. Tas.

371. G. calcareum, Nees et Hsch.

Tas., on rocks, N.W. Bay : Oldfield. Hobart Waterworks : Wey-
mouth.— N.S.W., on a native kitchen midden, George's B., Como,
and on walls below Falls, Mosman's Bay : Whitelegge, '85. — Q.,
Gladfield : C. J. Gwyther.

(a) var. australe. Broth., Geh. in Bev. Bry. '97.
Vic, Moysten : Sullivan, '87.— N.S.W., Botany Bay : Whitelegge.
G. inflexum. See No. 292.

372. G. SCABRIDORSUM, Broth. in sched.

N.S.W., Richmond R., on damp walls and roof of cave in sea
cliff, Skinner's Head : Watts, April 1900 (ster.), Feb. '02 (ster.).

T R I c H 0 s t o M u M, Hedw.

Tr. calcicolum, Hpe. See No. 401.

373. Tr. cirrhatum, Hpe., Icon.

W.A., Swan R., mixed with Barhula calycina : Preiss, 39. —
[N.S.W. : teste Melb. Census, but referring to a Lord Howe IsL
record.]

Tr. elongatum. See No. 188. y*^G^! ^CA^

Tr. laxifolium. See No. 190. ^^^"^O^^N^^^^^

Tr.fuscescens, See No. 398. fa^ -^ -^e^^ ^^;^ <P'

LIBRARY^)
-^©•%. ^/

• W5^

66 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIEXSIUM,

T R I c H 0 s T 0 M u M {continued). [Pottiacea^.

374. Tr. leptotheca, CM., Linn. '67-<S.

Vic, Gippsland, mixed with lliuidmm snherectum : F.v.M.
Austral. Alps : Stirling.

Tr. pachyneuriis., pachyneuroides, and rcjlexid ens . See
Nos. 436-438.

375. Tr. rubiginosum, CM., Linn. '67-8; Tortula, Mitt.
Vic, Yarra R.: F.v.M.

[Note. — Melb. Census gives Tr. horhonicum (i brishanicum) for
Q. Information needed.]

T 0 R T E L L A (CM.), Limpr.

376. T. ANGUSTiCAULis, CM. in sched., Barbula. (Not in

Gen. M.).

N.S.W., nr. old rifle range, Moore Park, Sydney: Whitelegge,
Sept. '84 (c.fr.).

377. T. ARISTATULA, Brotli. in sched.

N.S.W., in bank of Alstonville Cutting, 5Jm. from Ballina :
Watts, April '98ff. (ster.).

378. T. Knightii, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60, Tortida.

Tas., not uncommon on Mt. Wellington : Bastow, We3'mouth,
Watts et al. — N.S.W., Longueville, Lane Cove R., Sydney :
Whitelegge, Sept. '85 (c.fr.).

379. T. NANO-TORTUOSA, CM., Symb., No. 209.
N.S.W., Ball's Head Bay : Whitelegge, Sept. '84 (c.fr.).

380. T. Nov^ Valesi^, Broth, in sched.

N.S.W., Greenwich, nr. Sydney, Jan. '98 (c.fr.), and Wilson's
Creek, Richmond R., Aug. '98 : Watts.

381. T. PERHUMiLTS, Broth. in sched.

Q., Gladfield : Gwyther (Bail. Bot. Bull. A pi. '96).

BY REV. W. AVALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 67

[Pottiacece.
T R I Q u E T R E L L A, CM. (gen.iiov. '97).

382. Tr. filiformis, CM., MSS.; Par. Index.
S.A., Adelaide: teste Par., op. cit.

383. Tr. fragilis, CM.

Yic, on soil in woods, Dimboolashire : Reader, July '96.

384. Tr. papillata (H.f.W., Fl. N.Z., Lejnodontmm) ;

Didymodon, Fl. Tas.; Leskea rubricaidis, Tayl.
Tas., frequent : Hooker, Oldfield, Archer, Weymouth, Bastow et
al. — Vic , Adamson (Melbourne), F.v.M. (Wangaratta), C French
(Brighton), Spence (Ballarat). — S.A., Yorke Peninsula: Tepper.
N.S.W., Tam worth : Musson. Emu Plains and Goulburn : Watts.

385. Tr. Preissiana (Hpe., Linn. '60, Zygodon), C M.; Mitt.

identifies with the preceding.
W.A., Mt. Kaiserstuhl : Preiss.

386. Tr. Richardsle, CM.

NSW. and S.A. : teste Par. Index, Suppl i.

387. Tr. scabra, CM.
Yic. : teste Par. Index, Suppl. i.

388. Tr. triquetra, CM., MSS.; Par. Index.
" Australia " : teste Par., op. cit.

Leptodontium, Hpe.

389. L. australe, CM., Gen. M., p. 409.
Q. : teste CM., loc. cit.

L. papillatum. See No. 384.

T R I D O N T I U M, Hook.fil.

390. T. TASMANicuM, Hook.f., Fl. N.Z.; Dicranum, Hook.f.,
Icon. PI.; Dichodontium, Schimp.; Didymodon, Mitt.,
Jour. L. Soc. '60.

Tas., on water-washed rocks, Ben Nevis : Gunn. Oldfield. Fossili-
ferous limestone. Meander R. : Archer. Guy Fawkes Rivulet,
Mt. Wellington : Weymouth, '97. Newtown Falls, etc. : Bastow,
'85-7.

68 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIEXSIUM,

[Pottiacece.
H Y o p H I L A, Brid.

391. H. ANGUSTiFOLiA, CM., Gen. M., p. 395.
Q., Toowoomba: C. J. Wild, Dec. '88.

392. H. INFLEXA (Tayl., Gymnostomum); Pottia, Hpe. et
CM., Linn. '53; Weisia al.

W.A., Swan R. : Drummond.— S.A., Gawler R. : F.v.M. '46.—
Tas. : herb. Melb. and CM., Gen. M.— Yic, Gippsland : F.v.M.
'55. — N.S.W, Parramatta: Woolls.

H. Muelleri occurs in Melb. Census for Rockhampton,
Q. Confirmation needed.

393. H. puGiONiFOLiA, CM., Gen. M., p. 395.

Q., Dawson and Burnett Rs. : Musson. Brisbane R. : H. Tryon.
Ashgrove : Wild, '87.

H. squarrosa, Broth. Name in herb. Bail, for Q.

394. H. TENERA, Broth.

Q., Brisbane R., nr. St. Lucia Estate, and Petrie's Quarries : H.
Tryon (Bail. Bot. Bull., Mch. '91).

D I D Y M 0 D 0 N, Hedw.

D. papillatus. See No. 384.

395. D. RUBELLUS (Hoffm., Bryiim), Br.Eur; Barhula, Mitt.;

Trichostomum, CM.
Tas., on dead log, Lauriston Gully, Kangaroo Pt. '91, on rocks,
Hobart Rivulet '92, Newtown Rivulet '93 : Weymouth.

B A R B u L A, Hedw.

396. B. ACROPHYLLA, CM., Symb., No. 199.

Vic, Moysten. Mt. William: Sullivan, '83 (N.S.W.: teste Par.,
prob. in error).

397. B. AMa<:NA, CM., Symb., No. 201.

Vic, Mt. William, with B. acrophylla : Sullivan, '83.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 69

B A R B u L A {continued). [Pottiacece.

39S. B. AusTRALASi^(Hook. et Grev., Tricliostoimtm), Brid.;
Tortula Australasica, Mitt. Cat.; T . fuscescens,H.i.^ .',
B. rufiseta, Tayl. : CM., Syn. i., 618.

W.A , King George's Sound: Menzies. Swan R. : Drummond.
Porongorup: F.v.M. '67. — Tas., west side of Cataract, Launces-
ton : Archer. Nr. Hobart : Lyall, Bastow et al. — S. A., Rivoly
Bay, Glenelg R., Gawlertown, Barossa Range, Mt. Gambier :
F.V.M.— Vic, Gippsland : F.v.M.

% (a) var. fol. laxioribus, mentioned by Wils. in Fl. Tas.
as having been coll. by Oldfield in Tas.

399. B. AUSTRo-uNGUicuLATA, CM., Gen. M., p. 436.
N.S.W., on earth, head of Double Bay: Whitelegge, July '84 (c.fr.).

400. B. AUSTRO-UNGUICULATULA, Watts; B. austro-ungnicu-
lafa, CM., Gen. M., p. 440 (not of p. 436).

Vic, Alptrington, June '84. Melbourne, '92 : Reader.
B. brachyphylla, Hpe. See No. 408.

401. B. CALCicoLA (Hpe. Icon., 2'richostomum), Broth.

Bryales; Tortula, Mitt. Cat.
W.A., on calcareous rocks, nr. Fremantle : Preiss, Aug. '39. —
Vic : teste Par. Index, prob. in error.

402. B. CALYCiNA, Schwgr.

Throughout Australia and Tas. Apparently first found in Aus-
tralia by La Billardiere. — W.A., Swan R. : Preiss, '39. Upper
SwanR. : Miss Se well. St. George's Sound : Cunningham. — S.A.,
Barossa Range, etc.: F.v.M. — Vic, Austral. Alps: Stirling,
F.v.M. et al. Dimboola: Reader. — N.S.W., Tumberumba : W.
Bull. Richmond R. : Watts. National Park and Shoalhaven R. :
Forsyth.— Q.: Miss Gore et al. — Tas., common. King Isl, : A.
Neate.

(a) var. brevicaulis (Hook.), Hpe.

Vic, Sealer's Cove: F.v.M.

70 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTKALIENSIUM,

B A K B u L A {continued). [Pottiacect.

1 (b) var. ATTENUATA ("var. fol. longioribus acutioribus
attenuatis," H.f.W., Fl. Tas.).

Tas. : Gunn.

403. B. CHLOROTRICHA (Broth., Geh. in Broth. A.M. '93,
No. 29, Tortula), Par., Broth. Bryales.

N.S. W., Tilba : Reader. Nepeaii R., Emu Plains : Watts, Oct. '99
(ster.).- Vic, banks of Yarra R.: Watts, '02.

404. B. CHRYSOCH.ETE, CM., Symb., No. 197.
Vic, on sandy soil, nr. Dimboola : Reader, July '90.

405. B. CHRYSOPUS, CM., Symb., No. 200.

Tas., Blackman's Bay, road from Durally to Bream Creek :
W^eymouth, Oct. '89.

B. Commersonii, Mitt. Given in Frag. Phyt. xi., Suppl.
for N.S.W. and Q. Particulars needed.

B. Crmvfordi, Par. See No. 450.

B. crispifolia (Mitt., 2'ortula), Jaeg. Ad. A N.Z. sp.
given in Melb. Census for Tas. Mt. Dromedary :
Bastow, '86. Confirmation needed.

406. B. CYLiNDRANGiA, CM., Symb., No. 198.

Vic, Ballarat : Way, herb. Melb. '81. Daylesford : Wallace, herb.
Melb. '77.

407. B. GEMiNATA, CM., Gen. M., p. 454.
Vic, Mt. William : Sullivan, '83.

408. B. Hampeana, Par. Index ; B. hracJiyphylla, Hpe.,
Linn. '60.

Vic, Gippsland: F.v.M. '55.— Tas.: teste F.v.M.,Frag. Phyt. xi.,
Suppl. {B. brachy2)fiylla).

B. inclinata, Schwgr. ; Tortella, Limpr. Given for
" Australia " in Par. Index, Suppl. Confirmation
needed.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 71

B A R 15 u L A {continued). [Pottiacece.

409. B. LuEHMANNi, Broth., Geh. in Broth. A. M. '95, No. 68.
Vic, Loutit Bay: Luehmanri, '91.

B. micro2:)hylla. Given by Stirling for Austral. Alps.
Information needed.

410. B. NANOCAULis, CM., Synib., No. 195.
Tas., Creek, Eagle Hawk: Weymouth, Oct. '89.

411. B. Parramattana (Mitt. Cat., Tortula).
N.S W., Parramatta : Woolls.

412. B. PSEUDO-piLiFERA, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53; Tortula
pungens and luteola (fid. Mitt. Cat.).

Vic, Mt. Ararat: Sullivan. Austral. Alps: Stirling. Prob. first
found by F.v.M. in '55.— Tas., Wattle Hill, Sorell : Weymouth,
Jan. '91.— N.S. W., Blue Mts. : herb. Melb. Barber's Creek:
Forsyth, Sept. '99.

B. rubella, Hoffm. See No. 395.

413. B. SPEIROSTEGA, CM., Symb., No. 196.
N.S.W., Lawson, Blue Mts.: Whitelegge, June '84.

414. B. suBCALYCiNA, CM., Linn. '67-8.

Q., Brisbane R. : Mrs. Dietrich, Wild et al. — Vic, Dimboola :
Reader, Sept. '94. — N.S. W., Richmond and Clarence Rs., common :
Watts, '96ff. Nr. Sydney: Forsyth (Lane Cove),Cheel(Rookwood),
Watts (Waverley). Emu Plains: Watts. Tentertield: Bauerlen,
Aug. '01 (herb. Tech. Mus. Syd.).

415. B. suBSPiRALis, Hpe., in F.v.M., Aust. M. pi. 2.
Vic, Gippsland : F.v.M.

416. B. SUBTORQUATA, CM. et Hpe., Linn. '53.

S.A., Mt. Gambier: F.v.M. (Austr. M. pi. 3).— Tas., on sandy
bank. Pirate's Bay, E. Coast: Weymouth, '89.— Vic : teste Melb.
Census.

72 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

B A R B u L A {continued). [PoUiacece.

417. B. TORQUATA, Tayl., Lond. J. Bot. '46.

W.A., Swan R. : Drummond. — Tas., Cheshunt: Archer. — S.A.,
Mt. Gambier, Glenelg R., etc.: F.v.M.— N.S.W., Parramatta :
Woolls. Tomingley, Daffodil Creek: Maiden, Sept. '98.— Vic,
Mallee Country, Wimmera '96, nr. Doncaster '83 : Reader.
Gippsland : F.v.M. and Lucas. Mt. William : Sullivan (f. seta
breviore et crassiore).

418. B. WiLDii, Broth., A.M. '90, No. 9; Trichostomum

{A7iacali/pta), CM., Gen. M.
Q., Highfields, 1500', on calcar. ground: C. J. Wild, Dec. '88.

ii. PoTTiE.i:.
A c A u L 0 N, CM. {S2}hceran(/iuni, Schimp.).

419. A. APicuLATUM (H.f.W., Fl. N.Z., Phascum), Jaeg. M.

Cleist.; Sphccrangium, Jaeg. Ad.
Tas., on hard track, nr. Brighton: Weymouth, No. 1130.

(a) var. turgidum, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60, and Fl. Tas.;
A. turgidum, Mitt. Cat.
Tas., Cheshunt: Archer. Brooke's Field: Bastow, July ^^Q.

420. A. AUSTRO-MUTicuM, Geh, in sched.

N.S.W., on clay, Parramatta Park: Whitelegge, Aug. '85 (c.fr.).
A. brisbanicu7n, CM. See No. 347.

421. A. iNTEGRiFOLiuM, CM., Bot. Zeit. '55.
Vic, on bare ground, Yarra R., nr. Melbourne: F.v.M.

422. A. SuLLivANi, CM., Flora '88.

Vic, Mt. Ararat: Sullivan, '82.— N.S.W., Centennial Park,
Sydney: Aug. '99 (c.fr.) and Nowra, Badgery's Crossing, Sept.
'99 (c.fr.) : Forsyth. Emu Plains, on dry bank : Watts, Oct. '99
(c.fr.).

A. turgidum. See No. 419, var.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 73

[^Pottiacece.
P H A s c u M, L. {EuphasGum, CM.).

Ph. disrumpens. See No. 428.

423. Ph. Drummondii, Wils., Lond. J. Bot. '48.
W.A., Swan R. : Drummond. — Vic, Melbourne: Adamson.

424. Ph. loreuMj Wils., in herb. Brit. Mus.
W.A., Swan R.: teste Par. Index, Suppl. i.

425. Ph. molle, CM.

Vic, sandy desert, Dimboolashire : Reader, Aug. '97.

Ph, tetragonum var. cylindricum. See No. 348. Melb.
Census gives Ph. tetragonum itself forTas., in error.

426. Ph. tetrapteroides, CM., Symb., No. 82.
Vic, on damp soil, Dimboola : Reader, Oct. '93.

[Note. — For Ph. hrachypelma, cglindricum, perpusillum, SulH-
vani, and Weymouthi, see Nos. 346, 348, 350, 351, 352.]

Tetrapterum, Hpe. In Gen. M., CM. thinks that
Hampe's T. australe (usually made a syn. of 2\
cylindricum, see No. 348) is probably Phas. tetra^)-
teroides. Taylor's Ph. cylindricum he places under
his Section Systegium (see Astomum).

Pleurophascum, Lindb. (The proper position of this
remarkable moss, usually placed here, is prob. among the
Pleurocarps.)

427. P. GRANDiGLOBUM, Lindb., Lond. Jour. Bot. '75, and

Rev. Bry. '76.
Tas., Alps, Picton R. : R. Johnston and Rev. J. Bufton. Mac-
quarie Harbour, W. Coast: T. B. Moore, Sept.-Oct. '96 (herb.
Weymouth).

ScHIZOPHASCUM, CM.

428. S. disrumpens, CM., Flora '88 (Sect, of Phascum).
Vic, Moysten : Sullivan, '82. Austral. Alps, Livingston Creek,
Omeo : Stirling (ascends to 3000').

74 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

[Pottiacece.
P 0 T T I A, Ehrh.

429. P. BRACHYODUS, Hpe., Linn. '60, Anacalypla; Desmato-

don adu^tiis, Mitt.
Vic, Arthur's Seat and Yarra R. : F.v.M. '54. Austral. Alps :
Stirling, '80-90.— N.S.W., Blue Mts. : herb. Melb.

430. P. BRACHYPHYLLA, Hpe., in herb. Melb.; CM., Gen. M.,

p. 389.
Vic, "on Quercus CUffortiana^^ : teste CM., loc. cit. In sandy
soil, Dimboolashire : Reader, Sept. '98 and July 1900.

431. P. BREViCAULis (Tayl., Lond. J. Bot. '46, Gymnosto-
mum), CM., Syn.

W.A., Swan R. : Drummond. — Vic, Queenscliff: F.v.M. '67.

432. P. c^spiTULOSA, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53, Anacalypta:

Pottia, CM., Gen. M.
S.A., Mt. Lofty : F.v.M.— Vic, Yarra E. : F.v M. On clayey soil,
Salt Lake, Lothiel, Wimmera : Reader, 96.

433. P. Readeri, cm., Symb., No. 212.
Vic, Alptrington : Reader, June '84 (c.fr.).

434. P. RECURVIMUCRONATA, CM., Gen. M., p. 388.
Vic: teste CM., loc. cit. (loc. not specified).

P. Stackhousii. Given in Melb. Census for N.S.W.
in error. The specimen is not a Pottia (W.W.W.).

435. P. TASMANiCA, Broth., A.M. '95, No. 69.
Tas., Jordan R., nr. Brighton: Weymouth.

D E s M A T o D o N, Brid.

D. adustus. See No. 429.
D. nervosus. See No. 442.

436. D. PACHYNEUROiDES, CM., Gen. M., p. 414 (Sect, of

T7'ichostomum).
N.S. VV., on walls of Domain, S3'^dney : Whitelegge, Aug. '85 (c.fr,).
Cook Park, Sydney, July '84 : idem.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 75

D E s M A T o D o N {coiifimied). \Pottiacea\

437. D. PACHYNEURUS, CM., Gen. M., p. 414 (Sect, of
Trichostomiim).

N.S.W. : teste CM., loc. cit.

438. D. REFLEXTDENS (Hpe., Linn. '60, Trichostomum) , Jaeg.
Ad.

Vic, YaiTca R. and Avon R. : F.v.M. '54.

439. D. Weymouthi, CM., Gen. M. p. 414 (Sect, of

Trichostomum).
Tas. : teste CM., loc. cit.

T 0 R T u L A, Hedw. (emend. Lindb.).
T. adusta. See No. 429.

440. T. ANDROGYNA, CM., Sjmb., No. 191, Barhula.
Vic, on sandy soil, Dimboola : Reader, July '90 (c.fr.) and '94.

T. antarctica^ Hpe. Mitt. Cat. gives as syn. of T.
pri7iceps. CM., Gen. M., gives as separate sp. for
Falkland Isls. only.

441. T. ARiSTATULA, CM., in Jaeg. Ad. & Gen. M., Barhida;
Encalijjda aristata, Hpe., Linn. '71-3; Pyramitrium,
Mitt. Cat. [cristatuin in error).

N.S.W., Blue Mts,: Mrs. Calvert.— Vic : teste Melb. Census,
prob. in error.

442. T. atrovirens (Sm., Eng. Bot., Grimmia), Lindb.;

Desmatodo7i nervosus, Br. Eur. ; Trichostomum con-

volutu7n, Brid. (fid. Jaeg ).
Tas., frequent: Hooker, Archer, Bastow et al. — Vic, Avon R.
and Yarra R.: F.v.M. Nr. Melb.: Adamson, also Reader, '83.
Austral. Alps : Stirling. Salt Lake, Lothiel, July '98, Dimboola,
1900: Reader.— Q., Gladfield : Gwyther.— N.S.W., Shoalliaven
R. : Forsyth, Sept. '99. Bank of Nepean R., Emu Plains: Watts,
Oct. '99.

(a) f. nervo excedente.

Vic, in wet sandy places, Dimboolashire : Reader, Aug. 1900.

76 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

T o E T u L A (continued). [Pottiacece.

443. T. AUSTRO-MURALis, CM., Symb., No. 207, Barhula.
N.S.W., on walls of Australian Museum, Sydney, and at Ball's
Head Bay and Rand wick Rd.: Whitelegge, '84. — Q. : teste Melb.
Census. — Vic, on stone walls, Melbourne: Reader, Feb. '83.
Pyrenees: Sullivan, '87.

444. T. AUSTRO-RURALis, CM., Symb., No. 189, Barhula.
Q., York Peninsula: Tepper, '79.

445. T. Baileyi, Broth. A.M. '90, No. 10.'
S.A., Adelaide: Bailey '88, on bark of tree.

446. T. BRACHYTRICHA, CM., Symb., No. 194, Barhula.
Tas., Creek, Eagle Hawk: Weymouth, Oct. '89.

447. T. BREviPiLA, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53, Barhula.
Vic, Sealer's Cove: F.v.M.— S.A., Mt. Gambier: F.v.M.

448. T. BREViSETACEA, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53 (Barhula

hreviseta); F.v.M., Austr. M. pi. 4. Name corrected

by Jaeg. and CM.
S.A., Mt. Gambier: F.v.M. — Vic, Austral. Alps: Stirling,
'80-88. Sealer's Cove: F.v.M. '54.

T. chlorotricha. See No. 403.

449. T. CRASSINERVIA, Tayl., Linn. ' 53, Desmatodon; Barhula

Sidlivaniana, CM. in sched.
W.A , Swan R. : Drummond. — S.A , Gawler town: F.v.M.- — Vic,
Yarra R. and Avon R.: F.v.M. Austral. Alps: Stirling, "80-88.
Coburg: Reader, '88.

(a) var. longiseta, CM.
Vic, on stones nr. Alptrington: Reader, June '84.

450. T. Crawfordi (Par. Index, Suppl. i., Barhula), Watts;

Barhula asperifolia, CM., Symb., No. 188.

N.S.W., Macleay R.: A. R. Crawford, '84.

\

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 77

T 0 R T u L A {conthiued). [Fottiacece.

451. T. CRISPATA, Hpe., Linn. '76, Barhula; Streptojoogon,
Jaeg.; *S'. mnioides, Schwgr., fid. Wilson.

Vic, Mt. Macedon, on branches mixed with Orthotrichwm Interim :
herb. Melb. (Lucas ?). — Tas., on willow, Johnny's Creek, nr.
Hamilton Rd. '93, Hobart Rivulet : Weymouth. Cheshunt, Falls
Run : Archer. Mt. Wellington : Mossman (as S. mnioides).
Cascades : Bastow.

452. T. CUSPIDATA, H.f.W., Fl. Tas.; 7\ princejis, e.p. (fid.

Mitt.).
Tas., moist earth, woods, Mt. Wellington : Oldfield. Cheshunt :
Archer. Kangaroo Bottom : J. D. Hooker. King Isl. : A. Neate.

453. T. ELAPHROTRICHA, CM., Symb., No. 205, Barhida.
Tas, wall of R.C. Cemetery, Brisbane St., Hobart: Weymouth,
Sept.-Oct. '90 (c.fr.).

(a) var. incana, CM., ibid.
Tas., top of stone wall, Reservoir, Hobart : Weymouth, Oct. '90.

454. T. fleximarginata, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53; F.v.M.,

Austr. M. pi. 6: Barhida.
Vic, Gippsland : F.v.M.

T. hystrichosa. Given in Melb. Census for S. A. Yorke

Peninsula : Tepper. Confirmation needed.
T. involucrata. See No. 478, var.
T. Icevipila. See No. 465.
T. lamellosa. See No. 476.

455. T. Latrobeana, CM., Bot. Zeit. '64, Barhida; B.

Preissiana, Hpe. (not of CM.).
Vic, Latrobe and Axe Rs. : F.v.M. -^SS. Austral. Alps: StirHng.
— Tas.: Archer.

T. luteola. See No. 468.

456. T. Melbourniana, CM., Symb., No. 206, Barhula.
Vic, on stone walls, Fitzroy, Melb.: Reader, Feb. '83 (c.fr.).

T. mnioides. See No. 451.

78 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIEXSIUM,

T o R T u L A {continued). [Pottiacece.

457. T. MOLLissiMA, Broth, in sched.

N.S.W., on ground, "Yodalla," Emu Plains: Watts, Oct. '99.
T. Muelleri. See No. 46G.

458. T. MURALis (L), Hedw.; Barhula, Timm.

Tas., stone wall, Garden Crescent Reservoir, '90 : We^^mouth.
Newtown Greek : AVatts, '95. — N.S.W., common about Sydney
on masonry: Whitelegge, Watts. (Good fruit Sept.-Dec). [CM.
not recognising this Europ. sp. in Austr., it is prob. his B.
austro-muralisA

459. T. murina, CM., Symb., No. 192, Barhula.
N.S.W.. Lower Hunter R. : Miss Carter, '82.

460. T. xano-subulata, CM. in sched., Barhula.

N.S.W., on wall of culvert, Randwick Rd., nr. Syd. : Whitelegge,
Sept.-Oct. '84 (c.fr.).

461. T. cedineura, CM., Barhula.

Vic, on sandy soil, Coker Dam, Wimmera : Reader, July '96.

462. T. pandur.efolia, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53, Barhula;

F.v.M., Austr. M. pi. 5.

Vic, Gippsland : F.v.M.— N.S.W., Walcha : E. Betche, Dec. '98.
Stewart's Brook : Maiden, Aug. '99. Warrumbungle Ranges :
Forsyth, Oct. '99.— Tas.: teste CM., in Gen. M.

463. T. PAPiLLOSA, Wils., Lond. J. Bot. '45.

A wide-spread sp. first found in England. — Vic, Sealer's Cove :
F.v.M. Austral. Alps: Stirling, — Tas., on trees and in swampy
places : Gunn. Mt. Rumney : Bastow, '85. — N.S.W., Parramatta :
F.v.M.

464. T. PERBREViFOLiA, CM. (Si/ntrickia).

Vic.j on sandy soil in woods, Dimboolashire : Reader, July '96.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. 79

T 0 R T u L A (continued). [Fottiace(fi.

465. T. Preissiana, CM., Syn., ^a?-6?6^rt; BJcevipila^Hpe.;

B. ruralis (ace. to some detenus.).
W.A., on deca3dng branches, isl. of Rottnest, Swan R. : Preiss,
Aug. '39. — S.A. : teste Melb. Census (Bugle Ranges : F.v.M.) and
Par. Index (sub B. ruralis). — Vic, Latrobe R. : F.v.M. '55.

466. T. PRiNCEPS, De Not.; B. Muelleri, Br. et Schimp.
CosMOPOL. — Tas., Port Sorell : Archer. Nr. Hobart : J. D.
Hooker, Mt. Rumney, etc., frequent. — Vic. : F.v.M et al. Studley
Park : Reader, '83. Mt. Ararat : Sullivan, '87.— KS.W., Jenolan
Caves : Maiden, Aug. '98, Blakely, '99. Jerarie Creek : Forsyth,
'99. Tenterfield: Bauerlen, Aug. '01. Blue Mts. : herb. Melb.
(an early specimen\ — S.A., Clarendon: Tepper.

467. T. propinqua, CM., Symb., No. 190, Barhula.

Vic, Moysten : Sullivan, Oct. '83. Austral. Alps : Stirling. Mt.
Ararat : Sullivan. Port Phillip : C French.

468. T. PUNGENS, H.f.W., Fl. Tas.; T. luteola, Mitt.

Tas., Cheshunt : Archer. Common on rocks. Grass Tree Hill, etc. :
J. D. Hooker, Gunn, Oldfield et al. — Vic, Darebin Creek and
Gippsland : F.v.M. (An B. pseudo-pilifera ?).

469. T. Readeri, CM., Symb., No. 193, Barhula.
Vic, on ground, nr. Melton : Reader, Aug. '86 (c.fr.).

470. T. recurvata. Hook., M. Exot., Barhula.

Tas., on wet ground, Mt. Dromedary: Oldfield (teste Fl. Tas.).
[CM., in Gen. M., gives Desmatodon recni'vatus, Hook., for the
Cape of Good Hope only.]

471. T. robusta. Hook, et Grev., Barhula-.

Vic, Cobberas Mts.: F.v.M. (CM., in Gen. M., gives Patagonia
and the Antarctic Isls. only.)

T. rotundata, Geh., iued. (a doubtful sp., prob. 1\
pandurwjolia).
N.S.W., on earth. Port Hacking : Whitelegge, April '85.

80 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

T 0 R T u L A (contimied). [Pottiacece.

472. T. RUBELLA, H.f.W., Fl. Tas.; B. 2:>rinceps, e.p. (fid.

Mitt, in Jour. L. Soc. '60).
Tas., Glen Leith : J. D. Hooker, Gunn et al. [CM., in Gen. M.,
gives N.Z. only. The Tas. Iocs, may belong to T. princeps or T.

papiUosa.]

473. T. RUBRA, Mitt., Hdbk. N.Z. Fl.; Desmatodon, F.v.M.,

Frag. Phyt. xi., Suppl.
Vic, Austral. Alps: F.v.M., Stirling et al. "Common on the
Mitta Mitta, Mitchell and Tambo River sources, between 2000'
and 6000'" (Stirling).— N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko: Findlay, herb.
Melb.

T. ruralis. See No. 465.

T. scabrifolium. Given in Melb. Census for Yic.

Information needed.
T. schizopogoniacea. See No. 475.

474. T. SERRULATA (Hook. et Grev., Brewst. Jour., Barhula)

Mitt.; T. rubra (fid. Mitt.).
" East Australia " : teste Par. Index, Suppl. i. [An Antarctic and
N.Z. sp. — CM., in Gen. M., gives Fuegia only.]

475. T. STREPTOPOGONiACEA, CM., Symb., No. 196, Barhida;

B. schizopogoniacea, CM. in sched.
N.S. W., Moss Vale: Whitelegge, Nov. '84 (c.fr.). Hinton: Watts.

476. T. SuLLiVANiANA, CM., Symb., No. 208, Barhula; B.
lamellosa, CM. in sched. (teste CM, Gen. M.)

Vic, Moysten : Sullivan, '83, Austral. Alps : Stirling. Wimmera
(teste F. M. Reader). — N.S. W., Warriimbungle Ranges : Forsj^th,
Oct. '99 (c.fr.).

T. SidHvaniana, CM. in sched. (Barbiola). See No. 449.

477. T. TASMANICA, Hpe., Linn. '52, Barhula; ? B. pungens,

H.f.W.
Tas. : Stuart. — " E. Australia " : teste Par. Index (a doubtful
record. Melb. Census gives Tas. only). A specimen from Gippsland
(F.v.M.) is probably T. j)seiido-pilifera.

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. Si

T o R T u L A {continued). [Pottiacece.

478. T. VESICULOSA, CM., Symb., No. 185, Barbula.
Vic, Mt. Ararat, nr. Moysten : Sullivan, Oct. 83. Austral. Alps:

Stirling.

(a) var. involucrata, CM, loc. cit.; B. involucrata,
CM., in herb. Melb.
Vic, Grampians : herb. Melb. '81. Mt. Ararat: Sullivan, Nov. '87.

479. T. AViLHELMii, CM., Hedw. '97, p. 104, Barbula;

Streptopogon, Par. Index.
Vic and Tas. : teste Par., op. cit.

iii. Encalypte.e.
Encalypta, Schreb. (including Pyramilrium).

E. aristata, Hpe.; Pyramitrluin^ Mitt. Cat. See No. 441.

E. australis, Mitt. See No. 481. [CM., in Gen. M.,

gives E. australis, Mitt., for the isl. of Chiloe alone].

480. E. Nov^-Valesi^, Hpe., Linn. '71-3; Pyramitrium,

Mitt. Cat.; P. ISfovce-Camhrice, Hpe. in List, '80.
N.S. W., Blue Mts. : Mrs. Calvert. " Other localities " : teste CM.,
in Gen. M.— Vic, Gippsland : F.v.M. '55.

481. E. TASMANICA, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53; E. aust7'alis,

Mitt., et vulgaris var. Fl. Tas. and Hpe.; E. ciliaia,
Hedw., Mitt, in Kew J. Bot. viii. (fid. Mitt. Cat.).
Tas., Launceston, nr. Cataract, and nr. Cheshunt : Archer. Mt.
Rumney, and Johnny's Creek, Derwent Valley: Weymouth. Also
coll. by Stuart et al. Summit of Mt. Rumney : Bastow. — Vic,
N.S.W., frequent in alpine and subalp. regions, esp. on Mt. Ararat
(teste CM.) : Sullivan, Stirling et al. (" the most widely distri-
buted, 2000'-7000"' : teste Stirling in litt.). Jenolan Caves:
Maiden, Aug. '98 (c.fr.), Blakely, Oct. '99. Warrumbungle
Ranges : Forsyth, Oct. '99. Coll. at Buchan R., etc., by F.v.M.
in '54-'55.

E. vulgai'is var. See No. 481,
6

82 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

Tribe xi. G-rimmiacese.
G R I M M I A, Ehrli.

482. G. ANTiPODA, CM., Symb., No. 285.
Tas., Facy's Gully : Weymouth, No\'. '90.

483. G. APOCARPA (L., Bryum), Hedw.

Tas. and Vic, frequent. Austral. Alps : F.v.M., Stirling et al.
" On gnoissic rocks nr. Omeo, 2000' " (Stirling). On bark of
Eucalypt, Yarra R., nr. Melb. : Reader, '83.— N.S.W., Parramatta
(or N. Shore, S3^dney) : Whitelegge (fid. Geheeb).

(a) f. fol. breviter piliferis.

N.S.W., Merritt's Camp, Mt. Kosciusko, Jan., '99, and Warrum-
bungle Ranges, Oct., '99: Forsyth.

(b) f. fol. brevissime piliferis.

Tas., Johnny's Creek : Weymouth. — N.S.W., Creeklet, Nepean
R., Blue Mts. : Watts, Oct. '99 (or possibly the f. submutica).

(c) f. submutica.
Tas., Sorell : Weymouth.— N.S.W J See under f. "b."

484. G. ATRiCHA, CM., Symb., No. 280.
Vic, on stones, nr. Melton : Reader, Aug. '86.

G. australasica, Mitt. Given in Bastow's MS. list of

Austr. Mosses for N.S.W. Information needed.
G. austro-apocarpa, CM. in sched. This seems to be
G. truncato-apocarp)a. Par. Index Suppl. gives G.
austro-apocarpa for N.Z.
N.S.W., on dry rocks in creek, nr. Parramatta Park: Whitelegge,
Oct.-Dec. '84 (c.fr.).

485. G. AUSTRO-FUNALis, CM., Symb., No. 286.
Vic, Mt. William : Sullivan, '83, Austral. Alps : Stirling.

486. G. BASALTiCA, Mitt., Hdbk. N.Z. Fl.

Tas., Mt. Rumney, on rocks : Bastow. — Vic. : teste Melb. Census.
(Weymouth, in herb., gives as syn. of G. cygnicollis).

tJY REV. W. WALTKK WATTS ANt) THoMaS WHITELEGGE. So

Grim m i a {continued). [Grimmiacett.

487. G. callosa, CM. et Hpe., Linn. '53.
8. A., Barossa Range and Brown Hill Creek : F.v.M.

ii^^. G. Camphelli^, cm., Symb., No. 278.
Vic, Hume R.: Miss Campbell, herb. Melb. '81.

489. G. compactula, CM., Symb., No. 289.
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko: Sullivan, herb. Melb. '84.

490. G. CRISPATULA, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53; G. crisjyata in

Mitt. Cat.
W.A.: teste Melb. Census.— S. A., Flinder's Range, Fifth Creek,
Mt. Lofty: F.v.M. (Tate, List).

49 L G. CYATHOCARPA, Hpe., Linn. '74, Gue^nhelia.
Vic, Gippsland: F.v.M. Austral. Alps : Stirling.— N.S.W., Blue
Mts.: Mrs. Calvert.

492. G. CYGNicoLLis, Tayl., Lond. J. Bot. '46; G. pulviriata

var. obtusata, Brid. (fid. Mitt. Cat., and Par. Index);

var. Africana (Hedw.), H.f. W. (" formerly called G.

basaltica": Weymouth in herb.).
Tas., plentiful. — Australia, from W. A. to Q., frequent, esp. in
mountainous districts. Found by Preiss in W. A. (Mt. Brown,
York), Sept. '39.

493. G. CYLiNDROPYxis, CM., Symb., No. 287.

Vic, Mt. William: Sullivan, '83. Austral. Alps, up to 3000':
Stirling.

494. G. ENCALYPTOIDES, CM. (teste F. M. Reader)
Vic. : D. Sullivan.

495. G. FLEXIFOLIA, Hpe., Linn. '(30.

Vic, Austral Alps: F.v.M. (Snowy R.), Stirling.

G.fu7ialis (Schwgr.),is recorded f ro m Tas. (Gunn lect.),
but the specimens were poor, and the record is
doubtful. See Fl. Tas.

8^ CENSUS MUSCORUM AUStRALIENSIUM,

G K I M M I A {continued). [Grimmiacece.

496. G. HiSTRioiPiLA, CM. (teste Reader).
Vic, among lichens, Mt. Arapiles : Reader, Aug. '96.

497. G. LEiocARPA, Tayl., Lond. J. Bot. '46; G. leueojjhcea

var. subrotunda, Wils., op. cit.

Tas., not uncommon. — Australia, frequent, from W.A. to Q.
(Barossa Range, S.A. : F.v.M. Austral Alps, up to 3000': Stirling.
Girilambone, dry interior of N.S.W. : Biiuerlen. Warrumbungle
Ranges: Forsyth. Goulburn and Richmond R.: Watts. Q., Glad-
field : C. J. Gwy ther. Many other Iocs, known).

G. leucophcea, Grev. See No. 497.

498 G. MUTICA, Hpe., Linn. '60 ; G. apocarpa var. fol.
muticis, Hook, f., Fl. Tas., etc.

Tas., wet rocks, Mt. Faulkner '92, Millhouse's Falls '93, Hobart
Rivulet, etc.: Weymouth.— Vic, Mitchell R., Mt. Wellington,
and Sealer's Cove : F.v.M. Alps : Sullivan and Stirling. — N.S. W.,
Parramatta : Woolls. Richmond R., Killen's Falls, Emigrant
Creek : Watts, '96. Shoalhaven R. : Forsyth, '99.

499. G. OBTUSATA, Hpe. et CM., Linn. '53, Guemhelia.
Vic, Gippsland : F.v.M.— N.S. W., Mt. Kosciusko: Forsyth, '99.

500. G. PARRAMATTENSis, CM., Symb., No. 276.
N.S.W., Parramatta: Whitelegge, Oct. '84 (c.fr.).

501. G. PROCUMBENS, Mitt. Cat. '83.

Vic, Snowy R. : F.v.M. Austral. Alps: Stirling.

G. jjulvinata var. ohtusata, and var. AJricana. See
No. 492.

502. G. PYGMiEA, CM., Syn. i., 787; G. irichophylla var.

australis, Hpe., PI. Preiss.

" Australia," on granitic rocks : Preiss. — S.A., Darebin Creek :
F.v.M.— Tas. : Stuart.

IJY REV. W. WAiiTEK WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELKCJGK. 85

G K I M M I A {continued). [Grimmiacece.

503. G. STKNOPHYLLA, CM., Symb., No. 271.

Tas.. rocks, Sugar Loaf, Green Fonts, May '92 : Weymouth in
herb. Broth. '93 (sub G. trichophylla, Grev.).

504. G. Stirlingi, CM., Symb., No. 281.
Vic, Omeo, 2500'-3000', on rocks : Stirling, '83.

505. G. suBCALLOSA, CM., Symb., No. 277.
Vic, Mt. Cole, Pj^renees : D. Sullivan, '83.

506. G. SuLLiVANi, CM., Symb., No. 288.

Vic, common all over the Alps, up to 6000', chiefly on the meta-
morphic areas; first found nr. Omeo by D. Sullivan. Also coll.
by Stirling. CM. gives Sullivan's date as '83; Reader gives '76.

507. G. TASMANicA, CM., Symb., No. 272.

Tas,, loc. not specified : Stuart, herb. Sonder, '40. On wall of
II. C Cemetery, Brisbane St., Hobart : Weymouth, Oct. '90.

508. G. TRICHOPHYLLA, Grev., Scot. Crypt. Flor.

Tas., Cheshunt : Archer. Mt. Wellington, etc. : Hooker, Oldfield,
Weymouth (Pinnacle), Watts (St. Crispin's), Bastow et al.,
frequent. — N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko: Forsyth, Jan. '99.— S.A.,
Adelaide : Schauinsland, '96-7. — Q. : teste Melb. Census.

509. G. TRUNCATO-APOCARPA, CM., Symb., No. 282.
N.S.W., Parramatta : Whitelegge, Oct. '84 (c.fr.). See under
No. 4S4.

510. G. WooLLsiANA, CM., Symb., No. 279.

N.S.W., Sydney : Woolls, '81 (c.fr.). Cambewarra : Whitelegge.

R H A c 0 M I T R I u M, Brid. (Sect, of Grimmia, CM.)

511. R. AMCENUM, Broth., A.M. '99, No. 151.

N.S.W., Merritt's Camp, Mt. Kosciusko: Maiden and Forsyth,
Jan. '99.

a aquaticum, CM. See No. 517.

R. austro-sudetictim. Given in Melb. Census for Vic
Particulars needed.

86 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSlRALiENSiU^},

R H A c o iM I T R I u M {continued). .[Grimmiacece.

512. R. CHLOROCARPUM, Mitt. Cat., Grimmia {Dryptodon)]
R. crispulum (fid. Jaeg., but not Mitt.).

Tas. : Archer.

513. R. CRISPULUM, H.f.W., Fl. Ant, N.Z., and Tas., A'.

(Di'yptodori).
Tas., on rocks, rivulet, south of Cumming's Head, W. Mts. :
Archer. Also coll. by Hooker, Gunn et al.

(a) var. fol. brevioribus muticis, Fl. Tas.

Tas., on trap rocks, Glen Leith, rare; on stones nr. Lake Echo :
Hooker, f.

(b) var. fol. longioribus muticis, Fl. Tas.

Tas., St. Patrick's R. : Gunn. Rocks, N. and S. Huon : Oldfield.
Rocks and stones, rivulet, nr. Cumming's Head, W. Mts. : Archer.

514. R. EMERSUM, CM., Bot. Zeit. '51, Grimmia; R.
symphyodontum (fid. Mitt.).

Tas., on trunks of trees about Mt. Wellington : Mossman.
R. fasiculare var. See No. 523.

515. R. heterostichum (Hedw., Trichostomum), Brid.
Tas., Mt. Wellington, above Springs, common.

(a) var. tasmanicum, Hpe., Linn. '52.
Tas. (loc. 1)

[The vars. alopecurwm and gracilescens are also recorded for
Tas. (vide Fl. Tas. and Bastow, M. Tas.), but Jaeg. Ad. gives Tas.
for var. tasm,anicuni only.]

516. R. LANGUiNOSUM (Hedw., Trichostomum)^ Brid.

Vic. — N.S.W., Australian Alps : F.v.M. " Either this or an allied
sp. nr. the summit of Mt. Kosciusko, 7000': Stirling. — Tas., top
of Mt. Wellington : Bastow, Weymouth, Watts (on ground close
to pinnacle) et al.

517. R. PROTENSUM, Braun; G. aqaatica (Brid.), CM., fid.
Jaeg., Broth.

Tas., Mt. Wellington.

BY RRV. W. WALTER, WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE. <S7

R H A c 0 M I T R I u M (continued). \Grimmiacece.

518. R. PRUiNOSUM, CM.; R. languinosum, H.f.W.,FI. Ant.;

var. 2)rui7iosuni, Fl. Tas.
Tas., Mt. Wellington: Gunn. Weymouth et al. (on rock, "Ploughed
Field ").

519. R. PSEUDO-PATENS, CM., Rev. Bry. 76, Symb., No. 290,

G. {Dryptodo7i).
N.S.W., nr. Sydney : Kayser coll.

520. R. PYCNOTRiCHUM, CM., Symb., No. 291.

Tas., Guy Fawkes Rivulet, Sept. '90, top of Mt. Wellington, Feb.
'88 (/. nigrita): Weymouth, herb. Burchard. Also Oldfield in
herb. Broth. [This is prob. the sp. returned by other bryologists
as R. heterostichum].

521. R. RUPESTRE, H.f.W., Fl. N.Z.; Drypiodon, Fl. Ant.
Tas., on moist rocks on mountains : teste Bastow, M. Tas. — Vic. :
teste Melb. Census.

522. R. SuNDAicuM, CM., Verhandl. Gesell. in Wien '69.
Q. : teste Mitt. Cat., and Bailey, Syn. '83. [Jaeg. gives only Java.]

523. R. SYMPHYODONTUM, C M., Syn., Grimmia; R. fasiculare

var., H.f.W., Fl. Ant.; R. symphyodoyi, Jaeg. Ad.
Tas., on dry rocks at the back of Hobart : J. D. Hooker. On rocks,
the Falls : Archer. Mt. Wellington : Mossman.

G L Y P H 0 M I T R I u M, Brid. {Ptychomitrium, Par. Index)

524. G. acutifolium, H.f.W., Fl. Tas.

S.A.: C Prentice. —Vic, nr. Melbourne: Reader, '84. — Tas., on
rocks, Port Sorell : Archer. Glen Leith : J. D. Hooker. On banks
and trap rocks, nr. the Derwent. Sugar Loaf, Kempton : Wey-
mouth.

525. G. Adamsoni, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60.

Vic, nr. Melb.. common on trap rocks : Adarason, — N.S.W, ;
teste Melb. Census,

88 CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM,

G L Y p H o M I T R I u M (continued). [Grimmiacece.

526. G. AUSTRALE, Hpe,, Linn. '55, Brachysteleum.
Vic, Alps, towards Buchan R. : F.v.M.

527. G. COMMUTATUM, CM., Symb., No. 269, Brachystelenm.
Q., Brisbane R. : Mrs. Dietrich. '64. Toovvoomba: Hartmann, '80
(eir.). Bunya Mts. : Bailey, '85.— N.S.W., Tarn worth: C. T.
Musson, '90. Lower Hunter R. : Miss Carter, '82 (f. cal. operculo
parum majore).

528. G. LATiFOLiuM, Broth., A.M. '95, No. 70.

Tas., Newtown Rivulet, on water-washed rocky bank : Weymouth,
Nov. '95.

529. G. LAxiFOLiUM, C. M., Symb., No. 268, 5mc7i2/s^e?ew??2.
N.S.W., Parramatta : Whitelegge, Dec. '84 (e.fr.). South Head,
Port Jackson : J. B. Ward, July '99. Shoalhaven R., Sept. '99,
and Kiama, Dec. '99 : Forsyth.

530. G. MiCROBLASTUM, C. M., Symb., No. 270, Brachysteleum.
N.S.W., nr. Sydney: Kayser Coll.

531. G. MiTTENii Jaeg., Ad., Ptychomitriiim; G. serratum

Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60.
Tas., on rocks, north side of Cataracts, Launceston: Archer.
Nelson Range: Weymouth (rocks. Proctor's Rd., etc.). — N.S.W.,
Cambewarra: Thorpe, '84.

532. G. MUELLERi, Mitt., Jour. L. Soc. '60; Brachystel-

enni Howeanum, Hpe.
Q., Glasshouse Mts. and Brisbane R.: F.v.M. Mt. Archer:
Mus.son. — N.S. W., very common on basaltic rocks on the Richmond
R.; frequent nr. S3^dne3'; Nepean R.: Watts, '99. Barber's
Creek, Kiama, and Warrumbungle Ranges: Forsj^th, '99. — Vic,
nr. Melb.: Reader.

G, serratum, Mitt. See No. 53 L

BY REV. W. WALTER WATTS AND THOMAS WHITELEGGE.

89

ADDENDA (Oct. 29th, 1902).

r)33. Sphagnum commutatum, Wariist., sp.n., Magy. Botan.
Lapok. 1902, p. 45.

N.S.W., Swainp at north end of Three Mile Scrub, nr. Byron
Ba}'-, and on edge of Fresh Water Lake, Seven Mile Beach, N.
Coast: Watts, May 2nd and 29th, 1900.

3 bis. (a) Sphagnum Brotherusii, Warnst., (a)va,r. plumo-
SULUM, Warnst., in litt. Aug. 1902.
N.S.W., in dripping water, cliff, below *S^;/i. drepanodadumy
Shaw's Bay, Richmond R.: Watts, May 26th, 1900.

534. FissiDENS ASPLENioiDES (Sw.), Hedw., M. Frond.;
Hypnum, Sw., Prodr. p. 140.
N.S.W., Wilson's Creek, Richmond R., Oct. 1901, and BlueMts.,
nr. Emu, Nov. 1900: Watts.

[CM., Gen. M. gives Cuba only; Broth. Bryales, West Indies
and S. Amer. A recent return from Broth, contains the name
for specimens coll. as above.]

INDEX OF GENERA.

(Names in italics are Synonyms.)

Acaulon

Anacalypta, vide Pottia.

Andreaea ...

Auisotheciiim, vide Dicranellaand

Blindia.
Aongstrcemia, vide Dicranella.

Arehidium

AschModoii, vide Distichium.

Astomura ...

Astomum, vide Pleuridium

Atrichum

Barbula ...

Blindia

Braclnjateleum, videGlyphomitrium.

Bruchia ...

Buxbaumia

Calymperes

PAGE

PAGE

72

Campy lopus 43

Catharinea, vide Atrichum.

12

Catharinella, vide Pogonatum.

Ceratodon 37

Codonoble2)hartim,Yk\eSyvYh.OT^odon.

Conomitrium, vide Fissidens.

31

Dawsonia ... 14

Desmatodon 74

61

Dkhodontiuin, vide Dicranella

and Blindia.

15

Dicnemonella, vide Leucoloma.

68

Dicnemos . 54

40

Dicranella 38

jm.

Dieranodontium 47

31

Dicranoloma, vide Leucoloma

14

(note).

59

Dicranoweisia 41

90

CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIEXSIUM.

PAGE
47,50

67, 68

Dicranum

Didymodon

Diohelon, vide Dicranella.

Distichium

Ditrichum...

Divaricatella, vide Dicranella.

Dryptodon, vide Rhacomitrium

Eccremidium

Encalypta

Eucamptodon
Fissidens ...
Glyphomitrium ...
Giimmia ...

Gymnostomum

Holomitrium

Hymenostomum

Hyophila ...

Leptodontium

Leptotrichum, vide Ditrichum.
LesA;ert, vide Triquetrella papillata. 67

34

81
55
89
87
82
65, 74
42
62
68
67

21

Leucobryum

Leucodon, vide Leiicoloma and

Dicnemos,
Leucoloma
Leucophanes
Lophiodon, vide Ditrichum,

Mesotus

Microdns, vide Dicranella.
Octoblepharum ...
Octodiceras

Oligotrichum

Oncoplwroloma , vide Leucoloma

(note).
Phascum ..

55

47
58

47

58
80
16

73

PAGE

Pleuridium ... ... ... 32

Pleurophascum 73

PcccilopJiylliim, vide Leucoloma.
Pogonaturn .. ... ... 17

Polytrichadelphus .. ... 17

Polytrichum 19

Pottia 74

Psilopilum 16, 18

Pti/chomitrium, vide Glyphomitrium.
Pyramitrium, vide Encalypta.
Rhacomitrium .. ... ... 85

Schizophascum 73

Sclerodontium, vide Leucoloma.
Seligeria, vide Dicranella.
Spharangium, vide Acaulon.
Sphagnum . . , . . 8, 89

Sporledera, vide Bruchia.
Streptopogon, vide Tortula.
Swartzia, vide Distichium.
Symhlepharis, vide Holomitrium.
Syntrichia, vide Tortula.

Syrrhopodon 59

Systegium, vide Astomum.

Tetrapterum 73

Thi/ridium, vide Syrrhopodon.

Toitella 66

Tortula 75

Trematodon 31

Trichostomum 34,65,86

Tridontium 67

Triquetrella ... ... ... G7

Tropinotji!^, vide Leucophanes,

Weisia 38, G3, 68

WeUiello, vide Dicranella.

[Printed off December 8th, 1902.;

493

NOTES OX SOME NEW SOUTH WALES HEPATICS.

By the Rev. W. Walter Watts.

(Continued from Proceedings, 1901, j)^. 215, 633.)

I beg to place on record the following additional Hepatics,
named in a recent return from M. Stephani, through the good
offices of Dr. E. Levier, to whom they were sent in November,
1901.

(1) Species collected by me on the Richmond and Brunswick
Rivers : —

Aneura pinnatifida, Nees; East Ballina, March, 1901.
H Chiloscyphus argutus, Nees; Ballina, July, 1901, Alston ville,
" Sept., 1901.

,, limosus, Carr. et Pears.; Ballina, July, 1901.

Fimhriaria co7iocephala, Steph.; bank of cutting, Rous, Sept.,

1901.
FruUania megalocarpa, Tayl.; East Ballina, March, 1901.

,, clavata, Tayl.; East Ballina, May, 1901.

Jungermannia montana, Steph.; Alston ville Cutting, March and

June, 1901, Shaw's Bay, Ballina,
April, &c., 1901.
Lejeunea (Eulejeunea) cuspjidistipula,^te'ph.; on "tea" tree, nr.

Ballina, May, 1901.
,, ,, elobata, Pears. ; on tree, East Ballina,

March, 1901.
,, ,, tasmanica, Gottsche ; brooklet, Alston-

ville and Rous, May, 1900, etc.
33

494 NOTES ON SOME NEW SOUTH WALES HEPATICS.

Lepidozia capilligera, Lelim. et Lindenberg; Alston ville Cutting,

June, 1901, Tuckombil, April, 1901.
,, glaucophylla, Tayl. ; Tuckombil, Alstonville, April,

1901.
,, gracillima, Carr. et Pears.; nr. Ballina, March and

July, 1901.
Marchantia cephaloscypha, Steph.; Byron Bay, Oct., 1901.
Metzgeria crassicostata, Steph.; Tuckombil, Alstonville, Sept.,

1901.
,, furcata, (L.) S. O. Lindb.; Myocum, Brunswick R.,

Oct., 1901.
Plagiochilafascictilata,, Ldnbg. ; Head of Wilson's Creek, Oct.,

1901.
Fycnolejeunea lo7}gidens, Steph.; on trees, E. Ballina, May, 1901.
Radula Mittenii, Steph.; Head of Wilson's Creek, Oct., 1901.
Trachylejeunea eUgantissima, Steph.; growing on Pteris falcata,

Tuckombil, Alstonville, Sept., 1901.

There are included in the return six new species, five of which

M. Stephani has done me the honour of dedicating to myself.

These will be recorded when described.

(2) The following were also returned : —

Fimhriaria Drummondii, Tayl.; Albury, leg. Arthur Sharpe,

July, 1900.
Frullania pycnantha, Tayl.; Tam worth, leg. C. T. Musson

(No. 658).
Trichocolea tomentella, (Huds.) Nees; Kurrajong, leg. C. T.

Musson.

Corrigenda. — My last list of records, by an unfortunate slip,
gave Frullania Hampeana, Nees; it should read F. Hampeana^
Lindenberg. A slip of Dr. Levier's led me to record a Tasmanian
species, Marsupidium setulosum ; this should be corrected to
Acroholhus unguiculatus (H. f. Tayl.).

495

NOTES AXD EXHIBITS.

Mr. W. S. Dun exhibited specimens of Conularia inornata,
Dana, 0. Icevigata, Dana, and C. tasvianiensis, Johnston (possibly
an acute form of inornata) from the Lower Marine Beds (Permo-
Carboniferous) of Ravensfield and Harper's Hill, iST.S.W. An
imperfect specimen of C. inornata 21 cm. in length was shown;
a smaller specimen of the same species showed the inbent and
triangular apex of the sides very clearly. The genus is but
seldom met with in the Upper Marine, but is not rare in the
Lower Series.

Mr. Hedley exhibited a series of mollusca lately dredged in
100 fathoms off WoUongong by Mr. Halligan and himself,
including Lotorium nodocostatum, hitherto only known from
Tasmania, Chlamys Jenesirata, Hedley, doubtfully distinct from
a Tertiary fossil, and a species of Dymia lately described by himself
in the " Thetis " Report.

Mr. Stead showed a preparation of the first and only English
Lobster {Homarus vulgaris) to reach Australian shores alive. It
arrived with the shipment of English Plaice recently introduced,
but it did not rally from the effects of the voyage, and died a few
hours after removal to Port Hacking. As it was an ovigerous
female this was to be regretted.

Mr. R. Greig Smith exhibited a young specimen of the Sock-
eyed Salmon affected with Saprolegnia ferax, forwarded to him
from Tasmania. Also various cultures, chemical products, and
microscopic preparations in illustration of his paper on Wattle
gums.

Mr. Baker exhibited a specimen of Ardisia raceinosa, n.sp., in
illustration of his paper. He also offered some observations on the
desirability of collecting data relating to the effects of the present

496 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

drought on the flora; and he stated that he was moving in the
matter through the Department of Public Instruction. He had
received information that one of the plants which was suffering
most severely in some districts was the Currawong (Acacia
doratoxylon). a useful fodder plant in time of drought.

The President emphasised the importance of the subject, and
intimated that he too had already taken some steps, in conjunction
with the officers of the Forestry Branch, to obtain and record
information.

Mr. Carne also spoke fi-om recent personal experience of the
destructive effects of the drought in several districts; and he was
able to testify to the value of Acacia doratoxylon for dairy cattle
as a stand-by during drought.

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 29th, 1902.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Societ}^ was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, October 29th, 1902.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F L.S., Arc, President, in the Chair.

The Donations and Exchanges for the month, amounting to 9
Vols., 73 Parts or Nos., 15 Bulletins, 6 Reports, 22 Pamphlets,
and 1 Miscellanea, recei\'ed from 43 Societies, itc, and 2 Authors,
were laid upon the table.

497

ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS OCCURRINU

IN MYTILUS LATUS, ON THE COAST OF

NEW ZEALAND.

By Professor W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S.

(Plates xix.-xx.)

The parasites which form the subject of the present communica-
tion were found by me last summer in specimens of a species of
Mytilus (M. latus) living on the coast of New Zealand. I am
greatly indebted to Dr. Chas. Chilton, Acting Professor of Biology
at Canterbury College, Christchurch, for subsequently procuring
and sending me a large consignment of live specimens of the
mussel.

The Spokocysts of an Echisostomum.

The Sporocysts, in which the Cercarise are developed, were
found in a fairly large proportion (about 10 per cent.) of the
mussels examined, and always in large numbers. They infest the
mantle-folds and the region immediately in front of the posterior
adductor muscle, and are most abundant in the gonads and
nephridia. In infected mussels this region of the body is coloured
bright red owing to the presence of hundreds of the Sporocysts,
which contain a conspicuous red substance to be referred to
below.

From the fact that such large numbers of the Sporocysts occur
together, it is to be inferred that they multiply actively in the
tissues of the mussel. This multiplication of Sporocysts takes
place not only by budding, or rather binary fission, but also,
though comparatively rarely, by a process corresponding to that
by which in many, if not most, Sporocysts Redia^ are developed.

498 ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS,

The Sporocysts (figs. 1 and 2) reach a maximum length of about
3 mm. They are able to creep about by alternate elongations and
contractions. During these movements the shape necessarily^
varies greatly, but a "head," directed forwards, in locomotion, is
always recognisable, being constricted off as a rounded knob. As
Braun (3) points out, it is erroneous to refer to this as a sucker.
The muscular layers in this position are not thickened or modified
in any way. At its apex this is capable of being deeply involuted,
the result being the development of a pit with a terminal opening.
Since it is usually in this position that the fully developed
Cercaria escapes, an actual perforation sometimes is found to
occur, but this is of an entirely temporar}^ character.

In many cases, applied to the outer surface of the Sporocyst
were groups of amoeboid cells emitting pseudopodia. Such groups
of cells are stated by Biehringer to occur generally in the Sporo-
cysts studied by him; the cells, which are blood-corpuscles of
the host, eventually giving rise to a layer — " the paletot "— which
completely invests the parasite. Such a continuous layer I have
never found. The groups of cells were never found in entire pre-
served specimens or in sections, having always become detached,
apparently'', in the process of preparation.

The Sporocyst is enclosed in a non-cellular cuticular laj^er in
which no trace of nuclei occurs. This la3'er, which is 0'003 mm.
in thickness, exhibits a fine vertical striation, the significance of
which will be referred to presently. Beneath it are the layers of
muscle, which are extremely thin, an outer layer of circularly
and an inner of longitudinally running fibres.

The outer layer (cuticle of most authors) is described as a thin
structureless membrane. Biehringer (2), Heckert {teste Braun)
and Loos (9) describe it as containing, in the young condition,
sparsely distributed nuclei. In the Sporocyst from Mytihis latus
nuclei were not found in the cuticle of any of the numerous
specimens which were examined for them : it is possible, however,
that the same may not hold good of those Sporocysts that are
developed directly from the Miracidium embrj^o. In the Sporo-

BY PROFESSOR AV. A. HASWELL. 499

cyst of Cerca7'ia armata, also, nuclei are absent in the cuticle
according to Schwarze (12).

The germinal epithelium (fig. 8) lines the whole interior of the
Sporocyst. In the greater part of its extent in a mature Sporo-
cyst it is a thin layer of flattened cells, most of which are stellate,
the processes of neighbouring cells anastomosing to form a net-
work. At the anterior and posterior ends it is thickened, the
thickening consisting of a layer of vertically elongated cells. At
its outer end each cell of these thickened regions terminates
in one or several very fine processes, which are clearly
traceable through the layer of muscle, and are seen to
be continuous with the vertical striations of the cuticle. At
its opposite free end each cell projects into the cavity of the
Sporocyst. In the living specimen globules were seen to be given
off occasionally from the inner ends of these cells, becoming free
in the interior of the cavity, and often becoming collected in
masses. These globules were swallowed by the more mature
Cercaripe, in the intestine of which considerable numbers of them
were nearly always to be detected. It might be supposed that
this phenomenon is not a natural one, but brought about by the
pressure to which the living Sporoc3^st is naturally subjected in
order that its structure may be examined. But such an explana-
tion cannot be entertained in view of the results obtained from
the examination of sections of specimens fixed by various reagents.
In such sections the epithelium has the appearance represented in
in fig. 8, the cells presenting a variety of stages in the process of
formation of the globules; and many of the latter are to be found
free in the cavity of the Sporocyst and in the intestine of the
Cercaria3. Among the globules in the latter position entire
nucleated cells are frequently to be observed.

It thus appears to be almost certain that the germinal epithe-
lium has an important secondary function in providing nutriment
for the Cercarise with fully developed and functional digestive
canal. To nourish the many growing embryos which it contains,
the wall of the Sporocyst must absorb nutrient matter in large
quantity from the tissues of its host. This is taken in, un-

.500 ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS,

doubtedly, by the cells of the germinal epithelium through the
pores of the cuticle, and most of it must be given off in a state of
solution into the fluid in which the developing embrj^os, in all but
their earliest stages, float freely. The special part played by the
nutriment provided in the form of globules is that it supplies a
store of sustenance which the Cercaria takes with it when it
leaves the Sporocyst and sets out in search of a second host.

I can find no mention in the literature accessible to me of this
giving off of globules by the cells of the germinal epithelium.
That the case is not an altogether isolated one, however, is shewn
by the fact that Reuss in a recently published preliminary
notice (H) mentions the presence in the Sporocysts of DidcnmLm
duplicatum of many "fat drops." It is at least possible that the
phenomenon is a general one, and that it is only owing to the
colourless character of the globules in most instances that it has
hitherto escaped notice. On the other hand, it has to be borne
in mind that in many Cercariie the digesti^ e canal does not become
suflicientiy well developed to be functional until after the larva
has escaped from the Redia or Sporocj^st. In such cases the
formation of the globules, except merely in order to be subsequently
dissolved in the nutrient fluid of the cyst, would evidentl}^ be
superfluous.

The occurrence of a pigment in the germinal epithelium appears
to be exceptional. I have met with only three recorded cases of
such a thing — by Wagener (14) in the Sporocyst of Cercaria cysto-
phora, by Pagenstecher (10) in the case of the Sporocyst of Cercaria
cotylocerca, and by Heckert (4) in that of Lencochhridnwi para-
doxiim.

The embryos are developed from a mass of specialised cells of
the germinal epithelium — the ovary (figs. 5-7). This is constant
in position, at the posterior end, and there is never more than
one. It projects as a free process into the cavity of the Sporo.
cyst. At its base every gradation is to be observed between the
ordinary cells of the posterior thickening of the germinal epithe-
lium and the cells destined to give rise to embryos. Towards its
free extremity the ova undergo segmentation which results in

BY PROFESSOR W. A. HASWELL. oOl

the formation of a spherical bod}^ containing a number of nuclei
with cell-outlines ill defined, though sometimes recognisable.
These spherical embryos are still enclosed within a delicate mem-
brane which invests the whole ovary. As they reach a size of
0*025 mm. or thereabouts, they become free, and eventually
develop into the mature Cercaria condition while floating in the
fluid in the interior of the Sporocyst.

In Ainphistoniuni subclavaium according to Loos (9), in Leuco-
chloridiiuii para<ioxum according to Heckert (4), and inDistomum
duplicatum according to Reuss (H), the formation of the ova
originally takes place at any point in the wall of the Sporocyst —
a definite ovary only becoming established at a later stage.
Whether this may hold good in the case of the Sporocyst from
Mytilus lalus with regard to the primary Sporocyst developed
from the Miracidium there are no data from which to decide. I
have found no Sporocysts, however small, among the hundreds
examined in which the formation of ova w^as not localised in a
single ovary; but I may not have seen any except those formed
secondarily by fission or endogenous formation, or at all events
may not have happened to meet with any early primary Sporocysts.

The cells of the germinal epithelium give rise, however, not
only to embryo Cercarise, but sometimes also, though very rarely
so far as m}' specimens are concerned, to a new generation of
Sporocysts. These become set free in the interior of the parent
Sporocyst. From their germinal epithelium, before they escape
to the exterior, embryos of Cercariae msiy already have become
formed. The young Sporocysts (fig. 3) on escaping readily
multiply by binar}^ fission (fig. 4): a constriction appears dividing
the Sporocyst into two equal or slightly unequal parts, and by
the deepening of the constriction the two parts become eventually
completely severed.

In young Sporocysts the germinal epithelium is of unifornt
thickness throughout ; but at a very earl}^ stage an anterior
extremity capable of involution becomes differentiated, after
which, the cyst increasing in length, the germinal epithelium soon
comes to be attenuated except at the anterior and posterior

502 ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS,

extremities. In young Sporocysts the internal cavity, owing to
the small size of the cyst and the thickness of the germinal
epithelium, is extremely small. Occasionally in sections of later
as well as earlier stages a delicate reticulated substance appears
to till this cavity \vholly or partially : but there can be no doubt
that, at least so far as the later stages are concerned, this is an
entirely artificial product formed as a result of the coagulation
of the fluid contained in the cyst.

The Mature Cercari^.

The fully developed Cercaria (fig. 9) reaches a total length of
about 4: mm., the tail being included. The head or part of the
body bearing the anterior sucker is quite distinctly marked off
from the rest, being much narrower. On its ventral aspect is the
large cup-shaped anterior sucker, which is capable of being com-
pletely everted. Around the anterior margin of the head on the
dorsal side, and usuall}'^ inclined outwards and backwards, are a
series of flattened tooth-like spines which are capable of being
turned forwards. E3'^es are not present. At the sides of the
head region are a series of six nearly transverse ridges which do
not extend on to the dorsal or ventral surfaces. The remainder
of the body is of oval, dorso-ventrally compressed, form; in front
of the middle is the posterior sucker.

The tail consists of a main trunk and two branches. When
extended to its utmost the former is over three times the length
of the body; the branches are nearly as long as the trunk. The
latter expands proximally where it joins the body into a disc, the
margin of which is divided by notches and fissures into a series
of branched lobes. I have not seen this peculiar structure per-
forming any function; but it can hardly be an3^thing else than an
organ of adhesion. It contracts and expands slowly at irregular
intervals. The main axis of the tail, when at rest, is not in line
with the body, but bent towards the ventral side. It performs
extremely rapid vibrating movements, propelling the larva swiftly
through the water. The tail has a remarkable segmented appear-

BY PROFESSOR W. A. HASWELL. 503

ance, due to the presence of the regular!}' arranged transverse
bundles of muscular fibres referred to below.

The body is enclosed in a cuticle 0-003 mm. in thickness.
Beneath this is a muscular layer consisting of external, longitudi-
nal, and internal circular fibres. The space between the body-wall
and the enteric canal is tilled with parenchyma, in which are
numerous large cells about 0*04 mm. in diameter — the cystogenic
cells. In young specimens these contain a coarse reticulum.
In mature specimens they appear more homogeneous. Their
ducts (processes of the cells) branch, and the branch ducts per-
forate the cuticle to open over the entire surface of the body.
There are no cystogenic cells in the tail. No rhabdites were
observed in any part.

The pharynx (fig. 10) is a relatively long cylinder. The region
of the digestive canal following upon this behind, commonly
known as the oesophagus, is very short. There is nothing special
to be noted with regard to the structure of the various parts of
the digestive system. The intestine is fully developed long before
the Cercaria becomes mature.

The tail (figs. 11 and 12) is a hollow cylinder with a thin wall,
tensely filled with a watery fluid. It has a thin cuticle, beneath
which is a single layer of circular muscular fibres of extreme
fineness. Internal to this are four bundles of longitudinal
muscular fibres, two dorsal and two ventral. On each side is a
fairly wide interval — the lateral line as it may conveniently be
termed — between the dorsal and the ventral bundle. Between
the dorsal and ventral bundles on each side run a number of
vertical (dorso-ventral) fibres for the most part in narrow strands
occasionally with nuclei. These are arranged at intervals along
the tail in such a way as to produce in some cases an appearance
of segmentation. Along each lateral line, immediately below the
cuticle and circular muscle, runs a delicate filament. This gives
off branches which run both dorsally and ventrally, frequently
dividing into finer threads. At several points in its course the
main filament presents a thickening. Accompanying this is a
very regular row of small, usually rounded, cells of a peculiarly

504 ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS,

clear and bright appearance in the living condition, so that they
are very conspicuous even under a low power. These, which are
separated from one another by very regular intervals, are all
connected with the lateral filament, usually by means of side-
branches, sometimes (rarely) directly with the main filament itself,
which then seems to pass through them. There is no direct
evidence of the nature of these filaments of the lateral line; but
from the way in w^hich they branch I have very little doubt that
they ai-e nerves. If this should prove to be correct, the regularly-
arranged cells connected with them, though they have no processes
projecting on the exterior, are probably sense-cells of some sort.

Applied to the inner surfaces of the bundles of longitudinal
muscular fibres are a number of very large granular cells about
0-04 mm. in diameter, with vesicular nuclei O'Ol mm. in diameter.
As shown by their relations and their developmental history
these are the myoblasts of the longitudinal muscular fibres.

The branches of the tail resemble the tail proper in structure,
except that the transverse fibres are more irregularly arranged and
closer together. In the lobed disc at the proximal end of the
trunk the bundles of longitudinal fibres become spread out so
as to be inserted into the lobes. The dorso-ventral bundles are
here represented by thick columnar cells.

Not much attention appears to have been paid to the structure
of the tail in Cercaria; but, so far as I am able to judge, the
form at present under consideration would appear to be excep-
tional in this respect, especially with regard to the entire absence
of any axial strand. Thus Leuckart states (6, p. 512): "Unterhalb
der Cuticula erkennt man deutliche Rings- und Liingsmuskeln
und das nicht bios am Rumpfe, sondern auch am Schwanze, nur
dass sich letztere hier gewuhnlich rechts und links zu breiten
Bandern gruppiren, und somit eine Anordnung zeigen die man
bei aufmerksamerBetrachtung schon aus der entschieden seitlichen
Beweoungen des Schwanzes erschliessen konnte. Die Zellen des
Achsenstranges sind in eine glashelle Bindesubstanz verw^andelt
die nur noch einzelne spindelformige Korper erkennen lasst und
nach Art eines (unvollstiindig erhiirteten) Skelettes dazu dienen

BY PROFESSOR AV. A. HASWELL. 505

mochte, den Schwanz elastisch zu machen und ihm einen gewissen
Grad von Rigiditat zu verleihen. Zwischen Muskeln und Achsen-
strang liegt eine Schicht von grossen platten Zellen, die bei
Cercaria macrocerca bei welcher der Achsenstrang zu eines
machtigen Entwickelung heranwiichst, sehr sonderbar veriistelte
Formen haben."

Here it will be observed the axial strand is described as being
composed of cells, which have become converted into a hyaline
connective tissue acting as the main support of the organ.

The structure of the tail in Bucephalus is described b}'' Ziegler
(18), but as this is by no means a typical Cercaria the statements
which he makes probably do not hold good generally; they are
certainly entirely inapplicable to the form Avhich I am now
describing.

Thiry (13) states that in Cercaria macrocerca the tail has an
external circular layer of muscle. The longitudinal fibres run in
two broad bands at the sides. Beneath this is a mass which
anteriorly consists of large cells, posteriorly appears homogeneous.

Schwarze's account (12) of the structure of the tail in Cercaria
armata is also not in any way in agreement with what is to be
observed in the Cercaria from Mytilus. He describes the con-
tractile substance of the tail as forming an axial strand surrounded
by a layer of cj'-stogenic cells, and these again by a further layer
of contractile substance, the outer layer being connected with the
axial strand by numerous radiating bundles.

Reuss (11, p. 378) states that in the Sporocyst of Distomum
duplicatum the tail has a layer of cells underlying the cuticle,
and the interior is traversed by transverse muscular fibres.

It does not seem to be possible to reconcile these various state-
ments, and, if they are correct, there must be considerable diversity
in the structure of the tail in different Cercariae.

In the posterior part of the body opening near the root of the
tail is the excretory bladder. This is broad behind, narrower in
front, where it becomes forked. Each of the branches terminates
anteriorly in a slight enlargement into which opens the corres-

506 ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS,

ponding main excretory vessel, right or left as the case ma}^ be.
Each of these runs outwards and forwards to a point near the
margin of the body, where it divides into an anterior and a
posterior longitudinal trunk. The ciliated funnels are 0-0075 mm.
in diameter. There are always twelve of them in mature Cercariae,
and their arrangement is quite constant. One funnel terminates
each of the anterior and posterior longitudinal vessels ; the
remainder are situated at the ends of longer or shorter side-
branches in the way shown in fig. 10.

No funnels and no vessels were observed in the tail. In this
respect this Cercaria differs apparently from other described
forms. Wagener (17) states that in the Cercariee with forked tail
the excretory bladder extends into the tail and becomes bifurcate,
each branch opening at the end of the corresponding branch of
the tail; and Loos (7) describes and figures the extension into the
tail of the main excretory vessel in the Cercaria? of Amphistomum
suhclavatum.

The reproductive system is fairly well advanced in the mature
Cercaria. The ovary is a rounded mass of cells situated a little
behind the point of bifurcation of the intestine. From it the
oviduct proceeds as a narrow tube which runs forwards and
towards the left passing on the ventral side of the left ramus
of the intestine, and bending in again tow^ards the middle line to
open at the genital aperture immediately in front of the ventral
sucker. A rounded mass surrounding the oviduct shortly after
it leaves the ovary is evidently the shell-gland. The rudiments
of the testes are two small oval bodies situated between the rami
of the intestine some distance behind the ovary. The vitelline
glands are not yet distinguishable. A rounded bod}^ dorsal to
the anterior part of the ventral sucker is probably the vesicula
seminalis.

In the form and arrangement of the spines around the anterior
end, the series of lateral ridges in the region immediately follow-
ing, and the form of the phar3mx, this Cercaria resembles the
adult Distomum fasciatum, Rud., and probably is the larva of a

BY PROFESSOR W. A, HASWELL. 507

form nearly related to that species."^ In the first point it also
resembles D. acanthocephalam and other members of Rudolphi's
sub-genus Echinostomum.

Development of the Cercari^.

For what we know of the development of the Cercaria within
the Sporocyst or Redia we are mainly indebted to Leuckart (17),
Thomas (14), Heckert, Schwarze (12), and Loos (9)- In spite of
their labours, however, it must be said that a good many points
remain obscure. This holds good particularly with regard to the
precise mode of origin of certain of the organs; and it is due
mainly to the almost complete absence of differentiation among
the cells (meristem cells of Schwarze and others) of the earl}-
stages, the rudiments of various parts having the appearance of
becoming quite suddenly crj^stallised out from a previousl}^ homo-
geneous mass.

As already stated, the embryos of the Cercaria from Mytilus
latns are set free from the ovary when they have attained a
diameter of about 0*025 mm.* At about this stage (figs. 15 and 16)
the embryonic investment is formed. First a single cell on the
surface becomes flattened out, then others become similarl}^
modified until the spherical mass of cells becomes enclosed in a

* I infer this from Braun's reproduction (3, taf. xxi., fig, 8) of a figure by
Stossich, the original paper by that author (in the Bolletino della Soc. adriat.
scienze natur, Trieste, vol ix., 1885) not being accessible to me.

* Reuss (11) met frequently with a stage in which one large cell (ovum)
was accompanied by three considerably smaller cells, with nuclei 0-0025 in
diameter with uniformly distributed, coarsely granular chromatin. Since the
large cell next divides into quite equal and similar cells he takes these
previously formed three smaller cells to be of the nature of polar bodies, and
their formation to be a maturation process. This stage I have not observed.
But in a large proportion of specimens there occur lying loose in the Sporo-
cyst in the immediate neighbourhood of the ovary a varying number of cells
(fig. 14) which have homogeneous deeply staining nuclei 0*002 mm, in
diameter. If these are not of the nature of polar bodies it seems difficult
to account for them.

508 ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS,

thin layer composed of a small number of flattened cells which
become completely united at their edges. This investment
persists to a comparatively late stage in the development of the
Cercaria, onl}' disappearing as the cuticle becomes formed.

Schwarze's account (13) of the development of the investing
layer in Cercaria armala agrees closely with what I have observed.
I cannot, however, follow him in his opinion that the embryonic
investment gives rise to the cuticle of the Cercaria. The invest-
ment in question is an excessively thin membrane which at no
time contains more than about half-a-dozen nuclei. As the
embryo grows, this simph'' becomes stretched, and in early tailed
stages appears quite loosely connected with the underlying la3^ers.
I have very little doubt that it is the laj^er of cells which, at the
period when the tail is being formed, becomes arranged in a regular
manner beneath the original investing layer, that secretes the
cuticle.

Heckert"^ states that in embryo Cercarise of a diameter of
0-075 mm. a second investment similar to the first appears beneath
it; and Loos (9) observed a similar phenomenon in the develop-
ment of Rediae (letter to Braun quoted in foot-note, 3, p. 818).
There is no appearance of this second investing layer in the case
of the Cercaria from Mytilus latus.

Small nuclei with deeplj^-staining, apparently homogeneous,'
plasma, similar to those described by Schwarze (10) in Cercaria
armata as giving rise to the rudiment of the reproductive system,
appear before the embryo leaves the ovary. But these have no
definite arrangement, occurring, frequently two together, here
and there, both near the surface and more deeply, instead of
forming a central mass as stated by Schwarze. They are most
probably merely phases in the histor}' of the ordinary meristem
nuclei, and have no special histogenetic significance.

* I only know this paper (' Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelungs- und
Lebensgeschichte des Distomum macrostomum.' ' Bibliotheca Zoologica,'
Leuckart u. Chun, Heft 4), as quoted by Braun (3).

BY PROFESSOR W. A. HASWELL. 509

As the embryo increases in size, it becomes somewhat oval, and
soon, when the long diameter is about 0-08 mm., the future
posterior end becomes marked by a slight depression, the anterior
end remaining rounded (Hg. 17). In this position a narrow cleft
appears running forwards towards the centre of the embryo.
This cleft does not open on the exterior, but is covered over by
the thin investing layer of cells. On either side of it is a mass
of cells from which the tail buds out; in front it terminates in a
slight transverse enlargement which partly separates off a dense
central mass of cells from two lateral masses. The enlargement
subsequently becomes the bladder of the excretory sj^stem. In
the lateral masses the rami of the intestine are developed at a
later stage.

The central mass of cells is distinguishable (figs. 18 and 19)
into an anterior and a posterior portion which are not sharply
marked off from one another. The posterior portion is the rudi-
ment of the reproductive system. Of the anterior portion the
more ventrally placed cells form the rudiment of the pharynx,
the more dorsally placed that of the brain. Of these two organs
the pharynx appears first as a cylindrical cord of cells soon
distinguishable (fig. 20) into an investing layer and a central
core. The cells of the investing layer are the myoblasts of the
wall of the organ. They become enlarged, and increase in
number, though never becoming very numerous. In their plasma
are developed the radial muscular fibres of the pharynx. The
enclosed row of cells do not persist. They at first, fill the entire
lumen, but spaces appear, and the cells gradually become absorbed
and eventually entirely disappear (fig. 22). Whether they give
rise to the thin cuticle lining the interior of the pharynx is
uncertain. It is difficult to understand by what other agency
that membrane could be formed.

At the anterior end, towards the ventral surface, when the
rudiment of the pharynx first becomes formed, a rounded group
of cells in all respects similar to the rest becomes enclosed by a
thin membrane formed of flattened cells. This is the rudiment
of the anterior sucker.
34

510 ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS,

A continuation backwards of the cord of cells which forms the
rudiment of the pharynx constitutes the rudiment of the short
oesophagus. This soon bifurcates posteriorly to form the biramous
intestine. In the latter the central cells of the cord become
enclosed, as in the case of the pharynx, in a cylinder formed of
the peripheral cells. But the latter layer remains very thin,
developing into the thin layer of muscle of the wall of the
intestine, while the enclosed cells, few and irregularl}^ disposed
at first (fig. 23), multiply rapidly, at the same time becoming
disposed as a regular epithelial layer (figs. 24-26) bounding the
lumen. In the cesophagus the muscular investing laj'er also
remains thin, but the enclosed cells give rise to a layer devoid of
nuclei, but divided into numerous minute bodies somewhat smaller
than the cells of the epithelium of the intestine.

In Cercaria ao'mata, Schwarze does not refer to the formation
of a cleft at the anterior end preceding the development of the
unpaired part of the enteric cavity; but describes the latter as
appearing in the form of a solid process which only develops a
lumen at a later stage by the absorption of the axial cells. In
that Cercaria the full development of the forked intestine only
takes place after the Cercaria has become encysted, and the entire
enteric canal can be functional in the Cercaria stage only very
imperfectly, if at all.

The rudiment of the posterior sucker is distinguishable as a
rounded projection on the ventral surface, shortly after the tail
begins to be developed ; this consists, like the anterior sucker,
of a rounded mass of undifferentiated cells separated internally
from the rest of the body cells bj'- a thin membrane.

When the rami of the intestine first make their appearance, a
space — the origin of which has been already referred to — is
developed between them. This is the median bladder of the
excretory system. At first it has no definite wall, but, later,
cells become arranged to form a thin epithelium as in the adult.

When the cord of cells destined to give rise to the pharynx
first becomes differentiated, a mass of cells, as already stated, lies
on the dorsal side of it. From the central part of this the first

BY PROFESSOR W. A. HASWELL. 511

rudiment of the nervous system becomes formed. This appears
as a bridge of finely fibrillated material (fig. 27) running trans-
versely oyer the pharynx and surrounded by numerous cells — the
rudiment of the brain. This is well established when the pharynx
is still a narrow tube with a thin wall enclosing a core of cells.
From the brain two narrower strands of similar material run
backwards at the sides, each surrounded by groups of cells; and
are traceable for some distance through the body, though not
extending at first very far back. Before long each longitudinal
cord bifurcates to form a dorsal and a ventral branch. About
the same time a nerve is formed running forwards from the brain
towards the anterior extremity.

The tail (figs. 29-31) appears first, when the embryo is about
0-09 mm. in length, as a rounded process consisting of an
undifferentiated mass of cells covered by a continuation of
the thin investing layer. While still very short it becomes
bilobed at the extremity. Before this takes place internal
differentiation has begun. A very regularly arranged line of
small nuclei becomes ranged along each side below the investing
layer; and the rest of the tissue forms a central core. As the two
branches grow out at the bilobed extremity, their constituent cells
take on a similar arrangement. The central core becomes divided
into four longitudinal rows of cells — two dorsal and two ventral;
these are the myoblasts. They become enlarged, and their nuclei
become vesicular. In the substance of their protoplasm external
to the nuclei appear bright-looking longitudinal bands which
stain deeply with eosin; these are the first-formed muscular fibres.
They soon become more numerous, and as the tail becomes fully
developed, take the form of the four longitudinal bands. The
small cells of the lateral rows, at first placed close together,
become separated from one another by distinct intervals as the
tail elongates, and become the lateral series of small cells referred
to above in the account of the tail of the adult.

The Sporocysts and Cercari^ of a Species of Gasterostomum.

Only one specimen of the mussel was observed to be infested

with this parasite. It presented a very remarkable appearance.

512 ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS,

The mantle-folds and the visceral mass in the region between the
adductor muscles had the appearance of being provided with a
ramifying system of vessels containing a blood-red fluid. These
apparent vessels, when examined under the microscope, were
found to be narrow ramifying Sporocysts, the germinal epithelium
of which contained a red colouring matter apparently identical
with that occurring in the SjDorocyst described in the first part
of this paper. "^ In these Sporocysts were mature Cercarise and all
stages in their development. The Cercari?e proved to belong to
the remarkable form known as Buceiji]ialus^ v. Baer, the larva of
G aster ostomum. All of these are developed in narrow, tubular,
usually branching Sporocysts; but in no case hitherto recorded,
so far as I am aware, is a red colouring matter present.

The Cercarise (fig. 32) are relatively small, being only 0*25 mm.
in length when fully matured. They are sluggish in their move-
ments, and the tail was never observed to be used as a swimming
appendage, its only movements being slow^ waving ones, or such
as resulted in each of the branches being coiled into a spiral and
uncoiled again. Such spiral movements were noticed by v. Baer
in Bucephalus p)oIyinorphus. It seems likely that the tail is used
more for attachment than as an organ of active locomotion.

The body is long and narrow. The anterior portion, lodging the
anterior sucker or proboscis, is separated off from the rest by a slight
constriction. Its anterior end (figs. 33-36) varies in appearance
according to its condition. When somewhat contracted it usually
appears trilobed; when it is more extended the rounded aperture
of the sucker appears at its extremity. The anterior extremity
is beset with excessively minute cuticular spinules which gradually
decrease in size as they pass backwards, and are no longer distin-
guishable when the middle of the body is reached. A pair of
relatively long and slender cilia, presumabl}" sensory, extend
forwards from the extreme anterior end.

* The nature of this coloaring matter has not yet been investigated. Its
spectum does not shew the absorption bands characteristic of that of haemo-
globin.

BY PROFESSOR W. A. HAS WELL. 513

The mouth is situated on the ventral surface considerably
behind the middle. It leads into a rounded pharynx, from which
the simple intestine leads forwards as far as, or further than, the
middle of the length of the body. No contents of any kind were
ever observed. Behind the mouth and pharynx are two irregular
masses of cells, forming a slightly uns3niimetrical pair; these are
apparently rudiments of the gonads. Close to them in the middle
is the excretory sac.

The tail consists of a basal part and two long branches or
appendages. The former is somewhat elliptical, with the long
axis transverse, the anterior border nearly straight, or at least
less convex than the posterior. The branches are attached to the
basal part antero-laterally; they are slender, nearly twice the
length of the body, and taper slightly at the extremity.

LITERATURE.

1. — Baer, K. E. von.^ — " Beitrage zur Kenntniss der niederen Thiere. " Nova

act. Caes, L. C. Nat. Cur. Vol. xiii. 1827.
2. — BiEHRiNGER, J. — " Beltiage zur Anat. u. Entw. der Trematoden."

Arb. Zool.-zoot. Inst, in Wiirzburg, viii. 1885.
3. — Braun, M. — "Vermes" of Bronn's ' Thierreich.'
4. — Heckert, G. — " Zur Naturgeschichte des Leucochloridium para-

doxum." Zool. Anz. x. 1887.
5. — Lacaze-Duthiers, H. — " Memoire sur le Bucephale Haime, helminthe

parasite des huitres et des bucardes." Ann. Sci. nat. 4 ser.

Tome i. 1854.
6. — Leuckart, R. — " Die Menschliche Parasiten," 1863.
7. " Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Leberegels." Zool.

Anz. 1881 and 1882.
8. " Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Lebo'egels." Arch.

f. Naturg. 48, 1882.
9. — Loos, A. — " Ueber Amphistomum subclavatum, Rud., und seine Ent-

wickelung." Festschrift fiir Leuckart, 1892.
10. — Pagenstecher, a. H. — " Untersuchungen liber niedere Seethiere aus

Cette." Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 12, 1868.
11. — Reuss — " Beobachtungen an der Sporocyste und Cercarie des Disto-

mum duplicatum, Baer." Zool. Anz. 25, 1902.
12. — ScHWARZE, W. — "Die postembryonale Entwickelung der Trematoden."

Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 43, 1886.

514 ON TWO REMARKABLE SPOROCYSTS,

13. — Thiky, L. — " Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Cercaria macrocerca Filippi."

Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 10, 1850.
14. — Thomas, A. P. — " The life-history of the Liver-fluke." Quart. Journ.

Micro. Sci. 23, 1883.
15. — Ulicxy, J. — " Helminthologisehe Beitrage." Arch, f. Naturg. 44

Jahrg. Bd. i. 1878.
16.— WaCtEner, G. — " Helminthologische Bemerkungen." Zeitschr. f. wiss.

Zool. 9, 1858.
17. " Ueber Redien u Sporocysten." Arch, f, Anat. u.

Physiol. 1866.
18. — ZiEGLEK, H. E. — "Bucephalus und Gasterostomum." Zeitschr. f.

wiss. Zool. 39, 1883.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Reference Letters.

6r., brain. c, cuticle. ccZ. , disc at base of tail. f/.v.??i., dorso- ventral
muscles of tail, ex., principal excretory vessel. ^.r. &., excretory bladder.
i., intestine. I.e., lateral cells of tail, l.m., longitudinal muscles of tail.
Z.n., lateral nerve of tail, m., mouth, w./., muscular fibres developing in
myoblasts, my., myoblasts, o.d., oviduct, ce., cesophagus. ov., ovary,
jp^., pharynx, r., rudiment of gonads, .s'., anterior sucker, s". , posterior
sucker, sp. , spines, te. , testes.

Plate

XIX.

-Sporocyst from Mytilus latus, magnified.

-Sporocyst, entire preserved and stained specimen, somewhat com-
pressed ( X 75).
-Young stage of Sporocyst, compressed ( x 75).
-Young Sporocyst in the act of undergoing fission ( x 75).
-Ovary : appearance in entire specimen ( x 1000).
-Ovary: section, showing ova and early stages ( x 1000).
-Ovary : section next to that represented in fig. 6.
-Wall of Sporocyst : vertical section of one of the thickened regions
of the germinal epithelium ( x 1000).
Fig. 9. — Cercaria, magnified. The tail is here not so long in proportion as

it is destined to become.
Fig. 10. — Body of Cercaria (with base of tail), showing excretory and diges-
tive systems. The posterior sucker is not shown.
Fig. 11. — Transverse section of tail ( x 750).

Fig. 12. — Lateral view of a portion of the tail, showing the lateral line and
its nerve ( x 340).

Fig.

1.-

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.-

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

BY PROFESSOR W. A. HASWELL. 515

Fig. 13. — Two cystogenic cells ( x 950).

Fig. 14. — Cells supposed to be possibly of the nature of polar bodies ( x 1500)*

Fig. 15,— Early free stage ( x 1000).

Plate XX.

Fig. 16. — Somewhat later stage than that represented in fig. 15 ( x 950).

Fig. 17. — Stage with flattened posterior end ( x 1000).

Fig. 18.— Stage with clefts and rudiments of pharynx and reproductive
system : entire specimen in optical section.

Fig. 19. — Longitudinal section of similar stage : combined from two adjoin-
ing sections ( x 750).

Fig. 20. — Transverse section of pharynx at the stage in which its wall has
become well established but the musculature has not become
formed (x700).

Fig. 21. — Transverse section of pharynx at a somewhat later stage : the cells
still intact in the interior.

Fig. 22. — Somewhat later stage in which the cells in the lumen have disap-
peared and the cuticle has become developed ( x 700).

Fig. 23. — Transverse section of early Cercaria through the posterior region,
showing the intestinal epithelium in the condition of irregularly
distributed cells enclosed within the developing muscular layer
( x 700).

Fig. 24. —Transverse section of one of the rami of the intestine at the stage
in which the internal cells, though still few in number, have
become arranged in a definite layer ( x 1500).

Fig. 25. — Section similar to that represented in fig, 24, but of a somewhat
later stage, in which the epithelium has become more fully
developed ( x 1500).

Fig. 26. — Section of a small part of the epithelium of the intestine in the
mature Cercaria, to show the form and arrangement of the cells
(X 1500).

Fig. 27. —Section through Cercaria in the region of the brain at a stage when
muscular tissue is only beginning to be formed ( x 750).

Fig. 28. — Tail at an early stage in its development : viewed as a transparent
object ( X 750).

Fig. 29. — Similar view of later stage.

Fig. 30. — Transverse section of tail at a stage corresponding to that repre-
sented in fig. 23 ( x 700).

Fig. 31. — Transverse section of later stage in which the cuticle has become
formed and the formation of the muscular fibres has begun.

Fig. 32. — Cercaria stage {Bucephalus) of a species of Echinostomum ( x 240).

Figs. 33-36.— Outline of head end of living Bucephalus in different conditions.

516

6.— ON EUCALYPTUS BICOLOR, A. Cunn.*
By J. H. Maiden.

E. bicolor, A. Cunn., was first alluded to in a published work
in the following passage : —

" E. hicoloi\ A. Cunn., MS., a species closely allied to E.
hcemastoma, Sm., but the marginal nerve is not so close to the
edge of the leaf (this is the ' Bastard Box ' of the carpenters) "
(Hooker in Mitchell's ' Journ. Trop. Australia,' 390, 1848). I
hardly think this can be taken, by itself, as an adequate descrip-
tion for purposes of priority.

I have, however, examined the following specimens, and it
becomes a matter for consideration as to how far herbarium labels
shall be taken as evidence of publication. I have seen all the
specimens, and as regards those in Cunningham's handwriting, it
may be pointed out that he died in 1839 : —

1. " Eucalyptus bicolor" in A. Cunningham's handwriting and
bearing the label "New Holland, A. Cunningham, Hooker, 1835."
This specimen was given b}^ Sir William Hooker to Bentham.

2. '' E. bicolor, 1846. Sub-tropical New Holland, Lieut.-Col.
Sir T. L. Mitchell."

The above are from Herb. Kew.

A second specimen from Herb. Melb. of No. 2 labelled " No. 446
of Nov. 1846."

There are two specimens on one sheet in Herb, Cant, ex herb.
Lindl, both from sub-tropical New Holland, Lieut. Col. Sir T. L.
Mitchell, and both labelled " E. bicolor, A. Cunn.," by Cunning-
ham himself. One label carries the additional information *'No.

* See also Deane and Maiden, " K. larcjijiorem, F.v.M. (Syn. E. bicolor
A. Cunn.)." These Proceedings, 1899, 621.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 517

439, Nov. 20, 1846, 'Bastard Box of carpenters,'" and the other
"No. 614, Nov. 30, 1846, camp 86."

Then comes Mueller's very full description of E. bicolor, A.
Cunn., in Journ. Linn. Soc. iii. 90 (1859), Mueller being then
ignorant that F. bicolor, A. Cunn., was a synonym of E. largi-
ftorens, F.v.M., described in 1855.

Bentham accepted E. bicolor, A. Cunn., as having priority, in
B. Fl. iii. 214, without comment, reducing^. /an/i/?ore/is, F.v.M.,
to a synonym.

Mueller's own quotation of the sj^nonymy is interesting : —
('Eucalyptographia,' under E. largijlorens, F.v.M.).

" E. largifiorens, F.v.M. (1854); Fragmenta, ii. 58. E. peyidula,
A. Cunn., in Steudel (1840); E. bicolor, A. Cunn., in Mitchell
(1848)."

He proceeds to say : —

'* Preference is here given, in accordance with De Candolle's
code, to the name under which this species was tirst defined, and
chosen as expressive of the exuberance of its flowers. Of neither
of the names bestowed by Allan Cunningham on this species,
timely description was given; the pendulous branches suggesting
the one name and perhaps the sometimes but often pale colour of
the filaments* giving rise to the other unless it was derived from
the coloration of the bark."

I would point out that early descriptions of Eucalyptus and
other plants were often vague, and we have had, in some cases,
bo appeal to herbarium specimens and other less certain, collateral
evidence, to decide what is intended as a species. I frequently
hear that conchologists, entomologists and others are in a similar
.situation. I think it would place a dangerous power in the
hands of any man to enable him to pass over these imperfect
descriptions, especially when they are supported, as in the present
case, by authentically named herbarium specimens deposited
under proper safeguards, in important herbaria.

* The late Dr. Woolls wrote to me that, in his opinion, the name was
given owing to the variation in colour of the filaments.

518 ox EUCALYPTUS B [CO LOR, A. CUNN.,

Many of Sieber's names have been accepted from herbarium
labels only. Schauer adopted Cunningham's names and described
the plants, rectifying Cunningham's omission. It is etiquette not
to suppress a herbarium name when it is proved to be valid, and
in 1859 Mueller's act in fully describing E. bicolor, A. Cunn.,
shows that he had no wish to suppress Cunningham's name.

I therefore, after the most careful consideration, have decided
to follow Bentham in adopting the name £J. bicolor, A. Cunn.
(B, Fl. iii. 214). It is proper to state, however, that this is a case
in which, all evidence being available in regard to the two names
in question, it is not absolutely decisive in regard to the adoption
of either.

Synonyms.

a. Prefatory Note on E. bicolor, Woolls (also R, T. Baker).

b. Note on E. parviflora, F.v.M.

1. E. bicolor. Duff {partim).

2. E. pendula. Page (?).

3. E. pendula, A. Cunn.

4. E, largijiorens, F.v.M.

5. E. haniastoma, Miq.

a. E. bicolor, Woolls (' Contrib. Flora of Australia,' 232); also
R. T. Baker.

In the WooUsian herbarium, which is m}' property, there is a
specimen in Dr. Woolls' handwriting bearing the following
label :—

" Yellow or Bastard Box. Half-barked when young, nearly
smooth when full grown. Hard wood. Height 120 feet. Cab-
ramatta. E. bicolor. ''

On another occasion Dr. Woolls labelled a similar specimen
from Cabramatta ''E. larcfi/lorens."

There is no question as to the identity of this tree, even if his
specimens did not make it quite clear. It is E. Bosistoana, F.v.M.,
is typical for the species, as determined by Mueller himself, and
the assumption that Woolls' determination of the tree as E. bicolor
was correct has given rise to the following ingenious mistakes.
(It will be shown that E. i^endxila is a nomen nudum).

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 519

" In many instances it is impossible to classify Eucalypts
on the shape of fruits, anthers, buds, and leaves, and in this con-
nection is mentioned the case of E. bicolor* and E. pendulaj of
A. Cunningham. It has been customar}- in recent times to
synonymise these species under the name of ^. largijlorens, F.v.M.
Now Cunningham, who was a field botanist, and who was familiar
with these trees, named the bastard box of Cabramatta E. hicolor*
a tree with a dark box bark on the stem, and with clear ivhite
limbs, and having a light brown-coloured timber, whilst the
" Coolabah " of the interior he named E. jjendula.i from its
drooping habit. This tree has a red-coloured timber, and a box-
bark extending to the ultimate branches. The oils of the two
trees are also quite distinct. The economic and systematic
materials of E. pendula have been obtained from many parts of
the colony, and show the usual constancy of specific characters
which the author has found to hold in almost all other Eucalyptus
species. This also applies to E. bicolor, and on these grounds it
is contended that the two trees should be regarded as distinct
species. The only resemblance is the venation of the lanceolate
form of leaf. If placed under' E. largiJlo7'ens,l then there would
be the anomaly of having under one species a tree with two kinds
of bark, two kinds of timber, two kinds of oil, and a variation in
leaves" (R. T. Baker, Proc. A.A. A.S. Melbourne, 1900, p. 230).

Again the same writer states : —

'' I am much indebted in this instance to the writings of the
late Dr. Woolls for finding the particular tree of E, bicolor.f In
his ' Contributions to the Flora of Australia ' (p. 232) he gives the
locality Cabramatta, where will be found trees that exactlj^
coincide with Cunningham's description of E. bicolor, and in no
way agree with E. largiflnrens, F.v.M. {E. pendula, A. Cunn.f),
of the interior. I and others have now seen both trees in the
field and agree that the two are quite distinct, and Cunningham

'' E. Bosistoaiia, F.v.M.

t E. bicolor, A. Cunn.

X E. bicolor, A. Cunn., is a synonym of E. largijlorens, F.v.M.

520 ON ECCALYPTUS B ICO LOR, A. CUNN.,

was quite justified in making two species, viz., E. pendida, 'Red
Box,' and E. bicolor, ' Bastard Box.'

'* This latter species occurs all along the banks of the South
Creek" (These Proceedings, xxv., 666.)

b. Note on E. parvijiora, F.v.M.

This is a name only given as a synonym of E. hicolor, A. Cunn.,
(in Journ. Linn. Soc. iii. 90) and it is referred to here in order
that it may be cleared up. It is the same as E. bicolor, A. Cunn.,
var. parvifloi'a, F.v.M. (B.Fl. iii. 215), and is E. populifolia,
Hook., as noted by Mueller himself in Herb. Melb. It is doubt-
less the same as " var. parvijlora, Benth." (should be F.v.M.
'■ Eucalyptographia ' under E. largiflorens).

1. E. bicolor, Duff, in ' Catal. of N.S.W. Forestry Exhibits,'
Melbourne, Adelaide, and other Exhibitions, is called " Slat}'-
Gum," and its timber is described as " hard, tough, strong,
durable, and said by experts to be one of the best hardwoods;
used for fencing, wheelwrights' work, bridges, railway sleepers,
and house building; plentiful. Hab. open forests south-western
river districts, Blue Mountains and the Darling River."

It is evident that the above partly refers to E. bicolor, A.
Cunn., and to E. polyanthemos, Schauer, and it is only referred
to on the present occasion as the source whence "^. bicolor, Slaty
Cum," has crept into numerous official reports.

2. E. pendula, Page. — This name was first published (name
only) in "Page's Prodromus; as a general nomenclature of all the
plants . . . cultivated in Southampton Botanic Gardens, by
William Bridgewater Page, London, 1818." 8vo. pp. 136.

In Steudel's ' Nomenclator Botanicus ' (ed. ii. Yol. i. p. 600)
appears the simple entry " pendula, Page, Nov. Holl." I have
been unable to ascertain that Page's name is more than a nonien
nudum.

3. E. pendula, A. Cunn. — In B.Fl. (iii. 215) this is quoted as
"A. Cunn. in Steud. Xom. Bot. Ed. 2." It is assumed to be a
synonym of E. pe^idula, Page.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 521

The origin of A. Cunningham's name i-)endula doubtless arose
from the following : —

" The ' Weeping Eucalyptus ' of Major Mitchell's Expedition,
1836, No. 83 of 20th April." Specimen in Herb. Cant, ex herb.
Lindl. This is no doubt the plant referred to in the ' Three
Expeditions,' ii. 45, in these words, "In the woods I observed a
Eucalyptus, of a graceful drooping character, apparently related
to E, 2)ilularis and E. amygdalina.'^ Mitchell was then on the
Lachlan.

The specimen No. 83 has been examined by me and is identical
with E. bicolor, A. Cunn., or E. largifloreyis, F.v.M.

" The interior species, E. pendula, has a Box bark right out to
the branchlets (W. Biiuerlen and R. H. Cambage), a red timber,
the leaves being longer than those of E. bicolor and glaucous,
whilst the fruits are only half the size of the eastern species. The
oils are also quite different " (R. T. Baker, these Proceedings, xxv.
666). The name E. pendula, A, Cunn., has no real existence,
and cannot stand, and the tree referred to is E. bicolor, A. Cunn.
The E. bicolor referred to in this passage is, as has been shown,
E. Bosistoana, F.v.M.

4. E. largiflorens, F.v.M.

Arboreous : leaves alternate, glaucous, opaque, oblong-lanceolate, acute,
slightly oblique, thinly veined, hardly dotted; umbels pedunculate, panicled,
few-flowered; flowers smal]^ on short pedicels; lid double, thin, nearly even,
hemispherical, blunt or minutely apiculate; tube of the calyx obconical-bell-
shaped, hardly angular, twice as long as the lower lid; fruits small, half
ovate, short stalked, slightly contracted at the top; valves of the capsule
inclosed.

In bushy barren localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St,
Vincent's Gulf. A small tree, with persistent grey-blackish bark " (Trans.
Vict. Inst. i. 34, 1855).

A type specimen in Herb. Melb. bears the following label : —
" Eucalyptus largiflorens, ferd. MIL herb. Stuartii 153. Nov.
HoU. Austral. 1847. Murra3\ (E. hsemastoma, Sm., Miquel."
in Miquel's handwriting, and also bearing the species number

16, in his Ned. Kruidk. Arch. iv.). "^. bicolor, A.C." (in Bentham's
handwriting).

522 ON EUCALYPTUS BICOLOR, A. CUNN.,

5. E. hcemastovia, Miq.

16. Eucalyptus haemastoma, Smith, Act. Soc. Linn. Lond. iii. 285 DC.
Prodr. l.c. 219, n. 23.— E. largiflorens, Ferd. Miill. Herb.

Locis humidis ad fl. Murray, fl. aestate (F.M. ). Van Diemensland (Stuart).

Umbellge sub-5-floraB, nunc superne paniculato-confertse. Operculum
duplex; exterius depressum obsolete apiculatum, interius membranaceum
convexum muticum ; calycis tubus (p. 131) obconicus apice ampliatus hoc
paulum, illo duplo amplior, ambobus multo longior (ex Miill. adnot.)"
Nederl. Kruidk. Arch. iv. 130 (1856).

This is B. bicolor, A. Cunn., "as to the Murray specimens "
(B.Fl. iii. 215). The Tasmanian (Van Diemen's Land) specimens
were probably £J. amygdalina.

Affinities.

a. With E. odorata, Behr. — Mueller (in ' Eucalyptographia ')
says E. odorata perhaps nearest approaches to E. largiflorens
(bicolor), which is best distinguished by its

1. Usually narrow leaves of thinner consistence.

2. With finer and rather more spreading veins.

3. By the more extensively paniculated flowers.

4. Of smaller size.

5. By the shorter lid, often of less width than the tube of the
calyx.

6. By the latter more suddenly meeting the stalklet.

7. By smaller, more globular and less truncate anthers.

8. By fruits of less size, with more contracted orifice and valves
close to the summit.

This species runs into odorata and in extreme forms, and I
doubt if it is possible to separate them. Usually the leaves of
E. bicolor are dull-coloured, but this is not an infallible guide.
The fruits are usually smaller, sometimes much smaller, and more
cylindrical than those of E. odorata. The fruits of E. bicolor are
sub-cylindrical or ovoid, while those of odorata are hemispherical.
E. bicolor lias usually short filaments and blunt opercula. E.
bicolor is usually found on flats liable to floods; E. odorata prefers
drier situations.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 523

h. With E. liiicrotheca, F.v. M. — The foliage, bark and timber
of the two species are often very similar. The fruits are very
different; the valves of those of E. microtheca being exserted.
Both timbers are red, but where they grow together the timber
of E microtheca is reputed less durable, softer and more faulty
than that of E. hicolor.

c. With E. Behriana, F.v.M. — See my paper "On Eucalyptus
Behriana, F.v.M.," in Trans. R.S.S.A., 1902.

d. With E. iJopulifoUa, Hook. — Specimens from Cobham Lake
in the extreme north-west of the State (W. Biiuerlen) have verj'-
broad, shiny leaves, which resemble those of E. pajmlifolia a good
deal, as well as E. Behriana (as far as herbarium specimens are
concerned).

e. With E. hemiphloia, F.v.M. — The likeness of E. hicolor to
E. hemiphloia, F.v.M., var. ynicrocarpa, Maiden, when herbarium
specimens are alone available, is often very striking and some-
times deceived Mueller. The timbers at once separate them, that
of E. hemiphloia being pale and that of E. hicolor being red.

In this connection the following specimen is interesting.

E. odorata, var.Jioribunda, Benth. " Inflorescence occasionally
compound, connecting the species in some measure with E. hicolor,
but the foliage and shape of the flowers and fruits are rather
those of E. odorata. On the Yarra, Victoria (B.Fl. iii. 216)."

I have not seen the fruits, but from the specimens I have seen
I would suggest that it is referable to E. hemiphloia. The form
should, however, be further enquired into.

/. With E. crebra, F.v.M. — The similarity of this species to E.
hicolor is sometimes marked, particularly in Queensland specimens.

With typical crehra in the field the confusion could never arise
as it is an Ironbark, but as the tropics are approached Ironbarks
lose some of their characteristics and more closely approximate
to the Red Boxes such as E. hicolor.

g. With E. calycogona, Turcz. — E. hicolor shows affinity to E.
calycogona through the variety gracilis of the latter.

524 on eucalyptus bicolor, a. cunn.,

Kange.

This species prefers rich flats which are liable to occasional
submergence.

South Australia.— M annum (W. Gill).

Victoria-— Herb. Melb. bears the following label : —

"16. Eitc. largiflorens, ferd. Mil. herb. Stuartii, 153. Nov.
Holl. Austral. 1847. Murray."

" E. hcemastoma, Sm. Miquel " (in Miquel's handwriting).

"jS'. bicolor, A.C." (in Bentham's handwriting).

8 to 10 m. N.W. of Nhill, on somewhat moist flats (St. Eloy
D' Alton).

North-west of Lake Albacutya (C. French).

Wimmera, with normal flowers (J. Reader and others).

Wimmera, 1891 (J. P. Eckert), with red flowers; an instance
of two-coloured flowers (bicolor).

Swan Hill (Dr. Griffiths).

Murray River (J. P. Eckert).

Benjerup, Murray River (C. Walter).

New South Wales.—" Grey Box, the common Box of Riverina "
(T. G. Sloane, Mulwala). The fruits urceolate when unripe.

Nyanda, Booligal (J. O'Brien, through F. B. Guthrie), used for
feeding sheep through 1902 drought.

" Black or Flooded Box," Deniliquin (Forester Wilshire).

Jerilderie. Dwarf Box (25-30 ft.), with a blackish persistent
bark on the stem. Wood dark red inside, but lighter in the
sapwood (W. H. Suttor). Mr. W. H. Suttor's specimens were
labelled " Goborro " by Dr. Woolls, and are bicolor.

Ivanhoe via Hay (H. Deane). Red timber.

"Black Box," "Swamp Box," Hillston. "A sure indication
of swampy country or countr}^ flooded at times, and is dense and
low growing " ( W. S. Campbell).

Lake Cudgellico (G. S. Home).

"Drooping Box," Condobolin Flats (shiny leaves) (J.H.M.).

Euabalong Road (J.H.M.).

"Swamp White Box" or " Coolabah " of Lachlan (F. R.
Kids ton).

BY J. H. MAIDEiV. 625

"Sample taken from a tree about 15 feet high and 1 foot in
diameter. I selected a young tree, as almost all the large ones
are hollow. It grew on flooded land on the first creek three
miles south of Condobolin. I should call it dwarf or stunted Box
with drooping branches like a ' Willow tree ' " ( W. H. Suttor).

"Grey Box" or "Apple Box" or "Red Box"' of Lachlan
River, 30 miles below Condobolin. "Rough grey bark on limbs "
(R. H. Cambage).

"White Box," Mt. Hope Road to Euabalong; " White Box,"
" Grey Box," " Apple Box," " Red Box." Persistent bark on the
branchlets, wood redder than E. hemipliloia^ and not so hard;
bark not so useful either. Condobolin " (R. H. Cambage).

" White or Grey Box " with limbs partly white (R. H. Cambage).

Paldrumatta Bore, via Wilcannia, "Box," " Curra Curra " of
the aborigines. "The onl}^ Eucalypt growing in the creek here"
(P. Corbett).

Mt. Oxley, Bourke (E. Betche).

(a) Victorian Expedition, 1860, towards Barrier Range.

(6) Clay flats, near River Darling, 31st October, 1860.

(c) Victorian Expedition, 1st November, 1860, Bambouroo,
Dry Lake, near Menindie.

id) High sandy banks of River Darling.

(These four specimens were collected by the Burke and Wills'
Expedition, and are from Nat. Herb. Melbourne).

Cobham Lake (W. Bauerlen), No. 263, 20-30', 12". Bark per-
sistent. Dull leaves. Venation strongly marked. A very broad-
leaved form.

" River Box," Bourke. " Plentiful on all the low lands of this
and adjacent districts. Trees small, much resembling mallee in
appearance. Long pendulous branches, bark rough, dark to the
extreme tips of the branches. Timber reddish-brown, of superior
quality. A handsome tree " (J. L. Boorman). Leaves narrow.

"River Box," Cobar Road, near Bourke. "Found in plenty;

much larger specimens than those growing in the Lignum Swamps

35

526 ON EUCALYPTUS BICOLOB, A. CUNN.

on the Darling, near Bourke " (J. L. Boorman). The leaves of this
specimen are mostly coarser than those of the preceding specimen.

Bourke to Barringun (W. S. Campbell).

River Darling at Bourke (J.H.M.). 1

Tinapagee, Paroo River (E. Betche).

"River Box," Belalie Bore (H. V. Jackson).

Wilcannia (H. V. Jackson).

Murtee Holding (Stock Inspector TuUy).

" Black, narrow-leaved or Bogan River Box." Coolabah (J.
N. Peacock).

Dubbo, Tomingley to Narromine (J.H.M.).

"Narrow-leaved Box," on the plains near Baradine (Mr.
Forsyth's No. 5); also Dubbo-Gilgandra Road, 18 miles from
Dubbo (W. Forsyth). Both with narrow, shiny leaves.

Castlereagh River (W. Woolls). These and the Baradine and
Gilgandra specimens w^ith very small fruits. The Castlereagh
River specimens have narrow leaves, but leaves of the normal
width, and showing the characteristic venation also.

" Narrow-leaved Box," Moree (W. S. Campbell).

Narrabri (J.H.M.).

527

7. —ON EUCALYPTUS POLYANTHEMOS, Schauer.
By J. H. Maiden.

(Plate xxi.)

Eucalyptus polyanthemos, Schauer, MSS.

Arborea glauco-virens : foil, coriaceis ovatis subito in petiolum contractis
obtusis apiculatis, margine crasso subrevoluto cinctis impunctatis, utrinq.
opacis; paniculis axillarib. terminalibq., umbellis 3-5-floris, pedicellis brevib.
cupulae clavato-turbinataB continuis; operculo brevissime conico acutiusculo
vertici cupulas exangulatce imposito.— Foliorum lamina 2 poll, circiter longa,
2^ poll, lata, petiolus 8 lin. longus, flores cum pedicello et operculo 3 lin. longi,
operculum resinoso-punctatum, stamina brevissima. — In Nova? Cambriae
australis interioribus septentriones versus ab urbe Bathurst. — A. Cunn.,
Herb. No. 136, 1822 (Walpers' 'Repertorium Botanices Systematicae. ' Tomus
ii. p. 924).

I have seen the type; it is referred to at p. 533. I would
invite attention to Schauer's spelling of his specific name.

Synonyms.

1. E. polyanthema, Schauer, var. glauca, R. T. Baker.

2. E. Dawsoni, R. T. Baker.

3. E. ovalifolia, R. T. Baker [partim).

4. E. ovalifolia, R. T. Baker, var, lanceolatn, R. T. Baker.

I have given careful attention to this species for many years,
but could never find any botanical differences sufficient to justify
the establishment of a second species out of the " Red Box or
Slaty Gum " series. Accompanied by a collector, Mr. J. L.
Boorman, I made careful observations. Then I sent Mr. Boorman
alone to carefully investigate the trees, and he performed his
duty in a most intelligent manner. Although quite satisfied with
his reports, I went again into the field with him, and the three
trips resulted in the accumulation of a large and varied quantity
of botanical material, including timber and bark. I found people

528 ON EUCAl YPTUS POLYAXTHEMOS, SCHAUEK,

indifferent a.s to the use of the names " Slaty Gum or Red Box,"
applying them indiscriminately as a very general rule. More
than one timber worker told me they were the same tree, and all
the evidence I accumulated points in the same direction. As
the confusion in regard to "Red Box and Slaty Gum" has become
considerable, I have at pp. 531-535 given full notes made in the
field by my collector and by other observers, and add the follow-
ing report from him which was written in the field : —

" With reference to your instructions to collect all available
evidence in regard to Red Box and Slaty Gum, I respectfully
report that I went to Tallawang (some 6 miles from Gulgong)
out towards Cobborah, where it grows to fine tall trees, on the
ridgy ground near to the Reedy Creek; at Gulgong it grows all
around the district of a much more stunted growth. At Lue it
grows (large trees) about 5-6 miles in a western direction from
the railway line; the more stunted forms occur all around the
immediate district of Lue. There again at Rylstone, some 5
miles on the Ilford road, it again reaches to fine trees.

" From a personal conviction and from reliable information,
the Slaty Gum and Red Box are identical. The term ' Slaty
Gum' is applied to the more robust trees of the ' Red Box' from
the cleaner stems, for these trees have a greater tendency to
throw off the bark more regularly, falling in ribbons, and not in
' scales,' so to speak, as in the case of the less healthy trees; this
is not invariably the case, as exceptions do constantly occur.
This (April) seemingly is the season of the j^ear for shedding of
the bark A Mr. Taylor, native of Rylstone (a carpenter), says
there is no difference in the timbers or in the habit of the trees,
' Slaty Gum ' being only larger than ' Red Box.' Mr. James
Holmes, Gulgong, who pointed out to me the tree at Reedy
Creek, calls ' Red Gum ' and ' Slaty Gum ' one and the same.
Mr. Hatton, living at Coomber, says that ' Slaty Gum' is nothing
but ' Red Box.' "

Mr. Baker deals with the matter of Red Box and Slaty Gum
in these Proceedings (xxi. 448, 1896), and I think the conclusion

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 529

he then arrived at to keep the forms to which he referred under
E. polyanthe7nos was sound.

1. E. polyanthema, Schauer, var. glauca, R. T. Baker.

Mr. Baker does not under E. 'polyantheraos (p. 448) name a
variet}^, but at page 431 occurs the following passage: — ."The
most valued timber is perhaps ' Slaty Gum,' E. polyanthema var.
glauca, var.nov., and I consider it a distinct gain to the botany
of the colony to have the correct botanical sequence of this
valuable tree made clear."

Glaucousness being a character of the species, it seems to me
that to call one form glauca would be inconvenient and could not
be carried out in practice.

2. E. DaiDsoni, R. T. Baker, these Proceedings, xxiv. 295, 1899.
" Slaty Gum." Type localities, " Ridges on the Watershed of

the Goulburn River (R.T.B.) ; across the Main 'Divide' at
Cassilis, and north-west to Pilliga " (Professor Warren).

3. E. ovalifolia, R. T. Baker, these Proceedings, xxv. 680,
1900 (pa7^tim). .

" Red Box." Type localities given are Bathurst, Rylstone and
Camboon (R. T. Baker); Hargraves, Mudgee to Wellington (A.
A. Suttor); Gerogery (L. Mann).

Mr. Baker (loc. cit.) speaks of " the typical E. polyanthema,
Sch., of Victoria," but the type comes from Bathurst, N.S.W.,
like that of E. ovalifolia. See p. 533.

I am of opinion that some confusion has arisen in regard to
Mr. Baker's species. Some bud-bearing twigs kindly presented
by Mr. Baker are those of E. Baueriana, Schauer, var. conica,
Maiden (these Proceedings, 1902, p. 216), or rather one of those
intermediate forms which show that it is impossible to separate
E. Baueriana from its variety. Mr. Smith's report on the oil
(these Proceedings, xxv. 682) in which he says that " there is
very little difference in the constituents of this oil and that of E.
Fletcheri, Baker " i^E. Baueriana, Schauer), bears out my view.

530 ON EUCALYPTUS POLYANTHEMOS, SCHAUEE,

On the other hand, Mr. Baker's label saj^s — " E. ovalifolia,
R.T.B. Red Box Hard, red-coloured durable timber; bark
rough at base." This is a description of E. jjolyantheinos, Schauer.

I am therefore of opinion that, through inadvertence, E. ovali-
folia, K. T. Baker, has been parti}'- described from E. j)olyan-
thenios, Schauer, and partly from E. Bauerania, Schauer.

4. E. ovalifolia, R. T. Baker, var. lanceolata, R. T. Baker.

A specimen of timber from Rylstone labelled as above by Mr.
Baker, with the addition " Red Box," and kindh'' presented by
that gentleman, is E. j^olyanthe^nos, Schauer.

Affinities.

a. With E. Baueriana, Schauer. — This species has long been
confused with E. polyanthemos, which is the best evidence that
it is necessary to issue a caution on the subject. As regards
herbarium specimens, those of E. Baueriana are less glaucous and
often more slaty-looking than E. j^olyanthemos, the opercula less
pointed, and the fruits more conical and with thinner rims. The
forester would not confuse the trees for a moment. The bark of
E. Baueriana is, woolly up to the small branches,. that of E. 'poly-
anthemos being smooth or ribbon3^ The timber of E. Baueriana
is pale brown or brovrn, while that of E. jjolyanthemos is deep red.

I have seen E. polyanthemos with a true " box" bark, and am
of opinion that the use of the term "box" (other than "bastard
box") as applied to this tree, has arisen, in some measure, from
the long-continued confusion with E. Baueriana. See also these
Proceedings, 1899, p. 613.

6. With E. melliodora., A Cunn. — Sometimes these two species
from bark alone are hard to discriminate. They both may have
scaly-box bark at the butt for a considerable distance, thereafter
ribbony bark or a " White Gum " appearance.

The bark of E. melliodora is more persistent than that of E.
2)olijanthemos; the ribbony bark, however, never descending so
low down as in the latter. A man might readily be forgiven if
he called one polyanthemos tree a Box and another a Gum, and
as a matter of fact this is commonl}^ done.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 531

E. melliodora has a very yellow inner bark and sapwood, with
longer and narrower and more pendulous leaves and fewer flowers.
E. polyanthemos has a white sap and red heart wood. E, 'polyan-
themos has comparatively narrow leaves at the top of the tree.

c. With E. tereticornis, Sm. — Jn the field E. tereticornis and
E. 'polyanthemos when fully grown might very readily be con-
fused. The smooth, gnarled trunk, with the bark falling off in
patches or in ribbons is common to both species, and knowing
them so well I still sometimes considered it prudent to procure a
twig to decide the identity of a particular tree. The timber of
both trees is red, but the ordinary botanical characters of the
two species are very different.

Range.

Victoria. — '-''The Red Box (E. polyanthema) grows in places all
over Victoria. The timber is, however, as a rule rather small,
the boles and limbs crooked, in some places so much so, for
instance in the Havelock State Forest, as to be of no value but
for firewood. In parts of Gippsland it is larger, but there it
often becomes so hollow as to be a mere shell. Although the
wood is hard and durable, these defects cause it to be of little
economic value" (A. W. Howitt hi lilt.).

"Red Box" with red timber and gnarled greyish boxy bark.
Euroa; Lilydale; Buchan, Gippsland. It grows on hillsides
(A. W. Howitt).

Wangaratta, handsome, spreading trees, glaucous all over
(J.H.M.). hence sometimes called Grey Box. Mr. J. V. de Coque
wrote to me : — " The Victorian Grey Box, particularly about
Wangaratta, is remarkably durable and takes the place of Iron-
bark for railway bridges construction. I used nearly 500 piles
in the Myrtleford to Bright railway, all Grey Box and all pipy;
when piles are driven the practice is to plug the pipe holes."

" Hill Box," Mt. Kosciusko Range, red wood (Findlay), pro-
bably on the Victorian side (National Herbarium, Melbourne).

" 36. Eucalyptus polyanthemos, Schauer, I.e. n. 5. Beyond
Mount Disappointment (Ferd. Muell.)" is a note by Miquel in
Ned. Kruidk. Arch.

532 ON EUCALYPTUS POLYANTHEMOS, SCHAUEE,

New South Wales. — Quiedong, Bombala. Bark persistent, but
deciduous on top of branches. 40-60 feet. 2-4 feet. Leaves
and buds glaucous (W. Bauerlen).

Tumberumba (Forester Taylor; W. Forsyth). "Red Box,"
"Round Leaf Gum,'' " Red Mahogany," Kyambn, WaggaWagga
district (Forester Taylor).

" Red Box," Wagga Wagga district (W. Orr). Mr. Forester
Tajdor has the following note on some other specimens : "Red
or round Shining-leaf Box. Yields a very useful timber of a
dark red colour. The only similarity between this and Bimbil
(E. populifolia) is the roundish shiny leaves, which glisten in the
sun." Personally I have never noticed shining, glistening leaves,
though in B. populifolia this is common enough.

"Round-leaf Gum," Tumut (W. S. Campbell).

Tumut (H. Deane). Mr. Deane has the following note :
" Deciduous, smooth bark; var. U. poli/antheiua. Same as Red
Box from Queanbeyan apparently."

" Round-leaved Gum," Tumut (W. W. Froggatt). Some of the
leaves tending to lanceolate. The fruits shiny, and showing the
cracked appearance at the orifice common in the siDecies.

"Red Box," Queanbeyan (H. Deane). In fruit, otherwise not
to be distinguished from the Bombala specimen. Fruits narrow,
tapering at orifice.

Murrumbidgee district. So glaucous as to be called "' White
Box" (J. Du£e).

"Red Box" is a most durable timber, and is extensively used
for fencing, bridge building, railway sleepers, and wheelwrights'
work. It is almost invariably found in company with Ironbark,
and in some parts of my district there is a considerable quantity,
but close to Grenfell it is not so common, and is, therefore, not
much used (Forester John G. Postlewaite, Grenfell).

" Red Gum or Red Box," Stuart Town (A. Murphy).

"Red Box," Stuart Town. "Plentiful all over the district;
trees of fair size, with whitish ribbony stems and glaucous tint
throughout, leaves and branches pendulous, wood hard but
faulty" (J. L. Boorman).

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 533

''Red Box," Apsley, Bathurst (R. H. Cambage).

" Red Box," Cow Flat, Bathurst. Typical for E. ovalifolia, R.
T. Baker (partiTn, see p. 529).

"Interior of Southern Australia, N. from Bathurst." A. Cun-
ningham (Herb. Heward, then Herb. Lemann. Now Herb. Cant.).
Type of U. polyanthemos, Schauer. Examined by me, and
absolutely identical with the Stuart Town and Bathurst specimens.

The following entry in Allan Cunningham's manuscript journal
refers to E. polyanthemos : —

"20th April, 1817. 18 miles W. of Bathurst. A species of
Eucalyptus (conferta) rising about 20 feet with obovate leaves,
inflorescence umbelled and terminal, is at this period just expand-
ing its flowers on the sides of the hills."

" Red Box," Reedy Creek, near Gulgong. " Narrow leaves;
big tree glaucous all over " (J. L. Boorman).

" Slaty Gum," Reedy Creek. " Fine large trees growing on
slight ridges awa}^ from the creek; at this period (April) of the
year the stems are pure white with irregular patches of green;
the bark is \ inch thick, falling away in long ribbons; the leaves
and tips of branches are of a mealy whiteness. Sapwood pale
yellow, centre red " (J. L. Boorman).

" Red Box," Gulgong. "The whole of the tree of a silvery
whiteness."

A second specimen with leaves from lanceolate to ovate (J. L.
Boorman).

"Red Box or Slaty Gum," rarely called "Bastard Box."
Gulgong. "Leaves on shoots from nearly orbicular to nearly
linear lanceolate" (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman).

"Slaty Gum," on ridges, Mudgee. " Smooth bark, good wood
for weatherboards, fencing and other wheelwrights' work, bad
for burning, does not crack in the sun " ( W. Woolls).

Note by Dr. Woolls on another specimen: — "Leaves vary,
more lanceolate in the large trees. Slaty Gum, E. polyanthemaJ'

" ' Slaty Gum' is considered the best in the district (Mudgee),
but unfortunately the supply is not equal to the demand. Grows
in the district west of Reedy Creek. Used for all work where

534 ON EUCALYPTUS POLVAXTHEMOS, SCHAUEE,

toughness is required. Differs from Ironbark, inasmuch as the
log when drying at the butt cracks in rings, while Ironbark
radiates from the centre" (Forest Ranger Marriott). Mr.
Marriott called this timber " F. bicolor," an error which has been
referred to at p. 520.

Mr. A. G. Hamilton (these Proceedings [2], ii., 277) states
that the " Slat}' Gum " is common on the ridges at Mudgee,
where it does not attain a great size, but on the flats at Tallewang
it runs up into splendid trunks, which are much used in bridge
building, &c., and the timber is considered very durable.

"Slaty Gum or Red Box," Lue, Mudgee Line. "Fine large
trees, 40 to 60 feet high, patchy or at times quite smooth, white
with patches of grey bark; this is more applicable to the large
trees; the smaller are more of a scaly nature. The latter desig-
nated ' Red Box '; the larger ' Slaty ' or ' Spotted Gum ' " (J. L.
Boorman).

"Slaty Gum," Rylstone. " Large tall trees, clean stems, bark
falling away in long ribbons, leaving a clean white stem with
patches of dark green, the tips of the branches of a mealy,
powdery whiteness, sap timber pale 3"ellow, centre red " (J. L.
Boorman).

" Red Box," Rylstone. " Trees not so large as those known
as ' Slaty Gum,' and the bark is more scaly, but in wood and
every other respect identical with Slaty Gum " (J. L. Boorman).

"Red Box," typical for E. ovalifolia, R. T. Baker, Rylstone
(R. T. Baker). See H. G. Smith (Proc. R.S.N.S.W. xxxiv.
290). Labelled indifferently " Slaty Gum, Red Gum, Red Box,"
Capertee. " Some trees large and entirely smooth-barked; otliers
small and stunted, with a ribbony bark. A large tree which was
felled showed narrow leaves at the top " (J.H.M. and J. L.
Boorman).

Following are some field notes : —

" Cullen Bullen to Capertee. This species reminds one of
Yellow Box [E. melliodora) slightly — a ribbony gum on young
trees, scaly bark when older, at least as far as the first fork and
often beyond. Handsome trees; wood red; we then found a tree

BY J. H. MAIDKN. 535

3' ill diameter, and reminding one a good deal of E. tereticornis,
the smooth part of a 3'ollow cast. The buds of a yellowish cast
and often a little glaucous. Little conical opercula. Wood red.
Very free fiowerer. Fruits conoid " (J.H.M.).

"Slaty Gum," Bylong Creek, typical for F. Dawsoni, R. T.
Baker.

"Red Box." " Mountain Gum. Murrumbo, Goulburn River;
Camboon ; Bylong (R. T. Baker). Three specimens showing
transition from lanceolate leaves to ovate."

Baerami, Goulburn River ? (H. Deane).

" Red Box," near Taree. " Timber \'ery durable, of red colour.
Bark persistent, and like that on the trunk of Grey Box (hemi-
2)hloia) (A. Rudder)."

"Box," Cundletown. "Wood dark red. Height 120 feet;
diam. 2-3 feet" (A. Rudder). This brings the range of the
species to the Lower Manning River, These specimens have
lanceolate leaves of thinner texture than the mountain forms of
E. ijolyanthenios.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXL

Flowering twig of Eucalyptus polyanthemos, Schauer.

Drawn from the type (see p. 533).

(The two leaves below the principal figure are shown separately as if
removed from their attachments on the left side. This was done to bring
the drawing within the space necessary for a single plate).

536

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE
FLORA OF AUSTRALIA.

Part IV.

By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator and Economic Botanist,
Technological Museum, Sydney.

(Plates xxii.-xxiii.)

CELASTRINE^.

El^odendron australe, Ve7it. — This species occurs as far west
as Narrabri (W. Bauerlen), thus showing that it belongs to the
arid country flora as well as that of the mountain and coast.

RUTACE^.

AcRONYCHiA L.EVis, FoTst. — Mt. McKcnzie, Tenterfield (W.

Bauerlen).

HHAMNE^.

Pomaderris ferruginea, Sieb. — Previously recorded from Port

Jackson to Victoria, but it extends as far north as Tenterfield

(W. Bauerlen).

ANACARDIACEJE.

EuROSCHiNUS FALCATUS, Hook. f. — -Specimens of this species
have recently been forwarded to me from Stockton, near New-
castle, thus showing it to have a much more southern distribution
than previously suspected. In that locality the tree is known as
" Rosewood " or " Brown Beech," and grows in poor sandy soil
adjacent to salt water. At one time it was very plentiful, but
owing to its proximity to settlement it has been much thinned
out. The timber has a very decided scent when freshly cut, and
is specifically light, porous, and pale-coloured with sometimes a
tinge of yellow. It is a splendid working timber, suitable for
cabinet work, and is worthy of forest conservation.

f

BY R. T. BAKER. 537

LEGUMINOS^.

OxYLOBiUM TRiLOBATUM var. iLiciFOLiUM, Maiden & Betche. —
Drake (W. Bauerlen). Only previously recorded from the Tweed
River.

Daviesia latifolia, R.Br. — Extends as far north as Tenter-
field (W. Bauerlen).

PuLTENiEA viLLOSA, WUld. — Tliis species extends into the
interior of New South Wales, as it is found to occur at Grenfell
(W. Bauerlen).

Acacia leprosa, Sieh. — Mudgee is the most northern locality
previously recorded for this species. It, however, extends as far
north as Tenterfield (W. Bauerlen).

A. LANiGERA, A. Citnu. — Tenterfield, which is now its most
northern locality in New South Wales.

A. VERNiciFLUA, A. Cunn. — Grenfell (W. Bauerlen).

A. PENNiNERVis, Sieh. — Tliis species has a range much further
west than previously recorded, as it is found on Mount Bolton
near Moura, Parkes, where also occurs

A. MELANOXYLON, R.Br.., the most westerly record for that
species.

A. PYCNOSTACHYA, F.v.M. — Narrabri (W. Bauerlen). This is
the most southern and western point recorded for this species.

HALORAGE^.

Haloragis serra, Brongn. — Occurs as far south now as Cowra
(W, Bauerlen) and Gundagai (H. Deane).

MYRTACE^.

KuNZEA OPPOSiTA, F.V.M. — Timbarra is the only locality so
far recorded for this species. It, however, occurs as far south as
Tenterfield (W. Bauerlen).

Eucalyptus Smithii, R. T. Baker. — This species, now famous
for the excellence of its oil, is found to occur in almost all the
gullies around Mittagong (H. G. Smith), where, however, it must

538 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA,

not be confounded with the rough-barked variety of E. viminalis,
LabilL, var. jyedicellaris, of Deane (fc Maiden.

E. Bridgesiana, B. T. Baker. — This is now known to extend
as far west as Moura, Grenfell (W. Bauerlen).

E. viTREA, R. T. Baker. — Extends as far south as Delegate,
and probably into Victoria (W. Bauerlen).

E. OVALIFOLIA, R. T. Baker. — This "Red Box" tree occurs as
far west as Moura, near Parkes (W. Bauerlen), where it differs
in no respect from the type which was described from Rj^stone
specimens. To further prove its claims to specific rank as dis-
tinct from E. polyantheyna, Schau., it may be mentioned that the
former is found at Linley Creek near Goulburn, being known also
as " Red Box," where the latter species also occurs and is dis-
criminated by settlers.

E. Fletcheri, R. T. Baker.— Victon (R. T. Baker). This
species is synonymised by Mr. Maiden in the Proceedings of this
Society (1902, p. 216) with E. Baueriana, Schau., the t3qDe of
which from the Vienna herbarium was exhibited at the June
meeting. This specimen is only in flower and bud, whilst the
description of it (Walp. Repert. ii. 924, Suppl. i. 1845) is practi-
cally useless for the purposes of Eucalyptus determination. E.
Fletcheri as described places beyond dispute the tree referred to,
whilst the fragmentary herbarium material now brought forward
as its type, and which may do duty for any of the " Boxes "
placed in the past with E. jwlyarithemos, Schau., will only lead
to still further confusion in the species of the genus, and cause
doubts in the minds of future workers.

From the Vienna type material and its published description
I fail to see the connection between these two species, much less
E. conica, Deane & Maiden, which was also synonymised at the
same time under E. Baueriana, Schau., a species recorded by
Bentham as tropical.

E. OVALIFOLIA, R. T. Baker, var. lanceolata, R. T. Baker et
H. G. Smith. — This " Box '' tree occurs at Putty, midway between
Richmond and Singleton (A. C. Barwick). The only previous
recorded locality for this species is Camboon, Rylstone.

BY R. T. BAKER. 539

E. DIVES, Schau. — This species is known at Adelong as "Mess-
mate," which district is now its most western limit.

E. OCHROPHLOIA, F.v.M. — This species is found as far east as
Goondiwindi, Queensland (C. N. Chapman), under the local name
of " Yuppunyah."

E. MACRORHYNCHA, F.V.M. — This species occurs at Gramen,
N.W. of Glen Innes (Henry Hurst). This locality greatly
extends the northern limit of this important economic Eucalypt,
which will probably now be found to extend into Queensland.

E. TERETICORNIS, Sm., var. LINEARIS, R. T. Baker et //. G. Smith.
— This variety has now been found at Stroud, where the timber
is regarded as much superior to that of the type, as posts made
from it have stood for 50 years in the ground and still remain
perfectly sound. Since this var, was recorded (' Eucalypts and
Essential Oils,' by Baker and Smith) further investigation has
shown that its differences from the type are much greater than
was originally supposed; in fact, they are of such a nature as
to fully justify its being raised to specific rank.

E. MoRRisii, R. T. Baker. — Occurs as far west as IMt. Drysdale,
on rocky ridges, and is known as " Scrub Gum " (G. Wardrop).

E. DEALBATA, A. Cunn. — The most easterly known locality for
this species is now to be recorded, namely, Putt}^, south-west of
Singleton, where it grows to a height of from 40 to 50 feet, with
a smooth, dark-coloured bark falling off in patches, giving the
tree a spotted appearance (A. C. Barwick).

In the Cassilis district there appears to be a form of this
species with a very short blunt operculum; further investigation
is being taken to prove whether it is really a variety or a new
species.

E. SQUAMOSA, Deane <k Maiden. — This tree, only previously
recorded from National Park and Richmond, is now found to
extend as far north as Putty, 50 miles south of Singleton, where
it is known as " Blood-tree." Mr. A. C. Barwick, who collected
the specimen, states that he has never found the tree to attain a
height of over 30 feet.

540 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA,

E. QUADRANGULATA, Dea7ie <k Maiden. — This rather rare species
has recently been found at Putty, south of Singleton (A. C.
Barwick), so far its northern limit.

E. RADiATA, Sieb. — Occurs at Putt}^ via Singleton, on the banks
of creeks, where it is known as "Peppermint," " Water Gum,"
and " Box " (A. C. Barwick).

ONAGREiE.

Epilobium glabellum, Forst. — Another remedy, it appears, is
now to be added to those already recorded for this species, as
Mr. J. A. Daley reports that it is greatly used at Bowna, Albury,
in cases of dysenterj^, and with marked success in chronic cases.

COMPOSITE.

Olearia glutescens, F.v.M. — Girilambone (W. Bauerlen).
Previously only recorded from the southern coast district and
southern interior.

O. alpicola, F.v.M. — Previously recorded from the Southern
Dividing Range, at high elevations; but it has recently been
found at Mount Mackenzie, Tenter jfield (W. Bauerlen).

O. MYRSTNOiDES, F.V.M. — This southern species also occurs at
the same place (W. Bauerlen).

Brachycome scapigera, DC. — This hitherto reported southern
species is now found to occur as far north as Tenterfield (W.
Bauerlen).

Erechtites mixta, DC. — This species has an extensive range

along the coast district of New South Wales, having been collected

at Tenterfield in the north and Clyde Mountain in the south (W.

Bauerlen).

ARALIACE^.

Astrotricha ledifolia, DC. — The previously known range,
Port Jackson to Victoria, of this species is now much extended,
as it is now found to occur as far north as Tenterfield and west
to Narrabri (W. Bauerlen).

BY R. T. BAKER. 541

L0RANTHACE5:.

LoRANTHUS BiDWiLLi, Benth. — The only locality in New South
Wales previously recorded for this species is Murrumbo (R. T.
Baker); it has, however, recently been obtained at Narrabri on
Casuarina Luehmanni, R. T. Baker (W. Bauerlen).

RUBIACE^.

Knoxia corymbosa, Willd. — Woodbarn is now its most southern

locality in New South Wales (W, Bauerlen).

ASCLEPIADE^.

Lyons I A straminea, R.Br. —Putty, south-west of Singleton, its
northern limit so far (A. C. Barwick).

ILLECOBRACE^.

ScLERANTHUs BiFLORUS, Hook. f. — Mount Mackenzie, Tenter-
field (W. Bauerlen).

POLYGONE^.

Emex australis, Steinb. — This maritime plant has been found
at New Angledool (A. Paddison) in the northern interior, where-
it is locally known as " Wild Rhubarb."

In Western Australia it is known as " Doublegee."
MuEHLENBECKiA ADPRESSA, Meissii. — The Nepean River has
been regarded as the usual northern limit of this species; it
extends, however, as far north as Tenterfield (W. Bauerlen),

EUPHORBIACE^.

Phyllanthus thymoides, Sieh. — A rather interesting red
variet}" of this plant occurs at Bateman's Bay (W. Bauerlen).

P. GuNNii, Hook./. — Only previously recorded from the Two-
fold Bay district, but it has now been found in the dry interior
at Palesthan, Condobolin (M. A. C).

CASUARINE^.

Casuarina Luehmanni, R. T. Baker. — Under the local name
of " Bull-Oak" (W. Bauerlen) this tree occurs at Narrabri, which
is thus its nearest recorded eastern limit.
36

542 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA,

LYCOPODIACE^.

Lycopodujm ceknuum, Linn. — E\'ans River, between the Rich-
mond and Clarence Rivers (W. Baiierlen). This is its most
southern locality recorded.

FILICES.

*PoLYPODiUM AUSTRALE, Metten., var. alpicola, F.v.M. — Bull-
rock Mountain, Snowy Mountains (W. Biiuerlen).

Lomaria capensis, Willd., var. Baeuerleni, Bailey. — This
variety was first discovered by Mr. Bauerlen at Milton in 1884,
but so far it has not been recorded for New South Wales. It
was described by Bailey in his Supplement to the ' Fern World
of Australia' (p. 4). Baron von Mueller in writing to the finder
stated that if it should prove to be not merely local it might be
looked upon as a distinct species.

FUNGI.

^Agaricus (Pleurotus) lividulus, B. c6 C. — Tantawanglo
Mountain (W. Bauerlen).

*A DiVERSiPES, Berk. — Brown's Camp, Delegate (W. Bauerlen).

*BoLETUS gbanulatus, Linn. — Tingiringi Mt., Delegate (W.
Bauerlen).

*PoLYPORUS SQUAMOSUS, Huds. — Tingiringi Mt. (W. Bauerlen).

POLYPORUS MYLITT^, Cke. d' MasS.

(Plates xxii.-xxiii.)

The sclerotium of this species is of common occurrence in the
eastern States of Australia as well as in Tasmania under the
name of " Black Fellows' Bread," but onl}^ one specimen in fruc-
tification has so far been recorded, and that was obtained from
South Australia.

A good specimen of the " bread " weighing 8 lbs., and measur-
ing 8 inches long and 5 in diameter, was recently received by me

* New for New South Wales.

BY R. T. BAKER. 543

from Mr. A. O. Black, who procured it from Jerula, Black
Springs, Lithgow. Unfortunately, or perhaps fortunately as
results proved, it had been cut in halves. After keeping it in
the herbarium for a week without moisture, the exposed septa of
one half began to throw out innumerable hyphae which eventually
covered the whole surface, those of the other half remaining
quiescent during this period.

At the end of seven days portion of the hyphse appeared to gravi-
tate towards one end of tlie edge and to accumulate into a mass
which assumed a pufF-ball shape, and four days later developed
a pileus, the upper surface of which was at first of an orange-
brown colour in the centre with a mauve band of four lines
broad slightly removed from the edge, the under surface showing
the pores of a Polyporus. It gradually grew till it attained a
diameter of 3 inches, when it began to harden and eventually
lost its colour. As the process of induration proceeded, the
edges gradually recurved, and eventually in its final stage the
whole much resembled P. ovinus, Schseff. The pores were
characteristic of the genus, but unfortunately no spores were
detected.

The second half was then taken in hand and placed on soil
and kept moist. The hyphse soon became active, and at the end
of a week the whole surface of the gelatinous cells exposed in the
section was covered with a perfectly white mass of mycelium.
The convex side was then buried in soil, except a small part of
one end which showed signs of fructification, and well watered.
From the exposed end protuberances began to form, and eventu-
ally three developed, the largest being a fine specimen
measuring over 4 inches in diameter and with exactly the same
markings and colour as the first obtained and described above,
and like it resembling a poached egg in colour and form when
viewed from above. The stipes was, however, more fan-shaped
than in the previous specimen. The hyphse next developed into
a thick, porous, foamy mass covering almost the whole surface
and eventually spreading over and into the adjacent soil opposite
to the exposed end. Two small, cup-shaped specimens were the

544 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA.

last to appear on the cut surface of this half of the " bread."
At the end of a month it formed a very interesting specimen.
Attempts to detect spores were again fruitless, the spore-bearing
stage appearing not to be reached, probabl}^ owing to the artificial
method of propagation.

■^PoLYSTiCTUS TRIZONATUS, Cooke. — Snowy River ( W.Bauerlen).

*Hexagonia decipiens, Berk. — Snowy River (W. Bauerlen).

*HYMEN0CHiETA MouGEOTTii, FHes. — Tantawanglo Mt.

jPatellaria (Patixella) filicicola. — Cambewarra (W. Bau-
erlen).

LICHENES.

*Parmelia limbata, Laurer. — Bangley Creek (Shoalhaven);

(W. Bauerlen).

*Parmelia perforata, Achorius. — Cambewarra (W. Bauerlen).

*Sph^rophoron tenerum, Laurer. — Sugar Loaf Mt. (W.

Bauerlen).

MUSCI.

•^Brentelina Baeuerlexi, Cke. 6c Mass. — The Clyde (W.
Bauerlen).

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXII.-XXIIL

PolyporiLS mylittce, Cke. & Mass.

Plate xxii.

Exposed end of one section showing fructification-stage developing from
the outer coating of the sclerotium.

Plate xxiii.
Half of the sclerotium with the fructification developing from the cut
surface.

* New for New South Wales,
t Not previously recorded for Australia.

t

545

ON THE MAMMALIAN AND REPTILIAN VOMERINE

BONES.

By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc, C.M.Z.8., Corresponding Member.

(Plates xxiv.-xxvi.)

Eor a hundred years and more almost every anatomist of note
has agreed in regarding the paired elements which lie immediately
behind the premaxillaries in the reptilian palate as together
homologous with the mammalian vomer ; and the opinion of
authorities has been so unanimous that it is naturally with some
hesitation that one ventures to suggest that the currently accepted
view is probably incorrect. It is quite likely that this view might
have long continued to be almost universally accepted had not
the difficulty of explaining the homology of the dumbbell-shaped
bone of Urnithorhynchus forced us to a reconsideration of the
position. This little bone, whose anatomical relations and
development are now so well known, lies beneath the nasal septum
and clasps the cartilages of Jacobson. At no stage in its
development is it connected with either the vomer behind or the
premaxillaries in front. The earlier anatomists, Rudolphi,
Meckel, and Owen, very naturall}^ agreed in finding the homologue
of this little bone, which lies in front of the vomer, in the palatine
processes of the premaxillae of the higher forms; and in more
recent times this view has been supported by Albrecht, Turner,
Symington, and myself. But if this view be correct, it becomes
necessary to regard the premaxillary as a complex bone, and as
possibly representing more than the premaxillary of the reptilian
or amphibian ancestors. Before looking more closely into the
problem it may be well to briefly review one or two recent papers
dealing with the subject.

546 MAMMALIAN AND REPTILIAN VOMERINE BONES,

In 1879 Albrecht (1) published a paper dealing with the
ossification of the premaxillary bone, and advanced some reasons
for believing that this bone is a complex element, its palatine
process being frequently formed from a distinct centre. In a
later paper he advocated the homology of the dumbbell-shaped
bone of Omithorhynchus with the palatine process of the pre-
maxillary in the higher mammals.

In 1884 Bland Sutton (2) communicated a paper to the Zoolo-
gical Society of London mainly on the question under consideration.
In it he not only held that the palatine process is a distinct
morphological element, but that it is the homologue of the
so-called "vomer" of the Ichthyopsida, and, further, that the
mammalian vomer has its homologue in the " parasphenoid " of
the lower forms.

In 1885 Turner (3), writing on the homology of the dumbbell
bone of Omithorhynchus, came to the conclusion that it is the
homologue of the palatine process of the premaxillary.

In the same year Kitchen Parker (4) published his magnificent
monographs on the development of the skull in the Insectivora
and Edentata. In a number of forms he found evidence of the
palatine process being developed as a distinct element. To this
element he gave the name of "anterior paired vomer," and
recognised it to be the homologue of the paired "vomer" of the
Lacertilia and Ophidia. In many animals he also recognised the
existence of a pair of posterior or lateral vomers. Of Rhynchocyon
he says : — "There are here five vomerine bones, as in the Hedgehog
and Armadillo. . . , The two antero-lateral vomers are the
largest I have seen as yet, reminding one of their large cupped
counterparts in the Ophidia and Lacertilia. . . . The narrow
hind part of the main vomer is partly hidden by the two large
postero-lateral vomers." The Marsupials, Parker considers, have
"many separate vomers" — the genus Cuscus having as many as
ten. It may be remarked, however, that these observations of
Parker's require confirmation.

In 1891 Howes (6) read a paper before the Zoological Society
of London on the peculiar condition of the vomer in the Caiman.

BY R. BROOM. 547

He showed that in this Crocodilian the vomer has its anterior end
greatly developed, and that in connection with this anterior
development there is a cartilaginous sac, which he concluded was
most probably the cartilaginous capsule of Jacobson's organ. He
discusses at some length the question of the homology of the
bony supports of Jacobson's organ in mammals and lizards; and
concludes that what he calls the prepalatine lobe of the vomer in
the Caiman is homologous with the "anterior paired vomer" of
Parker in mammals. These paired vomers he regards as morpho-
logicalty portions of the vomer proper which have become separated
by absorption. According to this view the lacertilian " vomer "
would be morphologically equivalent to the mammalian vomer
and anterior vomers combined.

In 1894 Wilson (6), of Sydney, published a paper giving a very
full description of the dumbbell-shaped bone of OrnitJiorhynchiis,
and discussing at some length the homologies of the bone. He
was specially impressed by the fact of its relationship to the
vomer being apparently much more important than its relation-
ship to the premaxillaries; and was led to conclude that the
dumbbell bone is no part of the premaxillary, but a true anterior
vomer homologous with the small anterior vomers discovered by
Parker in the early stages of a number of long-nosed mammals. He
seems inclined to the opinion, though he does not explicitly state
it, that the dumbbell bone is also the homologue of the lacertilian
so-called "vomer."

In the following year, having been for some time engaged in
the study of the comparative anatomy of Jacobson's organ, and
having come across one or two new facts bearing on the subject,
I (7) published a short paper on the homology of the palatine
process of the mammalian premaxillary. In the Marsupials which
I had studied, I had found the palatine process to be invariably
developed along with the premaxillary, and with no trace of a
distinct anterior vomer; but as the palatine process invariably
formed a splint to the cartilage of Jacobson, similar to that
formed by the dumbbell bone in Ornithorhynchus, and having
relations very similar to those of the so-called "vomer" in

548 MAMxMALIAN AND REPTILIAN VOMERINE BONES,

lizards, I arrived at the conclusion that the process is morpho-
logically an anterior vomer even when not formed from a distinct
centre, and is the homologue of the dumbbell bone of Orniiho-
rhynchus and of the so-called "vomer" in at least lizards and
snakes. For this element I proposed the name of pre vomer as
more in harmony with the general terminology than "anterior
vomer."

In 1896 Symington (8), who had some years previously described
the dumbbell bone of Ornithorhynchus, replied to Wilson, and
showed that the dumbbell bone in most of its relations agrees
with the palatine process of the premaxillary with which he
regards it as homologous. He is not inclined to regard the
palatine process as vomerine, since it is only exceptionally formed
from a distinct centre.

This year Wilson (9) has published a most interesting paper on
the anatomy of the snout of the young Ornithorhynchus and
Echidna, of which a preliminary notice was issued two years ago.
In this paper he confirms the observation of Newton Parker that
the dumbbell bone is developed as two splints to Jacobson's
cartilages, and further shows that in the early young the pre-
maxillaries not only meet in the middle line but send back
palatine processes. These processes are quite distinct from the
dumbbell bone ending some distance in front of its developing
splints.

Van Bemmelen (10) also last year published an important paper
on the Monotreme skull in which he supports the pre vomerine
theory of the dumbbell bone. I regret, however, that I have not
yet seen the paper.

The Development of the Mammalian Premaxillary.

The large majority of anatomists have always regarded the
premaxillary bone with its palatine process as a single element,
and I think it may be regarded as an undoubted fact that in the
large majority of mammals the palatine process is developed along
with the premaxillary, and that only in comparatively few forms

BY R. BROOM. 549

is the process, or even a part of it, ever formed from a distinct
centre.

In Marsupials, so far as they have been examined, the palatine
process is never distinct.

If the results of Kitchen Parker's work on the development of
the skull in the Edentata and Insectivora were fully confirmed
there would be no longer any doubt that in a number of forms
at least the palatine process is a distinct element which at only
a comparatively late stage in development unites with the pre-
maxillary. Parker, in fact, seems to consider this to be the
normal condition, since he states that the " anterior paired
vomers are very constant in Mammals." He describes distinct
"anterior vomers " in the following forms : — Tatusia hybrida, T.
peha, Dasypus villosus, ChoIo2?us didactylus, Manis brevicaudata,
Orycteropus capensis, Eriyiaceus europceus, and Bhynchocyon
cernei. In Centetes^ Hemicentetes, and GaleopitltecvSj Parker
apparently satisfied himself that there are no distinct "anterior
vomers." In the mole and shrew the " anterior paired vomers "
are stated to be "probably connate with the premaxillary."

When one considers what a small structure the palatine process
is even in the adult animal, and that the greater part of Parker's
results were obtained by the dissection of small embryos, one
hesitates in accepting as final the results of even such a marvellous
minute anatomist as Parker. And the hesitation becomes greater
when one finds Parker on one page contradicting a statement
made only a few pages before. Thus, on page 166, we are told
that the anterior paired vomers of the mole " are very slightly
separated from the palatine processes of the premaxillaries," and
on page 179 that they have a "doubtful existence independent
of these processes."

I regret that I have not had at my disposal embryos of any of
the Edentates studied by Parker ; but in young Hedgehogs,
corresponding to Parker's 4th and 5th stages, I have been unable
to find any distinct " anterior vomers." Recently I made a series
of sections of the snout of a foetal Macroscelides proboscideus
(head length 15*5 mm.) — a form closely allied to Rhynchocyon,

550 MAMMALIAN AND REPTILIAN VOMERINE BONES,

and only slightly less developed than the foetus studied by Parker.
The premaxillaries were well developed, and had large palatine
processes which ran far back by the sides of Jacobson's cartilages,
but there was no trace of a distinct " anterior vomer," and in the
gradual thinning of the plates as they pass backwards there was
prett}'- conclusive proof that the plates had been ossitied from the
premaxillaries.

It seems probable to me that -further research will show that
in none of the Insectivora are there any distinct "anterior
vomers," but on the other hand it is quite likely that Parker is
right in finding distinct "anterior vomers" in most of the
Edentates.

In only a very few of the higher mammals have we any record
of the palatine process being formed from a distinct centre.
Howes records it in the case of the rabbit, and Schwink in the
fcetal sheep. Probably some other instances will be recorded.

In the Chiroptera we find a distinct palatine process very
generally absent, owing, no doubt, to the fact that Jacobson's organ
is as a rule wanting, and also to the fact that the premaxillaries
frequently do not meet in the middle line. In Miniopteras, one
of the few bats in which the organ of Jacobson is known to occur,
we have the cartilage of the organ supported by a median bone
almost exactly after the manner of the dumbbell bone in Orni-
thorhynchus. As in Ornithorhynchus, too, this median bone is
formed by the anchylosis of a pair of bony splints. And, though
in adult life such extensive anchylosis takes place that even the
vomer becomes anchjdosed to the maxillaries, the little median
bone remains quite free.

It will thus be seen that while in most mammals the cartilage
of Jacobson's organ is supported by a bony process from the
premaxillary, in a few forms {Orniihorhynchus^ Minioj^terus), the
cartilage is supported by a distinct element ; while in others
apparently we have an intermediate condition in that the element
which supports the cartilage is at first independent, and then
anchyloses with the premaxillary to form its palatine process.

BY R. BROOM. 551

The question now arises whether the independent element in,
say, 07'7iithorhynchu>i, is homologous with the palatine process in
the majority of mammals. Unquestionably both occupy corre-
sponding morphological tracts, and by the large majority of
anatomists they have thus been regarded as homologous, and
such, until recently, was my own opinion.

The skeleton in mammals differs from that of their Theriodont
ancestors mainly in the reduction of the number of skeletal
elements. In very many instances we find a certain region in
the Theriodont occupied by two elements, and in the mammal
the corresponding morphological region occupied by only one.
Where this occurs we have in most cases direct evidence that
what has happened is that one of the two elements has become
steadily reduced in size, and ultimately completely replaced by
the larger element, and not that the single element represents a
fusion of the original two. And we have further evidence that
the element which replaces the other has the form of the newly
developed part determined by the element which it replaces.

Now, with regard to the palatine process of the premaxillary,
it seems much more satisfactory to regard it as a true portion of
the premaxillary which has replaced an anterior vomerine element,
such as the dumbbell bone of Ornitliorliynchus, than to regard it
as itself the homologue of that bone. We know that in the
higher Theriodonts (H) {e.g., Gomij^liognaihus) the tract occupied
by the palatine process in mammals is occupied by a pair of
apparently distinct small bones. The dumbbell bone of Ornitho-
rhynchus and the little median bone of MiniojyteA-ics represent
these bones of Gomi)hognaihiis anchylosed together. If Parker's
researches are confirmed we shall have in some of the Edentates
at least the condition where a rudimentary anterior vomerine
element is being replaced by a palatine process from the pre-
maxillary, and to which in the adult it is anchylosed. In the
large majority of higher mammals the anterior vomer is completely
aborted, and its place and functions taken by the replacing
palatine process of the premaxillary.

00 2 mammalian and reptilian vomerine bones,

The Lacertilian "Yomer."

The bones in the lizard which have usually been regarded as
vomers agree with the mammalian vomer in lying for the most
part in the anterior half of the skull, and in articulating with the
premaxillaries and the palatines. But here the resemblance
ceases; and when we compare the intimate relations of the bones
we tind it impossible to regard them as homologous. The
mammalian vomer is a median element developed in connection
with that part of the basicranial axis which is formed by the
united trabeculse; the lacertilian " vomer " is a paired element
which is formed in connection with the nasal capsules.

Though many figures of sections of the nasal capsules of lizards
and snakes have been published by Born, Parker, Seydel, and
others, perhaps the best illustration is a figure by Seydel (12) of
a reconstructed model of the nasal capsule of Lacerta, in his
paper on the organ of Jacobson of Chelonia. From this figure,
which I have reproduced, it will be seen that the nasal capsule
consists of an irregular cartilaginous sac with three openings, one
for the anterior and one for the posterior nasal opening, and a
third opening towards the brain to admit the nasal nerves. The
external wall is much folded, and the inner wall is to some extent
formed by the nasal septum. How much of the septum belongs
to the nasal capsule, and how much is trabecular, is difficult to
decide. By the side of the base of the septum is a long narrow
cartilaginous band which is united to the nasal floor proper in
front, and to the posterior wall of the capsule behind, and which
forms to some extent the lower and inner wall of the capsule.
This is the paraseptal cartilage. If this lacertilian capsule be
compared with the nasal capsule of the marsupial it will be seen
that the two are essentially similar in structure — the marsupial
capsule only differing in being somewhat simpler. In the
marsupial — at least in the fcetal condition — the paraseptal
cartilage stretches from the nasal floor in front to the hinder part
of the nasal capsule exactly as in the lizard. B}^ Parker the
paraseptal cartilage was regarded as a development of the

BY R. BROOM. 553

trabecular cornu, and any one who had only studied it in the
rudimentary condition in which it is found in the higher mammals
might readily come to that conclusion. The posterior attachment
of the cartilage, however, in the lizard and marsupial proves, I
believe, that the paraseptal is a true portion of the nasal capsule.

Whatever, however, be the morphological significance of the
paraseptal cartilage there is no doubt that it is in connection
with this cartilage that the so-called "vomer "of the lizard is
formed. On transverse section the cartilage is seen passing
downward and a little outwards from near the base of the septum,
and it is as a splint on the inner side of this cartilage that the
" vomer " first develops. It soon, however, passes outwards
round the lower border of the cartilage, and forms to some extent
a floor to the nasal capsule; but though it extends laterally
beyond the limits of the cartilage its length is determined b}^ the
length of the paraseptal.

In Ornithorhynchus and Minioi^teriis the paraseptals, being
retained, as in most mammals, only as supports to Jacobson's
organ, have their length determined by the length of the organ,
and are hence much shorter than the nasal capsule. On the
inner side of each cartilage a splint bone develops exactly as in
the lizard, and, as in the lizard, the length of these splints is
determined by the length of the cartilages. In both Ornitho-
rhynchus and Miniopterus these splints in their later development
become anchylosed, in the one case to form the dumbbell bone,
and in the other the little median bone which lies in front of the
vomer.

As the paraseptal cartilage in the marsupial is undoubtedly
the true homologue of the paraseptal cartilage in the lizard, the
paraseptal in Ornithorhynchus, even though somewhat rudimen-
tary, must also be homologous. It is, therefore, impossible to
doubt that the splint bones which form on their inner sides, and
whose lengths are determined by the cartilages, must also be
homologous. As the so-called " vomer " of the lizard is thus seen
to be the homologue of the dumbbell bone of Ornithorhynchus, it
can no longer be regarded as a true vomer, since the dumbbell

554 MAMMALIAN AND REPTILIAN VOMERINE BONES,

bone is not the vomer of OrnithorliyncJms^ and must in future be
referred to b}^ a new name. The name — Prevomer — which I
originally suggested (7) seems the most appropriate.

In the large majority of the reptilian orders the so-called
'' vomers " are undoubtedly homologous with the prevomers of the
lizard. This is the case in the Ophidia, Rhynchocephalia,
Plesiosauria, Ichthyosauria, Pelycosauria, Dinosauria, and Pareia-
sauria. In the Theriodontia and Anomodontia the bone which
has been referred to as the vomer is the true homologue of the
mammalian vomer, and this is almost certainl}'- also the case in
the Chelonia.

On the "Paraspiienoid " and the Mammalian Vomer.

While the pair of bones in the front of the palate in the
Amphibia and other forms were regarded as the homologues of
the mammalian vomer, it became necessar}^ to find another name
for the large median membrane bone that supports the basicranial
axis, and the name " paraspiienoid " proposed by Huxley has been
almost universally adopted.

This bone is greatly developed in the Amphibia, where, as a
rule, it forms a very complete floor to the cartilaginous cranium,
extending from the basioccipital region to near the anterior part
of the palate. It is invariably a median bone, and is ossified
from a single centre. According to Parker, the "paraspiienoid"
first appears in the frog as " a parostosis beneath the intertrabe-
cular space."

Among reptiles the " parasphenoid," though almost alwaj^s
present, is as a rale feebly developed. In the primitive reptile
Sphenodon its development has recentl}^ been carefull}' worked
out by Howes and Swinnerton (13), according to whom " the
paraspiienoid first appears in the form of a minute bony element
. lying freety beneath the antero-median border of the
post-pituitary plate." The}^ add that " with advancing develop-
ment it assumes an arrow-head shape."

In the lizard, Parker (14) figures the first appearance of the
" parasphenoid " as a minute median ossification lying just in
front of the pituitary space.

BY R. BROOxM. 555

In the snake the " parasphenoid " is moderately well developed,
and extends far forwards. In its earliest stage of development
it is described by Parker (15) as "a lx)ng styloid tract of granular
tissue . . . wedged between the trabeculag " and reaching
*' the pituitary body by its broad hinder end."

It will thus be seen that in both amphibians and reptiles the
'' parasphenoid " is a median ossification which develops in the
neighbourhood of the pituitary space — occasionally arising behind
the space as in Sjyhenodon, and at other times, as in the snake,
having its entire development in front of the space.

Now, the mammalian vomer is developed as a median splint
bone along that part of the basicranial axis which in later
development becomes the presphenoid and mesethmoid regions;
and as this is exactl}^ the region in which the median splint bone
of the snake is developed, we are forced to conclude that the
"parasphenoid" of the snake is really the homologue of the
mammalian vomer. In the reptiles, no doubt the exact position
of the median bone varies considerably; but so in mammals does
the vomer vary greatly as regards its anterior and posterior
developments. In most mammals the vomer extends far forwards,
and in the Cetaceans extends practically to the end of the long
rostrum; but in Echidna, on the other hand, the anterior extremity
of the vomer is found in the posterior nasal region; and while in
many Rodents we find the vomer rudimentary, and posteriorly not
even reaching the presphenoid, in some Cetaceans the vomer
extends back even to the basioccipital.

The Phylogeny of the Vomerine Bones.

Having shown that the mammalian vomer has its homologue
in the " parasphenoid " of the reptiles and amphibians, and that
the so-called " vomers " of these lower forms are really homologous
to the dumbbell bone of Ornithorhynchus, it is now only necessary
to consider briefl}^ the steps b}' which the vomerine bones of the
higher forms have been derived from those of their Labyrinthodont
ancestors.

556 MAMMALIAN AND REPTILIAN VOMERINE BONES,

In the extinct Labyrinthodonts, as in their degenerate descen-
dants, the Amphibia of to-day, we find the basicranial axis
supported by a powerful median vomer (parasphenoid), and in
front we have a pair of prev^omers supporting the nasal capsules.

In the most primitive reptilian order with which we are
acquainted — the Cotylosauria — we find that the palate differs
from the ancestral Labyrinthodont condition mainly in the greatly
increased development of the pterygoids, with a corresponding
decrease in the size of the median vomer. Howes has already
recently suggested that the reduction of the " parasphenoid " in
the ascending reptilian series has been brought about by the
increased development of the pterygoids; and it seems moderately
certain that this is the true explanation. It is more difficult to
assign a cause for the increased development of the pterygoids.
But it seems probable that as the descendants of the Labyrintho-
donts took to terrestrial habits a stronger palate than could be
formed by the median vomer became advantageous, and was
formed by the pterygoids, which, besides becoming greatly
increased in size, became dentigerous.

In the majority of more recent reptiles, we have a modification
of the condition found in Sphenodon where there is a small
median vomer and two moderately large prevomers.

In the Theriodonts, however, an interesting modification arises.
With the formation of a secondary palate a new function is given
to the median vomer, which becomes again well developed as a
support to the new palate. The prevomers, on the other hand,
being now no longer required to protect the nasal capsules, become
greatly reduced in size, and are retained only as supports to the
cartilages of Jacobson,

In the Dicynodonts the true vomer is greatly developed, while
the prevomers are completely lost owing to the enormous develop-
ment of the premaxillaries.

In the Chelonians we have a condition somewhat resembling
that of the Dicynodonts, and probably brought about by a
parallel development. The median vomer is developed as a
support to the palate, and the prevomers are lost.

BY K. BROOM.

557

In the early mammals the condition was probably very similar
to that of the Theriodonts, and this condition is still retained in
a few mammals {Ornithorhynclmis, Miniopterus). In the large
majority of recent mammals the small prevomers have been
replaced by the palatine processes of the premaxillaries.

The principal modifications of the vomer and prevomer will be
readilv seen from the adjoining table : —

Primitice Orders —
Labyrinthodontia
Cotylosauria

Peevomers.

Vomer.

Large.
Large.

Large,
Small.

RhynchocephaUan
Phylum —
Pelycosauria !
Rhynchocephalia
Lacertilia

Large.
Large.

Large, small, or rudimen-
tary.

Small.
Small.
Small or rudimentary.

Aberrant Order —
Chelonia

Lost.

Large.

Tlieriodont Phylum —
Theriodontia
Anomodontia
Monotremata
Marsupialia
Eutheria

Small.
Lost.

Small or lost.
Replaced by premaxilla.
Small, or replaced by pre-
maxilla.

Large.
Large.

Large.
Large.
Large.

References to Literature.
1. — Albrecht, p.
2. — Sutton, J. Bland — "Observations on the Parasphenoid, the Vomer

and the Palatopterygoid Arcade. " P.Z.S., 1884.
3. — Turner, W. — " The Dumb-bell-shaped Bone in the Palate of Ornitho-
rhynchus compared with the Prenasal Bone in the Pig." J. Anat.
and Phys., Vol. xix.
4. — Parker, W. K. —"On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the
Mammalia. Pt. ii., Edentata; Pt. ii'i., Lisectivora. " Phil. Trans.,
1885.
5.— Howes, G. B. — "On the probable Existence of a Jacobson's Organ
among the Crocodilia, &c." P.Z.S., 1891.
37

558 MAMMALIAN AND REPTILIAN VOMERINE BONES,

6. — Wilson, J. T. — " Observations upon the Anatomy and Kelations of the

Dumbbell-shaped Bone in Ornithorhynchus, &c." Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W., 1894.
7. —Broom, R. — " On the Homology of the Palatine Process of the Mamma-
lian Premaxillary." Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1895.
8. — Symington, J. — "On the Homology of the Dumbbell-shaped Bone in

the Ornithorhynchus." J. Anat. and Phys., 1896.
9. — Wilson, J. T. — " On the Skeleton of the Snout of the Mammary Foetus

of Monotremes." Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1901.
10. — Van Bemmelen, J. F. — "Der Schadelbau der Monotremen." Semon's

Zoolog. Forschungsreisen, iii. Band, 4 Lieferung, 1901.
11. — Broom, R — '* On the Occurrence of an Apparently Distinct Prevomer

in Gomphognathus." J. Anat. and Phys., Vol. xxxi., 1896.
12. — Seydel, 0. — " Ueber die Nasenhohle und das Jacobson'sche Organ der

Land- und Sumpfschildkroten." Festschrift f. C. Gegenbaur, 1896.
13. — Howes, G. B., and Swinnerton, H. H. — " On the Development of the

Skeleton of the Tuatara, Sphenodon inuictatus, &c. " Trans. Zool.

Soc. Vol. xvi., 1891, p. 52.
14. — Parker, W. K. — "On the Structure and Development of the Skull in

the Lacertilia. Pt. 1." Phil. Trans., 1879.
15. " On the Structure and Development of the Skull in

the Common Snake (Tropidonotus natrix)." Phil. Trans., 1879.

References to Plates,

a.n., anterior nares ; J.o., Jacobson's organ; mx., maxillary ; n., nasal;
71./. c, nasal floor cartilage ; ??..§., nasal septum; pal., palatine; p.c, para-
septal cartilage ; ^.wa;., premaxillary ; pf., pterygoid; P. ro., prevomer ; qu.,
quadrate; r.c, recurrent cartilage; s.mx., septomaxillary ; t.p., trans-
palatine; ^y. , tympanic ; Fo., vomer.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIV. -XXVI.

Plate xxiv.

Fig. 1. — Nasal capsule of embryo of Lacerta agilis, from the underside

(after Seydel). Reconstructed from sections. Magnified.
Fig. 2. — Nasal capsule of 10 mm. foetus of Trichositrus vulpecula, from the

underside. Reconstructed from sections. Magnified.
Fig. 3. — Transverse section of snout of young Gecko (Heteronota hinoei).

Showing the prevomers as splints to the paraseptal cartilages.

Magnified.

BY R. BROOM. 559

Fig. 4. — Transverse section of snout of ripe foetus of Miniopterus schreiberdi.
Showing the prevomers developing in connection with Jaeobson's
cartilage (the modified paraseptal). [In the adult the two
prevomers are found anchylosed together to form a median bone
which reaches from the one cartilage of Jacobson to the other.]

Plate XXV.
Fig. o.— Under view of skull of IchthyopMs glutinosus. Showing the large
median vomer (parasphenoid) and the large paired prevomers

(vomers). Enlarged.
Fig. 6. — Under view of skull of Amblystovia (after Parker), showing the

very large median vomer (parasphenoid) and the modified

paired prevomers (vomers).
Fig. 7— Under view of skull of ripe embryo of Sphenodon punctatm (after

Howes and Swinnerton). Showing the small median vomer

(parasphenoid) and the large prevomers (vomers). Enlarged.
Fig. 8. — Semidiagrammatic view of under side of skull of Plesiosaunis (after

Andrews). Showing the small median vomer and the paired

prevomers. Keduced.
Fig. 9. — Under view of skull of nearly ripe embryo of Zootoca (after Parker).

The median true vomer is very small, and the paired prevomers

large. Enlarged.
Fig. 10.— Under view of skull of young Tropidonotus (after Parker). The

median true vomer is almost entirely situated in the anterior

half of the skull.

Plate xxvi.
Fig. 11. — Under view of skull of Gomphognathus (partly restored behind).

Showing the median true vomer and the paired prevomers.

The dotted lines indicate the probable anterior limit of the

vomer. In a fragmentary specimen of the snout Seeley figures

a bone which he calls the vomer considerably further forward,

but the bone which he so regards is almost certainly the

ethmoid. The posterior extensions of the prevomers are

assumed. Esduced.
Fig. 12. — Under view of skull of Ornithorhynchus. Showing the prevomers

united to form the dumbbell-shaped bone. Slightly reduced.
Fig. 1,3. — Under view of skull of Ptyclwgnatlius. Here only the true median

vomer is developed, the great palatal development of the pre-

maxillary having led to the loss of the prevomers. The hinder

part of the skull is restored. Reduced.
Fig. 14. — Under view of skull of Testudo. Only the median vomer is

developed. The loss of the prevomer may be due to the fact

that the organs of Jacobson are imperfectly differentiated.

Nat. size.

560 MAMMALIAN AND REPTILIAN VOMERINE BONES.

Addendum (added 14th Felruary, 1903).

Since the above paper was sent off I have discovered the
presence of a pair of large prevomers in Titanosuchus; and also
a well developed pair of prevomers in a moderately large jDrimi-
tive Theriodont, allied to Lycosuclius, but as yet undescribed.
As a large pair of prevomers are known to occur in Tcipino-
ceplialus, the various stages in the evolution of the prevomer
may now be regarded as at least approximately known. From a
form like PareiasauruSy with a palate formed on the Rhj^ncho-
cephalian t3^pe, we get derived the Prototheriodonts Tainno-
cephalus and Titanosuchus — unfortunately as yet very imperfectly
known. In the next stage we find the true primitive Theriodonts
of the type of Lycosuclius (Proc. S. Af. Phil. Soc. 1902) with a
pair of moderately developed and quite distinct prevomers And
lastly, we have the higher Theriodont type represented by Gom-
phognathus and closely resembling the condition in Ornitlio-
rliynclms. In Gorgonops — which though veiy imperfectly known,
probably belongs to the Prototheriodonts, — we have the pre-
vomers anchylosed as in Ornitliorliynclius and JSLiniopterus (R.B.,
7th January, 1903).

561

NOTES ON THE BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF
NEW SOUTH WALES.

By R. H. Cambage.

Part VII. — From Forbes to Bathurst.

(Plate xxvii.)

The notes in this paper refer more particularly to the vegetation
on the western slopes than to that of the interior, beginning with
the botany of the low country near the Lachlan and terminating
with that of the western elevation of the Blue Mountains. It
will be noticed that there is a complete change in the flora between
Forbes and the hills around Bathurst, caused chiefly by the
difference in altitude of the two districts. This difference amounts
to over 2,000 feet, for while Forbes is only about 800 feet above
sea level, many of the hills around Bathurst and Orange exceed
3,000 feet. Much of the country referred to, especially that to
the westward of Orange, is open box forest, considerably cleared,
and the shrubs are therefore not numerous.

From Forbes to Eugowra is about 24 miles in a general easterly
direction, the ascent being very slight, and various trees and
shrubs noticed were : — Callitris rohusta {y^hitQ or Cypress Pine),
Pittosporum phillyrceoides, Casua7'ina Luehma7ini (Bull Oak), C.
Cunninghamiana (River Oak), and Acacia decora. On the ridges
a few miles back from the river the shrubs are more plentiful.

The Eucalypts passed were : — E. 7nelliodora (Yellow Box), E.
Woollsiana (Black Box), E. hemiphloia var. alhens (White Box),
E. conica (Apple Box), E. rosti-ata (River Red Gum), E. tereti-
cornis (Forest Red Gum), and var. dealhata (Mountain Gum).

Mr. J. H. Maiden in a recent paper on E. Behriana (Trans. R.
Soc. S. Aust. 1901, p. 11) includes E. Woollsiana under E. herai-
phloia as a variety which he names microcarpa.

562 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

Reference h made in these papers (Part ii. p. 714) to the
affinities between £. hemij^hloia and B. WooUsia7ia.

Some fine trees of E. tereticornis were seen in places on the
flats along the road, var. deaJbata being plentiful on the granite
hills towards Eugowra, while E. rostrata was confined to the river
and large creeks. On questioning a saw-mill proprietor as to the
relative merits of E. rostrata and E. tereticornis^ he stated that
the River Red Gum was more liable to warp in exposed situa-
tions than the Forest Red Gum, and he had seen an instance in
which the former had been used for window frames, but after a
few years the wood had w^arped to such an extent that it became
necessary to replace it. A resident of Riverina, however, who
has had considerable experience with the timber of River Red
Gum, states that it gives little or no trouble from warping.

From Eugowra to Cudal is about 30 miles north-easterly, the
ascent in the latter part of the road being considerable. Various
trees and shrubs noted along the roadside were : — Callitris
robusta, C. cal car ata {Mountain, Black or Green Pine) only on ridges,
Casuarina Cunninghamiana, C. Luehnianni, Stercidia diversifolia
(Currajong), Acacia doratoxylon (Currawong), on ridges only, A.
homaJophyUa (Yarran), and A. obtusatoj, Sieb, (Black Wattle).
This latter species was noticed at 3 miles from Eugowra growing
close to the large granite rocks known as the Bushrangers' Rocks,
behind which the bushranger Gardiner and party waited when
they stuck up the gold escort in 1862. It was not found in the
districts to the westward.

The Yarran seen at about 6 miles from Eugowra was the. last
noticed in coming from the west, and this spot therefore marks a
spot on the eastern limit of its habitat. A. homalojjhyUa is not
plentiful anywhere to the eastward of a line joining Junee, Gren-
fell and Wellington, though to the north of Gulgong it comes
eastward to the Hunter River, and again southward to the east
of Rylstone (R. T. Baker) and near Glen Alice east of Capertee
(J. E. Carne). A sister tree, A. pendula, (Myall or Boree) has
its eastern margin, roughly speaking, about 20 or 30 miles to the

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 563

westward of that of the Yarran, except on the plains to the west
of Grenfell, where the eastern limits of the two species nearly
coincide. A. pendiila does not, so far as I am aware, come east
of the Great Dividing Range at any point, though it may possibly
just do so in the region of the Liverpool Range. It is not
uncommon in the western districts to hear of Ringed or Curly
Yarran, and by some this tree is thought to be different from
ordinary Yarran. They are the same species, viz., A. homalo-
2)hylla occurring in two forms, one with the wood having a wavy
grain and the other a straight grain. From considerable obser-
vation it appears to me that Curly Yarran is not nearly so plenti-
ful as that with the straight grain, nor could I ever find any
outward sign by which to recognise a difference in the trees, but
an axe cut will at once settle the question. Curly Yarran pos-
sesses a very ornamental figure owing to the presence of this
waving in the grain of the wood.

Another western tree having a similar feature is A. Cambagei,
Baker, the Gidgea of the Bourke district, but in this case the
curly form seems to be the more general one, hence it is quite
common to find Ringed Gidgea. The cause of the rings in the
Gidgea is the same as in the Yarran. One of the ordinary uses
of these timbers, especially the former, is for stockwhip handles,
and this tapering form assists considerably in developing the
rings in the figure. The same result is obtained when the timber
is worked up into walking sticks or otherwise used in turnery.
Among stockmen's lore I have heard it stated that in order to
produce rings it was necessary that the stem of the trees should
grow in concentric rings of different colours, and that these were
seen alternately in the length of the tapering whip handle. I
was never able to find anything of this kind, and have no doubt
that the undulation in the grain is always sufficient to account
for the feature. In mature trees of Yarran the timber often has
flaws inside owing to the operations of some boring insect, and
this is the more annoying as these affected spots are often undis-
covered till the working up of the wood is well in progress.
Owing to this blemish the usefulness of the tree is considerably

564 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

lessened. This species suffers in many western localities from
the attack of a mistletoe, usually Loranthus 'pendidus.

Near Eugowra this mistletoe was found growing on Eucalyptus
Gonica, and L. linojjhyllus, Fenzl., on Casuarina Luehma7ini.

Along the roadside, betw^een Eugow^ra and Cudal, the following
Eucalj'^pts were noticed : — E. Woollsiana, E. conica, E. rostrata,
E. melliodora, E. tereticornis, and its var. dealbata, the latter on
hills of Devonian sandstone, E. hejiiiphloia, var. alhens, E.
Bridgesiana (Apple, near Murga), and E. macrorhyncha (Stringy-
bark) on a ridge of Devonian sandstone.

E. Bridgesiana was mentioned in Part vi. (p. 202) as the New
South Wales apple tree which has been recognised for so many
years as E. Stitartiana.

E, conica ceases on this road near Toogong, the elevation
beyond this being too great for it.

E rostrata was not noticed after Cudal was passed, it also
preferring a warmer climate than is to be found near Orange.

From Cudal to Orange, a distance of 25 miles, the ascent is so
great that all the typical interior trees are left behind, and
replaced by others which are usually found in cold regions, the
effect of climatic influence being very pronounced. At about
half-way Casuarina Cunning hamiana is seen for the last time.
Sterculia diversifolia is noticed at intervals, and along the last
10 miles of the road Acacia dealhata^ the Silver Wattle, becomes
common. From the notes which follow it may be seen that this
is a very common "Wattle" on the highlands, and when flowering
in September it is a very beautiful tree.

As most of the country along the Cudal to Orange road has
been cleared, the flora is chiefly represented by the Eucalypts,
those passed being E. nielliodora, E. Bridgesiana, E. Woollsiana,
E. hemijyhloia var. albens, E. tereticornis, E. viminalis, Labill.
(White Gum), at about 17 miles from Orange, E. Cambagei
(Bastard Box, Apple or Bundy), near the 10-mile post, E. macro-
rhyncha (7-mile post), E. dives, Schauer (Peppermint), (6-m.) E.
stellulata, Sieb. (Sally, Black Sally, Sallow or Sally Butt), E.

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 565

macrorhyncha, E. vimiyialis, E. dives (-i-m.), E. melliodora, E.
Bridgesiana and E. viminalis.

E. Woollsiana ceases at about 20 miles from Orange, while E.
hemiphloia var. albens continues to within about 10 miles, their
eastern margins thus being only 10 miles apart. This is owing
to the great difference in elevation which takes place in the
comparatively short distance. Had the ascent been gradual, as
from Cootamundra to Harden, the difference might have amounted
to -iO or 50 miles instead of only 10. As var. albens does not
extend much to the westward of Forbes, it may be noticed that
it is neither an interior nor a mountain species, but occupies that
area which may be designated as the western slopes. It continues
much in this position north and south throughout New South
Wales.

E. viminalis is perhaps one of the best known white gum trees
of the cold regions. It generally grows as a somewhat spreading
tree with rather drooping foliage, and may often be found on
flats near large creeks, as well as on basaltic tablelands. Its
habitat seems to be regulated chiefly by climatic conditions, for
while around Orange and Bathurst it is seldom seen below an
altitude of 2,000 feet, yet, as southern latitudes are approached,
it is found at much lower levels, till in Tasmania and
Southern Victoria it is common right down to sea-level.
It may be pointed out that so far as is at present
known, none of the Eucalypts mentioned in previous papers
occur in Tasmania. E. viminalis is not a coast species, but
comes to within 20 or 30 miles of the ocean in the district
south of Moss Vale. It also occurs on a flat a mile or two above
the town of Picton. Though often a white tree of the ribbony
gum type, it not infrequently has a hard black bark near the
butt, arranged in very strong thick scales, and this rough bark
extends varying distances up the barrel, from a few feet in some
cases, to the whole length of the trunk in others, and in rare
instances even on the branches. Still above the rough bark the
general appearance of the tree remains the same, and it is to the
upper part of a tree that the bushman's eye wanders when in

566 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

doubt about its identity. The timber of this species is considered
to be ver}^ inferior, both in or out of the ground, and has a porous
appearance, though I have heard of an instance where it has
lasted very well in a wet place, A reference to the inflorescence
shows that the flowers are usually arranged in threes, though this
is by no means a constant feature, for even where at first sight
there appears to be no departure from this arrangement, a careful
inspection will often reveal umbels of fours and fives, or even
more."^ On the other hand, there are some trees of this species
which show scarcely any threes, but these I should say are greatly
in the minority. I have collected specimens from a tree near
Orange with buds arranged in threes, but a little lower on the
same branch with as many as seven mature fruits in the umbel,
thus showing that the same tree does not necessarily produce an
equal number every season. E. viminalis is one of the gum trees
from which manna is often collected, and has been referred to
under the name E. mannifera, A. Cunn.

E. dives seems to be known everywhere as Peppermint, and
this name is suggested from the odour emitted by the leaves when
bruised. It is confined to the cold parts of New South Wales,
and may be generally separated from other Peppermints by its
broad stem-sucker f leaves. Usually it grows on ridges, and seems
to avoid alluvial flats. It has fibrous grey bark covering the
trunk and sometimes the larger branches, the older bark being
honey-combed in some cases, giving it a lace-like appearance.
The timber of this tree is not much prized.

* Vide remarks by Messrs. Deane and Maiden. These Proceedings, 1901,
Part i., 139.

t As the term "sucker" is strictly confined in botany to young plants
formed on underground rootstocks, while in Australia the same term is'
popularly applied to adventitious growths on various parts of the stem or
branches caused chiefly by that particular part of the tree being either cut
or bruised, it has been thought expedient in future to refer in these papers
to the latter form as " stem-suckers " by way of distinction, and to the former
as either " suckers" or " root-suckers."

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 567

E. stellulata is a well known tree on the highlands both north
and south, being usually found along damp flats and watercourses
in open grazing countr}^ The upper parts of the trunk and
branches are covered with a smooth greenish to slate-coloured
bark, while near the butt the bark is in rough thick flakes, often
deeply furrowed, and not unlike that sometimes found on the
lower part of E. viminalis. Its chief flowering time in the Orange
district is about March, and its flowers are arranged in numerous
star-like clusters. The venation of the leaves is of interest, the
veins being arranged longitudinally and almost parallel to the
midrib. The timber of this species is soft like that of most of the
cold country trees, and somewhat brittle.

From Orange to Ophir is a distance of about 16 miles north-
easterly, and the country falls gradually all the way. Along the
latter part of the road some of the low country forms reappear.
Various trees and shrubs noticed along the roadside were : —
Acacia dealhata most of the way, A. vestita, Ker, A. falcata (?),
Willd., A. linifolia (?), Willd., A. armata, Cassia Sojjhera, L.,
Casuarina Cunninghamiana, Poinade7'ris 'phillyrmoides^ Sieb.,
Grevillea 7'amosissima, Meissn., Sterculia diversifolia, Disca^'ia
australis, Hk., Callistemon salig7ius, DC, var. angusti/olia, along
the creek, and Exocaiyus cupressiformis (Native Cherry).

Acacia vestita was found only near Ophir. It grows in a very
graceful, spreading and pendulous form.

The Eucalypts noticed along this road were : — E. viminalis^ E,
Bridgesiana, E. [coriacea, A. Cunn., E. stellulata, E. melliodoray
E. tereticornis, E. rubidcc, Deane and Maiden, E. dives, E. macro-
rhyncha, E. Cambagei, E. hcemastoma, Sm., var. micrantha, E.
macidosa, Baker, E. polyanthema, Schau., and E. hemiphloia var.
alhens.

E. coriacea is another of the white gums of the cold country,
and although it may often be found in company with E. viminalis
it leaves that species behind in some of its ascents on our highest
mountains. This is the Eucalypt which may be found growing at
a higher elevation than any other Eucalypt in New South Wales,
or probably for that matter in the world {vide Mr. J. H. Maiden's

568 BOTANY OF THE INTKRIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

^' Flora of Mount Kosciusko"). It is common along the highlands
of New South Wales, both north and south, extending also into
Victoria and Tasmania. It is the Snow Gum of the Kiandraand
Kosciusko districts, where it often grows in a stunted form. A
conspicuous feature in the general appearance of this tree is its
large coarse, longitudinally veined, and somewhat shining leaves,
which in times of drought are considered to be moderately good
fodder, and this in some places has earned for the tree the name
of Cattle-gum. Its fruits are fairly large, and in the Oberon
district the seeds are eaten by the Gang Gang Cockatoo {Callo-
cephalon galeatiim^ Latham). The bark of this tree is usually
smooth and white to the ground, also thin, and when growing
with E. viminalis bushmen can separate the two species on sight
by the bark and foliage. The timber of E. coriacea is one of the
best of the cold country gums, and is often used for fence posts.
This species is not restricted to any particular geological formation,
but seems to have a preference for igneous over sedimentary, and
is usually found growing in open forests. It shares wdth some
other trees the names of White Gum, Cabbage Gum, and Scribbly
Gum. The latter name is suggested by certain scribble marks
on the bark, and these are made by a small grub eating its way
along the outside of the inner bark, the eiFect being that the
" scribble " is left thereon; also on the inside of the outer bark,
the outside of which was perhaps previously operated upon while
it was yet inner bark, so that a piece of bark just falling off will
often have scribble marks on both sides, but in no w^ay connected
with each other. A casual examination once made of this little
grub in the Oberon district showed it to measure only two. lines
in length. E. lutmastoma is another white gum tree which also
has has scribble marks on the bark.

E. rubida is also one of the high country gums, and is some-
times found associated with E. viminalis, with which species it
is often confused by bushmen. Of the two species, E. ruhida
generally takes the drier land, being found on hillsides, while E.
viminalis is more plentiful in the valleys; but it is also quite
common to see them mingle on elevated land. As a rule E.

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 569

ruhida is neither so spreading nor so pendulous as E. vhninalis;
and its identification is further assisted by the glaucous appear-
ance of the foliage and fresh bark, as well as some red patches
on the outer bark just before it begins to peel off. The greatest
diiference is perhaps in the stem-sucker leaves, those of F.
vimiiialis being generall}^ narrow, while those of E. ruhida are
nearly round, even on the young shoots high up among the
branches. The flowers are usually arranged in threes like those
of E. viminalis, and in my collecting I have been unable to find
more than four in the uml^el, and that rarely, though this number
is recorded by other collectors as being exceeded at times. The
timber of U. ruhida is regarded as very inferior, and resembles
that of E. viminalis. The species has a considerable range in the
highlands, and extends into Victoria. It may often be found
growing on Silurian slate formation, though not usually in very
rocky situations, but it is also common on soil formed from
decomposed igneous rocks. This is another tree from which
manna has been collected.

E. hmmastoma var. micrantha is a well known white gum tree
both along the coast and on the highlands. Around Bathurst
and Orange it is known variously as Brittle Gum, Brittle Jack,
Cabbage Gum, Scribbly Gum, White Gum and Red Cabbage
Gum. Along the coast the timber of this tree is not much valued,
partly because it does not split well, and partly owing to the fact
that there is an abundance of other much finer timber available.
Still, on the highlands, it is often in request for fence posts, as it
has been proved to be durable in the ground. It is also con-
sidered to be moderately good fuel, but the wood of the cold
country is much inferior in this respect to that of the western
districts. Its timber when freshly cut is of a pale red colour,
with a very short grain. The bark, which is white and rather
thin, sheds off in short patches. The short or long grain in the
timber of the Eucalypts is usually manifested by a corresponding
feature in the bark, and there is consequently much truth in the
lines of Henry Kendall, where he writes of Jem the Splitter : —
His knowledge is this — he can tell in the dark,
What timber will split by the feel of the bark.

570 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

The fruits of the Bathurst and Orange representatives of E.
hcemastoma are usually small and hemispherical, and, therefore,
more properly belong to var. micrantha, but they have the reddish
rim which gave rise to the botanical name of the species. In
shape, the fruits, with their rounded base, have often reminded
me of miniature wine glasses, and the similarit}"^ is increased by
the slenderness of the pedicels which support the fruit. In some
of the coast forms, where the fruits are larger, they are also more
conical, perhaps approaching those of E. Sieheriana, F.v.M., the
Mountain Ash.

E. hcemastoma var. micrantha is generally found growing on
poor soil, and undoubtedly prefers a geological formation of sedi-
mentary origin to that of an igneous, and will thrive better on
the top of a Silurian slate ridge among the rocks than on the
surrounding flats where the soil is infinitely better.

E. 'maculosa is another white orum tree ofenerallv found associated
with E. hcemastoma var. micrantha, and in habit as well as out-
ward appearance so much resembles it that by the casual observer
the two species are often confused. Both appear to flourish on
Silurian slate ridges, and may also be found on the Triassic
sandstone around Mount Victoria, but I have never seen the
former on the low coastal area between Wollongong and New-
castle where the latter is quite common. For a further comparison
of these two trees, see Mr, Maiden's remarks in these Proceedings
for 1901 (p. 582).

E. maculosa is generally a small tree, but in rare instances I
have seen it with a diameter of three feet six inches, though not
proportionately tall. In some parts on the highlands a feature
of the bark is that when young it often becomes covered with a
white powder, but this disappears from the old bark which is
shed in patches, thereby suggesting the name of Spotted Gum for
the tree. This is the name by which the trees are known between
Orange and Ophir, though at AViseman's Creek they are called
White Cabbage Gum to distinguish them from E. hcemastoma
var. micra?itha, which is there called Red Cabbage Gum, the
wood of the former being somewhat paler than that of the latter,

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 571

not SO brittle, nor, so far as I could learn, is it considered so
durable. E. maculosa may be readily separated from E. hcema-
stoma var. micrantha by its coarser buds, thicker pedicels, and
slightly domed fruits."^

E. poJyanthema is the Red Box of the Bathurst district, and is
usually found on elevated land, showing a decided preference for
sedimentary formation. Although this species grows in fairly
cold country, its regular home in the Bathurst to Goulburn
district, appears to be approximately in a zone between
1,500 and 2,500 feet above sea level, though I have seen
it both above and below these elevations. It, therefore,
occasionally comes low enough to associate with E. hemijMoia
var. a/bens, and is only at times found high enough to occupy the
same localities as E. coriacea or E. dives. It has a fairly smooth
gum tree bark except near the base, where for several feet up the
barrel it is of a rough flaky nature. The name of Box is
suggested by the hardness and texture of the wood, and perhaps
by a little colouring of the bark near the base. Judging the
trees by the bark alone, they may at times be alternately confused
with Yellow Box (E. melliodora) or Forest Red Gum (E. terefi-
cornis). The oval and sometimes glaucous leaves, however, will
generally determine the species when seen growing in the districts
where it is known. R.ed Box is prized most for its strong red
timber which is very durable in or out of the ground. Un.
fortunately around Bathurst it does not grow to very stately
dimensions, and in addition to having only a comparatively short
trunk, the wood has generally a very irregular grain, and is,
therefore, diflacult to split. The curly nature of the timber is
well indicated by similar windings in the bark.

This tree has been recently named E. ovalifolia by Mr. R. T.
Baker (these Proceedings, 1900, p. 680) in order to separate it
from the Victorian Red Box. So far as I have been able to
study the latter tree, I find that it has timber similar to the Red

* Messrs. Baker and Smith, in their ''Eesearch on the Eucalypts," have
given this variety micrantha specific rank under the name of E. Rossii.

572 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF XEW SOUTH WALES,

Box of Bathurst, but appears constantly to have larger and more
orbicular leaves, as well as more of a box bark covering the whole
of the trunk. The fruits and buds of these two trees approach
each other considerably in shape. The Bathurst tree continues
southward along the western slopes, past Goulburn, to the
Gundagai and Tumut district, showing practically no variation,
and is recorded by Mr. Baker from Gerogery. Before Albury
is reached, the Victorian tree may be seen, and it extends
southerly right across that State, varying very little. As seen
from the railway line near Albury the southern Red Box appears
quite dissimilar to the Bathurst tree, chiefly owing to the distinc-
tive characters of the bark and foliage.

On the road from Orange to Ophir a splendid spot from which
to study the local Eucalypts is in the paddock opposite Bosedale
House, about five miles from Orange. Of the fourteen Eucalypts
seen along this road, twelve may be found in this paddock, though
they occur in various other places on the way, the two which are
absent being E. hemvphloia var. aJhens and E. tereticoryiis, though
the latter may be found quite near. E. jyolyanthema is scarce at
this spot.

In the creek at Ophir is the site of the first discovery of pay-
able gold in Australia, and the locality is well illustrated in "The
Mineral Resources of New South Wales," by Mr. E. F. Pittman,
A.R.S.M. The trees growing along the bank of the creek are
River Oak (Casuarina Cunninghamiana), while among others
growing around are E. polyanthema, E. mxacrorhyndia^ E. Cam-
bagei, and E. maculosa, all of them typical gold-field trees on the
elevated Silurian slate areas.

In speaking of the various zones of elevation at which different
trees grow, it may be pointed out that over the area referred to
in these papers the Eucalypt that shows most disregard for
climatic conditions is E. vielliodoj'a [Yellow Box or Yellow Jacket).
It is mentioned in Part iii. as having been noticed down the
Lachlan at Euabalong. I have also collected it just above Dan-
daloo on the Bogan, both localities being well beyond the western
limit of E. hemiphloia var. alhens. Coming eastward it is found

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 573

ascending the western slopes, passing right through the belt and
beyond the eastern limit of var. albeiis, and continuing upwards
to within a few miles of Orange, though above an altitude of
3,000 feet it seems rare. This distribution is important in view
of the probable future of this tree in regard to its bearing on the
Eucalyptus oil industry.

In going from Ophir to Mullion Creek Railway Station the
country again rises, and E. hemiphloia var. albens is soon left
behind. Other Eucalypts growing on the elevated parts are E.
viminaUs, E. Bridyesiana, E. mdliodora^ E. tereticoruis, E. maci'o-
7'hyncha, E. maculosa, E. Cambagei, E. hcemastoma var. Tnicrantha,
E. polyanthema, E. dives, E. amygdaJina, Labill. (Peppermint), E.
rubida and E. coriacea.

Other plants within sight of the road are Acacia dealbata, A.
tindidifolia, A. lanigera, A. Cunn., Cassinia Theodori, Daviesia^^.

Two other plants found in the district were Pidtencea ternata,
F.V.M., and F. styphelioides, A. Cunn.

Eucalyptus amyydalina is usualh^ known on the western high-
lands as Peppermint, but towards the coast where the trees have
greater proportions they are very often called Messmate. The
first name is suggested from the strong smell of the crushed leaves,
while the appellation of Messmate infers that these trees " mess-
mate " with or partake of the characters of other trees. The
trees showing outward affinities to E. aniygdalina, and which
suggest the name of Messmate are probably E. dives (Peppermint)
and one of the Stringybarks growing in the locality.

E. amygdalina usually grows with a grey bark not unlike that
of E. dives, but perhaps a little more fibrous in large trees. The
two species are easily separated on sight by the leaves, those of
the former being narrow, while those of the latter are fairly
broad, especially on the young shoots. The fruits of E. dives are
slightly the larger. The timber of E. amygdalina is not con-
sidered to be of much value, being soft and likely to decay when
used i]i exposed situations. This species is not very plentiful in
the Orange and southern Bathurst districts, and Mullion Creek
marks the most north-v/esterly locality in which I have ever found

574 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

it. This is one of those species which seem to slightly prefer a
geological formation of sedimentary origin to that of an igneous,
but apparently it is more particular as a first consideration in
having a fairly cool climate, and ma}^ be found both north and
south on elevated Silurian slate areas, as well as on the Triassic
sandstone around Mount Victoria and elsewhere. From Goul-
burn and Moss Vale it continues eastward to the top of the
Illawarra Range at Macquarie Pass overlooking Albion Park, but
I have never found it down in the Illawarra district.

E. radiata, Sieb., is, however, found along man}' of the rivers
and creeks of the coastal area, though not absolutely confined to
these situations, and is known sometimes as Peppermint but often
as Ribbony Gum from the appearance of the streamers of decor-
ticating bark as they hang from the upper parts of the trees.
The trunks of E. radiata are covered at the base and for ^arj'ing
distances upwards with a grey bark very similar to that of E.
amygdalina^hMt the upper part is usuall}^ clean and fairly white.
In general appearance this is the chief difference noticed between
the two species except, of course, in habit, E. radiata showing a
preference for growing along creek banks and on flats. Still the
latter trees may be found on the hillsides in many localities, and
although they appear to grow at lower levels in Xew South AVales
than E. ainygdalina, they may sometimes be found at elevations
at least exceeding 2,000 feet above sea level. The fruits of E.
radiata have appeared to me to be uniformly rather more con-
stricted at the rim than are those of E. amygdalina, but undoubt-
edly the two species approach each other ver}' closely, and there
are instances where it is extremely difficult to separate them.

E. amyydaJiiia has an extensive range on the highlands in New
South Wales and Victoria, and is common in Tasmania, ]3ut under
the influence of southern latitudes may there be found practically
down to the sea level, although also at considerable elevations,
and apparently heedless of whether the formation is igneous or
sedimentary, being common on the former near Launceston and
on the latter around Hobart. In southern Victoria, also, it
appears to show that a suitable climate is its chief desideratum,

BY R. H. CAMUAGE. 575

as it grows there at a much lower level than in the latitude of
Sydney.

At about 10 miles south-westerly from Orange there is a high
mountain of volcanic origin, exceeding 4,000 feet above sea level
and known as the Canoblas. It is of intense geological interest, for
in addition to the petrological study it affords of the various forms
of volcanic rock of which it is composed, and the probable remains
of an ancient crater on the top, just south of the Trig, station,
the original lava flow has covered and thereby protected older
sedimentary rocks of the Devonian and Silurian periods, and
these ma}^ be seen in places protruding from under the base of
the mountain. To the eastward, near Forest Reefs, Tertiary
fossil fruits may be found buried under a great thickness of basalt
which was possibly emitted from or contemporaneous with the
outflow^s from the Canoblas. Some rocks containing graptolites
of probably Lower Silurian origin may be found towards Diggers'
Creek near Cadia.

The road from Orange to Cargo passes the base of the mountain
on the western side at about 7 miles from Orange, and the
Eucalypts noticed between Orange and this point are E. dives,
E. viminalis, E. Br-idgesiana, E. r)iacrorhyncha and E. coriaceaj

On ascending the mountain from about the 7-miIe post the
following plants are noticed : — Eucalyptus macrorhyncha, E.
melliodoi'a, E. Bridyesiana, E. viminalis, E. Cambagei, E. dives,
Acacia dealbata, A. melanoxylon, ^.^v., Exocarpus ciqjressiformis,
Thysanotus fube?-osus, R.Br. (Fringed Violet), Veronica perfolio-
lata, R.Br., Calythrix tetragona, Stella7'ia 2Junge7is, Brong., Ery-
fh?rea australis, R.Br., Helichrysur)i apicidatum, DC, and Lepto-
spermum lanigevam (?), Sm.

Erythr(pa australis is a small plant which has been seen extend-
ing over most of the area described in these papers, and is to be
found in the coastal area as well. It was used by the aborigines
for medicinal purposes, and is not confined to this State.

Acacia melanoxylon is the same as the famous Tasmanian
Blackwood, but in New South Wales it does not grow into such
fine trees as may be found in Victoria and Tasmania. It is often

576 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

known as Hickory from the toughness of the wood. Along parts
of the North Coast and Table Lands it is called Mudgerabah and
has various other local names. The species is very likely to be
confused b}^ the casual observer with A. implexa owing to a
general similarity in the bark and venation of the leaves. The
simplest test, if ripe pods are available, is to examine the funicle
which connects the seed to the pod, that of A. meJanoxylon being
red and carried round the seed twice, while that of A. imijlexa is
paler and folded at the hilum end of the seed.

The only Eucalj^pts growing on the top of the Canoblas are
E. coriacea and E. rubida, the others ceasing at about 500 feet
below the summit. Mr. J. H. Maiden has shown that this par-
ticular form of E. ruhida growing on the top of the Canoblas is
ver}^ little removed from typical E. Guniiii, Hook., of Tasmania
(these Proceedings, 1901, p. 581).

On the roadside between Canoblas and Cargo the following
Eucalypts were noticed : — E. riminalis, E. Eridgesiana, E. dives,
E. fereficoniis, E. meUiodora, E. macrorhyncha, E. Camhagei (18
mile post), and E. hemiphloia var. alhens.

Between Orange and Cargo, a distance of 23 miles, the country
falls almost continuously, and the climatic effect on the flora is
again very noticeable. E. coriacea is left behind at the 7-mile
post. Near the 15-mile post the last is seen of the Peppermint,
E. dives and of E. viminalis. At the 20-mile post E. macrorhyn-
cha ceases, the country below this being too hot for these species.
On the other hand, E. hemiphloia var. alhens does not appear till
the 18-mile post is reached, the country above that being too cold
for it.

Between the 15- and 16-mile posts and on the left hand side of
the road, specimens w^ere collected from a tree ^vhich about the
greater part of the trunk considerably resembled E. Bridgesiana,
but the upper part and branches were clean, giving the tree the
appearance of E. viminalis. The fruits and buds most resemble
those of the multiflowered form of E. viminalis, and in the
absence of stem-sucker leaves have been provisionally identified

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 577

as belonging to that species. One or two other similar looking
trees were seen in the locality.

From Cargo to Cowra via Canowindra the country still falls,
and the vegetation gradually assumes the western forms. On
the hills at Cargo is rather a glaucous form of E. Cambcu/ei, and
this is the last seen of the species in travelling towards the
Lachlan. It is here associated with JE. hemiphloia var. alhens, a
coalition which only takes place near the western or lowest level
of the former, and the eastern or highest part of the latter.
Growing with them is E. te7-eticornis var. dealbata.

The country is generally clear of shrubs, but the larger trees
noticed between Cargo and Canowindra were : — Eucalyptus melli-
odora, E. fereticornis, E. hemiphloia var. albens, E. Woollsiana,
Callitris 7'obusta, and Sterculia diversifolia. The re-appearance of
Eucalyptus Woollsia^ia and Callitris robusta denotes a return to
the low country.

Sterculia diversifolia (Currajong) is the well known fodder tree,
and there are few plants having a wider range over this State,
although it rarely grows in clusters but as isolated trees. It is
found over the whole of the area described in these papers, and
is dotted nearly all along the coastal districts. It grows on
various geological formations, but if it shows any partiality it is
first for limestone and then igneous over slate and sandstone.
Near Parramatta, at the Pennant Hills quarry, it it found on
basalt, while at Newcastle and West Dapto it grows on Permo-
Carboniferous formation. At Tillowrie near Milton it may be
found in limited quantities on an igneous rock extending only a
short distance among the sandstone, and was known as
Curranimai by the aborigines who used the young roots as
an article of food. The aborigines of the district had a
curious belief that to cut one of these trees would produce
rain, consequently they were often spoken of as Rain
trees. But they must not be confused with two trees of Euca-
lyptus macidata (Spotted Gum) which grow on the roadside a few
miles to the southward and are known to residents and regular
travellers as the " Water Trees," owing to the fact that they have

578 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

small hollows in the base of the trunks which hold water nearly
all the year round. One in particular has been the means of
quenching many a thirst on this particularly dr}^ piece of road.

The name of Currajong or Kurrajong appears to be a settler's
name for the various trees which have a bark easily stripped and
containing a strong fibre, as is the case with the young shoots of
this species. In the Ulladulla district, sjDecies of Commersonia
and Pimelea are better known as Currajong than the Sterculia,
while in other places some of the Hibiscus family bear this name.
For other "Kurrajongs," see Mr. Maiden's 'Useful Native Plants
of Australia.'

In the western districts the young leaves are often divided into

three long lobes, and it is quite common to see divided leaves on

large trees, but this feature is much more unusual along the

coast. Seeds of the Currajong collected in the western districts,

and planted on the coast, produce plants with leaves more divided

than are those of the indigenous coastal trees. A plant grown

at Burwood from seed collected on the Upper Macleay in 1 889,

seldom has any divided leaves, and the divisions were very slight

on some young shoots recently produced by cutting back one of

the older branches. This particular tree, though now 13 years

old, has never flowered. A tree growing beside it from seed

collected on the Lachlan has the much divided leaves. Another

slight difference noticed between the coastal and interior Curra-

jongs is that the coast tree will sometimes shed all its leaves,

though this is not a constant feature, and is a matter which

requires further investigation, possibly only applying to old trees.

A tree at Milton was leafless during most of January, 1901. In

the interior I have noticed them partially shed their leaves, but ,

never wholly. During the year of heaviest flowering the Illawarra

Flame-tree, Sterculia aceri/olia, A. Cunn., is almost leafless just

before blooming in November and December, so that the feature

is not restricted to one species of this genus. These slight

differences are not sufficient to suggest a separation of the species,

but they may point to a possibilit}^ of some slow evolution being

in progress, perhaps the result of climatic influence.

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 579

Recentl}'' some prominence has been given to the fact that the
soft wood of the Queensland Bottle Tree, Sterculia rupestris,
Benth., after being sawn and put through a chaff cutter, is useful
as a fodder. The branches of the Currajong are little more than
bark and wood of a very pithy nature, and may yet be found
useful for the same purpose if treated in a similar manner. The
tree is a most valuable one to pastoralists, and its conservation
should receive every consideration at their hands. Near the 29-
mile post, on the Orange to Canowindra road, may be seen a
luxuriant growth of these trees on a hillside composed almost
wholly of limestone.

Along the creek banks and flats, near Canowindra, are Casua-
rina C iinninghamiana, Eucalyptus rostrata, and E. Bridgesiana.
After that the following may be noticed distributed along the
road to Cowra : — E. tereticoruis (not plentiful), E. melliodora, E.
hemiphloia var. cdhens, E. Woollsiana, Ccdlitris 7'obitsta, Acacia
implexa (Hickory), and Sterculia diver sif alia, while Eucalyptus
conica (Woolly-butt) may be seen on the flats near Cowra.

Morongle Creek is situated some few miles above Cowra, and
along its banks, as well as on the flats near the Laehlan, E.
conica is fairly plentiful. It is locally known under the names
of Box, Apple, and Woolly-butt, but there are strong grounds for
believing that it was known to the aborigines as Morongle. The
latter name, however, appears to have fallen into disuse, and I
could only hear of one person who had heard this name from an
aborigine.

From Cowra to Grenfell is about 34 miles westerly, and the
Eucal3^pts noticed along the roadside were : — E. rostrata, E.
melliodora, E. conica, E. Woollsiana, E. hemijMoia var. alhens,
E. tereticoruis, and var. dealhata, E. sideroxylon (Ironbark), E.
affinis (White Ironbark or Ironbark Box), E. macrorhyncha, E.
polyanthema and E. Bridgesiana. These were all seen before the
15-mile post was reached, and each species was again noticed
between that point and Grenfell.

Various shrubs and trees passed between Cowra and Grenfell
were : — Callitris robusta, C. calcarata, Sterculia diver sifolia,

580 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

Macrozamia secunda, C. Moore (a dwarf form of Cycad found in
various western areas chief!}" on sandstone ridges), Casitarina
quadrifcdvis, Acacia diffusa (sometimes called Pin Bush from the
shape of the rigid pointed leaves), Exocmyus cujiressiformi^, and
Pterostylis rpjiexa, R.Br.

Going north from Grenfell along the Goolagong road for about
nine miles, and then turning to the right for three miles, the
following trees and shrubs were noted : — Eucalyptus hemfiiphloia
var. alhens^ E. tereticornis and var. dealhata, E. raeUiodora^ E.
Woollsiana, E. macrorhyncha, E. sideroxylon, E. Bridgesiana, E.
couica, E. rostrata, E. affinis, E. polyanthema^ Callitrls calcarata,
C. robusta, Acacia doratoxylon (Currawong), A. dealhata (green
variety), A. hakeoides, Casuarina quadrivalvis (She Oak or
Mountain Oak), C. Luehmanni (Bull Oak), Lpptospermurti
scojmrium, Forst. (Tea Tree, the form with narrow pointed leaves),
StercuUa diversifolia, Pittosporum phillyroioides, Eusamis acumi-
natus (Quandong), Exocarpus cupressiformis , Eriostemon myopo-
rides, DC, and Cassinia sp.

The rabbits had eaten the bark off the roots of the Currawong
trees in many cases.

About four miles north-easterly from Grenfell, on the Newgrove
Road, are Eucalyptus hcemastoma var. micrantha, and Acacia
obtusata (I).

Between Orange and Cadia, a distance of about 15 miles, the
country is basaltic most of the way and for the greater part
elevated. The Eucalypts growing near the road w^ere : — E. vimi-
7ialis, E. rubida, E. Bridgesiana (3-m.), E. coi-iacea, E. stelhdata
(4-m.), E. aggy^egata, Deane and Maiden (5-m.), E. dives (8-m.), E.
vimiiialis, E. coriacea, E. macrorhyncha, E. stelhdata (12-m.), E.
Cambagei, E. melliodora and E. dives.

Other trees and shrubs were : — Acacia dealhata (Silver Wattle),
A. melauoxylon [T\ (7-m.), Banksia inargriiata, Cav. (Honeysuckle),
Exocaiyus c2ip7'essiJ'o7'inis, E. striata, R. Br., Leptospermum sp.,
and Casuarina Cunniughamiana, the latter growing along the
banks of the creek at Cadia. These River Oaks extend for some
miles along the creek above Cadia, as well as downwards to the

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 581

Lachlaii River, and this must be one of the locaHties where they
are found at their greatest elevation above sea-level.

Eucalyptus agyreyata follows alluvial flats or damp places on
the tablelands, and is found in various localities south of Bathurst,
between Burraga and Oberon. It may also be seen from the
railway line on the flats near Wallerawang. There is ver}^ little
of it in the Orange district, but in addition to the above locality
on the Cadia road it is growing between the 6- and 7-mile posts
on the road from Orange to Forest Reefs, probably a continuation
of the same patch. It appears to grow in exactly similar situa-
tions to the Camden Woolly-butt {E. 2Iacarthuri, Deane and
Maiden), found in the Moss Vale district. It has a fairly rough
bark extending right up among the branches, in texture being
something between a flbrous and a flaky bark. At Hobby's
Yards, south of Newbridge, the tree is know^n as Woolly-butt,
while in the district south of Oberon it is often called Flooded
Gum from the fact that it follows near the banks of the creeks.
Still it is very distinct from the various Woolly-butts and Flooded
Gum of the coast districts. The leaves are fairly narrow, the
stem-sucker foliage being somewhat broader, but at the same
time not remarkably broad. The timber, which is pale and
rather light, does not seem to have any reputation for durability.
The flowers are numerous, the fruits small and clustered in a
manner which suggested the botanical name for the species. It is
recorded by the authors from around the Goulburn district, north
and south, but may possibly have a considerable range on the
tablelands of this State.

Between Cadia and Mandurama the country, which is generally
clear, is of more geological than botanical interest. The rocks
are chiefly igneous, and amongst others is an interesting horn-
blende-andesite near Burnt Yards. The trees growing along the
roadside are '.—Eucalyi)tus viininalis^ E. Bridgesiana^ E. tereti-
cor7iis, E.inacror'hyncha, E. Cambagei, E. 'polyantheina^ E. melli-
odora, E. hemvphloia var. aJbens (which ceases 5 miles before
Mandurama is reached), E. dives, Casuarina Ciinninyhamimia,
Acacia diffusa, A. dealhata, and A. melanoxylon (?).

582 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

From Mandurama to Hobby's Yards the country gradually
rises, and the following species ma}^ be seen : — Acacia dealbata,
Eucalyptus mellioclora, E. Bridyesiaua, E. Camhayei (not plenti-
ful), E. vwiinalis, E. macrorhyncha^ E. dives, E. tereticoriiis (not
plentiful on the highest parts), E. stelhdata, E. coriacea (on the
highest parts), E. ruhida, and E. agyr-egata, the latter being on
the flats near Neville and again at Hobby's Yards on the road 9
miles from Newbridge towards Trunkey.

From Hobby's Yards to Trunkey, a distance southerly of about
9 miles, the country falls and the following trees were passed : —
Acacia dealbata, Eucalyptus aggregata, E. coriacea, E. stellulata,
E. rubida, E. Bridgesiana, E. macrorhyncha, E. dives (14 miles
from Newbridge), E. melliodora, E. maculosa, E. polyanthema, E.
Car/ibagei, and E. hcemastoma var. micrantha. The latter being
a few hundred yards to the westward and not visible from the
road. Gonipholobium Huegelii, Benth., was found a few miles
east of Hobby's Yards.

Continuing from Trunkey to Tuena, the country still falls to
the Abercrombie River, and within the first mile the trees passed
were : — Eucalyptus polyanthema, E. Cambagei, E. maculosa, E.
macrorhyncha, E. Bridgesiana, E. melliodo7'a, E. tereticoriiis, E.
viminalis, and E. rubida. Thence to the Abercrombie River, at
12 miles from Trunkey, are E. hemiphloia var. albens, E. polyan-
thema, E. melliodora, E. Cambagei, and E. macrorhyncha.

It may be noticed that during the last 1 1 miles all the tj^pical
cold country gums have been left behind owing to the increased
warmth of the somewhat lower country. Still an occasional tree
of E. viminalis may be found even below this level, there being
one solitary tree of this species just below the junction of the
Burro wa and Lachlan Rivers, although it looks quite out of place
amidst its surroundings.

Near the Abercrombie River and towards Tuena are Casuarina
C unninghamiana, E. hemiphloia var. albens, E. polyanthema, E.
melliodora, E. tereticornis, E. Bridgesiana, E. macrorhyncha, and
a small patch of E. hcemastoma var. micrantha, near Tuena and
close to the 36-mile post from Newbridge.

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 583

Many of these notes were made for purposes of personal refer-
ence only and not with the object of publication. The conditions
also under which they were taken did not permit of a thorough
investigation throughout a district, consequently they are not at
all exhaustive. The genus Eucalyptus is the only one which may
be considered approximately complete. So far as the Bathurst
district is concerned, a much more detailed list of plants may be
found in the ' Notes on the Flora of Bathurst ' of Mr. W. J.
Clunes Ross, B.Sc, F.G.S. (Kept. Assoc. Adv. Sci. vii., 1898, 467).

From Bathurst to Limekilns is northerly about 20 miles, and
the conspicuous trees growing along the roadside are Eucalyptus
tereticornis, E. Bridgesicina, E. melliodora, E. viminalis, E. ruhida
(9-m.), E. Camhagei, E. macrorhyncha, E. polyanthema^ E. inacu-
losa, E. pidverulenta^ Sims, Casuarina Cunni7ighamiana, Ango-
jjhora intermedia, DC, (Apple), Acacia vestita, A. dealbata, A,
diffusa, A. lanigera, A. linifolia, Willd., and Kunzea peduncular-is,
F.v.M.

Typical Devonian fossils may be found in some of the creeks
along this road, having been washed down from the hills to the
eastward.

The trees of AngopJiora intermedia are first met with just
beyond the 6-mile post, and this is the only locality within the
area described in these papers where a species of Angophora has
been noticed.

A. intermedia is a very common "Apple Tree" along the coast
and north-westerly districts, at least as far out as Gilgandra, but
over the Great Dividing Range it keeps practically to the northern
side of the Great Western Railway Line. Its timber is soft but
useful for some kinds of wheelwrights' work. Asa fuel it burns
well, and a dead tree lying on the ground will, after being lighted,
quietly burn right away, leaving in white ashes the imprint of
both trunk and branches. South of Bathurst (as intimated in
Part vi.) Eucalyptus Bridgesiana is usually known as Apple, but
when found growing in company with an Angophora it appears
to be either WooUybutt or Peppermint, though in Gippsland it
bears the native name of But But according to Mr. A. W. Howitt.

584: BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

The trees growing near the 20-mile post at Limekihis and
mentioned as Eucalyi^tiis jnilverulenta, Sims, are the same as those
found in the Goulburn to Marulan district and known as Argyle
Apple. It has a fibrous short stringy bark and pale glaucous
leaves exactly similar to the Goulburn trees, while its timber has
the same reddish tint. In going southwards from Limekilns
towards Goulburn there seems to be a break of at least 70 or 80
miles before the species is again found. The question once more
comes up as to whether in such cases as this the growth was
formerly continuous, and has partly perished from climatic or
other causes, or whether the seeds were originally distributed
only at these wide intervals. A careful detailed geological survey
of the intervening area would be one necessary part of the
research required to assist in the determination of this interesting
question.

In going from Bathurst southwards to Rockley, a distance of
about 22 miles, various trees and shrubs noticed near the roadside
were : — Eucaly2)tus viminalis, E. Bridyesiana^ E. j^olyanfhema^ E.
melliodora, E. Camhagei, E. hcemastoma var. micrantha, E. macro-
rhyncha, E. tereticornis, E. cordata, Labill., var., E. ruhida, E.
coriacea, E. stellulata, E. dives, Acacia dealbata, A. lanigera, A.
discolor, A. diffusa, A. ohtusata, A. armata, A. lunata, Sieb.,
Casuarina 2)aludosa{X), Calythrix fetragona, and Oia:r stricta,^.^Y.

For about 10 miles the formation is granite, and the land being
cultivated, it follows that the trees are scarce. But about the
11- and 12-mile posts are hills of micaceous schist, slate and lime-
stone, w^here the flora changes entirely and the plants are fairly
numerous.

On a continuation of these hills towards Wiseman's Creek, the
Flannel Flower, Actinotus Helianthi, Labill., may be found, and
this is its most western locality in the Bathurst district known
to me.

In their * Research on the Eucalypts ' Messrs. Baker & Smith
express the opinion that the t3^pical E. pulveridenta, Sims, which
was described in 1819 from a seedling plant grown in a nursery
in England, was not the Argyle Apple as commonly supposed.

BY R. H. CAM13AGE. 585

but a tree growing at Cow Flat near Bathurst and closely allied to
the Tasmanian E. cordata, Labill. From the drawings and the
description of the drooping stems, the similarit}' also seems to
me greater to what I shall term in these papers the Bathurst E.
cordata or E. cordata var. than to the Argyle Apple. The first
difficulty that presents itself is to settle upon the locality where
the original seeds were collected from which the plants in Eng-
land were grown. The locality is stated as New Holland, and if
this could at those early dates have sometimes erroneously
included Tasmania, it would seem possible the seeds were collected
there and were perhaps typical E. cordata, for it must be remem-
bered that the species {E. pidvericleuta) was described from culti-
vated specimens.

In the year 1822 Allan Cunningham collected near Cox's River
a shrubby species, which he named E. pidvlge7'a, and from his
general description this appears to be the same as the Bathurst
E. cordata. Curiously this form does not appear to have been
again collected till February of 1900, when I found it while
surveying on the hills near Cow Flat, opposite the old Apsley
Copper Mine, at about one mile west of the 11-mile post on the
road from Bathurst to Rockley. It was not until the year 1813
that the Blue Mountains were crossed, so that if the seeds of the
typical E. pulvei'identa were collected beyond that point, no time
was lost in having them bearing fruit in England by 1819, when
the description was published. Still a flowering plant of Euca-
lyptus glohidus, Labill., said to be only two years old, was
exhibited at the last meeting of the Australasian Association for
the Advancement of Science in Hobart, but this would seem to
be exceptionally young.

As there is some doubt from the information at present avail-
able as to which is the typical E. indveridenta, I shall continue
to refer it in these papers to the Argyle Apple. "^

* Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c,, refers to this matter in a paper on E.
pulverulenta (these Proceedings, 1901, p. 547).

586 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

The question as to whether the Bathurst E. cordata differs from
the Tasmania!! one sufficiently to be regarded as a separate species
will probably remain to some extent a matter of opinion. There
is a noticeable difference in the shape and texture of the leaves,
those of the Bathurst trees being thicker and more leathery than
are those of the Tasmanian species, while the latter are often
crenulate and more acuminate. The amount of variation in the
length of peduncle appears to be about the same in both cases.
Some difference may also be noticed in the shape of the fruits, an
important point in botany, those of the Tasmanian trees having
a globular tendency. In both cases the fruits are sessile and
a.rranged in three-j. The Bathurst trees are growing near the
top of a rock}^ hill of micaceous schist formation, seldom exceed-
ing more than 20 feet high, and little more than 3 inches in
diameter, with the heads of the trees bending right over. The
buds commonly have a partially second operculum. The wood is
pale, the bark white and inclined to be ribbony. The whole of
the trees to be found cover very little more than an acre of
ground, and no others of the same species being known on the
mainland of Australia, it is difficult from this small area to make
a satisfactory comparison with the Tasmanian trees.

To the south of Ilobart E. cordata m^j be found on hills of
volcanic rock. From a bushman's point of view, they are very
like the Bathurst trees, except that they grow larger and are
usually much more erect, only two or three instances being
noticed on one hill where the heads showed a tendency to bend
over, though not to the extent which may be seen at Bathurst.
In bark and timber they appear identical. The Bathurst trees
are the toughest to be found among the hills on which they grow,
and the same may be said of these Hobart trees, except it be
some stunted forms of E. cocc{fcra, Hook., growing on Mount
Wellington. The Tasmanian or typical E. cordata also has the
partially double operculum, though this feature may be found at
times on other species of Eucalyptus. Considering the widely
different conditions, both geological and climatic, under which
the two trees grow, some difference at least in general appearance

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 587

might be expected. Still, in my experience, the differences found
among various trees in scattered localities have not always been
so great as expected, except perhaps those affected by extreme
cold, or by boisterous weather along the sea shore. In the
absence of other causes, the better soil in which the Hobart trees
are growing might, however, be sufficient to account for the
larger growths found there.

Altogether, the differences in herbarium specimens of these
two trees, so far as I know them, seem sufficient to enable a
botanist to separate them, while at the same time they have so
many points in common that I am disposed for the jDresent to
regard one as a variety of the other.

In view of the scarcity and the dwarfed form of the Bathurst
trees, together with the fact that they are growing on some of
our oldest rocks (a fact in itself not sufficient to prove much), I
am inclined to believe that the species was once more plentiful,
and that this patch is only a remnant of what previousl}^ extended
over a very much larger area, the limits of which it is impossible
to determine.

Oberon is situated about 32 miles south-easterly from Bathurst,
and, being higher, has a slightly different flora. The most con-
picuous difference, however, is in the size of the trees, those in
the Oberon district being often very tall, reminding one in this
respect of many spots along the coastal area.

In going easterly towards the Duckmaloi Creek for about seven
miles, partly along the Hampton Road, the following species may
be noticed : — Eucalyptus viminalis, E. aggregata, E. stellulata, E.
coriacea, E. rubida, E. dives, E. amygdalina, E. vitrea, Baker,
Exocarpus cupressiformis, Banksia marginata and Acacia penni-
nervis, Sieb. (Black Wattle).

The trees of E. vitrea were noticed between the 5- and 6-mile
posts on both sides of the road. They have the general appear-
ance of the Peppermint group, but are distinguishable from E.
dices and E. amggdalina, both of which may be found before the
4-mile post is reached. In this locality E. vitrea has fairly rough
grey peppermint bark on the trunk for a distance upwards of

588 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

about 15 or 20 feet on a tree 50 feet high. Above 20 feet the
bark is smooth and a dirty white. The leaves, which have the
lateral veins almost parallel to the midrib, are somewhat shining,
and, even when dried, have a glassy appearance. The fruits seem
slightly larger than those of E. dives, which are again usually
larger than those of E. amygdalina.

The species had never been noticed by me before these Oberon
trees were found in February, 1900, at which time it was unde-
scribed, but shortly afterwards I recognised the same species on
the roadside between Marulan and Moss Vale. In both localities
the trees seemed to average about 50-60 feet high. In some forms,
owing to its shining leaves and the smoothness of the upper part
of the trunk and branches, it somewhat approaches E. coriacea
in general appearance, but its closest affinities seem to be the
Peppermints.

In going southerly for 18 miles from Oberon towards Swatch-
field the following Eucalypts may be seen : — E. steUidata, E.
Bridgesiana, E. coriacea, E. viminalis, E. fastiyata, Deane and
Maiden (5-m.), E. aygregata (7-m.), E. amygdalina, E. dives
(14-m.), E. coriacea, E, stellulata, E. aggregata, E. viminalis, E.
fastigata, and E. amygdalina.

Other trees are: — Acacia dealbata, Banksia marginata. Acacia
melanoxylon, and Goodenia ovata, Sm. (?), a shrub locally known
as Wild Hops.

Eucalyptus aggregata is fairly common on the southern side of
Oberon.

E. fastigata has something the appearance of the coast Black-
butt {E. pilularis), but the rough bark generally extends at least
up to and sometimes on the branches, though its terminal point
is variable. It occurs plentifully in the southern part of the
Oberon district and towards the Jenolan Caves, and appears to
be known throughout as Blackbutt, this name liaving probably
been applied to it by the early settlers because of its general
resemblance to the coast trees which bear that name. The trees
are among the largest in the Oberon district, and though the

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 589

fissile timber is freely used it is not considered to have any
special value.

Messrs. Deane and Maiden have expressed the opinion (these
Proceedings, 1901, p. 123) that E. vitrea is a form of E.fastigata.
The fruits of E. vitrea are usually rounder than those of E.
fastigata, which are somewhat pear-shaped and slightly domed.
Speaking with a somewhat limited acquaintance with these trees
they appear to me to be separable.

There appears to be some doubt as to whether E. fastiyata is
sufficiently distinct from E. regnans, F.v. M., as to warrant its
having specific rank. My own observations on the matter made
from specimens collected near Dandenong in Victoria, west of
Albion Park, west of Milton and at Oberon in jS'ew South Wales,
lead to the conclusion that the two trees are ver}' closely allied, and
it may yet be found that E.fastigata is only a variety or form of E.
regnans. Certainly the bark of E. regnans in Victoria is usually
smooth to perhaps within 10 or 15 feet from the ground or some-
times less, while in N.S. Wales that of E. fastigata is rough up
to and often on the branches, but this character in the variability
of bark is v^ery deceptive. Again, the fruits of E. regnans which
I collected at Dandenong are chiefly truncate, while at Oberon
those of E, fastigata are chiefly domed, with the valves often
slightly exserted, but those from Albion Park show forms both
truncate and slightly domed, though the rough somewhat stringy
bark on the trees (locally called Messmate) at the latter place
extends on to the branches. In all three cases the peduncles
may be found in pairs in the axils, as well as solitary. So far
as the rough- and smooth-barked trees are concerned those
characters are sufficient to enable the two to be separated, but
there are probably some forms that would present considerable
difficulty.

The following is a list of Eucalypts passed between Forbes and
Oberon : — E. 77ieUiodora, E. Woollsiana, E. hemiphloia var. alhens,
E. Gonica, E. rostrata, E. tereticornis and var. dealhata, E. Bridge-
siana, E. macrorhyncka, E. virninalis, E. Cambagei, E. dives, E.
stelhdata, E. coriacea, E. ruhida, E. hcemastoma var. micranthay
39

590 BOTANY OF THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

E. maculosa, E. polyanthema, E. amygdalina, E. sideroxyhn
(only near Grenfell), E. affinis (only near Grenfell), E. aggregata,
E. pulverulenta (only near Limekilns), E. cordata var. (only near
Cow Flat), E. vitrea and E. fastigata.

About eighteen years ago the Native Bears (Phascola) cfus
cinereus) were fairly plentiful along parts of the road between
Bathurst and Rockley, and I noticed that although they might
at times be found on most kinds of Eucalypts, they seemed to
show a preference for E. melliodora, the Yellow Box. In AYestern
lllawarra, about twenty years ago, their favourite trees were the
White Box, since named E. quadrangulata, Deane and Maiden.
Around Bolivia, and towards Tenterfield, about fifteen years ago
some rather small Box-trees were constantly inhabited by the
Koala. Evidently they had some jDreference for the Box group,
and it was often remarked that they w^ere rarely seen in an
Angophora, and also were usually more numerous among the
Gums than the Stringybarks.

From the above remarks, and as the Native Bears live on the
leaves of trees, it may be gathered that the chemistry of our
Eucalypts had been investigated long before that branch of study
was taken up by man.

Many things to be met with in Nature command some affection,
but the amount varies according to different conditions. Our
vegetation, however, when it presents its greatest beauty, is
admired rather than loved. This is particularly the case with
our coastal scenery, which has much more to commend it than
the less favoured flora of the interior. Still there are many
evidences of admiration, and even veneration toward members of
the floral family in Western New South Wales, being partly
brought about because of their usefulness and partly from their
beauty. The result of some observations made on the matter
leads me to suggest that the species which commands the greatest]
affection over the area described in these papers is Acaeia pendiday
the Myall or Boree.

This paper concludes for the present the series of " Notes on
the Botany of the Interior."

BY R. H. CAMBAGE. 591

I wish to acknowledge assistance in various ways from Mr. J.
H. Maiden, F.L.S., who has been ever ready to discuss with me
any knotty points which have arisen in regard to the identification
of plants, and, in addition to naming many of the species, to give
any information that might add to the usefulness of these papers.

My thanks are also due to Mr. R. T. Baker, F.L.S., who has
also contributed in an exactly similar manner.

I also desire to acknowledge services rendered by Mr. E.
Betche, Botanic Gardens, Mr, W. S. Dun, Palaeontologist Mines
Department, Mr. J. J. Fletcher, and Mr. H. G. Smith, F.C.S.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

Map of New South Wales showing Author's Koute

Part

i.

— Bourke to Cobar.

Part

ii.

— Cobar to Muclall.

Part

ill.

— Mudall to Euabalong,

Part

iv.

— Mt. Hope to Parkes.

Part

V.

— Parkes to Marsden.

Part

vi.

— Marsden to Narrandera.

Part

vii.

—Forbes to Bathurst.

592

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Professor Haswell showed under the microscope preparations
of the Sporocysts described in his paper.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited specimens of the curious coccid, Frenchia
casuarince, Mask., recently found by him on casuarinas, near
Condobolin, N.S.W.; the species was originally described from the
Wimmera district, Victoria, and is now recorded for the first
time from New South Wales. Also specimens of the larvae of
the pine-scrub beetle (Diadoxus erythrurus) recently collected
from dead or dying Currawong bushes (Acacia doratoxyloii) on
the ranges about the Lachlan River beyond Condobolin. As
living trees are to be found side hy side with dead or dying ones,
and as some of the latter may yield as many as half a dozen larvae,
Mr. Froggatt expressed his belief that in the locality mentioned
the destruction of the trees was attributable to the insects, and
not to the drought.

Mr. Fred. Turner exhibited specimens of {\) Plantago coronopus,
Linn., collected by him in the north reserve at Coogee Bay, a
species not hitherto found in New South Wales, he believed,
though it has been recorded from the Southern and Western
States; (2) Lobelia pur pni^ascens, R.Br., in a state of malformation,
a condition not previously observed by him.

Mr. Baker exhibited two sections of " Blackfellow's bread,"
Polyporus mylittce, Cooke and Massee, showing the fructification of
this fungus — one in the growing, and the other in the indurated
stage; timber of Euroschinus falcatus, Hook, f.; a particularly
fine specimen of the flannel flower, Actinotus Helianthi, Labill.,
showing fasciation of the stem; and the foliage and bark of a
probably now species of phyllodineous Acacia from Kingstown
viaUralla; alsoa "Box"seedlingof Eucalyptus populifolia^ Hook.f.,
from Mount Drysdale, to illustrate the contention that the so-called
•' Box" suckers of the western plains are not suckers in the true
botanical sense, but seedlings; and in support of the view that

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 593

Eucalypts do not sucker at all. The term " sucker " as used in
Australia is a colloquialism applied to adventitious growths from
stems and branches of Eucalypts.

Mr. Cambage exhibited herbarium and timber specimens in
illustration of his paper. He also showed fruiting branches of
the form of Pitto>^porum undulatum, Yent., which bears flowers
with long stamens, from AVaratah and Burwood. In the neigh-
bourhood of Sydney, however, it is quite a common occurrence to
find the species in a dio3cious condition, only the form with rudi-
mentary stamens setting any fruits.

Mr. Maiden exhibited a type specimen of Eucalyptus hicolor,
A. Cunn., which was originally presented by Cunningham to Sir
W. J. Hooker and presented by Sir William Thiselton Dyer to
the exhibitor. He also showed a drawing of a properly authen-
ticated type specimen of E. polyanthemos, Schauer, from the her-
barium of the University of Cambridge. Also a specimen of
Distegia Ledehouri% Greene, from California, belonging to an
anomalous genus of the Compositse.

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 26th, 1902.

The last Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society for the
Session was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, on Wednesday evening, November 26th, 1902.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c.. President, in the Chair.

Messrs. Ebenezer Campling, Superior Public School, Wing-
ham, N.S.W., and Harald C. Dannevig, Department of
Fisheries, Sydney,. were elected Members of the Society.

The Donations and Exchanges for the month, amounting to 5
Vols., 26 Parts or Nos., 5 Reports, 1 Pamphlet, received from 26
Societies, (fee, were laid upon the table.

594

ON A NEW SPECIES OF SY2IPL0C0S FROM NEW
SOUTH WHALES.

By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum.

Sydney.

(Plate xxviii.)

Symplocos Baeuerleni, sp.nov.

A small, glabrous, delicate shrub, about 6 to 9 feet high.

Leaves ovate, acuminate, or lanceolate, terminating in a sharp
point, glabrous, pale on the underside, membranous or chartaceous,
irregularly toothed or entire, slightly shining on the upper surface,
about 2 inches long and under 9 lines wide ; principal veins
distant and more distinct on the underside, pale-coloured, slightly
oblique, not always parallel; petiole about 1 line long.

Flowers small, solitary in the axils or 3 to 5 in an exceedingly
short raceme; petiole slightly under a line long. Bracts few,
small, minutely hirsute. Calyx glabrous, lobes exceedingly short
and broad. Petals glabrous, imbricate, broad, about 1 line long.
Stamens united at the base of the petals, indefinite, numbering
from 20 or more. Pistil about as long as the stamens. Stigma
slightly bifurcated.

Fruit ovoid, bluish-black, under 4 lines long, 2 lines in diameter,
contracted at the top and crowned by the calyx lobes.

Hah. — Tumbulgum, Murwillumbah, Tweed River (W. Bauerlen).

This shrub differs considerably in its foliage from S. spicata,
Roxb., S. Thwaitesii, F.v.M., and S. paucistamineics, F.v.M. — the
three species at present recorded for Australia ; in fact, the
difference is so great in this feature that one would never at first
sight take this plant to be a Symjyhcos. The floral and carpellary
characters, however, show it conclusively to be such. The
inflorescence of the above three species of Si/mplocos described

BY R. T. BAKER. 595

for Australia, is in the form of spikes or panicles with numerous,
flowers, whilst in this species the flowers are either solitary or few
(from 3 to 5) in an exceedingly short raceme. The individual
flowers, as well as the leaves and fruits, are all much smaller than
in any of the above species.

It differs from -S'. spicata, Roxb., also in its small, delicate, thin
leaves and smaller and pedicellate flowers. S. Thwaitesii, F.v.M.
and S. paucistamineus have firm, comparatively large, coriaceous
leaves, and numerous spikes of over an inch long. The fruits
are also smaller than those of any of these species.

It also appears to be quite distinct from any Symplocos des-
cribed in the ' Flora of British India ' (Hooker).

It occurs in the rich alluvial gullies of Tweed River, growing
amongst the recently described new plants of that district,
obtained by Mr. W. Bauerlen.

EXPLA.NATION OF PLATE XXVIII.

Symplocos Bduerleni, sp.n.

Fig. 1. — Flowering twig.
Fig. 2. — Fruiting twig.

Fig. 3. — Slightly expanded bud showing imbricate petals.
Fig. 4. — Individual flower showing disposition of petals and stamens.
Fig. 5. —Individual flower showing disposition of sepals and petals.
(Figs. 3, 4, and 5 are enlarged).

596

STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSC A.

Part YII.

By C. Hedley, F.L.S.

(Plates xxix., xxxi., xxxii., xxxiii.)

(Continued from p. 29.)

Chione lagupus, Lamarck.
Vemi^s lagopus, Lamarck, An. s. Vert, v., 1818, p. 591.

The original locality for this species is King George's Sound,
W.A. It was characterised by its author as 40 mm. long, exter-
nally white splashed with chestnut, within tinged with rose;
remarkable for its close longitudinal furrows, which are crenulated
on their upper sides, anteriorly the intervening ridges become
almost lamellate. He classed it next but one to Venus yallinula,
Lamk. Probably his type passed with Delessert's collection to
the Geneva Museum.*

The species was recognised from West Australia by Menke,t
who had proposed for it the name of Venus amyydalum. Except
that Tate (Trans. Hoy. See. S.A. ix., 1887, p. 91) has reduced it
to a synonym of Chione yallinula^ Lamarck's name has apparently
dropped out of notice of conchological writers.

Yet his description applies exactly and exclusively to the
Venus australis, Sowerby, I which name it should supersede. The
name Venus australis was in the same year given to another
species by Quoy k, Gaimard. But in 1790 it had already (S3\st.

* Crosse, Journ. de Conch, xvii., 1S69, p. 208.

t Menke, Spin. Moll. Nov. Holl. 1843, p. 43.

X Sowerby, P.Z.S., 1835, p. 22.

BY C. HEDLEY. 597

Nat. xiii., p. 3282) been preoccupied by Gmelin for yet another
species.

Mactra abbreviata, Lamarck.
(Plate xxix., figs. 1-3.)

This species has been mentioned as occurring in Port Jack-
son."^ The description of it suggested to me that it might perhaps
be identical with Mactra pusilla, A. Adams. I, therefore, sent
examples of J/, pusilla to Paris, with a request for a comparison
between it and J/, ahhreviata.

Mr. J. Mabille very kindly replied tomy inquiries as follows: —
" La Mactra abbreviata est representee dans les collections du
Museum d'histoire naturelle de Paris par 2 exemplaires en fort
bon etat de conservation, ces 2 exemplaires constituent le type
meme de Lamarck. lis sont completment distincts de la M.
pusilla. Cette Mactra abbreviata est une coquille blanche, un
peu brilliante ornee de s tries d'accroissement bien visibles, un peu
larges et comme aplaties; de forme ovale triangulaire, renflee,
surtout dans la region umbonale; a I'etat tres frais elle est revetue
d'un epiderme jaunatre, ecailleuse, caduc, ainsi qu'en temoigne
I'un des individus, qu'en possede encore une bande au bord ventral.

" La lunule et le corselet sont grands, bien delimites par deux
carenes plus accuses que celles qui existent chez le Mactra pusilla;
les crochets sont plus fort que ceux du Mactra pusilla; cette
derniere est tres deprim^e, beaucoup plus transverse; les cotes qui
ornent la lunule et le corselet sont identiques dans les deux
especes.

" La M. abbreviata mesure en largeur 33 a 36 millimetres; en
hauteur 29 a 30 et en epaisseur 20 a 24 millimetres. Elle se
rapproche assez de la Mactra pura, Deshayes, d'Australie, mais
cette derniere egalement blanche comme I'abbreviata, est plus
grande, plus deprimee, a lunule et a corselet depourveux de sillons."

Seeing that the unknown J/, abbreviata proved not to be M.
pusilla, I obtained, through the courtesy of Dr. J. C. Verco, a

* Lamarck, An. s. Vert, v., 1818, p. 477.

598 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

series of the shell known to South Australian conchologists as M.
p^ii'a, and transmitted them to Mr. J. Mabille with a request that
they be compared with Mactra ahhreviata, Lamarck.

Mr. Mabille replied (30/x./02) : — " Les coquilles que vous
m'avez envoyes ont des crochets moins inclines en avant que ceux
du type : par leur reunion le bord des valves dans toutel'etendue
de la lunule et du corselet present chez le type de Lamarck une
saillie tres accusee dans I'une des exemplaires, moins dans I'autre:
cette saillie manque dans vos specimens; enfin le caractere le plus
serieux, celiii par lequel Lamarck a suffisamment caracterise son
espece (ano vulvaque eleganter plicatis) sont presque absent, au
moins sur le corselet. Dans le type la lunule et le corselet sont
ornes de plis ou pour mieux dire de lamelles tres reguli^res, egale-
ment espacees, partant des crochets, couvrant entierement ces
deux parties, surdirigeant sur le centre des valves en s'afFaiblissant
au sortir de la lunule et du corselet, de telle sorte que sur la valve
meme elles ne forment que des stries d'accroissement.

" Les exemplaires marques de la lettre B [other individuals of
my parcel. — C.H.] sont trop transverses^ trop deprimes pour
pouvoir se rapporter a I'espece de Lamarck, au moins dans I'etat
actuel de nos connaissances. Les jeunes coquilles en raison de leur
depression se rapportent certainement a la forme B.

" Ces different exemplaires de Mactra ne constitnent-ils que
des varietes de la Mactra ahhreviata, c'est possible mais j'en doute
fort, je crois plutot a une espece voisine de I'abbreviata, carparmi
tous les exemplaires communiques, je n'en vois pas un seul qui
presente les caracteres distinctifs de I'espece en question, a savoir
la presence des plis ornant la lunule et le corselet de la M.
abbreviata, ce qui ne permet pas de trouver une forme inter-
mediaire reliant entre elles ces diverses Mactres."

My own conclusions from the information so kindly imparted
by Mr. Mabille are as follows : — Firstly, the record of Mactra
ahhreviata from Port Jackson had best be regarded as an error
and the species expunged from the fauna of N. S. Wales.
Secondly, the identification of a South Australian bivalve by

BY C. HEDLEY. 599

ra

Tate as Jlactra picra, Deshayes,"^ is erroneous. The real Mad
pura,oi which I gathered an example on the beach at Green Island,
off Cairns, Queensland, is a larger and flatter species, with smooth
dorsal areas. Thirdly, after comparing examples of the so-called
Mactra jnira from South Australia with the types of Mactra
ahbreviata, Lamk., Mr. Mabille finds that the}^ differ in minor
characters and especially by the want of lamellae on the lunule
and escutcheon. He considers that the}^ may be a variety of
Lamarck's J/, ahbreviata. but prefers to regard them as a related
but distinct species.

Under these circumstances I refrain from describing it as a
new species, but as a temporary expedient will call it M.
ahbreviata var. Since the shell has never been figured I submit
drawings of the hinge and exterior of a specimen 40 mm. in
length, 33 mm. in height, and 23 mm. in breadth of conjoined
valves. It appears to be related to Mactra rvfescens, Lamk.
Collectors more fortunate than myself who have access to the
species are invited to ascertain whether the range of variation
includes Lamarck's type and to search Peron's collecting grounds,
especially King Island, for the type form.

Purpura pseudamygdala, n.sp.

Buccinam amy(jdala, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1846, PI. viii., sp. 60.

Purpura (Cronia) amygdala, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867,
p. 191; Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. i., 1876, p. 200; Smith,
Alert Coll. 1884, p. 51 ; Watson, Rep. Zool. Chall. xv., 1886,
p. 172; Melvill & Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii., 1899,
p. 163. (Not Purpura amygdala, Kiener, Coq. Viv., Purpura, 1836,
p. 39, pi. x., f. 26; and Chenu, Man. de Conch, i., 1859, p. 167,
f. 807).

(Plate xxix., figs. 4, 5.)

Shell ovate-conic, angled at the shoulder, concave below the
suture, solid, everywhere roughened by small scales. Whorls
about six. Colour pale brown, with four spiral buff bands upon

Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., ix., 1887, p.

600 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

the prominent lyne, light orange within the aperture. Sculpture :
longitudinal ribs, about ten to a whorl, mount the spire obliquely,
are comparatively stronger on the earlier whorls, undulate the
suture, attain sudden prominence at the shoulder and vanish
towards the base. Crossing these, four prominent lyrse, two of
which ascend the spire, are produced into tubercles. Between
the lyrae are fine, densely squamose threads. An elevated fasciolei
winds round the canal. Protoconch of the sinusigera type, broad
with rounded whorls, brown, smooth and glossy. Aperture ovate,
the columella expanding laterally to a free edge and spreading
above into a broad sheet of callus. Inner lip with a few den-
ticules, variable in number and development. Length 33, breadth
16 mm.

Hah. — The species ranges from Sydney to Torres Straits; the
adult shell here figured is from Sydne}^ Harbour; the larva (fig. 5)
was collected at Caloundra, Queensland, by H. L Kesteven.

Type. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

On a priori grounds it is improbable that Kiener knew the
shell here described as P. pseudamt/gdah', for he was unacquainted
with the Queensland fauna, but was well provided with material
from North-west Australia. Kiener did not know^ the locality of
his P. amygdala: his figure and description do not suit the East
coast shell with which the London writers have identified it. On
the contrary, Kiener's account agrees well with a West Australian
species related to, jjossibl}^ even a variety of, Buccnuwi avellana,
Reeve (Conch. Icon, iii., Buccinum, 1846, PL viii., sp 52), and
which has been obtained by Mr. A. U. Henn at Geraldton. W.A.
Purpura amygdala, as I recognise it, is easily distinguished from
the species above described by wanting the rough scabrous
sculpture, by being shorter and relativel}' broader, and liy having
fewer and stouter lyr?e within the lip.

Capulus austhalis, Lamarck.

Patella australis, Lamarck, An. s. Vert, vi., 1^19, pt. i., p. 335;
Delessert, Recueil, 1841, pi, xxiii., f. ll-a, 6, c. (Not Hipponyx
australis of Quoy ct Gaimard, and subsequent authors).

BY C. HEDLEY. 601

Confusion early enveloped this species. Deshayes was the first
to transfer it from Patella to Hifponyx.'*' Under the name of
Hipponyx aust7'alis, Quoy &, Gaimard described an Australian
shell for which they say they kept Lamarck's name but amended
his description to agree with their specimens,!

It has been remarked that Lamarck's description differs in
important details from that of Quoy & Gaimard. Menke
endeavoured to harmonise the discrejDancy by supposing that
Lamarck's characters '■^ testa tenui, seinipellucida," applied to the
young shell, and that Quoy & Gaimard's phrase " cras.^a " properly
described the adult.; As the size (one inch) specified by the
earlier writer equals that given by the later authors, Menke's
explanation is untenable.

To avoid doulbt several writers have ignored Lamarck and
have quoted the species as of Deshayes, or of Quoy ife Gaimard.
Angas considered that the species illustrated in the ' Voyage of
the Astrolabe ' is probably identical with the earlier Amalthea
Gonica, Schumacher.§ Tryon suggests that Patella cassida,
Dillwyn,|| embraces both, which is likely to be the correct view.

Granting the argument that Lamarck dealt with one shell and
Quoy & Gaimard with another, then to what species should
Lamarck's name apply 1 The answer I would give is that what
Delessert figured and Lamarck described, is the shell now wrongly
known to Australian conchologists as Capidus danieli. The mis-
appropriation of this name to the Australian shell is due to
Angas. IT

Capidus danieli, Crosse, was described from New Caledonia,
and it is improbable that it should also occur in South Australia.
Watson, who examined the type of C. australis yet failed to

* Deshayes, Encycl. M(^th. Vers, ii., IS.SO, p. 274.

t Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, iii., p. 434, PI. Ixxii., f. 25-34.

Z Menke, Zeit. f. Malak., 1844, p. 61.

§ Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 175.

Ij Dillwyn, Descr. Cat. Rec, Shells, ii., 1817, p. 1037, based on Martini,

Conch. Cab. i., pi. xii., f. 116.

^ Angas. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 175.

602 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

comprehend that two species and genera were involved in his
synonomy, remarked that the apices of the two species turn in
opposite directions,* an observation which I have verified. Dall
remarks "that Hipponyx danieli,Qvo^%e, is ahnost certainly Pa^e/^a
calyptra of Martyn, described in the last century. A magnificent
specimen from the Fiji Islands is in the National Museum. It is
a Capulus and not a Hipponyx.^' j

Serpulus sipho, Lamarck.

This common and widely distributed Australian shell was
figured from King George's Sound, W.A., by Quoy &l Gaimard
in the ' Voyage of the Astrolabe,' under the name of Vermetus
arenarius, Lamarck. Tracing back the citation to Lamarck we
find that he in turn based his account on a species described by
Linne in the Systema ISTatura (xii., 1758, p. 1266). According to
Hanleyi the original specimen used by Linne, still preserved in
the Museum of the Linnean Society of London, is the Mediter-
ranean species otherwise called Vermetus gigas, Bivona.§

Consequently the name which Quoy & Gaimard attach to their
drawing must be rejected. Tate ct May, to cite the latest state-
ment, replace it by " Thylacodes sulcatus, Lamk."

But Vaillant,|| after examining the types of Lamarck andi
of Quo}^ & Gaimard in the Paris Museum, remarks that the namej
of Serpula sulcata, Lamk., covered tw^o species; the first a fossil
from Touraine, the second a recent Australian shell. He restricts i
the name S. sulcata to the former, and unites the latter with'
Vermetus arenarius, Q. & G. (not Lamk.), and V. dentiferus^\
Q. & G. (not Lamk.), to Serpula sipho, Lamk. (Anim. s. Vert.
1818, p. 626), under the name of Serpulorhis sipho. The genusl

* WatsoH, Chall. Exped. Zool. xv., p. 457-

t Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Coll. xviii., 18S9, p. 287.

X Hanley, Ips. Linn. Conch. 1855, p. 447.

§ Therefore the shell discussed in these Proceedings, (2 , Vol. ix., p. 465, agj

Ktiphus arenarius should take the name of Kuplins polythalamins, Linn.

II Vaillant, Nouv. Archiv. Mus. vii., 1871, pp. 193, 197.

BY C. HEDLEY. 603

Serpulorhis, Sassi (1827), is, however, of later date thsiU Serpulus
proposed by Moiitfort (Conch. Syst. ii., 1810, p. 27).

The species under discussion has been entered in local lists
under the name of Thylacodes decussaUis, Gmel. (Angas, Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 211).

ASSIMINEA PACiODELLA, n.sp.

(Plate xxix., fig. 6.)

Shell perforate, ovate, rather solid. Colour reddish-brown.
Whorls four, rapidly increasing, wound obliquely, spire pagodi-
f orm. The straight slope of the upper part of the last two whorls
ends in a sharp projecting rim, beneath which the perpendicular
periphery bears several small spiral threads diminishing succes-
sively. Base rounded. Umbilicus a narrow oblique perforation.
Aperture ovate, oblique, columella expanded and reflected, outer
lip simple. Height 1*96 mm., breadth 1*2 mm.

Hab. — Manly Lagoon, in brackish water (H. L. Kesteven).

Ty p e to be presented to the Australian Museum.

Cecum lilianum, n.sp.
(Plate xxix., fig. 7.)

Shell curved, tapering, pale brown, with about twenty broad,
projecting, regular, rounded, transverse rings about their own
breadth apart. Lip formed of a ring more massive than the rest.
Septum flat. Length 2-32, breadth at aperture 0*44, at truncated
end 0-28 mm.

ffab. —Long Bay, near Sydney; one specimen, in shell sand;
collected by Miss L. Parkes.

T y p e. — Miss Lily Parkes has generously presented the unique
specimen to the Australian Museum.

This specimen resembles C. vertebrale, Hedley, from the Ellice
Islands, than which it is narrower, more curved and more tapering

Hydatina tasmanica, Beddome.

This species was figured in Part iii. of these Studies. I am
now able to add it to the fauna of New South Wales, having

604 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

found a specimen (15/vi./02) in a stranded bottle on the rocks
at Middle Head.

Cylindrobulla fischeri, a Ad. & Ang.

C ylindrohiilla fischeri^ A. Ad. & Ang., Proc. Zool. Soc 1864,
p. 37; Angas, op. cit., 1871, p. 98.

(Plate xxix., tigs. 8, 9.)

This species has never been tigured. My illustration is based
on authentic material obtained by Brazier in the Lane Cove.

Helix subangulata, Pfeiffer.

Those interested in the land shells of Tasmania have for long
been troubled by two large and conspicuous land shells falsely
ascribed to their fauna by Pfeiffer.^ These are Helix bi sulcata and
H. subangulata. The former of these, as Mr. Brazier has sug-
gested to me, is evidently Rhytida be r audi, Gassies.f from JST.E.
New Caledonia.

To the kindness of Mr. J. Ponsonby, of London, lam indebted
for a solution of the second puzzle. At my request he and Mr.
E. A. Smith searched for Pfeiffer's type of H. subangulata and
succeeded in identifying it as the 3^ouug of Flanispira zonalis,
Ferussac, from Halmaheira. Mr. Smith regards this determina-
tion as beyond doubt. This Moluccan species can, therefore, be
erased from future Tasmanian lists.

Endodonta melbournensis, Cox.

Helix melbournensis, Cox, Mon. Austr. Land Shells, 1868, p. 22,

Pl.xii, f. 10.

(Plate xxxi., figs 16, 17.)

As the figure quoted is inexact, I supph' another from authentic
material kindly lent by Dr. Cox. The specimen drawn is 6 mm.
major diam., 5-1 mm. minor diam., height 3-3 mm.

* Legrand, Journ. of Conch, ii., 1879, p. 95.
t Helix beraudi, Gassies, Journ. de Conch, vii., 1858, p. 68.

BY C. HEDLEY. 605

Endodonta subdepressa, Brazier.

Helix subdepressa, Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 641.
Helix dandenongensis, Petterd, Journ. of Conch, ii., 1879, p. 356;
Tate, Proc. Roy. Soc. S.A. iv., 1882, p. 75.

(Plate xxxi., figs. 13, 14, 15.)

This species has not yet been illustrated. The specimen drawn
is part of Brazier's original series; it is 4*1 mm. in major diameter,
3*3 mm. in minor diameter, and 1-8 mm. in height. Prof. Tate is
responsible for the above synonomy.

Endodonta otwayensis, Petterd.

Helix otwayensis, Petterd, Mon, Land Shells Tas., April, 1879,
p. 39; Journ. of Conch, ii. Dec. 1879, p. 356; Johnston, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Tas. 1879 (1880), p. 24.

(Plate xxxi., figs. 10, 11, 12.)

The specimen drawn was kindly identified for me by Mr. W.
F. Petterd; it measures 2*3 mm. in major diameter, 2 mm. in minor
diameter, and 1 -5 mm. in height. It was presented to me by
Mr. T. S. Hall, who collected it at Fern Tree Gully, Victoria.

Endodonta tamarensis, Petterd.

Helix tamarensis, Petterd, Mon. Land Shells Tas., April, 1879,
p. 30. Endodonta tamarensis, Hedley, Records Aus. Mus. ii.,
1896, p. 104. Helix rosacea, Petterd, Journ. of Conch, ii., July,
1879, p. 213 (not Helix rosacea, Muller, 1774).

(Plate xxxi., figs. 18, 19, 20.)

The present is the first illustration presented of this species; it
is derived from an authentic specimen 3*6 mm. in major diameter,
3 mm. in minor diameter, and 2 mm, in height.

The drawings of this and the last three species were made

about seven years ago, but their publication has been delayed by

constant pressure of work. I owe apologies for their tardy issue

to many friends who have kindly contributed material for study.

40

606 studies on australian mollusca,

The Thiphop.id.e of New South Wales.

Investigation proves that the well known name of Triforis can
no longer be used at the current valuation If maintained at all,
it must be restricted to a minor group typified by the eocene
fossil, T. plicata, Deshayes.

It has been generally understood (for example, by Fischer,
Man. de Conch., 1884, p. 678) that the genus in question was
first proposed in 1824 as Triforis by Deshayes in ' Descrip.
Coquilles Fossiles des Environs de Paris ' (ii. p. 429). Though
the title-page of this volume is dated "1824," the notice in ques-
tion did not appear till much later. Thus Menke, writing in
1830, knew nothing of " Triforis,''^ and failed to include the name
in his ' Synopsis Methodica Molluscorum.' Xewton states* that
pages 427 to 498 of Deshayes' work were issued in 1834. This,
then, is the date to be assigned to '^Triforis" of Deshayes.
There are vague hints in literature that Basterot referred to
^^Tri/oris" in 1825. A paper by Basterot is contained in the first
volume of the Memoires Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris (1825, pp. 1-100).
This I have been unable to consult, but since no one has claimed
that Basterot established the genus, I shall presume that the
reference was a mere allusion, not of s3'stematic importance.

Blainville mentioned the genus (Man. de Malac. i., 1825, p. 404)
as a division of Cerithium under the French popular names
" Triphore ou Tristome." Certain authors have wrongly received
this as a Latin generic name Tristoma, which, however, would
fall before Cuvier's Tristoma (1817).

Later Blainville regularly characterised the genus under the
name Triphora (Diet. Sci. Nat. Iv., 1828, p. 344) with T. gemma-
turn, Blainville ( = T. tristoma, Blainville) as type. This name
Triphora was noted in the following year by Menke, and in the
year after by Rang.

Later Deshayes published, in 1832, the name Trlphoris (Encyc.
Meth. ii., p. 1053). Finally, as alread}^ stated, Deshaj^es described
Triforis in 1834.

* K. B. Newton, Brit. Mus. Cat. Eocene Moll., 1891, p. 309.

BY C HEDLEY. 607

It seems clear that Triphoro., Blainville (1828), demands
recognition as the prior genus of the family. Certain reconstruc-
tion follows this deduction. The type of Triphora, T. tristoma,
is mentioned by Hervier (Journ. de Conch., xlv. 1898, p. 289) as
belonging to Inella, Bayle ( = Ino, Hinds). If this be right,
Tnella should disappear as a synonym of Triphora. I should,
however, have regarded T. tristoma as referable to Jousseaume's
genus Mastoni(mtrmis (Bull. Soc. Malac. France, i., 1884, p. 239).

The family Triphoridae is divided by Jousseaume into eleven
genera. Probabl}- none of the species I record from this State
fall into Triphora, sensu stricto. Though some, if not all, of
Jousseaume's genera are natural, they are so vaguely defined that
I prefer to wait before allotting the Australian species. Probably
at least a hundred species exist in Australian seas, and a better
knowledge of these is desirable before framing a classification,
especially as opinions are divided as to whether these eleven
sections are of generic or subgeneric value.

Passing from the consideration of genera to that of species, a
far larger number of Triphora are known to Australian collectors
than are named in literature. Some of these might already
have been dealt with, but a necessary preliminary to the descrip-
tion of new species is the distinction of old species, and here all
workers have encountered an insuperable obstacle.

Several new Australian Triphora unluckil}'- fell into the incom-
petent hands of Arthur Adams, who, in naming them, deliberately
omitted all measurements, neglected to figure species, and gave
scanty descriptions. Probably he never used a microscope, and
Smith has observed that he was colour blind.* In conchology
his work is of the same grade as that of his contemporary Francis
Walker in entomology.

Though enjoying a monopoly of the types, London writers have
made no effort to rehabilitate these species. In monographing
" Triforis,^^ Tryon simply excluded these species of Adams as
unintelligible. To ignore names which any day may be resur-

* Smith, Chall. Rep. Zool. xiii., 1885, p. 61.

608 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

rected by those having access to the types, or to go by guess, is
the dilemma of the student of our Triphora. Electing the latter
course, I note that some of Adams' species were reported with
corroborative detail as from Sydne3^ Assuming that these
species are contained in the large collection before me, I have
applied his names to the species which best fit the descriptions.

The material dealt with was gathered around Sydney by the
late Mrs. Starkey, Messrs. J. Brazier, H. L. Kesteven and mj^self.

I have to gratefullj^ acknowledge kind assistance from Dr. J.
C. Yerco, Mr. A. Morton and the Rev. H. D. Atkinson.

This opportunity is taken of adding that the shell I described
from Funafuti as Triforis torquatus, Hedley, is probably identical
with the prior T. ustidatus, Hervier, (Journ. de Conch, xlvi., 1898,
p. 298, pi. xvii., f. 4), whose memoir did not reach me till my
account had appeared.

Triphora regina, n.sp.
(Plate xxxii., fig. 21.)

Shell narrowly conical, solid. Colour white, a narrow orange
line along the lowest gemmule row of each whorl and an orange
tip to the canal. Whorls about twelve. Sculpture : on the base
are three simple keels, on the last whorl three equal sized
gemmule rows, of which the median diminishes on the penulti-
mate and gradually fades away as it ascends the spire. Length
5 mm., breadth 1*5 mm.

Hah. — Balmoral Beach, Middle Harbour; one specimen (self).

Type. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

I venture to describe this species from a single specimen,
mutilated at each extremity, because the orange thread on each
whorl will render possible the recognition of any fragment. The
contour and sculpture are also sufficiently distinct from any
species known from this coast.

Triphora innotabilis, n.sp.
(Plate xxxii., figs. 23, 24, 25.)
Shell small, slender and very narrow. Colour brown, gem mules
dull white. Whorls ten, plus a five-whorled protoconch. Sculp-

BY C. HEDLEV. 609

ture : on the base are two plain spiral keels; the latter whorls
with three gemmule rows, the median being much the smaller; as
it mounts the spire it diminishes, fading out about half way up.
The gemmules are about 18 to a whorl, large, prominent, and set
about half their diameter apart. A raised thread winds along
the suture. First whorl of the protoconch smooth, the rest with
a central keel and transverse bars. Aperture subquadrate, and
notch simple, spur of the lip crossing the pillar. Canal short,
straight. Length 4*8; breadth 1-4 mm.

Hab. — Sydney Harbour; one specimen (H. L. Kesteven).

Type. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

Distinguishing features of this species are its small and slender
form, median row of small gemmules between two rows of large
ones and the five-whorled protoconch. A second specimen from
Mrs. Starkey's collection, of broader proportions, is also figured
(fig. 25).

Triphora albovittata, n.sp.

(Plate xxxii., figs. 26, 27.)

Shell conical, moderately broad. Whorls nine, plus a four-
whorled protoconch, parted by deep sutures. Colour pale yellow;
upper row of gemmules on each whorl white, beneath them a
narrow line of ochre, base and protoconch ochreous. Sculpture :
on the base are two plain spiral keels, above which are four rows
of gemmules; the four preceding whorls have three rows each,
and those above again two each. The gemmules are set their
own diameter apart, about twenty to a whorl, joined by a string
to their fellows in the same and their neighbour in the next row.
Protoconch : first and second whorls smooth, third and fourth
with a median keel and transverse bars. Aperture imperfect in
the examples seen. Length 4-8; breadth 1-5 mm.

Hah. — Balmoral Beach; in shell sand, rare.

Type. —To be presented to the Australian Museum.

The white subsutural gemmules underlined by ochre, aff'ord a
recognition mark for this species, which is nearly allied to T.
gi^anifera, Brazier, and may indeed ultimately prove only a variety
of that.

610 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

Triphora granifera, Brazier.

Triforis graniferus^ Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) ix.,
1894, p. 173, pl.xix., f. 10; 1 T. fasciata, Tate & May, op. cit.,
1901, pi. xxiii., ff. 10-11.

(Plate xxxiii., figs. 28, 29.)

This species is one of the commonest in Sydney Harbour, and
extends to Tasmania and South Australia. As the original
description was rather brief, I add the following : —

Shell small, regularly conical. Whorls eight, plus a four-
whorled protoconch, parted by deep sutures. Colour light brown,
upper gemmule row paler, base and sutures chocolate, lip dull
white. Sculpture : on the base two plain spiral keels, on the
periphery a keel with incipient gemmules and above three rows
of closely packed gemmules, set about 25 to a row, less than their
own breadth apart. On the lower whorls the gemmules of every
row are equal in size; above the median row has smaller gemmules.
A nodose thread runs along the sutures. Aperture subquadrate,
spur of the lip not reaching the pillar; anal notch simple, shallow;
canal short and straight. Length 4-45; breadth Lo mm.

Triphoka angasi, Crosse k Fischer.

Tripho7'is angasi, Crosse k Fischer, Journ. de Conch, xiii. 1865,
p. 46, pi. i., ff. 12-13.

Shell of moderate size, tapering slowl)', glossy, solid. Colour
buff, with a chocolate base and sutural band, gemmules white.
Whorls about thirteen, parted by distinct sutures. Sculpture :
on the earlier adult whorls are two gemmule rows, on the seventh
whorl a minute intermediate row is intercalated which gradually
attains the size of the other rows. The additional row is nearer
to the upper than to the lower row. Along the suture winds a
small plain thread, which on the last whorl appears as a fourth
row of gemmules. The base has one plain spiral thread. In the
immature stage the species has a flat base. The gemmules are
set their own breadth apart, about 22 to a whorl, conspicuous

BY C. HEDLEY. 611

against the yellow and brown interstices. Aperture subquadrate,
anal sinus simple, spur of lip crossing the callus of the pillar,
canal shorter than the aperture. Length 7; breadth 2 mm.

The Sydney shell above described has a general resemblance to
T. cinerea, but is more cylindrical, with flatter whorls and a
different colour-pattern. The gemmule rows appear narrower
and sharper, but this may be an optical illusion, due to contrast
of colour. No specimens examined afforded an opportunity for
describing the protoconch.

I have identified Sydney specimens by comparison with
examples from South Australia, the type-locality, kindly furnished
by Dr. J. C. Yerco. Our shells are considerably larger and pro-
portionately a little broader, but correspond in all details of
sculpture and structure.

Triphora nigrofusca, a. Adams.

(Plate xxxiii., figs. 34, 35.)

This species was originally described (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851,
p. 278) in the following words : — " T. testa pyramidali, nigro-
fusca; anfractibus planis,triseriatimgranulatis, granulis aequalibus,
confertis, anfractuum suturis impressis, basi convexa. Sydney,
low water, under stones (Mr. Strange). A black-brown species,
with three rows of regular, equal-sized granules on each whorl."

To this Angas added (oi). cit. 1867, p. 208) the length — 4
lines.

This species has not again been recognised, and Tryon includes
it in his list of rejected species. Among ihe shells collected by
the late Mrs. Starkey in Sydney Harbour is a single specimen
which fairly suits the brief account quoted above, and which I
regard, though not with certainty, as this species. I note the
following characters : —

Shell rather long and narrow, small, apex blunt, aperture
unusually expanded. Whorls ten, including the protoconch,
constricted at the sutures. Colour chocolate, darker at the base,
gradually paler towards the apex. Sculpture : on the base are
two plain spiral ikeels, the upper coiled along the suture in pre-

612 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

ceding whorls; three equally spaced smooth spiral cords ornament
each whorl, broken into gemmules by a series of longitudinal
ridges; the interspaces longitudinally striated. Protoconch of
three whorls, first smooth, second and third bicarinate, crossed
by numerous fine bars. Aperture subquadrate, exserted, anal
notch simple, spur almost but not quite reaching the pillar.
Length 6; breadth 1-8 mm.

Among other faults, Adams gave the specific names of Triforis
a masculine termination. As, however, that generic name is
compounded from the Latin feminine substantive foris, the
specific name should have taken a feminine termination.

Triphora tasmanica, T. Woods.

T. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1875 (1876), p. 28.

(Plate xxxii., fig. 22.)

In general appearance this species is like T. angasi and T.
cinerea, bearing on each of the older whorls three equal gemmule
rows. There is a shell with a lilac apex, occurring in Tasmania
and South Australia, wdiich appears to be a variety of this. A
useful recognition mark is the brown dot between each gemmule
of the lower tier. But from every member of the genus T. tas-
manica is distinguished by its remarkable apex — I hesitate to
write protoconch. The shell commences with two rows of elevated
rounded gemmules, between which on the 4-5th whorl a median
row is intercalated. It is possible that a caducous larval shell
ma}^ have preceded the stage described.

A shell of six whorls, 2*2 mm. long, dredged by Mr. G. H.
Halligan and myself in 100 fathoms, 16 miles east of Wollongong,
is here figured. It is the only record of the species from New
South Wales, and has been determined by a careful comparison
with the type specimen kindly lent me by Mr. A. Morton.

Triphora cinerea, n.sp.

(Plate xxxiii., tigs. 36, 37.)

Shell of moderate size, narrow, conical with straight sides.
Colour : base dark chocolate, spire marbled with ash and different

BY C. HEDLEY. 613

shades of brown, or brown with ash gem mules, an ashy tint pre-
dominating. Whorls ten, plus a three-whorled protoconch.
Sculpture : across each whorl are about twenty-one vertical
rounded ribs, separated by equal and deep interstices; these ribs
cease on either side of the sutures, giving definition to the whorls.
Three equal and evenly spaced spiral cords override both ribs
and interstices, producing gemmules on the former and partition-
ing the latter into deep square pits. An extra gemmule row
runs along the basal angle of the last whorl and appears on the
spire as a sutural thread. On the base is a plain spiral cord.
The first whorl of the protoconch is white, the second and third
coloured, each with two spiral keels, whose interspaces on the
second and third are latticed by wide-set oblique bars, forming
rhomboidal meshes. Aperture subquadrate, anal notch simple,
spur of the lip crossing the pillar, canal produced, straight.
Length 8; breadth 2 mm.

Hah. — Middle Harbour beaches; common as dead shells on the
sands.

Type. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

Possibly this is the species recorded by Angas"^" as Trijoris
granulatus, Ad. k Reeve, from Botany Bay.

Triphora nocturna, n.sp,

(Plate xxxii., figs. 30, 31.)

Shell large, tall and slender, conical. Colour uniform dark
purple-brown. Whorls fourteen, plus a four-whorled protoconch.
Sculpture : on the base are three plain spiral keels. Last whorl
with three gemmule rows, the uppermost the largest; on the
penultimate whorl the median row is reduced to a nodose thread;
above it disappears, leaving two rows to mount the spire. The
whorls are longitudinally fluted; upon the folds are set the
gemmules, about 20 to a whorl, polished, much elevated, distant
from each other, their interstices roughened and dulled by longi-
tudinal wrinkles. Protoconch : first two whorls smooth, third

* Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 91.

614 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

and fourth with a median keel and transverse bars. Aperture
subquadrate, spur of the lip crossing the pillar; anal notch simple,
rather deep. Canal short, straight. Length 11; breadth 3 mm.

Hah. — Pearl Bay, Middle Harbour; alive under stones at low
tide, taken by myself.

Type. — To be prosented to the Australian Museum.

Among local species this is distinguished by its large size,
slender shape and uniform purple colour.

Triphora MACULOSA, n.sp.
(Plate xxxii., figs. 32, 33.)

Shell conical, rather broad and solid. Whorls ten, parted by
distinct and deep sutures. Colour : irregularly variegated with
opaque white, buff and chocolate, usually articulated with choco-
late and white beneath the sutures, base chocolate and apex
white. Sculpture : the base has two plain spiral keels, above
which are four rows of gemmules, the penultimate whorl and
those immediately above have each three rows of gemmules; on
the seventh the median row diminishes and on the whorls above
gradually disappears, leaving two rows only on the upper whorls.
The gemmules are round hemispherical bosses, set their own
diameter apart, about 25 to a whorl, linked by a string to their
fellows in the same and their neighbours in the next row. Apex
rather styliform, the second whorl has one keel, the third two,
after which the keels develop gemmules and assume the adult
sculpture. Aperture perpendicular, subquadrate, anal notch pro-
duced on the right into a spur which crosses the pillar; anal
notch simple, shallow. Canal short and straight. Length 6*7;
breadth 2*1 4mm.

Hah. — Balmoral Beach, Middle Harbour, Sydney; common as
dead shells on the beach.

Type. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

Arthur Adams, the evil genius of Australian conchology,
applied the MS. name of Triphoris maculosus to a Sydney species.
An unfortunate entry of this name in the Catalogue of Angas
(P.Z.S. 1877, p. 184) is the sole record concerning it. As local

BY C. HEDLEY. 615

tradition has tlius identified it, and as the adjective maculosvs
suits it, I conclude that it was to the species above described that
Adams gave the name. But I beg to call attention to the fact
that I am not naming the shell 2\ maculosa (A. Ad., MS.), that
being, as E. R. Sykes remarks, a complicated and cumbersome
process of nomenclature.

Triphora AxMpulla, n.sp.

(Plate xxxiii., figs. 38, 39.)

Shell small, narrowly conical, acuminate. Whorls nine, plus a
four-whorled protoconch, parted by distinct sutures. Colour :
each whorl is chequered by alternate squares of white and choco-
late; apex white, base chocolate. Sculpture : on the tirst four
adult whorls are two gemmule rows, on the tifth a small median
row is intercalated, which increases till on the last whorl it equals
the others; the gemmules are about 18 to a whorl, large and
closely set, linked within the row, but not from row to row; on
the base are two plain spiral keels. Protoconch : first whorl
smooth, remainder bicarinate, crossed by numerous fine bars.
Aperture subquadrate, spur of the lip not reaching the pillar,
anal notch simple, shallow; canal short, straight. Length 5;
breadth 1'6 mm.

Hab. — Watson's Bay; under stones (J. Brazier).

Type. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

In colour and shape this species is like T. maculosa and T.
festiva. Than the former it is far smaller, than the latter it is
larger and narrower.

Triphora fasciata, T. Woods.

Triforis fasciata, T. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1878 (1879),
p. 34.

(Plate xxxiii., figs. 40, 41.)

This species has been generally misunderstood. I believe that
all references to it in literature subsequent to the original descrip-
tion are erroneous. The late M r. C. E. Beddome, whose eyesight
was not good in his later years, distributed other species, especi-

616 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

ally a form of T. granifera^ under the name of T. fasciata. Thus
Brazier was misled into identifying (these Proceedings (2) ix.,
1894, p. 694) T. scitulus as from Sydney and as identical with
T.Jasciata. Tate tfe May have remarked that the two species
cannot be the same (these Proceedings, 1901, p. 457).

To digress an instant, I would hazard the conjecture that
Triphoris scihdus, A. Ad., (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 278) from
Port Lincoln, S.A., is probably identical with T. pfeifferi, Crosse
and Fischer (Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 47, pi. i., ff. 14, 15). It is
significant that T. 2?feifferi but not T. scitulus appeared in the
first South Australian list published by Angas, though he included
the latter in his supplement (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. ©67).

By its ornament T. fasciata recalls T. pfeifferi, Crosse and
Fischer, a longer, narrower shell in which the inequality of the
gemmule rows is further exaggerated. Indeed Tasmanian col-
lectors have sent me T. fasciata labelled T. pfeifferi; and accord-
ing to Woods' own shell in the Tasmanian Museum (kindly lent
to me for the purpose of this article by Mr. A. Morton) T. pfeifferi
itself was distinguished by Tenison- Woods as "7". tasmanica var.

It is only through the great kindness of the Rev. H. D.
Atkinson, who has lent to me part of the original series studied
by Tenison Woods, that I am now enabled to recognise and
rehabilitate the species. This authentic material shows that the
original diagnosis was obscure and confusing. I therefore add
here the figure and description I had prepared from material col-
lected in Sydney Harbour by the late Mrs. Starkey and by H. L.
Kesteven, an account I composed under the impression that I was
dealing with a new species.

Shell small, narrow, translucent, glossy. Colour white, base
and supersutural thread orange-brown. Whorls ten, plus a pro-
toconch of five and one-half whorls. Sculpture : base smooth, a
plain supersutural thread, followed by two rows of gemmules, the

* Ten. Woods, Proc. Eoy. Soc. Tas. 1S77 (lS7S),p.36; ? T.tasmanicav&x.
op. cit. 1876 (1877), p. lol.

BY c. hedlp:y. 617

lower much the hirger. between which are intercalated on the
lower whorls a row of minute gemmules. The gemmules are 15
to a whorl; in transverse order they mount the spire obliquely;
those of the principal row are large, prominent, hemispherical
bosses. Protoconch of 5| whorls with a median keel and trans-
verse bars. Aperture subquadrate, anal notch simple, spur of lip
not reaching the pillai-. Canal short, straight. Length 5-5 ;
breadth 1*5 mm.

Triphora labiata, a. Adams.
(Plate xxxiii., figs. 42, 43, 44.)

This species was originally described (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851,
p. 279) as follows: — "T. testa subulato-pyramidali, nigro-fusca,
in medio tumida, spira apice obtuso; anfractibus 10, planulatis,
triseriatim granuloso-carinatis, suturis concavo-impressis; labro
reflexo, dilato, albido; canali brevi, subrecurvo. Sydney, under
stones, low water (Mr. Strange). A small nearly black shell, with
the outer lip dirty white or pale fuscous." To this Angas added
(op. cit. 1867, p. 209) the important item, "Length 3 lines."

Tryon naturally included this in a list of lost species when he
monographed the genus. Though such scanty data are insufficient
to distinguish this among the host of known Trijohora, it is enough
to pick it out from the Triphora of Sydney Harbour. The only
Sydney shell which suits the description of Adams, and one
which has not hitherto been locally recognised, is here figured.
I have found it at Cape Banks alive at low water under stones.
I add the following description : —

Shell glossy, short, broad, swollen, apex slightly m.ammillate.
Whorls ten, separated by deep sutures. Colour : the lower
whorls are entirely dark chocolate; towards the apex the lower
half of each whorl becomes gradually paler, reaching a buff colour
at the apex, the chocolate persisting above as a narrow sutural
thread; outer lip dull white. Sculpture : on the base are three
plain spiral keels. The ultimate and penultimate whorls have
three equally spaced and sized keels bearing numerous (more than
twenty) small, close-set, ill-defined gemmules. In transverse

618 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA,

order the gemmules are set in perpendicular rows. On the ante-
penultimate the median gemmules shrink in size, and a few
whorls higher up the median row pinches out. First whorl
dome-shaped; secondMnflated, with two small, sharp, plain spiral
keels; on the third the keels commence to resolve into gemmules,
after which the adult sculpture is assumed. Aperture rounded,
closed on the right by a spur crossing the pillar lip; anal notch
a deep subcircular orifice. Canal extremely short, recurved.
Length 4 "2; breadth 1-5 mm.

In colour and contour this resembles T. ohesula, Jousseaume,
from which the protoconch and anal notch immediately separate it.

Triphora kesteveni, n.sp.
(Plate xxxiii., fig. 45.)

Shell acicular. Colour pale pink. Whorls tw^elve. Sculpture:
on the last whorl four, on the others three, smooth spiral ribs, the
uppermost the largest; interstices punctate. Length 6-5 mm.

Hah. — Ladies Hall Beach, South Head, Sydney; one specimen
(H. L Kesteven).

X y p e. — To be presented to the Australian Museum.

This species so differs in form and sculpture from others known
from this coast that I have ventured to describe it from a single
worn and decollate example.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate xxix.

Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Exterior and hinge of Mactra ahhreviata, Lanik. , var.

Figs. 4, 5. — Adult, magnified sculpture and larval shell of Purpura pseud-
amygdala, Hedley.

Fig. 6.—Assiminea pagodel/a, Hedley.

Fig. 7. — Cacum lilianum, Hedley.

Figs. 8,9. — 6'y^inr^?'o6u^/a^/?sc/ifri, Adams and Angas, viewed from above and
from the side.

Figs. 10, 11, 12. — Various aspects of Endodonta otwayensis, Petterd.

BY C. HEDLEY. 619

Plate xxxi.

Figs. 13, 14, 15. — Various aspects of Endodonta suhdepressa, Brazier.
Figs. 16, 17. — Endodonta nielbournensis, Cox, viewed from the side and from

beneath.
Figs. 18, 19, 20. — Various aspects of Endodonta tamarensis, Petterd.

Plate xxxii.
Fig. 21. — Triphora 7^egina,'H.ed\ej.

Fig. 22. — Young shell of Triphora tasmanica, Tenison Woods.
Figs. 23, 24, 25. — Aperture, apex, adult and variety of Triphora innotahilis,

Hedley.
Figs. 26, 27. — Ba.ck view of shell and apex of Triphora albovittata, Hedley.
Figs. 28, 29. — Adult and apex of Triphora granifera, Brazier.
Figs. 30, 31. — Shell, apex and aperture of Triphora nocturna, Hedley.
Figs. 32, 33.— Shell, apex and aperture of Triphora maculosa, Hedley.

Plate xxxiii.

Figs. 34, 35. — Shell, apex and aperture of Triphora nigrofusca, A. Adams.
Figs. 36, 37. — Shell, apex and aperture of Triphora cinerea, Hedley.
Figs. 38, 39. — Shell, apex and aperture of Triphora amptdla, Hedley.
Figs. 40, 41. — Shell, apex and aperture of Triphora fasciata, Tenison Woods.
Figs. 42, 43, 44. — Shell, apex and aperture from the front and side of

Triphora lahiata, A. Adams.
Fig. 45. — Shell of Triphora kesteveni, Hedley.

620

NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA.
No. W.—LITTORINACEA.
By H. Leighton Kesteven.

(Plate XXX.)

When studying the affinities of Fossarina (9), I found that
Risella differed in anatomic characters from Littorina, the type
genus of the family, to which, in the past, it has been assigned.
I have since studied its anatomy from actual dissections and
from sets of serial sections, kindly prepared for me by Messrs.
J. P. Hill and R. Greig Smith. My thanks are also due to Mr.
C. Hedley for many useful suggestions. I have also dissected
Tectarius and Littorina. As a result of comparing the anatomy
of these with other Tsenioglossa, I have found it advisable to
reclassify the Littorine groups thereof. It will be as well to
state my conclusions first and discuss them in detail afterwards.

I have taken as my base Fischer's classification (4, pp. 707-711),
and have altered it in the following manner : —

Superfamily LITTORINACEA.

Family LITTORINID^.*

Containing those genera enumerated hereunder by Fischer,
with the exception of Fossarina (which in my paper above
referred to has been shown to be a Trochid), Risella and Echinella.

* In defining Littorinidae thus I have had to take a good deal for granted,
since there have been no dissections of several of the genera published; nor
have I been able to study the soft parts of any but Australian members.
I have been unable to obtain even the shells of some of the genera. It is
probable that, as our knowledge of Prosobranchiate anatomy increases,
several of them will have to be removed.

I

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 621

Family RISELLID^.

Genera Risella, Gray, and Bissellojjsis, Kesteven.

Family MODULID^.

Genera Modulus, Gray, Echindla, Swainson, and Peasiella,

Kevill.

Family NASSOPSID^.

Genus I^assopsis, Smith.
Reviewing the superfamily as a whole, its anatomic characters
are— 1, a much aborted osphradium; 2, simple branchiae; 3, a
rather large devolopment of the mucous gland; 4, small salivary
glands; 5, a large buccal mass; and 6, a long and practically
uniform radula. To these may be added a general similarity of
digestive tract and nervous system, and the absence of an intro-
vert. Their habitat has been the indicator which led to the
inclusion of these families under one designation. It seemed
reasonable to expect that a station such as that occupied by
Littorina should have had a modifying effect on some of the organs.
It is to this that I would assign the degenerate osphradia and
branchiae, and perhaps also the large development of the mucous
gland. Living so much out of water, the first of these organs would
be of little use to the mollusc, and has accordingly become aborted.
In Tectarius nodulosus, Gmel. (which in New South Wales
lives beyond the reach of even spray, except in rough weather),
the osphradium is so simple that, functionally, it must be almost
impotent. The simplicity of the branchia? is, I would suggest,
due to the same cause. The large supply of mucus may possibly,
by being deposited around the operculum, serve to seal the
closure of the shell, and thereby prevent evaporation.

These three characters are constant throughout the super-
family; yet, if the extent of their development or abortion may
be accounted for by "environment," we are at once presented
with the question, are they characters of systematic importance ?
That these characters are the result of environment is a matter
3f opinion, but in the present instance they may bear weight as
41

i

A :

/<'^\'-' / .

if.- ^' .^^ ^<^

-'-nk

622 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

forming part of a general similarity of organisation. Returning
to the osphradium, Pelseneer (16) has said : — " II constitute alors
(dans les Tenioglosses les plus archaique, exemple Paludina^
Littoriyia, Cyclostoma, Vermetics, etc.), un bourrelet epithelial
filiforme, sur un nerf ou sur un ganglion." While not contesting
that this type of osphradium is archaic, I would point out that
in some instances it may be a degenerate form. For instance,
concomitant with a habitat such as that affected by Littorina,
Tectarius, etc., there would necessaril}^ be a disuse of this organ,
a condition favourable to degeneration. The presence of an
osphradium in a mollusc endowed with a pulmonary cavity would
seem to mark such as an evolving Pulmoiiate rather than an
archaic Tsenioglossan.

Although somewhat foreign to the present paper, a short
speculation on the use of the " glande pedieuse " of Vermetus may
perhaps be allowable here. In the words of Lacaze Duthiers (10),
the osphradium is here " reduit a un filet." The species of this
genus are almost always covered by water, and, being fixed
permanently in one position, it must be a vital necessity to test
the quality of the water they inhale; and yet the osphradium,
although strongly innervated, is very simple. It has occurred
to the writer that it may be that the so-called pedal gland is a
highly specialised olfactory organ; its free communication with
the water would seem to support this view. It may be worthy
of note that the analogue of such a pedal olfactory organ is to
be found among the Pulmonata. That it is not a mucous gland
seems certain from Lacaze Duthier's paragraph (10,265): — "Une
particularite bien digne d'interet s'est presentee. La glande placee
dans la cavite du corps, qui s'ouvre entre le pied et la tete est,
tres probablement I'intermediaire entre la cavite generale du
corps et I'exterieur. Si done il n'a pas ete possible de decouvrir
ailleurs I'orifice exterieur de la circulation, on pourrait le con-
siderer comme existant a la fa,ce inferieure de la glande." This
explanation of its function seems untenable, since Vermetus is
not capable of much expansion, and one would not, therefore, look
to find a highly specialised aqueo-vascular orifice developed.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 623

I would not be understood to advance this theory as a convic-
tion; it is but a speculation of one who has not been able to
examine the organ for himself; moreover, the osphradium cannot
be regarded as functionless, for, as already mentioned, it is
highly innervated.

LlTTORINID^.

The family Littoriaidce has, at my hands, suffered only restric-
tion. The reasons for removing the various genera therefrom
will be found under the families in which I have placed them.

RiSELLID.E.

The family Risellidce has been formed for the reception of the
two unitypical genera Risella and Risellopsis.

I proceed at once to describe the anatomy of Risella inelano-
stoma, Gmelin.

External features : — The mollusc extruded from its shell has
been figured by Quoy and Gaimard (18), as also the operculum.
The ground colour of the body is white, reticulated with black
markings, which in places become confluent. Foot white, tinged
with yellow. Operculum paucispiral, corneous, oval. The snout
is not as long as it is represented in the figure referred to.
Tentacles of medium length, carrying the eyes on prominences
at their bases. When compared with Littorina or Lotorium, it
is seen that Risella is twisted half round in its shell. In the
former genera the dorsal aspect of the mollusc is that opposite
to the axial, whilst in the latter, and most probably all genera
possessing trochiform shells, the dorsal aspect is that which is
uppermost when the shell is standing on its base. To make this
more plain, when Littorina is set perpendicularly, with the spire
up, the dorsal face of the mollusc is on the outside of the coils;
with the shell of Risella in the same position the mollusc is lying
with its dorsal face up. This twisting of the mollusc in the shell
has resulted in the descending of the columellar muscle on to the
base of the shell. In the following description I have spoken of

624 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

the dorsal as the superior, and the ventral as the inferior aspects
of the mollusc.

The mantle is thin and transparent; through it may be seen,
beginning from the left, the osphradium, branchiae, mucous gland,
rectum, and the uterus or vas deferens. Immediately posterior
to the pallia! cavity, and slightly to the left lies the nephridium.
Below, posterior to the columellar muscle, the posterior oesophagus
and anterior aorta may be seen through the thin connective wall,
between the body and visceral coil. The genital gland lies over
the superior surface of the visceral coil, covering the liver which
constitutes the greater part of the coil; inferior!}' the stomach
may be seen. The branches from the aorta visceralis reticulate
over both surfaces, but more profusely on the superior. Along the
axis of the coil, for about half the length thereof, the posterior
oesophagus may be seen; the main trunk of the aorta visceralis is
also situated here, but extends to the end.

The osphradium (PI. xxx., fig. 2, osph.) is extremely simple; a
very narrow thread of epithelial tissue, nearly as long as the
branchiae, without any pectinations whatsoever; as already stated,
it is but slightly innervated.

The branchice (fig. 2, cten., and fig. 5) are more simple than in
Littori^ia, the filaments being shorter and narrower. The tine
thread-like prolongations found in that genus, Lotorimn, Natica,
etc., are here absent. These prolongations should, I think, be
regarded as venous sinuses rather than as part of the ctenidium.
In the species under consideration a large lacuna (fig. 5, /.) may
be observed defining the anterior distal half of the organ. This
is provided with such definite walls that it might well be regarded
as a vein.

The mucous gland (fig. 1, m.gl.) is normally large; it lies along-
side of the rectum, to the left, and starting a little behind the
anus continues back to the end of the pallial cavity. It is of a
grey colour, and consists of large cells of concentric structure.
During fecundity the uterus, the walls of which secrete a great
deal of mucus, seems to be developed somewhat at the expense
of this organ.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 625

The digestive tract (fig. 1) is esentially the same as in
Littorina. The buccal mass (figs. 1 and 6, hue.) is large; the
cartilaginous cushions on which the radula rides are shaped
like the quarters of an orange, the thin or lower end of the large
one on the right folding inside that on the left. There being no
introvert, the anterior oesophagus (fig. 6, ant. oes.) is very short.
It is provided with appendages (fig. 6, ajop.) similar to those
figured by Souleyet in Littorina (21). The crop (figs. 1 and 6,
cro-p) is the largest organ in the body cavity; it is of a brown
colour, and, as in Littorina^ the lumen is along its lower side;
the greater part of it is traversed and divided by thin partitions,
the attachment of which may be seen on the outside as slight
constrictions. The posterior oesophagus (figs. 1 and 6, j^ost.cts.)
passes along the axis of the visceral coil for about half its length,
when it enters the large, muscular-walled stomach (fig. 1, st.).
This latter is shaped like a segment of a circle an tero- posteriorly,
and flattened dorso-ventrally; its distal end is a little posterior
to the entrance of the oesophagus; anteriorly it tapers away to
the thin intestine. The intestine (fig. 1, int.) immediately rises
towards the superior face of the liver, and, having reached the
surface, traverses that face of it to which the nephridium is
attached, in the serpentine manner depicted in my figure; thence
the rectum passes along the right side of the pallial cavity, the
anus (fig. 1, an.) being situated well towards the end thereof.
The liver is dark green, and, as is usual, is the main constituent
of the visceral coil (fig. 1, liv.). The hepato-pancreatic ducts (fig.
1, h.-p.d.) are three in number — one at the extreme posterior end
of the stomach, one emptying into the centre on the superior
face, and the third situated well towards the anterior end, on the
axial side. The position of this last may sometimes be seen
from the outside. The salivary glands (figs. 1 and 6, sal.gl.) are
small; their ducts enter the buccal mass on either side of and
just anterior to the oesophagus. The radula (fig. 1, rad.) is
typically littorinoid, long (46 mm.) and narrow ; it leaves the
buccal mass on the underside and passes to the right of the body
cavity, where it is coiled up. The rachidian, as is stated in the

626 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

revised edition (1871) is incorrectly figured by Wilton in Wood-
ward's 'Manual'; my figure (fig. 1) supplies this deficiency. I
have counted over three hundred rows of teeth on the ribbon.

The nephridiuni (figs. 1, 2, 3, -i, neph.) is situated just behind
the end of the pallial cavity, of which it, in part, forms the
posterior boundary. It is slightly more on the left hand side
than on the right. In the figures it has been detached from the
liver, and laid back on the right hand side. The reno-pallial
orifice is on the left hand side; its position is shown in figure
(tig. 1, r.h.o.). The natural position of the nephridium is shown
in the figures by the dotted line, but the line of the anterior
attachment is shown only on tig. 4, by the double dotted line;
from this it will be seen that there is a pocket of the organ over-
lying the pericardium. The reno-pericardial orifice is very small;
its position is under the pocket just mentioned (fig. 4, r.p.o.).

Circulatory system (tig. 2) : — The heart (fig. 2, heart; tig. 5) lies
in the pericardium, immediately behind the ctenidium and in
front of the nephridium, a pocket of which, as already mentioned,
overlies it. It consists of a thin- walled auricle (fig. 5, aur. ), well
divided from a larger and thick-walled ventricle (fig. 5, vent.).
The arterial system consists of a very short aortic trunk, which
gives rise to the anterior and posterior aortae. The former
(fig. 2, ant.aor.) enters the body cavity alongside and slightly below
the oesophagus, underneath which it passes, apparently without
giving off any branches till the centre of the crop is reached,
where a small branch, which bifurcates at once on the underside of
that organ is to be seen. Continuing forward it suddenly
diminishes just posterior to the pedal commissures and ganglia;
the main branch here enters the foot. A smaller branch continues
forward and supplies the head and buccal mass. The posterior
aorta (aorta visceralis) almost at its inception, sends a branch
to supply the liver, under the nephridium (fig. 2, a.). Further
back another and rather larger branch arises which supplies
the rectum, uterus, and right side of the mantle (tig. 2, b.).
From this second branch the aorta passes through the liver,
so far as I can ascertain, without branching till it reaches the

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 627

surface on the axial side, a little distance posterior to the
nephridium (fig. 2, c). From here it may, without dissection,
be followed along the axis of the coil to the end, giving off
branches all the way (fig. 2, c.', c", c.'") ; those given off
superiorly are much the largest, and in some cases almost embrace
the coil; the finer branches of these reticulate throughout the
genital gland and liver.

There are only two veins, properly so called — the branchial
(fig. 2, fig. 5, br.v.) and nephridial (fig. 2, neph.v.); the former is
the larger, and enters the auricle almost immediately after leaving
the branchiae. The latter, although the smaller, is perhaps not
less important; its branches reticulate over, and collect the blood
absorbed through the wall of the nephridium, to discharge itself
into the branchial vein just outside the pericardium. It seems
probable that this vein supplies the new blood to the system.
My sections show venous sinuses between the inner and outer
wall of the mantle. Their presence was to be anticipated, con-
sidering the size of the artery- supplying the right side of the
manile. From the ventricle through the right pallial artery, and
pallial sinuses to the branchi^, and back to the auricle, is then
the shortest circuit. It was this that led me to suggest that the
so-called "filiforme prolongations" of some branchiae are really
venous sinuses.

Nervous systeiti (figs. 12, 13) : — The main ganglia and their
commissures onl}^ are here described and figured. So far as my
dissections have gone, the system is essentially the same as in
Littorina. It is hoped in a future paper to describe this part of
the anatomy of Risella in more detail, and to compare it with the
nervous systems of several of the other genera in the superfamily.
The difficulty attendant on getting material for such a comparison
has rendered it impossible to incorporate it in the present essay.
The cerebral ganglia (figs. 12, 13, e.g.) and their commissure
are not at right angles to the antero-posterior axis of the
mollusc, but at an angle to it of about 45°, the right ganglion
being the more anterior of the two. Anteriorly both ganglia
give off three or four nerves, but I have been unable to definitely

628 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

identify any of them, the nervous system not being decipherable
in my serial sections. The two inner ones {c.h.con.) are believed
to be the cerebro-buccal connectives. It is also believed that the
labial circle described for Nassojysis by Moore (13) exists in this
genus also, but this is entirely uncertain. A nerve rising from
the posterior and inferior face of the right cerebral ganglion
(n.gen.) often comes away with the ganglion. After running a
rather short course it splits up into several fine branches. It has
not been seen in situ, but possibly innervates the genitalia on
the body wall. Inferiorly both cerebral ganglia are connected
by their respective commissures (c.pd.con.) to the pedal ganglia.
Posteriorly the cerebro-pleural commissures (c. pi. con.) are given
oflf, and connect the cerebral and pleural ganglia. The left
cerebro-pleural connective is longer than the right. The pleural
ganglia (pl.g.) are also connected directly with the pedal ganglia,
the pleuro-pedal connectives (pl.pd.con.) being stouter than the
cerebro-pedal connectives.

The left pleural ganglion is connected directly wdth the sub-
intestinal ganglion {sh.iiit.g.). Two other nerves arise from the
left pleural ganglion; one of these {dialxon.) passes just under
the floor of the body cavity in the direction of the left visceral
nerve {n.v.'), with which, although it has not been traced so far,
it possibly connects, causing a condition of dialoneury on the left
side. The third nerve rising from this ganglion is probably the
columellar nerve (n.coL). The right pleural ganglion, besides
being connected to its fellow pedal and cerebral ganglia, is also
connected by the supra-intestinal commissure (sp. int. con.) to the
ganglion of that name (sp.int.g.). The supra-intestinal commissure
is longer than is the subintestinal commissure. There are no
nerves taking rise from the right pleural ganglion, so that there
is no connection between that and the subintestinal ganglion.
Both supra- and subintestinal ganglia give rise to the respective
pallial (n.pal.) and visceral nerves (n.v.). The pedal ganglia
(pcl.g.), as in Littorina, are of a large size, and give rise inferiorly
to numerous nerves, none of which have I been able to identify.
A peculiar ganglionic knot (p.g.k.), partly divided from the

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 629

inward inferior face of each ganglion, and giving rise to two stout
and two fine nerves, is worthy of note; they occur in Littoi-ina,
and are perhaps represented by slight swellings in the same
situation on the pedal ganglia of jS^assopsis (vide Moore, 13, pi. 20,
f. 7). _

Genitalia {^) (fig. 3). The gland (fig. 3, gl.) is situated on the
superior face of the visceral coil; its lobules are arranged around
several centres, each centre apparently communicating with the
vas deferens through one main canal. The vas deferens (fig. 3,
v.d.) is situate on the axis of the coil, and is very much convoluted.
Arrived at the anterior end of the liver it proceeds, parallel with
the rectum, straight along the mantle; a little posterior to the
anus it takes a sharp turn in towards the body, thence it con-
tinues, still as a closed vas deferens, along the bod}'- to the penis
(fig. 3, p.). This is situated on the right side, almost under
the snout. The seminal products pass through it, not along a
groove on its side, as in Littorina (fig. 8).

Genitalia (9) (fig- ^) '■ — The gland, macroscopically, is the same
as that of the male, except that it is larger and the centres of
arrangement are not so distinguishable; some of the lobes extend
round the outer side onto the inferior surface. The ovules
(tig. 9) may be seen to be arranged around the edges of the
lobules. The oviduct (fig. 4, ovid.) occupies the same position as
the vas deferens, and is convoluted as much. The uterus (fig. 4,
ut.) is placed on the mantle between the rectum and body; during
fecundity it is much enlarged, and at such times the rectum lies
in a groove on its inward side; at the posterior end, at the
junction of the oviduct, there is a single convolution. Its walls
are strengthened by muscular bands which may be seen from
outside to form slight constrictions. From its anterior end, at
the same position at which the vas deferens turns into the body,
the uterus may be seen to give off a short tube, which opens into
a groove (fig. 4, ovip.) running along the body; this groove
terminates in the same situation as the penis, by its two walls
dividing and becoming enlarged into flat attached lobes. Except
during the period of fecundity, the whole of both the male and

630 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

female reproductive complex is very much shrunken, and the
parts are very difficult to dissect out. At such times the glands
are restricted to the main branches of the visceral arterial system,
these branches forming the centres around which the lobes are
grouped when fully developed. The extensions of the female
gland around the outer side and on to the inferior face are
invariably along the course of an artery. This variation in the
size of the gland is noted by R. J. Harvey Gibson (6) in Patella
vidgata ; it doubtless occurs in all molluscs. I have myself
noticed it in Lotoriura and Purpura.

The peculiar form of the genitalia is the character on which it
has been thought fit to found this family. In the male there is
no sperm-groove as in Liltorina, its place being taken by an
anterior prolongation of the vas deferens ; and, further, the
seminal fluid passes through the penis, not along a groove on its
side; nor are any glands to be detected on the penis. In the
female we have an equally important difference — namely, the
existence of an ovipositor C?) similar to that found in Stromhus
and Pterocera. The former of these differences is one of the
most important anatomic differences between the Lotoriidce and
Muricidai.

Moore has stated (12, p. 162) that he has found this
ovipositor (?) slightly developed in Littorina. This is an observa-
tion that needs contirmatiun. The most careful examination
of innumerable fresh and spirit specimens of L. scabra, Linn.,
(some of large size), and L. maurittaiia, Lamk., has proved to the
writer that it does not exist in either of these two species.
Moreover, Souleyet (21), in his excellent account of the anatomy
of L. littorale, Linn., does not mention its presence. If, therefore,
it does exist in one species of so-called Littorina^ I would suggest
that species of two genera are grouped under one name.

Tenison- Woods (23) has stated that although the species of
Riselia are organically hemaphrodite, functionally the sexes are
separate, and may be distinguished by the form of the shell.
Both these statements are at variance with facts; it is probable
that he mistook the ovipositor (i) for the male organ; of twenty

BY H. LEIGHTOX KESTEVEN. 631

specimens, all exactly similar, of the form locally kuown as R.
plana, Q. ct G., nine were males and the remainder females.

Tryon's reference (24) of PlesiotrocJnis, Fischer (3), and Limno-
trochtcs, Smith (20)^ to Risella as subgenera was altogether wide
of the mark. Fischer's reference (4, p. 687) of the former to the
Planaxidte is much more likely to be correct. The systematic
position of the latter has lately been ably discussed by Lettice
Digby (2).

Risellopsis, Kesteven (9), is included here almost entirely on
conchological characters, nothing beyond the operculum and
dentition being known of its anatomy; amd on these it might
equally be referred to the Littorinidse.

The genus appeals to the writer as a perpetuation of the
immature condition of Risella (vide fig. 11, pi. xxx.).

MODULID.E.

To this family, hitherto having but one genus — Modulus — I
propose to add Echiiiella, Swainson, and Peasiella, Nevill (14).
Echinellawd.^ proposed by Swainson (22) in 1840 for the reception
of two species — Tl. granidata, Swains., and E. coronaria, Lamk.
The former of these is apparently a nomen nuduvi, and has never,
so far as I can ascertain, been identified. The latter has, there-
fore, been regarded as the type. Tryon (25, p. 231), sub voce
Tectarius says : — " I am also compelled to unite with this group,
as synonyms, Nina, Gray, 1850, and Echinella, Swainson, 1840,
their characters being very variable, and shading into those of
the type." Fischer (4) treated the genus as valid, placing it after
Tectarius, in the Littorinid^e. He thus describes it : — " Coquille
imperforee, granuleuse, epaisse; spire elevee, pyramidale; overture
striee a I'interieure; base de le columelle inuni d\ine dent;
opercule poly gyre, d nucleus central.^'' The italics are mine.

In arriving at the above conclusion, Trj^on could only have
studied the tooth on the base of the columella as the recognition
mark of Echinella. This he would have found unreliable, since
it is slightly developed in Tectarius pagodas, Linn. The more
important character of the multispiral operculum was, in all

632 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

probability, entirely overlooked by him. Adams Brothers d)
enumerated three species of Echinella, viz. : — E. coronaria, Lamk.
E. granulata, Swains., and E. cumingii, Phil. Although devoid
of the tooth on the columella, Tectarius spinulosus, Philippi (17),
has the multispiral operculum, and is, therefore, an Echinella.
Tectarius bullatus, Martyn, and T. tectum-persicum, Linn., are
probably referable here also. Tryon regards E. coronaria, Lamk.,
as a variety of the former of these two (25, p. 257), but it is
doubtful whether this is correct; T. spinulosus, Phil., which he
has stated to be the young of T. bullatus, Martyn, is certainly a
distinct species. As stated by Hedley (8), Tectarius inontrouzieri ,
Fischer, is a Turcia.

E. granulata, Swains., never having been identified, we have
three species certainly belonging to the genus Echinella, with the
probability of two others. E. coronaria, Lamk., doubtless has a
polygyral operculum, and from personal knowledge the writer can
say the other two have also. The opercula of several species of
Tectarius have also been examined b}'- the writer, and in no
instance can he find an intermediate between the typically
polygyral one of E. cumingii and that of T. pagodus, Linn.,
which is typically littorinoid.

In discussing the affinities of Echinella^ the writer is handi-
capped in having been unable to obtain specimens for dissection.
The operculum, however, happily affords us an important clue to
its systematic position. Although undoubtedly bearing great
conchological resemblance to Tectarius, the difference between
their opercula debars their inclusion in the same family. There
are only five or six families in the T^enioglossa in which the
multispiral operculum occurs; of these the Modulida? is the only
one to which Echinella can be referred. The tooth on the base
of the columella, possessed by some of the species, strengthens
this classification, which, in view of our ignorance of the soft
parts, is more advisable than would be the addition of another to
the already large number of families in the suborder.

Peasidla was proposed by Nevill (14) as a subgenus of Eisella
for the reception of Trochus tantillus, Gould (6). His treatment

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN.

633

of it in this manner was apparently in deference to the opinion
of E. A. Smith, who, in dealing with the type, had said : — "The
interior of the aperture is not pearly as in the Trochidse; and yet
the operculum truly appertains to that family, being concentric
and multispiral; and although, therefore, differing from that of
Eisella, the shell itself appears to suggest the joropriety of its
being located with that genus rather than with the Trochidse"
(19). Disregarding the peculiarly contradictory phrasing of this
statement, the conclusion seems to be a good deal at fault. The
resemblance of the shell to Risella is very slight, and, as stated,
the opercula — characters of infinitely more importance — are of
two distinct types. The dentition (Text fig. 1) resembles that of

Fig. 1 — Operculum and dentition of Peasiella tantillus, Gould.

Littorina more nearly than any other; but that of Modulus, with
which I would place Peasiella as a full and valid genus, is of the
same type. The operculum also favours this allocation.

Hedley (8) has drawn attention to the fact that Echinella
gaidii, Montrouzier (H), is a synonym of Trochus conoidalis,
Pease (15). Montrouzier describes the operculum as normal —
that is, corneous and multispiral, since such is the operculum of
the genus to which he referred it. The species is, therefore, a
Peasiella; but whether the other species which have been placed
here (-u^'c^e Tr^^on, 25, pp- 263-264) belong to this or distinct genera

634 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,

remains to be ascertained, so insufficient have purely conchological
characters proven.

Nassopsid.e.

The family here proposed contains but one species, Ji^assopsis
nassa, Woodward (86, 27), one of the unique "Halolimnic" mollusca
of Lake Tanganj^ika. The anatomy has been very thoroughly
worked out by J. E. S. Moore (13), but this writer has viewed the
characters of the species of the Halolimnic fauna from so prejudiced
a standpoint that, instead of discussing their affinities, he has
exerted all his ability to prove that they are surviving Jurassic
archetypes. To such lengths is this conviction carried that the
arguments used tend, in some instances, to weaken the undoubt-
edly correct theor}^ that the lake has been an arm of the sea in
early geologic times.

In the present instance no definite opinion as to the relation-
ship of the genus is given, though it is vaguely compared with
the Strombidae, Paludina and Littorina. A careful weighing
of its characters, however, it is here contended, shows its relation-
ship to be with the Littorinidae.

BiBLIOGEAPHY.

1. —Adams, H. & A.— Genera of Recent Mollusca, i., 1854, 316.

2.— DiGBY, Lettice. — " On the Structure and Affinities of the Tanganyika

Gasteropods, Chytra and Limnotrochus" Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.

Zool., xxviii., 1902, 434, ct seq.
3. — Fischer.— Journal de Conchyliologie, sxvi., 1S78, 212; xxvii., 1879, 29,

pi. iii., fig. 4.

4. Manuel de Conchyliologie, 1887, 709.

5_ — Gibson, R. J. Hakvey. — " Anatomy and Physiology of Patella valgata "

Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xxxii., 1885, GOl-638.
6._GouLD.— Proc. Boston Soc, iii., 1849, 118. United States Exploring

Expedition (Wilkes), xii., 1852, 184, figs. 215, 215a, 2156.
7.— Hedley, C. — Mem. Aust. Mus., iii., pt. 7; "Mollusca of Funafuti,

1899, 424.
8. "A Revision of the Types of the Marine Shells of the

Chevert Expedition." Records Aust. Mus., iv,, 1901, 121.

BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 635

9. — Kesteven, H. Leighton. — The systematic position of Fossarina, Ad. &

Ang., and of Fossarina varia, Hutton. Kecords Aust. Mus., iv., 1902,

317-322.
10. — Lacaze Duthiees. — " L'Anatomie et 1' embriogenie des Vermets." Ann.

Sci. Nat. Zool. 4e ser. xiii. 1860, 230, pi. 4, tig. 6.
11.— Montrouzieb. — Jour, de Conch, xxvii., 1878, 26, pi. iii., tigs. 3, 3a.
12. — Moore, J. E. S — " The Molluscs of the great African Lakes. No. iii.

Tangdnyikia and Spekia.\ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xlii., 1899.
13. Op. cit. No. iv. Nassopsis and BytJwceras. Loc. cit.

1899, 187, et seq.
14. — Nevill. — Hand List of the Mollusca in the Indian Museum, 1884, 159.
15. — Pease.— American Jour. Conch., iii., 1867, 287; pi. 12, fig. 8.
16. — Pelseneer. — Introduction a I'etude des Mollusques, 1894, 57.
17. — Philippi. — Abbildungen Conchylien. Band iii., 1847, 17, Tab. vi.,

fig. 24.
18. — QuoY & Gaimard.- Voyage de I'Astrolobe. Zool. Tome iii,, 1855, 271.

Atlas Moll., pi. 62, figs. 8-11.
19.— Smith, E. A.— Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. xii., 1876, 552.

20. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vi., 1880, 425.

21— SouLEYET.— Zool. de la Bonite, ii., 1853, 551, pi. 33.

22. — SwAiNsoN. — A Treatise on Malacology, 1840, 352.

23.— Tenison- Woods. — Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1876, 242-249.

24.— Tryon.— Structural and Systematic Conchology, ii., 1883, 242.

25. Manual of Conchology, ix., 1887.

26.— Woodward.— Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1859, 349, pi. 47, figs. 4, 4a, 4&.
27.— Smith.— Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vi., 1890, 93.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.

Anatomy of Risella.

Fig 1.— Digestive system. — buc, buccal mass, rad., radula. an., anus.

m.gl., mucous gland, post. as., posterior oesophagus, neph.,

nephridium. liv., liver, sal.gl., salivary glands. crop, crop.

r.b.o., reno-pallial orifice. int., intestine. h.-p.d., hepato-

pancreatic ducts.
Fig. 2.— Circulatory system. — cten., ctenidium. br.v., branchial vein.

osph., osphradium. nepli.v., nephridial vein. a.c.c.'c."c."' ,

branches of the posterior aorta, b. , right pallial artery, ant.aor.,

anterior aorta, nepli.^ nephridium.
Fig. 3. — Genitalia ( $ )• — A-., a spermatozooid. p., penis, v.d., vas deferens.

neph., nephridium. gl., testes.

636 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA.

Fig. 4. — Genitalia ( $ ). — ovij)., ovipositor (?). ut., uterus, ovid., oviduct,
jiej:*/^ , nephridium. gl., ovary, r.j^.o., reno-pericardial orifice.

Fig. 5. — Ctenidium. — b., venous lacuna, nejyh.v., nephridial vein, vent.,
ventricle. rt?rr., auricle, fe?'.!?. , branchial vein.

Fig. 6. — Anterior portion of the digestive tract. — buc, buccal mass, sal.gl.y
left salivary gland, app., left appendage, ant.ces., anterior
oesophagus. crop, crop, post.aes,, posterior oesophagus. I.,
lumen, rad., radula.

Fig. 7. — Rachidian tooth.

Fig. 8. — Penis showing sphincter muscles, and seminal canal squeezed out
between lines of contraction.

Fig. 9. — One lobule of ovary showing ovules arranged round the edge.

Fig. 10.— Crop. — I., lumen.

Fig. 11. — Young shell.

Fig. 12. — Nervous system dissected out and drawn with the camera lucida
as seen floating in water. — e.g.', left cerebral ganglion, e.g.",
right cerebral ganglion. pl.g.\ left pleural ganglion, pl.g.",
right pleural ganglion, pd.g. ', pd.g." , left and right pedal ganglia,
sb.int.g., subintestinal ganglion. sp.int.g., supra-intestinal
ganglion, sp.int.con., supra-intestinal connective, sb.int.con.,
subintestinal connective, c. 2)1. con., cerebropleural connectives.
c.pd.con., cerebro-pedal connectives, pl.pd.con., pleuropedal
connectives, dial. con., dialoneurous connection (?) c.b.con.,
cerebro-buccal connectives (?) n.gen., genitalia nerve (?) nv.\
n.v." , left and right visceral nerves, n.pal.', n.pal." , left and
right pallial nerves, n.col., columellar nerve (?) p.g.k., ganglionic
knots.

Fig. 13. — Nervous system seen from above. Lettering as in fig. 12.

63^

NGARRABUL AND OTHER ABORIGINAL TRIBES.

Part I. — Medical and Surgical Practice.

By John MacPherson, M.A., B.Sc, M.B., Ch.M.

While engaged in professional work in New England, I made
the close acquaintance of the aboriginals inhabiting that district
and those passing through it in the course of their wanderings.
From them I learned some details of their methods in medicine
and surgery, such as were practised while the tribes still preserved
their integrity. The district I speak of was occupied by many
tribes, known by the names of the languages spoken by their
members. Thus, the Yukumhul language was spoken at Inverell
and Boggy Camp. JSfgarrahul was used at Bolivia, Glen Innes,
Stonehenge, Wellingrove, Emmaville, and the neighbouring
localities. Ea-nee-ivin obtained at Oban and its vicinity. The
Bundel or Bundela tongue prevailed at Yugilbar (upon the Upper
Clarence) and Gordon Brook (a tributary of the same stream).
In the following account, unless otherwise specified, the facts
relate to the customs of the Ngarrabul Blacks.

The education of students in medicine took place at the great
Bora Initiation ceremonies (Bull-bah), the old doctors and warriors
imparting the information. Many youths from different tribes
received their instruction together. The old people withdrew,
and the doctors (in number from three to six) took the lads apart
to teach them the mysteries of the healing art. From time to
time their proficiency was tested; they were sent to observe and
diagnose cases of illness — being reprimanded for their mistakes —
until the required degree of competency was gained. When at
length the young man (for such he had now become) was deemed
42

638 NGARRABUL AND OTHER ABORIGINAL TRIBKS,

fully qualitied to practise, he must needs comport himself with
circumspection, else trouble awaited him. If his erstwhile
instructors considered him unwarrantably zealous in prosecuting
the work of his profession, they reported the matter to the tribal
chief {Doorttngd ov yyumbaivnh), who, if he found the accusation
sustained, ordered the culprit to be summarily put to death.
Such drastic measures were deemed necessary, for the doctor
would, when opportunity favoured, subject a patient, against
whom he harboured resentment, to a course of treatment unneces-
sarily rigorous. In the Yukumbul tribe, to guard against the
possibility of such secret enmity being visited upon the sick man
{Dfhikkae^) by any doctor {Xoonwae-hah), he (the patient) might
insist upon several medical men being called in consultation upon
his case. In Bundel the dusky physician was known as Xgull-
loo-hiiyal —a, layman or ordinar}^ tribesman being BiyynL

Before the advent of the white settler, the natives informed
me, there was but little sickness or disease of any kind. Tumours
or neoplasms were rare or unknown. The w^ork of the doctors
was mainly surgical, and consisted of the treatment of wounds —
the result of accident or sustained in warfare. Sorcer}^ and witch-
craft occupied a prominent place in their dealings with the sick.
As narrated to me by the natives, their practices were, in the
main, similar to those recorded by many other observers through-
out Australia — blowing, manipulating and sucking being, as
elsewhere, conspicuous features. In the presence of the doctor,
the patient lay down and was subjected to a ])h3^sical examination
that the seat of disease might be ascertained. After feeling his
head, body and limbs, the ph3^sician took some bushes and bit off
a piece with leaves. Upon these he blew, and over them spread
a mysterious powder which he kept in a bag. The leafy twig he
then pressed well into the skin over the supposed diseased part,
or, calling to his . assistance one or more professional colleagues,
they all pressed vigorously upon the potent charm. Thus, they

* A word of doubtful authenticity.

BY JOHN MACPHERSON.

639

said, the drug rapidly pervaded the system and soon effected a
cure.

Suction was one of the most universal of practices amongst the
Australian Medicine Men. Dr. Clutterbuck"^ refers to a similar
custom among the Victorian natives. I was surprised to observe
the evident faith in which, even at the present time, this manner of
treatment is held by the civilised aborigines. Of course, in some
cases, it would be a simple method of dry-cupping and would
have the same applications. Again, it is the most rational manner
of treating the stings and bites of venomous animals. Otherwise
it was purely " make-believe" charlatanism, or part of dexterous
sleight-of-hand performances by the astute physician. In the
first category we might include sucking the integument over the
affected parts in various pains or headaches, " colds " (nasal
catarrh), &c. ( Yukumbul). An old Yugilbar native, whose grand-
child had an attack of acuie bronchitis with cough and dyspnoea,
sucked the infant's mouth and nose, after the fashion of the
doctors of his tribe, as an emergency measure before seeking my
professional advice. If a person felt sore (boo-boo) anywhere, the
doctor inserted a cigar-shaped needle into the tender place. This
manoeuvre, I was assured, was almost painless. Through the
needle the wily sorcerer affected to extract by sucking the
materies morbi (in the shape of a pebble or similar object pre-
viously adroitly concealed in his mouth). This he spat out, to
the great satisfaction of the sufferer. In the Yukumbul tribe,
similarly, splinters or barbs of spears were supposed to be removed
by sucking. An Inverell native assured me that if a spear-head
penetrated the flesh and broke off, native doctors (but not Euro-
pean surgeons) could, by these means, extract the buried fragment.
Of course a piece of spear-head was, beforehand, deftly hidden
about the performer's person to be produced at an opportune
moment.

Their materia medica comprised herbs, plentiful in the Clarence
River scrubs, but scarce in the Glen Innes neighbourhood.

' Port Phillip in 1849,' p. 54.

640 NGARRABUL AND OTHER ABORIGINAL TRIBES,

Marvellous properties in the curing of disease were ascribed to
them. They were more potent for good, the Blacks informed me,
than any of the remedies at my command. Dr. Clutterbuck
spoke with disdain of the innocent herbs swallowed in decoction
by the indigenous tribes of Victoria. It is, however, highly
probable that a systematic investigation of their drugs would in
some instances reveal properties of which advantage might well
be taken in the practice of medicine. I need refer as an example
only to the Corkwood tree of Eastern Australia (Duboisia myopo-
roides, R.Br.) which was employed by the natives for its toxic
properties'^ and which yields Duboisine, a drug whose use in
medical practice has now become world-wide. The Bundela
women prepared a medicine from a small plant about nine inches
in height confined to the warm climate of the coastal regions. A
fire having been made, stones were placed upon it until they
became very hot. Over these stones was stood a kooliman or
wooden bowl (Noomie) filled with water. The plant was put in
the water, which was then boiled and poured into a strong wooden
medicine bucket (Goolong-gooloo). The steam was confined for a
while with tea-tree bark. The drug thus prepared was of sour
taste and great potency, being given with caution and onl}^ in
very small doses. The Yukumbul natives used herbs found grow-
ing upon the plains for internal disorders caused by drinking
contaminated water. Unfortunately I was unable to procure
specimens of any of these plants.

Two species of the genus Exccecaria are found in Australia and
are remarkable for the possession of a milky sap with intensely
virulent and acrid properties and capable of inflicting, by contact,
the direst mischief upon the organs of vision. These are the
Gutta Percha tree of Queensland and Northern Australia {E.
parvifolia, Muell. Arg.) and the Milky Mangrove {E. agallocha,
Linn.) ranging from Northern Australia to the north coastal area
of New South Wales. The former species was studied by Dr.

* F. M. Bailey, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. v., ISSO, pp. 1 et seq.
(quoting Rev. W. Woolls).

I

BY JOHN MACPHEHSON. 641

T. L. Bancroft, and Mr. Edward Palmer* speaks of its bark being
used by the Gulf of Carpentaria natives, broken up in water, as
a lotion for the relief of pain. The juice of the Milky Mangrove,
according to Mr. J. H. Maiden,! was used by the aborigines of
Eastern Australia, New Guinea and India to cure chronic ulcers.
In Fiji the patient was fumigated wdth the smoke of the burning
wood. In the Clarence River scrubs grows a tree perhaps
identical with this Milky Mangrove and whose bark and sap
were used by the blacks in the treatment of burns. When
cutting the bark it was necessary to avert the face, else the
juice spurting into the eyes might destroy the sight. This juice
was collected in a medicine bucket. In treating burns, snake's
fat was first smeared upon the injured surface and over this a
piece of the bark, while, at a distance, the acrid sap itself was
applied, doubtless as a counter irritant. In severe pain arising
from any cause, the juice was spread over the painful area, or the
bark, rolled up into little fragments, was ignited and the glowing
ember applied. This was reserved for sufferers otherwise strong,
two dusky comrades holding the patient during this administration
of the cautery.

Another tree, however, of the Queensland and New South
Wales coastal scrubs is the rough-leaved Fig tree (Ficus asjjei-a,
R.Br.), which likewise yields an acrid, milky juice, employed by
the Cleveland Bay natives to expedite the healing of certain
wounds (James Morrill).

The tannin-containing kino of the Apple-tree (Angophora sp.)
was included in the Ngarrabul pharmacopoeia. Mr. J. F. Mann J
also speaks of the use of the astringent sap of the Apple tree in
aboriginal therapeutics. In times of drought the Yukumbul
Blacks procured water from Apple trees to obviate their drinking
impure natural water; as in other parts of Australia, under the
stress of thirst, the natives derive water from the roots of the

* Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. xvii., 1883, p. 107.

f Indigenous Vegetable Drugs (Dept. of Agriculture Publications) Pt. ii., p. 19.

X Proc. Geogr. Soc. Aust., 1st Session, 1883-4, Vol. i., p. 49.

642 NGARRABUL AND OTHER ABORIGINAL TRIBES,

Red Mallee {Eucalyptus oleosa, F.v.M.) and the Coolabah or
Dwarf Box {E. mic7'otheca, F.v.M.).

The Red Gum, Yarrah (probably Eucalyptus rostrata^ Schlecht.),
also found a place in the Ngarrabul materia medica. E. rostrata,
of course, yields the Eucalyptus gum of the British Pharmacopceia.
According to various writers.* the medicinal use of the exudations
of species of Eucalypts was of wide extent among the Australian
aborigines.

The White or Manna Gum, Horra {E. viminalis, Labill.) forms
one of the most conspicuous features of the Glen Innes forests.
Glencoe and ]Marowan, from the prevalence of this species, were
designated in Ngarrabul Horra-ivill. In some seasons the trunks
are prettily tinted with patches of pink or red. Golden beetles
[Anoplognathus), Psyllid insects, ttc, feed largel}^ upon the
leaves. The common opossum [Trichosurus vidj^ecula, Kerr)
subsists to a great extent upon the young foliage and bark of the
smaller shoots and twigs. The yield of oil from the leaves is
about J%, consisting mainl}'' of pinene, with comparatively little
eucalyptol. The active principle (or principles) of Eucalyptus
oils, however, for therapeutic purposes — whether eucalyptol
(cineol), peppermint ketone, or other body — has yet to be
determined. In this connection the admirable researches of
Messrs. R. T. Baker and H. G. Smith have opened up an
enormous field for the pharmacologist. The leaves of E. vimi-
nalis were used by the Ngarrabul Blacks topically for ophthalmia
— Narrada mil (i.e., "bad eye"), and by internal administration
for diarrhoea. It may have been mereh^ a coincidence that a
captive opossum of mine, when deprived of these leaves, suffered
from diarrhoea with green bilious stools, but was restored to
health when they were again added to his diet. Several authors
have observed the therapeutic exhibition of Eucalyptus leaves

* Dr. W. E. Roth, ' Ethnological Studies among the North-West Central
Queensland Aborigines'; James Dawson, 'Australian Aborigines,' p. 57;
J. F. Mann. loc. cit., d'C.

BY JOHN MACPHERSON, 643

b} the aborigines in different regions of Australia.* The tannin-
containing bark of the White Gum was employed, moistened, by
the N'garrabul Blacks as an outward application in ophthalmia,
just as in other parts of the continent the bark of divers species
of Eucalypts was used for various other purposes.

To pass on to the Animal Kingdom. The fat of the Carpet
Snake {Python spilotes var. varieyaia, Gra}^) was in great demand
as an emollient application for burns, or an embrocation for
rheumatism, just as, for rheumatic pains, the pristine dwellers of
Tasmania employed the fat of the Mutton Bird {Pvffinus brevi-
cattdus, Gould t), or the Australian settlers use Emu or Iguana
oil. Some of my Yukumbul informants averred that rheumatism
was uncommon before the advent of the white colonists, and the
consequent change in the aboriginal mode of life. An old Oban
native, when I wished him to conduct me to the ground of his
Bora {Orba7i-bi,h), proffered his rheumatic joints as an excuse for
declining.

The surgical practice was simple. Slight wounds amongst the
Yukumbul people were left untreated —healing readily. In the
Ngarrabul tribe an eagle-hawk's feather was placed upon a large
cut or wound to close it; over this some soft tea-tree bark, the
whole being bound up with a piece of kangaroo-skin to keep it
warm and comfortable. On some of the natives irregular
cicatrices, chiefly about the forehead, gave evidence of the blows
of clubs [Murrunibn^i or Dappirr), wielded by co-tribesmen in
altercations, or hostile blacks in intertribal feuds. One Oban
aboriginal of great age, in addition to such scars, had a periosteal
node upon his frontal bone, and great depressions in his cranial
vault. These, he said, were the marks of quarrels with his
fellows; but whether they were depressed " pond " fractures or
examples of the absorption of the parietal bones which sometimes
supervenes in advanced age, I cannot say.

I

""■ Edw. Palmer, Oleman, &c. In the National Dispensatory, 5th ed.,
p. 627, it is stated that the virtues of Eucalyptus leaves were well known to
the aboriginal inhabitants of Australia.

t Bonwick, * The Daily Life of the Tasmanians,' p. 89.

644 NGARRABUL AND OTHER ABORIGINAL TRIBES,

Fractures were not uncommon, the result of accident or
encountered in war, from the blow of the large and powerful war
boomerang {Burr-gun) — the kind which did not return to the
thrower. In the Yukumbul tribe the bark of a special tree,
Bugaibil,wsi^ used in setting fractures. Thus, for the forearm, two
sheets of bark were used, placed along the anterior and posterior
sides of the injured member; these were secured by tying. The
dusky surgeons said that the juice of the bark penetrated to the
seat of fracture and effected its healing. In the Bundela race,
when a limb was fractured, the old people gathered round and
bound it up with tea-tree bark to keep it warm and comfortable.
Around this was fastened string made from a scrub-tree like the
Black Kurrajong, Yap par, of the Inland Plains {Sterculia diver si-
folia, G. Don). Thus it was secured until union had taken place.
The bark of the Australian tea-trees or paper-bark trees
(Melaleuca, Gallistemon, and Leptosperinum) lends itself admirably
to extemporaneous use in setting broken bones — placed outside
in. The inner layers are sufficiently firm to secure imuiobility of
the fragments, while the soft exfoliating outer layers form an
excellent padding, as recommended by Dr. AVoodward in his
Railway Ambulance Handbook.*

The bite of the centipede and spider, and sting of the scorpion,
were treated by vigorous sucking until the blood was withdrawn,
and with it the poison. The nip of the powerful soldier-ant was
not deemed important enough to require interference, whereas
the sting of the English bee {Boo) was considered highl}^ dangerous
and often fatal. The imported bee was very " saucy," and should
be robbed of its honey only by night (Bundela).

Snakes of the most venomous kinds are common throughout
the whole district, but the natives rarely die from the effects of
their bites. A Yukumbul female told me that they were seldom
bitten, and that she had never heard of a fatality arising
from such a cause. It is said, however, that an aboriginal at
Oban succumbed to the venom of a tiger snake, Erkullah

* Third Edition, p. 100.

BY JOHN MACPHERSON. 645

(j^ofechis scntatiLs, Peters). The Ngarrabul natives used to cut
the skin at the site of the wound until it bled freely. Then all
the doctors sucked it. No ligature was applied. The Yukumbul
Blacks, however, in addition to sucking, applied above the wound
a ligature of the skin of Koohi, the opossum. The late Dr.
George Bennett, in his 'Gatherings of a Naturalist' (p. 275),
gives an account of the measures adopted by the Clarence River
natives in combating the effects of snake venom — scarification,
free bleeding, and keeping the patient running about until the
effects of the poison had passed away. The Ngarrabul Blacks
say that Bri-pryn, the Soldier Bird {Myzantha garrnla, Lath.),
finds snakes, proclaiming their presence b}' an outburst of noisy
clamour.

In the olden days poisoned spears were in use. The men
covered them with the melted resin of the Grass Tree, Burr-hurr
{Xanthorrhoea sp.). They were then passed on to the women,
who alone knew how to impregnate them with the powerful
poison. A wound with such a spear was generally mortal unless
treated by a woman. Men were powerless to cope with such
cases. A Yukumbul female informed me that in her tribe spears
were poisoned with a substance obtained from the mountains. It
is related of the Narrinyeri tribes of South Australia that they
were wont to poison a kind of dagger by leaving it in a putrid
human corpse for some weeks, and then wrap up the point of the
dagger in some hair or feathers soaked in the fat of a decaying
corpse. This was termed Neilyeri or the poison revenge.* Poison
in any other form was quite unknown to the Narrinyeri. f An
old Ngarrabid tribesman, on the contrary, was in great dread of
poison, Mittie. He said the Inverell blacks (who obtained it
originally from Queensland) keep it in a small vessel. It is like
a scent, and is in use to the present day. If the possessor be at
enemity against anyone, his victim's fate is sealed. In his

*Rev. Geo. Taplin in the ' Native Tribes of South Australia,' p. 29, et seq.
Mr. C. Hedley (Proc. Eoy. Soc. Qsld., v.) speaks of the Port Curtis Blacks
employing the milky juice of Exccecaria agallocha to poison their spears.
fTaplin, loc. cit. , p. 47.

646 NGARRABUL AND OTHER ABORIGINAL TRIBES,

absence from camp some of the poison is sprinkled on his rug.
When he returns to sleep, it is his last eternal slumber. He dies
"all puffed out." My informant could tell me nothing more
about this lethal drug. Even the police, he said, are mystified.
Current rumour certainly in this district ascribes the death of
aboriginals to some mysterious poison employed by hostile natives.
It is said that in earlier days also the natives were in great terror
of being thus put to death by revengeful Blacks.

As regards ritual or ceremonial and "ornamental" surgery,
I saw no natives with the septum nasi pierced. The Ngarrabul
Blacks told me that neither circumcision nor knocking out the
incisor teeth was practised in their tribe, nor was that remarkable
rite, urethrotomy or mutilation of the penis, described amongst
other Australian people. Scarification of the body (erroneously
termed "tattooing"), however, was performed after attaining
adult years. It was entirely optional, and members of either sex
could be so adorned if they felt disposed — an advantage that
some at least did not avail themselves of. The form and distri-
bution of the lines, etc., made by this operation differed materially
in different tribes, and travellers say that many tribes could be
thus easily distinguished by the bodily markings of their mem-
bers.* I saw an old Oban native with extensive cicatrices upon
the skin of his chest (back and front), but not upon his abdomen.
One vertical scar lay over the upper sternum. On either side of
the chest in front, below the level of this one, were four scars;
those on the left being almost horizontal, while those on the right
were shorter and directed obliquely downwards and inw^ards,
thus : —

I The scars were all pale and atrophic, and neither

^ upon these nor on those resulting from injuries was

^ ^=1:^ there any elevation of false keloid. In fact we

are told that wounds require to be subjected to

special measures to ensure the formation of such cicatrical over-

* Bulmer in Biough Smythe's 'Aborigines of Victoria,' Vol. i., p. 295.
J. M. Davis, ibid. Vol. ii., p. 313.

BY JOHN MACPHERSON. 647

growth— described intpv alios by Drs. Milne Robertson* and W.
Wyatt.t

Obstetrics in Ngarrabul were quite simple. The female rela-
tives, sister, mother or grandmother, looked after the patient and
her baby. The men knew but little about such matters, and held
aloof.

8uch, then, was the practice of medicine and surgery among
these primitive people. Drunkenness, with its attendant evils,
exposure to wet and the cold of night, tubercle, hydatids, venereal
disease, the diminished bodily vigour resulting from occupying and
sleeping in damp, dark and ill-ventilated hovels, incident upon
their civilisation, have all combined to destroy the tribes, and
soon the few remnants will be gathered to their fathers and we
shall know them no more.

* Report on certain Customs of the Aborigines of Western Australia, p. 6.
t Adelaide and Encounter Bay Tribes in ' Native Tribes of South Austra-
lia,' p. 163.

648

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA-
LYC.EyiD.E. Part II.

By G. a. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E.

This Part contains observations on the remainder of the new
Lycaenidi\3 obtained by Mr. R. E. Turner during the present
year in North Queenshind. I propose in my next part to deal
fully with each genus and di-aw up a comparison of the species
placed in their respective genera.

PsEUDONOTis, Druce.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xii., p. 252, 1894.

This genus is allied to Thysonotis, Hiibn. (it has often been
known as Danis, Fabr.). The insect hereunder described appears
to belong to this genus; it is certainly unlike any other form
found in Australia.

PsEUDONOTIS TURNERI, n.Sp.

(J. Uppersid e. — Foretviny with costa nearly straight, apex
acute, outer margin nearly straight, inner margin straight.
Hindivinc/ with costa arched, outer margin slightly concave in
centre, anal angle greatly produced, inner margin nearly straight;
t?vo tails are present on the hindwing. Both wings white with
broad black margins; base black; the broad black margin occupy-
ing almost the whole of the cell of the forewing and extending in
an even band along the outer margins of both wings to the inner
margin of the hindwing, widest near the anal angle. Between
the submedian anil first median, and first and second medians

BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 649

the anal angle is marked with two very black conical spots which
are bounded externally with white lines and internally with pale
blue crescents. Along the outer margin are faint white lines,
and above these are a few pale blue scales. The tails are nearly
^ inch long, black tipped with white; and arise from the sub-
median nervure and first median nervule. The pale blue scales
on the hindwing only appear so when viewed directly, but when
the insect is held obliquely it will be seen that the blue scales are
very extensive and are of a very brilliant electric blue colour.
Cilia black.

Under sid e. — The scheme of colouration is as on upperside,
but the white is replaced by cream. The marginal blue markings
are more extensive and do not change colour when viewed in
different directions. These pale blue scales are represented on
the forewing by a submarginal narrow band, external to which is
a pale line, and in the hindwing by arches between each of the
nervules, the legs of these arches being continued down the
nervules, while between the median nervules and submedian
nervure are four blue lunules; the margin has a distinct white
line running along it.

9. Costa more arched ; apex less acute ; outer margin more
convex than in the forewing of the male, and in the hindwing the
anal angle is less produced and the tails are shorter. Otherwise
as in the male.

In the available specimens the female is smaller than the male.

Expanse, g 30-35 mm; 9 22-29 mm.

This species is probably the Australian form of F. danis, Feld.,"^
from which it differs in having much more white on the upper-
side. Felder's figure shows very little white on the upperside,
while in the species described the white is of larger extent to the
black. It also resembles P. tniJo, G. Smith ct Kirb}^! in general
appearance, but that species is described and figured without, or
at least with very short, tails (these may have been broken off),
and the upperside is without the blue scales of the hindwing.

* Reise Novara, Lep. ii., p. 240, 11. 273, t. 30, figs. 12-13 (1865).
t Rhop. Exot. Lyceen. orient., xi., tigs. 1 and 2, 1897.

650 AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA : LYC.ENID^'E, II. ,

It is also allied to Myriita derpiha^ Hew.,"^ especially on the
underside.

The larva is of a brilliant green, and was found by Mr. R. E.
Turner feeding on a species of Orchid ( Vanda section). The pupa
is also brilliant green with no markings, but a depression behind
the wings.

I am indebted to Mr. R. E. Turner for specimens of this
insect from Kuranda near Cairns.

Philiris, Rober.
Tijdschr. Ent. xxxiv., p. 317; Exot. Schmett. Theilii., p. 273, 1892.

The type of this genus is Thecla ilias, Feld., and as both the
following species are closely allied to that species, I have placed
them in this genus, leaving aside the question for the present as
to whether it should be sunk under Candalides, Hiibn.,! the type
of which is C. xanthospilos, Hiibn.

Philiris Kamerung^, sp.n.

(^. Forewing with costa nearly straight, apex acute, outer
margin straight, inner margin straight. Hindwing with outer
margin entire.

Up per side. — Foreioing with costal margin black, apex
broadly black, outer margin black. The black margin is bounded
by the subcostal nervure until the end of cell, then crosses the
end of cell towards the outer margin and becomes less extensive
to the angle. The rest of the wing purple, but viewed in some
directions blue, except a small white patch in the centre of the
wing external to the cell in the region of the median nervules.
Hindwing with a narrow black outer margin, rest of wing purple
except the apical angle, which is white above the subcostal
nervure. Abdominal fold white. Cilia white.

Diurnal Lepid. Plate iii. b. (Supplt.), figs. 101, 102 (cJ), 1878.
t Verzeichniss bekannt. Schmett. 20 (1816).

BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 651

Underside pure silky white with very faint black termina-
tions to the nervules on the outer margin. One small black spot
midway near the inner margin of hindwing.

9. Forewing with costa nearly straight, apex pointed, but outer
margin convex. Outer margin of hindvnng more rounded than
in the male.

Upper side. — For p.iving h\3^ck and white, with a faint sub-
basal blue suffusion; the black costal border is wider than in the
male and occupies all the cell, and extends somewhat along the
inner margin (in one specimen it extends the whole length of the
inner margin), thus leaving an almost circular central white spot.
This central white spot, which is wholly below the cell, when
viewed directly, is white, Avith the basal portion slightly blue,
but when viewed obliquely has a beautiful pale silvery -blue sheen.
Hindwing brown with apical angle white, the white apical patch
in some specimens extending downwards through the cell to the
median nervule and not having the blue sheen as in the forewing.
Cilia white. Abdominal fold white.

Underside as in the male, but the terminations of the
nervules are more marked.

Expanse, $ 23 mm.; 9 24-26 mm.

This insect is allied to P. ilias, Felder, but the white patches
in both sexes are a ready means of identifying it.

Log. — Cairns District.

Philiris Kurand^, n.sp.

^. Foreiving with costa very straight, apex very acute, outer
margin straight. Hindwing with anal angle slightly produced.

Uppersid e. — Foreiuing dark purple with black costal border,
apex broadly black and inner margin less broadly black. Hind-
wing with costal border broadly black, outer margin narrowly
black, the rest of wing bright blue. Abdominal fold grey. Cilia
white.

Underside silky white, terminations of veins black, but 710
black spot near inner margin of the hindwing as in P. KamerungcH
and P. ilias.

652 AUSTEALIAN RHOPALOCERA : LYC.EXID^E, II.,

9- Forewing with costa straight, apex not nearly so acute as
in the male; outer margin convex. Uindwing with outer margin
much more rounded than in the male.

Upperside. — Forewing with a very even black border
extending along costa. apex and outer margin, where it is broadest,
the rest of wing dull blue. Hindiv'ing as in forewing, with the
borders of about the same size. Cilia white, the nervules of the
hind wing marked with black.

Underside as in the male.

Expanse, $ 26-30 mm.; 9 29-31 mm.

It is noticeable that in the male of this species the forewing
is purple and the hindwing blue, while in P. ilias both wings are
purple; also it is a larger insect than P. ilias.

Log. — Cairns District.

Philiris ilias, Felder.

Thecla ilias, Felder, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. Nat. 01.
xl. p. 454, n, 22 (1860). Pseudodipsus ilias, Miskin, Syn. Cat.
Rhop. Aust. p. 67 (1890); P. innotatus, Misk., Ent. Mo. Mag.
1874, p. 165.

(J. Foreiving with costa nearly straight, apex acute, outer
margin straight, inner margin straight. Hindwing with outer
margin entire.

Upperside. — Forewing with costal margin black, apex
broadly black and outer margin black, the rest of wing purple.
Hindwing with outer margin black, the rest of wing purple.
Cilia white.

Underside pure silky white, with a fine black edge more
noticeable at the terminations of the nervules. A small black
spot near the middle of inner margin of hindwing.

9. Forewing with costa nearly straight; apex pointed, outer
margin very convex, outer margin of hindwing more rounded
than in the male.

Uppersid e. — Forewing brown with a pale blue area situated
between the median and submedian nervures and extending from

BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 653

base to a little beyond the middle. Hindwing brown, with white
cilia.

Underside as in the male. Expanse, ^ 25 mm. ; 9 25-30 mm.

Felder's type was from Amboina. I have not been able to see
a specimen from that locality, but Miskin himself considered his
species synonymic with Felder's, so I allow Felder's name to stand.
It may be that our insect is not identical with the Amboina
species, as I find Mr. Grose Smith has described a species,
Holochila nitens* from N. Queensland If this is the case, P.
innotatus has certain priority, and P. nitens must sink if it is, as
I think, the same insect as the one under consideration. My
specimens from Cape York agree very well with the figure of the
male of P. yiitens, and they are not markedly different from
Cairns or Brisbane specimens.

Loc. — Richmond River, N.S.W. (G.A.W.) to Cape York, Q.

* G. Smith, Nov. Zool. v. p. 107 (1898). G. Smith & Kirby, Khop. Exot.
Lye. orient., 1899, pi. xx,
43

654

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF MOXOGRAPTUS IN NEW
SOUTH WALES.

By T. S. Hall, M.A.

(Communicated by John Mitchell.)

The occurrence of graptolites in the Silurian of Bowning and
Yass has been ah-eady recorded by Mr. John Mitchell,* but the
record has been since referred to as doubtful, and it is, therefore,
with much pleasure that I accepted Mr. Mitchell's offer to allow
me to examine the specimens on which the record was based.
They are undoubted examples of Monograptus, a genus
which, it is hardly necessar}^ to say, is confined to the
Silurian — that is, the Upper Silurian of the State
Geological Surveys — though unfortunatel}' the condition
of the specimens does not permit of specific naming.

Monograptus sp.

Hydrosome straight for the greater part of its length,

slightly incurved proximally. Maximum width about

1-7 mm.; length of a slightly imperfect specimen 12 mm.

This is nearly the total length, as only a small part of the

proximal end is wanting. There does not seem to be

any distal prolongation of the virgula. The proximal

end of the polypary is not visible in any of the four

specimens which lie close together on the stone. The

^^' ■ thecjie number about 10 or 11 in 1 cm., and are inclined

to the axis at 3")°. As far as can be seen, they are about twice as

Fig. 1. — Imperfect specimen of Monograptus, allied to M. dnhlns, Suess { x 5).

* Proc. Linn. 8oc. N.S. Wales (2), Vol. i., 1SS6, p. 577, and (2) Vol. ill.
(1888-1889), p. 150.

BV T. S. HALL. 655

long as wide. Apertures at right angles to the axis'of the theca,
and slightly everted at their outer angle. The character of the
matrix does not allow the presence or absence of a spine to be
definitely asserted.

The imperfection of the specimens in the sicular region prevents
their absolute identification, but they apparently belong to the
group typified by M. duhius, which ranges through almost the
whole of the Lower Ludlow and Wenlock in Britain.

Loc. — Belle Vale, Yass.

Horizon. — Lower Trilobite Bed, Bowning Series ( = Wenlock,
Upper Silurian).

656

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Fred. Turner exhibited from the Tweed River district of
New South Wales, three suspected poisonous plants, viz.: —
Indigofera mistralis, Willd., Phyllanthus Gasstrcemii, Muell.,
and Brei/nia ohlongifolia, Muell. These plants have been sus-
pected of causing red water in cattle, and in addition, the firsts
named is thought to bring on premature labour in stock. In
contirmation of this the Hon. P. L. C. Shepherd, M.L.C.,
informed Mr. Turner that when he first went to live at Colo Vale
he took with him several cows in calf and mares in foal, and after
the animals had eaten of the Indigofera australi^ they slipped the
foetus. Singular to saj", that when the stock had been some
time on the estate they never suffered in a similar way, although
the indigo still grew fairly plentifully there. These plants are
included in Turner's list of supposed poisonous plants of Australia.
He also showed a photograph of " Insect Mimicry," taken direct
from the natural objects by Andre k, Sleigh's special three-colour
process; and forwarded to the exhibitor by Sir Henr}^ Trueman-
Wood, M. A., Secretary, Society of Arts, London.

Mr. Baker exhibited specimens of the Symphcos described in
his paper.

Mr. Froggatt showed specimens of a lamellicorn beetle, Pento-
don australifi^ Blackb., from Sackville Reach, Ha wkesbury River,
where the species of late has done much damage to maize seed in
the ground, as well as to the young corn; under ordinar}' circum-
stances the insect frequents the huW gYa,%s!, (^Paspaluiii) of the flats,
but in the absence of floods has become a pest to the farmer. He
also showed examples of another beetle of the same family,
Chiroplatijs sp., which has taken to devouring potatoes and
tomatoes in the Windsor and Richmond districts.

Mr. Stead narrated some recent experiences with a very large
shoal of "salmon " (Arr-ipis salar, Rich.) in Port Hacking, Avhich
comprised prol^abh' some hundreds of thousands of individuals.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 657

Mr. Hedley exhibited specimens of polyzoa and foraminifera,
recently dredged in HI fathoms, 12 J miles to the east of Cape
Byron, by Mr. Gerald Halligan, F.G.S. The exhibit seemed to
show that a reef rock was in process of formation similar in
character to the polyzoal limestone at Mount Gambler, S.A.

Mr. Gurney showed two specimens of the stridulating moth,
Hecatesia fenestrata, Boisd., recently captured by him at Narra-
been ; and he remarked that Mr. Waterhouse had also noticed it
at Waverley.

Mr. Fletcher took the opportunity to point out that at the
Society's Meeting on March 31st, 1897, he exhibited on behalf
of Mr. C. T. Musson, specimens of a stridulating Agarista,
A. macleayi, Koch (Proceedings, 1897, p. 44) ; and that recently,
and quite accidentally, he had met with a much earlier record of
the stridulating habit of this species, in Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S.
Wales, i. Proc, p. xxvi. (Nov. 1863).

658

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES

Received during the period November 28th, 1901,
to November 27th, 1902.

(From the respective Societies, cjC'c, unless otherwise mentioned.)

Adelaide.

Department of Mines —

Record of the Mines of S. Australia :

Tarcoola and the N.W. District. By H. Y. L. Brown,

Government Geologist.
Handbook of Mining, with Maps (1901).
Public Librahy, Museum, (fee, South Australia —
Report of the Board of Governors for 1900-01.

Royal Society —

Transactions, Proceedings and Pteport. xxv. 2 (1901).
Transactions, xxvi. 1 (1902).
Woods and Forests Department —

Annual Progress Report upon State Forest Administration
in S. AustraHa for the Year 1900-01. By W. Gill, F.L.S.,
F.R.H.S., Conservator of Forests.

Amsterdam.

KONINKLIJKE AkADEMIE VAN WeTEXSCHAPPEN —

Jaarboek, 1895, 1899, 1900.

Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, iii. (1901).

Verhandelingen. 2"« Sectie. iv. 7-9 (1895-96); v. 1-3 (1896);
vii. 4-6 (1900-01).

Verslagen van de Zittingen der Wis- en Natuurkundige
Afdeeling. iv. (1895-96).

Verslag van de Gewone Vergaderingen der Wis- en Natuur-
kundige Afdeeling. ix. (1900-01).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 659

Antwerp.

SOCIETR ROYALE DE GeOGRAPHIE d'AnVERS —

Bulletin, xxv. 4(1901); xxvi. 1-2(1902).

Auckland, N.Z.

Auckland Institute and Museum —
Report for 1901-02 (1902).
Transactions of the N.Z. Institute, xxxiii., xxxiv. (1901-02).

Baltimore.
Johns Hopkins University —

Hospital Bulletin, i.-vii., Nos. 1-67, except 2, 9, 12 and 19

(1889-96); xii., 127-129(1901); xiii., 130-138 (1902).
Hospital Reports, i., iii.-vii., viii.,1-9, ix., x. 1-2(1896-1901).

Basel.

JSTaturforschende Gesellschaft —

Verhandlungen. xiii. 2-3 (1901-02); Anhang zum xiii. Band
("Zur Errinerung an Tycho Brahe, 1546-1601"); xiv.
(1901).
Namenverzeichness u. Sachregister der Bande vi. bis xii.
(1875-90).

Batavia.
KoNiNK. Natuurk. Vereeniging in Nederl.-Indie —
Natuurkundig Tijdschrift. Deel Ixi. (1902).

Berlin.

Archiv f. Naturgeschichte. 1895, ii. 3 (1897) : 1898, ii.
2, J (1901): 1899, ii. 2, J(1902): 1901, i. 1, u. 3(1901); ii.
2, 1(1902): 1902, i. 2(1902).
Berliner Entomologischer Verein—

Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. xxxv. 2 (1890); xxxvi.
2(1891); xxxvii.-xliv. (1892-99); xlri. 4 (1901); xlvii. 1-2
(1902).
Gesellschaft f. Erdkunde —

Verhandlungen. xxviii. 4-10(1901).
Zeitschrift. xxxvi. 2-6(1901); 1902, 1-4.

660 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Berne.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern —

Mitteilimgen aus dem Jahre 1901. Nr. 1500-1518(1902).

Bonn.

Naturhistorischer Verein in Bonn —
Verhandlungen. Iviii. 1-2(1901-02).

Sitzungsberichte der Niederrheinischen Gesellschaft f. Natur-
und Heilkunde zu Bonn. 1901, 1-2 (1901-02).

Boston.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences —

Proceedings, xxxvi. 29(1901); xxxvii. 1-20(1901-02).
Boston Society of Natural History —

Proceedings, xxix. 15-18; xxx. 1-2(1901).

Bremen.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Yerein —
Abhandlimgen. xvii. 1 (1901).

Brisbane.

Colonial Botanist of Queensland —

The Queensland Flora. Part iv. [Hygrophyllacece to Elceag-
nace(€,) ; Part v. (^LoranthacecE to Lernnacece). By F. M.
Bailey, F.L.S., Colonial Botanist (1901-02).
Department of Agriculture —

Annual Report for the Year 1900-01.

Queensland Agricultural Journal, ix. 6 (1901); x. 1-6; xi.
1-5(1902).
Geological Survey —

Annual Progress Report of the Geological Survey for the

Year 1901 (S.P. 175; 1902).
Bulletins. Nos. 13-18 (1901-02).

Report on the Geology of the Dawson and Mackenzie Rivers,
with Special Reference to the Occurrence of Anthracitic
Coal. By B. Dunstan, F.G.S. (S.P. 155; 1901).
On Queensland Mining and Milling Practice. By J. M.
MacLaren, B.Sc. (156; 1901;.

DOXATIONS x\ND EXCHANGES. 661

Geological Society, Brisbane (continned) —

On the Jordan Creek Gold Field. By L. C. Ball, B.E. (157;

1901).
On the Hamilton and Coen Gold Fields. By L. C. Ball, B.E.

(163; 1901).
On the Cardigan, Queensland, Tin Syndicate Properties,
Thompson's Creek, and the Coolgarra Federal Tin Cor-
poration, Limited, Leases, Herberton Mineral District.
By W. E. Cameron, B.A. (165; 1901).
Fourth Report on the Gympie Gold Field, having special
reference to the Inglewood Dyke and the Eastern Leases.
By W. H. Bands, A.R.S.M., F.G.S. (166; 1901).
On the Burrum Coal Field. By W. H. Rands. (Reprint
of No. 24:, with Corrections and Additions. 170; 1901).
On the Coal Beds on Waterpark Creek, near Port Clinton.
By W. E. Cameron, B.A. (174; 1902).
HoxME Secretary's Department —

North Queensland Ethnography. Bulletin No. 3 ("Food: its
Search, Capture and Preparation"), (1901); No. 4 ("Games,
Sports and Amusements"), (1902). By W. E. Roth, B. A.,
M.R.C.S., kc.
Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, Queensland
Branch —
Queensland Geographical Journal, xvii. (1902).
One Separate : " Summary of the Geographical Work of
Mr. J. P. Thompson" (January, 1901).
Royal Society of Queensland —
Proceedings, xvii. 1 (1902;.

Brussels.

Academie Royale de Belgique —

Annuaire. 1900, 1901, 1902.

Bulletin de la Classedes Sciences. 1899,1900, 1901, 1902, 1-5.
Societe Entomologigique de Belgique —

Annales xlv. (1901).

Memoires. viii. (1901).

662 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Brussels (continued) —

SOCiETE ROYALE LiNNEENNE DE BrUXELLES

Bulletin, xxvii. 2 & 4-9 (1901-02).

SOCIETE RoYALE MaLACOLOGIQUE DE BeLGIQUB —

Annales. xxxv. 1900(1901).

Budapest.

Museum National Hongrois —

Termeszetrajzi Fiizetek. xxiv. 1-4(1901).

Buenos Aires.

MusEo Nacional de Buenos Aires —
Comunicaciones. i. 10(1901).

Buffalo.

Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences —
Bulletin, vii. 1 (1901).

Calcutta.

Asiatic Society of Bengal —
Journal. Ixx. Part i. No. 2 and Extra Nos. 1-2(1901-02);
Part a. No. 2 (1902); Part Hi. No. 2 (1902): Ixxi. Part ii.
1 (1902); Part Hi. 1 (1902).
Proceedings. 1901, Nos. ix.-xi. (Nov, 1901-Feb. 1902); 1902,
Nos. i.-v. (March-Jul}^).
Geological Survey of India —
General Report for 1901-02.

PalcTeontologia Indica. New Series, ii. 1(1902). T.p , ikc, to
Vols. iv. of Series x., iii. of Series xv., and i. of Series xvi.
(1901-02).
Memoirs, xxx. 3-4 (1901); xxxi. 2-3 (1901); xxxii. 1-2 (1901);
xxxiii. 2(1901); xxxiv. 1 (1901).

Indian Museum —

Annual Report, 1900-1901.

*' An Account of the Indian Triaxonia collected by the
R.I.M.S.S. Investigator." By Prof. F. E. Schulze (4to.,
1902).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 663'

Cambridge.

Cambridge Philosophical Society —
Proceedings, xi. 4-6 (1902).
Transactions, xix. 2 (1902).

Cambridge, Mass.

American Naturalist: xxxv. 419-420 (1901); xxxvi. 421-429

(1902). From the Puhlishers.
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College —
Annual Report of the Keeper for 1900-01.
Bulletin, xxxviii. (Geological Series, v.) .5-6; xxxix. 1-3; xl.
1-2; xli. 1 (1901-02).

Cape Town,

Department of Agriculture, Cape of Good Hopk —

Annual Report of the Geological Commission. 1898, 1899,

1900 (1900-01). From the Director.
Marine Investigations in South Africa. Nos. 6 tfe 10 (1901);
Report of the Government Biologist for the Year 1900.
From the Government Biologist.
South African Museum —
Annals, ii. 6-9 (1901-02).
South African Philosophical Society —
Transactions, xi. 4 (1902).

Cherbourg.

SOCIETE NaTIONALE DES SCIENCES NaTURELLES, ifec. —

Memoires. xxxii. (1901-02).

Chicago.

Chicago Academy of Sciences —

Bulletin, ii. 3 (1900); iv. (Part i. of Nat. Hist. Surv.) (1900).
Field Columbian Museum —

Anthopological Series, ii. 5; iii. 1-2(1901).

Geological Series. 1.9-10(1901).

Report Series, ii. 1 (1901).

Zoological Series, ii. 2; iii. 4-5 (1901).

i

664 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Christiania.

Videnskabs-Selskabet I Christiania —
Forhandlinger. Aar 1900 (1901).
Ski'ifter. i. Math.-naturvid. Klasse. 1900, 5-7 (1900-01).

Cincinnati.

Cincinnati Society of Natural History —

Journal, xx. 1-2 (1901-02).
Lloyd Library —

Bulletin. No. 2 (1901) [Reproduction Series, No. 2.] ; No. 3

(1902)[Mycological Series, No. 1.]
Mycological Notes. Nos. 5-8 (1900-01).

Columbus.

Ohio State University^

Thirtieth Annual Report of the Board of Trustees for the
Year ending June 30, 1900. Parts 1-2 (1900); Thirty-first
Annual Report. Parts 1-2 (1901).

Copenhagen.

Kongelige Danske Videnskabehnes Selskab —

Oversigt. 1902, 2-3
Academie Royale des Sciences et des Lettres de Danemark-

Bulletin. 1901, 4-6; 1902, 1.
Naturhistoriske Forening —

Yidenskabelige Meddelelser for Aaret 1901.
Kjobenhavns Universitets Zoologiske Museum —

The Danish Ingolf -Expedition, vi. 1 (1902).

Dublin.

Royal Dublin Society —

Economic Proceedings, i. 2(1899).

Scientific Proceedings. New Series, ix. 2-4 (1900-01).

Scientific Transactions. Second Series, vii. 8-13 (1900-01),

Royal Irish Academy —

Proceedings. Third Series, vi. 3(1901).
Transactions, xxxi. 7 ct 12(1899, 1901).

\

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 665

Edinburgh.

Scottish Microscopical Society —

Proceedings. Session 1900-01. in. 2(1901).

Florence.

SociETA Entomologica Italiana

Bullettino. xxxiii. 2-4 (1901-02)

Frankfurt am Main.

Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft —
Abhandlungen. xx. 3; xxv. 3; xxvi. 4(1902).
Bericht, 1901.

Frankfart a.d. Oder.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein des Reg.-Bez., Frankfurt.
Helios, xix. (1902).

Freiburg, i. Br-

Naturforschende Gesellschaft —
Berichte. xi. 3 (1901); xii. (1902).

Geelong.

Geelong Field Naturalists' and Science Club, and Gordon
College Amateur Photographic Association —
" The Wombat." Tp., etc., to Vols, i.-iv., 1895-1899 (1902);

Vol.v. Nos. 1-3 (1902).
Tp., &c., to Vols, i.-vi. of the Geelong Naturalist, 1891-1898
(1902).

Geneva.

SociETE DE Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle —
Memoires. xxxiv. 1-2^1902).

Graz.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein f. Steiermark —
Mittheilungen. 1894, 1895, 1896, u. 1901.

Hague.

Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging —

Entomologische Berichten. Nos. 1-6 (1901-02).
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. xliv. 2-4; xlv. 1-2(1901-02).

666 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Halle

Kaiserliche Leopoldino-Carolinische Deutsche Akademie-
Geschichte der Akademie, 1852-87. Von Dr. P. W. Ule

(1889).
Geschichte der Bibliothek, &c. Yon Dr. O. Grulich (1894).
Leopoldina. xxxv.-xxxvi. (1899-1900).
Nova Acta. Ixxv.-lxxix. (1899-1901).

Repertorium zu den Acta u. Nova Acta. Von Dr. A.
Grasel. i -ii. (1894-1899).

Hamburg.

Naturhistorisches Museum in Hamburg —

Mittheilungen. xvi. (1898); xviii. (1900). '

Naturwissenschaftlicher Vehein —

Abhandlungen. xvi. 2(1901).

Verhandlungen. iii. Folge. viii. u. ix. (1900-01).
Verein f. Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterhaltung—

Verhandlungen. xi., 1898-1900(1901).

Hamilton, U.S.A.

Hamilton Scientific Association —

Journal and Proceedings. No. xvii. Session 1900-01.

Harlem..

SOCIETE HOLLANDAISE DES SCIENCES —

Archives Neerlandaises. Serie ii. iv. 4-5 (1901); vi. (1901);
vii. 1-3 (1902).

Helder.

Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging —
Aanwinsten van de Bibliothek, 1901.
Tijdschrift. 2^« Serie. vii. 2-4 (1901-02).

Helsingfors.

SociETE DES Sciences de Finlande —

Oefversigt. xliii. (1900-01).
SociETAS PRO Flora et Fauna Fennica —

Acta, xvi., xviii.-xx. (1897-1901).

Meddelanden. xxiv.-xxvii. (1897-1901).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 667

Hobart.

Depaktmknt of Mines —

Progress of the Mineral Industr}^ of Tasmania for the

Quarters ending 30th September and 31st December, 1901,

31st March and 30th June, 1902.
• Report of the Secretary for Mines for 1900-01 (1901).
Report on the Coalfield of Llandaff, the Denison and

Douglas Rivers, on Deposits of Tin Ore on Schouten Main,

and on Outcrops of Quartz near Buckland. By W. H.

Twelvetrees, Government Geologist (1901).
Report on the Recent Discovery of Cannel Coal in the

Parish of Preolenna and upon the New Victory Copper

Mine near Arthur River. B}^ G. A. Waller, Assistant

Government Geologist (1901).
Report on the Tin Mines of the Blue Tier, Count}' of Dorset.

By W. H. Twelvetrees (1901).
Report on Coal Seams at Thornedale, near Thompson's

Marshes, and the Jubilee Colliery, near St, Mary's. By

W. H. Twelvetrees (1901^.
Report on the Occurrence of Coal near Catamaran River,

Recherche Bay. By W. H. Twelvetrees (1902).
Report on the Tin Ore Deposits of North Dundas. By G.

A. Waller (1902).
Report on Country on the East Shore of Lake Sorell, and

on a Discover}^ of Coal near Oatlands. B}^ W. H.

Twelvetrees (1902).
Report of the Ore Deposits (other than those of Tin) of Xorth

Dundas. By G. A. W^aller (1902).
Report on the Coal Field in the Neighbourhood of Recherche

Bay. By W. H. Twelvetrees (1902).
Reports on Deposits of Opal at Bothwell, and an alleo^ed

Discovery of Gold at Hunterston, on the Shannon. By

W. H. Twelvetrees (1902).
Report on Gold and Coal at Port Cygnet. By W. H.

Twelvetrees (1902).

668 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Department of Mines, Hobart (continued) —

Report on Deep Sinking at the Moonlight-cum-Wonder Gold
Mine. Beaconsfield. By W. H. Twelvetrees (1902).

Report on some Discoveries of Copjjer Ore in the Yieinity
of Point Hibbs. By G. A. Waller (1902).

Report on the Tin Ore Deposits of Mount Heemskirk. 'By
G. A. Waller.

Report on the Den Hill Gold Deposits. By W. H. Twelve-
trees (1902).
Royal Society —

Abstract of Proceedings, April 29th and July 8th, 1902.

Papers and Proceedings for the Years 1900-01 (June, 1902).

Parliamentary Report (" Language and Dialects spoken by
the Aborigines of Tasmania." By J. E. Calder). (1901).

Four Pamphlets — " Tasmanian School of Forestry and Agri-
culture." By W. Heyn (1902); " Tasmanian Diatomaceae. "
By F. E. Burbury (1902); " Tasmanian Timbers." By A.
O. Green (1902); "Notes on Unrecorded and other
Minerals occurring in Tasmania." B}'^ W. F. Petterd
(1902).

Honolulu, H.I.

Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum —

Fauna Hawaiiensis. i. 3(1901); ii. 5(1900); iii. i. (1901).

Memoirs, i. 4(1902).

Occasional Papers, i. 3-5(1901-02).

Indianopolis.

Indiana Academy of Science —
Proceedings. 1900(1901).

Jena.

Medicinish-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft. xxxvi. 3-4;
xxxvii. 1 (1902).

Kyoto-

Kyoto Imperial University —
Calendar, 1901-02.

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGKS. 669

Landshut (Bayern).

BOTANISCHER VeREIN —

Sechzehnter Bericht, 1898-1900(1901).

La Plata.

MusEO DE La Plata — -
Revista. Tomo x. (1902).
Seccion Geologica y Mineralogica. Anales. iii. (1900).

Facultad de Ciencias Fisico-Matematicas dr la Universidad
DE La Plata —
Publicaciones. No. 1 (1901).

Leipzig.

Verein f. Erdkunde zu Leipzig —

Mitteilungen. 1900(1901); 1901(1902).
Wissenschaftliche Veroffentlichungen. v. u. Atlas (1901).

ZOOLOGISCHER AnZEIGER

xxiv. Nos. 655-658; xxv. Nos. 659-684 (1901-1902).

Liege.

Societe Geologique DE Belgique —

Annales. xxviii. 4 (1902); xxix. 1-3(1901-02).

Lincoln, U.S.A.

American Microscopical Society —

Transactions. Vols, xx -xxii. (1899-1901).

London. /

Bentham Trustees (per Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew) —

Hooker's Icones Plantarum. FourthSeries. viii. 2(May,1902).
British Museum (Nat, Hist.) —

Catalogue of Fossil Fishes. Part iv. By A. 8. Woodward,

LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. (1901).
Catalogue of Lepidoptera Phalsenie. Vol. iii., and Atlas.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart. (1901).
Hand-List of Birds. Vol. iii. By R. B. Sharpe, LL.D. (1901).
44

670 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

London (continued) —
Entomological Society —

Transactions. 1901, Parts iv.-v; 1902, Parts i.-ii. (1901-02).

Geological Society —

Geological Literature added to the Geological Society's

Library during the Year ended December 31st, 1901

(^Sept., 1902).
List of the Society. November, 1902.
Quarterly Journal. Ivii. 4; Iviii. 1-3(1901-02).

Linnean Society —

Journal. Botany, xxxv. 244-245 : Zoology, xxviii. 183-185

(1901-02).
List of the Society. 1901-02.

Proceedings. 113th Session (Nov., 1900-June, 1901).
Transactions. Botany. Second Series, vi. 2-3 (1901-02) :

Zoology, viii. 5-8(1901-02).

Royal Microscopical Society —

Journal. 1901. Part 6; 1902. Parts 1-4.
Royal Society —

Proceedings. Ixix. 451-458; Ixx. 459-467(1901-02).

Reports to the Evolution Committee. Report i. (1902).

Reports to the Malaria Committee. Sixth and Seventh
Series (1902).

Zoological Society —

Abstract of Proceedings. Nov. 2nd k 19th, Dec. 3rd & 17th,

1901; Feb. 4th and 18th, March 4th, April 15th, May 6th,

June 3rd & 17th, 1902.
Proceedings. 1901, ii. 1-2: 1902, i. 1.
Transactions, xvi. 3-4(1901-02).

Madras

Madras Government Museum —
Bulletin, iv. 2(1901).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 671

Manchester.

CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF GrEAT BrITAIN AND IRELAND —

Journal of CoHchology. x. 5-8 (1902).

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society —
Memoirs and Proceedings, xlvi. 1-6 (1901-02).

Manchester Museum, Owens College —
Publications. Nos. 32, 35-38 (1901-02).

Marseilles.

Musee d'Histoire Naturelle —

Annales. Tome vi. Section de Zoologie (1901).

Massachusetts.
Tufts College —

Studies. No. 7 (May, 1902).

Melbourne.

Australasian Association for the Advancement of

Science —
Report of the Eighth Meeting, Melbourne, 1900 (1901).

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy —

Yol.xvi. No. 192 (Dec, 1901); Vol. xvii. Nos. 193-203 (Jan.-
Nov., 1902). From the Publishers.

Australasian Institute of Mining Engineers —
Proceedings, Annual Meeting, January, 1902.

,, Special Meeting, March, 1902.

Transactions, viii. 1 (1901).

Australasian Ornithologists' Union —
"The Emu." i. 2-3; ii. 1-2 (1902).

Department of Agriculture —
Annual Report. 1900-1901 (1902).
Bulletin. Nos. 1-4 (reprinted from the Journal).
Fungus Diseases of Stone- Fruit Trees in Australia and their

Treatment. By D. Mc Alpine (1902).
Journal, i. 1-9 (Jan.-Sept., 1902).

672 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Melbourne (continued) —
Department of Mines —

Annual Report of the Secretary for Mines and Water

Supply for the Year 1901.
"Indicator" Series of Booklets on Gold Mining. No. 3.

The Creswick Field and its Mining. By William Bradford.
Report on the Shamrock, Shenandoah, New Chum Railway,

Eureka Extended, and South Belle Yue United Mines,

New Chum Line of Reef, &c. By H. S. Whitelaw (1901).
Report on the Walhalla Gold-field. By H. Herman (1901).

Field Naturalists' Club of Yictoria —

Yietorian Naturalist, xviii. 8-12; xix. 1-7(1901-02)
List of Members, September, 1902.
Rules, April, 1902.

Public Library, Museums, and National Gallery of
Yictoria —
Report of the Trustees for 1901 (1902).

Royal Society of Yictoria —
Proceedings, xiv. 2; xv. 1 (1902).

University of Melbourne —

Examination PajDers : Annual (No\.-Dec., 1901) ; Final
Honour, Degrees, ifcc. (IVJarch, 1902); Matriculation (Dec,
1901, and May, 1902).
University Calendar for 1902.

Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Yictoria —
Thirty-eighth Annual Report (1901).

Mexico.

Instituto Geologico de Mexico —
Boletin. Num. 15 (1901).

Michigan.

State Board of Agriculture of the State of Michigan —
Thirty-Seventh, Thirty-Eighth, Thirty-Ninth, and Fortieth
Annual Reports (1897-1901).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 673

Missoula.

UNivBRSiry OF Montana —

Bulletin. No. 3 [Biological Series. No. 1] (1901).

Montevideo.

MusEo Nacional db Montevideo —
Anales. iii. 21; iv. 1-2 (1901-02).

Montreal.

Mo.vTREAL Society op Natural History —

Canadian Record of Science, viii. 6-7 (1901-02).
Royal Society of Canada —

Proceedings and Transactions. Second Series. One pocket
of Maps for Vol. v. (1899); vi. (1900).

Moscow.

SociETE Imperials des Natqralistes —
Bulletin. Annee 1902. Nos. 1-2.

Munich.

Konigliche Bayerische Akademie dbr VVissenschaftbn —
Sitzungsberichte der Math.-physikal. Classe. xx.-xxxi.,xxxii.
1-2(1890-1902).

Nantes.

Societe des Suibnces Naturelles de l'Ouestde la France —
Bulletin. 2« Serie. i. 1-4(1901).

Table des Matieres de la Premiere Serie (Tomes 1 ax., 1891
a 1900).

Naples.

ZOOLOGISCHE StA'I'ION ZU NeAPEL

Mittheilungen. xv. 1-3 (1901).

New York.

American Geographical Society —

Bulletin, xxxiii. 4-5; xxxiv. 1-3 (1901-02).
American Museum qf Natural History —

Annual Report for the Year 1901 (1902).

Bulletin, xi. 4; xiv., and Arts. 20-24 separately; xv. Parti;
xvi. Arts. 1-20; xvii. Parts 1-2(1901 02).

Memoirs, i. 7; iv. 3; v. 1; vii. 1(1901-02).

67-i DOXATIOXS AND EXCHANGES.

New York (continued) —

New York Academy of Sciences—
Annals, xiv. 1-2(1901-02).
Memoirs, ii. 3(1901).

Odessa-

SOCIETE DES NaTURALISTES DE LA NOUVELLE-RUSSIE —

Memoires. xxiv. 1 (1902).

Ottawa.

Geological Survey of Canada —

Catalogue of Canadian Birds. Part i. (1900). By J. Macoun.
Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrata of Eastern Canada

(1901). By J. F. Whiteaves.
Contributions to Canadian Paheontology. ii. 2; iv. 2 (1900-
01).
General Index to the Reports of Progress, 1863-81(1900).

Oxford.

Radcliffe Library, Oxford University Museum —
Catalogue of Books added during 1901.

Padova.

La Nuova Notarisia. Serie xiii. Gennaio, Aprile, Luglio»
Ottobre, 1902. From the Editor, Dr. G. B. De Toni.

Para.

Museu Paraense de Historia Naturale e Ethnographia —
Album de Aves Amazonicas, organisado pelo Dr. E. Goeldi.
PFasciculo, Estampas 1-12 (1900).

Paris.

Journal de Conchyliologie. xlix. 4; 1. 1 (1901-02).
Museum d'Histoire Naturelle —

Bulletin. 1901, 4-8; 1902, 1-2(1902).

Nouvelles Archives. 4°^^ Serie. ii. 2: iii. 1 (1900-01).
Societe Entomologique de France —

Annales. Ixix. 1-4(1900).

Bulletin. Annee 1900.

DONATIOXS AND EXCHANGES. 675

Paris (continued) —

SOCIETE ZOOLOGIQUE DK FrANCE —

Bulletin, xxvi. (1901).
Memoires. xiv. (1901).

Pavia.

IST[TUTO BOTAJ^ICO DELL' UxIVERSITA DI PaVIA —

Atti. ii. Ser. Vol. Settimo (1902).

Perth, W.A.
Department op Agriculture of West Australia —

Journal, iv. 5-6; v. 1-6; vi. 1-4(1901-02).
Geological Survey op West Australia —
Annual Progress Report for the Year 1900.
Bulletin. No. 6 (1902).
Victoria Public Library —
Report of the Committee for the Year ended 30th June, 1901.
Report by the Under Secretary for Lands for the Year 1897.
Report by the Surveyor General for the Year 1900.
" Western Australia and its Resources " : printed under

instructions from the Minister of Lands (n.d.).
The Land Selector's Guide to the Crown Lands of Western
Australia (1901). Edited by direction of the Minister
for Lands.

Philadelphia.

Academy op Natural Sciences —

Proceedings, liii. 2-3 (1901-02).
American Philosophical Society —

Proceedings, xl. 165-167; xli. 168(1901-02).

University op Pennsylvania—
Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory, ii. 1-2 (1898-

1901).
Contributions from the Laboratory of Hygiene. Nos. 1-2

(1898).
Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory, i. 1 (1893);
1901 (1902).

676 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

University of Pennsylvania (continued) —

Syllabus of Lectures on the Vertebrata. By E. D. Cope,
Ph.D. (1898).
Zoological Society —

Thirtieth Annual Report of the Board of Directors (1902).

Pietermaritzburg.

Geological Survey of Natal and Zululand —

First Report. By W. Anderson, Government Geologist
(1901).

Plymouth.

Marine Biological Association of the United KixVgdom —
Journal. New Series, vi. 3(1902).

Portland, U.S.A.

Portland Society of Natural History —
Proceedings, ii. 5 (1901).

Prague.

KOENIGLICHE BOEHMISCHE GeSELLSCHAFT DER WiSSENSCHAFTEN.

Jahresbericht. 1899, 1900, 1901.

Prager Tychoniana. Gesammelt von Prof. Dr. F. J.

Studnicka (1901).
Sitzungsberichte. 1899, 1900, 1901.
Studie o Drazdivosti Rostlinne Plasmy. Dr. Bohumil

Nemec(1900).

St. John, New Brunswick.

Natural History Society of New Brunswick —
Bulletin. Nos. xviii. and xx. 0899-1902).

St. Louis.

Academy of Sciences —

Transactions, x. 9-11; xi. 1-5(1901).
Missouri Botanical Garden —

Twelfth Annual Report (1901).

St. Petersburg.

Academie Imperials des Sciences —

Annuaire du Musee Zoologique. v. 1-2; vi. 2-4(1900-01).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 677

St. Petp:rsbuug (confinupd) —

CoMiTE Geologique (Institut des Mines) —

Bibliotheque Geologique de la Russie, 1897 (1901).

Bulletins, xix. 7-10; xx. 1-6(1900-01).

Memoires. xviii. 1-2 (1901).
Russisch-Kaiserliche Mineralogische Gesellschapt.

Verhandlungen. Zweite Serie. xxxix. 1-2(1901-02).
SociETE Entomologique de Russie —

Horae. T.p. &c. to Tome xxxiii. ; xxxv. 3-4 (1902).

Santiago.

SOCIETE SCIENTIFIQUE DU ChILI —

Actes. xi. 2-3(1901).
Siena.

ISTITUTO BOTANICO DELLA R. UnIVERSITA DI SiENA

BuUettino. Anno Quarto (1901).

Stockholm.

Entomologiska Foreningen —

Entomologisk Tidskrift. xxii. 1-4(1901).
Kongl. Svenska Yetenskaps-Akademie —

Bihang. xxvi. (1900-01).

Handlingar. N.F. xxxiii.-xxxiv. (1900-01).

Lefnadsteckningar. iv. 1-2(1899-1901).

Stuttgart.

Verein p. vateklaendische Naturkunde in Wuerttemberg —

Jahreshefte. Ivii. (1901).

Sydney.

Australian Museum —

Records, iv. 2, and 5-7(1901-02).

Memoir iv. Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition of

H.M.C.S. " Thetis." Parts 4 and 5 (1902).
Special Catalogue. No. i. Nests and Eggs of Birds found
breeding in Australia and Tasmania. By A. J. North,
C.M.Z.S. Part 2 (April, 1902).

678 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Sydney (continued) —

Botanic Gardens and Domain, Sydney —

Report of the Director for the Year 1901 (1902).
Department of Mines and Agriculture —

Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W. xii. 12, Index, etc.; xiii.

1-11 (1901-02).
Annual Report of the Department of Mines for 1900 and

1901.
Geological Survey: Mineral Resources. No. 9. Report on

the Yahval Gold-Field. By E. C. Andrews, B.A. (1901);

No. 10. Report on the Kiandra Lead. By E. C. Andrews,

B.A. (1901).
Handbook to the Mining and Geological Museum. By G.

W. Card, A.R.S.M., &c. (1902).
Records. Vol. vii. Pt.. 2(1902).

Government Statistician —

Statistics: Six States of Australia and New Zealand, 1861-

1900(1901); 1861-1901(1902).
Wealth and Progress of New South Wales, 1900-01.
Thirteenth Issue (1902).
Institution of Surveyors —

The Surveyor, xiv. 7; xv. 1-10(1901-02).

Public Library of New South Wales —
Report of the Trustees for the Year 1901.

Royal Anthopological Society of Australasia —

"Science of Man." New Series, iv. 10-12; v. 1-9(1901-02).

Royal Society of New South Wales —

Abstract of Proceedings. December, 1901; May-November,

1902.
Journal and Proceedings, xxxv. (1901).

Technological Museum —

A Research on the Eucalypts, especially in regard to their
Essential Oils. By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., and Henry G.
Smith, F.C.S. (4to., Sydney, 1902).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 679

Sydney (continued) —
University of Sydney —
Calendcar, 1902.

Taiping.

Perak Government Gazette —

xiv. 30-37 (Oct.-Dec. 1901); XV. 1-4 (Jan -Feb. 1902). i^rom
the Govemiinent Secretary.

Tiflis,

Botanical Garden in Tiflis (Caucasus) —

Fifth Annual Report (1901); Sixth Annual Report. Part 1
(1902).

Tokyo.

College of Science, Imperial University —

Journal, xvi. Parts 1-2, and Art. 6 (1901-02); xvii. Parts 1-3,
Arts. 7-9(1901-02).
Imperial University of Tokyo —

Calendar, 1901-02.
Zoological Society of Tokyo —

Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses. iv. 2-3(1902).

Turin.

Museo di Zoologia, (fee, della R. Universita di Torino —
Bolletino. xvi. 404-415 (1901).

Upsal.

Regia Societas Scientiarum Upsaliknsis —
Nova Acta. Ser. iii. xx. 1 (1901).

Valparaiso.

Museo de Historia Natural de Valparaiso —
Revista Chilena. v. 11-12; vi. 1-2(1901-02).
Memoria durante el Ano de 1901 (1902).

Washington, D-C-

Bureau of American Ethnology —

Eighteenth Annual Report, 1896-97. Part 2 (1899).

680 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Washington, D.C. (continued) —
Smithsonian Institution —

Annual Report of the Board of Regents for the Years 1879,
1899, and 1900.
U.S. Department of Agriculture—

Bureau of Plant Industry. Bulletin. Xos. 1-4, 6-13, 15-19,

25, pp. 1-4 (1901-02).
Circulars. Nos. 46, 48-51 (June, 1902).
Division oj Botany. Bulletin. Nos. 27-29 (1901).
Contributions to U.S. National Herbarium, v. 4; vii. 3.

T.p., &c. (1899-1902).
Division of Entomology. Bulletin. New Series. Nos. 27,

31-34(1901-02).
Farmers' Bulletin. Nos. 130, 132(1901).
Technical Series. No. 9 (1901).
U.S. Geological Survey —

Twenty-first Annual Report, 1899-1900. Parts i.-iv., vi., <fe
vi. con td. (1900-01).
U.S. National Museum —

Bulletin. No. 50, Part i. (1901).
Proceedings, xxii. (1900).
Washington Academy of Sciences —

Proceedings, iii. pp.371-612(1901); iv. pp. 1-560(;1902).

Wellington.

New Zealand Institute —

Transactions and Proceedings, xxxiii.; xxxiv. (1901-02).

Private Donors.

S.A.S. Albert P^, Prince de Monaco — One Separate: 'La
Troisieme Campagne Scientifique de la Princesse-Alice ii®'
(4to., Paris, 1902).

Bailey, F. M,, F.L.S., Brisbane — Four Botanical Separates from
the Queensland Agricultural Journal (vii. 4-5; ix. 2 and 4 •
Svc, Brisbane, 1900-01).

I

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 681

Ckane, W. E., New York. (By Exchange) —

"American Naturalist." Vol. ii. No. 11 (Jan. 1869);

Vol. vii. Nos. 1-3, 5-6 (1873).
Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1865, '67,

'68, '69, '70, '71, '73, '74 (8 Vols.).
Annual Report of the U.S. Department of Agriculture for

1869, '70, '71, '72, '73, '74, '79, '80, '81, '82, '83, '84,

'86, '87, 1890, '91 (15 Vols.).
Annual Report of the U.S. Fish Commission. Parts xi.-xii.

(1883-84): Bulletins. Vols. i.-v. and xiii.-xv. (1881-85,

and 1893-95).
Monographs of the U.S. Geological Surve3^ Vols, ii,, vi.,

viii., and ix. (1883-85).
Proceedings of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science. Vols, xxxvi., xxxviii., xxxix. (1887,

1888-90),
Reports of the U.S. Geological Survey of the Territories.

Vols. vii. and ix. (1876-78).

French, C, F.L S., Melbourne— Report of the Government
Entomologist of Victoria for 1900 (8vo., Melbourne, 1901).

Froggatt, W. W., F.L.S., Sydney — Four Entomological Sepa-
rates from the Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W. (being Mis-
cellaneous Publications, Nos. 487, 520, 521, 538; 1901).

Guthrie, F. B., F.I.C, F.C.S., Sydney — Eleven Separates from
Agric. Gaz. of N.S.W. (Misc. Publications, Nos. 384, 386,
409, 427, 461, 482, 529, 561, 579, 584, 587; 1900-02). One
Separate: "Notes on Analj^sis of Air from Coal Mines."
(Journ. and Proc. R. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxv., 1902).

Jack, Dr. R. L., London — One Separate : " Artesian Water in
the State of Queensland. Australia " (Trans. Victoria Inst.,
1902).

Maiden, J. H., F.L.S., &c., Sydney — Twelve Botanical Separates
from the Agricultural Gazette of N.S. Wales (including
Misc. Publications, Nos. 499, 509, 510, 531, 532, 553), Rept.

682 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sc. (Vol. viii.), Victorian Nat. (Vol. xviii.),
Proc. R. Soc. Tasmania, and Trans. R. Soc. S. Australia
(Vol. XX vi.)

Marshall, C. E., Michigan State Agricultural College Experi-
ment Station, U.S.A.— Bulletins : Nos. 139-140, 146-147,
159, 172-173, 182-184 (1896-1900). Special Bulletin: No. 13
(1899, 8vo.)

MussoN, C. T., Richmond, N.S.W. — J. H. Balfour's "Introduction
to PalEeontological Botany" (8yo., 1872).

Smith, E. A., F.Z.S., &g. — Four Conchological Separates: from
Ann. Mag. N.H. (7) vii., (1901); Journ. Conch. 1901; Journ.
Malacol. viii. (1901); Proc. Malacol. Soc. iv. (1901).

Smith, R. Grbig, M.Sc, Sydney— One Separate from Agricul-
tural Gazette of N.S. Wales (Misc. Publication, No. 558;
1902.)

TiDSWELL, Dr. F., Sydney — Three Separates : " Some Practical
Aspects of the Plague at Sydney" (Sanitary Institute xxi.
4) : " Small Pox Possibilities and Obligations " (Journ.
Sydney Medical Soc; November, 1901): "Preliminary Note
on the Serum-Therapy of Snake-Bite " (Australian Medical
Gaz., April, 1902).

Urban, Ignatius (Editor) — Symbolte Antillan?e seu Fundamenta
fbij^Florse Indise Occidentalis. Vol. ii. Fasc. iii. (8vo., Berlin
1901). From the Editor.

683

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 25th, 1903.

The Twenty-Eighth Annual General Meeting of the Society-
was held in the Linnean Hall, 23 Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay,
on Wednesday evening, March 25th, 1903.

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F L.S., &g., President, in the Chair.

The Minutes of the previous Annual General Meeting were
read and confirmed.

The President delivered the Annual Address.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

THE PRINCIPLES OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE.

PAGE

1. Introductory, Codes of Laws ... ... ... ... ... ... 685

2. 1737 and 1753 687

3. No Priority for Pre-Linnean Names ... .. ... ... .. 689

4. Revisions of Botanical Names must be the work of Monographers... 695

5. Names in MSS. or Herbaria .. .. 698

6. Uniformity of Names of Botanical Authors 701

7. On the Writing of Specific Names ... ... ... ... ... 704

8. The Question of Altering Botanical Names with the View to their

"Improvement" ... ... ... ... ... ... . . 708

9. The " Botany of Cook's Voyage " 711

Addendum. —The De Vriesian Species ... ... .. ... ... 717

The Society's history during the Session now about to close has
not been marked by any events of unusual importance. Such a
statement happily does not by any means necessarily imply that
satisfactory progress has not been made.

684 president's address.

During the year nine Ordinar}' Members were elected, and five
resigned. Three Corresponding Members were elected — Dr. R.
Broom, B.Sc, C.M.Z.S., of Pearston, South Africa, Mr. T>.
Me Alpine, of Melbourne, and Mr. E. Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.S., of
Marlborough, England. One Ordinary Member and one Corres-
ponding Member were removed by death.

Mr. James B. Garland, who died on May 23rd, 1902, at the
early age of 31, became a Member of the Society in 1899. In
Nature-study he found a hobby, and in following it up he had
harvested much knowledge of plants and animals at firsthand by
his own patient observations.

Mr. Richard C. Rossiter, who was elected a Corresponding-
Member in December, 1881, died on 16th January, 1903, at
Noumea, aged 62 years. He was an enthusiastic conchologist,
and, during a residence of about thirty j^ears in Noumea, he
succeeded in amassing a very fine collection of shells from New
Caledonia and contiguous islands. In 1881 (Proc. vi. 817) Mr.
Rossiter communicated to this Society "A List of the Cyprseidie
found on the Coast of New Caledonia and Loyalty Islands,"
comprising sixty species, based largely on his own collection.

Part i of the Proceedings for 1901, and three Parts of the
Proceedings for 1902 were issued during last year. All but the
last few sheets of the concluding Part of the Volume for 1902
have been printed off, and it is expected that the Part will be
ready for issue within the ensuing fortnight. Forty-three papers,
including Part i. of a " Census Muscorum Australiensis," issued
separately as a Supplement to Part 3, will be found to be com-
prised in the Proceedings for 1902.

The additions to the library during the period November 28th,
1901, to November 27th, 1902, amount to 981, received by gift
or exchange from 181 Societies, Institutions, &c., and fourteen
Individuals. The complete list for the period mentioned will be
found at the end of the Volume.

The Bacteriologist during last year was engaged chiefly in con-
tinuing his researches on the subject of bacteria in relation to gum-

president's address. 685

formation. Six papers dealing with this or other Bacteriological
subjects were contributed, and already have been published and
distributed. One pupil received a full course of laboratory-
instruction.

The Covington drawings illustrating the Cruise of H.M.S.
*' Beagle," to which your attention was invited in July last, have
been framed and now adorn the walls of the Hall. May they
help to stimulate a perennial interest in the records of the historic
Voyage and what came of it !

1. — Introductory, Codes of Laws.

It seems strange that the principles which underlie the
bestowal of botanical names have not hitherto been brought
before this Society, at all events except in a casual manner; and
I venture to make an attempt to supply this hiatus.

Much of the voluminous correspondence and polemic writings
on the subject in European and American publications are only
of indirect interest to us because the vast majority of plants
referred to are non-Australian. I propose only to touch upon
points that are of special interest to Australian botanists.

The oldest set of Linnean rules governing botanical nomen-
clature and including many descriptive definitions, are contained
in the 'Philosophia Botanica' of Linnaeus himself, a copy of which,
dated Vienna, 1755, is before me. It remained in activ^e use for
at least a century.

The principal code of laws at present respected by botanists
throughout the world is : — 'Lois de la Nomenclature Botanique
adoptees par le Congres international de Botanique, tenu a Paris
en Aout 1867,' par Alph. de Candolle (1867).

This is the first and foremost of the modern attempts to reduce
the laws underlying the principles of botanical nomenclature to
order, and it has been of incalculable benefit to botanical science.

These " lois" have been supplemented by 'Nouvelles Remarques
sur la nomenclature botanique' (1883) by the same author, a
work which is also indispensable.
45

688 president's address.

Of late years two American codes have claimed attention,
viz : —

(1). The Rochester Rules, promulgated at a meeting of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science, held at
Rochester, N.Y., in August, 1892.

(2). The Madison Rules, promulgated by the Madison Botani-
cal Congress, held at Madison, Wis., on August 23rd and 24:th,
1893.

Our American brethren, with the fervour of their nation, have
in certain points of nomenclature been more sweeping in their
changes than have European botanists, and it will be sufficient
for my present purpose to draw attention to the able criticisms
of those codes to be found in the 'Journal of Botany' (London) and
in the 'Botanical Gazette' (Chicago).

Then come the original Berlin Rules for nomenclature. They
are 14 in number, and were promulgated in 1897"^ under the
authority mainly of the staff of the Royal Botanic Garden and
Museum of that city. They have been generousl}'- criticised by
Mr. J. Britten,! and they certainly command the respectful
attention of botanists all over the world.

They are supplemented by ' Zusatze zu den Berliner Nomen-
clatur-Regeln,'t promulgated last year.

Then we have the International Congress of Botan}^, held at
the Paris Exhibition from 1st to 10th October, 1900, and at
which I was present. The question of nomenclature was there
iscussed, and the "Bureau Permanent" appointed by the Con-
gress have invited me to contribute to the preliminary agenda-
paper and to be present at the adjourned Congress to be held in
Vienna in 1905. The work in regard to Botanical Nomenclature
at the Paris Exhibition was only of a preliminary character, but
the work has been taken up with such enthusiasm that I do not
doubt that results important to the whole botanical world will be

* Notizblatt des K. bot. Gart. Berlin, 1897, 248.

t Journ. Bot. xxxv. 305.

tBeiblatt zu den Botanischen Jahrbiiehern Nr. 70 (Berlin), xxxi. p. 24.

president's address. 687

achieved at Vienna. The way is gradually being paved for the
establishment of a "Tribunal of Nomenclature," whose decisions
no botanists may afford to disregard.

2.— 1737 AND 1753.

Genera. — It is generally agreed that 1737 is the earliest date
for accepted generic names, that being the year of publication of
Linnaeus' 'Genera Plantarum.' Amongst many other authorita-
tive statements, see the Journal of Botany.*

The Berlin Rule is, however, to date both species and genera,
from the year 1752, the date of publication of the 4th Ed. of
the ' Genera Plantarum.' " After A. de Candolle had proposed
to take the year 1737 as the starting point of the priority of
genera, many botanists had acknowledged it. But we think that
the turning-point from the ancient botany to our modern science
rests in the introduction of the binomial nomenclature.
Before 1752, the scientific position of Linnaeus is not superior
to Tournefort, Rivinus, and many other botanists who often had
described and segregated the genera more exactly than he did."
(Note to Berlin Rule 1).

The following is a list of genera from Mueller's ' Census,' in
which the compiler quotes Linnaeus (1735) : —

C eratophylluini. Nepenthes.

Z ygophyllnm. Ixora.

Andrachne Coffea.

Cardiospermum. Strych7ios.

Sagiyia. Agrostis.

Tetragonia.
Species. — It is generally accepted that 1753 is the earliest date
for specific names, that being the year of publication of Linnaeus'
'Species Plantarum.' The Berlin Rule is in favour of this date
also.

O. Kuntze proposed 173^ as the date for the earliest name,
that being the date of Linnaeus' ' Systema Naturae,' but B.

* e.g. Journ. Bot. xxvi. 260.

688 PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

Daydon Jackson shows'^ that this date is too earh\ At the same
place will be found a preliminary criticism of Kuntze's ' Revisio
Generum Plantarum,' a monument alike to the author's industry
and reckless desire for alteration.

Subsequently Kuntze points out the advantages of 1737 as a
starting-point of botanical nomenclature,! in which he shows the
number of generic names that need not be suppressed if 1737 be
taken and not 1735 (the date of Linn?eus' ' Systema '). The
editorial remarks in the Journal of Botany should be read, and I
need not repeat them here.

At p. 471 Kuntze writes " a plea for my 1737 proposal, which,
with the editorial notes that supplement it, should be carefully
perused."

My own view is that the Berlin proposal to adopt 1753 as the
earliest date both for generic and specific names is worthy of
acceptance. British botanists are gradually accepting it, and I
think that in a very few years there will be practical unanimity
as regards this single date.

We have no pre-Linnean difficulties in reojard to Australian
plants purely endemic. With the exception of a handful
collected by Dampier at the end of the 17th century, and which
were treated as curiosities, no Australian plants were collected
until 1770, and none were described until a few j^ears later.
The difficulties, if any, arise chiefly in regard to plants which
form the Indo-Malayan element in our vegetation, the cosmo-
politan species and the introduced weeds.

We are, therefore, not so much interested in this really impor-
tant matter as our brethren in other parts of the world, and we
look for our fellow- workers in Europe and elsewhere to speedily
come to an agreement as regards the date referred to, when I do
not hesitate to say that we in Australia will loyally fall into line
with them in this respect.

* Journ. Bot. xxx. 57.
t Gaertnerisches Centralblatt, Berlin, 1899. No. 2. Translated in Journ.

Bot. xxxviii. 7.

■^ Journ. Bot. xxxviii.

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. 689

3. — Xo Priority for pre-Linnean Names.

"We have made it a rule in our 'Genera Planfcarum' to yield
no right of priority to ante-Linnean names, i.e., those published
before the adoption of the Linnean system of nomenclature. If
we once give this right to Tournefort or Rumphius, there is no
reason for not going back to Bauhin or Clusius, or even to Pliny
or Dioscorides, to the utter confusion of all synonymy. Linnaeus,
by the establishment of the binomial nomenclature, made an

epoch in the study of systematic botany.""^

The greater part of this paper is replete with valuable obser-
vations on the principles which should underlie the nomenclature
of plants.

There is one book to which Australian botanists are much
indebted, but which, I regret to say, is to some extent marred by
the recognition it gives to pre-Linnean names. I allude to
Mueller's ' Census of Australian Plants,' and I trust that his
very regrettable example in this respect will not be followed.
Following is the list of pre-Linnean genera adopted by him, and
the authors' names should all be suppressed and that of Linnaeus
substituted, for they are allf to be found in his 'Genera' or 'Species
Plantarum.'

1. L'Obel (I576)i.

Polygonum.
L'Obel (L581).
Tribuliis, also the species terrestris.

2. DoDONiEus (1583) or Dodoens (spelt both ways in 'Census'),
the former being the Latinized form.

Amarantus. Galiwrn.

Asperula. Vincetoxicuyn,

* Bentham, G., 'Notes on Euphorbiaeeae,' Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvii. 193
(1879).

t Possibly with one or two exceptions that may have slipped my search.

X I content myself with giving the date of each work, the titles of which
may be obtained in Mueller's ' Census.'

690

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

3. Dalechamps (1587).

Abrus.

4. L'Ecluse (1605).

3fusa.

5. Reneaulme (1611).

Erythrcea.

6. C. Bauhix (1623).

Costus.

7. Ray (1682).

Colocasia.

8. Hermann (1687).

Crotalaria.

9. Plukenet (1692).

Helicteres.

10. TOURNEFORT (1700).

Anemone.

Ranunculus.

NymphcEa.

Nelumho.

Fapaver.

Capparis.

Cardamine.

Sisymbrium.

Alyssum.

Lepidiiim.

Viola.

Cakile.

Hypericum.

Polygala.

Linum.

Geranium .

Abutilon.

Hermannia.

Corchorus.

Celtis.

Ficus.

Scutellaria.

Passiflora.

Parietaria.

Urtica.

Fagus.

Euonymus.

Rhus.

Plumbago.

Portidaca.

Herniaria.

Atriplex.

Chenopodium.

Lotus.

Glycyrrhiza.

Phaseolus.

Tamarindus.

Acacia.

Rubus.

Agrimonia.

Aristolochia.

Myrtus.

Zizyplius.

Vitis.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

691

Hydrocotyle.

Eryngiwni.

Apium,

Shun.

CEnanthe.

DauGus.

Visciim.

Sambucus.

Cucnmis.

Momordica.

Eupatovium.

Aster.

Senecio.

Gentiana.

Plantacjo.

Anagallis.

Lysimachia.

Samolus.

Jasminum.

Olea.

Ligustruni.

Convolvulus.

Cuscuta.

Solanutn.

Nicotiana.

Veronica.

TOURNEFORT (1703).

Salicornia.
EUeaynus.
TOUENEFORT (1706).

Lavatera.
11. Plumier (1703).
Hernandia.
Su7'iana.
Triumfetta.
Tragia.

Euphrasia.

Orohanche.

Acianthus.

Ocimum.

Mentha.

Lycojnis.

Teucrium.

Verbe7ia.

Cynoglossum.

Heliotropiiim.

Iris.

Srriilax.

Asparagus.

Typha.

Sparganium.

Damasonium.

Juncus.

Cyperus.

Hcirpus.

Fanicuin.

Oryza.

Ariindo.

O]jhioglossum.

Osmunda.

Adiantum.

Polypodium.

Ximenia.
Oldenlandia.

Lujf'a.

Cup)ania.
Pisonia.
Caesalpinia.
Bauhinia.

692

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

Dioscorea.
Commelina.

Tahernceyyiontana.
Ruellia.

12. RuMPHius (1704).

Dammara.

13. RiviNUS (1718).

Seseli. Triglochin.

Lappula. Alisma.

14. Ruppius (1718).

Caltha. Carex.

Myosotis. Lycopodium.

15. Vaillant (1719).

Elephantopus. Helichrysum.

Vaillant (1722).
Morinda.
Vaillant (1727).
Pilularia.

16. RoYEN (1724).
Indiyofera.

17. LiNDKRN (1721).

Limosella.

18. MiTCHELi (1729).

Montia. Vallisneria.

Tillcea. Salvinia.

Eugenia.

19. Catesby (1731).

Xanthoxylum.

20. DiLLENIUS (1719).
Festuca.
DiLLENIUS (1732).

Uremia. Bidens.

Melochia. Sidei'oxylon.

Spermacoce.
DiLLENIUS (1735).
Ejjilohium.
It will be observed that Mueller has very largely recognised
Tournefort's genera; so did Linnaeus, but it is the practice now

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

693

to put Linn., after the names for reasons which are adequate, and
which need not be repeated at this place. Mueller is inconsistent
when he gives a reference such as this : — " Luffa, Tournefort in
act. Acad. Paris, 84. t. 2 (1706) from Yesling (1638)." If he
declines to abolish the authors' names of pre-Linnean botanists,
why draw a line at Tournefort, as in this case 1 Why not, as he
has done in analogous cases, write " Luffa, Vesling (1638)'?"
This is not the only inconsistency of this kind. He states the case
according to the generally accepted views of the vast majority of
botanists in the entr}^, "Curcuma, Linne gen. plant. 332 (1737)
from Hermann 1687." But this is the only instance I can find,
and is probably a slip.

Then we have the following entries, which I have put in tabu-
lar form : —

Species and Date. Genus and Date.

acquatilis, Ranunculus,

Dodoens, 1583. Tournefort, 1700.

phrag mites ^

Dodoens, 1583.

Arundo,

Tournefort, 1700.

Avicennce^

Gerard, 1597.

Abut Hon,

Tournefort, 1700.

latifoliuyn,

C. Bauhin, 1623.

Slum,

Tournefort, 1700.

indicum,

J. Bauhin, 1651.

Ahutilon,

Tournefort, 1700.

ceyijptiaca,

Miller, 1703.

Luffa,

Tournefort, 1706.

(Enoplia,

Miller, 1731.

Zizyphus,

Tournefort, 1700.

These are cases which absolutely come within De Candolle's
dictum, " Never make an author say what he has never said."

694 president's address.

How could Dodoens, for example, call a plant Bantmculus
acquatilis when the genus was not founded until 117 years later %
It is absurd on the face of it. All the names in the table are
pre-Linnean.

Trihulus terrestris is a name attributed in the ' Census ' to
L'Obel (1581), both as regards genus and species. I give this
because it is an Australian instance, but other authors quote
many more. It is not quite straightforward to attempt to take
awa}' from Linnteus the credit of the binomial system. It is quite
true that some of the early writers occasionall}' use binomials, but
that is a mere accident and has no signiticance. Sometimes a
name may consist of eight or ten words, but oftener the names
are three- or four-worded or more, and such adventitious binomials
have nothing to do with Linnajus' binomial S3^stem.

But Mueller's action in not contenting' himself with ooino; back
to the author of binomials, but limiting himself to the sixteenth
century, is eclipsed by that of Prof. Edward L. Greene,"^ the
Californian botanist, who in certain cases goes right back to
antiquity, fathering some of his genera on Catullus, Virgil,
Theophrastus and Pliny.

But why, oh wdi}^ ! stop at such a latter-day botanist as
Catullus'? Let us explore the Egyptian hieroglyphics, the Assyrian
tile-books, and delve into the innermost recesses of Persian
antiquit}^ for botanical names, and, when we ha^e found them,
let us be sure thatwe fit them on to the right plants. Let us not be
daunted by the fact that of the few plants referred to in Holy
Scripture very few are determinable with certainty. Of those
that are so determinable, why does not Prof. Greene consider
their Greek or Hebrew, or Chaldean equivalents as worthy of
record as those of Catullus ? Is botanical nomenclature to be
kept in a simmering chaos until such time as architologists
determine the names our first parents assigned to plants in the
Garden of Eden 1

American Nomenclature Again,' Journ. Bot. xxix. 810.

prksidknt's addkess. 695

4. — Revisions of Botanical Names must be the wohk of
monographeks.

Asa Gray ever inculcated caution in the alteration of botanical
names, and one of his last dicta states,* "the business of deter-
mining rightful names is not so simple and mechanical as to
younger botanists it appears to be, but is very full of pitfalls.'"'

In a review of Dr. Taubert's paper in ' Bot. Centralblatt ' on
the nomenclature of some genera and species of Leguminosse, the
editor! adds the judicious remark : — " In cases where a restitution
of an old generic name has been established, it has been customary
to leave the specific combinations as a whole to be dealt with by
a monographer of the genus, and this has the further advantage
of preventing an undue increase of synon3'ms, as most mono-
graphers sink a certain number of species, which thus do not
need re-naming."

The practice of Rudolph 8chlechter in this respect appeals to
common sense. In his ' Monographie der Podochilinse'^ he
explains the necessity of merging Appendicula in Podochilus.
At p. 64, he opens a sort of suspense account, " Species mihi non
visse vel imperfecte nottie," in wliicli he leaves the names as he
finds them. If the species of Ajipmdicula there referred to prove
to be good species of Podocliihis, they can be named, but, until
that is proved, Schlechter declines the responsibility of coining
new names for "species non visa^ vel imperfecte not^e,"

Berlin Rule 2 may be important to us, and reads " The name of
a genus is, however, allowed to lapse if it has not been in general
use fifty years, counted from the date of its establishment. If
the name has, however, been revived in monographs or large
floras as a result of following the laws of nomenclature of the
year 1(S68, ' that name is to hold good.' " This well-intentioned

* Journ. Bot. xxxii. 19. ' Asa Giay's last words on Nomenclature.
Keprinted from ' The Letters of Asa Gray ' (Macmillan).
+ Journ. Bot. xxix. .352.
% Mem. de I'Herbier Boissier. No, 21 (1900).

696 president's addkkss,

rule is, however, sometimes difficult to apply in practice, and it

will be sufficient to draw attention to a judicious criticism of it."^

The question of priority of names resolves itself into two parts.

1. Are the newly disinterred names actually the earliest given,
^.e., nearest to 1737 or 1753? (or whatever the date or dates
finally agreed upon).

2. Do they represent good genera and species ? In other words,
can they be accepted by a competent monographer 1

I deny absolutely the right of a man to alter nomenclature for
literary reasons. Alteration must be made with a due sense of
resi^onsibility, and we must be assured that an author proposing
a change has at least critically examined the genus or species.

Many alterations in recent years are, as far as I can understand,
purely literary and are of that mechanical character which could
be entrusted to any educated person having a leaning towards
botanical names. Rather than entrust the matter to such hands,
it would be far better to pay a respectable news-cutting agency to
hunt up the records, the evidence obtained to be sifted and
weighed by competent authority, say a Botanical Society.

We must take all reasonable steps to prevent the resurrection
of a number of wortliless synonyms, and these may be further
duplicated by the addition of new names.

AVe do not want botany turned into librarian's work. The best
systematic work is done in the herbarium and garden, and the
botanist may actuall}^ waste his time by spending too much of it
in a library, disinterring long-forgotten names like a ghoul. And
even if he does produce a new-old name that he offers for our
acceptance, let him put it into a l^otanical suspense account for a
period in order that, if we use it at all, we may have some
guarantee that we have reached finality, and that the new-old
discovery may not be superseded by a newer-older find.

Some of the ingenious research expended on ascertaining, from
circumstantial evidence, the dates of publication of genera and
species would be ludicrous if it were not lamentable.

* ' The tifty yeuis' limit in Nomenclature,' Journ. Bot. xxxvi. 90,

president's address. 697

We know that even in the 20th century, with crowds of eager
botanists and abundance of cheap ink and paper, we have some-
times difficult}' in ascertaining the precise dates of publication of
genera and species. How much is the difficulty enhanced as 1737
or 1753 is approached ! In the 18th century, for example, we
have many instances of books (I am not merely referring to
botanical ones) whose publication was delayed for various reasons,
and whose date of publication is certainly not that of the
imprint.

Some works {e-g., Beechey's ' Voyage ') have been published
with a title page at the end of the work {e.g., 1845), while the
individual parts have been dated 1843, 4, etc. Are we certain
that we always quote correct dates for the species referred to in
this work ? As a matter of fact I know we are not.

Following is a purely Australian example. The excessivel}^
rare work, 'Ned. Kruidk, Archief,' which contains Miquel's
valuable paper on Australian plants, in which he described a
number of species sent to him by Mueller, was originally published
in 1856 as a very thin part; the date quoted in the 'Flora
Australiensis,' viz., 1859, is that of the volume (iv.) containing the
part.

Another objection to disinterring old names simpl}^ because
they appear to be older than those in use is illustrated by the
following : —

In a paper Mr. Britten"^ asserts that ChIamysporu7n, Salisbury,
antedates Thysanotus, Robert Brown; and in a second paperf the
same author suggests the suppression of some of Brown's names
in favour of those of Salisbury. At p. 298, Bishop Goodenough
accuses Salisbury of cribbing from Brown, and it is well known
that Brown spoke very plainly to his contemporaries about
Salisbury, who, probably in part for his failing, was a kind of
Ishmael amongst his contemporaries. Brown we know as one ot

* ' Hookera v. Broclisea, with some remarks on Nomenclature,' Journ. Bot.
xxiv. 49.

t ' On the Nomenclature of some Proteacese,' Journ. Bot. xxiv. 296.

698 president's address.

the most eminent botanists of that or any age. Salisbury's names
were rejected, those of Brown accepted by his contemporaries.
A thief may technically have priority by hurrying publication,
but he can only be effectively punished by declining to accept his
names. At the present day there are so many media of prompt
publication open to an author that a cribber has little opportu-
nity of pursuing a dishonest course, but a centnr}^ ago (and much
more so fifty years previously) there were few opportunities of
publication, and the periods which often elapsed between the
reading of a paper and its publication appear to us extraordinary.

5. — Names in MSS. or Herbaria.

Art. 50, ' Lois de la Nomenclature Botanique,'* reads as
follows : — " Les noms publies d'apres un document inedit tel qu'un
her bier, une collection non distribuee, etc., sont precises par
I'addition du nom de I'auteur qui publie, malgre I'indication con-
traire qu'il a pu donner, De meme les noms usites dans les
jardins sont precises par la mention du premier auteur qui les
publie.

" Dans de texte developj)e, on cite I'herbier, la collection, le
jardin (Lam. ex Commers. mss. in herb, par.; Lindl. ex horto
Lodd.)."

J. Britten, ' A point in Botanical Nomenclature,'! shows that
some botanists ignore Art. 50, and points out some of the incon-
veniences which arise from such action.

Berlin Rule 13 says, "Manuscript names have not under any
<3ircumstances a right of consideration, even when they appear on

printed labels in exsiccata For the recognition of

any species a printed diagnosis is required, which may of course
appear on an exsiccata label."

My own practice has hitherto been to follow a name approved
(by me) in MSS. or herbarium, e.g., '■'■Eucalyptus vhninalis, Labill.
Tar. pedicellaris, F.v.M."

* Alph. de Candolle, 1867.
t Journ. Bot. xx. 53.

president's address. 699

The name given in italics should, according to Art. 50, be
written " Eucalyptus viminalis, LabilL, var. pedicellai'is, Deane
and Maiden ex F.v.M. mss. in herb. Melb.," which would of
course be contracted in practice, the var. pedicellarls being attri-
buted to Deane and Maiden instead of to Mueller, who originally
discriminated it. Both methods are open to objection, but
inasmuch as the original user of a name may have deliberately
suppressed it, it may be an injustice to him to revive it. On the
other hand, his omission to revive the name ma}'' be a mere over-
sight, in which case it is an injustice to him to omit to credit him
with it. This, however, trenches on the question as whether an
author's name should be used at all, which T have discussed at
p. 703.

To show that there is a difference of opinion amongst eminent
botanists in regard to dealing with herbarium names, I need only
quote the following : —

*' The distribution of named specimens (and, aj'ortiori, of those
in sets, widely distributed in herbaria, as were Sieber's), where
and as far as they go, is held to be tantamount to publication."

*' So of names and original observations attached to specimens
in herbaria. These names are always attached antecedently to
publications, and a monographer, having, as he should, free access
to all herbaria within his reach, might work a deal of harm if he
did not regard such names as to him all the same as if already
published."*

I am afraid that if Sieber's names were suppressed, or even if
the authority for the species names were altered from " Sieber "
to " Bentham," etc., no advantage to botanical science would
result, but much incon\'enience and uncertainty might arise. The
name of another Australian collector, Allan Cunningham, will
occur in this connection. Some well known plants which bear his
name were never described by him at all, but as he recognised the
species as new and even named them, Schauer and others wrote

* Asa Gray in Silliman's Journal, March, 1864, p. 279, quoted in Journ.
Bot. V. 83.

700 president's address.

the descriptions after his death in his name. I admit that this
seems like an infringement of the golden dictum"^ " neA^er make an
author say what he has not said."

Viewing the matter afresh, I am of opinion that Art. 50 is
least open to objection and should be followed. At the same
time I think if it were made too retrospective it would become a
dead letter.

In some of my papers I have taken cognisance of a few names
which are unpublished (or apparenth^ unpublished) attached to
specimens collected b}^ Robert Brown, and some of the older
botanists, as a matter of expediency, as many of these specimens
have been widely distributed in herbaria, and clues as to the
identity of species, particularl}^ those in an exceptionally difficult
genus, are often valuable.

In this connection, I understand that some English botanists
of the highest reputation will not quote names suspected to be
nomina nuda: I feel sure that this practice, which has the most
praiseworthy intention of reducing unnecessary names, may be
carried too far. In some cases names .ma}'^ be printed as an inti-
mation that further information in regard to the plants referred
to is desired. Some genera are so special in the intricate
character of their synonymy that the rigid rules of purists may
not always be expedient, as they may actually hinder the advance-
ment of knowledge.

For exam.ple, I. B. Balfourf says: — " In the following list I have
given all the names of species I have been able to find, quoting the
authority and giving a reference to where it may be found. Of
many I know nothing save the name ; and it may be taken for
granted that a great number have no claim to be species; but I
have thought it advisable to follow the plan of giving all the
names at present when seeking for information.''

Specimens labelled in herbaria ma}^ be perfectly good species, and
it may be desirable to resuscitate these names to prevent the use

* Alph. De Candolle in Bull. Belg. xiv. 1877, p. 482.
t " On the genus Pandanus." Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvii. 36.

president's address. 701

of superfluous ones. That eminent European botanists revive
nomina ntida when it suits their convenience the followingf

o

example will show. I think Mr. Salmon's action is quite justifi-
able, for he shows that Sullivan and Lequesne's and Brotherus
names are identical, which some students may be glad enough
to know.

" In the Kew Herbarium there is a moss labelled ' Papillaria
torticuspis, Broth., no v. spec. Birmah. comm. L. Linden; received
December, 1893.' This name has not, so far as I can find, been
published. The moss is typical A. Toccooi.^''*' ....

We Australian botanists often pursue our work with difficulty
because the types of so many of our plants are in Europe, and
some of the descriptions are not available in Australian libraries.
This causes us sometimes, perhaps, to quote nomina nuda in
ignorance, and European writers can sometimes set us right on
questions of nomenclature if they are so disposed. Any short-
comings of this character may be looked upon quite leniently, if
Only because, on our part, we are frequently able to correct the
descriptions and notes of non- Australian workers on Australian
plants, who are usually unfamiliar with some points in regard to
the plants described by them.

6. — Uniformity of Names of Botanical Authors.

Alphonse De Candollef wrote a letter to B. Daydon Jackson on
the orthography of the names of botanical authors, which is
worthy of close attention. He points out that " Quelques
botanistes ont ajoute a leur nom un autre nom, de fantaisie, par
exemple : —

Brisseau s'est affuble du nom de Mirbel
Proveniat ,, ,, St. Hilaire

Palisot ,, „ de Beauvois

Nees ,, ,, d'Esenbeck,"

which should be " Mirbel voyez Brisseau," and so on.

* ' Bryological Notes on Anojiiodon Toccoce, Sulliv. & Lesq.' By Ernest S.
Salmon. Journ. Bot. Aug. 1902, p. 273.

t Journ, Bot. xviii. 217.
46

702 president's address.

It happens that all these authors described A ustralian plants,
so that these particular corrections by De Candolle should be
noted.

It is a matter for regret that F. von Mueller was a law unto
himself in regard to some names. For example, European
practice (including Bentham in the 'Flora Australiensis') adopted
Muell. Arg., and Hook, f., but F. von Mueller chose to write J.
Muell. and J. Hook. He was not consistent, for he used Linn. f.
The writing of Cunn. instead of A. Cunn., is a difference from the
'Flora Australiensis,' and I am one of those who think that that
classic should be followed as closely as possible in details, for it is
a model of orderly arrangement. Of course I do not for a
moment advocate a slavish adherence to this or an}'- other work
in cases where the progress of botanical knowledge shows that
modifications and corrections are necessary.

Mr. Daydon Jackson has a useful paper* in which (p. 82) he
quotes examples of vicious methods of contracting authors' names
which is well worthy of perusal.

Art. xlviii. (De Candolle's 'Lois') says that it is necessary to
publish the name of an author of a species, etc. He further says,t
" The purpose of the citation of the author's name is misunder-
stood by some. This is merely an abridged form of a biblio-
graphical indication, intended to establish, without lengthy
research, the date which fixes the priority of a name."

Let me quote Bentham's wordsj : — " Were everj'-one agreed as
to the plant to be designated by a particular name, the binomial
appellations devised by Linnseus would be quite sufficient in all
cases when a species is referred to for comparison. But it so
frequently happens that different authors have given the same
name to different plants, that the addition of a third word (the
abbreviated name of the author) has become indispensable in some

* Journ. Bot. xix. 75. 'On some recent tendencies in Botanical Nomen-
clature.'

t Journ. Bot. xxvi. 290.

X Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvii. 190 (1879).

PR BSi dent's address. 703

instances and advisable in most cases, to avoid uncertainty, but
for no other object."

Authors of species are only quoted as a matter of convenience,
and not to reward authors. Hence the authors' names should be
very clearly indicated, contractions being avoided if possible, as
uncertainty in regard to a name hinders and perhaps prevents the
bibliographical references referred to.

Where we use contractions we should adopt the accepted con-
tractions. The names of Australian botanists of this and the
preceding generation who have not yet attained cosmopolitan
renown should be quoted without abbreviation.

One effect of recent changes of nomenclature lias been to
facilitate the attribution of different authors to the same specific
name. William Matthews* gives an extreme instance in the case
of Erodium moschatum, a plant familiar to us, and which is by
different writers attributed to L'Heritier, Alton, Willdenow, and
Smith.

Berlin Rule 7 says, " The author who first named the species,
although in another genus, is always to be acknowledged, and his
name is therefore to be placed in brackets before that of the author
who has removed the species into another genus, thus, Pulsatilla
pratensis (L.), Mill. If 'an author has himself placed his specieg
in another genus, the bracket is omitted."

This practice has been little followed in Europe, and not at all
in Australia I believe. An Australian example shows how it
works : —

Damasonium australe, Salisb., in Trans. Hort. Soc. Lond. i. 268
(1812), in 'Flora Australiensis ' and Mueller's 'Census.'

In ' Natiirliche Pflanzen-Familien,' Buchenau changes the name
into Dmnasonium. minus, (R.Br.) Buchenau, because the plant
was first described by R.Br, as Actinocarpus minor, R.Br., and if
the name of the genus is changed, the specific name of the man
who described the plant first should be preserved, unless there are
good reasons against it.

* Journ. Bot. xvi. 260.

704 PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

Anothei' instance is : —

Bentham (' Flora Australiensis') writes Brasenia jyeltata, Pursh.

In ' Nat. Pfl. Fam.' the name is given as Brasenia 2)uiyurea,
(Michx.), Casp., following Hydropeltis pur2mrea, Michx. (1S03),
the first used specific name. [Mueller, ' Census,' writes Cabomha
peltata, F.V.M., but the 'Nat. Pfl. Fam.' shows that Cahomha and
Brasenia are distinct genera.]

What has been styled the " Kew Rule" is that of consider-
ino- as the right name of the plant that by which it was first
called in the genus wherein it is placed. The Berlin Rule recog-
nises the first specific name given, w^hether the genus is maintained
or not. The use of the Berlin Rule (which is popular in America)
has in practice necessitated the use of two authors' names, viz.,
the author who gave the first specific name; this is written first,
and is in brackets; then comes the author of the name which is
accepted.

I do trust our European and American brethren will soon come
to an agreement both as to the adoption of the Kew or Berlin
Rule, and also as to the use (personally I would like to see the
bracket-name abolished as cumbersome) of the double-name or the
reverse. VVe do not wish to institute a third or Australian
practice, and recognise that in these matters there are larger
interests at stake and more botanists affected than with us.

7. On the Writing of Specific Names.

Mr. Daydon Jackson's paper* gives, inter alia, Linnaeus'
practice in regard to the use of capitals for specific names. He
quotes five examples, and Mr. Jackson's words are in inverted
commas.

{a). " An old generic name, e.g.,

Crassula Cotyledon^ Haw.," itc.

This is a usage which many botanists adhere to with some
tenacity, and was in recent years included in the Berlin Rules.

* * On some recent tendencies in Botanical Nomenclature.' Journ. Bot.
xix. 75.

president's address. 705

(6). " A native name, e.(j..

Cassia Canca, Cav.," &c.

I am inclined to think that this should be retained. It is but
another form of («s), and whether the name is a pagan or a
Christian one does not matter. The special difficulty attending
the putting of native names without a capital lies in the fact
that some of them have what may be termed a classical appear-
ance, and it is desirable to prevent the waste of time caused by
hunting Latin and Greek dictionaries for clues to their etymology.

(c). "A substantive used instead of an adjective (an uncommon
case), e.g.,

Eucalyptus Globulus, LabilL," etc.

I see no reason for retaining the capital letter in this case. In
the case of the genus Eucalyptus, Mueller named two species,
Leiicoxyloii and Doratoxylon; but his use of the capital letter was
never widely followed, nor was he consistent in regard to this
form of specific name in other genera.

At p. '2^0 {op. ciL), Daydon Jackson expresses the opinion that
the capital in cases such as U. Globulus cannot be maintained,
and gives instances of Linnaeus' oversight or inconsistency in
printing man}^ of his specific names, showing that we must not
assume that Linnseus meant more than he did in printing the
names in the way he did.

{d). " A substantive used in the genitive case, e.g.,
Pyrethrum Halleri, Willd.," etc.

I think the use of the capital is only desirable with proper
names. Bentham and Mueller both use capitals in such cases.

(e). " A substantive used adjectively in commemoration, e.g.,
Salix Russelliana, Sm.," tfec.

As a very general rule I think botanists use {d) or (e) indis-
criminately to commemorate proper names. In some cases
euphony determines the form; in many cases it does not seem
apparent what consideration has weighed with the bestower of
the name whether he has used the genitive or not. But this is
certain, that either the genitive or adjectival form should be
used.

706 president's address.

I think, therefore, some of these old Linnean rules are some-
what fanciful and of no real value, simply adding to the pitfalls of
botanical nomenclature and giving the literary person oppor-
tunities of annoying the botanist by his unnecessarj' criticisms
and interference.

The following is taken from the ' Additions to the Berlin Rules
of Nomenclature,'* where it is laid down : —

" All names of species are to be written small, except those
derived from names of persons. (Examples : Ficus indica,
Opuntia ticus-indica but Isachne Buettneri)."

Engler remarks in regard to this rule, " Though he has signed
the rules it goes against his feelings to write those specific names
which are genitives of nouns with small letters. He would prefer
to write Paccinia Malvacear am, Aecidiwni Berheridis, instead of
Puccinia incdvacearam." These genitives seem to be confined
to Mycology only, and while it seems to go against the grain
to write small letters in these instances, I recommend the
adoption of the Berlin Rule. One reason of my adhesion to
this additional Berlin Rule may seem comical, — although I have
tried over and over again, my pen refuses to write muelleri,
benthami, and so on. It hurts nw feelings to have a dis-
crepancy in this case between botanical and ordinary literary
practice.

The additional Berlin Rule deals with geographical adjectives,
which are to be written with small letters. Those who prefer to
write specific names derived from names of persons with capitals
may object to writing the geographical names with small letters,
but in practice comparatively few do, and I hope the Berlin Rule
will be followed.

There seems to me an actual difference in the meaning of
geographical and personal specific names. For example, i<iniiatrana
is intended to convey that the plant occurs in Sumatra; the use
of the name Jonesii is frequently onl}'^ a compliment paid to a

* Op. fit., p. G86. This modifies No. 8 of the original Berlin Kules.

president's address. 707

person of the name of Jones, who may or may not be otherwise
id entitled with the plant in any way.

The following specific names taken from the ' Census ' show
that Mueller held different views: — Novse-Hollandise, Novse-
Cambrioe, Zeylanica, Africana, Tasmanica, Magellanica, Indica,
Malabarica, Malabathricum, Arnhemicus, Tannensis, Carpentarise,
Abyssinica, Javanica, Philippinensis, Timorensis, Balonnensis,
Neo-Cambrica, Neo-Anglica, Kiamensi^i, Aegyptiaca, Americana,
Gangeticum, Truxillensis, Mexicana, Asiatica, Maderaspatana,
Celebica, Xova-Zealandiji?, Peruviana, Derwentia, Nepalensis,
Curassavicum, Europ£eum, Malaccensis, Halepensis, Tunbridgense,
Aethiopicum, Capensis, Vitiense, Arcturi, Americana, Japonicum,
Sibirica, Chinensis, Moluccensis, Sumatrana, and even Capri-
cornica ! yet antipoda !

Australis is not a place, — in this continent it is commonly used
for Australia, but it means South, and hence is also used to indi-
cate S. Europe, S. America, S. North America, and so on.
Mueller established the practice of writing Australis, Austra-
lasica, Australiana,

Berlin Rule 11 says, "it is allowable to dispense with priority
when it is a question of names which have arisen through obvious
errors of geography on the part of the author, such as Asclejnas
syriaca, L. (which comes from the United States)."

At the same time I do not doubt that this rule does not apply
in cases where the specific name is only partl}^ descriptive of the
range of the plant.

Following are the remaining instances of the use of capitals
for specific names in the ' Census ' : —

Litscea Hexanthus, A. L. de Jussieu,

Cissanipelos Pareira, Linn.

E7'ysimiim Blennodia, F.v.M.

Melia Azedarach, Linn.

Hibiscus Ahehnoschu^, Linn.

Bossicea Aquifolium, Benth.

Acacia Sentis, F.v.M.
,, Gnidiutn, Benth.

708 president's addrkss.

Acacia Oxi/cedrus, Sieb.
GreviUea Aqiti/olium, Lindl.

„ Leucadendroii, A. Cunn.

Hakea Bjnglottis, Labill.
Banksia Rohur, Cav.
Dryandra Serra, K.Br.

,, Arctotidis, R.Br.

Coleocoina Centaurea, F.v.M.
Gynurus Pseudo-China, DC.
Solanum Hystrix, R.Br.
Josephina Imjoeratricis, Vent.
Vitex Lignuvi-Vitre, A. Cunn.
Styphelia Bpacridis, F.v.M.

,, Oxycedriis, Labill.

,, Bossicea, F.v.M.

Cyperus Eragrostis, Vahl.
Fanicum Crus-Galli, Linn.

Some are Linnean names. Of course Linn^us was inconsistent
in the use of capitals, or perhaps printers made mistakes in those
days just as in ours. At all events one can prove various things
by laying too much stress on the use of capitals in Linnaeus'
' Species Plantarum.'

As to the other instances, some of the capitals indicate those
of well-known genera. Those who have the time to waste may
ascertain under w4iich of the Linnaean Rules (if any) the use of
capitals has come about in some of the other cases. My own view
is that the fact that the meanings of the capitals cannot be given
by the average botanist on sight is an argument for their
suppression, except in the case of proper names.

8. — The Question of Altering Botanical Names with the
VIEW to their " Improvement."

Art. 3 of the 'Lois' stands thus: — "Dans toutes les parties
de la nomenclature, le principe essentiel est d'eviter ou de repousser
I'emploi de formes et de noms pouvant produire des erreurs, des

president's address. 709

equivoques ou jetei* de la confusion dans la science. Apres cela,
ce qu'il y a de plus important est d'eviter toute creation inutile de
noms, Les autres considerations, telles que la correction grammati-
cale absolue, la regidaritc ou Teuphonie des noms, un usage plus
ou moins repandu, les egards pour des personnes, etc., malgre leur
importance incontestable, sont relativement accessoires."

Names must not be altered, except for a grave reason. Asa
Gray says,^' '• Mere improvement is no warrant for alteration.
Mistakes may indeed be corrected. Thus Nuttall's genus
Wisteria, in honour of Dr. Wistar, was properly corrected to
Wistaria in conformity with the rules that personal names should
retain their orthography as nearly as possible."

Mueller (' Census ') changed Dicksonia antarctica to D. Billar-
dieri, because he said it does not extend to antarctic regions. The
Berlin Rules were not promulgated at the time, but I think it
would be considered as overstraining Rule 11.

Take another case, Fiinhristylis diphylla, Vahl, Enum. ii. 289
(1806). (Syn. F. communis, Kunth, Enum. ii. 234 (1837).
Mueller accepts Kunth's name {F. communis) in his ' Census' in
spite of the obvious priority of Vahl's name. This seems to me
another instance of Mueller's habit of rejecting specific names
because the name is badly chosen. The name diphylla is a very
bad one, and was probably given by Vahl because his type speci-
mens had mostly two involucral bracts.

The late R. D. Fitzgerald described an orchid under the name
Dendrohium fcdcorostrum. Later on, in publishing a plate, he
\Yvote falcorostris. Mueller ('Census') improved the name into
falconirostre, which Fitzgerald resented, and I think rightly so.
The correct name is fcdcorostrum, which was the original one.

These three Australian examples are perhaps sufficiently illus-
trative. Non- Australian instances have been quoted by the dozen.
For example, B. Daydon Jacksonf points out that crassinervia

* Silliman's Journ., May, 1880, quoted in Journ. Bot. xviii. 186.
t Journ. Bot. xix. 78.

710 president's add HESS.

may not be structurally correct from a Latinist's point of view^
yet it msij stand.

And again, "This is something worse than writing Potamogeto'n
lanceolatus, Sm., for Smith, considering the generic name as neuter,
wrote lanceulatum, and if we use his name we must do so too."*

I hope, however, nothing I have said will be interpreted into
acquiescence with slovenly methods of giving names. Let us
have ideals as high as scientific men in older parts of the world.

Let us look upon the matter from another aspect. Consider our
common Gompholohiuni latifolinm, Sm., which has larger flowers
than those of G. (jrandijiorum, Sm. Is grandijioimin, then, to
be suppressed ? If so, all specific names indicating comparisons,
definite geographical localities, etc., etc., may be suppressed, and
botanical nomenclature put into a simmer; for how can any man
who gives a species with any descriptive name be certain that
at some time or other, in some part of the world or other, some
plant belonging to the same genus may be discovered which might
be more appropriately described by the specific name attached to
another plant? And how about variation through environment.
Leaves, for example, may vary in an extraordinary manner in
the same species.

There are plenty of legitimate avenues for the energies of
archaeologists and philologists without their being permitted to
add new worries to the life of .the botanical systematist. Let us,
as far as convenient, have precision in botanical names; this is
best acquired by inculcating caution on the part of the botanist,
who, prior to the bestowal of a name, should he feel diflident in
the matter, can usually obtain the advice of a friend who knows
more about languages than he does. The motto, '■'' Quieta non
movere,'" is an excellent one to offer to the would-be disturber of

* B. Daydon Jackson in Journ. Bot. xix. SO.

PRESIDENT S ADDllESS.

711

9. — The Botany of Cook's Voyage.

The publication of the 'Botany' of Cook's 'Voyage,'* very sHghtly
referred to in my last address, deserves more extended notice at
this place, for Australians in particular are much indebted to the
Trustees of the British Museum and to Mr. J. Britten, its editor.

I have tabulated the instances in which Mr. Britben departs
from the nomenclature of the ' Flora Australiensis,' and the list
is worth}' of detailed study. The alterations are of two kinds,
those by monographers; the name Pleiogynium Solandri^ Engler,
may be taken at random as an instance of this.

Some of the others appear to be of the character stigmatised by
me as mere literar}^ corrections, and I advise my fellow Australians
not to accept them until they have been approved by competent
monographers. I have added notes to some of the names, but
they are by no means of an exhaustive character.

The alterations, Candollea, Styj>lielia^ etc., accepted by Mueller
will be discussed by Mr. Betche and myself in our forthcoming
revised Census of New iSouth Wales Plants.

No.

Name on Plate.

Name in ' Flora Australiensis. '

b.Adelioides deGumheni<,^^v^^k Adeliopsis decumhens, Benth.

Sol.
S.Calceolar-ia enneas2:>e7"ma, O. lonldium suJfruticosuiUjGing.

Kuntze.
9. Calceolaria filiformit^, O. lonidium filiforme, F. Muell.
Kuntze.
\O.Maximilianea yiUivraei, O. Cochlospertnum Gillivraei,
Kuntze. Accepted in the Benth.
'Natiirliche Pflanzen-Fami-
lien.'

"'' " Illustrations of the Botany of Captain Cook's Voyage round the World
in H. M.S. 'Endeavour' in 1768-71, by Sir Joseph Banks and Daniel Solander,
with determinations by James Britten. Part i 1900; Part ii. 1901."

712

PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS.

No. Name on Plate.

13. PolygaJ a lonyifolia, Poir.

Doubtless correct. Two
distinct species are also
given in the Index Kewen-

sis.
X^.Cosmia quadrivalvis, Britten.

19. Abutilon indicum, Sweet, var.

aust7'aliense, Hochreut.
23. Triunifetta suhj^alinata, Solan-

der.
33. Correa speciosa, Donn.
34:. Cot'rea rubra, Sm.

3b.Jamholifera laevis, 0. Kuntze.
Engler writes in 'Nat. Pfl.':
" As the name Jamhollfera
has not been in use more
than 100 years I keep the
name Acroriychia, Forst."

36. Micro tneluin 2>ubescens, Blume.

4:2. Dodo ncea iiUcosa, L., var.

laurina.
Ab.Buchanania Muelleri, Engl.

4:Q. Pleiogynium Solandri, Engl. \
Adopted in Engler's ' Nat. '
Pfl. Fam.' following Engler's (
monograph in ' DC. Prod.' '
QO.Cracca reticulata, O. Kuntze.
Taubert mentions in ' Nat. Pfl.
species of Tephrosia to Cracca, but
nomenclature.

Name in ' Flora Australiensis.
Poly gala leptalea, DC.

Cala7idrinia quadrivalvis, F.

Muell.
Abutilon indicum, Benth.

Triumfetta procumbens,

Benth.
Correa sp)eciosa. Ait.
Correa rubra, Sm. (identical

with C. speciosa. Ait.).
Acr onychia laevis, Forst.

Micromelump icbescens, Blume,
var. glabrescens, Oliv, (J/.
glabrescens, Benth.).

Dodoncea viscosa, (a) vul-
garis, Benth.

Buchanania angustifolia,
Benth.

Oioenia cerasifera, F.v.M.
' Spondias acida, B. & S.
Sjjoiidias Solaridri, Benth.

Tephrosia reticulata, Benth.
Fam.' that Kuntze refers all
he does not accept Kuntze's

No.

president's address. 713

Name on Plate. Name in ' Flora Australiensis.'

61.CraccaJi/.ipes, O. Kuntze, var. Tephi-osia Jilipes, Benth.

lati/'olia.
62.Cracca purp2trea,Ij.,v£ir. longi- Tephrosia purpurea^ L. var.

foHa.
QS.Sesban acideatus, Pers.
^i.Diphaca Cochinchinensis,

Lour. Accepted in ' Nat.

Pfl. Fam.'
65. Damajjana conferta^ 0.

Kuntze.
QS.Caulinia bimaciclata, O.

Kuntze
69.Cauli7iia retitsa, O. Kuntze.

70. Caulmia ruhicunda, Moench.
72.Stizolobiu7)i gigaiifeum, O.

Kuntze.
l^i.Canavali maintima, P.

Thouars.
76.Vigna cape7isis, Walp., in

Index Kewensis.
79. Dolicholus Cunninghamii,

Britten.
81. Cynometr a ramifiora, L.

longi/olia, Benth.
Seshania aculeata, Pers.
Ormocarpum sennoides, DC.

Smithia cortferta, Sm.

Hardenhergia monophylla,

Benth.
Hardenhergia (? ) retusa,

Benth.
Keymedya ruhicunda, Vent.
Mucuna gigantea, DC,

Canavalia ohtusi/olia, DC.

In Index Kewensis.
Vigna iiexillata, Benth.

Rhynchosia Cunninghamii,

Benth.
Cynomeira rainiflora, var.
hijuga, Benth.
^i. Acacia Simsii, A. Cunn., in Acacia Simsii, A. Cunn.
Index Kewensis.
123. H^Ufuni calyptrata, Britt. Barringtonia calyptrata., Br.

Niedenzu gives the whole synomymy of Barringtonia in
' Nat. Pfl. Fam.,' but sticks to Barringtonia though he
mentions Hiittiim, Adans. 1763. Huttum is rejected in
accordance with the Berlin Rule.
12 i.Ciomhia austraJis, Britt. Carey a arhorea, var. (?) aus-

tralis, Benth. Cai^eya aus-
tralis, F.V.M., in 'Nat. Pfl.
Fam.'

714 president's address.

No. Name on Plate. Name in ' Flora Austr.axiensis.'

125. Rotala decussata, DC. Animaaia pentandra, Benth.

The section Rotaht was separated as a genus from

Ainmania by Mueller in ' Census/ and also in Engler's

'Nat. Pfl. Fam.'
\1Q.Ammania haccifera, L. Ammania iruHca, Benth.

Adopted by Mueller in

' Census.'
130. Haliniutn portidacaMrum, O. Sesuvium portulacastrum, L.

Kuntze.
132. D Idiscus pi^ocumbens, F.M. Trachymeyie prociunbens,

Adopted by Mueller in Benth.

' Census.'
133, Tr achy mene erlcoides., Sieb. Siehera ericoide'^, Benth.

Adopted by Mueller in

' Census.'
13 i:.Trachymene BWardieri, F. Siehera Bidardieri,v3ir.ovata,

MuelL, var. ovata, F.M. Benth.

Adopted by Mueller in

' Census.'
138. Oldenlaridia rnitrasacmoides, Hedyotis mitrasac7noides, F.

F. Muell. Adopted by Muell.

Mueller in ' Census.'
Ii2. Nelitris Tinion, Britt. Timonius Rumphii, DC.

l^b.Goelosperinutn decijnens, Baill. Morinda reticidata, Benth.

Adopted by K. Schumann

in 'Nat. Pfl. Fam.'
1 49. Opercular ia hyssopi/olia, Juss. Opercularia aspera, var. hysso-

0. hyssopifolia is in Index pifolia, Benth.

Kew. a var. of 0. aspera.
151. Knoxia stricta, Gaertn. Knoxia corymhosa, Willd.

Ib2. Tardavd marginati, Britten. Spermacocemaryinata^^enth..
ib3. Shaivia arguta, Britt. Olearia arguta, Benth.

Shawia is in ' Nat. Pfl. Fam.,' a synonym of section

Astrotricha of Olearia.

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

715

No. Name on Plate.

lb6.Pteroc(iulo)i sjihacelatus, F.

Muell. Confirmed in ' Nat.

Pfl. Fam.'
\b1 .Pterocaulon glanrbohsrts, F.

IMuell. Confirmed in ' Xat.

Pfl. Fam.'
1 bd.JViebuhria spilanthoides,

Britten.
IQO. Niebuhria hijlora, Britt.
lQ'2.Phacellothrix claclochaeta, F.

Muell. Confirmed in ' Nat.

Pfl. Fam.'
\%D. Elichrysuui alhicans, Sieb.

1 67. Crossocephalum Pseudochina,

O. Kuntze.
168. Candollea sei'i'idata, Labill.

16^ .C andollea alsinoides, F. Muell.
170 A. Candollea rotundifolia, F.

Muell.
1 70b. Candollea uliginosa, F. Muell.
170c. Candollea pedunculata, F.

Muell.
182. Cervicinia gracilis, Britt.
\8LStyphelia jnnifolia, Spreng.
\85.Styphelia virgata, Labill.
186. Sty phelia ericoides, Sm.
187 S.typhelia rvsci/olia, Spreng.
1 88. Sty phelia leptosper?noides,

Spreng.
191. Woollsia pu7ig ens, F.M.
193. Sideroxylon Brownii, F.M.
19 ii.Miniusops kauki, L.
197. May epea axillaris, F.M.

Name in ' Flora Australiensis.'
Mo7ieuteless2)hacelatus,Jun}n\\.

Monenteles glandulosus, F.
Muell.

Wedelia spilanthoides, F.

Muell.
Wedelia hijlora, DC.
Rutidosis Broivnii, Benth.

Heliclirysum elatum, A.Cunn.

In ' Index Kewensis.'
Gynura Pseudo-China, DC.

Stylidium yyxtminijolium,

Sw.
Stylidium alsinoides, Br.
Stylidium rotundifolium, Br.

Stylidium uliginosum, Sw.
Stylidium pedtinculatum, Br.

Wahlenhergia gracilis, A. DC.
Astroloma pinifolium, Benth.
Leucopogon virgatvs, Br.
Leucopogon ericoides, Br.
Leucopogon ruscifolius, Br.
Leucopogon leptosperm o ides,

Br.
Lysinema jnuigeyis, Br.
Achras ohovata, F. Muell.
Miynusops Browriiayia, Benth.
Chionanthus axillaris, Br,

716

No.

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.
Name on Plate. Name in 'Flora Australiensis/

198. Gi/7iopogon spicatum, Britten. Alyxia spicata, Br.

Confirmed byK. Schumann,

in 'Nat. Pfl. Fam.'
211. Borraginoides zei/Ianica, Trichode^ma zeylanica, Br.

Hiern.
'il^i.Merreinia hnstata, Hallier f. Ipomoea angitstifolia, Benth.
Tiie genus Merrimia, Dennst., is admitted by Fetter in

' Nat. Pfl. Fam.', not as a syn. of Ipomcea but alongside of

Ipomoea, " about 40 species, mostly hitherto placed with

Ipomoea and Batatas.^'
2\b.LepistemonFitzalani,^.^l\XQ\\.

Lepistemon iirceolatus,

F.V.M., in 'Census."
21^ .Jacquemontia multivalvis,

Hallier /
219. Lindernia subulata, Br. Con-
firmed by Wittstein in 'Nat.

Pfl. Fam.'
220. Raznmovia hispida, Britten.
232. Hyg7'oj)hila angustifolia, Br.

In 'Index Kewensis,'
236. Myop>orum teiiuifoJium,

Forst., in Mueller's ' Cen-
sus.'
239. Siphonanthus floribundits,

Britten. Siphonanthus is

a section of Clerodendron

in 'Nat. Pfl. Fam.'
2iO.Germanea australis, Britten. Plectranthus parviflorus,

Germanea is a section of Benth.

Plectranthus, in 'Nat. Pfl.

Fam.'

Ipomcea icrceolata, Br.

Convolvidus midtivalvis,

Benth.
Yandellia subulata, Benth.

Centranthera hispida, Br.
Hygrophila salicifolia,

Benth.
Myoporum acuminatum, Br.

Clerodendron floribundum,
Br.

president s address. 7 1 7

Addendum. — The De Vriesian Species.

I have dealt so much with species from the nomenclature point
of view that it will be of interest to refer to another phase of the
species-question. I refer to the classical experiments of Prof.
Hugo De Vriese, undertaken with the view of throwing light upon
the formation of species. When in x\msterdam a couple of
years ago, Prof. De Vriese showed me very fully his interesting
experiments with plants of Oenothera^ and now I offer a digest
by my friend, Mr. E. Betche, of a recent paper,* giving an
account of these remarkable experiments and the theories arising
out of them.

According to Darwin, the development of species takes place
gradually, by natural selection, but if we consider that species
have been proved to have remained in an unaltered state for
many centuries (weeds found in Egyptian mummies have been
found to be exactly identical with species growing at the present
day, after a lapse of about 4,000 years), the time required for the
development of the present forms of life is so enormous that
Darwin himself admits this to be a weak point in his theory.

Kolliker advances another theory of the origin of species,
which he claims overcomes this difficulty; his theory is the
sudden development (mutation of the old investigators) of species,
as opposed to Darwin's gradual development. According to his
theory, the species lives for a period in a state of stability, then
the species gets old and seems to be no longer in complete
harmony witli the surrounding conditions; it then suddenly
breaks up into numerous forms — that is, a comparatively short
period of instability (mutation) follows the long period of
stability. The mother species suddenly develops a great number
of variations; some of these offspring-forms live only a few years
and die out again, others develop into new species and take
the place of the mother-form. With youthful freshness they

* Hugo De Vriese, " Die Mutation und die Mutationsperioden bei der
Entstehung der Arten " Verhandl. Gesellsch. Deuts. Naturf. und Aerzte.
1901.

46

718 president's address.

live again for a long period in a state of stability, till they again,
in their turn, overlive themselves and break up again into new
forms. And so the development in Fauna and Flora goes on
from millions of years back to the present time, long periods
of stability always alternating with shorter mutation-periods.
According to this theory, the species would be again a finished
unit, not a finished created species as understood by the pre-
Darwin naturalists, but a finished unit at least for a certain
period. Each species has, like the individual, a limited life, a
beginning and an end, and the end of the species is its breaking
up into new progressive forms. The zoologist Strandfuss uses
the expression -'explosion" with regard to the breaking up of the
species into new forms, as if the old species "explodes" into
numerous pieces, some of the pieces getting lost, while others
develop into new species. The old botanists use the astronomical
expression " Nebula " for extremely variable or " very much
exploded " species, such as Hieraciuiii, Ruhus, Rusa, Salix.

An interesting problem for investigation is to find out the
species in which the mutation-period takes place at the present
day. Prof. De Vriese knows only one plant which fulfils all
necessary conditions, ?.e., Oenothevd Lamarckiana^ a species intro-
duced from America, and now slowly spreading in several
European countries for a period of about a centur}''. 0. Lamarck-
iana has the rare and remarkable property of producing every
year new species from seeds. The seeds of 0. Lamarckiana are
sown in sufficient quantities (care having been taken to avoid all
possibility of cross-fertilization with allied species); a number of
new species will always be found amongst the seedlings. Prof.
De Vriese enumerates 7 species thus obtained by him from 0.
Lamarckiana, without cross-fertilization. The species are : —
0. nanella, lata, scintilla7is, oblovc/a, albida, gifjas, and ruhrinervis.
These new species difier onl}' slightly from the mother plant, and
only close observation teaches that new forms have made their
appearance, but they are all quite distinct from each other and
perfectly stable from the beginning, so that seeds of 0. gigas
again produce 0. giyas.

president's address. 719

Prof. De Vriese concludes this part of the paper with the
following words: — "With regard to the question whether the
observations on Oenothera hold good for the development of all
species, I do not claim this, nor is it according to my experience.
The theory I essaj^ed to explain holds good only for the progressive
development, not for the numerous retrogressive and side steps of
nature; generally speaking I maintain the progress in organic
life to be intermissive and not continuous."

The second part of the paper treats of the number and length
of the mutation-periods, but it is too full of speculation for me to
reproduce it here.

I fail to see why the intermittent progressive development of
Prof. De Vriese's " mutation-periods " may not go hand in hand
with Darwin's gradual development theory. Surel}^ the slow
continuous progress of natural selection is not a retrogressive
step !

But whether the progress is continuous or intermittent, it leads
to the same end. One may compare the mutation-theory to an
electric clock. The clocks are all mere empty shells with dials
on two sides; they are kept going by a normal central clock, and
the hands are moved by electricity, not slowly and gradually, but
in jerks from minute to minute. The result is the same as the
gradual movement of the hands in our watches.

For obvious reasons I have confined my attention to the subject
of Botanical Nomenclature. But there is, I believe, a complemen-
tary subject, that of Zoological Nomenclature. Respecting this,
I am indebted to the Secretary for the following brief statement.

The International Congress of Zoologists was inaugurated in
1889, and has held five meetings — at Paris in 1889, at Moscow in
1892, at Leyden in 1895, at Cambridge, England, in 1898, and
at Berlin in 1901. The Reports of three of these Meetings will
be found in the library.

At the First and Second Meetings the subject of Nomenclature
received special attention, and the Rules adopted were subse-

720 president's address.

quently reprinted and widely distributed under the auspices of
the Societe Zoologique de France, in 189o. In a short preface
to the Rules so distributed, Dr. Blanchard says : — " Le caractere
international des Congres susdits et I'adoption de ces Regies a la
presque unanimite des Zoologistes presents donne a celles-ci une
importance exceptionnelle : elles constituent desormais le code
auquel tout Zoologiste descripteur est tenu de se conformer
scrupuleusement. "

It would perhaps be a good thing if the attention of Australian
zoologists were drawn to these Rules, because in some important
details — such, for example, as the use of capitals for certain specific
names — they are not in agreement with the Stricklandian Rules
which luve had many followers throughout the British Empire.

Attention might also be drawn to the " Liste des Abreviations
Conventionnelles des Noms d'Auteurs," adopted at the Paris
meeting. The method of writing the familiar name of Sir William
Macleay, viz., "Mac-Leay, W. (Auteur) — M'Leay (Abreviation),"
will scarcely meet with universal approbation. Probably if the
Congress were suitably approached this matter, and possibly
others, might be rectified.

Time does not permit one to go into details on this matter just
now. Perhaps at one of the Monthly Meetings during the year
time might be found for a more detailed consideration of the
International Code.

On the motion of Mr. Henry Deane a cordial vote of thanks
was accorded to the President for his interesting Address.

The Hon. Treasurer, Mr. J. R. Garland, presented the balance
sheet for the year 1902, and moved its adoption, which was
carried. The Society's income for the financial year ended
December 31st, 1902, was £1.077 12s. 3d. ; the expenditure
£1,065 6s. lOd.; with a credit balance of .£31 8s. 2d. from the
previous year, leaving a credit balance of £43 13s. 7d. The
income of the Bacteriological Department was £545 12s. 6d.,
and the expenditure £485 8s. 8d. ; with a credit balance of
£133 8s. 7d. from 1901, leaving a credit balance of £194 2s. 5d.

ANNUAL MEETING. 721

On the motion of the Hon. Treasurer it was resolved that the
suspension of the operation of Rule vi., providing for the pay-
ment of entrance fees, should be continued for all members
nominated or elected during the year 1903.

By the wish of the Council Mr. Garland intimated that before
the end of the year it was proposed to consider the question of
the action to be taken, after the current year, in the matter of
Entrance Fees, so that a report might be made to the Society.

A motion relating to the modification of the regulations for
the loan of books from the Society's library, of which notice had
been given, was ruled by the President to be out of order, as he
considered the matter was one for the Council to deal with.

No nominations of other Candidates having been received, the
President declared the following elections for the current Session
to have been duly made : —

President : T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M.

Members of Council (to fill six vacancies) : Messrs. Richard
T. Baker, F.L.S., W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., Charles Hedley, F.L.S.,
A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, Thomas Steel, F.C.S., F.L.S., Fred.
Turner, F.L.S., F.R.H.S.

Auditors : Messrs Duncan Carson and Edward G. W. Palmer,
J.P.

I'l'l

^o o

o

1

^o o

O

»= =>

o

1

»° =

O

^1 i

8

s s

s

t^

';+j o cc

co^

to TfH

cT

1

r-T (m"

cc

• '^ ■

5

1

• 0)

^ 1

: o :

: o :

<a

fl

o

CS

3) ...

lie Balan
Capital

-(J CI,

IJI

r Mortgage
£27,000, tl
eriology C

igS

l-H

<

: ^ 9

^^1

■So*

(secur
Loan
being

i

<

J5

a ^ o

u

Pc^ ^

H

o c

o
o
o
o

i&

s

o

HH l-H

^- o o

o

^ o o oo

o

» = =

o

J

i ^ o o oo

o

<

. i 1

I>^

o

PC

=1 § § 8g

' ^ Ttl C5 L--. CO

i

TjT lo"

cT

— r

CO

4J

ij

I—"

5

U

s>;^-:^::

=+J

8

o

O

z

ir William

me

)y his Wil
y, £300 ...

H
O

<

Sir Willia
'robate Dut

erest orderi
Capital
Council to

o

from S
his life-ti
eathed I
bate Dut

thed by
:,000, less P

nulated int
be added to
ordered by
ital

i

0)

^

^5PS.2

nt receive!
[acleay durii
er Sum be
6,000, less P

;nt bequea
lacleay, £12
600

nt of accur
y Council to
er Amount
dded to Cap
3st invested

§^:g=rt

g^c^^g^^C^

. HO

723

,

^•0(MCOO(MOO

O O CO O O 1-^

10

coS'^I;::'^'^^'^

O !>• (M O ^ CI

0

c

t

^

■^ cc -^

Oi 0?

§^^

rH ^ CC

0

s

^
^

o

o o

o

o

^

«-»

i-H

s
0

<3
^0

CI
0

&3

Pi

: :

oo

o

--H

I-H

00

o

o

2 ^ ■

<

<!

rf^

0)

3

■>.■■■

^

-tJ

43"

i

f3 -J3 •
20

0

5

H

><

ID
2§ . - -

o

: :

1

P3

t-5

o

EH
M

8

z

Salaries and Wa
Printing and Sta
Illustrations
Books purchased
Freights . . .
Telephone
Gas-burners and
Ground Rent
Rates

o

43

d

o

s

h-3

<

1

0

§1

^^
1^

,, ,, (Hon.
Exchanges and E
Balance in Bank

2
0

f^"0

W

Z

>i ^ - ^ ^

^ „

r, ^

:; - :;

CQ -^ -^ - -

^ '>

" "^

a)

3

o
<
<

<1

>■ .

1

1 '-

o

ft-

4-^

0

£ s. d.

81 8 2

119 12 0

0 7 0

114 19 3

842 14 0

0

§

^5

o

hr

u

CfJ

S

z

u
o

i : i ; :

O

<]

0

HQ

^^

hi

i

s

§

C

a<

0

0

<:^

<l

'1 '^

o ^ "S

o
c

w

v.

^

^

C ''^ ri ~

ns

s

^

2 .2 a. • fl

<1

J5^

=<-( -^J q; o

"7)

Qj =- ac ^

g ".^ s s

i

Balai
Sub.s<
Exch
Sales
Inter

p

o ^ „ ^ ^

H - - - -

724

a

o
o

o
o
o

<

o

o

o

a

o

<

0)

•uJ <>J "H ^ Ci

S "2 =3 :

o S-i — < ra

^ .2

5 o

; 2 o .

= o s O

f^ (D O .^

:3

T3 !>• O O «0
^ 00 O O (M

CC "* O
Crt CO CO ^

I -

<^

o

S ^

1

c

0)

X

H

s

->3

o

o

5

•^

c«

|-

IT^

i—t

H

C^

O

^

^

H

"

•"

"

o

3g

.Q

[Printed off April 7th, 1903.

(1902.)
Names in Italics are Synonyms.

PAGE

Abisara segecia 370

Acacia acinaeea ... 191, 204

armata .... 198, 204, 567, 584

aspera 191, 204

Baileyana ... 198, 202, 204

binervata ..,386,388,391,393,

[395, 396, 399

Cambagei 563

cardiophylla 188, 189, 203

conferta ... 191, 196, 198, 204

cultriformis 191, 204

dealbata 188, 191, 195, 196, 197,

198, 203, 386, 388,

564, 567, 573, 575,

580, 581, 582, 583,

[584, 588

decora 188, 191, 195, 203, 204,

[561

difformis 188, 189, 191, 195, 196,

[197, 198, 202, 203, 204

diffusa 198, 202, 204, 580, 581,

[583, 584

discolor 584

doratoxylon 188, 202, 203, 496,
[562, 580, 592

elata 888

falcata (?) 567

flexifolia ... 195, 196, 204

hakeoides 188, 189, 191, 195,196,

[197, 198, 203, 580

harpophylla 59

homalophylla 188, 191, 195, 197,
[203, 562, 563

implexa 576, 579

ixiophyUa 188, 189, 191, 195,

[204

lanigera ... 537, 573, 583, 584

leprosa 537

linifolia (?)... .. 567,583

lunata 584

melanoxylon 396, 537, 575, 576,
[580, 581, 588

PAGE

Acacia microcarpa ... 191, 204
montana 191, 197, 202, 203, 204

obliqua

...

191, 204

obtusata

'562

, 580, 584

Oswaldi

188

, 191, 203

pendula 188, 191,

197,

203, 562,
[563, 590

penninervis ..384,

386,

387, 388,

391,

399,

403, 404,
[537, 587

pubescens ...

... 189

pycnostachya

...

... 537

rhigiophylla ...

59

, 191, 204

rigens ... 188

189

191, 203

stenophylla...

188, 203

undulifolia ...

... 573

verniciflua ... 191

^195

, 204, 537

vestita

567, 583

Acantholipes toxica

... 102

Acontia emboloscia

... 94

transversa ...

... 95

tripartita ...

... 120

Acontianae

... 94

Acrobolbus unguiculatus

... 494

Acronychia lasvis

... 536

Acronycta ditata

... 78

Actinotus Forsythii

... 60

Gibbonsii ...

... 60

Helianthi ...

584, 592

leucocephalus

... 60

minor

... 60

Adetipa punctata

... 319

Adrapsa semicircularis

... 78

iEnogenes

... 247

^thalina

... 107

asaphes

... 108

Agaricus diversipes

... 542

(Pleurotus) lividulus

... 542

Agarista macleayi

.,

.. 656

Agrotinse

... 79

Agrotis enunciatus

,,

... 78

hypochalchis

... 80

INDEX.

PAGE

PAGE

Agrotis subnigra

... 80

Argohuccinum ...

.

443, 480

Alapadna

... 106

fasciatmn ...

... 443

pauropis

... 106

Argonauta cornu

... 23

Alelimma

... 123

Arhopala wildei..

... 370

Amalthea conica

... 601

Arripis salar

,

... 656

Amblyanthera

... 73

A sea laph u s Jlavipes

.. 364

Amblystoma

... 559

sabulosus

.

... 363

Amphilina

... 50

siibtrahens ...

... 365

Amphiptyches

48,53

Asclepiadeae

... 541

urna

53, 54

Asclepias incarnata

... 378

Amphistomum subclavatum 501, 506, ]

Ascobacillus aquatilis .

... 144

[513

Aspella

445, 449

Amydala femoralis

... 409

anceps

... 445

Anacardiacese

... 536

Aspidiotus perniciosus

... 343

Anachrostis aphanta ...

... 122

Assiniinea pagodella .

603, 618

Anatina

... 17

Asterolasia correifolia .

55, 56

Aneura pinnatifida

... 493

var. mollis

56, 57

Angophora intermedia...

201, 583

var. Muelleri .

... 57

sp

... 641

mollis

55, 56

Anoplognathus sp.

... 642

Muelleri

..

... 56

Anthocercis scabrella ...

... 62

Astralium aureum

6

Anthostomella danthonias

... 373

cucullatum ...

3

Aplustrum

... 16

fimbriatum...

2

3, 4, 5, 6

brazieri

16, 29

var. cucullatum

4

Apollon 444

449, 479

var. squamiferum

4

gyrinus

... 444

pileolum

3

Aquila

... 446

squamiferum

3

Aquillus

444, 446

tentoriforme

2, 3, 4, 5

aquatilis

... 457

Astrotricha ledifolia

... 540

chemnitzi

... 457

Austrodiaphana...

..

... 16

cutaceiis

... 444

Axiocteta

... 105

lotorium

... 457

oenoplex ..

... 106

retusus

... 457

Axiorata

..

... 120

tranqueharicus

... 457

leucozona ...

... 121

tripus

... 457

Bacillus acacias...

... 398

Aquilus

... 446

citreus

... 144

Arachnognatha

... 91

levaniformans

231,

232, 238,

Araeopteron

.- 131

[234

, 236, 391

Araliacese

... 540

metarabinus

... 403

Aranea triremis

27

Bacterium acacise 383,

'393,

396, 398,

Araneus

484, 486

399,

400,

403, 404,

liberalis

486, 492

[405, 407

Area zebra

... 17

apii

... 46

Ardisia brevipedata

... 381

beta^..

47

imperialis ...

... 382

eucalypti 230, 232

','234

, 236, 238

pachyrrhachis

... 381

gelatin osum beta

... 263

poranthera

... 381

gummis

... 46

pseudo-jambosa ...

... 381

luteum

.. 144

racemosa

380, 495

metarabinum 329

,'403

, 404, 405

repandula

... 381

mori

... 47

solanacea var. haplosciadea 381

pyocyaneum

... 140

Argiopidse

... 486

sacchari

"i37

, 142, 144

Argiopinae

... 486

tracheiphilus

...

... 46

INDEX.

111.

Bacterium vascular urn

xylinum
Baeckea diffusa...
Banksia ericifolia

marginata ..
Berberis vulgaris
Bertya Cunninghamii ...
Bifidaria ...

macleayi

Biplex australasia

perca

rubicola
Biplex ...

roHa ...
Bittacus australis

corethrarms

tipularius ...
Blenina lichenopa

metachrysa ..
Boletus granulatus
Bornia filosa
Bothynacrum ...

storeoides ...
Brachycome scapigera ...
Brachylaimus ...
Brachyloma daphnoides
Brentelina Bauerleni ...
Breynia oblongifolia ...
Bryomima

elseodes

ochrochlora
Bryophila exquisita
Bubo flavipes ...
Buccinum

PAGE

31, 33, 44,
[46, 47, 74

383

59

63

580, 587, 588

376

186, 190

19

19, 29

26

26

.. 26

444

444

358, .359

359

360

79

89

542

7, 28

437

438

540

329

avellana

brasilianum

penatum
Buccinum-tritonis
Buccitriton

altus...

193
544
656
134
134
135

79
.364
443
599
600

24
443
443
445
445

Bucephalus 505, 512, 513, 514, 515
polymorphus 512

Bulimus carinatus 27

eximius ... .. ... 27

zebra ... ... ... 27

Bulla f erruginea 27

ferruginosa 27

nitida ... ... ... 9

Bursaria spinosa 186, 187, 190, 195,
[197, 202, 203

Bythoceras 635

Cabestana
Csecum ...

amputatum

lilianum

vertebrale ...
Caladenia clavigera

coerulea
Calandria oryza...
Ca I ca r JimhriaUnii

tentoriforme
Callistemon

PAGE

444, 456
... 22
... 17
603, 618
... 603
.. 196
... 186
... 343
2
3
... 644

salignus var. angustifolia 567

Callitris calcarata 186, 190, 193, 195,

197, 202, 562, 579,

[580

robusta 186, 190, 193, 195, 197,

202, 203, 561, 562, 577,

[579, 580

Callocephalon galeatum ... 568

Callorhynchus antarcticus ...48, 50

argenteus ... ... ... 48

Calythrix tetragona 186, 190, 193,

[203, 575, 584

Camarosporium dolichi ... 374

mali 374

nigricans . 374

Camptorrhinus ephippiger ... 409
Cancellaria reticulata ... ... 27

Candalides ... .. ... 6-50

xanthospilos ... ... 650

Canna indica ... ... .. 375

Cantharidns hadius ... ... 27

pieronii ... ... ... 27

Canthylidia moribunda ... 78

tenuistria ... ... ... 79

Capnodium casuarinae 374

Capparis Mitchelli 187

Capulus 602

australis 600, 601

danieli 601

Carabidie 252

Caradrina chromoneura ... 86

Caradrininse ... ... ... 81

Carex gracilis ... 73

Carinidea flmhriata ... ... 2

Caryophyllaeus ... ... ... 50

mutabilis ... ... ... 54

Caryophylleai .. 212

Cassia eremophila 186, 190, 193, 197

Sophera 567

Cassidaria gradrata ... ... 454

Cassidea labiata ... ... 27

Cassinia leptocephala 61

iv.

INDEX.

PAGE

PAGE

Cassinia sp.

580

Cbrysopa ramburii

... 369

Theodori ... 193,

194, 195, 197,

Cbrysopbanus

... 333

[202, 203, 573

cyprotus

... 333

Cassis achatina...

27

Cbrysopbrys australis ..

... 373

Cassytha sp.

190

Cbytra

... 634

Casuarina Cambagei

186, 190, 197,

Cladina pycnoclada

... 371

[204

Cladonieae

... 371

Cunninghamiana

203, 204, 561,

Clanculus denticulatus

... 16

562, 564, 567,

Clatbrina retipora

... 371

572, 579, 580,

Clatburella denseplicata

... 17

[581, 582, 5S3

philomence ..

... 17

distyla

194

Cocblodesma

... 17

Luehmanni 186,

190, 193, 197,

angasi

... 17

202,

203, 204, 541,

Cocos capitata

... 239

[561

, 562, 564, 580

Yatayi

... 2.39

paludosa (?) 193

, 194, 204, 584

Collemaceae

... 371

quadrivalvis 186,

197, 202, 203,

Colubraria

444, 449

[204, 580

granulata

... 444

suberosa

... ... 194

maculosa

443, 444

torulosa

. 375

Columbella australis ...

... 5,6

Casuarinese

541

pavonia

... 482

Catada

124

semiconvexa

... 5, 6

prominens ...

124

Columbellidse

... 477

Catepbia

86

Compositae 61

, 241, 540

didcistriga ..

85

Congeria lunata

... 8, 28

Catoryctis nono-linea

249

Conularia inornata

... 495

subparallela

.-. 249

laevigata

... 495

truncata

248

tasmaniensis

... 495

Celsenia

484, 488

Conulus maino

... 20

distincta

484, 488, 492

Corbula taitensis

... 24

Celastrinese

586

Corcobaea

... 128

Centetes

549

Corgatba dichionistis ...

... 113

Ceratof eronia . . .

251

dipyra

... 113

Cercaria armata 499

, 505; 508, 510

drosera

... 114

cotylocerca . . .

500

figuralis

... 79

cystopbora . . .

500

Corula abebsea

... 101

macrocerca...

505, 514

dispila

98,99

Ceritbium

606

eremna

... 100

dubium

343

mesospila

... 99

Charidea sanguinata

78

metableta

... 98

Charonia...

445

octogesima

... 97

Cbiloscypbus argutus

493

stenopbylla

... 100

limosus

493

Cosmophila psamathodes

... 108

Cbimtera monstrosa

... 48, 50, 54

CossidsB

... 246

Ogilbyi

48,51

Crioa acronyctina

... 96

Cbione disjecta...

28

leptocbroma

... 96

gallinula ...

.. 596

nycterina

... 95

lagopus

596

Criofrontia sanguinata

... 78

Chiroplatys sp. ...

656

Crossea ..

... 12

Cblamydodera maculata .. 237

biconica ... 12,

13, 14, 28

Cblamys fenestrata

495

gatliffi

13,28

Cbolopus didactylus

549

minuta

... 12

Cbrysopa maculipennis ... 366

striata

12,13

INDEX.

PAGE

PAGE

Cryptandra Scortechinii

.. 57

Daviesia corymbosa, var.

195

Cryptocarya Gregsoni . . .

.. 347

latifolia

537

Cryptophaga confundens

.. 248

sp

573

epigramma

.. 249

Dendrobium gracilicaule

350

Cryptorhynchides

.. 408

var. Howeanum

350

Cryptorhynchus 408, 409, 412, 434

Jonesii

350

albicollis

.. 409

Dendrothripa baeota ...

93

antares

409

clopaea

92

australis

.. 409

Diadoxus erythrurus ...

592

cariosus

.. 409

Diaphana brazieri

16

corosus

.. 409

Diploblasteee

371

ephippiger

.. 409

Diplothemium maritimum

239

femoralis

.. 409

Dipsacus sylvestris torsus

344

infiilatus

.. 409

Discaria australis

567

Lapathi 409, 412

Discocarpe^

371

lithodermus

.. 409

Distegia Ledebourii

593

longimanus

.. 409

Distomum acanthocephalum

507

moestus

., 409

duplicatum 500, 501, 505

,513

sirius

.. 409

fasciatum

506

solidus

.. 409

pristiophori 326, 329

343

stigmaticus... 409, 410, 411

tereticolle ...

329

succisus

. 409

veliporium

329

teter

.. 409

Distortio.

454

verus 409, 410

Distortrix anus

444

Ctiloceras

22

Dnopheropis

103

clathratum

"22, 28

scotaea

104

cyclicum

22, 28

Dodonaja peduncularis var.

striatum

22, 28

hirsuta

..

57

Cuciibalus Behen

. 212

pubescens

58

Cucumis sp

. 194

sp 190

203

Cucurbitaceae

46

viscosa ... 186, 193, 195

197

Culama culiginosa

.. 246

Dolichos lablab

374

expressa

.. 246

Drillia

17

Cumia 444, 456

Drimys aromatica

380

Ciirculionidas

.. 408

dipetala

380

Cuscus ...

.. 546

Drosera sp

197

Cyaniris tenella..

.. 370

Duboisia myoporoides ...

640

Cyclostoma

.. 622

Dymia sp.

..

495

Cyclostrema porcellana

.. 18

E arias ochrophylla

108

CylindrobuUa fischeri ... 604, 618

Eccleta

86

Cymatium 444, 449, 451, 452, 456,

xuthopanes

..

87

[457, 458, 471

Echidna 205,5

48

555

Cymia woodii

.. 445

Echidnophaga ambulans

.

205

Cyperacese

64, 243

Echinella ... 620, 621, 6

31

632

Cyperus laevigatas

.. 64

coronaria 6

31,

632

Cypraea princeps

25,27

cumingii

.

632

valentia

25, 27

gaidii

633

Cytospora carphosperma

.. 379

granulata 6

31,

632

Dahlia capnobela

.. 102

spinulosa

632

Banis

.. 648

Echinostomum ... 497, 5

07

515

Danthonia penicillata ...

.. 374

Ecpatia

85

Dasypus viUosus

,. 549

Elffiocarpus sp 2

"47

,351

Dasyurus

.. 205

Elaeodendron australe ...

.

536

INDEX.

PAGE

Elusa oenolopha ... ... 84

Emex australis ... ... ... 541

Endodonta melbournensis ... 604
otwayensis ... ... 605, 618

subdepressa ... 605, 619

tamarensis 605,619

Enteles 439

vicinus 440, 441

vigorsii ... ... 440, 442

Eopsaltria georgiana ... ... 75

georgiana 76

griseogularis ... 74, 75, 76

gularis 74, 76

gularis ... ... ... 75

leiicogaster ... ... ... 75

leucura ... ... ... 74

pulverulenta ... 74, 75

Epacrideoe 61, 213

Ephebe pubescens ... ... 371

Ephebece 371

Epidromus ... ... ... 449

buccinum-siilcatum ... 443

Epilobium glabellum 540

Episparis chordophoides ... 78

Epitripta 123

acosmopis ... ... ... 123

Erastria bryistis 109

ErastrianiB 108

Erastroides lichnomima ... 110

Erechtites mixta ... 540

Eremophila longifolia 187, 193, 197

Mitchelli ... 186, 188, 197

Paisleyi 242

virgata ... ... ... 242

Erinaceus europaeus ... ... 549

Eriostemon correifoUus ... 56

dilformis 186, 190

myoporoides 580

Erythraea australis 575

Esthlodora 130

versicolor 1,30

Eublemma 116, 118

curvata ... ... ... 79

eurynipha ... ... ... 117

glaucochroa 116

lozostropha 118

rufipuncta ... ... ... 117

semirufa ... ... ... 79

sphragidota ... ... 116

vagusana 78

Eucalyptus affinis 195, 198, 202, 203,
[579, 580, 590

PAGE

Eucalyptus aggregata 580, 581, 582,
[587, 588, 590

ambigua 222

amygdalina 221, 222, 223. 521,

522, 573, 574, 587,

[588, 590

Baueriana 214, 215, 216, 217,

[529, 530, 538

var. conica 216, 217 529,

Behriana 189, 192, 203, 523, 561

bicolor 516, 517, 518, 519, 520,

521, 522, 523, 524, 534,

[593

var. parviflora ... ... 520

Bosistoana ... 518, 519, 521

Bridgesiana 198, 200, 201. 202,

203, 538, 564, 565,

567, 573, 575, 576,

577, 579, 580, 581,

582, 583, 584, 588,

[589

calycogona 220, 221, 222, 223,

[523

var. celastroides .. 222

var. gracilis ... 223, 523

Cambagei 198, 199, 200, 202,

203, 564, 567, 572,

573, 575, 576, 577,

580, 581, 582, 583,

[584, 589

camphora ... ... ... 238

celastroides 221

cinerea 225, 227

cneorifolia 221, 222

coccifera .. 586

conferta 533

conica 189, 193, 203, 204, 216,

[538, 561, 564, 579, 580,

[589

cordata 225, 226, 584, 585, 586,

[590

coriacea 567, 568, 571, 573, 575,

576, 580, 582, 584, 587,

[588, 589

crebra .. .. 227, 523

Dawsoni ... 527, 529, 535

dealbata 539

dives 225, 228, 539, 564, 565,

566, 567, 571,573, 575,

576, 580, 581, 582, 584,

[587, 588, 589

dumosa 189, 192, 193, 203, 222

exiniia 206

INDEX.

PAGE

Eucalyptus fastigata 588, 589, 590
Fletcheri ... 216, 217, 529, 538

foecunda 220, 222

gamophylla .. .. 226

globulus 585

goniocalyx 200

gracilis 220, 221, 222, 223, 224

var. breviflora 223

Gunnii 576

var. acervula 215

var. rubida .. ... 239

haemastoma 516, 518, 522, 524,

[568, 570

var. micrantha 567, 569, 570,

571, 573, 580,

[582, 584, 589

hemiphloia .. 216, 218, 562

var. albens 196, 198, 200,202,

203, 523, 525, 535,

561, 564, 565, 567,

571, 572, 573, 576,
577, 579, 580, 582,

[589

var. mierocarpa 216, 218, 523.

[561, 581

largiflorens 216, 218, 516, 517,

518, 519, 520, 521,

[522. 524

leucoxylon 199

Macarthuri 581

macrocarpa . 226

macrorhyncha 196, 198, 202, 203,
539, 564, 565, 567,

572, 573, 575, 576,
579, 580, 581, 582,

[583, 584, 589

maculata 577

maculosa ... 567, 570, 571, 572,
[573, 582, 583, 590

mannifera .. 566

melanophloia 225, 226, 227, 228,

[229

melliodora 189, 193, 195, 196,

198, 202, 233, 530,

531, 534, 561, 564,

565, 567, 571, 572,

573, 575, 576, 577,
579, 580, 581, 582,
[583, 584, 589, 590

microtheca 226, 227, 228, 523

Morrisii 539

obtusiflora ... . ... 221

ohtusifolia 215

PAGE

Eucalyptus ochrophloia ... 539

odorata ... 224, 522, 523

var. floribunda ... ... 523

oleosa 642

ovalifolia 527, 529, 530, 533, 534,

[538, 571

var. lanceolata 527, 530, 538

pallens 221

parviflora .. ... 518, 520
pendula 517, 518, 519, 520, 521
perforata ... ... ... 222

pilularis 521, 558

piperita ... 207

polyanthema 215, 529, 531, 532,

533, 538, 567, 571,

572, 573, 579, 580,

581, 582, 583, 584,

[590

rar. glauca ... 527, 529

polyanthemos 214, 215, 216, 217,

218, 520, 527, 529,

530,531,533,535,

[538, 593

polybractea 192, 203

populifolia ...189, 192, 193, 203,

218, 520, 523, 532,

[592

pruinosa ... ... ... 226

pulverulenta 202, 203, 225, 226,

227, 583, 584, 585,

[590

pulvigera .. ... ... 585

quadrangulata .. 540, 590

radiata 540, 574

regnans ... ... ... 589

rhomhifolia .. ... 215

Risdoni 225, 228

Rossii .. ... ... 571

rostrata 189, 203, 561, 562, 564,

[579, 580, 589, 642

rubida 567, 568, 569, 573, 576,

580, 582, 583, 584, 587,

[589

saligna 200

santalifolia 222

setosa 226

sideroxylon 189, 192, 193, 195,

196, 197, 198, 199,

202, 203, 579, 580,

[590

Sieberiana 570

Smithii 537

squamosa 539

INDEX.

Eucalyptus stellulata 564, 567, 580,

582, 584, 587,
[588, 589

stricta 221

Stuartiana 200, 202, 203, 230,
[231, 239, 564

subrotunda 215,216

tereticornis 193, 195, 196, 198,
202, 203, 531, 535,

561, 562, 564, 571,

572, 573, 576, 577,
579, 580, 581, 582,

[583, 584, 589

var. dealbata 189, 193, 195,

196, 198, 202,

203, 561, 562,

564, 577, 579,

[580, 589

var. linearis ... ... 539

viminalis ... 201, 238, 564, 565,
566, 567, 568, 569,

573, 575, 576, 580,
581, 582, 583, 584,
[587, 588, 589, 642

i^ar. pedicellaris .. ... 538

viridis 192, 203

vitrea .. 538, 587, 589, 590

Woollsiana 189. 192, 193, 195,

196, 198, 199, 200,

202, 203, 204, 561,

562, 564, 577, 579,

[580, 589
Eudaimonisma ... ... ... 247

Batchelorella 247

Eugenia smithii ... ... 378

sp 378

Eulejeunea .. 493

Eulimella pulchra IS

tricincta ... ... ... 18

EuphorbiaceiB .. ... ... 541

Euplexia callisina ... .. 81

leucostigma 82

polycmeta ... ... ... 83

Euroschinus falcatus ... 536, 592

Euspongia Illawarrre 74

Eutaxia empetrifolia ... ... 197

Eutelia dilatrix 88

oxylopha ... ... ... 88

Eutelianse ... ... ... 87

Excfficaria agallocha ... 640,645

parvifolia ... ... ... 640

Exithius cariosus .. ... 409

PAGE

Exoearpus aphylla

190

cupressiformis

186, 193,

195,

197, 203,

567,

[575, 580

, 587

stricta

...

580

Falcimala

123

Fasciolaria

480

Fasciolaria Jilamentosa

27

fusiforrnis ...

28

Feronia

...

252

Feronia auricollis

313

australasice...

289

hipinictata ...

322

chalyhea

254

, 321

crfesiis

264

gippsiensis ...

270

Ies2ieuri

...

325

opulenta

313

philippi

' 254, 321

, 322

plutus

...

263

rujipalpis . . .

254

sairapa

271

semiviolacea

...

310

sphodroides

308

■•itriaticoUis...

254

victoricM

...

310

icilcoxi

254

Feronia (Xotonomu

s) chalyhea

321

dyscolokles ..

309

molenta

...

320

Feronia (Omaseus) mitchelli ...

289

occldentalis . . .

319

rufpalpis . . .

...

315

sat anas

319

Feronia (PeraisJ hi

punctata ...

321

lacustris

320

montana

322

Feronia ( Pterostich

lis) amabilis

307

auricoUis . . .

312

comes

...

283

crcesus

...

263

darlingi

301

ducalis

...

293

tques

...

316

gippsiensis ...

269

gippslandica

...

281

hunteriensis

...

287

impressicollis

...

297

impressipennis

var.

306

lapeyrousei...

313

lesueurii

...

325

mastersi

297

opulenta

312

INDEX.

PAGE

Feronia ( Pterostichus) peronii 264

plutus 263

purpureo-limbata ... .. 306

regalis ... ... ... 252

resplendens . 318

satrapa ... ... ... 270

semiviolacea 309

suhvilis ... ... ... 309

tasmanica ... ... ... 266

victorke .. ... ... 309

viridilimbata ... ... 300

viridimarginata ... ... 300

Feronini 252

Ficus aspera ... .. ... 641

Bennettii 239

Cunninghamii ... ... 64

Henneana ... ... ... 64

Filices 542

Fimbriaria conocephala ... 493

Drummondii .. ... 494

Fistulai'ia serrata ... .. 205

Flammulina (?) grenvillei ...21, 29

Flata 367

Fodina (/Zoriosa .. ... ... 78

stola 78

Fossarina ... ... 620, 635

varia ... ... ... 685

Fossarus 12,13

Frenchia casuarinse ... ... 592

Freycinetia excelsa ... ... 381

Frullaiiia clavata .. ... 493

Hampeana 494

megalocarpa ... ... 493

pycnantha ... ... ... 494

Fungi ... ... ... ... 542

Fusanus acuminatus 186, 190, 193,

[195, 197, 580

Fusidae 454

Fusus laticostatus ... ... 25

pyrulatus 27

variegatus ... ... ... 25

Gadirtha 90

pulchra ... ... ... 78

Galeopithecus ... 549

Gasterostomum . . . 511,512,514

Geijera parviflora 186, 197, 204

Glenurus 362

circuiter 362

erythrocephalus 361

falsus 361

fundatus 362

pulchellus 360, 361

Glossodia major 196

PAGE

Gmelina Leichhardtii 62

Gomphognathus 551, 558, 559, 560

Gompholobium Huegelii ... 582

Goodenia ovata.. 588

Gorgonops ... ... ... 560

Grammodes excellens ... 78

divaricata ... ... ... 78

minor

... 78

pallens

... 78

pulcherrima

... 78

Grevillea acuaria

... 243

floribunda ...

186, 197

Jamesoniana

243

nematophylla

... 243

ramosissima

... 567

Guttimiium 443, 449, 450, 451, 452,

[456, 457, 458, 459, 471

ramda .. .. ... 443

Gyrina ... ... ... ... 444

maculata ... ... ... 444

Gyrineum .. ... ... 449

hufonia ... ... ... 444

giga7iteum ... ... ... 444

gyrinum ... . . ... 444

vexillum ... ... ... 443

Gyrocotyle ... 48, 49, 50, 53

nigrosetosa . 51, 53, 54, 74

rugosa 48, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54

urna 48, 50, 51, 52, 53

Habronestes ... ... ... 485

Hakea leucoptera 186, 190, 197, 203
Halorage^e ... ... 59, 537

Haloragis serra ... ... ... 537

Hecatesia fenestrata ... ... 657

Helices ... ... ... ... 474

Helichrysum apiculatum . . . 575
obcordatum... ... ... 190

Helix porti ... ... ... 21

rosacea ... ... ... 605

Helix beraudi ... ... ... 604

bisidcata ... ... ... 604

dandenongensis ... ... 605

mdbournensis ... ... 604

otivayensis ... ... ... 605

rosacea ... ... ... 605

■mbangidata ... ... 604

subdepressa... ... ... 605

tamarensis .. ... ... 605

Helix (Conulus) barnardeiisis 21
darnleyensis .. ... 21

grenvillei ... ... ... 21

maino ... ... . 20

nepeanemis . « 20

reedei 20

INDEX.

Hemerobiidse

Hemerobius coelivagus

mimicus
Hemicentetes
Henninia delicata

semicircularis
Hermippus loricatus ...
Heterodendron olesefolium

[193,
Heteronota binoei
Hexagonia decipiens ...
Hexarchus griseus
Hibbertia stricta
Hilda
Himerois...

thiochroa

Hipponyx

aiistrahs

danieli
Holocephali
Holochila absimilis . .

androdus ...

cyprotus

helentia

margarita ...

purpurea

stibargentea
Holocryptis phasianura
Holoctula nitens
Homarus vulgaris
Homodes erizesta

riolacea
Homopterinse ...
Hoya carnosa ...
Hyblaea ibidias

puera

synaema
Hyblaeinae

Hydatina tasmanica ...
Hydatina cdhocincta
Hyela

argotypa

thapsina

Hymenochffita Mougeottii
Hypeninse
Hypera punctata
Hyperiosoma

falcatum

Hyperlopha aridela
Hypoyramma distincta
Hypothripa
Hystrichopsylla talpae ...

PAGE

358

368

367

549

78

78

484

186,

190,

197

203

558

544

329

193

445

121

121

601

602

600

601

...

602

...

48

333

334

333,

334

333

343

333

343

370

333

333,

334

78

653

495

110

...

79

95

377,

378

...

135

136

136

135

603

on

120

111

...

112

544

...

122

434

434

435

103

78

...

91

..

205

Icasma ...

minutum . . .
Ichthyophis glutinosus
lUecobracese
Imleanga fluviatilis
Indigofera australis
Inella
Ingura cyanodes

Ino

Jacksonia sp.
Juncus holoschienus

207.

prismatocarpus 207, 210

Jungermannia montana
Keraudrenia

Hillii
Knoxia corymbosa
Kunzea opposita

peduncularis
Kuphus arenarius

polythalamius
Lacerta

agilis
Laches ...
Lagena ...

toroides
Lavipusia 444, 446, 448, 45

nodocostata . . .
pharcida
pilearis ...

LaurineaB

Leguminoste

Leipoa ocellata ...

Lejeunea (Eulejeunia)
stipula..
elobata
tasmanica ...

Lepidium ruderale

Lepidozia capilligera
glaucophylla
gracillima ...

Leptospermum laniger
myrsinoides
scoparium ...

sp

Leptosphgeria cannje

musarum ...
Leucania abdominalis

fximata

irregularis ...

labeculis

PAGE

90
91
559
541
79
656
... 607
... 87
... 607
... 333
210, 211,
[212

193,

211,

[212

493

55

55

541

537

583

602

602

552

558

484

443

443

452,

[456

463

465

444

63, 347
..58, 213, 537

189

cuspidi-

493

493

... 493
. 344

494

494

494

)... 575
... 190
... 580
580, 644
... 375
... 375
... 78
... 78
... 79
... 78

urn ('.

INDEX.

XI.

PAGE

cania /meaWs

. 78

melanopasta

. 81

polysticha

80

sepidchraUs

. 79

venalba

. 78

cochloridium paradoxum

500,

[501, 513

Leucopogon exolasius . . 61, 213

setiiger ... ... ... 62

Lichenes... ... ... ... 544

Limnotrochus 631, 634

Linatella ... 445, 452, 456, 458

clngulata ,. ... ... 445

Liotia ... ... ... ... 14

corona ... ... 14, 28

devexa .. ... ... 14

incidata ... ... 14, 28

Lippistes 23, 24

cornu ... ... ... 24

sepai-atista... ... ... 24

Lissanthe strigosa ... ... 190

Litsea reticulata ... ... 63

Littorina 620, 621, 622, 623, 624,

625, 627, 628, 629, 630,

[633, 634

littoralis 630

mauritiana . . . ... ... 630

scabra ... ... ... 630

Littorinacea ... ... ... 620

Littorinidse 620, 621

Lobelia purpurascens ... ... 592

Loganiaceas ... ... ... 241

Lomaria capensis var. Bauerleni 542
Lophotoma ... ... ... 128

diagrapha 129

metabula ... 129

LoranthacesB ... ... 541

Loranthus Bidwilli ... ... 541

linophyllus... ... ... 564

pendulus ... ... ... 564

sp 218,251

Lotoriidffi ... 443, 448, 449, 454

Lotorium 443, 444,446, 447, 448,449,

451, 452, 455, 456, 457,

458, 459, 466, 480, 623,

[624, 630

abbotti 454, 466, 468, 473, 483

segrotum ... . 452, 473

africanum ... ... ... 472

amictum .., 473

annectans 469

apenninicum . ... 472

aquatile 460, 472, 476, 477, 483

PAGE

Lotorium australe ... 474,478
barthelemyi ... 472, 481

bassi 452, 453, 454, 474, 480

beccarii 472

bicogei 454

birostomum ... ... 474

brasilianum ... ... 472

caudatum ... ... 453, 473

chemnitzi ... ... 453, 472

chlorostoma ... 452, 453

chlorostomum 460, 472, 483

chlorostomus 453

cingulatum 445, 452, 453, 472
clandestinum 443, 471, 474, 479

elavator 473, 481

contabulatum ... ... 474

convolutum .. ... 473

cornutum 450, 460, 470, 471,
[473, 481, 483
costatum 443, 457, 460, 470,

[472, 476, 477, 479
crispum ... 452, 453, 472

cutaceum ... 444, 450, 472

cynocephalum 452, 453, 457,
[458, 473
cyphus .. 454, 469, 474, 483
doliarium .. 452, 453, 472

dorsuosum ... ... ... 474

dunkeri 452, 453, 457, 458, 473
durbanense... ... ... 472

eburneum 452, 453, 454, 463,
[473, 483
elongatum 461, 473, 478, 483
encausticum ... 453, 473

exaratum 444, 452, 453, 458,
[459, 481

exile... 473

femorale ... 450, 452, 472

ficoides • 472

formosum ... .. ... 481

fossatum ... ... ... 472

fraterculum 466, 474, 480

fusiforme ... 444,451,481

gallinago ... ... ... 473

gemmatum 452, 453, 461, 472,
[483

gibbosum 473

gracile ... ... 473, 475

grandimaculatum ... ... 472

granulatum ... .. 474

intermedium 452, 453, 472
krebsii 472

Xll.

INDEX.

Lotorium labiosum

lignarium

lineatum

Icebeccki

loroisii

lotor...

PAGE

462, 471, 472,

477, 478, 479,

[483

458

472

473

471, 472
444

lotorium 444, 452, 453, 457, 472
mauritianum ... ... 473

minimum 454

monilifer ... ... ... 473

moritinctum ... 473, 478

mundum ... 452, 453, 472

miinsteri ... .. 452, 472

nodiferum 443, 452, 453, 464,

[476, 481

nodocostatum 454, 463, 466 473,

[479, 495

nodoliratum .. ... 474

olearium 457

oligostirum 452, 453, 454, 464,
[466, 469, 473, 483
orientale .. 452, 453, 472

ovoideum ... 454, 471, 474, 476
pachycheilos ... 473

papillosum ... ... ... 474

paikinsonianum 448, 451, 454,

455, 464, 470,

471, 473, 475,

[476, 480, 481

pfeifferianum ... 458, 473

pharcidum 465,473

philomelse ...452,453,454,457.

464, 465, 466, 469,

[473

pileare 444, 452, 453, 458, 472,

[476

poulsenii ... •... ... 472

protensum ...454, 466, 468, 474,
[483

pyiulum 473 j

pyrum 444, 452, 453, 457, 458, j

[473 j

quoyi 452, 453, 454, 455, 457,

459, 463, 472, 473, 477,

[483

radiale 454, 467, 471, 473, 483

retusum 457, 473

rubeculum ... ... ... 472

rubicundum 464, 474, 481
rutilum 450, 462, 472, 477, 483
sarcostoma 452, 453

PAGE

Lotorium sarcostomum ... 473

sauliae 474, 478

scalariforme ... ... 473

sinense ... 461, 473,481, 483
spengleri 452, 453, 458, 462, 472,
[475, 479, 481, 483
strangei ... 462, 472, 478, 483
subdistortum 452, 453, 454, 468,
[471, 474

succinctum 453, 458

tarbelianum ... ... 455

tenuiliratum ... ... 473

testudinarium ... ... 473

textile ... 454, 470, 473, 483

thersites 452, 453, 461, 473, 478,

[483

tigrinum ... .. 452, 472

tortirostris 454, 464, 466, 469,

470, 471, 473, 475,

[483

tranquebaricum 452, 453, 472

trilineatum 452, 473

tringa 474

tripus ... 452, 457, 473

triton ... ... ... 444

tritonis 443, 444, 450, 452, 453,

[474, 475, 476

tuberosum 443, 453, 46 1 , 473, 483

tumulosum 452, 453, 454, 467,

[474, 483

variegatum 474

veliei ... ... ... 472

verrucosum 452, 458, 454, 462,

[473, 477, 483

vespaceum 452, 453, 458, 460,

461, 465, 473, 475,

[478, 483

voigtii ... ... ... 472

waterhousei 448, 452, 453, 454,

[462, 472, 475

woodsi 450, 454, 466, 473, 483

Luperina ditata 78

Luterium ... ... ... 444

Lutica 484

Lycaena 370

nigra ... ... ... 331

LycEenidse 331

Lycopodiacege 351, 542

Lycopodium cernuum ... ... 542

varium .. ... ... 351

Lycosuchus ... ... ... 560

Lymphosporidium trutt^e . . . 358
Lyonsia reticulata ... .. 246

INDEX.

PAGE

Lyonsia straminea ... ... 541

Macroscelides proboscideus ... 549
Macrosporium internum ... 375
Macrozamia secunda ... ... 580

Mactra abbreviata ... 597,598

var 599, 618

parkesiana ... ... ... 8, 28

pura 598, 599

pusilla 597

rufescens ... .. ... 599

Mactrinula ... ... .. 9

Madope curvata ... ... 79

leucocrossa ... ... ... 79

Magusa 84, 85

Malaisia tortuosa 88

Mamestra nigerrima ... ... 84

Mamestrinte ... ... ... 80

Manis brevicaudata ... ... 549

Marapana nycteropis ... ... 128

Marchantia cephaloscypha ... 494
Marginella mayii ... ... 19

strangei ... ... ... 18

subbulbosa ... ... ... 18

Marsupidium setulosum ... 494

Mastoniaeformis... ... ... 607

Maurilia iocephala 98

Mecodina fluviatilis 79

Mecoliotia halligani ... ... 15

spinosa ... ... 15, 28

Megisba 332

albidisca 332

malaya ... 332

nigra 331, 343

Melaleuca parviflora 186,190,191

sp 644

uncinata 186, 190

Melipotis collustrans ... ... 79

Metachrostis camptozona ... 114
epichroma ... ... ... 114

punctigera ... ... ... 114

Metasphaeria lepidospermEe . . . 376
Metyrus albicollis ... ... 409

Metzgeria crassicosta 494

furcata ... ... ... 494

Micraeschus diacaustus ... 115

oblatarius 79

Micrococcus pyogenes 352, 353, 354,

[356
Miniopterus 550, 551, 553, 557, 560

schreibersii.. 559

Minuria integerrima 241

Mitra abbatis 27

pontificalis 27

PAGa

Mitrasacme distylis 242

palustris 241

Modulidae 621, 631

Modulus 621,631,633

Monodonta denticulatus ... 16

lupina ... ... ... 16

Monograptus ... ... ... 654

dubius 654,655

sp 654

Monophx 444, 456

cornutus ... ... 26, 444

Jonnosus ... ... 26, 481

Monotoca ledifolia ... 62,213

Muehlenbeckia adpressa ... 541

Murex australis... ... ... 26

denudata ... . ... 26

palmiferus 26

Murex 443, 445

adustus ... ... ... 26

australis ... ... ... 26

davator 26, 481

lotorium ... ... ... 446

pilearis ... ... .. 476

tenuispina ... ... ... 27

Musci . ... 544

Muscicapa georgiana ... ... 75

gularis ... ... 75-, 76

Myoporinese 242

Myoporum deserti 186, 187, 188, 190,

[193,195,197,203

platycarpum .. ... 188

Myrina derpiha... ... ... 649

Myriophyllum pedunculatum... 59
Myrmeleon circuiter ... ... 362

erythrocephalum ... ... 361

falsus 361

fundatus 362

pulchellus 360

Myrsinacese 348

Myrsine 348, 349

crassifoUa .. ... ... 349

platy stigma ... ... 349

Myrtacese 59, 537

My sella donaciformis ... .. 7

Mytilus latus 497, 498, 501, 505, 507,

[508, 514

Myzantha garrula 645

Myzomela sanguinolenta ... 237
Naiades ... ... ... .., 474

Nassa 445

Nassopsidse 621, 634

Nassopsis 621, 628, 629, 634, 635
Natica 624

XIV.

INDEX.

PAGE

Neptunella ... ... ... 445

Neiiropates dyscoloides ... 309

pristonychoides 255, 265, 284

Nicotiana sp. ... ... 74

Nina 631

Noctuidge ... ... 77, 79

Noctuinae ... ... ... 95

Nodaria acrosema ... ... 125

armatalis ... ... . 78

ctenucha 124

Notechis scutatus ... ... 645

Notonomus 252, 253, 254, 264, 267,

[269, 300, 324

accedens 256, 265, 266, 267, 284

seneomicans 260, 278, 295, 313,

[315

amabilis ... ... 260, 307

angustibasis 258, 266, 283, 284,
[295
angiistipennis ... 297, 298
arthuri ... 257, 271, 272, 286
australasisB... 259, 287, 288, 289,
[291, 292

bakewelli 258, 276

bassi ... 258, 280, 281

besti 257,273,275

chalybeus 261, 320, 321, 322, 323

var. otwayensis 322

colossus 260, 314

croesus ... 256, 262, 263

cyaneocinctus ... 300, 301

daiiingi 256, 301

depressipennis 256, 260, 305, 306
discoderuH ... ... 254, 287

discorimosus 256, 260, 305

dyscoloides 260, 309, 310, 311,
[312
eques 261, 279, 316, 317, 318
excisipennis 258, 272, 285

fletcheri ... 258, 277, 278

frenchi 256, 261

froggatti ... 258, 280, 318

gippsiensis ... 257, 269, 272

gippslandicus 258, 274, 281, 282
gravis ... 261, 320, 322

howitti 257, 275

incrassatus 259, 290, 291, 292

ingratus 256, 287

jervisensis ... .. 259, 294

kershawi 261, 320

kingi 258, 266, 273, 286, 287,

[295

kosciuskianus 257, 266, 267, 271

PAGE

Notonomus lateralis ... 259,292
latibasis ... 259, 298, 302

leai 259, 291

lesueuri ... 261,324,325

liragerus ... 259, 294, 295, 296
macoyi ... 257, 273, 274

marginatus... 254, 258, 287, 289
var. luculentus ... 288, 289
mediosulcatus 253, 261, 319, 320
miles ... 261, 323, 324

molestus .. 261, 320, 321

montanus ... 255, 268, 269

muelleri 257, 272

nitidicollis 259, 297, 298, 300,

[301, 302
opacicollis ... 260, 305, 306

opacistriatis .. ... 319

opulentus 255, 260, 282, 312, 313
parallelomorpha 255, 312, 313
peroni ... 256, 263, 264, 272
jthiUi'pi ... ... ... 279

phillipsi ... 256, 278, 279

politulus 257,265,266,267,268,

[287

pristonychoides 283

pupureipennis ... 303, 304
queenslandicus 259, 296, 302
rainbowi ... ... 257, 268

resplendens ... 256, 318

rufipalpis ... 261, 276, 315

rugosicollis... 256, 260, .304

satanas 286, 287

satrapa ... 257, 270, 271

simulans ... 256, 310, 312

spenceri 261, 317

sphodroides 260, 308, 309, 310
striaticollis... 256, 305, 306

strzleckianus 256, 258, 278, 279,

[280, 318
subiridescens 256, 295, 296

subopacus 259, 301, 302, 305
sydneyensis ... 258, 288

triplogenioides 259, 293, 294
tubericauda ... 257, 267

variicollis 258, 272, 277, 278,
[283, 286, 287
victoriensis... 260, 311, 312

violaceomarginatus 260, 300,

[303, 304

violaceus 256

viridicinctus 297, 298, 300

viridilimbatus ... 300, 301
viridimarginatus ... ... 300

INDEX.

Notonomuswilcoxi 256, 284, 302, 303
Nyraphes myrmelionides ... 365

Ochthophora

89

sericina

...

90

Ogyris

334

abrota

342

aenone

339

,342

amaryllis 336,338,339

,342

, 343

genoveva

341

hewitsoni 335, 336,

337,

338,

[339

, 342

,343

ianthis

341

oroetes 335, 336, 337,

338,

339,

[342

343

Olax stricta

584

Olearia adenophora

...

61

alpicola

540

glutescens

540

lepidophylla

'61

190

myrsinoides

540

pimeloides ...

...

190

sp

193

Omaseus rufi'paljpis

...

316

Onagrese . .

540

Ophiodes parcimacula . . .

...

78

parcemacula

78

Ophiusa constricta

78

gravata

...

78

parcimacula

78

trophidota

...

95

Ophyx ochroptera

78

Orhitus purpuripennis . . .

306

Orcheia cyllaria

79

Orchideae

213

,350

Ornithopus purpusillus

213

Ornithorhynchus 545, 546,

547,

548,

550, 551,

553,

554,

555, 557,

558,

559,
[560

Orthozona

128

Orycteropus capensis ...

549

Osmylus strigatus

366

Oxylobium Pulteneee ..

...

58

trilobatum var. ilicifolium

537

Pachylepis

121

Paludina..

622

, 634

Panilla cautophanes ...

122

Parity dia capistrata

...

79

limbata

544

Pareiasaurus

560

Parmelia perforata

372

, 544

perlata

372

var. cetrarioides

...

372

pertusa

372

PAGE

Parmelia physodes 372

physodes var. mundata . . . 372

ParmeliesB 372

Paspalum sp, ... .. ... 656

Passiflora edulis 377

Patella 601

calyptra ... 602

cassida ... ... ... 601

vulgata 630, 634

Patella australis 600

Patellaria (Patinella) filicicola 544

Patersonia ... ... .. 24

Patinella 544

Paurophylla ... ... ... 124

aleuropasta ... ... 124

Peasiella 621, 631, 632, 633

tantillus ... ... ... 633

Penicillium glaucum 207

Pentamerus sp 370

Pentodon australis ... ... 656

Perameles ... 205

Perissops 438

Persona ... ... ... ... 444

anibs... ... ... ... 444

Personella ... ... ... 445

septemdentata ... ... 445

Persoonia augulata ... ... 73

Petermannia cirrosa 381

Pezichus 438

Phascolarctus cinereus 590

Phebalium glandulosum ... 1£0

obcordatum 190

Ralstoni ... ... ... 57

Philemon citreogularis 237

Philiris 650, 651

ilias 650,652

kamerungae .. 650, 651

kurandse ... ... ... 650

nitens ... ... ... 653

Philobrya crenatulifera ... 17

Philotheca ciliata 190

Pholidia 242

Plioma berberina ... ... 376

passiflorge ... 377

strobiligena var. microspora 377

Phyllanthus Gasstrcemii ... 656

Gunnii ... ... ... 541

thymoides ... ... ... 541

Phylloda 28

Phyllosticta asclepiadearum 377, 378

coprosmse 377

eriobotryte .. ... ... 377

grossulariae... ... ... 378

myrticola ... ... ... 378

XVI.

INDEX.

PAGE
Physcese 372

Pht/scia chrysophthalma ... 372

Pimelea ligustrina var. glabra 63

rar. hypericina ,. ... 64

var. macrostegia ... 63

linifolia 193, 203

Pinus insignis 377

Pittosporum phillyraeoides 190, 195,

[561

,580

undulatum

593

Plagiochila fasciculata...

494

Planispira zonalis

..

604

Plantago coronopus

592

Pleospora asclepiadearum

i

577

, 37S

diplospora

..

378

herbarum

375

Plesiosaurus

559

Pksiotriton

..

445

Plesiotrochvis

631

Pleurotoma acuta

28

densepUcata

..

17

tigrina

..

28

Pleurotus

542

Plodia interpunctella ...

..

343

Plotheia rhythmopis ...

91

Poa serotina

379

Poecilodryas

..

75

cerviniventris

343

Poecilus marginatus

254

,287

Poephila acuticauda ...

208

aurantiirostris

208

Polyporus

543

mylittse

542

,544

ovinus

543

squamosus

542

Polygoneae

541

Polypodium australe var. a]

picola

542

Polystictus trizonatus ...

...

544

Pomaderris f erruginea . .

..

536

phillyraeoides

567

Porismus strigatus

...

366

Poropterus lithodermus

409

succisus

409

Priene

445

,449

riidis

445

scaher

449

Primula sinensis

379

Prionodon milberti

329

Prionophora torquesaria

...

78

Prionurus microlepidotus

205

Pristiophorus cirratus . . .

326

Prodenia

85

Prolophota camptoloma

127

PAGE

Pronophora tritostlcha ... 107

Proscrana 104

poliophylla 105

tephropis 104

Prostanthera coccinea . - ... 190

ovalifolia 186, 187

Proteace^ ... ... 68,243

Pseudodypsus ilias 652

innotatus ... ... 652, 653

Pseudonotis ... ... ... 648

danis ... ... ... 649

milo 649

turner! 648

Psoralea eriantha ... ... 58

Psychopsis coelivagus 368

insolens .. 368

mimica 367,368

Pteris falcata 494

Pterocera ... ... ... 680

Pterostichus 252

])hiUipsi 278, 279

phylarchus 252

regalis ... ... ... 252

Pterostylis mutica 196

reflexa 580

Ptilostibes 250

Ptychognathus ... ... ... 559

Puffinus brevicaudus 643

Pultensea plumosa ... ... 58

styphelioides 573

ternata 573

villosa 537

Pupa (Vertigo) madeayi .. 19

Pupina crossei 20,29

nitida 20,29

Pupisoma ... ... ... 21

circulitum ... ... ... 21

Purpura 630

amygdala 599, 600

pseudamygdala 599, 600, 618
scabra ... ... ... 26

Purpura (CroniaJ amygdala... 599
Pycnolejeunea longidens ... 494

Pyralididse 247

Pyralidinae 247

Pyrgulina perspectiva 10, 29

senex 10,29

umeralis 11,29

zea 11,29

Pyrula australasia ... ... 27

undulatus ... ... .. 27

Python spilotes var. variegata 648
Eadula Mittenii 494

INDEX.

PAGE

PAGE

Ifaja laevis

329

Rochefortia donaciformi

i ... 7,28

Ivamalina leiodea

371

Rubiacca}

... 541

Kaiiialincje

371

Rulingia sp

... 55

llamularia graminicola

379

Rutaceae

55, 536

hordei

379

Salmo iiideus ...

... 352

primulfB

379

Salvelinas fontinalis ..

... 356

KaiieUa granifera

26

Sapindacere

... 57

leucostoma ...

...

26

Saprolegnia ferax

... 495

pulchra

...

26

Sarcopteron conscripta

... 78

Ranellina

445

Sarrothripa metaspilella

... 92

madurii

445

symmicta

... 92

Ranula

444

SaiTothripinse . .

... 89

Raiudaria 444, 448, 451, 456

,457

Sarticus

... 252

lahiata

444

Sassia

445, 472

llapanea ?

48

349

Scala

... 12

crassifolia

349

Schoenus bifidus

... 245

myrtillina 349

350

Jamesonianus

... 245

platystigma ... 349

350

minutulus

... 244

llaparna cyclostigma . . .

112

pedicellatus

... 244

nebulosa

113

Rodwayanus

... 243

Retusa nitida

9,28

trachycarpus

... 244

Rhabdotus

252

Scleranthus biflorus

... 541

Rhamnacese

57

Scleropoides

... 435

Rhamnese

536

squamicollis

435, 436

Rhipidura dryas

207

trianguliferus

435, 436

Rhynchocyon 546

549

Scleropus sticticus

... 436

cernei

549

Scyphiphora hydrophyla

Lcea ... 105

Rhytida beiaudi

604

Separatista

.. 23,24

jamesi

22

chemnitzii ...

...23,24

franklandiensis

22

gabrieli

...23,24

Risella 620, 621, 623, 627, 630,

631,

gracilenta

...23,24

[632, 633

635

Grayii

... 24

melanostoma

623

separatista ...

...23,24

plana

631

torcularis

...23,24

Risellida3 621

623

Se2)ta 444, 446, 448, '

151, 454, 456

Risellopsis ... 621,623

631

jmrkinsonia

... 26

Rissoa atropurpurea . . .

206

2)arkinsoniana

444, 448

australia3 var. ochroleiica

206

ruhecula

... 448

cheilostoma

206

ruhkunda

26, 448

contabulata

206

scarlatina ...

.. 448

devecta

206

spengleri

... 448

dissimilis

206

triangularis

... 448

fiammea

206

Sejifidae

... 448

frauenfeldi ...

206

Septoria stellariaj

... 379

incidata

206

Seringia Hi/Hi

... 55

jacksoni

206

Seiyida sipho

... 602

nitens

206

sulcata

... 602

olivacea

206

Serpidorbis

... 603

salebrosa

206

sipho

... 602

scrobiculata

206

Serpulus

... 603

Rissoidse

200

sipho

... 602

Rissoina fasciata

206

Silene inflata

.. 212

hanleyi

206

Simplicia phricozona .,

... 125

JtVlll.

INDEX.

PAGE

Simpidum 443, 449, 451, 452, 456,
[457, 458, 459, 465, 471

torosum ... 443

Sinusigera ... 22

Sipho mimeticiis ... ... 480

Sirius badius ... ... ... 17

Sisura nana ... ... .. 207

Sitala barnarclensis ... ...21,29

darnleyensis ... ...21,29

maino .. ... ..- 20

nepeanensis .. ...20,29

reedei 20,29

Solaneae ... ... ... ... 62

Solanum simile ... ... ... 190

Spekia 635

Sphserophoron tenerum ... 544

Sphenodon ... 554, 555, 556

punctatus ... ... 558, 559

Spodoptera ... ... ... 85

umbraticula ... ... 78

Stachyohium Jonesii ... ... 350

Stellaria media 379

pungens ... ... ... 575

Stenanthemum Scortechinii ... 57
Stephanocircus dasyuri ... 205

Stephanopsime 491

Stephanopsis 484, 491

altifrons ... ... ... 491

aspera 491

obtusifrons 491,492

Stereulia acerifolia .. ... 578

diversifolia... 74, 18(), 190, 193,

202, 203, 562, 564,

567, 577, 579, 580,

[644

rupestris 579

Sterculiacea' ... ... .. 55

Sticta Billardieiii 372

Freycinetii ... ... 372

orygmaja ... ... ... 372

Richardii 372

rubella 372

Stictete 372

Storena 484, 485

ambomaculata 484, 485, 492

formosa ... ... ... 484

scintillans ... .. .. 486

Storenosoma ... ... ... 484

Storeus 439

Strepera graculina ... .. 237

Streplosiphon ... ... ... 480

poiphyrostoma .. ... 4S0

Strombus 630

PAGE

Suphalasca flavipes

364, 365

sabulosa

363

subtrahens ...

365

Symmolpis

... 127

hyporrhoda

128

Sympis parkeri . . .

79

Symplocaceae

.348

Symplocos Biiuerleni

594, 595, 656

candelabrum

348

paucistamineus

594, 595

spicata

348, 594, 595

Stawelii

348

Thwaitesii ...

... 594,595

Syntheta

84

xylitis

85

Tanganyikia

635

Tapinocephalus . . .

560

Tarache detrita . . .

112

Tatusia hybrida

549

peba

549

Tecoma australis

136

Baileyana . . .

381

Tectarius ... 620, 622, 631, 632

bullatus 632

montroudtri ... ... 632

nodulosus ... ... ... 621

pagodus 631,632

spinulosm ... .. ... 632

tectum-persicum ... .. 632

Teinostoma ... ... ... 14

involuta ... ... ...13,29

Tellina aurea ... 28

rostrata ... ... ... 28

vidiieUa ... ... ... 28

Tellina (Phylloda) aurea ... 28

Templetonia egena ... ... 190

Ternox ohso/etns ... ... 320

Testudo 559

Telranthera reikulala ... ... 63

Thai pochares dividens . . ... • 78

ptctorora ... ... ... 79

Thamnophylloblasteie .. ... 371

ThedaiUas 650,651

Theiosia 250

astheria 250

Thelochistes chrysophthalma... 372

Thelxinoa 131

calliscia ... ... 132, 133

canescens ... ... 1 3 1 , 1 32

epiphracta 131, 132

Jlavillalis ... ... ... 131

pleurotypa 132, 133

Thelymitra pauciflor a 213

I Thermesia tenthrka 78

JNDliX.

PAGE

PAGE

Thiaosoma distinct nm ...

488

Triphoris maculo.sus ...

... 614

Thomisidi\!

491

2)feifferi

... 616

Thryi3tomeno minutiflora

190

■scitidus

... 616

ThylacodcH caperatns ..

19

Triplex denudaia

... 26

decmsatus

603

flavicunda ...

... 26

sidcatus

602

f rondosa

... 26

Thymeleffi

63

ruhicunda

... 26

Thysanotus tuberosus . . .

575

Tristoma

... 606

Thysonotis

048

Triton 444, 445, 446, 447,

449,451,

Tiliaceoe

347

[456, 471

Tipasa macrobela

126

abhotti

.. 468

Titanosuchus

560

americanum

... 477

Trachylejeunea elegantissima

494

annectans ..

... 469

Tracy triton

445

apenninictim

... 445

rincidum

445

aquatilis

... 476

Trichocolea tomentella

494

australis

... 478

Trichosurus vulpecula...

558

642

hrasilianum

... 477

Trichotropis

1

2,23

chlorosfomus

... 460

Trigonia...

...

454

clavator

26, 481

Trigonotoma violacea ...

253

corrugatu.s

... 476

Triforis 606

607

612

costatus

... 448

fasciata

610

615

cyphus

... 469

graniferus

610

ehurneus

... 463

gramdatus

613

elongatus ...

... 461

plicata

606

exaratus

26, 460

sdtulus

616

fratercidus

... 480

tasmanica

...

612

/usifoi'me ...

... 26

car.

616

fimformis

448, 464

torquatus ...

608

gemniatus ...

... 461

ustiUaUts

608

intermedius

... 477

Triphora 606, 607, 60S,

617

619

labiosus

... 462

albovittata ...

609

martinianum

. 477

ampulla

615,

619

mimeticus

... 480

angasi

610

612

nodifer

... 478

cinerea ... 611,

612

619

nodiferum

... 26

fasciata ... 615,

616,

619

nodifervs

448, 464

f estiva

615

olJgostiru^ ...

... 469

gemmatum

606

philomehe

... 465

gi-anifera ... 609, 610,

616

619

pilearis ... 448

460, 476

innotabilis

608,

619

protensiis ...

... 468

kesteveni

618,

619

quoyi

. 463

labiata

617

radialis

... 467

maculosa ... 614,

615,

619

rubecula

... 448

nigrofusca

611

619

sarcostoma

... 481

nocturna

613,

619

saidid'

. 478

obesula

618

sinensis ... 26

461, 481

pfeifferi

616

speciosus

... 479

regina

608,

619

apengleri

448, 462

tasmanica ... 612,

616

619

strangei

... 462

tristoma

606

607

succinctvs ...

... 460

Triphorida^

606

textiUs

... 470

Triijliovh

606

thersites

... 461

angasi

...

610

tortirostris

... 470

INDEX.

.

PAGE

Triton transsylvanicuni

.. 445

tritonis

... 444

tuheroms

... 461

tumuloiiu^

... 467

veliei

... 477

verrucosus

... 462

vespaceiis ...

... 460

vatitus

. 476

iroochi

... 466

Triton (AnjohuccinumJ mime-

ticus . ,

... 480

Tritonium ... 443, 444

446, 456

olearium

... 460

rut Hum

... 462

specie-sum

... 479

Iritonopsis

... 445

suhalveatum

.. 445

Trochus conoidalis

... 633

Trochus atropio'ptireus

... 16

Jimhriatus

... 2, 4

(jeortjianus

3, 4, 5

samoen-ns ...

16

squamiferus

2

tantUlns

... 632

toitoriformis

3

urcillei

... 3, 4

Trophon

473, 479

goldsteini

... 18

speciosum

. 479

Tropidonotus

... 559

natiix

... 558

Turbo helicina

... 23

helicoidrs

...23,24

■separatisia ...

... 24

Turcia montrouzieri ...

... 632

Typhis philippensis

... 343

Tyrtceosus ... 411

412, 438

aemulus

413, 420

toquus

413, 432

assimilis

414, 426

biseriatus

413, 418

carinatus ...

413, 423

castor

413, 424

cinerascens...

413, 430

concretus

... 425

corpulentus

413, 429

cra.ssirostris

412, 432

dolosus

413, 420

ichthyosomurf

413, 422

imitator

412, 427

incallidus

412, 421

inermis

412,429

lateralis

... 430

lalerarius ...

413, 428

microthorax 413, 414

417, 428

I Tyrtaeosus pardalis 414,

! pollux ... 413,

I quadratolineatus . .

religiosus ... 414,

j urens

I ustulatus ... 413,

vetustus ... 413,

I Umbelliferjc
I Uncinia debilior
! tenella

I Uromyces amygdali

Urticaceie
; Usnea barbata var. ceratina
j var. dasypoga

1 var. hirta

cornuta
longissima ..
trichodea . . .
j Usneeae ...
Uvanilla...
Valsa ambiens . . .
Venus amygdalam
australis
disjecta
gallinula ...
lagopus
lamellatu ...
Verbenaceae
Vermetus

arenarius . . .
caperatus . . .
dentiferus ...
gigas
Veronica perfoliata
Vertigo ...
Vitex trifolia ...
Voluta nucleus ...
pattersonia ...
Westermannia conchidia

ocellata
Xanthorrhoea sp.
Xylorycta heliomacula...
Xyloryctidai
Zagira polycesta
Zet lies ch ordo2)hoidcs

con-scripta . . .
Zidora lodderre ...
ZodariidiL'
Zodariinae
Zootoca ..
Zophochroa

anthracitis ...
j leucochorda

melanica ...

[Printed off April 7th, 1903. J

P.L..S.N.5.W. 1908

PI. XIX,

P.L.S.N.S.W 1902

m^^
/%^^^^

W. AH. del.

Z7

PI. XX.

P.L.S.N.SW. I90H

PI. XXI

M.r. del.adnat.

EUCALYPTUS PO LYANTH EIMOS, Jc/^<5l/.

P.L.S N.S.W., 1902.

POLYPORUS wYLiTT/E, Coohc & Mass.ee.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 190 2.

PL. XXIV

nJ.c

^ B.c/e/.

LACERTA
HETERONOTA.

TRICH05URUS
MINIOPTERUS

PL.5.N.S.W. 1902.

PI. XXV.

pmx

R.B del.

ICHTHYOPHIS
SPHENODON
ZOOTOCA

AMBLYSTOMA
PLESiOSAURUS

TR0PID0N0TU5

P.L.SN.S.W. 1902

PI. XXVI

R.B.del "•"'^ '3

GOMPHOGNATHUS
PTYCH0GNATHU5

ORNITHORHYMCHUS
TE5TUD0

PL 5. N.S.W 1902

^ MddKlgL^Kl®

^'

.x4

, -filpa
i Myall

^Broken Hill

^IveriSn ^''

\ Byrock
^M-Drysdal

Muda>l..i,

■"■''™7°-;- -Dand^o

^ Bodadah Nlarruimnt: 'v

CiljLunnia^^.. — .., \Wellin5h)nS Mudcee

Double Reakj-''' '\Peak Hillt)

c Tvw^ Condobolin Vmndle^^ Molong ,

^HillsWn

WyaIon5^...jj<

!y

'p^'x

ofamundra^

;r2<"'§:?^

""QGrookwell

Denillquin

Rnley

<?Uerilderie
bBerrigan Cu|

'Cermanron ' J
ALBUSy Av,.^Kiandra'o

9VervisBay

rEMANsBAV

Map OF ^^"^©/^fl^

Scale of Miles

Cooma

"ortibala

Eden ^JwofotoBAy
>' Cape Howe

r /I S M A /v

SEA

Railways shown thus .

Autho

'rs route —

HECHobmsw.Mt

PLXXVIII

RTB.de/ad nah

5YMPLOC05 BAUERLENI, R.TB.

P.L.S.N.S W. 1 902.

^./Yc€^^ ai:/

AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA.

P.L.5.N.S.W. 1902

PI. XXX

R I SELLA

H. L. Kesteven, delt.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1902.

^^^aa^f a'c/

AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA.

PL.SN. S.W.I 902.

AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA.

P.L.S.N. S.W.I 902.

AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA.

Issued August 22nd, 1902.

S^-

THE

PEOCEEDINGS

OP THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEV^ SOUTH V^ALES

FOR THE YEAR

1Q02

PART I.

Containing Papers read in

MARCH to MAY (in part).,

WITH SEVEN PLATES.

SYDNEY :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BT

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

[Price, 7/-]

-A.c3-E!3sra:s insr ETJitoiFE

^-^cg.^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W <^^ _

^Jif^L, Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohx, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N W Ji^^^^

ms.

1

NOTICE. 1

With the exception of Volumes I.-Vl. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed iii the Garden

Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or

R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices :~^

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII. —Part 1 ..-. ...£0 7 6

Part 2 0 10 0

Parts 0 5 0

Part 4 0 10 0

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIIL— Part 1 0 10 0

Part 2 ... ... 0 5 0

Parts 0 7 0

,, ,, Part 4 0 8 0

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX. —Parti 0 8 0

Part 2 0 12 0

Parts 15 0

Part 4 15 0

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X. —Parti 0 12 0

Part 2 0 7 6

Parts 0 15 0

Part 4 0 17 6

SEOOITHD SEIilES-,

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I. —Parti £0 10 6

,, ,, Part 2 0 12 0

Parts 0 IS 0

Part 4 0 12 6

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II. —Parti 0 7 0

Part 2 0 8 0

.„ „ Parts 0 12 0

Part 4 17 0

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III. —Part 1 0 15 0

Part 2 14 0

Parts 10 0

Part 4 ' 0 18 0

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV. —Parti Oil 0

Part 2 0 16 0

Parts 0 19 0

Part 4 0 11 0

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V. —Parti Oil 0

Part 2 0 9 0

Parts 0 9 0

Part 4 0 9 0

Proceedings for 1891, Vol. Va -Parti £0 10 0

Part 2 0 9 6

Parts 0 17 0

Part 4 0 7 6

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII. —Part 1 £0 6 6

Part 2 0 4 6

Parts 0 8 0

Part 4 0 8 0

Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1 £0 5 0.

Part 2 0 11 0

Parts 0 6 0

Part 4 0 9 0

BY K. GREIG SMITH. 145

DESCKIPTION OF PLATE.

-Balsam film from growth upon cane-gelatine. The asci are shrunken
by the dehydration. The cellular structure of some of the asci can
be made out from the ascus, which is slightly out of focus, at the
bottom left-hand corner. Stained with dilute carbol fuchsin, and
washed with alcohol, x 1000.

-Flagella stained by the night-blue method, x 1000.

[Printed off August 20th, 1902.]

PROCEEDINGS, 1902, PART I.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

A Note on two Species of Astraliion from Port Jackson. By H.

Leighton Kesteven ... .. ... ... ... ... ... 2

Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part vi. By C. Hedley, F.L.S.

(Plates i.-iii.) • ... 7

The Gummosis of the Sugar-Cane {Bact. vascularum, Cobb). By E.
Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society.
(Plates iv.-v.) 31

On a Gyrocotyle from Chimcera Ogilhyi^ and on Gyrocotyle in general.
By W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S., Challis Professor of
Biology, University of Sydney. (Plate vii.) 48

Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No, 8. By J. H. Maiden

and E. Betche 55

Further Eemarks upon the Mechanism of Agglutination. By E,

Gbeig Smith, M. Sc. , Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society ... 66

Note accompanying an exhibit of Persoonia angulata, R.Br., Uncinia

tenella, E.Br., and Core.r yracilh, E.Br. By A. A. Hamilton ... 73

Note in Rectification of the Synonymy of Eo2>saltria yem-giana, Qnoj&

Gaim., and E. gularis, Quoy & Gaim. By A. J. North, C.M.Z.S. 74

New Genera and Species of Lepidoptera belonging to the Family
Noctuiche. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S 77

An Ascobaeterium from the Sugar-Cane, with Notes upon the Nature
of the Slime {Bacterium sacchari, n.sp.) By R. Greig Smith,
M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. (Plate vi.) ... 137

Elections and Announcements ...30,76

Notes and Exhibit.-, 30, 73

Issued October 17th, 1902.

^^Vol. XXVII.
~^^^^>^ Part 2.

fS

>\

No. 106. "^Jh^.

THE

/<i^^

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEVy SOUTH yy^ALES

FOR THE YEAR

1Q02

PART II.
Containing Papers read in
MA Y (in part) to JULY (in part),
WITH FIVE PLATES AND NINE TEXT-FIGURES.

SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BT

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

[Price, 7/6]

^^a-E3iTTS insr ETJItOieE

!^-!^flg^^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W
^5^f^- Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W.

^

^«

K^C

NOTICE.

With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally ^'^sjtroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean r^iocletj- of T^.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander <fe Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7e. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.;
Part 4, 10s.

Proeeediugs for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.;
Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.;
Part 4, £1 5s.

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.

SE!C03Sri3 SEMES-

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, 128. 6d.

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.;
Part 4, £1 7s.

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £14s.; Part 3, £1;
Part 4, 18s.

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Parti, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.;
Part 4, lis.

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; P^rt 2,9s.; Part 3,9s.;
Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1891, Vol. V^L— Parti, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.;
Part 4, 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, Cs. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ; Part 3,
8s. ; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.;
Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. -Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, Pis.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.,
Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.

Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.;
Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1S97— Part 1, lOs.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4,
12s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1898 - Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 325

NoTONOMUS LESUEURi, Casteliiaii.

Feronia {PterostichiLs) lesiieurii, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict.
1868, viii. p. 210; Fe7\ lesueuri, Chaud., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
1874, vi. p. 596.

Elongate, narrow, siibcylindrical. Black, elytra with a l)ronzy
or purplish tinge. Head oval, convex (3-5 across eyes) ; eyes
with orbits reniform, depressed. Prothorax as long as broad
(4-5 X 4 '5 5 mm.), convex, widest (not ampliate) at middle, wider
across base (3 -5 mm.) than apex (3*3 mm.); sides lightly arcuate,
very lightly narrowed anteriorly, a little more strongly so in an
even curve posteriorly ; apex truncate ; basal angles widely
rounded; border narrow, not extending on to the sides of base;
posterior marginal puncture on border at basal angle; median
line line, lateral basal impressions oval. Elytra oval (10 x 5 -3 mm.),
very lightly rounded on sides, convex, deeply striate; interstices
lightly convex, more strongly so towards apex, three inner ones
reaching apex in full width, third 2-punctate, eighth narrow,
convex, narrower than ninth, tenth well developed before apical
sinuosities, narrow, not long; humeral angles not marked; basal
border not raised at humeral angles, joining lateral border with-
out any interruption; lateral border very narrow, thickened but
not reflexed posteriorly. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat,
bordered; of mesosternum flat: metasternal episterna elongate.
Length 16-5-19, breadth 4-75-5-8 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W. : Burrawang (Sloane; common in November).

A distinct species, isolated by its elongate metasternal episterna,
obtuse basal angles of prothorax, humeral angles of elytra not
dentate, kc.

PROCEEDINGS, 1902, PART 2.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Preliminary Note on the Geology of the Queensland Coast, with
References to the Geography of the Queensland and N.S. Wales
Plateau. By E. C. Andkews, B.A. (With nine Text-figures) ... 146

Notes on the Botany of the Interior of New South Wales. Part vi.

From Marsden to Narrandera. By R. H. Cambage. (Plates viii. x. ) 1 86

Note on some Northern and North- Western Australian Grass Finches.

By A. J. North, CM. Z.S 207

Notes on Jinicus /ioZosc//rt';iMs, R.Br., and J. priftmatocaiyus^ R.Br.;

and on certain other New South Wales Plants. By Edwin Cheel 210

4.— On Et(caly2)tiis Baueriana, Seha,neY. By J. H. Maiden 214

5.— On Eucalyptus calycogona, Turcz. By J. H. Maiden 220

On Eucalyptue melanophloia,F.v.M., Sind its cognate Species. By
R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator and Economic Botanist, Technolo-
gical Museum, Sydney. (Plate xi.) 225

A Gum (Levan) Bacterium from a Saccharine Exudate of Eucalyptui<
Stuartiana {Bacterium eucalypti, n.sp.). By R. Greig Smith,
M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. (Plate xii.) ... 230

Notes on some hitherto unrecorded Species of Plants indigenous in
the State of Western Australia. By W. V. Fitzgerald, F.S.Sc,
Lond., F.R.H.S., Eng. {Communicated by J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.) 241

New Species of Queensland Lepidoptera. By Thomas P. Lucas,

L.R.C.P.,Ed.,L.S.A.,Lond.,M.R.C.S., Eng 246

A Revision of the Genus Notonomus (Family CaraUdcv, Subfamily

Feronini). By Thomas G. Sloane 252

Elections and Announcements 209, 240

Notes and Exhibits 205,237

Issued Deceniber 16th, 1902.

Uo'

^^( ^'Voi. xxvn.

^,^^.

Part 3.

THK

No. 107. ^i^

PROCEEDINGS

OF THK

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEV/ SOUTH V^AI_ES

FOR -THE YEAR

1Q0 2

PART III.
Containing Papers read in

JULY (in part) to SEPTEMBER (in part)
WITH SIX PLATES.

SYDNKY :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY

^ F CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

ANB

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
J [Price, 7/6]

Messrs!" DuLAU &' Co., 37 Soho Square, London, \V.

Messrs. R. Friedl^ndeb & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W,

^j

fSi

NOTICE

With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VIL— Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.;
Part 4, 10s.

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.;
Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.;
Part 4, £1 5s.

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.;
Part 4, £1 7s.

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.; Part 3, £1;
Part 4, 18s.

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, Us.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.;
Part 4, 1 Is.

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3,9s.;
Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.;
Part 4, 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3,
8s.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1893, \^ol.. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, Us.; Part 3, 6s.;
Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part I, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.t
Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, Ss. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.,
Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 128.

Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 28. 6d.; Part 2, e&'^ed.l'
Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1S97— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4,
12s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1898 -Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.

SECOlSriJ SEIRIES (continued).
Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, 12s. Gd.; Part 2, 12s.; Part3,10s.- Part4
10s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1901 —Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, os.; Part 4
17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1902— Fart 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supple-
ment, 3s,

A reduction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made
to Members of the Society.

The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 18931.
Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3s.

CONTENTS.

The Hon. Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor).

Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. : Contributions to our

Knowledge of Ceratodus. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i,-v.)

Prof. F. VV. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand -
(PI. VI. -IX.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the
TemnocephaUoi. (PI. x.-xv.) — Prof. W. A. Harwell, M.A., D.Sc. : On
an apparently new Type of the Platyhelminthes ( lirematoda ?) (PI. xvi. ) — '■
Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S., and Mias J. G. Rich : Observa-
tions on the Myology of Paliuurus Edwardsii, Hutton. (PI. xvii.-xxi) —
Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obser-
vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Omithorhynchiis. (PI xxii
xxm.) — Prof. J. T.^Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B.','
B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and

Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithprhynchus. (PI. xxiv.-xxvi.)

C. Hedley, F.L.S. : On Parmacochlea Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.)

Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the
Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller,, K.C.M.G.,
F.R.S. : Notes on an Undescribed Acacia from New South Wales. (PI.
xxvin.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S. , F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South
Wales, (PI. xxix. ) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the
Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North
Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from
Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxvi.-XLii.)

Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.

The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five
Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price <£2, net, are also obtainable,
but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.

PROCEEDINGS, 1902, PART 3

CONTENTS.

Contributions to a Knowledge of Australian Entozoa. No. ii. On a
new Species of Dintomum from the Sawfish Shark, Pnstio2)horus
cirratus. Lath. By S. J. Johnston, B.A., B.Sc, Economic
Zoologist, Technological Museum, Sydney, (Plate xiii.)

Notes on Australian Uliopalocera, Lycanida, Part i. By G. A.
Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S. (Plate xiv.)

On a new Cryptocanja from Lord Howe Island, together with Notes
on other Plants from that Island. By J. H. Maiden. (Plate xv.)

The Ulcei Disease (Black Ophthalmia?) of Rainbow Trout f^il/icro-
cocciLS pi/ogenesj. By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteri-
ologist to the Society

Notes on Australian JiKe?r?'opf6'rfl and their Life-Histories. By Walter
W. Froggatt, .^,^

Some Records of New-,j^outh Wales Mosses. By W, Forsyth.
[Title only] ... ■;L ^

Census Muscorum Australiensium. A classified Catalogue of the Fron-
dose Mosses of Australia and Tasmania, collate^ltrom available
Publications and Herbaria Records, by the Rev. W. Walter
Watts and Thomas Whitelegge, F.R.M.S. Part i. [Issued
separately as a Supplement to this Part of the Proceedings]

Australian Fangi, New or Unrecorded. Decades i. -ii. By D.
Mc Alpine, Corresponding Member

On a new Species of Ardisia from New South Wales. By R. T.
Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plate
xvi.)

The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin Group. By R.
Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the..^ociety

Revision of the Australian Ciirculionidce belonging to the Subfamily
Cryptorhynclddes. Part v. By Arthur M. Lea, F.E S.

Notes on Prosohranchiata. No. 1. Lotorium. By H. Leighton
Kestkven. (Plate xvii.) ^.

Descriptions of some new Araneidce of New South Wales. No. x.
By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., Entomologist to the Australian
Museum. (Plate xviii.)

Elections and Announcements
Notes and Exhibits

846,
343,

326
331
347

,352

358
309

369
373

380
383
4(is
443

484
372
370

Issued December 16th, 1902.

Part 3.

THE

^3\

PEOOEBDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEV^ SOUTH VyALES

FOR THE VKAR

1902.

SUPPLEMENT TO PART I

CENSUS MUSCORUM AUSTRALIENSIUM.

A CLASSIFIED Catalogue of the Frondose Mosses of Australia
AND Tasmania, collated from available Publications and
Herbaria Records, by the Rev. W. Walter Watts and
Thomas Whitelegge, F.R.M.S. Part I.

SYDNEY :
printed and published for the society

BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 3/-]

-A_G!-E3SrTS lOST E-CrEOI>E

-^^^ Messrs. Dulau &■ Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W ^^a3^

^^(^<g Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W. jC^^^^\

NOTICE

With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —

First Series.

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VIL— Parti, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.;
Part 4, 10s.

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.;
Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, r2s.; Part 3, £1 5s.;
Part 4, £1 5s.

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.

SEOOISTHD SEIilES-

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.;
Part 4, £1 7s.

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £14s.; Part 3, £1;
Part 4, 18s.

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Parti, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.;
Part 4, lis.

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3,9s.;
Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.;
Part 4, 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6a.; Part 3,
8s.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.;
Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X. — Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6cl.; Part 3, 10s.,
Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 12s.

Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.;
Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1S97— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4,
12s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1898 .Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.

SECOISXID SEKIB3S (continued).
Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4
10s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d,;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1901 —Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4,
17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1902— Fart 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supple-
ment, 3s.

A reduction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made
to Members of the Society.

The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 18931.
Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3s.

CONTENTS.

The Hon. Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor).

Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. : Contributions to our
Knowledge of Geratodiis. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i.-v.) —
Prof. F. W. Htjtton, F.R.S. : The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand.
(PI. VI. -IX.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M. A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the
Temnocephaleoi. (PL x.-xv.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : On
an apparently new Type of the Platyhebninthes (Trematoda ?) (PI. xvi. ) —
Prof. T. Jeffeby Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S., and Miss J. G. Rich : Observa-
tions on the Myology of Palmurus Edioardsii, Hutton. (PI. xvii.-xxi) —
Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obser-
vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Ornithorhynchus. (PI. xxii
xxm.) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B.','
B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and
Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithorhynchus. (PI. xxiv.-xxvi.) —

C. Hedley, F.L.S. : On Farmacochlea Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.)

Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S.,"&c. : On the Geographic Eelations of the
Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G.
F.R.S. : Notes on an Undescribed Acacia from New South Wales. (Pi'
xxvin.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S., F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South
Wales. (PI. XXIX.) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the
Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North
Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from
Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxvi.-xlii.)

Descriptive Catalogue op Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £\, net.

The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five
Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price .£2, net, are also obtainable,
but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.

Issued April 9th, 1903.

XXVII. ^^

Part 4. ^° ^

THE ^ i

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE5

LINNEAN SOCIETY

NEW SOUTH WALES

KOR THK YEAR

1902. V

PART IV.
Containing Papers read in
SEPTEMBER (in part) to NOVEMBER

WITH FIFTEEN PLATES.

SYDNEY :

PRINTKD AND PUBLISJIED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

[Price, 15/-]

^a-O-EITTS IN" BTJiaOI>B3

^,^c^> Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. '^^^

..^^/^Kj, Messrs. R. Friedl^ender & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W. ^^m*Nv^^

NOTICE

With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Priedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —

FIRST SEJItlEJS-

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, la. 6d.; Part 2, lOs.; Part 3, 58.;
Part 4, lOs.

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 58.; Part 3, 7s.;
Part 4, 8s. •

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 58.;
Part 4, £1 5s.

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.

SE3003SraD SE3RIE3S_

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 138.;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.

s for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.;

s for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £14s.; Part 3, £1;

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Parti, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 198.;
Part 4, lis.

Proceedmgs for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3,9s.;
Part 4, 9s.

Proceedmgs for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.;
Part 4, 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3,
8s.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.;
Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 88. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.
Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 128.

Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 28. 6d.; Part 2, 68. 6d.;
Part 3, 78. 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1897— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, Ss. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4,
128. 6d.

Proceedings for 1898 -Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 68.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.

SK3003SriD SElItlEJS (continued).
Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, 128. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3,108.; Part 4,
10s, 6d.

Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.;
Part 4, 178. 6d.

Proceedings for 1901— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 58.; Part 4,
17s. 6d. ^

Proceedings for 1902— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 78. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supple-
ment, 3s; Part 4, 15s.

A reduction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made
to Members of the Society.

The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3s.

CONTENTS.

The Hon. Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor).

Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. : Contributions to our
Knowledge of Ceratodus. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i.-v.) —
Prof. F. W. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand-
(PI. VI. -IX.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the
Temnocephaleoi. (PI. x.-xv.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : On
an apparently new Type of the Platyhelminthes (Trematoda ?) (PI. xvi. ) —
Prof. T. Jeffeby Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S., and Miss J. G. Rich : Observa-
tions on the Myology of Palinurus Edioardsii^ Hutton. (PI. xvii. -xxi), —
Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obsei
vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Ornithorhynchus. (PI. xxii.
XXIII.) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B.,
B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and
Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Omithorhynchiis. (PI. xxiv.-xxvi.) —
C. Hedley, F.L.S. : On Parmacochlea Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvil) —
Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the
Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G.,
F.R.S. : Notes on an Undescribed -4ca«a from New South Wales. (PI,
XXVIII.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S. , F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South
Wales. (PI. XXIX. ) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the
Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North
Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from
Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxyi. -xlii. )

Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.

The Transactions of the Entomological Society of Kew
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. n. five
Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtainable,
but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.

PROCEEDINGS, 1902, PART 4.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Notes on some New South Wales Hepatics. By Rev. W. Walter

Watts 493

On two remarkable Sporocysts occurring in Mytilus latus, on the Coast
of New Zealand. By Professor W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc,
F.R.S. (Plates xix. -XX.) 497

6. — On Eucalyptus bicolor, A. Cunn. By J. H. Maiden ... ... 516

7. — On Eucalyptus polyanthemos, Schauer. By J. H. Maiden. (Plate

xxi.) 527

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Flora of Australia. Part iv. By
R.'T. Baker, F. L.S., Curator and Economic Botanist, Technolo-
gical Museum, Sydney, (Plates xxii.-xxiii.)... ... ... ... 536

On the Mammalian and Reptilian Vomerine Bones. By R. Bkoom,
M.D., B.Sc, C.M.Z.S., Corresponding Member. (Plates xxiv.-
xxvi. ) 545

Notes on the Botany of the Interior of New South Wales. Part vii. —

From Forbes to Bathurst. By R. H. Cambage. (Plate xxvii. ) ... 561

On a New Species of Symplocos from New South Wales. By R. T.
Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plate
xxviii.) 594

Studies on Australian MoUusca. Part vii. By C. Hedley, F.L.S.

(Plates xxix., xxxi., xxxii., xxxiii.) 596

Notes on Prosobranchiata. No. ii. Littorinacea. By H. Leighton

Kesteven. (Plate XXX.) 620

Ngarrabul and other Aboriginal Tribes. Part i. Medical and Surgical '

Practice. By John MacPherson, M.A., B.Sc, M.B., Ch.M. ... 637
Notes on Australian Ehopalocera. Lycanidce Part ii. By G. A.

Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E 648

On the Occurrence of Monograptus in New South Wales. By T. S.

Hall, M. A. (Communicated by John Mitchell) 654

Notes and Exhibits 495,592,650

Elections and Announcements 593

Donations and Exchanges ... ... ... ... .. ... 658

Title-page i.

List of Contributors and Titles of Papers iii.

Contents ii

List of Plates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... xi.

Corrigenda ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... xii.

List of New Generic Terms proposed in the Volume ... xii.

Index '